Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Table of Contents
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2021

Registration Statement No. 333-254005


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 1
to

Form F-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)



Luxembourg
(Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  3411
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

56, rue Charles Martel
L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg
+352 26 25 85 55

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc.
8770 W. Bryn Mawr Avenue
Chicago, IL 60631
United States
(773)-399-3000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Richard Alsop, Esq.
Alain Dermarkar, Esq.
Clare O'Brien, Esq.
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10022
(212) 848-4000
  James R. Griffin, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
200 Crescent Court, Suite 300
Dallas, TX 75201
(214) 746-7779
  Kyle C. Krpata, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
(650) 802-3093



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective and on completion of the business combination described in the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus.

             If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

             If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

             Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)    o

             Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)    o

             Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

             Emerging growth company    o

             If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.    o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Amount to be
registered(1)

  Proposed maximum
offering price
per unit

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price

  Amount of
registration fee(8)

 

Shares(2)(5)

  62,343,750   $10.16   $633,412,500(6)   $69,106
 

Warrants(3)(5)

  16,750,000   N/A   N/A(7)   N/A(7)
 

Shares issuable on exercise of Warrants(4)(5)

  16,750,000   $11.50   $192,625,000   $21,016(8)
 

Total

          $826,037,500   $90,122(10)

 

(1)
All securities being registered will be issued by Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies (R.C.S. Luxembourg) under number B251465 ("AMPSA"), in connection with the proposed business combination by and among Gores Holdings V, Inc. ("GHV"), AMPSA, Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies (R.C.S. Luxembourg) under number B160804 ("AGSA"), and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MergeCo"), as described in the proxy statement/prospectus forming a part of this registration statement.

(2)
Consists of (a) 52,500,000 AMPSA Shares (as defined herein) issuable in exchange for outstanding GHV Class A Common Stock (as defined herein) and (b) 9,843,750 AMPSA Shares issuable in exchange for outstanding GHV Class F Common Stock (as defined herein) converted into GHV Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Class F Conversion (as defined herein). Assumes no shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed by the Public Stockholders (as defined herein) in connection with the Business Combination.

(3)
GHV Warrants will automatically convert into AMPSA Warrants upon consummation of the Merger as described in the proxy statement/prospectus included herein.

(4)
Consists of AMPSA Shares issuable upon exercise of AMPSA Warrants. Each AMPSA Warrant will entitle the warrant holder to purchase one AMPSA Share at a price of $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment).

(5)
Pursuant to Rule 416(a), an indeterminable number of additional securities are also being registered to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

(6)
Pursuant to Rules 457(c) and 457(f)(1) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price is equal to the product obtained by multiplying $10.16, which represents the average of the high and low prices of GHV Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market on March 4, 2021, by 62,343,750, the estimated number of shares of GHV Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger (including the redemption of GHV Common Stock that may be redeemed pursuant to the terms of GHV's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and the shares of GHV Common Stock included in the GHV Units).

(7)
The maximum number of AMPSA Warrants and AMPSA Shares of the registrant issuable upon exercise of the AMPSA Warrants are being simultaneously registered hereunder. Consistent with the response to Question 240.06 of the Securities Act Rules Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations, the registration fee with respect to such AMPSA Warrants has been allocated to the AMPSA Shares underlying such warrants and those AMPSA Shares are included in the registration fee as calculated in footnote (8) below.

(8)
No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. Pursuant to Rule 457(g)(1) of the Securities Act and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the AMPSA Shares underlying the AMPSA Warrants is calculated based on an exercise price of $11.50 per share.

(9)
Determined in accordance with Section 6(b) of the Securities Act at a rate equal to $109.10 per $1,000,000 of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

(10)
Previously paid.



             The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This proxy statement/prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful.

PRELIMINARY PROXY STATEMENT FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF GORES HOLDINGS V, INC. AND
PROSPECTUS FOR SHARES AND WARRANTS OF ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A. SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 9, 2021

GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.
9800 Wilshire Blvd.
Beverly Hills, California 90212

Dear Gores Holdings V, Inc. Stockholder:

             We cordially invite you to attend a special meeting in lieu of the 2021 annual meeting of the stockholders of Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("we," "us," "our" or the "Company"), which, in light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus ("COVID-19") pandemic, will be held via live webcast at                        , on                        , 2021, at                         (the "Special Meeting"). The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting                        , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Additionally, you have the option to listen only to the Special Meeting by dialing                                    (toll-free within the U.S. and Canada) or                        (outside of the U.S. and Canada, standard rates apply). The passcode for telephone access is                        , but you cannot vote or ask questions if you choose to participate telephonically. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication.

             On February 22, 2021, the Company, Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A. ("AMPSA"), a public limited liability company (societe anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, Ardagh Group S.A. ("AGSA"), a public limited liability company (societe anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc. ("MergeCo"), a Delaware corporation, entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the "Business Combination Agreement"). Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, a series of transactions occurred, or will occur, including the following: (i) prior to the Closing, AGSA effected a series of transactions that resulted in (a) the subsidiaries of AGSA that are engaged in the AMP Business being wholly owned by AMPSA and (b) assets and liabilities relating to the businesses of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA that are engaged in the AMP Business being transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not engaged in the AMP Business, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) being transferred to the AMP Entities; (ii) the incurrence by AMPSA of indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $2.8 billion; (iii) at the Closing, certain investors will subscribe for approximately 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares for an aggregate purchase price payable to AMPSA of approximately $600,000,000 (excluding the GHV Sponsor Backstop); and (iv) at the Closing, MergeCo will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, and all Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, other than any Excluded Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), will be contributed to AMPSA in exchange for AMPSA Shares, and all of the Company's warrants outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger will be converted into warrants of AMPSA. You are being asked to vote for the Merger Proposal.

             At the Special Meeting, Company stockholders will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal (the "Merger Proposal" or "Proposal No. 1") to adopt the Business Combination Agreement, a copy of which is attached to the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A, and approve the Merger. In addition, you are being asked to consider and vote upon: (i) a separate proposal with respect to certain provisions in AMPSA's articles of association because (A) the number of authorized shares under the AMPSA articles of association is greater than the number of authorized shares under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and (B) the AMPSA articles of association include a compulsory share transfer provision, which are being separately presented in accordance with SEC requirements and which will be voted on a non-binding advisory basis (the "Governance Proposal" or "Proposal No. 2"), and (ii) a proposal to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, (A) to ensure that any supplement or amendment to the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus that our Board of Directors (the "Board") has determined in good faith is required by applicable law to be disclosed to the Company stockholders and for such supplement or amendment to be promptly disseminated to Company stockholders prior to the Special Meeting, (B) if, as of the time for which the Special Meeting is originally scheduled, there are insufficient shares of GHV Common Stock represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the Special Meeting or (C) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Merger Proposal (the "Adjournment Proposal" or "Proposal No. 3").

             Each of these proposals is more fully described in the accompanying proxy statement, which each stockholder is encouraged to read carefully.

             Our publicly-traded GHV Class A Common Stock, GHV Units and Public Warrants are currently listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols "GRSV," "GRSVU" and "GRSVW," respectively. AMPSA intends to apply to list its AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants on NYSE under the symbols "AMBP" and "AMBPW," respectively, upon the closing of the Merger.

             Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation, we are providing our Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem, upon the closing of the Merger, shares of GHV Class A Common Stock then held by them for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit (as of two business days prior to the closing of the Merger) in the Trust Account that holds the proceeds of our IPO (including interest not previously released to the Company to fund its working capital requirements plus regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto, subject to an annual limit of $1,250,000, for a maximum of 24 months, using funds released to the Company from the Trust Account ("Regulatory Withdrawals") and/or to pay its franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses)). The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission totaling $18,375,000 that we will pay to the underwriters of our IPO or transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination. For illustrative purposes, based on the balance of the Trust Account of $525,020,571 as of December 31, 2020, the estimated per share redemption price would have been approximately $10.00. Public Stockholders may elect to redeem their shares even if they vote for the Merger Proposal. A Public Stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group's shares, in excess of 20% of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in our IPO. We refer to this as the "20% threshold." We have no specified maximum redemption threshold under our current certificate of incorporation, other than the aforementioned 20% threshold, but we are not permitted to redeem shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in the Company's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000. Holders of our outstanding Public Warrants do not have redemption rights in connection with the Merger. Unless otherwise specified, the information in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus assumes that none of our Public Stockholders exercise their redemption rights with respect to their shares of GHV Class A Common Stock.

             Our Sponsor and current independent directors (our "Initial Stockholders"), as well as our officers and other current directors, have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their shares of GHV Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Merger, and the GHV Founder Shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. Our Initial Stockholders have also agreed to waive their right to a conversion price adjustment with respect to any shares of GHV Common Stock they may hold in connection with the consummation of the Merger. Currently, our Initial Stockholders own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock, including all of the GHV Founder Shares. Our Initial Stockholders, directors and officers have agreed to vote any shares of the Company's GHV Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Merger Proposal. The GHV Founder Shares are subject to transfer restrictions.

             We are providing the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus and accompanying proxy card to our stockholders in connection with the solicitation of proxies to be voted at the Special Meeting (including following any adjournments or postponements of the Special Meeting). Information about the Special Meeting, the Business Combination (including the Merger) and other related business to be considered by the Company's stockholders at the Special Meeting is included in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus. Whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting, we urge all Company stockholders to read the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes and the accompanying financial statements of the Company and AMPSA, carefully and in their entirety. In particular, we urge you to read carefully the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 64 of the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus.

             After careful consideration, our Board has unanimously approved the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions effected pursuant thereto, including the Merger, and unanimously recommends that our stockholders vote "FOR" adoption of the Business Combination Agreement and approval of the Merger, and "FOR" all other proposals presented to our stockholders in the accompanying proxy statement. When you consider the Board's recommendation of these proposals, you should keep in mind that our directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a stockholder. Please see the section entitled "Proposal No. 1—Merger Proposal—Interests of GHV Initial Stockholders and GHV's Other Current Officers and Directors" for additional information.

             Approval of the Merger Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. The approval of the Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting.

             Your vote is very important.    Whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting, please vote as soon as possible by following the instructions in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus to make sure that your shares are represented at the Special Meeting. If you hold your shares in "street name" through a bank, broker or other nominee, you will need to follow the instructions provided to you by your bank, broker or other nominee to ensure that your shares are represented and voted at the Special Meeting. The Merger will be consummated only if the Merger Proposal is approved at the Special Meeting. Unless waived by the parties to the Business Combination Agreement, the closing of the Merger is conditioned upon the approval of the Merger Proposal. The Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal are not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.

             If you sign, date and return your proxy card without indicating how you wish to vote, your proxy will be voted "FOR" each of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting. If you fail to return your proxy card or fail to instruct your bank, broker or other nominee how to vote, and do not attend the Special Meeting in person, the effect will be that your shares will not be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the Special Meeting. If you are a stockholder of record and you attend the Special Meeting and wish to vote in person, you may withdraw your proxy and vote in person.

             TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS, YOU MUST DEMAND THAT THE COMPANY REDEEM YOUR SHARES FOR A PRO RATA PORTION OF THE FUNDS HELD IN THE TRUST ACCOUNT AND TENDER YOUR SHARES TO THE COMPANY'S TRANSFER AGENT AT LEAST TWO BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE VOTE AT SUCH MEETING. YOU MAY TENDER YOUR SHARES BY EITHER DELIVERING YOUR SHARE CERTIFICATE TO THE TRANSFER AGENT OR BY DELIVERING YOUR SHARES ELECTRONICALLY USING DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY'S DWAC (DEPOSIT WITHDRAWAL AT CUSTODIAN) SYSTEM. IF THE MERGER IS NOT COMPLETED, THEN THESE SHARES WILL NOT BE REDEEMED FOR CASH. IF YOU HOLD THE SHARES IN STREET NAME, YOU WILL NEED TO INSTRUCT THE ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE AT YOUR BANK OR BROKER TO WITHDRAW THE SHARES FROM YOUR ACCOUNT IN ORDER TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS.

             On behalf of our Board, I would like to thank you for your support of Gores Holdings V, Inc. and look forward to a successful completion of the Merger.

    Sincerely,

                  , 2021

 

 

 

 

Alec E. Gores
Chairman of the Board of Directors

             NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS OR ANY OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED IN THE BUSINESS COMBINATION, PASSED UPON THE MERITS OR FAIRNESS OF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION OR RELATED TRANSACTIONS OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURE IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY CONSTITUTES A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

             The accompanying proxy statement/prospectus is dated                , 2021 and is expected to be first mailed to Company stockholders on or about                , 2021.



NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING IN LIEU OF 2021 ANNUAL MEETING OF
STOCKHOLDERS OF GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.
TO BE HELD                , 2021

To the Stockholders of Gores Holdings V, Inc.:

        NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special meeting in lieu of the 2021 annual meeting of the stockholders of Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), which, in light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, will be held via live webcast at            , on            , 2021, at            (the "Special Meeting"). The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting            , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Additionally, you have the option to listen only to the Special Meeting by dialing            (toll-free within the U.S. and Canada) or            (outside of the U.S. and Canada, standard rates apply). The passcode for telephone access is             , but you cannot vote or ask questions if you choose to participate telephonically. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication.

        You are cordially invited to attend the Special Meeting to conduct the following items of business:


        The above matters are more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus, which also includes, as Annex A, a copy of the Business Combination Agreement. We urge you to read carefully this proxy statement/prospectus in its entirety, including the Annexes and accompanying financial statements of the Company and AMPSA.

        The record date for the Special Meeting is                , 2021. Only stockholders of record at the close of business on that date may vote at the Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof. A complete list of our stockholders of record entitled to vote at the Special Meeting will be available for ten days before the Special Meeting at our principal executive offices for inspection by stockholders during ordinary business hours for any purpose germane to the Special Meeting.

        Gores Sponsor V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (our "Sponsor"), and Mr. Randall Bort, Mr. William Patton and Mr. Jeffrey Rea, the Company's independent directors (together with the Sponsor, the "Initial Stockholders"), officers and other current directors have agreed to vote any of the shares of GHV Class F Common Stock that are currently owned by our Initial Stockholders (the "GHV Founder Shares") and any Public Shares purchased during or after our initial public offering (our "IPO") in favor of the Merger Proposal. Currently, our Initial Stockholders own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock, including all of the GHV Founder Shares.

        Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation, we will provide our Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem, effective upon the closing of the Merger, shares of the Company's GHV Class A Common Stock then held by them for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit (as of two business days prior to the closing of the Merger) in our trust account (the "Trust Account") that holds the proceeds of our IPO (including interest not previously released to the Company to fund regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto, subject to an annual limit of $1,250,000, for a maximum of 24 months, using funds released to the Company from the Trust Account ("Regulatory Withdrawals") and/or to pay its franchise and income taxes). The per-share amount we will distribute to Public Stockholders who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission totaling $18,375,000 that we will pay to the underwriters of our IPO, as well as other transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination. For illustrative purposes, based on the balance of our Trust Account of $525,020,571 as of December 31, 2020, the estimated per share redemption price would have been approximately $10.00. Public Stockholders may elect to redeem their shares even if they vote "FOR" the Merger Proposal. A Public Stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group's shares, in excess of 20% of the shares of GHV Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in our IPO. We have no specified maximum redemption threshold under our current certificate of incorporation, other than the aforementioned 20% threshold, but in no event are we permitted to redeem shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in our failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000. Holders of our outstanding Public Warrants do not have redemption rights in connection with the Merger.

        Our Initial Stockholders, current officers and other current directors have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their shares of GHV Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Merger, and the GHV Founder Shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. Our Initial Stockholders have also agreed to waive their right to a conversion price adjustment with respect to any shares of GHV Common Stock they may hold in connection with the consummation of the Merger.

        The Merger is conditioned on the approval of the Merger Proposal at the Special Meeting. The Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal are not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        A majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company's GHV Common Stock entitled to vote as of the record date at the Special Meeting must be present, in person or represented by proxy, at the Special Meeting to constitute a quorum and in order to conduct business at the Special


Meeting. The approval of the Merger Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. Because our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of GHV Common Stock they own in favor of the Merger Proposal (which amount constitutes approximately 20% of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock), approximately 38% of the GHV Class A Common Stock held by the Public Stockholders will need to vote in favor of the Merger Proposal for the Merger Proposal to be approved (assuming all of such stockholders are represented in person via the virtual meeting platform or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting). The approval of the Governance Proposal and the approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. The Board unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" each of these proposals.

  By Order of the Board of Directors

 

Alec E. Gores
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Beverly Hills, California
                , 2021



TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

  1

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

  3

AMP BUSINESS FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

  3

SUMMARY TERM SHEET

  4

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

  9

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE PROPOSALS FOR STOCKHOLDERS

  15

SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

  32

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF GHV

  54

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE AMP BUSINESS

  56

SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  59

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  61

RISK FACTORS

  64

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  106

COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA

  116

SPECIAL MEETING IN LIEU OF 2021 ANNUAL MEETING OF GHV STOCKHOLDERS

  118

THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

  126

THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT

  148

CERTAIN AGREEMENTS RELATED TO THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

  157

MATERIAL LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  160

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  163

GHV STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL NO. 1—MERGER PROPOSAL

  176

GHV STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL NO. 2—GOVERNANCE PROPOSAL

  182

GHV STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL NO. 3—THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

  184

INFORMATION ABOUT AMPSA

  185

MANAGEMENT OF AMPSA

  197

AMPSA MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  205

CERTAIN AMPSA RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

  225

INFORMATION ABOUT GHV

  226

GHV MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  242

CERTAIN GHV RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

  247

DESCRIPTION OF AMPSA'S SECURITIES

  249

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

  255

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  268

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

  270

i


PRICE RANGE OF SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS

  273

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  275

LEGAL MATTERS

  276

EXPERTS

  277

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

  277

HOUSEHOLDING INFORMATION

  277

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

  277

SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

  277

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  278

ANNEXES

  A-1

PART II

  II-1

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

  II-1

SIGNATURES

  II-6

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

  II-8

ii



ABOUT THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

        This document, which forms part of a registration statement on Form F-4 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") by AMPSA, constitutes a prospectus of AMPSA under Section 5 of the Securities Act, with respect to the AMPSA Shares to be issued to the GHV stockholders if the Merger described herein is consummated. This document also constitutes a notice of meeting and a proxy statement/prospectus under Section 14(a) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") with respect to the special meeting of GHV stockholders at which GHV stockholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the Merger Proposal, among other matters.

        This document does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction or to any person to whom it would be unlawful to make such offer.

        This proxy statement/prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of securities in any Member State of the European Economic Area ("EEA") will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Regulation from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of securities. The expression "Prospectus Regulation" means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended or superseded).

        Prohibition of Sales to EEA Retail Investors—The securities are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to any retail investor in the EEA. For these purposes a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, "MiFID II"); (ii) a customer within the meaning of Directive (EU) 2016/97, where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/1129. Consequently, no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 (as amended, the "PRIIPs Regulation") for offering or selling the securities or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the EEA has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the securities or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the EEA may be unlawful under the PRIIPs Regulation.

        MiFID II Product Governance / Professional Investors and ECPs Only Target Market —Solely for the purposes of each manufacturer's product approval process, the target market assessment in respect of the securities has led to the conclusion that: (i) the target market for the securities is eligible counterparties and professional clients only, each as defined in MiFID II; and (ii) all channels for distribution of the securities to eligible counterparties and professional clients are appropriate. Any person subsequently offering, selling or recommending the securities (for the purposes of this provision, a "distributor") should take into consideration the manufacturers' target market assessment; however, a distributor subject to MiFID II is responsible for undertaking its own target market assessment in respect of the securities (by either adopting or refining the manufacturers' target market assessment) and determining appropriate distribution channels.

        This proxy statement/prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of securities in the United Kingdom ("UK") will be made pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of securities under section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the "FSMA").

        Prohibition of Sales to United Kingdom Retail Investors—The securities are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to any retail investor in the UK. For these purposes, a "retail investor" means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 2017/565 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended, the "EUWA"); (ii) a customer within the meaning of the provisions of the FSMA and any rules or regulations made under the FSMA to implement Directive (EU) 2016/97, where that

1


customer would not qualify as a professional client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2(1) of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/1129. Consequently no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA (the "UK PRIIPs Regulation") for offering or selling the securities or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the UK has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the securities or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the UK may be unlawful under the UK PRIIPs Regulation.

        UK Product Governance / Professional Investors and ECPs Only Target Market—Solely for the purposes of each manufacturer's product approval process, the target market assessment in respect of the securities has led to the conclusion that: (i) the target market for the securities is only eligible counterparties, as defined in the UK Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") Handbook Conduct of Business Sourcebook and professional clients, as defined in Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA; and (ii) all channels for distribution of the securities to eligible counterparties and professional clients are appropriate. Any person subsequently offering, selling or recommending the securities (for the purposes of this provision, a "distributor") should take into consideration the manufacturers' target market assessment; however, a distributor subject to the FCA Handbook Product Intervention and Product Governance Sourcebook is responsible for undertaking its own target market assessment in respect of the securities (by either adopting or refining the manufacturers' target market assessment) and determining appropriate distribution channels.

        This proxy statement/prospectus is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Financial Promotion Order"), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) through (d) ("high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.") of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended)) in connection with the offering or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This proxy statement/prospectus is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this proxy statement/prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

        This proxy statement/prospectus includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks, certain of which belong to GHV or AMPSA and others that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks, tradenames and service marks referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus appear without the ®, TM and SM symbols, but the absence of those symbols is not intended to indicate, in any way, that GHV or AMPSA will not assert its respective rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights to these trademarks, tradenames and service marks to the fullest extent under applicable law. Neither GHV nor AMPSA intend its use or display of other parties' trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of GHV or AMPSA, as applicable, by, these other parties.

2



MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

        Given the specialized nature of the metal packaging markets in which AMPSA operates, there does not exist a relevant and reliable third-party source of much of the relevant market information presented in this proxy statement/prospectus. Therefore, estimates provided by AMPSA regarding these markets as set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus, as well as estimated market shares of AMPSA or its competitors, are largely based on AMPSA's knowledge of these markets, developed primarily from analysis of public information, third-party reports to the extent available, competitors' public announcements and regulatory filings and information gathered in the course of acquisitions. The data relating to market sizes, market share and market position are based on the most recent data available. This information has not been confirmed by an independent organization, nor can there be assurance that third parties would arrive at the same results were they to employ different methods for gathering, analyzing and calculating such data. Breakdowns of market shares were established on the basis of the AMP Business's consolidated revenues and these data. Market positions and percentage shares are those that AMPSA believes it holds in terms of revenues. They are based on industry market sectors on which AMPSA's business is arranged.

        Certain additional information regarding the global packaging industry, generally, and the metal packaging sector, specifically, has been sourced from Smithers Pira.

        Any third-party information described above and included in this proxy statement/prospectus has been accurately reproduced and, as far as AMPSA is aware and is able to ascertain from the information published by such third parties, the reproduced information is accurate and no facts have been omitted which would render such information inaccurate or misleading. Market share data is subject to change, however, and such third-party information has been prepared for statistical and other informational purposes, which is limited by the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey of market share.


AMP BUSINESS FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

        The Combined Financial Statements of the AMP Business included in this proxy statement/prospectus have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The AMP Business's deemed transition date to IFRS and its interpretations as issued by the IASB is January 1, 2018. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the AMP Business's accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the combined financial statements, are disclosed in the financial statements.

        The Combined Financial Statements included in this proxy statement/prospectus have been prepared based on a calendar year and are presented in U.S. dollars, rounded to the nearest million. Therefore, discrepancies in the tables between totals and the sums of the amounts listed may occur due to such rounding. The Combined Financial Statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for the following:

3



SUMMARY TERM SHEET

        This summary term sheet, together with the sections entitled "Questions and Answers About the Proposals for Stockholders" and "Summary of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus," summarizes certain information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, but does not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the attached Annexes, for a more complete understanding of the matters to be considered at the Special Meeting. In addition, for definitions used commonly throughout this proxy statement/prospectus, including this summary term sheet, please see the section entitled "Frequently Used Terms."

4


5


6


Name of Person/Entity
  Number of
AMPSA Shares
  Value of
AMPSA Shares(1)
 

Gores Sponsor V LLC

        $               

Alec E. Gores

        $               

Mark R. Stone

        $               

Andrew McBride

        $               

Randall Bort

        $               

William Patton

        $               

Jeffrey Rea

        $               

(1)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.

7


      the fact that the GHV Sponsor has entered into a Subscription Agreement with AMPSA and GHV, pursuant to which the GHV Sponsor has committed to purchase 2.5 million AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $25 million, provided that the GHV Sponsor has the right to syndicate the AMPSA Shares purchased under such Subscription Agreement in advance of the Closing;


      that an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor, Mr. Alec E. Gores, has committed to purchase            AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $            in connection with the syndication by the GHV Sponsor of its portion of the PIPE; and


      the fact that the GHV Sponsor has committed to acquire up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a per share price of $10.00 in the event that there are redemptions from the Trust Account that are in excess of $1 million.

8



FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

In this document:

        "Adjournment Proposal" means a proposal to adjourn the special meeting of the stockholders of GHV to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if, based upon the tabulated vote at the time of the Special Meeting, there are not sufficient votes to approve the Merger Proposal at such Special Meeting.

        "AGSA" means Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 160804.

        "AMP Business" means the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and related technical and customer services as engaged by the Ardagh Group and its subsidiaries, including the AMP Entities.

        "AMP Entities" means as of the date hereof, Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Sarl, Ardagh Metal Beverage Manufacturing Austria GmbH , Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Austria GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Brazil Ltda., Latas Indústria de Embalagens de Aluminio do Brasil Ltda., Ardagh Indústria de Embalagens Metálicas do Brasil Ltda., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Germany GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Germany GmbH, Recan GmbH (i.l.), SARIO Grundstücksvermietungsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Objekt Elfi KG (i.l.), Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Germany GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Associations GmbH, Ardagh Packaging Holdings Limited, Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, Ardagh Metal Packaging Treasury Limited, Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Poland Sp. z o.o, Ardagh Metal Beverage Poland Sp. z o.o, Recan Organizacja Odzysku Opakowan S.A., Ardagh Metal Beverage Serbia d.o.o., Ardagh Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Europe GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings UK Limited, Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Limited, Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Limited, Recan UK Limited (i.l.), Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc., Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc.

        "AMPSA" means Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 251465.

        "AMPSA Shareholders" means holders of AMPSA Shares.

        "AMPSA Shares" means shares of AMPSA, with a nominal value of EUR 0.01 per share.

        "AMPSA Warrants" means the former GHV Warrants converted at the Merger Effective Time into a right to subscribe for AMPSA Shares on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time with respect to GHV Common Stock under the terms of the Warrant Agreement.

        "Ardagh Group" means AGSA and its consolidated subsidiaries.

        "Ardagh Metal Packaging Business" means the AMP Business.

9


        "broker non-vote" means the failure of a GHV stockholder, who holds his, her or its shares in "street name" through a broker or other nominee, to give voting instructions to such broker or other nominee.

        "Business Combination" means the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

        "Business Combination Agreement" means the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, as may be amended from time to time, by and among GHV, AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo.

        "Class F Conversion" means the automatic conversion immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement of each share of GHV Class F Common Stock, other than the 3,281,250 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock held by the GHV Sponsor that will be cancelled immediately prior to such conversion, into a number of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of GHV Class A Common Stock equal to the Class F Conversion Ratio.

        "Class F Conversion Ratio" means the ratio at which the shares of GHV Class F Common Stock are automatically convertible into shares of GHV Class A Common Stock pursuant to GHV's Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

        "Closing" means the consummation of the Merger.

        "Closing Date" means the date of the Closing.

        "Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        "Combined Financial Statements" means the audited annual combined financial statements of the AMP Business as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and January 1, 2018 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 prepared in accordance with IFRS.

        "Continental" means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, GHV's transfer agent and warrant agent.

        "COVID-19" means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions or mutations thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemic or disease outbreaks.

        "Debt Financing" means the debt financing pursuant to the Commitment Letter (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) or such other alternative financing arrangements to be incurred by the AMPSA Financing Parties (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) in respect of the Transactions, in an amount which would yield net proceeds of not less than $2,315,000,000 and have an aggregate principal of no more than $2,800,000,000. Under the Business Combination Agreement, $2,315,000,000 was required to be paid to Ardagh Group on the date the AMP Business was transferred to subsidiaries of AMPSA, but the $2,800,000,000 actually raised in the Debt Financing represents the maximum amount of debt that AMPSA could incur before the closing of the Merger. The $485,000,000 excess proceeds of the Debt Financing (which represents the difference between the amount that was paid to Ardagh Group on April 1, 2021, the date that the AMP Business was transferred to subsidiaries of AMPSA, and proceeds of the Debt Financing before related fees and expenses) will be retained by AMPSA and used to pay the costs and expenses incurred by Ardagh Group, AMPSA and GHV in connection with the Transactions and for other corporate purposes of AMPSA as set forth under "GHV Stockholder Proposal No. 1—Merger Proposal—Sources and Uses for the Business Combination."

        "Deferred Discount" means the $18,375,000 underwriting fee that GHV will pay to the underwriters upon the completion of the Merger.

        "DGCL" means the Delaware General Corporation Law.

10


        "Duff & Phelps" means Duff & Phelps, LLC.

        "Earnout Shares" means the up to 60,730,000 AMPSA Shares to be issued to AGSA on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6 of the Business Combination Agreement.

        "Exchange Act" means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

        "GHV" refers to Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        "GHV Board" means the board of directors of GHV.

        "GHV Class A Common Stock" means GHV's Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

        "GHV Class F Common Stock" means GHV's Class F common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

        "GHV Closing Cash Amount" means the sum of (i) the amount of immediately available funds contained in the Trust Account available for release to GHV plus (ii) all funds held by GHV outside of the Trust Account and immediately available to GHV, in each case, after giving effect to any payments to be made to any GHV stockholder exercising its right to redeem their shares of GHV Class A Common Stock.

        "GHV Common Stock" means the GHV Class A Common Stock and the GHV Class F Common Stock, collectively.

        "GHV Founder Shares" means the 13,125,000 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock that are currently owned by Initial Stockholders, of which 13,050,000 shares are held by GHV's Sponsor and 75,000 shares are held by each of Mr. Randall Bort, Mr. William Patton and Mr. Jeffrey Rea.

        "GHV Sponsor" or "Sponsor" means Gores Sponsor V LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

        "GHV Sponsor Backstop" means the commitment of the GHV Sponsor, pursuant to the Subscription Agreement entered into by and among the GHV Sponsor, GHV and AMPSA, to subscribe at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for a number of AMPSA Shares equal to the number of shares of GHV Class A Common Stock redeemed by the Public Stockholders, up to a maximum of 9,500,000 AMPSA Shares, but only if the aggregate purchase price for redeemed shares of GHV Class A Common Stock exceeds $1,000,000.

        "GHV Units" means the 13,125,000 units issued in connection with the IPO, each of which consisted of one share of GHV Class A Common Stock and one-fifth of one Public Warrant, whereby each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of GHV Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of GHV Class A Common Stock.

        "GHV Warrants" means the Public Warrants and the Private Placement Warrants.

        "Glass Packaging" means AGSA's glass packaging and related operations.

        "Governance Proposal" means a proposal to consider and vote upon, on a non-binding advisory basis, a separate proposal with respect to certain provisions in AMPSA's articles of association because (i) the number of authorized shares under the AMPSA articles of association is greater than the number of authorized shares under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and (ii) the AMPSA articles of association include a compulsory share transfer provision, in accordance with SEC requirements.

        "IFRS" means International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") and related interpretations as adopted by the IASB.

11


        "Initial Stockholders" means the holders of shares of GHV Class F Common Stock, including GHV's Sponsor and Mr. Randall Bort, Mr. William Patton and Mr. Jeffrey Rea, GHV's independent directors.

        "IPO" means GHV's initial public offering of GHV units, consummated on August 10, 2020, through the sale of 52,500,000 GHV Units (including 5,000,000 units sold pursuant to the underwriters' partial exercise of their over-allotment option) at $10.00 per unit.

        "MergeCo" means Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        "Merger" means the merger of MergeCo with and into GHV, with GHV surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA.

        "Merger Effective Time" means the date and time as specified in the Certificate of Merger to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effect the Merger.

        "Merger Proposal" means the proposal to adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger.

        "Minimum Cash Closing Conditions" means the provisions in the Business Combination Agreement that provide that

    (i)
    GHV's obligation to consummate the Merger is conditioned on the sum of the following amounts equaling or exceeding $685,000,000: (a) the amount in the Trust Account, after giving effect to redemptions of Public Shares, (b) the proceeds from the PIPE and (c) all funds held by GHV outside of the Trust Account and immediately available to GHV, and

    (ii)
    AGSA's obligation to consummate the Merger is conditioned on it receiving as consideration in the Business Combination a minimum cash payment of $3,000,000,000.

        "Morrow" means Morrow Sodali, proxy solicitor to GHV.

        "Nasdaq" means the Nasdaq Capital Market.

        "Notes Offering" means the offering by AMPSA of €450 million 2.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2028, $600 million 3.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2028, €500 million 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029 and $1,050 million 4.000% Senior Notes due 2029, which was completed on March 12, 2021 and which constitutes the Debt Financing. The €450 million 2.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 and $600 million 3.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 were issued pursuant to the indenture dated March 12, 2021 by and among Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, AMPSA, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, and is filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part. The €500 million 3.000% Senior Notes due 2029 and $1,050 million 4.000% Senior Notes due 2029 were issued pursuant to the indenture dated March 12, 2021 by and among Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, AMPSA, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, and is filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part.

        "NYSE" means The New York Stock Exchange.

        "PCAOB" means the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

        "PIPE" or "PIPE Investment" means the private placement pursuant to which the Subscribers will purchase 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares (or up to 69,500,000 AMPSA Shares if such shares are purchased pursuant to the GHV Sponsor Backstop), for a purchase price of $10.00 per share.

12


        "PIPE Shares" means the 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares (or up to 69,500,000 AMPSA Shares if such shares are purchased pursuant to the GHV Sponsor Backstop) to be issued to the Subscribers pursuant to the PIPE Investment.

        "Pre-Closing Restructuring" means the series of transactions effected pursuant to the Transfer Agreement that resulted in, among other things, (a) the AMP Business being wholly owned by AMPSA and (b) any assets and liabilities relating to the business of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by the AMP Entities being transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not the AMP Entities, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) being transferred to the AMP Entities.

        "Pre-Closing Restructuring Completion Date" means April 1, 2021, the date the Pre-Closing Restructuring was consummated.

        "Private Placement Warrants" means the warrants to purchase GHV Class A Common Stock purchased in a private placement in connection with the IPO.

        "Prospectus" means the proxy statement/prospectus included in this Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Registration No. 333-254005) filed with the SEC.

        "Public Shares" means shares of GHV Class A Common Stock issued as part of the GHV Units sold in the IPO.

        "Public Stockholders" means the holders of shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, provided, that GHV's Initial Stockholders are considered a "Public Stockholder" only with respect to any Public Shares held by them.

        "Public Warrants" means the warrants included in the GHV Units sold in the IPO, each of which is exercisable for one share of GHV Class A Common Stock, in accordance with its terms.

        "Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement" means that certain form of agreement attached to the Business Combination Agreement as Exhibit B.

        "Regulatory Withdrawals" means funds released to GHV from the Trust Account to fund regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto, subject to an annual limit of $1,250,000, for a maximum of 24 months.

        "Related Agreements" means, collectively, the Transfer Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement and the Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement.

        "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        "Shareholders Agreement" means the Shareholders Agreement to be entered into by AGSA and AMPSA, effective as of the Merger Effective Time, in substantially the form attached to the Business Combination Agreement as Exhibit C.

        "Special Meeting" means the special meeting in lieu of the 2021 annual meeting of the stockholders of GHV that is the subject of this proxy statement/prospectus.

        "Subscribers" means the institutional investors that have committed to purchase AMPSA Shares in the PIPE.

        "The Gores Group" means The Gores Group LLC, an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor.

        "Transactions" means collectively, the Business Combination, including the Pre-Closing Restructuring, the Debt Financing, the PIPE Investment, the Merger and the other transactions

13


contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements, including the contribution to AMPSA of the GHV Class A Common Stock and the exchange of the GHV Warrants for warrants issued by AMPSA exercisable for AMPSA Shares.

        "Transfer Agreement" means the Transfer Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, as may be amended, by and between AGSA and AMPSA.

        "Trust Account" means the trust account that holds a portion of the proceeds of the IPO and the concurrent sale of the Private Placement Warrants.

        "Warrant Agreement" means the warrant agreement, dated August 10, 2020, by and between GHV and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, governing GHV's outstanding warrants.

14



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE PROPOSALS FOR STOCKHOLDERS

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "Gores" generally refer to GHV.

        The questions and answers below highlight only selected information from this document and only briefly address some commonly asked questions about the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting, including with respect to the proposed Merger. The following questions and answers do not include all the information that is important to our stockholders. We urge stockholders to read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes and the other documents referred to herein, to fully understand the proposed Merger and the voting procedures for the Special Meeting, which, in light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, will be held via live webcast at                , on                , 2021, at                 . The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting                , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Additionally, you have the option to listen only to the Special Meeting by dialing              (toll-free within the U.S. and Canada) or              (outside of the U.S. and Canada, standard rates apply). The passcode for telephone access is              , but you cannot vote or ask questions if you choose to participate telephonically. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication.

Q:    Why am I receiving this proxy statement/prospectus?

A:
Our stockholders are being asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger, among other proposals. A copy of the Business Combination Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A.

    This proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes contain important information about the proposed Merger and the other matters to be acted upon at the Special Meeting. You should read this proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes carefully and in their entirety.

    Your vote is important. You are encouraged to submit your proxy as soon as possible after carefully reviewing this proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes.

Q:    When and where is the Special Meeting?

A:
In light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the Special Meeting will be held via live webcast at                , on                 , 2021, at                . The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting                , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Additionally, you have the option to listen only to the Special Meeting by dialing              (toll-free within the U.S. and Canada) or              (outside of the U.S. and Canada, standard rates apply). The passcode for telephone access is              , but you cannot vote or ask questions if you choose to participate telephonically. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication.

Q:    What are the specific proposals on which I am being asked to vote at the Special Meeting?

A:
The Company's stockholders are being asked to approve the following proposals:

1.
Merger Proposal—To adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger (Proposal No. 1);

2.
Governance Proposal—To consider and act upon a separate proposal with respect to certain provisions in AMPSA's articles of association because (i) the number of authorized shares under the AMPSA articles of association is greater than the number of authorized shares under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and (ii) the AMPSA articles of association include a compulsory share transfer provision, which are being separately presented in

15


      accordance with SEC requirements and which will be voted upon on a non-binding advisory basis (Proposal No. 2); and

    3.
    Adjournment Proposal—To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the adjournment of the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, (A) to ensure that any supplement or amendment to this proxy statement/prospectus that the GHV Board has determined in good faith is required by applicable law to be disclosed to Company stockholders and for such supplement or amendment to be promptly disseminated to Company stockholders prior to the Special Meeting, (B) if, as of the time for which the Special Meeting is originally scheduled, there are insufficient shares of GHV Common Stock represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the Special Meeting or (C) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Merger Proposal. This proposal will only be presented at the Special Meeting if there are not sufficient votes to approve the Merger Proposal (Proposal No. 3).

Q:    Are the proposals conditioned on one another?

A:
No. The Merger is conditioned on the approval of the Merger Proposal only. It is important for you to note that in the event that the Merger Proposal does not receive the requisite vote for approval, we will not consummate the Merger. If we do not consummate the Merger and fail to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, we will be required to dissolve and liquidate our Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to the Public Stockholders.

Q:    Why is the Company providing stockholders with the opportunity to vote on the Business Combination Agreement?

A:
Under our current certificate of incorporation, we must provide all holders of Public Shares with the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed upon the consummation of our initial business combination either in conjunction with a tender offer or in conjunction with a stockholder vote. Because the proposed business combination transaction is being effected through the Merger, our stockholders will have the opportunity to have their Public Shares redeemed in connection with a stockholder vote rather than a tender offer. The approval of the Merger Proposal is also a condition to the closing of the Merger under the Business Combination Agreement.

Q:    What revenues and profits/losses has the AMP Business generated in the last three years?

A:
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the AMP Business had total revenue of $3,451 million, $3,344 million and $3,338 million, respectively, and profit/ (loss) for the year of $111 million, $(40) million and $(75) million, respectively. For more information, please see the sections entitled "Selected Historical Combined Financial and Other Data of the AMP Business," "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

Q:    What will happen in the Merger?

A:
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, AGSA, AMPSA, GHV and/or MergeCo will effect a series of transactions we collectively refer to as the Business Combination. Prior to the Closing, AGSA effected the Pre-Closing Restructuring and AMPSA incurred indebtedness under the Debt Financing. At the Closing, (i) the Subscribers will subscribe for 60,000,000 AMPSA shares for an aggregate purchase price payable to AMPSA of $600,000,000 (excluding the GHV

16


    Sponsor Backstop), (ii) MergeCo will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, and all shares of GHV Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, other than any Excluded Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), will be contributed to AMPSA in exchange for AMPSA Shares, and (iii) all GHV Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into AMPSA Warrants.

Q:    Following the Merger, will GHV's securities continue to trade on a stock exchange?

A:
No. The GHV Common Stock, the GHV Units and the GHV Warrants are currently listed on Nasdaq under the symbols "GRSV," "GRSVU" and "GRSVW." Upon the Closing, AMPSA expects to delist GHV's securities from the Nasdaq and apply to list its AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants on NYSE under the symbols "AMBP" and "AMBPW."

Q:    How has the announcement of the Business Combination affected the trading price of the Company's GHV Class A Common Stock?

A:
On February 22, 2021, the trading date before the public announcement of the Business Combination, GHV Units, GHV Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants closed at $11.32, $10.86 and $2.13, respectively. On              , 2021, the trading date immediately prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the GHV Units, GHV Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants closed at $              , $              and $              , respectively.

Q:    Will the management of AMPSA change in the Merger?

A:
No, the management of AMPSA is not expected to change following the consummation of the Merger. Prior to the consummation of the Merger, the directors of AMPSA are Paul Coulson, Shaun Murphy, Oliver Graham, David Matthews, Abigail Blunt, Yves Elsen, The Rt. Hon. The Lord Hammond of Runnymede, Hermanus Troskie and Edward White. Following the Merger, AMPSA's board of directors is expected to expand from 9 to 11 directors and consist of Paul Coulson, Shaun Murphy, Oliver Graham, David Matthews, Abigail Blunt, Yves Elsen, The Rt. Hon. The Lord Hammond of Runnymede, Hermanus Troskie and Edward White and two other directors to be designated for nomination by our Sponsor, who are expected to be identified and appointed prior to the Closing.

Q:    What equity stake will current stockholders of the Company, Private Placement Investors and the AMPSA Shareholders hold in AMPSA after the Closing?

A:
After the consummation of the Merger, and assuming that no shares of GHV are elected to be redeemed, it is anticipated: (i) the Public Stockholders (other than the Subscribers) will retain an ownership interest of approximately 8.6% in AMPSA; (ii) the Subscribers will own approximately 9.9% of AMPSA (such that Public Stockholders, including Subscribers, will own approximately 18.5% of AMPSA); (iii) the Initial Stockholders (including our Sponsor) will own approximately 1.6% of AMPSA; and (iv) AGSA will own approximately 79.9% of AMPSA.

Q:    Will the Company or AMPSA raise new financing in connection with the Business Combination?

A:
The Company will not obtain new financing in connection with the Business Combination, but AMPSA will consummate the PIPE and has consummated the Debt Financing as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. The proceeds from the Debt Financing and the PIPE, together with funds in the Trust Account, will be used to pay the AGSA Consideration and certain transaction expenses. The PIPE is contingent upon, among other things, the satisfaction or waiver

17


    of the closing conditions in the Business Combination Agreement. Neither GHV nor AMPSA anticipates obtaining any additional debt financing to fund the Business Combination.

Q:    What conditions must be satisfied to complete the Merger?

A:
There are a number of closing conditions in the Business Combination Agreement, including the approval by our stockholders of the Merger Proposal. For a summary of the conditions that must be satisfied or waived prior to completion of the Merger, please see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement."

Q:    Why is the Company proposing the Governance Proposal?

A:
As required by applicable SEC guidance, we are requesting that our stockholders vote upon, on a non-binding advisory basis, a separate proposal with respect to certain provisions in AMPSA's articles of association because (i) the number of authorized shares under the AMPSA articles of association is greater than the number of authorized shares under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and (ii) the AMPSA articles of association include a compulsory share transfer provision. This separate vote is not otherwise required by Delaware law, but pursuant to SEC guidance, we are required to submit these provisions to our stockholders separately for approval. However, the stockholder vote regarding this proposal is an advisory vote, and is not binding on us or the GHV Board. Furthermore, the approval of the Merger Proposal is not conditioned on the separate approval of the Governance Proposal. AGSA will own approximately 80% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares upon completion of the Merger, and, as such, will have the right to initiate the compulsory share transfer as provided for in and in accordance with Article 13 of AMPSA's articles of association after the completion of the Merger. For additional information, please see the section entitled "GHV Stockholder Proposal No. 2—Governance Proposal.

Q:    Why is the Company proposing the Adjournment Proposal?

A:
We are proposing the Adjournment Proposal to allow the adjournment of the Special Meeting to a later date or dates (A) to ensure that any supplement or amendment to this proxy statement/prospectus that the GHV Board has determined in good faith is required by applicable law to be disclosed to Company stockholders and for such supplement or amendment to be promptly disseminated to Company stockholders prior to the Special Meeting, (B) if, as of the time for which the Special Meeting is originally scheduled, there are insufficient shares of GHV Common Stock represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the Special Meeting or (C) to permit further solicitation of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Merger Proposal. Please see the section entitled "GHV Stockholder Proposal No. 3—The Adjournment Proposal" for additional information.

Q:    What happens if I sell my shares of GHV Class A Common Stock before the Special Meeting?

A:
The record date for the Special Meeting is earlier than the date that the Merger is expected to be completed. If you transfer your shares of GHV Class A Common Stock after the record date, but before the Special Meeting, unless the transferee obtains from you a proxy to vote those shares, you will retain your right to vote at the Special Meeting. However, you will not be able to seek redemption of your shares of GHV Class A Common Stock because you will no longer be able to deliver them for cancellation upon consummation of the Merger. If you transfer your shares of GHV Class A Common Stock prior to the record date, you will have no right to vote those shares at the Special Meeting or redeem those shares for a pro rata portion of the proceeds held in our Trust Account.

18


Q:    What constitutes a quorum at the Special Meeting?

A:
A majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the GHV Common Stock entitled to vote as of the record date at the Special Meeting must be present, in person or represented by proxy, at the Special Meeting to constitute a quorum and in order to conduct business at the Special Meeting. Abstentions will be counted as present for the purpose of determining a quorum. Our Initial Stockholders, who currently own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock, will count towards this quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the chairman of the Special Meeting has power to adjourn the Special Meeting. As of the record date for the Special Meeting,              shares of our GHV Common Stock would be required to achieve a quorum.

Q:    What vote is required to approve the proposals presented at the Special Meeting?

A:
The approval of the Merger Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. Because our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of GHV Common Stock they own in favor of the Merger Proposal (which amount constitutes approximately 20% of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock), approximately 38% of the GHV Class A Common Stock held by the Public Stockholders will need to vote in favor of the Merger Proposal for the Merger Proposal to be approved (assuming all of such stockholders are represented in person via the virtual meeting platform or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting). Accordingly, a Company stockholder's failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, as well as an abstention from voting and a broker non-vote, with regard to the Merger Proposal will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established and will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal. Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their shares of GHV Common Stock in favor of the Merger Proposal.

    The approval of the Governance Proposal, which is a non-binding advisory vote, requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, a Company stockholder's failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, as well as an abstention from voting and a broker non-vote with regard to the Governance Proposal will have no effect on the Governance Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Governance Proposal.

    The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, a Company stockholder's failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, as well as an abstention from voting and a broker non-vote will have no effect on the Adjournment Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Adjournment Proposal.

Q:    What happens if the Merger Proposal is not approved?

A:
Unless we amend our current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of the holders of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if the Merger Proposal is not approved and we do not consummate a business combination by August 10, 2022, we will be required to dissolve and liquidate our Trust Account.

19


Q:    May the Company, its Sponsor or the Company's directors or officers or their affiliates purchase shares in connection with the Business Combination?

A:
In connection with the stockholder vote to adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger, our Sponsor, directors or officers or their respective affiliates may privately negotiate transactions to purchase shares from stockholders who would have otherwise elected to have their shares redeemed in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules for a per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account. None of our directors or officers or their respective affiliates will make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or during a restricted period under Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such selling stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights, and could include a contractual provision that directs such selling stockholder to vote such shares in a manner directed by the purchaser. In the event that our Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from Public Stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. Any such privately negotiated purchases may be effected at purchase prices that are below or in excess of the per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account.

    Additionally, in connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Sponsor entered into a Subscription Agreement pursuant to which it has agreed to subscribe for up to an additional 9,500,000 AMPSA Shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share in the event that redemptions of GHV's Class A Common Stock, if any, result in an aggregate redemption price of more than $1,000,000. See "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Subscription Agreements."

Q:    How many votes do I have at the Special Meeting?

A:
Our stockholders are entitled to one vote on each proposal presented at the Special Meeting for each share of GHV Common Stock held of record as of                , 2021, the record date for the Special Meeting. As of the close of business on the record date, there were              outstanding shares of our GHV Common Stock.

Q:    How do I vote?

A:
If you were a holder of record of our GHV Common Stock on                , 2021, the record date for the Special Meeting, you may vote with respect to the proposals in person via the virtual meeting platform at the Special Meeting, or by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided.

    Voting by Mail.    By signing the proxy card and returning it in the enclosed prepaid and addressed envelope, you are authorizing the individuals named on the proxy card to vote your shares at the Special Meeting in the manner you indicate. We encourage you to sign and return the proxy card even if you plan to attend the Special Meeting so that your shares will be voted if you are unable to attend the Special Meeting. If you receive more than one proxy card, it is an indication that your shares are held in multiple accounts. Please sign and return all proxy cards to ensure that all of your shares are voted. Votes submitted by mail must be received by 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time on              , 2021.

    Voting at the Special Meeting via the Virtual Meeting Platform.    If you attend the Special Meeting and plan to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform, you will be provided with explicit instructions on how to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform. If your shares are registered directly in your name, you are considered the stockholder of record and you have the

20


    right to vote in person via the virtual meeting platform at the Special Meeting. If you hold your shares in "street name," which means your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee, you should follow the instructions provided by your broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. In this regard, you must provide the record holder of your shares with instructions on how to vote your shares or, if you wish to attend the Special Meeting and vote in person via the virtual meeting platform, you will need to contact your broker, bank or nominee to obtain a legal proxy that will authorize you to vote these shares. For additional information, please see the section entitled "Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders."

Q:    What will happen if I abstain from voting or fail to vote at the Special Meeting?

A:
At the Special Meeting, we will count a properly executed proxy marked "ABSTAIN" with respect to a particular proposal as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. For purposes of approval, a failure to vote or an abstention will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal but will have no effect on the Governance Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.

Q:    What will happen if I sign and return my proxy card without indicating how I wish to vote?

A:
Signed and dated proxies received by us without an indication of how the stockholder intends to vote on a proposal will be voted "FOR" each proposal presented to the stockholders. The proxyholders may use their discretion to vote on any other matters which properly come before the Special Meeting.

Q:    If I am not going to attend the Special Meeting via the virtual meeting platform, should I return my proxy card instead?

A:
Yes. Whether you plan to attend the Special Meeting or not, please read the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus carefully, and vote your shares by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided.

Q:    If my shares are held in "street name," will my broker, bank or nominee automatically vote my shares for me?

A:
No. Under the rules of various national and regional securities exchanges, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares with respect to non-routine matters unless you provide instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information and procedures provided to you by your broker, bank, or nominee. We believe the proposals presented to the stockholders at this Special Meeting will be considered non-routine and, therefore, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares without your instruction on any of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting. If you do not provide instructions with your proxy, your broker, bank, or other nominee may deliver a proxy card expressly indicating that it is NOT voting your shares; this indication that a broker, bank, or nominee is not voting your shares is referred to as a "broker non-vote." Broker non-votes will not be counted for the purposes of determining the existence of a quorum or for purposes of determining the number of votes cast at the Special Meeting. Your bank, broker, or other nominee can vote your shares only if you provide instructions on how to vote. You should instruct your broker to vote your shares in accordance with directions you provide.

Q:    How will a broker non-vote impact the results of each proposal?

A:
Broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal.

21


Q:    May I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy card?

A:
Yes. You may change your vote by sending a later-dated, signed proxy card to our Secretary at the address listed below so that it is received by our Secretary prior to the Special Meeting or attend the Special Meeting in person and vote. You also may revoke your proxy by sending a notice of revocation to our Secretary, which must be received by our Secretary prior to the Special Meeting.

Q:    What should I do if I receive more than one set of voting materials?

A:
You may receive more than one set of voting materials, including multiple copies of this proxy statement/prospectus and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. For example, if you hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you will receive a separate voting instruction card for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. If you are a holder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you will receive more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each proxy card and voting instruction card that you receive in order to cast your vote with respect to all of your shares.

Q:    How will the Company's Sponsor, directors and officers vote?

A:
Prior to our IPO, we entered into agreements with our Sponsor and each of our directors and officers, pursuant to which each agreed to vote any shares of GHV Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Merger Proposal. None of our Sponsor, directors or officers has purchased any shares of our GHV Common Stock during or after our IPO and, as of the date of this proxy statement, neither we nor our Sponsor, directors or officers have entered into agreements, and are not currently in negotiations, to purchase shares prior to the consummation of the Merger. Currently, our Initial Stockholders own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock, including all of the GHV Founder Shares, and will be able to vote all such shares at the Special Meeting.

Q:    What interests do the Sponsor and the Company's current officers and directors have in the Business Combination?

A:
Our Sponsor and certain members of the GHV Board and officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interests. See "Risk FactorsRisks Relating to GHV and the MergerThe exercise of discretion by our directors and officers in agreeing to changes to the terms of or waivers of closing conditions in the Business Combination Agreement may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether such changes to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement or waivers of conditions are appropriate and in the best interests of our stockholders." You should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Merger Proposal. These interests include:

the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed not to redeem any of the GHV Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the GHV Founder Shares that will be exchanged for AMPSA Shares at the Merger Effective Time, and which AMPSA Shares would, if unrestricted and freely tradable, have a value of approximately $98 million at the Merger Effective Time (based on per share price of $10), but given the restrictions on such AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, GHV believes such AMPSA Shares have less value;

the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their GHV Founder Shares if GHV fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

22


    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $12,500,000 for its 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants to purchase shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, and that such Private Placement Warrants will expire and become worthless if a business combination is not consummated by August 10, 2022;

    if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the GHV Sponsor has agreed to indemnify GHV to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.00 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which GHV has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than its independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to GHV, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

    the continued indemnification of GHV's existing directors and officers and the purchase of a tail policy with respect to GHV's directors' and officers' existing liability insurance;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in GHV and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has the right to nominate two independent directors to AMPSA's board of directors as of the Closing;

    that, at the closing of the Merger, GHV will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, which provides for registration rights to the holders of AMPSA Shares that are parties thereto and their permitted transferees;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor and members of the GHV Board and management would hold the following number of shares in AMPSA at the Closing:
Name of Person/Entity
  Number of
AMPSA Shares
  Value of
AMPSA Shares(1)
 

Gores Sponsor V LLC

        $               

Alec E. Gores

        $               

Mark R. Stone

        $               

Andrew McBride

        $               

Randall Bort

        $               

William Patton

        $               

Jeffrey Rea

        $               

(1)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.
    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has entered into a Subscription Agreement with AMPSA and GHV, pursuant to which the GHV Sponsor has committed to purchase 2.5 million AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $25 million, provided that the GHV Sponsor has the right to syndicate the AMPSA Shares purchased under such Subscription Agreement in advance of the Closing;

    that an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor, Mr. Alec E. Gores, has committed to purchase            AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $            in connection with the syndication by the GHV Sponsor of its portion of the PIPE; and

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has committed to acquire up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a per share price of $10.00 in the event that there are redemptions from the Trust Account that are in excess of $1 million.

23


Q:    Did the GHV Board obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in determining whether or not to proceed with the Merger?

A:
Yes. Although our current certificate of incorporation does not require the GHV Board to seek a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with a business combination unless the target business is affiliated with our Sponsor, directors or officers, the GHV Board received a fairness opinion from Duff & Phelps as to the fairness from a financial point of view to GHV, as of the date of such opinion, of the consideration in the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor" and the opinion of Duff & Phelps attached hereto as Annex B for additional information.

Q:    What happens if I vote against the Merger Proposal?

A:
If you vote against the Merger Proposal but the Merger Proposal still obtains the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting, then the Merger Proposal will be approved and, assuming the satisfaction or waiver of the other conditions to closing, the Merger will be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement.

    If you vote against the Merger Proposal and the Merger Proposal does not obtain the affirmative vote of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting, then the Merger Proposal will fail and we will not consummate the Merger. If we do not consummate the Merger, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target business until August 10, 2022. Unless we amend our current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of the holders of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if we fail to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, then we will be required to dissolve and liquidate the Trust Account by returning the then-remaining funds in such account to our Public Stockholders.

Q:    Do I have redemption rights?

A:
If you are a holder of Public Shares, you may redeem your Public Shares for cash at the applicable redemption price per share equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Merger, including interest not previously released to the Company to fund Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay its franchise and income taxes, by (ii) the total number of then-outstanding Public Shares; provided that the Company will not redeem any shares of GHV Class A Common Stock issued in the IPO to the extent that such redemption would result in the Company's failure to have net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) in excess of $5,000,000. A Public Stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group's shares, in excess of 20% of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in our IPO. Holders of our outstanding Public Warrants do not have redemption rights in connection with the Merger. Our Sponsor, directors and officers have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their shares of GHV Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Merger, and the GHV Founder Shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. Our Initial Stockholders have also agreed to waive their right to a conversion price adjustment with respect to any shares of our GHV Common Stock they may hold in connection with the consummation of the Merger. For illustrative purposes, based on the balance of our Trust Account of $525,020,571 as of December 31, 2020, the estimated per share redemption price would have

24


    been approximately $10.00. Additionally, shares properly tendered for redemption will only be redeemed if the Merger is consummated; otherwise holders of such shares will only be entitled to a pro rata portion of the Trust Account (including interest not previously released to the Company to fund Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay its franchise and income taxes) in connection with the liquidation of the Trust Account, unless we complete an alternative business combination prior to August 10, 2022 or we amend our current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company.

Q:    Can the Company's Initial Stockholders redeem their GHV Founder Shares in connection with consummation of the Merger?

A:
No. Our Initial Stockholders, officers and directors have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their shares of GHV Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Merger. Our Initial Stockholders have also agreed to waive their right to a conversion price adjustment with respect to any shares of our GHV Common Stock they may hold in connection with the consummation of the Merger.

Q:    Is there a limit on the number of shares I may redeem?

A:
Yes. A Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), is restricted from exercising redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in our IPO. Accordingly, all shares in excess of 20% owned by a holder or "group" of holders will not be redeemed for cash. On the other hand, a Public Stockholder who holds less than 20% of the Public Shares and is not a member of a "group" may redeem all of the Public Shares held by such stockholder for cash (subject to our requirement to have net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) in excess of $5,000,000).

    In no event is your ability to vote all of your shares (including those shares held by you or by a "group" in excess of 20% of the shares sold in our IPO) for or against the Merger Proposal restricted.

    We have no specified maximum redemption threshold under our current certificate of incorporation, other than the aforementioned 20% threshold. Each redemption of shares of GHV Class A Common Stock by our Public Stockholders will reduce the amount in our Trust Account, which held cash and investment securities with a fair value of $525,020,571 as of December 31, 2020. Taking into account the anticipated gross proceeds of approximately $600,000,000 from the PIPE as well as the GHV Sponsor Backstop, all Public Stockholders could redeem their shares and the Minimum Cash Closing Conditions in the Business Combination Agreement could still be satisfied. However, in no event will we redeem shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in the Company's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000, and so given the foregoing assumptions, the maximum number of shares we could redeem is 52,000,019 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock.

Q:    Is there a limit on the total number of shares that may be redeemed?

A:
Yes. Our current certificate of incorporation provides that we may not redeem our Public Shares in an amount that would result in the Company's failure to have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 (such that we are not subject to the SEC's "penny stock" rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the Business Combination

25


    Agreement. Other than this limitation, our current certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold.

    Assuming the amount of $525,020,571 in our Trust Account as of December 31, 2020, if all 52,500,000 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed, they would be redeemed at a per share price of approximately $10.00. Taking into account the anticipated gross proceeds of approximately $600,000,000 from the PIPE as well as the GHV Sponsor Backstop, even if all Public Stockholders redeem their shares, the Minimum Cash Closing Conditions in the Business Combination Agreement could still be satisfied. However, in no event will we redeem shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in the Company's failure to have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000, and so given the foregoing assumptions, the maximum number of shares we could redeem is 52,000,019 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock.

Q:    How will the absence of a maximum redemption threshold affect the Merger?

A:
The Business Combination Agreement provides for the Minimum Cash Closing Conditions. As a result, assuming the consummation of the PIPE (including, if applicable, the GHV Sponsor Backstop), we may be able to complete our proposed Merger Proposal even if all or a substantial portion of our Public Stockholders redeem their shares or enter into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, no agreements with respect to the private purchase of Public Shares by the Company or the persons described above have been entered into with any such investor or holder. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC to disclose private arrangements entered into or significant private purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the Merger Proposal or other proposals (as described in this proxy statement) at the Special Meeting. See "The Business Combination Agreement—Conditions to Closing the Merger."

Q:    Will how I vote affect my ability to exercise redemption rights?

A:
No. You may exercise your redemption rights whether you vote your shares of GHV Common Stock for or against, or whether you abstain from voting on the Merger Proposal or any other proposal described by this proxy statement. As a result, the Merger Proposal can be approved by stockholders who will redeem their shares and no longer remain stockholders, leaving stockholders who choose not to redeem their shares holding shares in a company with a potentially less-liquid trading market, fewer stockholders, potentially less cash and the potential inability to meet the listing standards of NYSE.

Q:    How do I exercise my redemption rights?

A:
In order to exercise your redemption rights, you must (i) if you hold GHV Units, separate the underlying Public Shares and Public Warrants, and (ii) prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on              , 2021 (two business days before the Special Meeting), tender your shares physically or electronically and submit a request in writing that we redeem your Public Shares for cash to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent, at the following address:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
1 State Street 30th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Mark Zimkind
Email: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

26


    Please check the box on the enclosed proxy card marked "Stockholder Certification" if you are not acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined in Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) with any other stockholder with respect to shares of GHV Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of the Public Shares, together with any affiliate or any other person with whom it, she or he is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from exercising redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in our IPO. Accordingly, all Public Shares in excess of the 20% threshold beneficially owned by a Public Stockholder or group will not be redeemed for cash.

    Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights and opting to deliver physical certificates should allot sufficient time to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent and time to effect delivery. It is our understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, we do not have any control over this process and it may take longer than two weeks. Stockholders who hold their shares in street name will have to coordinate with their bank, broker or other nominee to have the shares certificated or delivered electronically.

    Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in "street name" are required to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in these proxy materials, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the Merger Proposal at the Special Meeting, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company's ("DTC") Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian ("DWAC") system, at such stockholder's option. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the Special Meeting ensures that a redeeming stockholder's election to redeem is irrevocable once the Merger Proposal is approved.

    There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge a tendering broker a fee and it is in the broker's discretion whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming stockholder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require stockholders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares, as the need to deliver shares is a requirement to exercising redemption rights, regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

Q:    What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of exercising my redemption rights?

A:
The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the redemption depends on particular facts and circumstances. Please see the section entitled "GHV Stockholder Proposal No. 1—Merger Proposal—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations." We urge you to consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of exercising your redemption rights.

Q:    If I am a Company warrant holder, can I exercise redemption rights with respect to my Public Warrants?

A:
No. The holders of our Public Warrants have no redemption rights with respect to our Public Warrants.

Q:    What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger to U.S. holders of GHV Common Stock and/or GHV?

A:
As described more fully under the section entitled "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations," it is expected that the Merger, taken together with certain related transactions, should qualify as an exchange governed by Section 351 of the Code. GHV's obligation to effect the

27


    Merger is conditioned on the receipt by AMPSA of a written tax opinion from KPMG LLP, dated as of the closing date of the Merger, providing that for U.S. federal income tax purposes the Merger, taken together with certain related transactions, should qualify as a transaction under Section 351 of the Code and should not subject the GHV stockholders to tax under Section 367 of the Code (subject to entry into gain recognition agreements by any such stockholders required to enter into such agreements to preserve tax-free treatment under Section 367 of the Code) (the "Tax Opinion"). This condition is waivable by GHV, and GHV undertakes to circulate a new or amended proxy statement or supplement thereto and resolicit the vote of GHV's stockholders with respect to the Merger Proposal if this condition is waived and the change in tax consequences is material. Such opinion will be based on customary assumptions and on representations made by AGSA and GHV, as well as certain covenants and undertakings by AGSA and GHV. If any of the assumptions, representations, covenants or undertakings by AGSA or GHV is incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate or is violated, the accuracy of the opinion described above may be affected and the tax consequences of the Merger could differ from those described herein. An opinion by KPMG LLP is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") or any court. Neither AGSA nor GHV intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger. Accordingly, even if AMPSA receives the Tax Opinion, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions reflected in the opinion or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

    The appropriate U.S. federal income tax treatment of the disposition of GHV Warrants in exchange for AMPSA Warrants in connection with the Merger is uncertain. It is possible that a U.S. holder (as defined in "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations") of GHV Warrants could be treated as exchanging such GHV Warrants for "new" warrants. If so treated, a U.S. holder could be required to recognize gain or loss in such deemed exchange in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the AMPSA Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately following the Merger and the adjusted tax basis of the GHV Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately prior to the Merger. Alternatively, it is also possible that a U.S. holder of GHV Warrants could be treated as transferring its GHV Warrants and shares of GHV Common Stock to AMPSA for AMPSA Warrants and AMPSA Shares in an exchange governed only by Section 351 of the Code (and not by Section 368 of the Code). If so treated, a U.S. holder should be required to recognize gain (but not loss) in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of gain realized by such holder (generally, the excess of (x) the sum of the fair market values of the AMPSA Warrants treated as received by such holder and the AMPSA Shares received by such holder over (y) such holder's aggregate adjusted tax basis in the GHV Warrants and GHV Common Stock treated as having been exchanged therefor) and (ii) the fair market value of the AMPSA Warrants treated as having been received by such holder in such exchange. However, if the deemed transfer of GHV Warrants also qualifies as part of a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code, subject to Section 367(a) of the Code as discussed below, a U.S. holder of GHV Warrants generally should not recognize any gain or loss on any such deemed transfer of GHV Warrants. However, the requirements for qualification of the Merger as a "reorganization" under Section 368 of the Code are more stringent in certain respects than the requirements for qualification as an exchange under Section 351 of the Code. While not free from doubt, GHV and AMPSA intend to report the exchange of GHV Warrants for AMPSA Warrants as not qualifying as part of a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code. U.S. holders of GHV Warrants are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the treatment of their GHV Warrants in connection with the Merger.

    If, however, the exchange by GHV stockholders of GHV Common Stock for AMPSA Shares in the Merger does not qualify for nonrecognition of gain or loss under Section 351(a) or Section 368 of the Code, then a U.S. holder would generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the fair market value of the AMPSA Shares (and, if such U.S.

28


    holder is also surrendering GHV Warrants, AMPSA Warrants) received and (ii) such U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in such GHV Common Stock (and GHV Warrants, if any). If the transfer is described in Section 351(a) or Section 368 of the Code but it is determined that Section 367(a) of the Code applies to the transfer of GHV Common Stock, then a U.S, holder would generally recognize gain (but not loss) to the extent that gain would have been recognized if such transfer did not qualify for non-recognition under Section 351(a) or Section 368 of the Code.

    The summary above is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed discussion provided in the section entitled "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations." We urge you to consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to you of the Merger.

Q:    Do I have appraisal rights if I object to the Merger Proposal?

A:
No. Appraisal rights are not available to holders of our GHV Common Stock in connection with the Merger.

Q:    What happens to the funds held in the Trust Account upon consummation of the Merger?

A:
The funds held in the Trust Account (together with the proceeds from the PIPE) will be used to (a) pay a portion of the AGSA Consideration and (b) pay GHV stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights.

Q:    What happens if the Merger is not consummated?

A:
There are certain circumstances under which the Business Combination Agreement may be terminated. Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement" for information regarding the parties' specific termination rights.

    If we do not consummate the Merger, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target business until August 10, 2022. Unless we amend our current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of the holders of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Class A Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if we fail to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, then we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem our Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest not previously released to the Company to fund its working capital requirements plus Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay its franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish our Public Stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and the GHV Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per unit in the IPO. Please see the section entitled "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to GHV and the Merger."

    Holders of our GHV Founder Shares have waived any right to any liquidation distribution with respect to such shares. In addition, if we fail to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our outstanding warrants, which will expire worthless.

29


Q:    When is the Merger expected to be completed?

A:
The closing of the Merger is expected to take place on or prior to the third business day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions described below in the subsection entitled "The Business Combination Agreement—Conditions to Closing of the Merger." Following the Closing, MergeCo will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, and all shares of GHV Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, other than any Excluded Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), will be contributed to AMPSA in exchange for AMPSA Shares, and all GHV Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into AMPSA Warrants. The completion of the Merger is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2021. The Business Combination Agreement may be terminated by AGSA or GHV if the Closing has not occurred by September 30, 2021.

    For a description of the conditions to the completion of the Merger, see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement—Conditions to Closing the Merger."

Q:    What do I need to do now?

A:
You are urged to read carefully and consider the information contained in this proxy statement, including the Annexes, and to consider how the Merger will affect you as a stockholder. You should then vote as soon as possible in accordance with the instructions provided in this proxy statement/prospectus and on the enclosed proxy card or, if you hold your shares through a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, on the voting instruction form provided by the broker, bank or nominee.

Q:    Who will solicit and pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the Special Meeting?

A:
The Company is soliciting proxies on behalf of the GHV Board. The Company will pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the Special Meeting. The Company has engaged Morrow Sodali LLC ("Morrow") to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the Special Meeting. The Company has agreed to pay Morrow a fee of $              , plus disbursements, and will reimburse Morrow for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and indemnify Morrow and its affiliates against certain claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses. The Company will also reimburse banks, brokers and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries representing beneficial owners of shares of the Company's GHV Common Stock for their expenses in forwarding soliciting materials to beneficial owners of the Company's GHV Common Stock and in obtaining voting instructions from those owners. Our directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies by telephone, by facsimile, by mail, on the Internet or in person. They will not be paid any additional amounts for soliciting proxies.

Q:    Who can help answer my questions?

A:
If you have questions about the proposals or if you need additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or the enclosed proxy card you should contact:

Gores Holdings V, Inc.
9800 Wilshire Blvd.
Beverly Hills, California 90212
(310) 209-3010
Attention: Jennifer Kwon Chou
Email: jchou@gores.com

30


    You may also contact our proxy solicitor at:

Morrow Sodali
470 West Avenue
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Individuals, please call toll-free: (800) 662-5200
Banks and brokerage, please call: (203) 658-9400
Email: grsh.info@investor.morrowsodali.com

    To obtain timely delivery, our stockholders must request the materials no later than five business days prior to the Special Meeting.

    You may also obtain additional information about us from documents filed with the SEC by following the instructions in the section entitled "Where You Can Find More Information."

    If you intend to seek redemption of your Public Shares, you will need to send a letter demanding redemption and deliver your stock (either physically or electronically) to our transfer agent prior to the Special Meeting in accordance with the procedures detailed under the question "How do I exercise my redemption rights?" If you have questions regarding the certification of your position or delivery of your stock, please contact our transfer agent:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
1 State Street 30th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Mark Zimkind
Email: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

31



SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

        This summary highlights selected information from this proxy statement/prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you. To better understand the Business Combination and the proposals to be considered at the Special Meeting, you should read this entire proxy statement/prospectus carefully, including the annexes. See also the section entitled "Where You Can Find More Information."


Parties to the Business Combination Agreement

Gores Holdings V, Inc.

        GHV is a special purpose acquisition company incorporated on June 25, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

        The GHV Units, the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, and the Public Warrants trade on Nasdaq under the ticker symbols "GRSV," "GRSVU" and "GRSVW."

        The mailing address of GHV's principal executive office is 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 90212 and its telephone number is (310) 209-3010.

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

        AMPSA is one of the leading suppliers of consumer metal beverage cans in the world and believes that it holds the #2 or #3 market positions in Europe, the United States and Brazil. The global beverage can industry is a large, consumer-driven industry with attractive growth characteristics. AMPSA's end-use categories include beer, carbonated soft drinks, energy drinks, hard seltzers, juices, pre-mixed cocktails, teas, sparkling waters and wine. Its customers include a wide variety of leading beverage producers, which value its packaging products for their convenience and quality, as well as the end-user appeal they offer through design, innovation and brand promotion. With AMPSA's significant invested capital base, supported by consistent levels of re-investment, its extensive technical capabilities and manufacturing know-how, AMPSA believes it is well-positioned to continue to meet the dynamic needs of its global customers.

        AMPSA was incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on January 20, 2021 as a public limited liability company (société anonyme) having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 251465. After the consummation of the Merger, its principal executive office will remain at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg.

        The mailing address of AMPSA's principal executive office is 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and its telephone number is +352 26 25 85 55. Prior to the consummation of the Merger, the directors of AMPSA are Paul Coulson, Shaun Murphy, Oliver Graham, David Matthews, Abigail Blunt, Yves Elsen, The Rt. Hon. The Lord Hammond of Runnymede, Hermanus Troskie and Edward White.

        AMPSA expects to apply to list the AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants on NYSE under the symbols "AMBP" and "AMBPW," respectively.

        Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, AMPSA will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. As long as AMPSA continues to qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, AMPSA will be

32


 

exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

    the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

    the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

    the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

        In addition, AMPSA will not be required to file annual reports and financial statements with the SEC as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, and will not be required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

        Further, AMPSA will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements of NYSE by virtue of being a foreign private issuer. Although AMPSA's foreign private issuer status exempts it from most of NYSE's corporate governance requirements, AMPSA intends to voluntarily comply with these requirements, except those from which AMPSA would be exempt by virtue of being a "controlled company." Following the consummation of the Merger, AGSA will continue to control, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting power of AMPSA's issued and outstanding shares and thus AMPSA will be a controlled company within the meaning of NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these NYSE standards, AMPSA may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

    a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    there be an annual performance evaluation of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees.

        Following the consummation of the Merger, AMPSA intends to utilize certain of these exemptions, including the exemption from the requirement to have a board of directors composed of a majority of independent directors. In addition, although AMPSA will have adopted charters for its audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees, its compensation and nominating and governance committees are not expected to be composed solely of independent directors. For more information about AMPSA, see the sections entitled "Information About AMPSA" and "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation."

Ardagh Group S.A.

        AGSA was incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on May 6, 2011 as a public limited liability company (société anonyme) having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 160804. Until the

33


 

consummation of the Merger, AMPSA will be wholly owned by AGSA. Upon completion of the Merger, AGSA will own approximately 80% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares.

        The mailing address of AGSA's principal executive office is 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and its telephone number is +352 26 25 85 55.

Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc.

        MergeCo is a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. MergeCo was formed solely in contemplation of the Merger, has not commenced any operations, has only nominal assets and has no liabilities or contingent liabilities, nor any outstanding commitments other than in connection with the Merger.

        The mailing address of MergeCo's principal executive office is 8770 W. Bryn Mawr Avenue, Chicago, IL 60631, United States.


The Business Combination

The Business Combination Agreement

        On February 22, 2021, GHV, AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo entered into the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to which the parties intend to consummate the Business Combination and following the Merger of GHV with and into MergeCo, GHV would become a direct wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, each of the following transactions occurred, or will occur, in the following order:

    prior to the Closing, pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, AGSA effected a series of transactions that resulted in (a) the AMP Business being owned by AMPSA and (b) any assets and liabilities relating to the business of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by the AMP Entities being transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not engaged in the AMP Business, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) being transferred to the AMP Entities (the "Pre-Closing Restructuring");

    AMPSA incurred indebtedness under the documents related to the Debt Financing in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $2.8 billion, pursuant to the Notes Offering;

    at Closing, the Subscribers will subscribe for 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares for an aggregate purchase price payable to AMPSA of $600,000,000 (excluding the GHV Sponsor Backstop); and

    at Closing, MergeCo will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, and all shares of GHV Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, other than any Excluded Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), will be contributed to AMPSA in exchange for AMPSA Shares, and all GHV Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into AMPSA Warrants.

        For more information, see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement—The Structure of the Business Combination."

34


 

Consideration to Be Received in the Business Combination

        The aggregate consideration to be paid to AGSA pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement consists of (a) $2,315,000,000, payable in cash and in equivalent U.S. dollars or euros (or a combination thereof), (b) 484,956,250 AMPSA Shares, (c) a promissory note issued by AMPSA in the amount of $1,085,000,000, to be paid in cash at the Closing or, in certain circumstances, a combination of cash and AMPSA Shares, and (d) the right to receive, during the five-year period commencing 180 days after the Closing, up to 60,730,000 additional AMPSA Shares in five equal installments if the price of AMPSA Shares maintains for a certain period of time a volume weighted average price greater than or equal to $13.00, $15.00, $16.50, $18.00 and $19.50, as applicable (collectively, the "AGSA Consideration").

        For more information, see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement—Consideration to Be Received in the Business Combination."

Conditions to the Closing

General Conditions

        Under the Business Combination Agreement, the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger are conditioned on the satisfaction or waiver (where permissible) of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing:

    no action or governmental order or law shall have been enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered that restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transactions or would cause any of the transactions to be rescinded following the Closing;

    the Merger Proposals shall have been approved and adopted by the requisite affirmative vote of the GHV stockholders;

    a Luxembourg statutory independent auditor (réviseur d'entreprises agréé) of AMPSA shall have issued appropriate reports in respect of the contributions in kind relating to the AMPSA Shares to be issued to AGSA and the GHV stockholders;

    all closing conditions to the PIPE Investment shall have been satisfied or waived and the PIPE Investment Amount shall have been paid to AMPSA on the Closing Date;

    the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and no stop order or proceedings for purposes of suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall have been initiated by the SEC and not withdrawn; and

    the AMPSA Shares shall have been approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

GHV Conditions to Closing

        The obligations of GHV to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (where permissible) of the following additional conditions at or prior to the Closing:

    certain representations and warranties of AGSA shall each be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, certain representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date except for de minimis inaccuracies and all other representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except where the failure of all other such representations and warranties to be true and correct does not result in an AMP Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement);

35


 

    AGSA, AMPSA and MergeCo shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by the Business Combination Agreement to be complied with on or prior to the Closing Date;

    AGSA shall have delivered to GHV a certificate, signed by an officer of AGSA, certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 7.2(a), Section 7.2(b) and Section 7.2(d) of the Business Combination Agreement;

    the Pre-Closing Restructuring shall have been completed in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and the Transfer Agreement;

    no AMP Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) shall have occurred;

    the sum of (i) the GHV Closing Cash Amount plus (ii) the PIPE Investment Amount shall equal or exceed $685,000,000;

    AGSA shall have delivered to GHV the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.3(a) of the Business Combination Agreement; and

    AMPSA shall have received a tax opinion from KPMG LLP that the Merger should qualify for the Intended Tax Treatment (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), that GHV can rely on as if addressed to it.

AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo Conditions to Closing

        The obligations of AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (where permissible) of the following additional conditions at or prior to the Closing:

    certain representations and warranties of GHV shall each be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, certain representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date except for de minimis inaccuracies, and all other representations and warranties of GHV shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except where the failure of all other such representations and warranties to be true and correct does not result in a GHV Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement);

    GHV shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by the Business Combination Agreement to be complied with on or prior to the Closing Date;

    GHV shall have delivered to AGSA a certificate, signed by an officer of GHV, certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 7.3(a), Section 7.3(b) and Section 7.3(d) of the Business Combination Agreement;

    no GHV Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) shall have occurred;

    the cash portion of the AGSA Consideration paid to AGSA by AMPSA shall equal or exceed $3,000,000,000; and

    GHV shall have delivered to AGSA the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.3(b) of the Business Combination Agreement.

        For more information, see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement—Conditions to Closing the Merger."

36


 

Termination Rights

        The Business Combination Agreement may be terminated, and the Merger may be abandoned, as follows:

    by mutual written consent of GHV and AGSA;

    by GHV, upon any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in the Business Combination Agreement on the part of the AGSA, AMPSA or MergeCo that remains uncured for more than 30 days after written notice of such breach is provided by GHV to AGSA, or if any representation or warranty of AGSA, AMPSA or MergeCo shall have become untrue or inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b) of the Business Combination Agreement would not be satisfied;

    by AGSA, upon any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in the Business Combination Agreement on the part of GHV that remains uncured for more than 30 days after written notice of such breach is provided by AGSA to GHV, or if any representation or warranty of GHV shall have become untrue or inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) of the Business Combination Agreement would not be satisfied;

    by either GHV or AGSA, if the Merger Effective Time shall not have occurred on or prior to September 30, 2021, provided that the terminating party is not, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, in breach or violation of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation under the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or violation is the primary cause of the failure of a condition set forth in the Business Combination Agreement on or prior to September 30, 2021;

    by either GHV or AGSA if the Merger Proposal fails to receive the requisite vote for approval at GHV's Special Meeting of stockholders; and

    by either GHV or AGSA if any governmental authority will have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any injunction, order, decree or ruling (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which has become final and non-appealable and has the effect of making consummation of the Business Combination illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Business Combination.

        In the event that the Business Combination Agreement is validly terminated, all transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination will be paid by the party incurring such transaction expenses. If the Merger is consummated, AMPSA will bear the reasonable and documented transaction expenses of all parties; provided that the transaction expenses of GHV shall not exceed $50,000,000.

        For more information, see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement—Termination of the Business Combination Agreement."


Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination Agreement

Transfer Agreement

        On February 22, 2021, AGSA and AMPSA entered into a Transfer Agreement, pursuant to which, prior to the Pre-Closing Restructuring Completion Date, AGSA agreed to effect the Pre-Closing Restructuring through a series of transactions that resulted in, among other things, AMPSA owning the AMP Business. The Pre-Closing Restructuring was consummated on April 1, 2021.

        For more information about the Transfer Agreement, see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Transfer Agreement."

37


 

Services Agreement

        In connection with the Pre-Closing Restructuring, AGSA and AMPSA will enter into a services agreement (the "Services Agreement"), pursuant to which AGSA, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, will provide certain corporate and business-unit services to AMPSA, and AMPSA, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, will provide certain corporate and business-unit services to AGSA. The initial term of the Services Agreement is expected to end on December 31, 2024.

        For more information about the Services Agreement, see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Services Agreement."

Shareholders Agreement

        In connection with the completion of the Merger, AGSA and AMPSA will enter into the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, AGSA will have the right to nominate nine directors to the AMPSA's board of directors, of whom (a) one will initially be the current Chief Executive Officer of AGSA, who will serve as chairperson of the board; and (b) at least three shall satisfy the independence requirements of NYSE. Two independent directors will be appointed upon proposal for nomination by the Sponsor as Class I directors pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. In addition, for so long as AGSA holds at least 20% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares, AGSA will also have the right to: (i) nominate a number of directors to the AMPSA's board of directors at least proportional to the number of AMPSA Shares owned by AGSA; (ii) designate the chairperson of the board of directors of AMPSA (who need not be a nominee of Ardagh Group); and (iii) appoint a number of representatives to each committee of the board of AMPSA that is at least proportional to the number of outstanding AMPSA Shares owned by AGSA. In addition, for so long as Ardagh Group holds at least 40% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares, the following actions may not be taken (or agreed to be taken) by AMPSA without the prior written consent of Ardagh Group: (a) the sale of greater than 40% of the assets or voting securities of AMPSA (with certain exceptions); (b) voluntary liquidation or dissolution of AMPSA; (c) any amendment of AMPSA's articles of association that materially and adversely affects AGSA in its capacity as a shareholder; (d) relocation of AMPSA's corporate headquarters; (e) change to AMPSA's corporate name; or (f) any corporate action that would materially adversely affect any of the foregoing approval rights.

        For more information about the Shareholders Agreement, see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Shareholders Agreement."

Subscription Agreements

        In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, AMPSA and GHV entered into separate subscription agreements (collectively, the "Subscription Agreements") with a number of investors (collectively, the "Subscribers"), pursuant to which the Subscribers agreed to subscribe for, and AMPSA agreed to issue to the Subscribers, an aggregate of 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares (the "PIPE Shares"), for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for an aggregate cash amount of $600,000,000 (such aggregate cash amount, the "PIPE Investment Amount", and such transactions, the "PIPE Investment").

        The issuance of the PIPE Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreements is contingent upon, among other customary closing conditions, the substantially concurrent consummation of the Merger.

        Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, AMPSA agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the Closing Date, it will file with the SEC (at AMPSA's sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the PIPE Shares, and AMPSA will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof.

38


 

        Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement entered into by the GHV Sponsor, the GHV Sponsor committed to acquire 2,500,000 AMPSA Shares (which may be syndicated by it) and to the GHV Sponsor Backstop.

        For more information about the Subscription Agreements, see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Subscription Agreements."

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

        In connection with the Closing, AMPSA, the Initial Stockholders and AGSA will enter into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement that provides customary demand and piggyback registration rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, AMPSA will agree that, as soon as practicable, and in any event within 30 days after the Closing, it will file with the SEC (at AMPSA's sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of any outstanding AMPSA Shares or any other equity security held by a party to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement and any other equity security of AMPSA issued or issuable with respect to any such AMPSA Share by way of a dividend or stock split in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, and AMPSA will use its reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the 60th day (or the 90th day if the registration statement is reviewed by, and received comments from, the SEC) following the filing deadline.

        Subject to certain exceptions, including in connection with certain exchanges involving AGSA shareholders, AGSA may not transfer any AMPSA Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by it during the period ending 180 days following the date of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement (the "Share Lock-Up Period"). During the Share Lock-Up Period, no Initial Stockholder may transfer AMPSA Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by such Initial Stockholder. During the period ending 30 days after the date of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, no Initial Stockholder may transfer any GHV Warrants or any of the AMPSA Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of such GHV Warrants beneficially owned or owned of record by such Initial Stockholder. The lock-up provisions are subject to a number of customary exceptions.

        For more information about the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement."

Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement

        In connection with the Closing, AMPSA will enter into a Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement with GHV and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent to assume GHV's obligations under the existing Warrant Agreement, dated August 10, 2020 with respect to the GHV Warrants.

        For more information about the Warrant Agreement Amendment, see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Agreement Amendment."


Interests of GHV Initial Stockholders and GHV's Other Current Officers and Directors

        In considering the recommendation of the GHV Board to vote for the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal, you should be aware that aside from their interests as stockholders, GHV's Sponsor and certain members of its Board and officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of GHV's stockholders generally. The GHV Board was aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in

39


 

evaluating and negotiating the Business Combination and transaction agreements and in recommending to its stockholders that they vote in favor of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal. Stockholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal. These interests include, among other things:

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed not to redeem any of the GHV Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the GHV Founder Shares that will be exchanged for AMPSA Shares at the Merger Effective Time, and which AMPSA Shares would, if unrestricted and freely tradable, have a value of approximately $98 million at the Merger Effective Time (based on per share price of $10.00), but given the restrictions on such AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, GHV believes such AMPSA Shares have less value;

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their GHV Founder Shares if GHV fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $12,500,000 for its 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants to purchase shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, and that such Private Placement Warrants will expire and become worthless if a business combination is not consummated by August 10, 2022;

    if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the GHV Sponsor has agreed to indemnify GHV to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.00 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which GHV has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than its independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to GHV, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

    the continued indemnification of GHV's existing directors and officers and the purchase of a tail policy with respect to GHV's directors' and officers' existing liability insurance;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in GHV and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has the right to nominate two independent directors to AMPSA's board of directors as of the Closing;

    that, at the closing of the Merger, GHV will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, which provides for registration rights to the holders of AMPSA Shares that are parties thereto and their permitted transferees;

40


 

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor and members of the GHV Board and management would hold the following number of shares in AMPSA at the Closing:
Name of Person/Entity
  Number of
AMPSA Shares
  Value of
AMPSA Shares(1)
 

Gores Sponsor V LLC

        $    

Alec E. Gores

        $    

Mark R. Stone

        $    

Andrew McBride

        $    

Randall Bort

        $    

William Patton

        $    

Jeffrey Rea

        $    

(1)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.
    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has entered into a Subscription Agreement with AMPSA and GHV, pursuant to which the GHV Sponsor has committed to purchase 2.5 million AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $25 million, provided that the GHV Sponsor has the right to syndicate the AMPSA Shares purchased under such Subscription Agreement in advance of the Closing;

    that an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor, Mr. Alec E. Gores, has committed to purchase            AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $            in connection with the syndication by the GHV Sponsor of its portion of the PIPE; and

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has committed to acquire up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a per share price of $10.00 in the event that there are redemptions from the Trust Account that are in excess of $1 million.


GHV's Board of Directors' Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination

        GHV was formed for the purpose of effecting an initial business combination with one or more businesses. GHV sought to do this by utilizing the networks and industry experience of both its Sponsor and its Board to identify, acquire and operate one or more businesses within or outside of the United States, although GHV was not limited to a particular industry or sector.

        In particular, the GHV Board considered the following positive factors, although not weighted or in any order of significance:

    Pre-eminent Pure Play Beverage Can Company.  The GHV Board noted that the AMP Business is a pure play leader in the beverage can industry with its focus on sustainability, innovation and infinitely recyclable products. The GHV Board believes that this strong market position and customer and product mix positions the AMP Business as a leader in the industry and that it will continue to expand its sold volume and increase market share.

    Long-Term Industry Megatrends and Environmentally-Conscious End Consumers Driving Inflection Point in Beverage Can Demand. The GHV Board noted the convergence of multiple factors, including growth with emerging categories such as health and wellness, hard seltzers, sparkling waters and coffee and tea, the advantages of aluminum can packaging, as well as the importance of sustainability and regulatory changes, which should lead to additional growth opportunities across geographies. Additionally, due to the fast growing demand and current supply shortage in the beverage can industry, the structural shift from plastic and glass to beverage cans and the increased use of recyclable packaging as a key focus for large consumer products, the GHV Board believes that AMPSA has significant growth potential.

41


 

    Leader in Sustainability.  The GHV Board noted that a core tenet of AGSA's corporate philosophy for a number of years has been a focus on being a leader environmentally, ecologically and socially. AGSA began issuing sustainability reports in 2013 and has a Chief Sustainability Officer who is driving AGSA and AMPSA towards an ambitious set of sustainability targets. The GHV Board also noted that aluminum cans have the ability to achieve 100% recyclability, whereas substitute products such as glass and plastic achieve lower rates. The GHV Board believes that AMPSA's strong corporate focus on sustainability coupled with environmentally conscious customers and end consumers positions AMPSA to deliver continued growth in an environmentally friendly manner.

    Multifaceted Growth Opportunity Backed by Long-Term Customer Contracts.  The GHV Board was aware that the AMP Business has long term relationships with key customers that span decades.

    Compelling Financial Profile.  The GHV Board noted that AMPSA's financial profile is positioned for sustainable expansion with current and new customers and in new and emerging product categories. Additionally, the GHV Board believes AMPSA is positioned for significant margin expansion resulting from longer contracts, favorable customer and product mix trends, higher growth in specialty cans and continued network efficiency improvements and operating leverage from expanding capacity in existing facilities.

    Entrepreneurial Owner Manager Culture.  The GHV Board considered that AMPSA is managed by a team with extensive experience in the industry that has a sustained track record of delivering shareholder value, and that this team will be in place upon the closing of the Merger. Additionally, the GHV Board believes that AMPSA's proven management team and strategy will help enable AMPSA to deliver continued industry-leading growth.

    Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor.  The GHV Board took into account the opinion of Duff & Phelps, dated February 22, 2021, addressed to the GHV Board as to the fairness from a financial point of view to GHV, as of the date of such opinion, of the consideration in the Business Combination, which opinion was based on and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations and qualifications set forth in such opinion as more fully described above under the caption "Proposal No. 1—Approval of the Business Combination—Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor."

    Other Alternatives.  The GHV Board believed, after a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to GHV, that the Merger represents the best potential business combination for GHV based upon the process utilized to evaluate and assess other potential acquisition targets. The GHV Board and GHV management also believed that such processes had not presented a better alternative.

    Due Diligence.  The results of GHV's due diligence investigation of AMPSA conducted by GHV's management team and its financial and legal advisors.

    Stockholder Approval.  The GHV Board considered the fact that, in connection with the Merger, GHV stockholders have the option to (i) become and remain stockholders of AMPSA, (ii) sell their shares of GHV Class A Common Stock or, following the closing of the Merger, their AMPSA Shares, on the open market or (iii) redeem their GHV Class A Common Stock for the per share amount held in the Trust Account pursuant to the terms of GHV's existing certificate of incorporation.

    Negotiated Terms of the Business Combination Agreement.  The GHV Board considered the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

    Independent Director Role.  The GHV Board is comprised of a majority of independent directors who are not affiliated with the GHV Sponsor and its affiliates, including The Gores Group. In

42


 

      connection with the Business Combination, GHV's independent directors, Messrs. Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea, took an active role in evaluating the proposed terms of the Business Combination, the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements. GHV's independent directors evaluated and unanimously approved, as members of the GHV Board, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

        The GHV Board also considered a variety of uncertainties and risks and other potentially negative factors concerning the Business Combination, including, but not limited to, the following:

    Benefits May Not Be Achieved.  The risk that the potential benefits of the Business Combination may not be fully achieved, or may not be achieved within the expected timeframe.

    Liquidation of GHV.  The risks and costs to GHV if the Merger is not completed, including the risk of diverting management focus and resources from other initial business combination opportunities, which, if the Merger is not consummated, could result in GHV being unable to effect an initial business combination by August 10, 2022 and force GHV to liquidate and the Public Warrants to expire worthless.

    Stockholder Vote.  The risk that GHV's stockholders may fail to provide the votes necessary to effect the Merger.

    Closing Conditions.  The fact that completion of the Merger is conditioned on the satisfaction of certain closing conditions that are not within GHV's control.

    Litigation.  The possibility of litigation challenging the Merger or that an adverse judgment granting permanent injunctive relief could indefinitely enjoin consummation of the Business Combination.

    Fees and Expenses.  The fact that the fees and expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will be borne by GHV if the Merger is not consummated.

    Other Risks.  Various other risks associated with the Business Combination, the business of GHV, the business of AMPSA and ownership of AMPSA's shares following the Merger described under the section entitled "Risk Factors."

        In addition to considering the factors described above, the GHV Board also considered that:

    Interests of Certain Persons.  Some of the GHV officers and directors may have interests in the Business Combination as individuals that are in addition to, and that may be different from, the interests of GHV stockholders (see "The Business Combination—Interests of GHV Initial Stockholders and GHV's Other Current Officers and Directors"). GHV's independent directors reviewed and considered these interests during the negotiation of the Business Combination Agreement and in evaluating and unanimously approving, as members of the GHV Board, the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

        For more information about GHV's decision-making process, please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—The Company's Board of Directors' Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination."


Redemption Rights

        Pursuant to GHV's current certificate of incorporation, holders of Public Shares may elect to have their shares redeemed for cash at the applicable redemption price per share equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Merger, including interest not previously released to GHV to fund Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay its franchise and income taxes, by (ii) the total number of

43


 

then-outstanding Public Shares; provided that GHV will not redeem any shares of GHV Class A Common Stock issued in the IPO to the extent that such redemption would result in GHV's failure to have net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) in excess of $5,000,000 or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the Business Combination Agreement. As of December 31, 2020, the redemption price would have been approximately $10.00 per share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of the Public Shares, together with any affiliate of his or her or any other person with whom he or she is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)-(3) of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from exercising redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock included in the units sold in GHV's IPO.

        If a holder exercises its redemption rights, then such holder will be exchanging its shares of GHV Class A Common Stock for cash and will not own shares of AMPSA following the Merger. Such a holder will be entitled to receive cash for its Public Shares only if it properly demands redemption and delivers its shares (either physically or electronically) to GHV's transfer agent in accordance with the procedures described herein. Please see the section entitled "Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Redemption Rights" for the procedures to be followed if you wish to redeem your shares for cash.


AMPSA's Public Float

        It is anticipated that, upon completion of the PIPE and the Merger, the AMPSA Shares will be owned in the percentages set forth below, assuming no redemption of any shares of GHV Class A Common Stock. If any shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed, the percentage ownership amounts set forth below will be different, as, among other things, AGSA may receive additional AMPSA Shares (based on a $10.00 per share price) for every dollar of cash less than $3,400,000,000 it receives pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement. The following table illustrates the ownership levels in AMPSA (excluding the impact of the 16,750,000 shares underlying the AMPSA Warrants and the 60,730,000 Earnout Shares) immediately after the Closing based on the assumptions described above:

 
  No Redemptions of
Public Shares
 
 
  Number   Percentage  

Public Stockholders (former GHV stockholders)

    52,500,000     8.6 %

Initial Stockholders (including the Sponsor)

    9,843,750     1.6 %

AGSA

    484,956,250     79.9 %

PIPE Subscribers

    60,000,000     9.9 %

Total

    607,300,000     100.0 %

        For more information, see the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

44


 


Organizational Structure

Prior to the Merger

        The following diagram shows the current ownership structure of Gores Holdings V, Inc. (excluding the impact of the shares underlying the GHV Warrants).

GRAPHIC


(1)
For more information about the ownership interests of GHV's Initial Stockholders, including the GHV Sponsor, prior to the Merger, please see the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

45


 

        The following diagram shows the ownership structure of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

GRAPHIC


(1)
For more information about the ownership interests of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., prior to the Merger, please see the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

(2)
The diagram above only shows certain subsidiaries of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

Following the Merger

        The following diagram shows the pro forma ownership percentages (assuming no shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed and excluding the impact of the shares underlying the AMPSA

46


 

Warrants and the 60,730,000 Earnout Shares) and structure of AMPSA immediately following the consummation of the PIPE and the Merger.

GRAPHIC


(1)
The diagram above only shows select subsidiaries of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.


Board of Directors of AMPSA Following the Merger

        GHV and AMPSA anticipate that the current executive officers of AMPSA will remain the executive officers of AMPSA following the Merger. Following the Merger, AMPSA's board of directors is expected to expand from 9 to 11 directors and consist of Paul Coulson, Shaun Murphy, Oliver Graham, David Matthews, Abigail Blunt, Yves Elsen, The Rt. Hon. The Lord Hammond of Runnymede, Hermanus Troskie and Edward White and two other independent directors who are expected to be proposed by GHV and appointed prior to the Closing. Please see the section entitled "Management of AMPSA."


Material Tax Consequences

        For a detailed discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences and Luxembourg tax consequences of the Business Combination, see the sections titled "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "Material Luxembourg Tax Considerations" in this proxy statement/prospectus.


Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination

        As the first step within the Business Combination, AGSA undertook the Pre-Closing Restructuring whereby AGSA effected a series of transactions that resulted in among other things, (a) the AMP

47


 

Business being wholly owned by AMPSA and (b) any assets and liabilities relating to the business of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by the AMP Entities being transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not the AMP Entities, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) being transferred to the AMP Entities. These transactions are accounted for as a capital reorganization as, prior to the Pre-Closing Restructuring, AMPSA did not meet the definition of a business under IFRS 3 (Business Combination). Under a capital reorganization, the consolidated financial statements of AMPSA reflect the net assets transferred at pre-combination predecessor book values. Following this first step, AMPSA continues to be a wholly owned subsidiary of AGSA.

        The capital reorganization will be followed at closing by a Merger whereby MergeCo (a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA) will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. This Merger transaction will be accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2 (Share-based Payment). Under this method of accounting, there is no acquisition accounting and no recognition of goodwill, as GHV is not considered a business as defined by IFRS 3 (Business Combinations) given it consists predominantly of cash in the Trust Account. Under this method of accounting, GHV will be treated as the "acquired" company for financial reporting purposes. In order to reach this conclusion, the following factors were also taken into consideration: (i) the business will comprise the ongoing operations of AMPSA; (ii) senior management will comprise the senior management of AMPSA; and (iii) the pre-Business Combination shareholders of AMPSA will have the largest ownership of AMPSA and the right to appoint the highest number of board members relative to other shareholders.

        In accordance with IFRS 2, the difference in the fair value of the consideration (shares and warrants issued by AMPSA) for the acquisition of GHV over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of GHV will represent a service for listing of AMPSA and be accounted for as an expense for a share-based payment. The consideration for the acquisition of GHV was determined using the closing price of GHV´s publicly traded GHV Class A Common Stock and the Public Warrants traded on Nasdaq under the ticker symbols "GRSV" and "GRSVW" as of March 3, 2021.


Other Stockholder Proposals

        In addition, the stockholders of GHV will be asked to vote on:

    a proposal, on a non-binding advisory basis, with respect to certain provisions in AMPSA's articles of association because (i) the number of authorized shares under the AMPSA articles of association is greater than the number of authorized shares under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and (ii) the AMPSA articles of association include a compulsory share transfer provision (Proposal No. 2); and

    a proposal to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, (A) to ensure that any supplement or amendment to this proxy statement/prospectus that the GHV Board has determined in good faith is required by applicable law to be disclosed to GHV stockholders and for such supplement or amendment to be promptly disseminated to GHV stockholders prior to the Special Meeting, (B) if, as of the time for which the Special Meeting is originally scheduled, there are insufficient shares of GHV Common Stock represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the Special Meeting or (C) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Merger Proposal (Proposal No. 3).

        Please see the sections entitled "GHV Stockholder Proposal No. 2—Governance Proposal" and "GHV Stockholder Proposal No. 3—The Adjournment Proposal" for more information.

48


 


Date, Time and Place of Special Meeting

        In light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the Special Meeting will be held via live webcast at             , on            , 2021, at            . The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting            , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Additionally, you have the option to listen only to the Special Meeting by dialing            (toll-free within the U.S. and Canada) or            (outside of the U.S. and Canada, standard rates apply). The passcode for telephone access is            , but you cannot vote or ask questions if you choose to participate telephonically. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication.


Voting Power; Record Date

        Only GHV stockholders of record at the close of business on            , 2021, the record date for the Special Meeting, will be entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. You are entitled to one vote for each share of GHV Common Stock that you owned as of the close of business on the record date. If your shares are held in "street name" or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker, bank or other nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. On the record date, there were            shares of GHV Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote, of which            are shares of GHV Class A Common Stock and 13,125,000 are GHV Founder Shares held by GHV's Initial Stockholders.


Appraisal Rights

        Appraisal rights are not available to GHV's stockholders in connection with the Merger.


Proxy Solicitation

        GHV is soliciting proxies on behalf of its Board. Proxies may be solicited by mail. GHV has engaged Morrow to assist in the solicitation of proxies.

        If a stockholder grants a proxy, it, she or he may still vote their shares in person if they revoke their proxy before the Special Meeting. A stockholder may also change its, hers or his vote by submitting a later-dated proxy, as described in the section entitled "Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Revoking Your Proxy."


Quorum and Required Vote for Proposals for the Special Meeting

        A quorum of GHV stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the Special Meeting if a majority of GHV's Common Stock outstanding on the record date and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting is represented in person or by proxy. Abstentions will count as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum.

        The approval of the Merger Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. Because our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of GHV Common Stock they own in favor of the Merger Proposal (which amount constitutes approximately 20% of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock), approximately 38% of the GHV Class A Common Stock held by the Public Stockholders will need to vote in favor of the Merger Proposal for the Merger Proposal to be approved (assuming all of such stockholders are represented in person via the virtual meeting platform or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting). The approval of the Governance Proposal, which is a non-binding advisory vote, and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote. Accordingly, a GHV stockholder's failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at

49


 

the Special Meeting, as well as an abstention from voting and a broker non-vote will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal, but will have no effect on the Governance Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal. GHV's Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their shares of GHV Common Stock in favor of the Merger Proposal.

        The Merger is conditioned on the approval of the Merger Proposal at the Special Meeting. The Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal are not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        It is important for you to note that in the event that the Merger Proposal does not receive the requisite vote for approval, GHV will not consummate the Merger. Unless GHV amends its current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amends certain other agreements into which it has entered to extend the life of GHV, if GHV does not consummate the Merger and fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, it will be required to dissolve and liquidate its Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to its Public Stockholders.


Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor

        At the meeting of the GHV Board on February 22, 2021 to evaluate and approve the Business Combination, Duff & Phelps delivered an oral opinion, which was confirmed by delivery of a written opinion, dated February 22, 2021, addressed to the GHV Board to the effect that, as of the date of the opinion and based upon and subject to the assumptions, conditions and limitations set forth in the opinion, the consideration in the Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to GHV.

        The full text of Duff & Phelps' written opinion dated February 22, 2021, is included as Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus and describes the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by Duff & Phelps. The summary of Duff & Phelps' opinion in this proxy statement/prospectus is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion. The opinion was furnished for the benefit of the GHV Board of Directors (in its capacity as such) in connection with its consideration of the Business Combination, and is not intended to, and does not, confer any rights or remedies upon any other person, and is not intended to be used, and may not be used, by any other person or for any other purpose, without Duff & Phelps' express consent. Neither Duff & Phelps' opinion nor the summary of its opinion and the related analyses set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus is intended to be or constitutes a recommendation to any stockholder of GHV as to how such holder should act with respect to the Merger Proposal.

        For more information, see the section entitled "The Business Combination—Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor" of this proxy statement/prospectus and Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus.


Independent Director Oversight

        The GHV Board is comprised of a majority of independent directors who are not affiliated with its Sponsor and its affiliates, including The Gores Group. In connection with the Business Combination, GHV's independent directors, Messrs. Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea, took an active role in evaluating the proposed terms of the Business Combination, including the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements. As part of their evaluation of the Business Combination, GHV's independent directors were aware of the potential conflicts of interest with its Sponsor and its affiliates, including The Gores Group, that could arise with regard to the proposed terms of the Business Combination Agreement and the PIPE. The GHV Board did not deem it necessary to, and did not form, a special committee of the Board to exclusively evaluate and negotiate the proposed terms of the Business Combination, as the Board is comprised of a majority of

50


 

independent and disinterested directors and did not deem the formation of a special committee necessary or appropriate. GHV's independent directors reviewed and considered these interests during the negotiation of the Business Combination and in evaluating and unanimously approving, as members of the Board, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled "GHV Stockholder Proposal No. 1—Merger Proposal—Independent Director Oversight."


Recommendation to GHV Stockholders

        The GHV Board believes that the Merger Proposal, the Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal to be presented at the Special Meeting are in the best interests of GHV and its stockholders and unanimously recommends that its stockholders vote "FOR" each of the proposals.

        When you consider the recommendation of the GHV Board in favor of approval of the Merger Proposal, you should keep in mind that GHV's Sponsor and certain members of its Board and officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or in addition to (or which may conflict with) your interests as a stockholder. Stockholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal. Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—Interests of GHV Initial Stockholders and GHV's Other Current Officers and Directors."


Risk Factors

        In evaluating the proposals set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus, you should carefully read this proxy statement/prospectus, including the annexes, and especially consider the factors discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors." The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in that section, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may have a material adverse effect on (i) the ability of GHV and AMPSA to complete the Business Combination, and (ii) the business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations of AMPSA prior to the consummation of the Merger and following consummation of the Merger. Certain of the risks related to GHV and AMPSA are summarized below:

GHV

    The Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of the Merger Proposal described in this proxy statement/prospectus, regardless of how the Public Stockholders vote.

    The GHV Sponsor, certain members of the GHV Board and GHV's officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or are in addition to other stockholders in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Merger Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

    The GHV Sponsor, AGSA, and each of their respective affiliates and their respective directors or officers may elect to purchase shares from Public Stockholders, which may influence a vote on the Merger Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus and reduce the public "float" of the GHV Class A Common Stock (or, following the Closing, the AMPSA Shares).

    The GHV stockholders will experience substantial dilution as a consequence of the Merger. Having a minority share position will significantly reduce the influence that GHV's current stockholders have on the management of AMPSA relative to the current GHV stockholders' influence on the management of GHV.

    GHV has no operating history and is subject to a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution requirement. As such, there is a risk that GHV will be unable to continue as a going concern if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022.

51


 

      Unless GHV amends its current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amends certain other agreements into which it has entered to extend the life of GHV, if GHV is unable to effect an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, GHV will be forced to liquidate and the GHV Warrants will expire worthless.

    The ability to successfully effect the Business Combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of key personnel, including AMPSA's key personnel whom GHV expects to stay with AMPSA following the Business Combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of AMPSA and its financial condition could suffer as a result.

    GHV may waive one or more of the conditions to the Merger.

    The exercise of discretion by GHV's directors and officers in agreeing to changes to the terms of or waivers of closing conditions in the Business Combination Agreement may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether such changes to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement or waivers of conditions are appropriate and in the best interests of GHV's stockholders.

    GHV and AMPSA will incur significant transaction and transition costs in connection with the Business Combination.

    If third parties bring claims against GHV, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

    GHV has no operating or financial history and its results of operations and those of AMPSA may differ significantly from the unaudited pro forma financial data included in this proxy statement/prospectus.

    If the Business Combination's benefits do not meet the expectations of investors, stockholders or financial analysts, the market price of GHV's or AMPSA's securities may decline.

    Past performance by The Gores Group, including its management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in GHV or AMPSA

AMPSA

    AMPSA's customers' beverage products are principally used by consumers. If economic conditions affect consumer demand, AMPSA's customers may be affected and so reduce the demand for AMPSA's products. Additionally, the global credit, financial and economic environment could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial position, liquidity and results of operations.

    AMPSA faces competition from other metal packaging producers, as well as from manufacturers of alternative forms of packaging.

    An increase in metal beverage can manufacturing capacity, including that of AMPSA's competitors, without a corresponding increase in demand for metal beverage can packaging could cause prices to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

    AMPSA is implementing a significant multi-year business growth investment program to increase its capacity. Failure to implement this program successfully may have a material impact on AMPSA's business and results of operations.

52


 

    As AMPSA's customers are concentrated, AMPSA's business could be adversely affected if it were unable to maintain relationships with its largest customers.

    Further consolidation of AMPSA's customer base may intensify pricing pressures or result in the loss of customers, either of which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

    AMPSA's profitability could be affected by the availability and cost of raw materials, including as a result of changes in tariffs and duties.

    AMPSA's inability to fully pass-through input costs may have an adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

    AMPSA is involved in a manufacturing process with fixed costs. Any interruption in the operations of AMPSA's manufacturing facilities, including its supply chain, may adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

    AMPSA may not be able to integrate any future acquisitions effectively.

    Climate change or legal, regulatory or other measures to address climate change or related concerns, may adversely affect AMPSA's ability to conduct its business, including the availability and cost of resources required for its production processes.

    AMPSA is subject to various environmental and other legal requirements and may be subject to new requirements of this kind in the future that could impose substantial costs upon AMPSA.

    Changes in product requirements and their enforcement may have a material impact on AMPSA's operations.

    AMPSA may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, arbitration and other proceedings that could have an adverse effect on it.

    Changes in consumer lifestyle, nutritional preferences, health-related concerns and consumer taxation could adversely affect AMPSA's business.

    Increasing privacy and data security obligations or a significant data breach may adversely affect AMPSA's business.

    AMPSA's heavy reliance on technology and automated systems to operate its business could mean any significant failure or disruption of the technology or these systems could materially harm its business.

    AMPSA's substantial debt could adversely affect its financial health and its ability to effectively manage and grow its business.

    AMPSA's ability to operate its business effectively depends in large part on certain administrative and other support functions provided to it by Ardagh Group pursuant to the Services Agreement. Following the expiration or termination of the Services Agreement, AMPSA's ability to operate its business effectively may suffer if it is unable to cost-effectively establish its own administrative and other support functions in order to operate as a stand-alone company.

    Future sales of the AMPSA Shares, including by Ardagh Group, the Subscribers and the GHV Sponsor could have a negative impact on the price of the AMPSA Shares.

    The rights of AMPSA Shareholders may differ from the rights they would have as shareholders of a U.S. corporation and consequently AMPSA Shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests.

53


 


SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF GHV

        The following table summarizes selected historical financial data for GHV as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 and should be read in conjunction with "GHV Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and GHV's audited financial statements, and the notes and schedules related thereto, which are included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Income Statement Data:

 
  For the period
From June 25, 2020
(inception) to
December 31, 2020
 

Professional fees and other expenses

    (756,417 )

State franchise taxes, other than income tax

    (87,882 )

Net loss from operations

    (844,299 )

Other income—interest and dividend income

    20,571  

Loss before income taxes

  $ (823,728 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    172,983  

Net loss attributable to common shares

  $ (650,745 )

Per Share Data:

   
 
 

Net loss per ordinary share:

   
 
 

Class A ordinary shares—basic and diluted

  $ (0.01 )

Class F ordinary shares—basic and diluted

  $ (0.01 )

Balance Sheet Data:

 
  As of
December 31,
2020
 

Working capital(1)

  $ 492,046  

Total assets(2)

  $ 526,253,459  

Total liabilities

  $ 18,942,859  

Stockholders' equity

  $ 5,000,010  

(1)
Includes $705,817 in cash held outside of the Trust Account, plus $354,088 of other assets, less $567,859 of current liabilities.

(2)
Includes $525,020,571 held in the Trust Account, plus $705,817 in cash held outside of the Trust Account, plus $354,088 of other assets.

        As of December 31, 2020, the total assets amount includes $525,020,571 being held in the Trust Account, $506,645,571 of which is available to GHV for the purposes of consummating a business combination before August 10, 2022 (with $18,375,000 in deferred underwriting fees payable upon consummation of a business combination) and the remaining $705,817 being available to GHV for general working capital purposes. If a business combination is not so consummated, GHV will be dissolved and the proceeds held in the Trust Account will be distributed solely to its public stockholders (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses (which interest shall be net of taxes payable)).

54


 

        GHV is seeking stockholder approval of the Merger Proposal, and will offer holders of its Public Shares the right to have their Public Shares redeemed (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus) regardless of whether such stockholder votes for or against the Merger Proposal. In accordance with its second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, GHV will not redeem shares of GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in GHV's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000.

55


 


SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE AMP BUSINESS

        The following table sets forth selected financial and other data for the AMP Business for the years ended and as of the dates indicated below.

        The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 has been derived from the Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The financial statements contained herein were prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

        The selected financial information and other data should be read in conjunction with "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the Combined Financial Statements and the related notes thereto, and the Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Information and the related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

 
  Year ended and as of December 31,  
 
  2020   2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions, except ratios)
 

Income Statement Data(1)(2)

                   

Revenue

    3,451     3,344     3,338  

Cost of sales

    (2,896 )   (2,828 )   (2,808 )

Gross profit

    555     516     530  

Sales, general and administration expenses

    (176 )   (154 )   (146 )

Intangible amortization

    (149 )   (149 )   (153 )

Exceptional operating items(2)

    (20 )   (15 )   (27 )

Operating profit

    210     198     204  

Net finance expense(2)

    (70 )   (213 )   (229 )

Profit/(loss) before tax

    140     (15 )   (25 )

Income tax expense(2)

    (29 )   (25 )   (50 )

Profit/(loss) after tax(1)

    111     (40 )   (75 )

Balance Sheet Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    257     284     148  

Working capital(3)

    (99 )   (139 )   (9 )

Total assets

    4,254     4,066     4,023  

Total borrowings(4)

    2,835     2,780     2,723  

Total invested capital

    48     12     140  

Net debt(5)

    2,578     2,496     2,553  

Other Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Depreciation and amortization(6)

    315     290     288  

Capital expenditure(7)

    268     205     182  

Net cash from operating activities

    334     377     272  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (268 )   (205 )   (182 )

Net outflow from financing activities

    (98 )   (36 )   (90 )

56



 
  At December 31  
 
  2020   2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Balance sheet

                   

Non-current assets

                   

Intangible assets

    1,884     1,937     2,099  

Property, plant and equipment

    1,232     1,076     953  

Derivative financial instruments

    9     1     18  

Deferred tax assets

    88     77     76  

Other non-current assets

    4     4     2  

    3,217     3,095     3,148  

Current assets

                   

Inventories

    250     268     238  

Trade and other receivables

    368     266     333  

Contract asset

    139     151     151  

Derivative financial instruments

    23     2     5  

Cash and cash equivalents

    257     284     148  

    1,037     971     875  

TOTAL ASSETS

    4,254     4,066     4,023  

Invested capital

                   

Invested capital attributable to the AMP business

    48     12     140  

TOTAL INVESTED CAPITAL

    48     12     140  

Non-current liabilities

                   

Borrowings

    2,793     2,738     2,036  

Employee benefit obligations

    219     184     151  

Derivative financial instruments

    2     9     2  

Deferred tax liabilities

    203     189     213  

Provisions

    20     3     3  

    3,237     3,123     2,405  

Current liabilities

                   

Borrowings

    42     42     682  

Derivative financial instruments

    12     13     15  

Trade and other payables

    843     810     712  

Income tax payable

    59     52     50  

Provisions

    13     14     19  

    969     931     1,478  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    4,206     4,054     3,883  

TOTAL INVESTED CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES

    4,254     4,066     4,023  

(1)
Further analysis of the key operating items is set out in the "Supplemental Management's Discussion and Analysis—key operating measures". These non-GAAP financial measures are presented to provide investors additional insights to facilitate the analysis of AMPSA's results of operations.

57


 

(2)
The income statement data is on a reported basis and includes certain exceptional items which, by their incidence or nature, management considers should be adjusted for to enable a better understanding of the financial performance of the AMP Business. A summary of these exceptional items included in the income statement data is as follows:
 
  Year ended and as of December 31,  
 
  2020   2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Exceptional cost of sales

    7     4     27  

Exceptional sales, general and administration expenses

    13     11      

Exceptional operating items

    20     15     27  

Exceptional net finance expense

        5      

Exceptional income tax credit

    (14 )   (3 )   (5 )

Total exceptional items

    6     17     22  

    For further details on the exceptional items for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, see note 4 to the Combined Financial Statements of the AMP Business, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

(3)
Working capital is comprised of inventories, trade and other receivables, contract assets, trade and other payables and current provisions. Other companies may calculate working capital in a manner different to AMPSA's.
 
  Year ended and as
of December 31,
 
 
  2020   2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Inventories

    250     268     238  

Trade and other receivables

    368     266     333  

Contract asset

    139     151     151  

Trade and other payables

    (843 )   (810 )   (712 )

Current provisions

    (13 )   (14 )   (19 )

Working Capital

    (99 )   (139 )   (9 )
(4)
Total borrowings include non-current and current borrowings.

(5)
Net debt equals total borrowings, plus the fair value of associated derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents and deferred debt issuance costs. For further details on net debt as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, see note 16 to the Combined Financial Statements of the AMP Business, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

(6)
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

(7)
Capital expenditure is the sum of purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, net of proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment.

58


 


SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information (the "summary pro forma information") gives effect to the Business Combination transactions described in the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information." The first step within the Business Combination will be accounted for as a capital reorganization whereby AMPSA will acquire the assets, liabilities and subsidiaries of AGSA engaged in the AMP Business. The capital reorganization will be followed on closing by the acquisition of GHV, which is accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2.

        Under this method of accounting, there is no acquisition accounting and no recognition of goodwill, as a result of GHV not being considered a business, as defined by IFRS 3 (Business Combination) given it consists predominantly of cash in the Trust Account. Under this method of accounting, GHV will be treated as the "acquired" company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of AMPSA issuing shares and warrants as consideration for the net assets of GHV. The net assets acquired will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2020 gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination transactions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2020. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement data for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 give pro forma effect to the Business Combination transactions as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2020.

        The summary pro forma information has been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is based upon, and should be read in conjunction with, the historical financial statements of the AMP Business and related notes and the historical financial statements of GHV and related notes included in this proxy statement/prospectus. The summary pro forma information has been presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the combined company's financial position or results of operations actually would have been had the Business Combination and related transactions been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the summary pro forma information does not purport to project the future financial position or operating results of the combined company.

        The following table presents summary pro forma information after giving effect to the Business Combination, assuming two redemption scenarios as follows:

    No Redemptions:  This presentation provides that no shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed by the Public Stockholders in connection with the Merger.

    Maximum Redemptions:  This presentation provides that 52,000,019 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed for a per share redemption price of $10.00 and an aggregate redemption payment of $520,020,565. This redemption price assumes $525,020,571 in the GHV Trust Account (as of December 31, 2020), divided by all 52,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, but takes into account GHV's obligation not to redeem shares in an amount that would result in GHV's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000. Because the GHV Sponsor Backstop is a commitment to subscribe for up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a price per share of $10.00, this presentation reflects the possibility that, subject to GHV retaining net tangible assets with a value exceeding $5,000,000, all of the outstanding shares of GHV Class A common stock are redeemed.

59


 


Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement
for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020

 
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming No
Redemption)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
 
 
  (in $ millions unless
otherwise denoted)

 

Revenue

  $ 3,451   $ 3,451  

Operating loss

  $ (30 ) $ (23 )

Loss for the year attributable to equity holders

  $ (89 ) $ (82 )

Basic and diluted weighted average number of AMPSA Shares

    607,300,000     603,299,980  

Basic and diluted loss per share for the year attributable to equity holders

  $ (0.15 ) $ (0.14 )


Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2020

 
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming No
Redemption)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
 
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Total assets

  $ 4,644   $ 4,604  

Total borrowings(1)

  $ 2,920   $ 2,920  

Net debt(2)

  $ 2,273   $ 2,313  

Total equity

  $ 72   $ 32  

(1)
Total borrowings include non-current and current borrowings.

(2)
Net debt equals total borrowings, plus the fair value of associated derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents and deferred debt issuance costs.

60



CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This proxy statement/prospectus includes statements that are, or may be deemed to be, "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws, including statements under the headings "Summary of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus," "Risk Factors," "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "GHV Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "aim," "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "forecast," "future," "guidance," "intend," "may," "opportunity," "plan," "potential," "predict," "projected," "should," "strategy," "suggests," "targets," "will," "will be" or "would" or similar expressions or the negatives thereof, or other variations thereof, or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this proxy statement/prospectus and include statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of AMPSA's or GHV's management teams concerning, among other things, their respective results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the industry in which they operate.

        You are cautioned that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that AMPSA's and GHV's actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which AMPSA operates, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. In addition, even if AMPSA's and GHV's results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which AMPSA operates are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

        By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and AMPSA's and GHV's actual financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The development of the industry in which AMPSA operates may differ materially from (and be more negative than) those made in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        These statements are based on AMPSA's or GHV's management's current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those anticipated by such statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements in deciding how to vote your proxy or instruct how your vote should be cast on the proposals set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, AMPSA's actual results or performance following the Business Combination may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such differences in actual results include:

    the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could delay the Merger or give rise to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement;

    the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against GHV or AMPSA following announcement of the execution of the Business Combination Agreement;

    the inability to complete the Merger due to the failure to obtain approval of the stockholders of GHV of the Merger Proposal or to satisfy other conditions to the closing in the Business Combination Agreement;

61


    the ability to obtain or maintain the listing of the AMPSA Shares on NYSE following the Merger;

    the risk that the Business Combination disrupts current plans and operations of AMPSA as a result of the announcement and consummation of the transactions described herein;

    AMPSA's ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition and the ability of AMPSA to grow and manage growth profitably following the Merger;

    costs related to the Business Combination;

    changes in applicable laws or regulations;

    the risk that AMPSA will need to raise additional capital to execute its current and future business plan, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all;

    the risk that AMPSA experiences difficulties in managing its growth and expanding operations;

    the risk of global and regional economic downturns;

    competition from other metal beverage packaging producers and manufacturers of alternative forms of packaging;

    increases in metal beverage cans manufacturing capacity, without corresponding increase in demand;

    the risk that AMPSA is unable to maintain relationships with its largest customers or suppliers;

    the risk that AMPSA experiences less than expected levels of demand;

    the risk of climate and water conditions, and the availability and cost of raw materials;

    foreign currency, interest rate, exchange rate and commodity price fluctuations;

    various environmental requirements;

    the incurrence of debt and ability to generate cash to comply with financial covenants

    AMPSA's ability to execute a significant multi-year business growth investment program;

    AMPSA's ability to achieve expected operating efficiencies, cost savings and other synergies;

    the availability and cost of raw materials;

    costs and future funding obligations associated with post-retirement and post-employment obligations;

    operating hazards, supply chain interruptions or unanticipated interruptions at AMPSA's manufacturing facilities, including due to virus and disease outbreaks, labor strikes or work stoppages;

    claims of injury or illness from materials used at AMPSA's production sites or in its products;

    regulation of materials used in packaging and consumer preferences for alternative forms of packaging;

    retention of executive and senior management;

    the possibility that GHV or AMPSA may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors;

62


    the risk that the proposed Business Combination disrupts current plans and operations of Ardagh Metal Packaging as a result of the announcement and pendency of the Business Combination;

    reliance on third party software and services to be provided by Ardagh Group;

    risk of counterparties terminating servicing rights and contracts; and

    other risks and uncertainties described in this proxy statement/prospectus, including those under "Risk Factors."

        AMPSA and GHV undertake no obligations to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, other than as required by law.

        The foregoing factors and others described under "Risk Factors" should not be construed as exhaustive. There are other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for AMPSA and GHV to predict all such risks. AMPSA and GHV cannot assess the impact of all risks on their respective business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. AMPSA and GHV urge you to read the sections of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled "Summary of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus," "Risk Factors," "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "GHV Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect their respective future performance and the industry in which we operate.

        The forward-looking statements are based on plans, estimates and projections as they are currently available to the management of AMPSA and GHV, and neither undertakes any obligation, and neither expects, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to AMPSA or GHV or to persons acting on behalf of AMPSA or GHV are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

63



RISK FACTORS

        In addition to the other information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the matters addressed under the heading "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," you should carefully consider the following risk factors in deciding how to vote on the proposals presented in this proxy statement/prospectus. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in these risk factors, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, reputation, revenue, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, working capital, and future prospects, in which event the market price of the AMPSA Shares could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to AMPSA

AMPSA's customers' beverage products are principally used by consumers. If economic conditions affect consumer demand, AMPSA's customers may be affected and so reduce the demand for AMPSA's products. Additionally, the global credit, financial and economic environment could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial position, liquidity and results of operations.

        Demand for AMPSA's packaging depends on demand for the products that use its packaging, which is primarily consumer driven. General economic conditions may adversely impact consumer confidence resulting in reduced spending on AMPSA's customers' products and, thereby, reduced or postponed demand for AMPSA's products.

        Adverse economic conditions may also lead to more limited availability of credit, which may have a negative impact on the financial condition, particularly on the purchasing ability, of some of AMPSA's customers and distributors and may also result in requests for extended payment terms, and result in credit losses, insolvencies and diminished sales channels available to AMPSA. AMPSA's suppliers may have difficulties obtaining necessary credit, which could jeopardize their ability to provide timely deliveries of raw materials and other essentials to AMPSA. Adverse economic conditions may also lead to suppliers requesting credit support or otherwise reducing credit, which may have a negative effect on AMPSA's cash flows and working capital.

        Volatility in exchange rates may also increase the costs of AMPSA's products that it may not be able to pass on to its customers; impair the purchasing power of its customers in different markets; result in significant competitive benefit to certain of its competitors that incur a material part of their costs in currencies different from those of AMPSA; hamper its pricing; or increase its hedging costs or limit its ability to hedge its exchange rate exposure.

        Changes in global economic conditions may reduce AMPSA's ability to forecast developments in its industry and plan its operations and costs accordingly, resulting in operational inefficiencies. Negative developments in AMPSA's business, results of operations and financial condition due to changes in global economic conditions or other factors could cause ratings agencies to lower the credit ratings, or ratings outlook, of AMPSA's short- and long-term debt and, consequently, impair AMPSA's ability to raise new financing or refinance AMPSA's existing borrowings, as applicable, or increase AMPSA's costs of issuing any new debt instruments. Additionally, a significant weakening of AMPSA's financial position or operating results due to changes in global economic conditions or other factors could result in noncompliance with AMPSA's debt covenants and reduced cash flow from its operations, which, in turn, could adversely affect AMPSA's ability to execute its long-term strategy to continue to expand its packaging activities through investing in existing and new facilities to increase its capacity in line with the 2021-2024 business growth investment program or, in the future, by selectively evaluating and opportunistically acquiring other businesses.

        Furthermore, the economic outlook could be adversely affected by the risk that one or more current eurozone countries could leave the European Monetary Union, or the euro as the single

64


currency of the eurozone could cease to exist. Either of these developments, or the perception that either of these developments is likely to occur, could have a material adverse effect on the economic development of the affected countries and could lead to severe economic recession or depression, and a general anticipation that such risks will materialize in the future could jeopardize the stability of financial markets or the overall financial and monetary system. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial position, liquidity and results of operations. See below "The United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations."

AMPSA faces competition from other metal packaging producers, as well as from manufacturers of alternative forms of packaging.

        The sectors in which AMPSA operates are competitive and relatively mature. Prices for AMPSA's products are primarily driven by raw material costs. Competition in the market is based on price, as well as on innovation, sustainability, design, quality and service. Increases in productivity, combined with potential surplus capacity from planned new investment in the industry, could result in pricing pressures in the future. AMPSA's principal competitors include Ball Corporation, Crown Holdings and Can Pack. Some of AMPSA's competitors may have greater financial, technical or marketing resources or may, in the future, have excess capacity. To the extent that any one or more of AMPSA's competitors become more successful with respect to any key competitive factor, AMPSA's ability to attract and retain customers could be materially and adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on its business. Moreover, changes in the global economic environment could result in reductions in demand for AMPSA's products in certain instances, which could increase competitive pressures and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on its business.

        AMPSA is subject to substantial competition from producers of packaging made from plastic, glass, carton and composites, for example, PET bottles for carbonated soft drinks. Changes in consumer preferences in terms of packaging materials, style and product presentation can significantly influence sales. An increase in AMPSA's costs of production or a decrease in the costs of, or an increase in consumer demand for, alternative packaging could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Certain customers meet some of their metal beverage packaging requirements through self-manufacturing, reducing their external purchases of packaging. For example, AB InBev manufactures metal beverage packaging through its Metal Container Corporation subsidiary in the United States, as well as directly in Brazil. The potential vertical integration of AMPSA's customers could introduce new production capacity in the market, which may create an imbalance between metal beverage packaging supply and demand. The growth of vertically integrated operations could have a material negative impact on AMPSA's future performance.

An increase in metal beverage can manufacturing capacity, including that of AMPSA's competitors, without a corresponding increase in demand for metal beverage can packaging could cause prices to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The profitability of metal beverage packaging companies is heavily influenced by the supply of, and demand for, metal packaging. In response to increased demand for beverage cans, AMPSA and others, including all of AMPSA's major competitors, have announced significant medium-term metal beverage can capacity expansions in the United States, Europe and Brazil.

        AMPSA cannot assure you that metal beverage can manufacturing capacity in any of its markets, including the capacity of its competitors, will not increase further in the future, nor can AMPSA assure you that demand for metal beverage packaging will continue to meet or exceed supply. While the metal beverage can market is currently experiencing demand that exceeds supply, if in the future metal

65


beverage can manufacturing capacity increases and there is no corresponding increase in demand, the prices AMPSA receives for its products could decline, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

AMPSA is implementing a significant multi-year business growth investment program to increase its capacity. Failure to implement this program successfully may have a material impact on AMPSA's business and results of operations.

        In response to the positive forecast demand outlook for AMPSA's metal beverage cans Ardagh Metal Packaging announced a $1.8 billion business growth investment program covering the period 2021 to 2024. This program principally involves capacity expansion initiatives, including the installation of multiple new lines, line speed-ups, brownfield and greenfield development, as well as additional investments in automation, digitalization and other efficiency measures.

        Successful implementation of this complex and extensive program will require the availability of skilled employees, project managers and consultants with the experience and know-how to ensure successful commissioning of capacity on time and budget and in line with our customers' exacting requirements. It will also require the availability of specialist equipment, tooling, components, materials, related services and the required permits.

        Failure to successfully complete these investment projects, including through a lack of suitably-skilled personnel, or through a lack of available equipment and materials on expected terms, or other delays or disruptions would impact AMPSA's capacity expansion and other efficiency initiatives. This could adversely impact AMPSA's ability to serve existing and new customers, thereby damaging its customer relationships, or could negatively affect AMPSA's cost base and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

As AMPSA's customers are concentrated, AMPSA's business could be adversely affected if it were unable to maintain relationships with its largest customers.

        AMPSA's ten largest customers accounted for approximately 64% of its 2020 consolidated revenues.

        AMPSA believes its relationships with these customers are good, but there can be no assurance that it will be able to maintain these relationships. Over 80% of AMPSA's revenue is backed by multi-year supply agreements, ranging from two to seven years in duration. Although these arrangements have provided, and AMPSA expects they will continue to provide, the basis for long-term partnerships with its customers, there can be no assurance that AMPSA's customers will not cease purchasing its products. These arrangements, unless they are renewed, expire in accordance with their respective terms and are terminable under certain circumstances, such as AMPSA's failure to meet quality, volume or other contractual commitments. If customers unexpectedly reduce the amount of metal beverage cans they purchase from AMPSA, or cease purchasing its metal beverage cans altogether, AMPSA's revenues could decrease and its inventory levels could increase, both of which could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, while AMPSA believes that the arrangements that it has with its customers will be renewed, there can be no assurance that such arrangements will be renewed upon their expiration or that the terms of any renewal will be as favorable to AMPSA as the terms of the current arrangements. There is also the risk that AMPSA's customers may shift their filling operations to locations in which AMPSA does not operate. The loss of one or more of these customers, a significant reduction in sales to these customers or a significant change in the commercial terms of the relationships with these customers could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business.

66


Further consolidation of AMPSA's customer base may intensify pricing pressures or result in the loss of customers, either of which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Some of AMPSA's customers have previously acquired companies with similar or complementary product lines. For example, in 2016 AB InBev acquired SABMiller and in 2017 Heineken acquired Brasil Kirin. Such consolidation has increased the concentration of AMPSA's sales with its largest customers and may continue in the future, potentially accompanied by pressure from customers for lower prices. Increased pricing pressures from AMPSA's customers may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, this consolidation may lead manufacturers to rely on a reduced number of suppliers. If, following the combination of one of AMPSA's customers with another company, a competitor was to be the main supplier to the consolidated companies, this could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

AMPSA's profitability could be affected by varied seasonal demands.

        Demand for AMPSA's products is seasonal. AMPSA's sales in Europe and North America are typically, based on historical trends, greater in the second and third quarters of the year, with generally lower sales in the first and fourth quarters. In Brazil, sales are typically strongest in the first and fourth quarters. Unseasonably cool weather during the summer months in each of its regions can reduce demand for certain beverages packaged in metal beverage cans, such as those manufactured by AMPSA.

        Additionally, climate change and the increasing frequency of severe weather events could adversely affect demand for AMPSA's products, its supply chain and the costs of inputs to its production and delivery of products in different regions around the world. Such severe weather events could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition or results of operations. For more information see "Climate change or legal, regulatory or other measures to address climate change or related concerns, may adversely affect AMPSA's ability to conduct its business, including the availability and cost of resources required for its production processes."

AMPSA's profitability could be affected by the availability and cost of raw materials, including as a result of changes in tariffs and duties.

        The raw materials that AMPSA uses, principally aluminum, have historically been available in adequate supply from multiple sources. For certain raw materials, however, there may be temporary shortages due to transportation, production delays impacting supplier plant output, pandemic outbreaks, including COVID-19, or other factors. In such an event, no assurance can be given that AMPSA would be able to secure its raw materials from sources other than AMPSA's current suppliers on terms as favorable as its current terms, or at all. Any such shortages, as well as significant increases in the cost of any of the principal raw materials that AMPSA uses, including such shortages or material increases resulting from the introduction of tariffs, such as the introduction of tariffs of 10% on aluminum in the United States in 2018, which remain in effect, could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations. Further tariffs, sanctions, duties, other trade actions or increases in AMPSA's transportation costs, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the relative price of oil and its by-products may impact AMPSA's business, by affecting transport, coatings, lacquer and ink costs. Additionally, certain energy sources are vital to our operations, and future increases in energy costs could result in a significant increase in our operating costs, which could, if we are not able to recover these costs, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

67


        The primary raw materials that AMPSA uses are aluminum ingot and, to a much lesser extent, steel. Aluminum ingot is traded daily as a commodity on the London Metal Exchange, which has historically been subject to significant price volatility. Because aluminum is priced in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar/euro rate also affect the euro cost of aluminum ingot. AMPSA's business is exposed to both the availability of aluminum and the volatility of aluminum prices, including associated premia. While raw materials are generally available from a range of suppliers, they are subject to fluctuations in price and availability based on a number of factors, including general economic conditions, commodity price fluctuations (with respect to aluminum on the London Metal Exchange), the demand by other industries, such as automotive, aerospace and construction, for the same raw materials and the availability of complementary and substitute materials. In particular, the level of investment in beverage can capacity expansion by AMPSA and other beverage can producers will require a significant increase in can sheet production by the aluminum suppliers, which will in turn require significant investment and capital expenditures. Failure by the suppliers to increase capacity could cause supply shortages and significant increases in cost of these raw materials, notably aluminum. In addition, adverse economic or financial changes, industrial disputes or pandemic-related disruptions could impact AMPSA's suppliers, thereby causing supply shortages or increasing costs for AMPSA's business.

        AMPSA may not be able to pass on all or substantially all raw material price increases. In addition, AMPSA may not be able to hedge successfully against raw material cost increases. Furthermore, aluminum prices are subject to considerable volatility in price and demand. While in the past sufficient quantities of aluminum have been generally available for purchase, these quantities may not be available in the future, and, even if available, AMPSA may not be able to continue to purchase them at current prices. Further increases in the cost of these raw materials could adversely affect AMPSA's operating margins and cash flows.

        The supplier industries from which AMPSA receives its raw materials are relatively concentrated, and this concentration can impact raw material costs. Over the last ten years, the number of major aluminum and steel suppliers has decreased and there remains the possibility of further consolidation. Further consolidation could hinder AMPSA's ability to obtain adequate supplies of these raw materials and could lead to higher prices for aluminum and steel.

        The failure to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials or increases in the cost of these products could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Currency, interest rate fluctuations and commodity prices may have a material impact on AMPSA's business.

        AMPSA's functional currency is the euro and AMPSA presents its financial information in U.S. dollar. Insofar as possible, AMPSA actively manages currency exposures through the deployment of assets and liabilities throughout AMPSA and, when necessary and economically justified, enters into currency hedging arrangements to manage its exposure to currency fluctuations by hedging against rate changes with respect to its functional currency, the euro. However, AMPSA may not be successful in limiting such exposure, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, AMPSA's presented results may be impacted as a result of fluctuations in the U.S. dollar exchange rate versus the euro.

        AMPSA has production facilities in 9 different countries worldwide. It also sells products to, and obtains raw materials from, entities located in these and different regions and countries globally. As a consequence, a significant portion of AMPSA's consolidated revenue, costs, assets and liabilities are denominated in currencies other than the euro, which is AMPSA's functional currency, particularly the U.S. dollar and the British pound. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 71% of AMPSA's revenues were from countries with currencies other than the euro. The exchange rates between the currencies

68


which AMPSA is exposed to, such as the euro, the U.S. dollar and the British pound, have fluctuated significantly in the past and may continue to do so in the future.

        In addition to currency translation risk, AMPSA is subject to currency transaction risk. AMPSA's policy is, where practical, to match net investments in foreign currencies with borrowings in the same currency. Fluctuations in the value of these currencies with respect to the euro may have a significant impact on AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations.

        Changes in exchange rates can affect AMPSA's ability to purchase raw materials and sell products at profitable prices, reduce the value of its assets and revenues, and increase liabilities and costs.

        AMPSA is also exposed to interest rate risk. Fluctuations in interest rates may affect AMPSA's interest expense on debt and the cost of new financing. AMPSA may use cross currency interest rate swaps, or CCIRS, to manage this type of risk, but sustained increases in interest rates could nevertheless materially adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        AMPSA is exposed to changes in prices of its main raw materials, primarily aluminum and energy. Aluminum ingot is traded daily as a commodity on the London Metal Exchange, which has historically been subject to significant price volatility. Because aluminum is priced in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar/euro rate also affect the euro cost of aluminum ingot. The price and foreign currency risk on the aluminum purchases in AMPSA are hedged by entering into swaps under which we pay fixed euro and U.S. dollar prices, respectively. Furthermore, the relative price of oil and its by-products may materially impact our business, affecting our transport, lacquer and ink costs.

        AMPSA uses derivative agreements to manage some of the material cost risk. The use of derivative contracts to manage AMPSA's risk is dependent on robust hedging procedures. Increasing raw material costs over time has the potential, if AMPSA is unable to pass on price increases, to reduce sales volume and could therefore have a significant impact on its financial condition. AMPSA is also exposed to possible interruptions of supply of aluminum or other raw materials and any inability to purchase raw materials could negatively impact its operations.

        As a result of the volatility of gas and electricity prices, AMPSA has developed an active hedging strategy to fix a significant proportion of its energy costs through contractual arrangements directly with its suppliers. AMPSA's policy is to purchase gas and electricity by entering into forward price-fixing arrangements with suppliers for the bulk of its anticipated requirements for the year ahead. Such contracts are used exclusively to obtain delivery of AMPSA's anticipated energy supplies. Ardagh Metal Packaging does not net settle, nor does it sell within a short period of time after taking delivery. Ardagh Metal Packaging avails itself of the own use exemption and, therefore, these contracts are treated as executory contracts. Ardagh Metal Packaging typically builds up these contractual positions in tranches of approximately 10% of the anticipated volumes. Any gas and electricity which is not purchased under forward price-fixing arrangements is purchased under index tracking contracts or at spot prices. To the extent this hedging strategy is not effective, it could negatively impact AMPSA's costs.

        For a further discussion of these matters and the measures AMPSA has taken to seek to protect its business against these risks, see the section entitled "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

AMPSA's inability to fully pass-through input costs may have an adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

        A significant number of AMPSA's sales contracts with customers include provisions enabling AMPSA to pass-through increases and reductions in certain input costs, such as aluminum and coatings, which help it deliver consistent margins, although margin percentages may fluctuate as a result. Although contract structures have generally been improved in North America to more accurately

69


reflect the components of AMPSA's cost base, there can be no assurance that AMPSA will be in a position to fully recover increased input costs from all of its customers in the future.

AMPSA's manufacturing facilities are subject to operating hazards.

        AMPSA's manufacturing processes include cutting, coating and shaping metal into containers. These processes, which are conducted at high speeds and involve operating heavy machinery and equipment, entail risks and hazards, including industrial accidents, leaks and ruptures, explosions, fires, mechanical failures and environmental hazards, such as spills, storage tank leaks, discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances and gases. These hazards may cause unplanned business interruptions, unscheduled downtime, transportation interruptions, personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or the destruction of property and equipment, environmental contamination and other environmental damage, civil, criminal and administrative sanctions and liabilities, and third-party claims, any of which could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

AMPSA is involved in a manufacturing process with fixed costs. Any interruption in the operations of AMPSA's manufacturing facilities, including its supply chain, may adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        All of AMPSA's manufacturing activities take place at facilities that it owns or that it leases under long-term leases. AMPSA conducts regular maintenance on all its operating equipment. However, AMPSA cannot provide assurance that it will not incur unplanned business interruptions due to equipment breakdowns or similar manufacturing problems or that such interruptions will not have an adverse impact on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In such a scenario, it is very unlikely that alternative production capacity would be available in the future. A disruption in such circumstances could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

        To the extent that AMPSA experiences any equipment failures or similar manufacturing problems, AMPSA may be required to make unplanned capital expenditures even though it may not have available resources at such time and it may not be able to meet customer demand, which would result in a loss of revenues. As a result, AMPSA's liquidity may be impaired as a result of such expenditures and loss of revenues or the incurrence of unplanned capital expenditures.

        A mechanical failure or disruption affecting any major operating line may result in a disruption of AMPSA's ability to supply customers. The potential impact of any disruption would depend on the nature and extent of the damage caused to such facility. For example, the AMPSA industry's business model typically involves a beverage can ends plant supplying multiple beverage can plants. A failure or disruption in an ends plant could impact AMPSA's ability to supply multiple customers with ends and any inability to source ends from another location could result in a material loss of sales. Further, AMPSA's facilities in geographically vulnerable areas, including parts of the United States, may be disrupted by the occurrence of natural phenomena, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods and wildfires.

AMPSA may not be able to integrate any future acquisitions effectively.

        AMPSA aims over the longer term to continue to expand its packaging activities. While this expansion strategy is expected to be largely focused on organic expansion and capital expenditure on existing and new facilities, it may in the future require AMPSA to capitalize on strategic opportunities, including the acquisition of existing businesses.

        There is no certainty that any businesses AMPSA may acquire in the future will be effectively integrated. If AMPSA cannot successfully integrate acquired businesses within a reasonable time frame,

70


it may not be able to realize the potential benefits anticipated from those acquisitions. AMPSA's failure to successfully integrate such businesses and the diversion of management attention and other resources from its existing operations could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Furthermore, even if AMPSA is able to integrate successfully the operations of acquired businesses, it may not be able to realize the cost savings, synergies and revenue enhancements that it anticipates either in the anticipated amount or time frame, and the costs of achieving these benefits may be higher than, and the timing may differ from, what it expects. AMPSA's ability to realize anticipated cost savings and synergies may be affected by a number of factors, including the following:

    the use of more cash or other financial resources on integration and implementation activities than AMPSA expects, including restructuring and other exit costs;

    conditions imposed in connection with obtaining required regulatory approvals; or

    increases in acquisition costs and expenses, which may offset the cost savings and other synergies realized from such acquisitions.

        To the extent AMPSA pursues an acquisition that causes it to incur unexpected costs or that fails to generate expected returns, this could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Climate change or legal, regulatory or other measures to address climate change or related concerns, may adversely affect AMPSA's ability to conduct its business, including the availability and cost of resources required for its production processes.

        There is a growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases ("GHG") in the atmosphere have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather and precipitation patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather conditions and natural disasters. The impact of climate change may over time affect AMPSA's operations and the markets in which it operates. This could include changes in weather, resulting in reduced availability of inputs such as water, or increased costs of such inputs, and/or transitional risks such as technological development, policy and regulatory change, and market and economic responses. Measures to address climate change through laws and regulations, for example by requiring reductions in emissions of GHGs or the introduction of compliance schemes could create economic risks and uncertainties for AMPSA's businesses, by increasing GHG related costs, the cost of abatement equipment to reduce emissions to comply with legal requirements on GHG emissions or required technological standards, as well as reduced demand for AMPSA's products.

        The vast majority of AMPSA's Scope 3 emissions arise in the various stages of the manufacture of the aluminum and steel coils that AMPSA purchases. In line with AMPSA's commitment to Science Based Sustainability targets, AMPSA has a plan to reduce these emissions. AMPSA's failure to meet its targets and to reduce its emissions risks reputational damage and could adversely impact demand for AMPSA's products, resulting in an adverse impact on financial performance.

AMPSA is subject to various environmental and other legal requirements and may be subject to new requirements of this kind in the future that could impose substantial costs upon AMPSA.

        AMPSA's operations and properties are subject to extensive laws, ordinances, regulations and other legal requirements relating to the protection of people and the environment. The laws and regulations that may affect AMPSA's operations include requirements regarding remediation of contaminated soil, groundwater and buildings, water supply and use, natural resources, water discharges, air emissions, waste management, noise pollution, asbestos and other deleterious materials, the generation, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of regulated materials, product safety, and workplace health and

71


safety. These laws and regulations are also subject to constant review by lawmakers and regulators which may result in further, including more stringent, environmental or health and safety legal requirements. AMPSA strives to mitigate risks related to environmental issues, including through the purchase of renewable energy, the adoption of sustainable practices, and by positioning itself as a sustainability leader in its industry.

        AMPSA has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, costs to comply with such legal requirements, and these costs may increase in the future. Demands for more stringent pollution control devices could also result in the need for further capital upgrades to AMPSA's plant operations. Further, in order to comply with air emission restrictions, significant capital investments may be necessary at some sites. AMPSA requires a variety of permits to conduct its operations, including operating permits such as those required under various U.S. laws, including the federal Clean Air Act, and the EU Industrial Emissions Directive water and trade effluent discharge permits, water abstraction permits and waste permits. AMPSA is in the process of applying for, or renewing, permits at a number of its sites. Failure to obtain and maintain the relevant permits, as well as noncompliance with such permits, could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

        If AMPSA violates or fails to comply with these laws and regulations or its permits, it could be subject to criminal, civil and administrative sanctions and liabilities, including substantial fines and orders, or a partial or total shutdown of its operations, as well as litigation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In Europe, under the IED and its reference document for "Best Available Techniques" for metal manufacturing plants with surface treatment using solvents, permitted emissions levels from these plants including AMPSA's are substantially reduced periodically. EU member states introduce lower permitted emission levels into national legislation, which could potentially result in stricter emission limits in the future. These types of changes could require additional investment in AMPSA's affected operations. There may be greenhouse gas compliance or emission control schemes introduced in any jurisdiction on country and local municipality level which include metal packaging which may require any additional measures to control the emission of greenhouse gases could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Changes to the laws and regulations governing the materials that are used in AMPSA's manufacturing operations may impact the price of such materials or result in such materials no longer being available, which could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations. The European Union passed regulations concerning REACH, which place onerous obligations on the manufacturers and importers of substances, preparations and articles containing substances, and which may have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business. Furthermore, substances AMPSA uses may have to be removed from the market (under REACH's authorization and restriction provisions) or need to be substituted by alternative chemicals, which may also adversely impact upon its operations.

        Sites at which AMPSA operates often have a long history of industrial activities and may be, or have been in the past, engaged in activities involving the use of materials and processes that could give rise to contamination and result in potential liability to investigate or remediate, as well as claims for alleged damage to persons, property or natural resources. Liability may be imposed on AMPSA as an owner, occupier or operator of contaminated facilities. These legal requirements may apply to contamination at sites that AMPSA currently or formerly owned, occupied or operated, or that were formerly owned, occupied or operated by companies AMPSA acquired or at sites where it has sent waste offsite for treatment or disposal. Regarding assets acquired by AMPSA, AMPSA cannot provide assurance that its due diligence investigations identified or accurately quantified all material environmental matters related to the acquired facilities. AMPSA's closure of a site may accelerate the need to investigate and remediate any contamination at the site.

72


        In addition, AMPSA may be required to remediate contaminated third-party sites where it has sent waste for disposal. Liability for remediation of these third-party sites may be established without regard to whether the party disposing of the waste was at fault or the disposal activity was legal at the time it was conducted. For example, "Superfund" sites in the United States are the highest priority contaminated sites designated by the federal government as requiring remediation, and costs of their remediation tend to be high. Whether AMPSA will have any liability for investigation and remediation costs at any Superfund site or for costs relating to claims for natural resource damages, and what portion of the costs it must bear, has not been determined.

Changes in product requirements and their enforcement may have a material impact on AMPSA's operations.

        Changes in laws and regulations relating to deposits on, and any limits or restrictions to recycling of, metal packaging could adversely affect AMPSA's business if implemented on a large scale in the major markets in which it operates. Changes in laws and regulations imposing restrictions on, and conditions for use of, food contact materials or on the use of materials and agents used in the production of AMPSA's products could likewise adversely affect its business. Changes to health and food safety regulations could increase costs and also could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's revenues if, as a result, the public attitude toward end-products, for which it provides packaging, were substantially affected.

        Additionally, the effectiveness of new standards, such as the ones related to recycling or deposits on different packaging materials, could result in excess costs or logistical constraints for some of AMPSA's customers, which could choose to reduce their consumption and limit the use of metal packaging for their products. AMPSA could thus be forced to reduce, suspend or even stop the production of certain types of products. The regulatory changes could also affect AMPSA's prices, margins, investments and activities, particularly if these changes resulted in significant or structural changes in the market for food packaging that might affect the market shares for metal packaging, the volumes produced or production costs.

        Environmental concerns could lead U.S., Brazilian, European Union or United Kingdom bodies to implement other product regulations that are likely to impose restrictions on AMPSA and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. There is significant variation among countries where AMPSA sells its products in the limitation on certain constituents in packaging, which can have the effect of restricting the types of raw materials AMPSA uses. In turn, these restrictions can increase AMPSA's operating costs, by requiring increased energy consumption or greater environmental controls.

        AMPSA's operations are subject to laws and regulations in multiple jurisdictions relating to some of the raw materials utilized in its container making process, such as epoxy-based coatings. Changes in regulatory agency statements, adverse information concerning bisphenol A or rulings made in certain jurisdictions may result in restrictions, for example, on bisphenol A in epoxy-based internal liners for some of AMPSA's products. Such restrictions have required AMPSA, together with its respective suppliers and customers, to develop substitutes for relevant products to meet legal and customer requirements.

        Increasing legal requirements on the reporting, due diligence and restricted use of "conflict minerals" originating from mines in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries as well as any increasing regulatory requirements on the bauxite or cassiterite value chain could bear reputational and compliance risks along the supply chain and affect the sourcing, availability and economics of minerals used in the manufacture of steel and aluminum beverage cans.

73


AMPSA could incur significant costs due to the location of some of its industrial sites in urban areas.

        Obtaining, renewing or maintaining permits and authorizations issued by administrative authorities necessary to operate AMPSA's production plants could be made more difficult due to the increasing urbanization of the sites where some of its manufacturing plants are located. Urbanization could lead to more stringent operating conditions (by imposing traffic restrictions for example), conditions for obtaining or renewing the necessary authorizations, the refusal to grant or renew these authorizations, or expropriations of these sites in order to allow urban planning projects to proceed.

        The occurrence of such events could result in AMPSA incurring significant costs and there can be no assurance that the occurrence of such events would entitle AMPSA to partial or full compensation.

AMPSA may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, arbitration and other proceedings that could have an adverse effect on it.

        AMPSA is currently involved in various litigation matters and anticipates that it will be involved in litigation matters from time to time in the future. The risks inherent in AMPSA's business expose it to litigation, including personal injury, environmental litigation, contractual litigation with customers and suppliers, intellectual property litigation, tax or securities litigation, and product liability lawsuits. AMPSA cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim, regulatory investigation, or other litigation matter, or a combination of these. If AMPSA is involved in any future litigation, or if its positions concerning current disputes are found to be incorrect, this may have an adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations, including as a result of liabilities imposed on it, the costs associated with asserting its claims or defending such lawsuits, and the diversion of management's attention to these matters.

AMPSA is subject to an extensive, complex and evolving legal and regulatory framework, which may expose AMPSA to investigations by governmental authorities, legal proceedings and fines.

        AMPSA's business encompasses multiple jurisdictions and complex legal and regulatory frameworks, including in relation to anti-trust, economic sanctions, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering matters. Laws and regulations in these areas are complex and constantly evolving and enforcement continues to increase. As a result, AMPSA may become subject to increasing limitations on its business activities and to the risk of fines or other sanctions for non-compliance. Additionally, AMPSA may become subject to governmental investigations and lawsuits by private parties. These could require significant expenditures and result in liabilities or governmental orders that could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition or results of operations.

Changes in consumer lifestyle, nutritional preferences, health-related concerns and consumer taxation could adversely affect AMPSA's business.

        Changes in consumer preferences and tastes could have an impact on demand for AMPSA's customers' products, which in turn could lead to reduced demand for AMPSA's products. Certain end-products represent a significant proportion of AMPSA's market. AMPSA's ability to develop new product offerings for a diverse group of global customers with differing preferences, while maintaining functionality and spurring innovation, is critical to its success. This requires a thorough understanding of AMPSA's existing and potential customers and end users on a global basis, particularly in potential high developing markets. Failure to adapt and deliver quality products that meet customer or end user needs, through research and development or licensing of new technology, ahead of competitors could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business.

        Additionally, public health and government officials have become increasingly concerned about the health consequences associated with over-consumption of certain types of beverages, such as sugar-sweetened beverages, including those produced by certain of AMPSA's customers. For example, France

74


and the United Kingdom have introduced taxes on drinks with added sugar and artificial sweeteners that companies produce or import. France has also imposed taxes on energy drinks using certain amounts of taurine and caffeine. As a result of these taxes, demand decreased temporarily in these countries, and the imposition of similar taxes in the future may lower the demand for certain soft drinks and beverages that AMPSA's customers produce, which may cause its customers to respond by reducing their purchases of its metal packaging products. Consumer tax legislation and future attempts to tax sugar or energy drinks or to lower consumption of certain alcoholic and non-alcoholic categories in other jurisdictions could reduce the demand for AMPSA's products and adversely affect its profitability.

        In addition, any decline in the popularity of these product types as a result of lifestyle, nutrition or health considerations, or AMPSA's inability to adapt to customer needs, could have a significant impact on AMPSA's customers and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

AMPSA faces costs and future funding obligations associated with post-retirement benefits provided to its employees, which could have an adverse effect on its financial condition.

        As of December 31, 2020, AMPSA's accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation was approximately $219 million, covering employees in multiple jurisdictions. The costs associated with these and other benefits to employees could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's financial condition.

        AMPSA operates and contributes to pension and other post-retirement benefit schemes (including both single employer and multiple employer schemes) funded by a range of assets that include property, derivatives, equities and/or bonds. The value of these assets is heavily dependent on the performance of markets, which are subject to volatility. The liability structure of the obligations to provide such benefits is also subject to market volatility in relation to its accounting valuation and management. Additional significant funding of AMPSA's pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations may be required if market underperformance is severe. In addition, AMPSA may have to make significant cash payments to some or all of these plans, including under guarantee agreements, as a consequence of this transaction or otherwise in the future, to provide additional funding, which would reduce the cash available for its businesses.

        Under the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC") has the authority to terminate pension plans regulated by the PBGC if certain funding requirements are not met; any such termination would further accelerate the cash obligations related to such a pension plan.

Organized strikes or work stoppages by unionized employees could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business.

        Many of AMPSA's operating companies are party to collective bargaining agreements with trade unions. These agreements cover the majority of AMPSA's employees and although AMPSA considers its employee relations to be generally good, a prolonged work stoppage or strike at any facility with union employees could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, AMPSA cannot ensure that, upon the expiration of existing collective bargaining agreements, new agreements will be reached without union action or that AMPSA's operating companies will be able to negotiate acceptable new contracts with trade unions, which could result in strikes by the affected workers and increased operating costs as a result of higher wages or benefits paid to union members. If unionized workers at AMPSA's operating companies or any unionized workers were to engage in a strike or other work stoppage, AMPSA could experience a

75


significant disruption of operations and/or higher ongoing labor costs, which may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure of control measures and systems resulting in faulty or contaminated product could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business.

        AMPSA has strict control measures and systems in place to ensure that the maximum safety and quality of its products is maintained. The consequences of a product not meeting these rigorous standards, due to, among other things, accidental or malicious raw materials contamination or due to supply chain contamination caused by human error or equipment fault, could be severe. Such consequences might include adverse effects on consumer health, litigation exposures, loss of market share, financial costs and loss of revenues.

        In addition, if AMPSA's products fail to meet rigorous standards, AMPSA may be required to incur substantial costs in taking appropriate corrective action (up to and including recalling products from consumers) and to reimburse customers and/or end-consumers for losses that they suffer as a result of this failure. Customers and end-consumers may seek to recover these losses through litigation and, under applicable legal rules, may succeed in any such claim, despite there being no negligence or other fault on AMPSA's part. Placing an unsafe product on the market, failing to notify the regulatory authorities of a safety issue, failing to take appropriate corrective action and failing to meet other regulatory requirements relating to product safety could lead to regulatory investigation, enforcement action and/or prosecution. Any product quality or safety issue may also result in adverse publicity, which may damage AMPSA's reputation. This could in turn have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations. Although AMPSA has not had material claims for damages for defective products in the past, and has not conducted any substantial product recalls or other material corrective action, these events may occur in the future.

        In certain contracts, AMPSA provides warranties in respect of the proper functioning of its products and the conformity of a product to the specific use defined by the customer.

        In addition, if a product contained in packaging manufactured by AMPSA is faulty or contaminated, it is possible that the manufacturer of the product may allege that AMPSA's packaging is the cause of the fault or contamination, even if the packaging complies with contractual specifications. Furthermore, in certain countries, certain participants in the distribution chain refill bottles, even though they may not be designed for this purpose.

        In case of the failure of packaging produced by AMPSA to open properly or to preserve the integrity of its contents, AMPSA could face liability to its customers and to third parties for bodily injury or other tangible or intangible damages suffered as a result. Such liability, if it were to be established in relation to a sufficient volume of claims or to claims for sufficiently large amounts, could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

AMPSA's existing insurance coverage may be insufficient and future coverage may be difficult or expensive to obtain.

        Although AMPSA believes that its insurance arrangements provide adequate coverage for the risks inherent in its business, these insurance arrangements typically exclude certain risks and are subject to certain thresholds and limits. AMPSA cannot assure you that its property, plant and equipment and inventories will not suffer damages due to unforeseen events or that the proceeds available from its insurance arrangements will be sufficient to protect it from all possible loss or damage resulting from such events. As a result, AMPSA's insurance coverage may prove to be inadequate for events that may cause significant disruption to its operations, which may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

76


        AMPSA may suffer indirect losses, such as the disruption of its business or third-party claims of damages, as a result of an insured risk event. While AMPSA carries business interruption coverage and general liability coverage, such coverage is to certain limitations, thresholds and limits, and may not fully cover all indirect losses.

        AMPSA renews its insurance arrangements on an annual basis. The cost of coverage may increase to an extent that AMPSA may choose to reduce its coverage limits or agree to certain exclusions from its coverage. Among other factors, adverse political developments, security concerns and natural disasters in any country in which AMPSA operates may materially adversely affect available insurance coverage and result in increased premiums for available coverage and additional exclusions from coverage.

AMPSA's business may suffer if it does not retain its executive and senior management. GHV's ability to successfully effect the Merger, and AMPSA's ability to successfully operate the business thereafter, will be largely dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel of AMPSA.

        AMPSA believes its future success depends, in part, on its experienced executive team, who are identified under "Management of AMPSA." The loss of services of any of the members of AMPSA's executive team, members of senior management or other key personnel could adversely affect its business until a suitable replacement can be found. There may be a limited number of persons with the requisite skills to serve in these positions and there is no assurance that AMPSA would be able to locate or employ such qualified personnel on terms acceptable to AMPSA or at all.

        AMPSA's ability to successfully operate the business following the Business Combination will be largely dependent upon the efforts of its key personnel. It is possible that AMPSA will lose some key personnel, the loss of which could negatively impact its operations and profitability. Although AMPSA anticipates that all of its executive and senior management will remain in place following the Business Combination, the loss of key personnel could negatively impact its operations and profitability and its financial condition could suffer as a result.

The United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations.

        Approximately 11% of AMPSA's total 2020 revenue was derived from revenues generated in the United Kingdom, and 3 of its 23 manufacturing facilities are located in the United Kingdom, as of December 31, 2020.

        The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union is governed by a Withdrawal Agreement entered into at the end of January 2020, and a Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which took effect from January 1, 2021 (the "Brexit Agreements"). The Brexit Agreements provide for a zero tariff, zero quota arrangement on sales of goods and agriproducts between the United Kingdom and the European Union. Customs duties on goods originating outside the European Union or United Kingdom, or in the event that the zero tariff arrangements under the Brexit Agreements are amended or suspended, might lead to additional costs for products and materials shipped from the United Kingdom to Europe or from Europe to the United Kingdom respectively. Further, required changes to AMPSA's business systems and processes in order to comply with newly introduced customs procedures may lead to additional costs.

        More generally, differences in standards or processes or risk aversion may mean that some businesses choose not to serve other markets on a temporary or permanent basis, causing supplier disruption. Uncertainty remains regarding the impact of the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union ("Brexit") and the Brexit Agreements on the United Kingdom and Europe, including among commercial parties in the United Kingdom and the European Union, financial institutions, suppliers and service providers and their respective customers. Any changes to the trading

77


relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union arising from the Brexit Agreements may adversely affect the cost or timing of imports, including aluminum and coatings.

        Some of its customers are based in the United Kingdom and export outside the local United Kingdom market. These customers may experience reduced demand or delays arising from these post-Brexit arrangements. Although AMPSA seeks to export through channels where delays would be minimized, AMPSA has nonetheless experienced delays in the transport of certain products, consumables and other materials particularly in relation to shipments from the United Kingdom to the European Union. The impact of these delays, if prolonged, could adversely affect AMPSA's financial condition and the results of AMPSA's operations.

        Brexit may also have an adverse impact on AMPSA's business, employees and customers in the United Kingdom. In particular, the Brexit Agreements allow for the possibility of future changes in laws and regulations. Such changes could include import, tax and employment laws and regulations, which could adversely impact the results of operations of AMPSA's United Kingdom business. For example, there is uncertainty with regard to the upcoming regulatory regime relating to environmental permits and permissions, with such environmental permits and permissions currently governed by the EU Industrial Emissions Directive (Directive 2010/75/EU). More burdensome requirements imposed by the new upcoming regulatory regime could require that AMPSA commits additional resources to ensure compliance and although AMPSA will use reasonable efforts to ensure such compliance, the introduction of new regulations increases the risk of non-compliance.

        Further, continued political uncertainty as a result of Brexit may result in negative effects on credit markets, and foreign direct investments in Europe and the United Kingdom. It may also result in volatility in the British pound foreign exchange markets and interest rates. See also the risk factor entitled "Currency, interest rate fluctuations and commodity prices may have a material impact on AMPSA's business."

        Brexit could also lead to legal and regulatory uncertainty and politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union is defined and the United Kingdom determines which European Union laws to replace or amend. Volatility in political, regulatory, economic or market conditions could adversely affect employment rates, increase consumer and commercial bankruptcy filings, negatively impact national and local economies, and cause other results that negatively affect household incomes.

        The economic outlook could be further adversely affected by the risk that one or more European Union member states could also leave the European Union, the risk of a demand for independence by Scotland or Northern Ireland, or the risk that the euro as the single currency of any or all of the Eurozone member states could cease to exist. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may have a material adverse effect on the stability of global financial markets, and could significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings may be especially subject to increased market volatility. These negative impacts could adversely affect AMPSA's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic and any future epidemics may have a negative impact on worldwide economic activity and AMPSA's business.

        The COVID-19 global pandemic and measures to prevent its spread has impacted AMPSA's business in a number of ways.

        The COVID-19 pandemic has reduced global economic activity resulting in lower demand for certain of AMPSA's customers' products and, therefore, the products AMPSA manufactures, though demand for "at-home" consumption has increased and therefore demand for many of AMPSA

78


customers' products and, as a result, for the products AMPSA manufactures, has proven to be resilient to date during the pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has at times caused, and may again give rise to an adverse effect on AMPSA's operations, including disruptions to its supply chain and workforce and the incurrence of increased costs. Although AMPSA's production has not been significantly impacted to date, its plants may be required to curtail or cease production in response to the spread of COVID-19. The COVID-19 impact on capital markets could also impact AMPSA's cost of borrowing. In addition, AMPSA's customers, distribution partners, service providers or suppliers may experience financial distress, file for bankruptcy protection, go out of business, or suffer disruptions in their business due to the outbreak of COVID-19, which would have a negative impact on AMPSA's business. The extent of the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on AMPSA's business and results of operations continues to be uncertain.

        The ultimate significance of these disruptions, including the extent of their adverse impact on AMPSA's financial and operational results, will be determined by the duration of the ongoing pandemic, its severity in the markets that AMPSA serves and the nature and efficacy of government and other regulatory responses, protective measures and vaccination programs, and the related impact on macroeconomic activity and consumer behavior.

        If the COVID-19 pandemic continues unabated despite containment efforts, it could cause a severe economic slowdown and potentially an extended recession or depression, which would adversely affect the demand for AMPSA's products or cause other unpredictable events, each of which would adversely affect its business, results of operations or financial condition. Any future epidemics may also have similar, or more severe, effects on global economic activity and on AMPSA's business, results of operations or financial condition.

Increasing privacy and data security obligations or a significant data breach may adversely affect AMPSA's business.

        AMPSA will continue its efforts to meet its data security obligations and manage evolving cybersecurity threats. The loss, disclosure, misappropriation of or access to employees' or business partners' information or its failure to meet its obligations could result in lost revenue, increased costs, legal claims or proceedings, liability or regulatory penalties. A significant data breach or AMPSA's failure to meet its obligations could adversely affect AMPSA's reputation and financial condition.

AMPSA's heavy reliance on technology and automated systems to operate its business could mean any significant failure or disruption of the technology or these systems could materially harm its business.

        Similar to most other business entities, AMPSA depends on automated systems and technology to operate its business, including accounting systems, manufacturing systems and telecommunication systems. AMPSA operates a cyber and information risk management program, including operating a global information security function, which partners with global leaders in the security industry to deliver an integrated information and cyber risk management service using state-of-the-art technologies in areas including antivirus & anti-malware, email and web security platforms, firewalls, intrusion detection systems, cyber threat intelligence services and advanced persistent threat detection. Such services will be provided by Ardagh Group S.A. pursuant to the Services Agreement. AMPSA also partners with global leaders to deliver high availability and resilient systems and communication platforms. However, these systems could suffer substantial or repeated disruptions due to various events, many of which are beyond AMPSA's control, including natural disasters, power failures, terrorist attacks, equipment or software failures, computer viruses or cyber security attacks.

        Substantial or repeated systems failures or disruptions could result in the unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information, improper use of AMPSA's systems and networks, defective products, harm to individuals or property, contractual or regulatory actions and fines,

79


penalties and potential liabilities, production downtime and operational disruptions and loss or compromise of important data, which may result in increased costs and lost revenue and competitiveness and may negatively impact its reputation, any of which could adversely affect AMPSA's business, results of operations and financial condition. Increased global IT security threats and more sophisticated and targeted computer crime may further increase this risk.

AMPSA's substantial debt could adversely affect its financial health and its ability to effectively manage and grow its business.

        AMPSA incurred approximately $2.8 billion aggregate principal amount of indebtedness in connection with the Pre-Closing Restructuring. For more information, see the description of AMPSA's debt facilities and the table outlining its principal financing arrangements in "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        AMPSA's substantial debt could have important negative consequences for AMPSA and for its shareholders. For example, AMPSA's substantial debt could:

    require it to dedicate a large portion of its cash flow from operations to service debt and fund repayments on its debt, thereby reducing the availability of its cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

    increase its vulnerability to adverse general economic or industry conditions;

    limit its flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business or industry;

    limit its ability to raise additional debt or equity capital in the future;

    restrict AMPSA from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities; and

    place AMPSA at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that have less debt.

        In addition, AMPSA expects that debt under its asset based liability facility will, and in the future, a portion of its debt may, bear interest at variable rates that are linked to changing market interest rates. Although AMPSA may hedge a portion of its exposure to variable interest rates by entering into interest rate swaps, AMPSA cannot assure you that it will do so in the future. As a result, an increase in market interest rates would increase AMPSA's interest expense and debt service obligations, which would exacerbate the risks associated with its leveraged capital structure.

        Further, notwithstanding AMPSA's current indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, AMPSA may still be able to incur substantial additional debt or make certain restricted payments, which could exacerbate the risks described above.

        Negative developments in AMPSA's business, results of operations and financial condition due to changes in global economic conditions or other factors could cause ratings agencies to lower the credit ratings, or ratings outlook, of its short- and long-term debt and, consequently, impair its ability to raise new financing or refinance its current borrowings and increase its costs of issuing any new debt instruments.

If AMPSA fails to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, its ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

        As a listed company on NYSE, AMPSA will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and NYSE. The requirements of these rules and regulations will make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly.

80


        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things that, as a listed company, AMPSA's principal executive officer and principal financial officer certify the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal controls over financial reporting. AMPSA continues to develop and refine its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting. However, AMPSA has not yet assessed its internal control over financial reporting for the purposes of complying with item 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will only be required to do so beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. Material weaknesses in AMPSA's internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm AMPSA's operating results or cause it to fail to meet its reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of AMPSA's financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of management evaluations and independent registered public accounting firm audits of AMPSA's internal control over financial reporting. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures or ineffective internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in AMPSA's reported financial information.

AMPSA will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a listed company on NYSE, and its management will devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

        If AMPSA completes the Merger and becomes a listed company on NYSE, it will incur certain additional legal, accounting and other expenses that it would not incur as a private company. As a listed company on NYSE, AMPSA will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and NYSE. AMPSA's management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, AMPSA expects these rules and regulations to substantially increase its legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, AMPSA expects these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for it to obtain director and officer liability insurance and it may be forced to accept reduced policy limits or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. AMPSA cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs it may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for AMPSA to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on its board of directors or as executive officers.

There can be no assurance that the AMPSA Shares that will be issued in connection with the Merger or the AMPSA Warrants will be approved for listing on NYSE or, if approved, will continue to be so listed following the closing of the Merger, or that AMPSA will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of NYSE.

        AMPSA's eligibility for listing may depend on, among other things, the number of shares of GHV Class A Common Stock that are redeemed. AMPSA intends to apply for the listing of the AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants on NYSE. If NYSE denies its application for failure to meet the listing standards, AMPSA and its shareholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

    a limited availability of market quotations for its securities;

    reduced liquidity for its securities;

    a determination that AMPSA Shares are a "penny stock" which will require brokers trading in the AMPSA Shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for its securities;

    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

81


    a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

        The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as "covered securities." If the AMPSA Shares and Public Warrants are listed on NYSE, they will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of AMPSA's securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. Further, if the AMPSA Shares and Public Warrants are not listed on NYSE, its securities would not be covered securities and it would be subject to regulation in each state in which it offers its securities.

Anti-takeover provisions in AMPSA's articles of association ("Articles") might discourage or delay attempts to acquire it.

        AMPSA's Articles contain provisions that may make the acquisition of AMPSA more difficult, including the following:

    Classified Board.  AMPSA's board of directors is classified into three classes of directors that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors will be elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. The existence of a classified board could impede a proxy contest or delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of the board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror.

    Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals.  Luxembourg law and AMPSA's Articles provide that one or more shareholders together holding at least 10% of the share capital of AMPSA may request the addition of one or more items to the agenda of any general meeting. The request must be sent to the registered office by registered mail, at least five clear days before the meeting is held. AMPSA's Articles also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a shareholder's notice. These requirements may make it difficult for AMPSA's shareholders to bring matters before a general meeting.

    Special Resolutions.  AMPSA's Articles require special resolutions adopted at an extraordinary general meeting for any of the following matters, among other things: (a) an increase or decrease of the authorized or issued capital, (b) an amendment to the Articles and (c) dissolving AMPSA. Pursuant to AMPSA's Articles, for any special resolutions to be considered at a general meeting the quorum is in excess of one-half (1/2) of the share capital in issue present in person or by proxy unless otherwise mandatorily required by Luxembourg law. If such quorum is not met at a first extraordinary general meeting, a second meeting may be convened, and such second meeting shall validly deliberate regardless of the proportion of the capital represented. Any special resolution may be adopted at a general meeting at which a quorum is present (except as otherwise provided by mandatory law) by the affirmative votes of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes validly cast on such resolution by shareholders entitled to vote.

        These anti-takeover provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of AMPSA, even if such transaction would benefit its shareholders.

82


AMPSA's ability to operate its business effectively depends in large part on certain administrative and other support functions provided to it by Ardagh Group pursuant to the Services Agreement. Following the expiration or termination of the Services Agreement, AMPSA's ability to operate its business effectively may suffer if it is unable to cost-effectively establish its own administrative and other support functions in order to operate as a stand-alone company.

        AMPSA will rely on certain administrative and other resources of Ardagh Group, including information technology, financial reporting, tax, treasury, human resources, procurement, insurance and risk management and legal services, to operate its business. In connection with the Pre-Closing Restructuring, AMPSA expects to enter into a mutual Services Agreement with Ardagh Group to retain the ability to use these Ardagh Group resources. The mutual Services Agreement may be terminated as to any services or entirely by either AMPSA or Ardagh Group and for any reason as of and from December 31, 2024 or by either party upon a change of control of the other party, in either case with nine months' prior written notice to the party undergoing a change of control. See the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Services Agreement." These services may not be sufficient to meet AMPSA's needs and may not be provided at the same level as when the entities comprising AMPSA was part of Ardagh Group. AMPSA and Ardagh Group will each rely on the other to perform its obligations under the Services Agreement. If Ardagh Group were unable to satisfy its material obligations under the agreement, or if the agreement is terminated as to any services or entirely, AMPSA may not be able to obtain such services at all or obtain the services on terms as favorable as those in the Services Agreement, and could as a result suffer operational difficulties or significant losses.

        In addition, the price for the corporate services provided pursuant to the Services Agreement have been fixed for calendar years 2021 through 2024 (subject to certain adjustments for third party pass-through costs and variations in volume-based services), but as of December 31, 2024, or if earlier, the date upon which AMPSA or Ardagh Group undergoes a change of control, the services will be provided at a price equal to the fully allocated cost of such services, or such other price to be negotiated in good faith by the parties, taking into consideration various factors, including the cost of providing such services and the level of services expected to be provided. There are no assurances that these fixed fees are more favorable than the price that AMPSA would have been able to pay if it obtained such services at a price equal to the fully allocated cost of such services or, if it had obtained such services from one or more third parties. There are also no assurances that the price of the services, when adjusted as of December 31, 2024 or upon a change of control of AMPSA or Ardagh Group, will not be significantly greater than the fixed price established for these services prior to such adjustment. In addition, prior to the date on which the Services Agreement was entered into, AMPSA and its subsidiaries have received informal support from Ardagh Group as wholly owned subsidiaries of Ardagh Group, and the level of this informal support may diminish following the Business Combination and as AMPSA becomes a more independent company. Any failure or significant interruption of AMPSA's own administrative systems or in Ardagh Group's administrative systems during the term of the Services Agreement could result in unexpected costs, impact AMPSA's results or prevent it from paying its suppliers or employees and performing other administrative services on a timely basis.

AMPSA may have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms it has received in the Services Agreement with Ardagh Group.

        The terms of the Services Agreement were agreed while AMPSA was a wholly owned subsidiary of Ardagh Group and in the context that Ardagh Group will have a controlling interest of AMPSA following the Merger. Accordingly, during the period in which the Services Agreement was prepared, AMPSA did not have an independent board of directors or a management team that was independent of Ardagh Group. As a result, the terms of the agreement may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arms'-length negotiations between unaffiliated third parties and any such arms' length negotiations with an unaffiliated third party may have resulted in more favorable terms to AMPSA.

83


AMPSA does not have a history as a separate public company.

        In the past, AMPSA's operations have been a part of Ardagh Group and Ardagh Group provided it with certain financial, operational and managerial resources for conducting its business. Following the Merger, while a number of these resources will continue to be at Ardagh Group and used to provide services to AMPSA under the Service Agreement, AMPSA will perform certain of its own financial, operational and managerial functions. There are no assurances that AMPSA will be able to successfully put in place the financial, operational and managerial resources necessary to perform these functions.

The AMP Business historical financial results and Combined Financial Statements may not be representative of AMPSA's results as a separate company.

        The AMP Business historical financial information included in this proxy statement/prospectus has been derived on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Ardagh Group and does not necessarily reflect what AMPSA's financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had it been a separate company during the periods presented. Although Ardagh Group did account for AMPSA's business as separate reporting segments, AMPSA was not operated as a separate company for the historical periods presented. The historical costs and expenses reflected in the Combined Financial Statements include an allocation for certain corporate functions historically provided by Ardagh Group, most of which will continue to be provided pursuant to the Services Agreement. These allocations were based on what management considered to be reasonable reflections of the historical utilization levels of these services required in support of AMPSA's business. The historical information does not necessarily reflect what the cost to AMPSA of these functions will be in the future, pursuant to the Services Agreement or otherwise. For additional information in relation to materially significant related party transactions during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 , see note disclosures 2, 5, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 22 to the Combined Financial Statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Any further related party transactions in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were both immaterial and no more than incidental in nature.

A significant write down of goodwill would have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations.

        Goodwill at December 31, 2020 totaled $1.06 billion. AMPSA evaluates goodwill annually following approval of the annual budget or whenever indicators suggest that impairment may have occurred. The determination of the recoverable amounts of goodwill requires the use of estimates and assumptions which are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. As described further in the Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, AMPSA uses the value in use ("VIU") model for the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, as this reflects the intention to hold and operate the assets. However, if an impairment indicator exists for a CGU, AMPSA also uses the fair value less costs of disposal ("FVLCD") model in order to establish the recoverable amount being the higher of the VIU model and FVLCD model when compared to the carrying value of the CGU. Sensitivity analysis is performed reflecting potential variations in assumptions. Future changes in the estimates and assumptions used in the VIU or FVLCD models, general market conditions, or other factors may cause the goodwill to be impaired, resulting in a non cash charge against results of operations to write down goodwill for the amount of the impairment. If a significant write down is required, the charge would have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations.

84


Additional Risks Related to the Merger

The results of operations of AMPSA may differ significantly from the unaudited pro forma financial data included in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        This proxy statement/prospectus includes unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for AMPSA after giving effect to the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement combines GHV's historical audited statement of operations for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, with the AMP Business's historical audited combined income statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position combines GHV's historical audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and the AMP Business's historical audited combined statement of financial position as of December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated as of December 31, 2020.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only, are based on certain assumptions, address a hypothetical situation and reflect limited historical financial data. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the Business Combination been consummated on the dates indicated above, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of AMPSA. Accordingly, AMPSA's business, assets, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may differ significantly from those indicated by the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included in this document. For more information, see the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

AMPSA will be controlled by Ardagh Group, whose interests may conflict with AMPSA's interests and, after the completion of the Merger, the interests of other shareholders.

        Ardagh Group currently indirectly owns 100% of AMPSA's outstanding shares and, upon completion of the Merger, will own approximately 80% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares. In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, Ardagh Group's ability to sell its AMPSA Shares will be restricted for 180 days after the closing of the Merger. As a controlling shareholder of AMPSA, Ardagh Group will be able to exercise significant influence over AMPSA's business policies and affairs, including the composition of its board of directors and any action requiring approval of its shareholders. In addition, after completion of the Merger and as long as Ardagh Group beneficially owns a specified number of the outstanding shares of AMPSA, pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, Ardagh Group has the right to designate a specified number of directors, including the chair, to AMPSA's board of directors, receive access to certain information for the benefit of Ardagh Group, approve certain significant actions of AMPSA, receive AMPSA's cooperation with certain matters relating to AMPSA, and access certain information for registration rights with respect to its shares of AMPSA. For more information, see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Shareholders Agreement."

        Additionally, being a controlled company, relevant risks materializing at the ultimate parent level could have a negative impact on AMPSA's share price, financial condition, credit ratings or reputation. It is also possible that Ardagh Group's controlling shareholders may take actions in relation to AMPSA's business that are not entirely in its best interests or the best interests of the other shareholders of Ardagh Group or those of AMPSA.

85


Future sales of the AMPSA Shares, including by Ardagh Group, the Subscribers and the GHV Sponsor could have a negative impact on the price of the AMPSA Shares.

        Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements with the Subscribers, AMPSA has agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC registering the shares issued to the Subscribers within 30 days of the closing of the Merger to facilitate their ability to sell their AMPSA Shares in the public market. In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, following the expiration of a 180-day lock-up period, the GHV Sponsor and Ardagh Group have the right to request AMPSA to register their Shares for purposes of effecting sales of those AMPSA Shares in the public market. Future sales of the AMPSA Shares, or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for the AMPSA Shares, including by the Subscribers, the GHV Sponsor and Ardagh Group, or the perception that sales may be made by these shareholders could significantly reduce the market price of the AMPSA Shares. Further, even if none of these shareholders sell a large number of the AMPSA Shares into the market, their right to sell their AMPSA Shares as contemplated by these agreements may depress the price of the AMPSA Shares.

        In addition, if AMPSA issues substantial additional Shares, the ownership of its existing shareholders would be diluted and its earnings per share could be reduced, which may negatively affect the market price of its Shares.

There may not be a robust market for AMPSA's securities, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of its securities.

        Following the Merger, the price of AMPSA's securities may fluctuate significantly due to the market's reaction to the Merger and general market and economic conditions. An active trading market for AMPSA's securities following the Merger may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. In addition, the price of AMPSA's securities after the Merger can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, its general business condition and the release of its financial reports. Additionally, if AMPSA's securities become delisted from NYSE for any reason and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of its securities may be more limited than they were quoted or listed on NYSE or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your AMPSA Shares and public warrants unless a market can be established or sustained.

If, following the Merger, securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about AMPSA or its business or cease publishing research or reports about its market, or if they make recommendations regarding AMPSA Shares that is unfavorable to AMPSA, then the price of AMPSA Shares could decline.

        The trading market for AMPSA Shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about the AMPSA, its business, its market, or its competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on GHV or, except to the extent included in analysts' coverage reports of Ardagh Group, AMPSA. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of AMPSA as a public company, its share price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts that cover AMPSA make an unfavorable recommendation regarding AMPSA Shares, or provide more favorable relative recommendations regarding AMPSA's competitors, the price of AMPSA Shares would likely decline. If in the future any analyst ceases coverage of AMPSA or fails to regularly publish reports regarding AMPSA, it could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause its share price to decline.

86


AMPSA and GHV will be subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the Merger is pending.

        Uncertainty about the effects of the Merger on AMPSA's business, management team, employees, or third parties may have an adverse effect on AMPSA and GHV. These uncertainties may impair AMPSA's ability to retain and motivate key personnel and could cause third parties that deal with AMPSA to defer entering into contracts or making other decisions or seek to change existing business relationships. If key team members depart because of uncertainty about their future roles and the potential complexities of the Merger, AMPSA's business could be harmed.

Risks Related to Investment in a Luxembourg Company and AMPSA's Status as a Foreign Private Issuer

As a foreign private issuer, AMPSA will be exempt from a number of U.S. securities laws and rules promulgated thereunder and will be permitted to publicly disclose less information than U.S. public companies are required to disclose. This may limit the information available to holders of AMPSA Shares. Conversely, if AMPSA loses its foreign private issuer status in the future, this could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

        AMPSA will qualify as a "foreign private issuer," as defined in the SEC's rules and regulations, and, consequently, will not be subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For example, AMPSA will be exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to securities registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, AMPSA's officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of AMPSA's securities, such that any such sales will not be required to be disclosed as promptly as they would need to be disclosed if AMPSA was a public company organized within the United States. Accordingly, once such sales are eventually disclosed, the price of AMPSA Shares may decline significantly. Moreover, AMPSA will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies are. AMPSA will also not be subject to Regulation FD under the Exchange Act, which would prohibit AMPSA from selectively disclosing material nonpublic information to certain persons without concurrently making a widespread public disclosure of such information. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning AMPSA than there is for U.S. public companies.

        As a foreign private issuer, AMPSA will file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the close of each fiscal year ended December 31, and furnish reports on Form 6-K relating to certain material events promptly after AMPSA publicly announces these events. However, because of the exemptions for foreign private issuers, which AMPSA intends to rely on, AMPSA Shareholders may not be afforded the same information generally available to investors holding shares in public companies that are not foreign private issuers.

        In the future, AMPSA could lose its foreign private issuer status if a majority of its shares are held by residents in the United States and it fails to meet any one of the additional "business contacts" requirements. Although AMPSA intends to follow certain practices that are consistent with U.S. regulatory provisions applicable to U.S. companies, AMPSA's loss of foreign private issuer status would make compliance with these provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to AMPSA if it is deemed to be a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than if it retains its foreign private issuer status. If AMPSA is not a foreign private issuer, AMPSA will be required to file periodic reports and prospectuses on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. For example, AMPSA would become subject to Regulation FD, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information.

87


Additionally, AMPSA would be required to change its basis of accounting from IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boards ("IASB") to U.S. GAAP, which may be difficult and costly for it to comply with. If AMPSA loses its foreign private issuer status and fails to comply with U.S. securities laws applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, AMPSA may have to de-list from NYSE and could be subject to investigation by the SEC, NYSE and other regulators, among other potentially materially adverse consequences.

AMPSA will qualify for and will rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

        AMPSA will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements of NYSE by virtue of being a "foreign private issuer" and a "controlled company." Although AMPSA's foreign private issuer status exempts it from most of NYSE's corporate governance requirements, AMPSA intends to voluntarily comply with these requirements, except those from which AMPSA would be exempt by virtue of being a "controlled company." Following the consummation of the Merger, Ardagh Group will continue to control, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting power of AMPSA's issued and outstanding shares and thus AMPSA would be a controlled company within the meaning of NYSE corporate governance standards, entitled to certain limited corporate governance exemptions. Under these NYSE standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

    a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    the nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

        Following the consummation of the Merger, AMPSA will be a controlled company, and AMPSA intends to utilize these exemptions, including the exemption from the requirement to have a board of directors composed of a majority of independent directors. In addition, although AMPSA will have adopted charters for its audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees, its compensation and nominating and governance committees are not expected to be composed of independent directors.

        As a result of the foregoing exemptions, AMPSA can cease voluntary compliance with NYSE's corporate governance requirements at any time, and you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of NYSE corporate governance requirements.

AMPSA is organized under the laws of Luxembourg and a substantial amount of its assets are not located in the United States. It may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments or bring actions against AMPSA or its directors and officers in the United States.

        AMPSA is organized under the laws of Luxembourg. In addition, a substantial amount of its assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, many of AMPSA's directors and officers, as well as certain other persons named herein, reside outside the United States, and will continue to reside outside the United States. As a result, although AMPSA has appointed an agent for service of process in the United States, investors may not be able to effect service of process within the United States upon AMPSA or these persons or enforce judgments obtained against AMPSA or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it also may be difficult for an investor to enforce in U.S. courts judgments

88


obtained against AMPSA or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere are generally not enforceable in Luxembourg.

        Any judgments obtained in any U.S. federal or state court against AMPSA may have to be enforced in the courts of Luxembourg or other EU member states. As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and Luxembourg, courts in Luxembourg will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. A valid judgment obtained from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States may be entered and enforced through a court of competent jurisdiction in Luxembourg, subject to compliance with the enforcement procedures (exequatur). The enforceability in Luxembourg courts of judgments rendered by U.S. courts will be subject, prior to any enforcement in Luxembourg, to the procedure and the conditions set forth in the Luxembourg procedural code, which conditions may include the following as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus (which may change):

    the judgment of the U.S. court is final and enforceable (exécutoire) in the United States and has not been enforced in the United States;

    the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in compliance both with Luxembourg private international law and local law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or state jurisdictional rules);

    the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear, and if it appeared, to present a defense and other conditions for a fair trial have been complied with taking into account all facts and circumstances whether occurring before, during or after trial or issue and delivery of the judgement, and the judgment has not been obtained by reason of fraud;

    the U.S. court applied the substantive laws as designated by the Luxembourg conflict of law rules;

    the U.S. judgment does not contravene international public policy (ordre public) or order, both substantive and procedural, as understood under the laws of Luxembourg or has been given in proceedings of a criminal nature; and

    the absence of contradiction between such judgment and an already issued judgment of a Luxembourg court.

        In addition, actions brought in a Luxembourg court against AMPSA, the members of its board of directors, its officers, or the experts named herein to enforce liabilities based on U.S. federal securities laws may be subject to certain restrictions. In particular, Luxembourg courts generally do not award punitive damages. Litigation in Luxembourg also is subject to rules of procedure that differ from the U.S. rules, including, with respect to the taking and admissibility of evidence, the conduct of the proceedings and the allocation of costs. Proceedings in Luxembourg would have to be conducted in the French or German language, and all documents submitted to the court would, in principle, have to be translated into French or German. For these reasons, it may be difficult for a U.S. investor to bring an action in a Luxembourg court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against AMPSA, the members of its board of directors, its officers, or the experts named herein. In addition, even if a judgment against AMPSA, the non-U.S. members of its board of directors, its officers, or the experts named in this proxy statement/prospectus based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws is obtained, a U.S. investor may not be able to enforce it in U.S. or Luxembourg courts.

89


        The directors and officers of AMPSA have entered into, or will enter into, indemnification agreements with AMPSA. Under such agreements, the directors and officers will be entitled to indemnification from AMPSA to the fullest extent permitted by Luxemburg law against liability and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by them in connection with claims, actions, suits or proceedings in which they become involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of performing or having performed as a director or officer, and against amounts paid or incurred by them in the settlement of such claims, actions, suits or proceedings. Luxembourg law and AMPSA's Articles permit AMPSA to indemnify directors against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in connection with liability of a director towards AMPSA or a third party for management errors, i.e., for wrongful acts committed during the execution of the mandate (mandat) granted to the director by AMPSA, except in connection with criminal offenses, gross negligence, fraud or dishonesty. The rights to and obligations of indemnification among or between AMPSA and any of its current or former directors and officers are generally governed by the laws of Luxembourg and subject to the jurisdiction of the Luxembourg courts, unless such rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of such persons' capacities listed above. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce this indemnification provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. federal or state securities laws, this provision could make it more difficult to obtain judgments outside Luxembourg or from non-Luxembourg jurisdictions that would apply Luxembourg law against AMPSA's assets in Luxembourg.

Luxembourg and European insolvency and bankruptcy laws are substantially different from U.S. insolvency and bankruptcy laws and may offer AMPSA's shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency and bankruptcy laws.

        As a company organized under the laws of Luxembourg and with its registered office in Luxembourg, AMPSA is subject to Luxembourg insolvency and bankruptcy laws in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against it including, among other things, Council and European Parliament Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast). Should courts in another European country determine that the insolvency and bankruptcy laws of that country apply to AMPSA in accordance with and subject to such European Union regulations, the courts in that country could have jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings initiated against AMPSA. Insolvency and bankruptcy laws in Luxembourg or the relevant other European country, if any, may offer AMPSA's shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency and bankruptcy laws and make it more difficult for them to recover the amount they could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency and bankruptcy laws.

AMPSA's Articles include compulsory share transfer provisions that may not provide AMPSA minority shareholders with the same benefits as they would have as stockholders of a Delaware corporation.

        AMPSA has included in its Articles provisions that give the holder of 75% of the number of its outstanding shares the right to acquire AMPSA's outstanding shares held by all other holders at such time for a purchase price payable in cash that is equal to the fair market value of such shares, as determined by an independent investment banking firm of international reputation in accordance with the procedures contained in AMPSA's Articles. Upon completion of the Merger, AGSA will own approximately 80% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares. AMPSA's Articles include a dispute resolution provision permitting holders of at least 10% of the shares of the Company held by AMPSA's minority shareholders at that time to dispute the purchase price proposed by the acquiring shareholder. It is uncertain whether AMPSA's minority shareholders will be able to coordinate with each other in a manner that will enable them to take full advantage of these provisions. There can be no assurance that these provisions would result in a price as favorable to AMPSA's minority shareholders as they would receive as stockholders of a corporation subject to Delaware law and appraisal rights.

90


The rights of AMPSA Shareholders may differ from the rights they would have as shareholders of a U.S. corporation and consequently AMPSA Shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests.

        AMPSA's corporate affairs are governed by its Articles and Luxembourg law, including the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915, on commercial companies, as amended. The rights of AMPSA's shareholders and the responsibilities of its directors and officers under Luxembourg law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States.

        In the performance of its duties, the board of directors is required to act as a collegiate body in the interest of AMPSA. It is possible that AMPSA may have interests that are different from interests of the shareholders. If any member of AMPSA's board of directors has a direct or indirect financial interest in a matter which has to be considered by the board of directors which conflicts with the interests of AMPSA, Luxembourg Law provides that such director will not be entitled to participate in deliberations on and exercise his vote with respect to the approval of such transaction. If the financial interest of such a member of the board of directors does not conflict with the interests of AMPSA, then the applicable director with such interest may participate in deliberations on, and vote on the approval of, that transaction.

        Further, under Luxembourg law, there may be less publicly available information about AMPSA than is regularly published by or about U.S. issuers. In addition, Luxembourg law governing the securities of Luxembourg companies may not be as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and Luxembourg law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters might not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, AMPSA's shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by its directors and officers or its principal shareholders than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

        Neither AMPSA's Articles nor Luxembourg law provides for appraisal rights for dissenting shareholders in certain extraordinary corporate transactions that may otherwise be available to shareholders under certain U.S. state laws. As a result of these differences, AMPSA's shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in the event that any extraordinary corporate transactions were to occur than they would as shareholders of a U.S. issuer.

        AMPSA anticipates that all of its shareholder meetings will take place in Luxembourg. Shareholders may vote by proxy or in person at any general meeting.

Risks Relating to GHV and the Merger

The Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of the Merger Proposal described in this proxy statement/prospectus, regardless of how the Public Stockholders vote.

        Unlike some other special purpose acquisition companies in which the founders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the holders of public stock in connection with an initial business combination, the Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote any shares of GHV Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Merger Proposal. As of the date hereof, the Initial Stockholders own shares equal to 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock. Accordingly, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received for the Merger Proposal than would be the case if the Initial Stockholders agreed to vote any shares of GHV Common Stock owned by them in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the Public Stockholders.

91


The GHV Sponsor, certain members of the GHV Board and GHV's officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or are in addition to other stockholders in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Merger Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        In considering the recommendation of the GHV Board to vote for the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal, you should be aware that aside from their interests as stockholders, the Sponsor and certain members of the GHV Board and officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of our stockholders generally. The GHV Board is aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating and negotiating the Business Combination and transaction agreements and in recommending to GHV's stockholders that they vote in favor of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal. Stockholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal. These interests include, among other things:

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed not to redeem any of the GHV Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the GHV Founder Shares that will be exchanged for AMPSA Shares at the Merger Effective Time, and which AMPSA Shares would, if unrestricted and freely tradable, have a value of approximately $98 million at the Merger Effective Time (based on per share price of $10), but given the restrictions on such AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, GHV believes such AMPSA Shares have less value;

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their GHV Founder Shares if GHV fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $12,500,000 for its 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants to purchase shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, and that such Private Placement Warrants will expire and become worthless if a business combination is not consummated by August 10, 2022;

    if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the GHV Sponsor has agreed to indemnify GHV to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.00 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which GHV has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than its independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to GHV, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

    the continued indemnification of GHV's existing directors and officers and the purchase of a tail policy with respect to GHV's directors' and officers' existing liability insurance;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in GHV and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has the right to nominate two independent directors to AMPSA's board of directors as of the Closing;

92


    that, at the closing of the Merger, GHV will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, which provides for registration rights to the holders of AMPSA Shares that are parties thereto and their permitted transferees;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor and members of the GHV Board and management would hold the following number of shares in AMPSA at the Closing:
Name of Person/Entity
  Number of
AMPSA Shares
  Value of
AMPSA Shares(1)
 

Gores Sponsor V LLC

        $               

Alec E. Gores

        $               

Mark R. Stone

        $               

Andrew McBride

        $               

Randall Bort

        $               

William Patton

        $               

Jeffrey Rea

        $               

(1)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.
    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has entered into a Subscription Agreement with AMPSA and GHV, pursuant to which the GHV Sponsor has committed to purchase 2.5 million AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $25 million, provided that the GHV Sponsor has the right to syndicate the AMPSA Shares purchased under such Subscription Agreement in advance of the Closing;

    that an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor, Mr. Alec E. Gores, has committed to purchase            AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $            in connection with the syndication by the GHV Sponsor of its portion of the PIPE; and

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has committed to acquire up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a per share price of $10.00 in the event that there are redemptions from the Trust Account that are in excess of $1 million.

        The personal and financial interests of GHV's officers and directors may have influenced their motivation in identifying and selecting AMPSA, completing a business combination with AMPSA and may influence their operation of AMPSA following the Merger. This risk may become more acute as the deadline of August 10, 2022 for completing an initial business combination nears.

The GHV Sponsor, AGSA, and each of their respective affiliates and their respective directors or officers may elect to purchase shares from Public Stockholders, which may influence a vote on the Merger Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement and reduce the public "float" of the GHV Class A Common Stock (or, following the Closing, the AMPSA Shares).

        The GHV Sponsor, AGSA, and each of their respective affiliates and their respective directors or officers may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to the completion of the Merger, although they are under no obligation to do so. A purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that the Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from Public Stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the Merger Proposal and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Merger Proposal. This may result in the completion of the Merger that may not otherwise have been possible.

93


        In addition, if such purchases are made, the public "float" of the GHV Class A Common Stock (prior to the Closing) or the AMPSA Shares (following the Closing), and the number of beneficial holders of GHV's securities (prior to the Closing) or of the AMPSA Shares (following the Closing) may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of such securities on Nasdaq or NYSE or reducing the liquidity of the trading market for such securities.

The GHV stockholders will experience substantial dilution as a consequence of the Merger. Having a minority share position will significantly reduce the influence that GHV's current stockholders have on the management of AMPSA relative to the current GHV stockholders' influence on the management of GHV.

        It is anticipated, upon completion of the Merger, and assuming that no shares are elected to be redeemed: (i) the Public Stockholders (other than the Subscribers) will retain an ownership interest of approximately 8.6% in AMPSA following the consummation of the Merger; (ii) the Subscribers will own approximately 9.9% of AMPSA (such that Public Stockholders, including Subscribers, will own approximately 18.5% of AMPSA); (iii) the Initial Stockholders (including our Sponsor) will own approximately 1.6% of AMPSA; and (iv) AGSA will own approximately 79.9% of AMPSA.

GHV has no operating history and is subject to a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution requirement. As such, there is a risk that GHV will be unable to continue as a going concern if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022. Unless GHV amends its current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amends certain other agreements into which it has entered to extend the life of GHV, if GHV is unable to effect an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, GHV will be forced to liquidate and the GHV Warrants will expire worthless.

        GHV is a special purpose acquisition company, and as GHV has no operating history and is subject to a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution requirement, there is a risk that GHV will be unable to continue as a going concern if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022. Unless GHV amends its current certificate of incorporation to extend the life of GHV and certain other agreements into which GHV has entered, if GHV does not complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, GHV will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest not previously released to the GHV to fund its working capital requirements plus Regulatory Withdrawals and/or its franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of GHV's remaining stockholders and the GHV Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to GHV's obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per GHV Unit in the IPO. In addition, if GHV fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Public Warrants or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless. GHV expects to consummate the Merger and does not intend to take any action to extend the life of GHV beyond August 10, 2022 if GHV is unable to effect an initial business combination by that date.

94


The ability to successfully effect the Business Combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of key personnel, including AMPSA's key personnel whom GHV expects to stay with AMPSA following the Business Combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of AMPSA and its financial condition could suffer as a result.

        The ability to successfully effect the Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of key personnel of GHV, AMPSA and AGSA. It is possible that any of GHV, AMPSA or AGSA will lose some key personnel, the loss of which could negatively impact the ability to successfully effect the Business Combination. GHV anticipates that some or all of the management of AMPSA will remain in place following the Merger.

        AMPSA's success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of senior management, certain of whom would be difficult to replace. Departure by certain of AMPSA's officers could have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business, financial condition, or operating results. AMPSA does not maintain key-man life insurance on any of its officers. The services of such personnel may not continue to be available to AMPSA.

GHV may waive one or more of the conditions to the Merger.

        GHV may agree to waive, in whole or in part, one or more of the conditions to its obligations to complete the Merger, to the extent permitted by GHV's current certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable laws. However, if the GHV Board determines that a failure to satisfy the condition is not material, then the GHV Board may elect to waive that condition and close the Merger. GHV may not waive the condition that GHV's stockholders adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger. Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement—Conditions to Closing the Merger" for additional information.

The exercise of discretion by GHV's directors and officers in agreeing to changes to the terms of or waivers of closing conditions in the Business Combination Agreement may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether such changes to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement or waivers of conditions are appropriate and in the best interests of GHV's stockholders.

        In the period leading up to the closing of the Merger, other events may occur that, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, would require GHV to agree to amend the Business Combination Agreement, to consent to certain actions or to waive rights that GHV is entitled to under those agreements. Such events could arise because of changes in the course of AMPSA's business, a request by AMPSA to undertake actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the terms of the Business Combination Agreement or the occurrence of other events that would have a material adverse effect on AMPSA's business and would entitle GHV to terminate the Business Combination Agreement. In any of such circumstances, it would be in the discretion of the Company, acting through the GHV Board, to grant its consent or waive its rights. The existence of the financial and personal interests of the directors described elsewhere in this proxy statement may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what he or she may believe is best for GHV and its stockholders and what he or she may believe is best for himself or herself or his or her affiliates in determining whether or not to take the requested action. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, GHV does not believe there will be any changes or waivers that GHV's directors and officers would be likely to make after stockholder approval of the Merger has been obtained. While certain changes could be made without further stockholder approval, if there is a change to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement that would have a material impact on the stockholders, GHV will be required to circulate a new or amended proxy statement or supplement thereto and resolicit the vote of GHV's stockholders with respect to the Merger Proposal.

95


GHV and AMPSA will incur significant transaction and transition costs in connection with the Business Combination.

        GHV and AMPSA have both incurred and expect to incur significant, non-recurring costs in connection with consummating the Business Combination and operating as a public company following the consummation of the Merger. If the Merger fails to be consummated, all expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination, including all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking and other fees, expenses and costs, will be paid by the party incurring such fees and expenses. If the Merger is consummated, AMPSA will pay all such costs and expenses, whether incurred by GHV or Ardagh Group, subject to a $50 million cap on GHV's expenses.

        GHV's transaction expenses as a result of the Business Combination are currently estimated at approximately $45,000,000, including $18,375,000 in deferred underwriting commissions to the underwriters of our IPO. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount GHV will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect GHV's obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

If GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination, GHV's Public Stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third party brings a claim against GHV that the GHV Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and the GHV warrants will expire worthless.

        Unless GHV amends its current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amends certain other agreements into which it has entered to extend the life of GHV, if GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, GHV's Public Stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.00 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against GHV that the GHV Sponsor is unable to indemnify (as described herein)) and the GHV Warrants will expire worthless.

If third parties bring claims against GHV, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

        GHV's placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against GHV. Although GHV will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than GHV's independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which GHV does business execute agreements with GHV waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any funds held in the Trust Account for the benefit of the Public Stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against GHV's assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the funds held in the Trust Account, GHV's management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party's engagement would be significantly more beneficial to GHV than any alternative.

        Examples of possible instances where GHV may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are

96


believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with GHV and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of the Public Shares, if GHV is unable to complete its initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with GHV's initial business combination, GHV will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against GHV within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by Public Stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors.

        The GHV Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to GHV if and to the extent any claims by a vendor (other than GHV's independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to GHV, or a prospective target business with which GHV has entered into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. GHV has not independently verified whether the Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believes that the Sponsor's only assets are securities of GHV. GHV has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, GHV cannot assure you that the Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for the Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per Public Share. In such event, GHV may not be able to complete the Merger, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your Public Shares. None of GHV's officers will indemnify GHV for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

GHV's directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of GHV's Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to the Public Stockholders.

        In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) other than due to the failure to obtain a waiver to seek access to the Trust Account, such lesser amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund GHV's working capital requirements, Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay GHV's franchise and income tax obligations (less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses), and the Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, GHV's independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against the Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While GHV currently expects that its independent directors would take legal action on GHV's behalf against the Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to GHV, it is possible that GHV's independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine a favorable outcome is unlikely. If GHV's independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to the Public Stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

97


If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to the Public Stockholders, GHV files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against GHV that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of GHV's stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by GHV's stockholders in connection with GHV's liquidation may be reduced.

        If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to the Public Stockholders, GHV files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against GHV that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in GHV's bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of GHV's stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by GHV's stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

GHV has no operating or financial history and its results of operations and those of AMPSA may differ significantly from the unaudited pro forma financial data included in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        GHV is a special purpose acquisition vehicle and GHV has no operating history and no revenues. This proxy statement/prospectus includes unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for AMPSA. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of AMPSA combines the historical audited results of operations of GHV for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, with the historical audited results of operations of AMPSA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet of AMPSA combines the historical balance sheets of GHV as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and of AMPSA as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on December 31, 2020.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only, are based on certain assumptions, address a hypothetical situation and reflect limited historical financial data. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the Business Combination been consummated on the dates indicated above, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of AMPSA. Accordingly, AMPSA's business, assets, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may differ significantly from those indicated by the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included in this document. For more information, please see the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of AMPSA's income or other tax returns could adversely affect AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations.

        AMPSA will be subject to income taxes in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and other jurisdictions, and AMPSA's tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. AMPSA's future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

    changes in the valuation of AMPSA's deferred tax assets and liabilities;

    expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

    tax effects of stock-based compensation;

    costs related to intercompany restructurings;

98


    changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

    lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where AMPSA has lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where AMPSA has higher statutory tax rates.

        In addition, AMPSA may be subject to audits of AMPSA's income, sales and other transaction taxes by taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations.

If the Business Combination's benefits do not meet the expectations of investors, stockholders or financial analysts, the market price of GHV's or AMPSA's securities may decline.

        If the benefits of the Business Combination do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of GHV's securities prior to the closing of the Merger may decline. The market values of GHV's securities at the time of the Merger may vary significantly from their prices on the date the Business Combination Agreement was executed, the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, or the date on which GHV's stockholders vote on the Merger Proposal.

        In addition, following the Merger, fluctuations in the price of AMPSA's securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. Immediately prior to the Merger, there has not been a public market for AMPSA's stock and trading in the shares of the GHV Class A Common Stock has not been active. Accordingly, the valuation ascribed to AMPSA and the GHV Class A Common Stock in the Business Combination may not be indicative of the price of AMPSA that will prevail in the trading market following the Merger. If an active market for AMPSA's securities develops and continues, the trading price of AMPSA's securities following the Merger could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond GHV's control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our securities and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of AMPSA's securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

        Factors affecting the trading price of AMPSA's securities following the Merger may include:

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in AMPSA's quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

    changes in the market's expectations about AMPSA's operating results;

    the public's reaction to AMPSA's press releases, our other public announcements and AMPSA's filings with the SEC;

    speculation in the press or investment community;

    success of competitors;

    AMPSA's operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

    changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning AMPSA or the market in general;

    operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to AMPSA;

    AMPSA's ability to market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

    changes in laws and regulations affecting AMPSA's business;

    commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving AMPSA;

99


    changes in AMPSA's capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

    the volume of shares of the GHV Class A Common Stock available for public sale;

    any major change in AMPSA's board or management;

    sales of substantial amounts of GHV Common Stock by GHV's directors, officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur;

    the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this proxy statement;

    additions or departures of key personnel;

    failure to comply with the requirements of NYSE;

    failure to comply with SOX or other laws or regulations;

    actual, potential or perceived control, accounting or reporting problems;

    changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; and

    general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and health epidemics and pandemics (including the ongoing COVID-19 public health emergency), acts of war or terrorism.

        Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of AMPSA's securities irrespective of its operating performance. The stock market in general and NYSE have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of AMPSA's securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for the stocks of other companies that investors perceive to be similar to AMPSA could depress AMPSA's stock price regardless of its business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of AMPSA's securities also could adversely affect its ability to issue additional securities and its ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

        In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert the attention and resources of GHV and AMPSA management, and could also require GHV to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

Past performance by The Gores Group, including its management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in GHV or AMPSA.

        Past performance by The Gores Group and by its management team, including with respect to Gores Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Gores Holdings I"), Gores Holdings II, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Gores Holdings II"), Gores Holdings III, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Gores Holdings III"), Gores Holdings IV, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Gores Holdings IV"), Gores Metropoulos, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Gores Metropoulos") and Gores Holdings VI, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Gores Holdings VI"), is not a guarantee of success with respect to the Business Combination. You should not rely on the historical record of The Gores Group or its management team's, Gores Holdings I's, Gores Holdings II's, Gores Holdings III's, Gores Holdings IV's, Gores Holdings VI's or Gores Metropoulos' performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in GHV or AMPSA or the returns GHV or AMPSA will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

100


GHV's stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against GHV to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

        Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of the Trust Account distributed to GHV's Public Stockholders upon the redemption of the Public Shares in the event GHV does not complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022 may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder's pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is GHV's intention to redeem the Public Shares as soon as reasonably possible following August 10, 2022 in the event GHV does not complete an initial business combination and, therefore, GHV does not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

        Because GHV will not be complying with Section 280 of the DGCL, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires GHV to adopt a plan, based on facts known to GHV at such time that will provide for GHV's payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against GHV within the ten years following GHV's dissolution. However, because GHV is a special purpose acquisition company, rather than an operating company, and GHV's operations are limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from GHV's vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If GHV's plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder's pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. GHV cannot assure you that it will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against GHV. As such, GHV's stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of GHV's stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of the Trust Account distributed to the Public Stockholders upon the redemption of the Public Shares in the event GHV does not complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022 is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

Risks Related to the Redemption

GHV does not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for GHV to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of GHV's stockholders do not agree.

        GHV's current certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that GHV will not redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would result in GHV's failure to have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 (such that GHV is not subject to the SEC's "penny stock" rules). In addition, the Business Combination Agreement provides for the Minimum Cash Closing Conditions. As a result, GHV may be able to complete the Merger even though a substantial portion of its Public Stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to GHV's

101


Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, no agreements with respect to the private purchase of Public Shares by GHV or the persons described above have been entered into with any such investor or holder. GHV will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC to disclose private arrangements entered into or significant private purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the Merger Proposal or other proposals (as described in this proxy statement) at the Special Meeting.

If you or a "group" of stockholders of which you are a part are deemed to hold an aggregate of more than 20% of the GHV Class A Common Stock issued in the IPO, you (or, if a member of such a group, all of the members of such group in the aggregate) will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of the GHV Class A Common Stock issued in the IPO.

        A Public Stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group's shares, in excess of 20% of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in the IPO. In order to determine whether a stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with another stockholder, GHV will require each Public Stockholder seeking to exercise redemption rights to certify to GHV whether such stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with any other stockholder. Such certifications, together with other public information relating to stock ownership available to GHV at that time, such as Section 13D, Section 13G and Section 16 filings under the Exchange Act, will be the sole basis on which GHV makes the above-referenced determination. Your inability to redeem any such excess shares will reduce your influence over GHV's ability to consummate the Merger and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in GHV if you sell such excess shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to such excess shares if GHV consummates the Merger. As a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares aggregating to more than 20% of the shares sold in the IPO and, in order to dispose of such excess shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss. GHV cannot assure you that the value of such excess shares will appreciate over time following the Merger or that the market price of the GHV Class A Common Stock will exceed the per-share redemption price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholders may challenge GHV's determination as to whether a stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with another stockholder in a court of competent jurisdiction.

        However, GHV's stockholders' ability to vote all of their shares (including such excess shares) for or against the Merger Proposal is not restricted by this limitation on redemption.

There is no guarantee that a stockholder's decision whether to redeem its shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account will put the stockholder in a better future economic position.

        GHV can give no assurance as to the price at which a stockholder may be able to sell its Public Shares in the future following the completion of the Merger or any alternative business combination. Certain events following the consummation of any initial business combination, including the Merger, may cause an increase in GHV's share price, and may result in a lower value realized now than a stockholder of GHV might realize in the future had the stockholder not redeemed its shares. Similarly, if a stockholder does not redeem its shares, the stockholder will bear the risk of ownership of the Public Shares after the consummation of any initial business combination, and there can be no assurance that a stockholder can sell its shares in the future for a greater amount than the redemption price set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. A stockholder should consult the stockholder's own tax and/or financial advisor for assistance on how this may affect his, her or its individual situation.

102


Stockholders of GHV who wish to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account must comply with specific requirements for redemption that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline. If stockholders fail to comply with the redemption requirements specified in this proxy statement, they will not be entitled to redeem their shares of the GHV Class A Common Stock for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account.

        Public Stockholders who wish to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account must, among other things (i) submit a request in writing and (ii) tender their certificates to GHV's transfer agent or deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically through the DWAC system at least two business days prior to the Special Meeting. In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a stockholder's broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and GHV's transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is GHV's understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because GHV does not have any control over this process or over the brokers, which it refers to as "DTC," it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical stock certificate. If it takes longer than anticipated to obtain a physical certificate, stockholders who wish to redeem their shares may be unable to obtain physical certificates by the deadline for exercising their redemption rights and thus will be unable to redeem their shares.

        Stockholders electing to redeem their shares will receive their pro rata portion of the Trust Account less Regulatory Withdrawals and franchise and income taxes payable, calculated as of two business days prior to the anticipated consummation of the Merger. Please see the section entitled "Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Redemption Rights" for additional information on how to exercise your redemption rights.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of GHV's offer to redeem the Public Shares in connection with the Merger, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

        If, despite GHV's compliance with the proxy rules, a stockholder fails to receive GHV's proxy materials, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy materials that GHV is furnishing to holders of the Public Shares in connection with the Merger describes the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem Public Shares. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

Risks Related to U.S. Tax

There may be tax consequences of the Merger that may adversely affect holders of GHV Common Stock or GHV Warrants.

        Although the matter is not free from doubt, the exchange of GHV Common Stock for AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Merger generally is expected to qualify as a tax-free exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes and AMPSA expects to receive the Tax Opinion to that effect. To the extent the Merger does not so qualify, then a GHV stockholder that is a U.S. holder would generally recognize gain, if any, in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the AMPSA Shares (and, if such U.S. holder is also surrendering GHV Warrants, AMPSA Warrants) received over (ii) such U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in such GHV Common Stock (and GHV Warrants, if any). In addition, while not free from doubt, GHV and AMPSA intend to report the exchange of GHV Warrants for AMPSA Warrants as not qualifying as part of a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code. If such exchange does not qualify as part of such a reorganization, then a U.S. holder of GHV Warrants could be required to recognize gain in respect of the exchange. See the section titled "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."

103


The IRS may not agree that AMPSA (i) should be treated as a non-U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) should not be treated as a "surrogate foreign corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        A corporation generally is considered to be a tax resident for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation. Accordingly, under the generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rules, AMPSA, which is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, would be classified as a non-U.S. corporation (and, therefore, not a U.S. tax resident) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Section 7874 of the Code provides an exception to this general rule under which a non-U.S. incorporated entity may, in certain circumstances, be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If AMPSA were to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it could be subject to substantial liability for additional U.S. income taxes, and the gross amount of any dividend payments to its non-U.S. holders could be subject to U.S. withholding tax. In addition, even if AMPSA is not treated as a U.S. corporation, it may be subject to unfavorable treatment as a "surrogate foreign corporation" in the event that ownership attributable to former GHV stockholders exceeds a threshold amount. If it were determined that AMPSA is treated as a surrogate foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 7874 of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, dividends by AMPSA would not qualify for "qualified dividend income" treatment, and U.S. affiliates of AMPSA after the completion of the Merger could be subject to increased taxation under the inversion gain rules and Section 59A of the Code.

        Both GHV and AMPSA do not currently expect AMPSA to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise be subject to unfavorable treatment as a surrogate foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, the rules for determining ownership under Section 7874 must be finally determined after completion of the Merger, by which time there could be adverse changes to the relevant facts and circumstances or adverse rule changes. In addition, the rules for determining ownership under Section 7874 are complex and unclear. For additional discussion of the U.S. federal income tax treatment of AMPSA, see the section titled "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of AMPSA."

The IRS may take the position that Section 367(a) of the Code requires a U.S. holder to recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to the exchange of GHV Common Stock for AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Merger.

        Section 367(a) of the Code generally requires a U.S. holder of stock in a U.S. corporation to recognize gain (but not loss) when such stock is exchanged for stock of a non-U.S. corporation in an exchange that would otherwise qualify for nonrecognition treatment, unless certain conditions are met. It is currently expected that these conditions will be met and AMPSA does not expect Section 367(a) to apply with respect to the exchange of GHV Common Stock for AMPSA Shares by any stockholder who is not a "five-percent transferee shareholder" of AMPSA and AMPSA expects to receive the Tax Opinion to that effect. However, U.S. holders are cautioned that the potential application of Section 367(a) of the Code to the Merger is complex and depends on factors that cannot be determined until the closing of the Merger and the interpretation of legal authorities and facts relating to the Business Combination. U.S. holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of Section 367(a) of the Code in their particular situation. For additional discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the Merger, see the section titled "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."

If AMPSA were a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, U.S. holders of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants could be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

        If AMPSA is or becomes a "passive foreign investment company," or a PFIC, within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds AMPSA Shares or

104


AMPSA Warrants, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences may apply to such U.S. holder. PFIC status depends on the composition of a company's income and assets and the fair market value of its assets from time to time, as well as on the application of complex statutory and regulatory rules that are subject to potentially varying or changing interpretations. Based on the projected composition of AMPSA's income and assets, including goodwill, AMPSA is not expected to be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in 2021 or in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that AMPSA will not be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year.

        If AMPSA were treated as a PFIC, a U.S. holder of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as taxation at the highest marginal ordinary income tax rates on capital gains and on certain actual or deemed distributions, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements. A mark-to-market election may be available to U.S. holders of AMPSA Shares to mitigate some of the adverse tax consequences resulting from PFIC treatment, but U.S. holders will not be able to make similar elections with respect to the AMPSA Warrants. See "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules."

105



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Introduction

        The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is being provided to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Business Combination and related transactions. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

Description of the Business Combination

        On February 22, 2021, GHV, AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo entered into the Business Combination Agreement, which contains customary representations and warranties, covenants, closing conditions, termination provisions and other terms relating to the transactions contemplated thereby.

        For more information about the Business Combination, please see the sections entitled "The Business Combination" and "The Business Combination Agreement."

Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination

        As the first step within the Business Combination, AGSA undertook the Pre-Closing Restructuring which was accounted for as a capital reorganization whereby AGSA effected a series of transactions that resulted in among other things, (a) the AMP Business being wholly owned by AMPSA and (b) any assets and liabilities relating to the business of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by the AMP Entities being transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not the AMP Entities, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) being transferred to the AMP Entities. These transactions are accounted for as a capital reorganization as, prior to the Pre-Closing Restructuring, AMPSA did not meet the definition of a business under IFRS 3 (Business Combination). Under a capital reorganization, the consolidated financial statements of AMPSA reflect the net assets transferred at pre-combination predecessor book values. Following this first step, AMPSA continues to be a wholly owned subsidiary of AGSA.

        The capital reorganization will be followed at closing by a Merger whereby MergeCo (a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA) will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. This Merger transaction will be accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2 (Share-based Payment). Under this method of accounting, there is no acquisition accounting and no recognition of goodwill, as GHV is not considered a business as defined by IFRS 3 (Business Combinations) given it consists predominantly of cash in the Trust Account. Under this method of accounting, GHV will be treated as the "acquired" company for financial reporting purposes. In order to reach this conclusion, the following factors were also taken into consideration: (i) the business will comprise the ongoing operations of AMPSA; (ii) senior management will comprise the senior management of AMPSA; and (iii) the pre-Business Combination shareholders of AMPSA will have the largest ownership of AMPSA and the right to appoint the highest number of board members relative to other shareholders.

        In accordance with IFRS 2, the difference in the fair value of the consideration, i.e. shares and warrants issued by AMPSA, for the acquisition of GHV over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of GHV will represent a service for listing of AMPSA and be accounted for as a share-based payment expense. The consideration for the acquisition of GHV was determined using the closing price of GHV´s publicly traded GHV Class A Common Stock and the Public Warrants traded on Nasdaq under the ticker symbols "GRSV" and "GRSVW" as of March 3, 2021.

106


Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position as of December 31, 2020, gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated as of that date. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, give pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2020. This information should be read in conjunction with the AMP Business's audited combined financial statements and GHV's audited financial statements, respectively, and related notes, "AMPSA Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation," "GHV's Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation," "Selected Historical Combined Financial and Other Data of the AMP Business," "Selected Historical Financial Data of GHV," "The Business Combination," and other financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position as of December 31, 2020 has been prepared using the following:

    AMP Business's historical audited combined statement of financial position as of December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus; and

    GHV's historical audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 has been prepared using the following:

    AMP Business's historical audited combined income statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus; and

    GHV's historical audited statement of operations for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, as included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared, assuming two redemption scenarios as follows:

    No Redemptions:  This presentation provides that no shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed by the Public Stockholders in connection with the Merger.

    Maximum Redemptions:  This presentation provides that 52,000,019 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed for a per share redemption price of $10.00 and an aggregate redemption payment of $520,020,565. This redemption price assumes $525,020,571 in the GHV Trust Account (as of December 31, 2020), divided by all 52,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, but takes into account GHV's obligation not to redeem shares in an amount that would result in GHV's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000. Because the GHV Sponsor Backstop is a commitment to subscribe for up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a price per share of $10.00, this presentation reflects the possibility that, subject to GHV retaining net tangible assets with a value exceeding $5,000,000, all of the outstanding shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed.

107


        The following table summarizes the pro forma weighted average number of AMPSA Shares outstanding under the two alternatives presented above:

 
  Assuming No Redemptions    
  Assuming Maximum Redemptions  
 
  (Shares)   %   (Shares)   %  

Replacement of GHV Class A Common Stock

    52,500,000           52,500,000        

Less: Redeemed Class A Common Stock

              (52,000,019 )      

Public Shareholders (former GHV Class A stockholders)

    52,500,000     8.6 %   499,981     0.1 %

Replacement of GHV Class F Common Stock

    13,125,000           13,125,000        

Less: Forfeited Class F Common Stock

    (3,281,250 )         (3,281,250 )      

Class F Common Stock

    9,843,750     1.6 %   9,843,750     1.6 %

Total AMPSA Shares to be issued to GHV stockholders

    62,343,750     10.2 %   10,343,731     1.7 %

PIPE Shares

   
60,000,000
   
9.9

%
 
69,500,000
   
11.5

%

AMPSA Shares to be issued to Ardagh Group S.A. 

   
484,956,250
   
79.9

%
 
523,456,249
   
86.8

%

Pro forma weighted average share outstanding of AMPSA Shares—basic and diluted

    607,300,000     100.0 %   603,299,980     100.0 %

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the AMPSA's actual financial position or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not purport to project the future financial position or operating results of AMPSA following the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on information currently available as of the date of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and are subject to change as additional information becomes available and analyses are performed. The assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions used, including in respect of the matters further described in notes 14 and 15, to present the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. Actual amounts as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination might differ from the pro forma amounts presented below in the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position below as of December 31, 2020, primarily as a result of 1) the timing of our investment in working capital which typically peak in the first quarter as a result of the seasonal demand pattern of beverage consumption, which generally peaks during the late spring and summer months and in the period prior to the winter holiday season, and 2) the timing of cash outflows in respect of capital expenditures including in relation to the announced business growth investment program.

108



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As of December 31, 2020

 
  AMP
Business
Historical
  GHV
Historical
US-GAAP(1)
  IFRS
Conversion
and
Reclassification
Adjustments(2)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming No
Redemptions)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming No
Redemption)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
 
 
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
 

Balance sheet

                                           

Non-current assets

                                           

Intangible assets

    1,884                 1,884         1,884  

Property, plant and equipment

    1,232                 1,232         1,232  

Derivative financial instruments

    9                 9         9  

Deferred tax assets

    88                 88         88  

Other non-current assets

    4         525     (525) (8)   4         4  

Investments and cash held in Trust Account

        525     (525 )                

    3,217     525         (525 )   3,217         3,217  

Current assets

                                           

Inventories

    250                 250         250  

Trade and other receivables

    368                 368         368  

Prepaid assets

                             

Contract asset

    139                 139         139  

Derivative financial instruments

    23                 23         23  

Cash and cash equivalents

    257     1         2,775 (4)            

                (2,315) (5)            

                (16) (7)            

                525 (8)       (520) (16)    

                600 (10)       95 (17)    

                (1,085) (11)       385 (18)    

                (77) (12)            

                (18) (13)   647         607  

    1,037     1         389     1,427     (40 )   1,387  

TOTAL ASSETS

    4,254     526         (136 )   4,644     (40 )   4,604  

109



 
  AMP
Business
Historical
  GHV
Historical
US-GAAP(1)
  IFRS
Conversion
and
Reclassification
Adjustments(2)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming No
Redemptions)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming No
Redemption)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
 
 
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
  (in $ 'm)
 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

                                           

APMSA

                                           

Issued capital

                6 (5)       (18)    

                (9)       (16)    

                1 (10)       (17)    

                (14)   7         7  

Share premium

                4,844 (5)       385 (18)    

                507 (9)       (520) (16)    

                599 (10)       95 (17)    

                116 (15)   6,066         6,026  

Other reserves

                2,030 (5)            

                48 (6)                

                (7,590) (5)                

                (280) (14)                

                      30 (15)   (5,762 )   (7) (19)   (5,769 )

Accumulated deficit

                (16) (7)            

                (77) (12)            

                (146) (15)   (239 )   7 (19)   (232 )

AMP Business

                                           

Invested capital attributable to the AMP Business

    48             (48) (6)            

GHV—Stockholders´ equity:

                             

Preferred stock

        (1a)       (9)            

Class A Common Stock

        (1b)       (9)            

Class F Common Stock

        (1c)       (9)            

Additional paid-in-capital

        6         (6) (9)            

Accumulated deficit

        (1 )       1 (9)            

TOTAL EQUITY

    48     5         19     72     (40 )   32  

Commitments and Contingencies:

                                           

Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption

        502     (502) (3)                

110



 
  AMP
Business
Historical
  GHV
Historical
US-GAAP(1)
  IFRS
Conversion
and
Reclassification
Adjustments(2)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming No
Redemptions)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming No
Redemption)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
 
 
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
 

Non-current liabilities

                                           

Borrowings

    2,793         502 (3)   2,775 (4)            

                (2,690) (5)            

                (502) (9)   2,878         2,878  

Employee benefit obligations

    219                 219         219  

Derivative financial instruments

    2                 2         2  

Deferred tax liabilities

    203                 203         203  

Provisions and other liabilities

    20             280 (14)   300         300  

Other non-current liabilities

            18     (18) (13)            

Deferred underwriting compensation

        18     (18 )                

    3,237     18     502     (155 )   3,602         3,602  

Current liabilities

                                           

Borrowings

    42             1,085 (5)       (385) (18)    

                (1,085) (11)   42     385 (18)   42  

Derivative financial instruments

    12                 12         12  

Trade and other payables

    843         1         844         844  

Accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

        1     (1 )                

State franchise tax accrual

                             

Income tax payable

    59                 59         59  

Provisions

    13                 13         13  

    969     1             970         970  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    4,206     19     502     (155 )   4,572         4,572  

TOTAL EQUITY and LIABILITIES

    4,254     526         (136 )   4,644     (40 )   4,604  

    GHV Historical Presentation

1)
The historical financial information of GHV was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

1a)
Represents Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding.

1b)
Represents GHV Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 2,268,941 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 50,231,059 shares subject to possible redemption) at December 31, 2020.

1c)
Represents GHV Class F Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized, 13,125,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020.

IFRS Conversion and Reclassification Adjustments

2)
Reflects the reclassification adjustments to align GHV's historical financial statement balances prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP with the presentation of AMP's financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

3)
Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment related to the reclassification of GHV's historical mezzanine equity (Class A common stock, 50,231,059 shares at December 31, 2020 (at redemption value of $10.00 per share), subject to possible redemption) into borrowings within non-current liabilities.

Transaction Accounting Adjustments (Assuming No Redemption)

4)
Reflects the proceeds from the Notes Offering net of deferred financing fees. The proceeds of the Euro notes issued thereby have been translated to USD using the December 31, 2020 spot exchange rate of $1.227, used to prepare the combined statement of financial position.

5)
Reflects the execution of the Pre-Closing Restructuring, with AGSA receiving the following consideration: 484,956,250 shares in AMPSA with a value of $4,850 million at a price per share of $10.00, reflected in issued capital at a par value of €0.01 and the remainder in share premium, a cash payment of $2,315 million equivalent and a promissory note issued by AMPSA in the amount of $1,085 million (the "AMPSA Promissory Note"). As part of the transfer, historical related-party debt of $2,690 million with AGSA is settled, of which $2,030 million is reflected as a non-cash capital contribution, reflected in other reserves, and the remaining $660 million to be settled as part of the AMPSA Promissory Note. Following the transfers, the AMPSA Group carries forward the pre-combination predecessor book values of those acquired net assets and the liabilities assumed. The difference between the consideration paid for the acquired net assets and the liabilities assumed as recorded in AMPSA's consolidated financial statements is recognized in other reserves. In addition AGSA has the right to receive, upon the achievement of certain performance measures, the Earnout Shares. See footnote 14 for further details.

111


6)
Reflects a reclassification adjustment to align the components of invested capital in the combined financial statements of the AMP business prepared on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements of Ardagh Group S.A. with the presentation of the equity section within AMPSA's consolidated financial statements.

7)
Represents non-recurring costs incurred in conjunction with the Pre-Closing Restructuring.

8)
Reflects the release of cash held in the Trust Account that becomes available in connection with the Business Combination and, as a result, is classified as cash and cash equivalents.

9)
Reflects the issuance of shares in AMPSA in exchange for $502 million of GHV Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption as well as in total $5 million of GHV's historically reported components of stockholders' equity, in total reflected as an increase within issued capital at the par value of €0.01 and the remainder being an increase in share premium.

10)
Reflects the cash proceeds from the Subscribers that have committed to participate in the Business Combination by purchasing 60 million of AMPSA Shares in a private placement for an aggregate purchase price of $600 million reflected as an increase within issued capital at the par value of €0.01 per share with the remainder being an increase in share premium.

11)
Reflects the cash settlement of the AMPSA Promissory Note referred to in footnote 5 above.

12)
Reflects the incurrence and settlement in cash of non-recurring transaction cost incurred by GHV and Ardagh and not accrued at December 31, 2020 including, but not limited to, advisory fees, legal fees, and registration fees, as those transaction costs need to be refunded to GHV and AGSA upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

13)
Reflects the cash settlement of GHV's deferred underwriting compensation incurred as part of GHV´s initial public offering on August 10, 2020, expected to be paid upon consummation of the Business Combination.

14)
As described in footnote 5 and as further detailed in "The Business Combination Agreement—Consideration to be Received in the Business Combination" and Section 3.6 of the Business Combination Agreement, Ardagh has a contingent right to receive, as a component of the AGSA Consideration, up to 60.73 million Earnout Shares. The Earnout Shares are issuable by AMPSA to AGSA subject to attainment of certain stock price hurdles over a five-year period from the 180th day following the closing of the Merger. In accordance with IAS 32 (Financial Instruments—Presentation), the arrangement has been assessed to determine whether the Earnout Shares represent a liability or an equity instrument. As the arrangement may result in AMPSA issuing a variable number of shares in the future, albeit capped at a total of 60.73 million shares, the Earnout Shares have, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 32, been recognized as a financial liability measured at fair value in the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of financial position. A preliminary valuation assessment was performed for the purpose of determining an estimate of the financial liability using a Monte Carlo simulation using key assumptions for: volatility; risk-free rate; and beginning AMPSA share price. The preliminarily estimated valuation of the liability as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $0.28 billion with the corresponding charge being directly reflected in other reserves. An increase or decrease in volatility of 5% would result in an increase or decrease in the liability of approximately $0.05 billion.

15)
The Merger is accounted for under IFRS 2. The difference in the estimated fair value of equity instruments, i.e. shares and warrants issued by AMPSA, over the fair value of identifiable net assets of GHV represents a service for listing of the AMPSA shares and is accounted for as a share based payment expense in accordance with IFRS 2. The cost of the service, which is a non-cash and non-recurring expense, is preliminarily estimated to be $146 million, based on the calculation included in the below table using GHV market prices as of March 3, 2021.
 
  No redemption   Maximum redemption  
 
  Shares   in $ millions   Shares   in $ millions  

Class A stockholders

    52,500,000           499,981        

Class F stockholders

    9,843,750           9,843,750        

Total AMPSA Shares to be issued to GHV stockholders

    62,343,750           10,343,731        

Market value per share at March 3, 2021

  $ 10.13         $ 10.13        

Fair value of shares issued

          632           105  

AMPSA Warrants to be issued

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

GHV Private Placement Warrants

    6,250,000           6,250,000        

GHV Public Warrants

    10,500,000           10,500,000        

Total AMPSA Warrants to be issued to GHV Warrant holders

    16,750,000           16,750,000        

Market value per warrant at March 3, 2021

  $ 1.28         $ 1.28        

Fair value of warrants issued

          21           21  

Fair value of shares and warrants issued in consideration for combination

          653           126  

Net assets/(liabilities) of GHV at December 31, 2020

         
507
         
(13

)

Difference—being IFRS 2 charge for listing services

          146           139  

    Transaction Accounting Adjustments (Assuming Maximum Redemption)

16)
Reflects the withdrawal of funds from the Trust Account assuming that GHV stockholders exercise their redemption rights with respect to 52,000,019 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock upon consummation of the Merger. This represents the approximate maximum number of shares that can be redeemed in compliance with GHV's current certificate of incorporation prohibiting GHV from redeeming shares of GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in GHV's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000. The maximum redemption would result in a reduction of $520 million in cash and cash equivalents and a corresponding reduction in issued capital at the par value per share of €0.01 with the remainder being a reduction in share premium.

112


17)
Reflects the cash proceeds from the Sponsor, who has committed in the Sponsor's Subscription Agreement to purchase 9.5 million AMPSA Shares in the Maximum Redemption Scenario, for an aggregate purchase price of $95 million, which is reflected as an increase within issued capital at the par value of €0.01 per share with the remainder being an increase in share premium.

18)
Reflects that $385 million of the consideration payable to AGSA at the Closing is paid by the issuance to AGSA of additional AMPSA Shares as a result of the Maximum Redemption Scenario. This amount represents the value of the additional 38.5 million of shares in AMPSA that would be issued to AGSA at $10.00 per share in settlement of the promissory note, with a corresponding increase in issued capital at the par value per share of €0.01 and the remainder being an increase in share premium.

19)
This adjustment reflects the impact of the Maximum Redemption Scenario on the preliminarily estimated IFRS 2 charge described in footnote 15. The adjustment reflects the reduction in the number of shares in AMPSA to be issued in consideration for the net assets of GHV. The adjustment to the GHV net asset value reflects the reduction in the Trust Account. The combined effect is an approximate $7 million reduction to $139 million, in the non-cash and non-recurring preliminarily estimated expense as compared to the No Redemption Scenario, based on the calculation included in the table shown under footnote 15.

113



PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

 
  AMP
Business
Historical
  GHV
Historical
US-
GAAP(B)
  IFRS
Conversion
and
Reclassification
Adjustments(C)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming
No
Redemptions)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
No
Redemption)
  Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
  Pro Forma
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum
Redemption)
 
 
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
  (in $'m)
 

Revenue

    3,451                 3,451         3,451  

Cost of sales

    (2,896 )               (2,896 )       (2,896 )

Gross profit

    555                 555         555  

Sales, general and administration expenses

    (176 )       (1 )       (177 )       (177 )

Professional fees and other expenses

        (1 )   1                  

State franchise taxes, other than income tax

                             

Intangible amortization

    (149 )               (149 )       (149 )

Exceptional operating items

    (20 )(A)           (16 )(D)            

                (77 )(E)            

                (146 )(F)   (259 )   7 (F)   (252 )

Operating profit/(loss)

    210     (1 )       (239 )   (30 )   7     (23 )

Net finance expense

    (70 )           50 (G)   (20 )       (20 )

Other income—interest and dividend income

                             

Profit/(loss) before tax

    140     (1 )       (189 )   (50 )   7     (43 )

Income tax (charge)/credit

    (43 )           (10 )(H)   (53 )       (53 )

Income tax benefit

                             

Exceptional income tax credit

    14                 14         14  

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to equity holders

    111     (1 )       (199 )   (89 )   7     (82 )

Weighted average shares outstanding of GHV Class A Common Stock—basic and diluted

    N/A     39,789,750                                

Loss per share of GHV Class A Common Stock, basic and diluted

    N/A   $ (0.01 )                              

Weighted average shares outstanding of GHV Class F Common Stock—basic and diluted

    N/A     11,766,913                                

Loss per share of GHV Class F Common Stock, basic and diluted

    N/A   $ (0.01 )                              

Weighted average share outstanding of AMPSA Shares—basic and diluted

                            607,300,000           603,299,980  

Loss per AMPSA Shares, basic and diluted

                          $ (0.15 )       $ (0.14 )

A)
The following table is a bridge between exceptional operating items as presented in the table above and items as presented in the columnar presentation of the income statement in the Combined Financial Statements of the AMP Business included in this proxy statement/prospectus.
   
  AMP Business
Historical
 
 

Exceptional items—cost of sales

    7  
 

Exceptional items—selling, general and administration expenses

    13  
 

Exceptional operating items

    20  
B)
The historical financial information of GHV was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and presents the period of June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020.

C)
Reflects the reclassification adjustments to align GHV's historical financial statement balances prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP with the presentation of AMP's financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

D)
Represents non-recurring costs described previously in footnote 7, incurred in connection with the Pre-Closing Restructuring. These costs have been presented as an exceptional operating item in line with the accounting policy of the AMP Business.

E)
Reflects non-recurring transaction cost described previously in footnote 12, incurred in connection with the Business Combination (excluding those set out in footnotes 7 and D above). These costs have been presented as an exceptional operating item in line with the accounting policy of the AMP Business.

F)
Reflects the preliminarily estimated non-recurring IFRS 2 charge described in footnotes 15 and 19 reflecting the difference between the fair value of equity instruments held by GHV stockholders and the fair value of the GHV identifiable net assets. These costs have been presented as an exceptional operating item in line with the accounting policy of the AMP Business.

G)
Represents the pro-forma impact interest expense charge, (including amortization of deferred financing fees) on amounts raised in the Notes Offering net of the elimination of interest on related party borrowings which were eliminated as part of the Pre-Closing Restructuring. For pro forma purposes

114


    we have given effect to the interest on the Notes Offering from January 1, 2020. Euro denominated adjustments to pro forma net interest expense for the Notes Offering are translated at the twelve months average rate to December 31, 2020 of $1.14.

   
  Year ended
December 31, 2020
 
   
  in $ millions
 
 

Interest on €450 million 2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

    10  
 

Interest on $600 million 3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

    20  
 

Interest on €500 million 3.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2029

    17  
 

Interest on $1,050 million 4.00% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2029

    42  
 

Amortization of deferred financing fees

    7  
 

Pro forma interest on Notes Offering

    96  
 

Less: interest on related party notes repaid/eliminated

    (146 )
 

Net interest saving

    50  
H)
Reflects the cumulative impact on the income tax charge of the above adjustments, based on the relevant statutory tax rates, on the assumption that the level of debt and finance expense in each territory is within generally accepted ranges.

115



COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA

        The following table sets forth:

    the historical comparative share information for GHV for the year ended December 31, 2020 on a stand-alone basis;

    the historical comparative share information of the AMP Business for the year ended December 31, 2020 on a stand-alone basis; and

    pro forma combined per share information after giving effect to the Business Combination, assuming two redemption scenarios as following:

    (1)
    assuming no GHV stockholders exercise redemption rights with respect to their shares of GHV Class A common stock upon the consummation of the Merger; and


    (2)
    assuming that GHV stockholders exercise their redemption rights with respect to 52,000,019 shares of GHV Class A common stock upon consummation of the Merger, representing the approximate maximum number of shares that can be redeemed in compliance with GHV's current certificate of incorporation prohibiting GHV from redeeming shares of GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in GHV's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000 and assuming a fair value of $525,020,571 in the Trust Account as of December 31, 2020.

        The Combined Financial Statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements of AGSA in accordance with IFRS and in its presentation currency of United States dollars. The AMP Business did not in the past form a separate legal group and therefore it is not possible to show issued share capital or a full analysis of reserves. The historical financial statements of GHV have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP in its functional and presentation currency of United States dollars.

        The information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the historical information in the sections entitled "Selected Historical Financial Data of GHV" and "Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of the AMP Business" and the historical financial statements of GHV and the AMP Business included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The pro forma combined per share information is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the information contained in the section of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled "The Business Combination—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

        The pro forma combined share information below does not purport to represent what the actual results of operations or the earnings per share would have been had the companies been combined during the periods presented, nor to project AMPSA's results of operations or earnings per share for any future date or period following the Business Combination. The pro forma combined shareholders' equity per share information below does not purport to represent what the value of GHV and AMPSA would have been had the companies been combined during the periods presented.

116



(in Dollars, in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
   
   
  Combined Pro Forma  
 
  AMP Business
(Historical)(a)
  GHV
(Historical)
  Assuming No
Redemptions
  Assuming
Maximum
Redemptions
 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

                       

December 31, 2020 book value per share(b)

  N/A   $ 0.08   $ 0.12   $ 0.05  

Cash dividends per share

  N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  

Weighted averages shares:

                       

Weighted average share outstanding of AMPSA Shares—basic and diluted

  N/A     N/A     607,300,000     603,299,980  

Weighted average shares outstanding of GHV Class A Common Stock—basic and diluted

  N/A     39,789,750     N/A     N/A  

Weighted average shares outstanding of GHV Class F Common Stock—basic and diluted

  N/A     11,766,913     N/A     N/A  

Loss per share:

                       

Loss per AMPSA Shares, basic and diluted

  N/A     N/A   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.14 )

Loss per share of GHV Class A Common Stock, basic and diluted

  N/A   $ (0.01 )   N/A     N/A  

Loss per share of GHV Class F Common Stock, basic and diluted

  N/A   $ (0.01 )   N/A     N/A  

(a)
The AMP Business did not in the past form a separate legal group and therefore it is not possible to show issued share capital or a full analysis of reserves.

(b)
Book value per share is calculated using the formula: Total stockholders' equity divided by shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

117



SPECIAL MEETING IN LIEU OF 2021 ANNUAL MEETING OF GHV STOCKHOLDERS

References in this section to "we", "our", "us", the "Company", or "Gores" generally refer to GHV.

        This proxy statement/prospectus is being provided to Company stockholders as part of a solicitation of proxies by the Board for use at the Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on                        , 2021, and at any adjournment or postponement thereof. This proxy statement/prospectus contains important information regarding the Special Meeting, the proposals on which you are being asked to vote and information you may find useful in determining how to vote and voting procedures.

        This proxy statement/prospectus is being first mailed on or about                    , 2021 to all stockholders of record of the Company as of                    , 2021, the record date for the Special Meeting. Stockholders of record who owned GHV Common Stock at the close of business on the record date are entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the Special Meeting. On the record date, there were                    shares of GHV Common Stock outstanding.

Date, Time and Place of Special Meeting

        In light of public health concerns regarding the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the Special Meeting will be held via live webcast at                     , on                    , 2021, at                    . The Special Meeting can be accessed by visiting                    , where you will be able to listen to the meeting live and vote during the meeting. Additionally, you have the option to listen only to the Special Meeting by dialing                    (toll-free within the U.S. and Canada) or                    (outside of the U.S. and Canada, standard rates apply). The passcode for telephone access is                    , but you cannot vote or ask questions if you choose to participate telephonically. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact the transfer agent.

Voting Power; Record Date

        As a stockholder of the Company, you have a right to vote on certain matters affecting the Company. The proposals that will be presented at the Special Meeting and upon which you are being asked to vote are summarized below and fully set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. You will be entitled to vote or direct votes to be cast at the Special Meeting if you owned shares of GHV Common Stock at the close of business on                    , 2021, which is the record date for the Special Meeting. You are entitled to one vote for each share of GHV Common Stock that you owned as of the close of business on the record date. If your shares are held in "street name" or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker, bank or other nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. On the record date, there were                    shares of GHV Common Stock outstanding, of which                     are Public Shares and                    are GHV Founder Shares held by our Initial Stockholders.

Proposals at the Special Meeting

        At the Special Meeting, Company stockholders will vote on the following proposals:

    Merger Proposal—To adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger (Proposal No. 1);

    Governance Proposal—To consider and vote upon a separate proposal with respect to certain provisions in AMPSA's articles of association because (i) the number of authorized shares under the AMPSA articles of association is greater than the number of authorized shares under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and (ii) the AMPSA articles of association include a

118


      compulsory share transfer provision, which are being separately presented in accordance with SEC requirements and which will be voted upon on a non-binding advisory basis (Proposal No. 2); and

    Adjournment Proposal—To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the adjournment of the Special Meeting to a later date or dates, (A) to ensure that any supplement or amendment to this proxy statement/prospectus that the Board has determined in good faith is required by applicable law to be disclosed to Company stockholders and for such supplement or amendment to be promptly disseminated to Company stockholders prior to the Special Meeting, (B) if, as of the time for which the Special meeting is originally scheduled, there are insufficient shares of GHV Common Stock represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the Special Meeting or (C) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Merger Proposal. This proposal will only be presented at the Special Meeting if there are not sufficient votes to approve the Merger Proposal (Proposal No. 3).

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE "FOR" EACH OF THESE PROPOSALS.

Vote of the Company's Sponsor, Directors and Officers

        Prior to our IPO, we entered into agreements with our Initial Stockholders, other current directors and officers, pursuant to which each agreed to vote any shares of GHV Common Stock owned by them in favor of an initial business combination. These agreements apply to our Initial Stockholders, including our Sponsor, as it relates to the GHV Founder Shares and the requirement to vote all of the GHV Founder Shares in favor of the Merger Proposal and for all other proposals to be presented to our stockholders at the Special Meeting and described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        Our Initial Stockholders, other current directors and officers have waived any redemption rights, including with respect to shares of GHV Class A Common Stock purchased in our IPO or in the aftermarket, in connection with the Merger. The GHV Founder Shares held by our Initial Stockholders have no redemption rights upon our liquidation and, unless we amend our current certificate of incorporation and certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, will be worthless if no initial business combination is effected by us by August 10, 2022. However, our Initial Stockholders are entitled to redemption rights upon our liquidation with respect to any Public Shares they may own.

Quorum and Required Vote for Proposals for the Special Meeting

        A quorum of Company stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the Special Meeting if a majority of the Company's GHV Common Stock outstanding on the record date and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting is represented in person or by proxy. Abstentions will count as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum.

        The approval of the Merger Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. Because our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote the shares of GHV Common Stock they own in favor of the Merger Proposal (which amount constitutes approximately 20% of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock), approximately 38% of the GHV Class A Common Stock held by the Public Stockholders will need to vote in favor of the Merger Proposal for the Merger Proposal to be approved (assuming all of such stockholders are represented in person via the virtual meeting platform or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting). Accordingly, a Company stockholder's failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, as well as an abstention from voting and a broker non-vote will have

119


the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal. Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their shares of GHV Common Stock in favor of the Merger Proposal.

        The Governance Proposal, which is a non-binding advisory vote, and the Adjournment Proposal require the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of our outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, a Company stockholder's failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, as well as an abstention from voting and a broker non-vote will have no effect on the Governance Proposal and the Adjournment proposal.

        The Merger is conditioned on the approval of the Merger Proposal at the Special Meeting. The Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal are not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        It is important for you to note that in the event that the Merger Proposal does not receive the requisite vote for approval, we will not consummate the Merger. Unless we amend our current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of the holders of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if we do not consummate the Merger and fail to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, we will be required to dissolve and liquidate our Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to our Public Stockholders.

Recommendation to Company Stockholders

        Our Board believes that the Merger Proposal, the Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal to be presented at the Special Meeting are in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders and unanimously recommends that its stockholders vote "FOR" each of the proposals.

        In considering the recommendation of our Board to vote in favor of the Merger Proposal, stockholders should be aware that aside from their interests as stockholders, our Sponsor and certain members of our Board and officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from, or in addition to, those of other stockholders generally. Our Board was aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating and negotiating the Business Combination, and in recommending to stockholders that they approve the Merger Proposal. Stockholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Merger Proposal.

        These interests include, among other things:

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed not to redeem any of the GHV Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the GHV Founder Shares that will be exchanged for AMPSA Shares at the Merger Effective Time, and which AMPSA Shares would, if unrestricted and freely tradable, have a value of approximately $98 million at the Merger Effective Time (based on per share price of $10), but given the restrictions on such AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, GHV believes such AMPSA Shares have less value;

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their GHV Founder Shares if GHV fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $12,500,000 for its 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants to purchase shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, and that such Private Placement Warrants will expire and become worthless if a business combination is not consummated by August 10, 2022;

120


    if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the GHV Sponsor has agreed to indemnify GHV to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.00 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which GHV has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than its independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to GHV, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

    the continued indemnification of GHV's existing directors and officers and the purchase of a tail policy with respect to GHV's directors' and officers' existing liability insurance;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in GHV and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has the right to nominate two independent directors to AMPSA's board of directors as of the Closing;

    that, at the closing of the Merger, GHV will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, which provides for registration rights to the holders of AMPSA Shares that are parties thereto and their permitted transferees;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor and members of the GHV Board and management would hold the following number of shares in AMPSA at the Closing:
Name of Person/Entity
  Number of AMPSA Shares   Value of AMPSA Shares(1)  

Gores Sponsor V LLC

        $    

Alec E. Gores

        $    

Mark R. Stone

        $    

Andrew McBride

        $    

Randall Bort

        $    

William Patton

        $    

Jeffrey Rea

        $    

(1)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.
    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has entered into a Subscription Agreement with AMPSA and GHV, pursuant to which the GHV Sponsor has committed to purchase 2.5 million AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $25 million, provided that the GHV Sponsor has the right to syndicate the AMPSA Shares purchased under such Subscription Agreement in advance of the Closing;

    that an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor, Mr. Alec E. Gores, has committed to purchase            AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $            in connection with the syndication by the GHV Sponsor of its portion of the PIPE; and

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has committed to acquire up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a per share price of $10.00 in the event that there are redemptions from the Trust Account that are in excess of $1 million.

121


Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes

        Abstentions are considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum. Abstentions will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal but will have no effect on the Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal.

        In general, if your shares are held in "street" name and you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee on a timely basis on how to vote your shares, your broker, bank or other nominee, in its sole discretion, may either leave your shares unvoted or vote your shares on routine matters, but not on any non-routine matters. None of the proposals at the Special Meeting are routine matters. As such, without your voting instructions, your brokerage firm cannot vote your shares on any proposal to be voted on at the Special Meeting.

Voting Your Shares—Stockholders of Record

        If you are a Company stockholder of record, you may vote by mail or you can attend the Special Meeting in person via the virtual meeting platform and vote during the meeting by following the instructions on your proxy card. Each share of GHV Common Stock that you own in your name entitles you to one vote on each of the proposals for the Special Meeting. Your one or more proxy cards show the number of shares of GHV Common Stock that you own.

        Voting by Mail.    You can vote your shares by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided. By signing the proxy card and returning it in the enclosed prepaid and addressed envelope, you are authorizing the individuals named on the proxy card to vote your shares at the Special Meeting in the manner you indicate. We encourage you to sign and return the proxy card even if you plan to attend the Special Meeting so that your shares will be voted if you are unable to attend the Special Meeting. If you receive more than one proxy card, it is an indication that your shares are held in multiple accounts. Please sign and return all proxy cards to ensure that all of your shares are voted. If you sign and return the proxy card but do not give instructions on how to vote your shares, your shares of GHV Common Stock will be voted as recommended by our Board. Our Board recommends voting "FOR" the Merger Proposal, "FOR" the Governance Proposal and "FOR" the Adjournment Proposal. Votes submitted by mail must be received by 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time on                , 2021.

        Voting via the Virtual Meeting Platform.    You can attend the Special Meeting in person via the virtual meeting platform and vote during the meeting by following the instructions on your proxy card. You can access the Special Meeting by visiting the website                    . You will need your control number for access. If you do not have a control number, please contact the transfer agent. Instructions on how to attend and participate at the Special Meeting are available at                    . If you hold your shares in "street name," which means your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee, you should follow the instructions provided by your broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. In this regard, you must provide the record holder of your shares with instructions on how to vote your shares. However, if your shares are held in the name of your broker, bank or other nominee, you must get a proxy from the broker, bank or other nominee. That is the only way we can be sure that the broker, bank or nominee has not already voted your shares of GHV Common Stock.

Voting Your Shares—Beneficial Owners

        If your shares are held in an account at a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, then you are the beneficial owner of shares held in "street name" and this proxy statement/prospectus is being sent to you by that broker, bank or other nominee. The broker, bank or other nominee holding your account is considered to be the stockholder of record for purposes of voting at the Special Meeting. As a beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker, bank or other nominee regarding how to

122


vote the shares in your account by following the instructions that the broker, bank or other nominee provides you along with this proxy statement. As a beneficial owner, if you wish to vote at the Special Meeting, you must get a proxy from your broker, bank or other nominee. That is the only way we can be sure that the broker, bank or nominee has not already voted your shares of GHV Common Stock. Please see the section entitled "Attending the Special Meeting" below for more details.

Attending the Special Meeting

        Only GHV stockholders on the record date or their legal proxy holders may attend the Special Meeting. Please note that you will only be able to access the Special Meeting by means of remote communication. Please have your control number, which can be found on your proxy card, to join the Special Meeting. If you do not have a control number, please contact the transfer agent.

Revoking Your Proxy

        If you give a proxy, you may revoke it at any time before the Special Meeting or at the Special Meeting by doing any one of the following:

    you may send another proxy card with a later date;

    you may notify the Company's Secretary in writing to Gores Holdings V, Inc., 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 90212, before the Special Meeting that you have revoked your proxy; or

    you may attend the Special Meeting, revoke your proxy, and vote in person via the virtual meeting platform, as indicated above.

No Additional Matters

        The Special Meeting has been called only to consider the approval of the Merger Proposal, the Governance Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal. Under our bylaws, other than procedural matters incident to the conduct of the Special Meeting, no other matters may be considered at the Special Meeting if they are not included in this proxy statement, which serves as the notice of the Special Meeting.

Who Can Answer Your Questions About Voting

        If you have any questions about how to vote or direct a vote in respect of your shares of GHV Common Stock, you may call Morrow, our proxy solicitor, at (800) 662-5200 (toll free), or banks and brokerage firms, please call collect: (203) 658-9400.

Redemption Rights

        Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation, any holders of our Public Shares may demand that such shares be redeemed in exchange for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account, less Regulatory Withdrawals and franchise and income taxes payable, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Merger. If demand is properly made and the Merger is consummated, these shares, immediately prior to the Merger, will cease to be outstanding and will represent only the right to receive a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account which holds the proceeds of our IPO (calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Merger, less Regulatory Withdrawals and franchise and income taxes payable). For illustrative purposes, based on the balance of our Trust Account of $525,020,571 as of December 31, 2020, the estimated per share redemption price would have been approximately $10.00.

        In order to exercise your redemption rights, you must:

    if you hold GHV Units, separate the underlying Public Shares and Public Warrants;

123


    check the box on the enclosed proxy card marked "Stockholder Certification" if you are not acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined in Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) with any other stockholder with respect to shares of GHV Common Stock and

    prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on                    , 2021 (two business days before the Special Meeting), tender your shares physically or electronically and submit a request in writing that we redeem your Public Shares for cash to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent, at the following address:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
1 State Street 30th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Mark Zimkind
Email: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

    and

    deliver your Public Shares either physically or electronically through DTC's DWAC system to our transfer agent at least two business days before the Special Meeting. Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights and opting to deliver physical certificates should allot sufficient time to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent and time to effect delivery. It is our understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, we do not have any control over this process and it may take longer than two weeks. Stockholders who hold their shares in street name will have to coordinate with their bank, broker or other nominee to have the shares certificated or delivered electronically. If you do not submit a written request and deliver your Public Shares as described above, your shares will not be redeemed.

        Stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in "street name" are required to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in these proxy materials, or up to two business days prior to the vote to approve the Merger Proposal at the Special Meeting, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using DTC's DWAC system, at such stockholder's option. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the Special Meeting ensures that a redeeming stockholder's election to redeem is irrevocable once the Merger Proposal is approved.

        Holders of outstanding GHV Units must separate the underlying Public Shares and Public Warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the Public Shares.

        If you hold GHV Units registered in your own name, you must deliver the certificate for such GHV Units to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent, with written instructions to separate such GHV Units into Public Shares and Public Warrants. This must be completed far enough in advance to permit the mailing of the Public Share certificates back to you so that you may then exercise your redemption rights upon the separation of the Public Shares from the GHV Units.

        If a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee holds your GHV Units, you must instruct such nominee to separate your GHV Units. Your nominee must send written instructions by facsimile to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent. Such written instructions must include the number of GHV Units to be split and the nominee holding such GHV Units. Your nominee must also initiate electronically, using DTC's DWAC system, a withdrawal of the relevant units and a deposit of an equal number of Public Shares and Public Warrants. This must be completed far enough in advance to permit your nominee to exercise your redemption rights upon the separation of the Public Shares from the GHV Units. While this is typically done electronically on the same business day, you should allow at least one full business day to accomplish the separation. If you

124


fail to cause your Public Shares to be separated in a timely manner, you will likely not be able to exercise your redemption rights.

        Each redemption of shares of GHV Class A Common Stock by our Public Stockholders will reduce the amount in our Trust Account, which had a balance of $525,020,571 as of December 31, 2020. While the Business Combination Agreement provides for the Minimum Cash Closing Conditions, assuming the consummation of the PIPE (including, if applicable, the GHV Sponsor Backstop), we may be able to complete the Merger even though a substantial portion of our Public Stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates. In addition, in no event will we redeem shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in the Company's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000.

        Prior to exercising redemption rights, stockholders should verify the market price of our GHV Class A Common Stock as they may receive higher proceeds from the sale of their GHV Class A Common Stock in the public market than from exercising their redemption rights if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price. We cannot assure you that you will be able to sell your shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock in the open market, even if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price stated above, as there may not be sufficient liquidity in our GHV Class A Common Stock when you wish to sell your shares.

        If you exercise your redemption rights, your shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock will cease to be outstanding immediately prior to the Merger and will only represent the right to receive a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account. You will no longer own those shares and will have no right to participate in, or have any interest in, the future growth of AMPSA, if any. You will be entitled to receive cash for these shares only if you properly and timely demand redemption.

        Unless we amend our current certificate of incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of the holders of 65% of all then outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if the Merger Proposal is not approved and we do not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, we will be required to dissolve and liquidate our Trust Account by returning the then remaining funds in such account to the Public Stockholders and our warrants will expire worthless.

Appraisal Rights

        Appraisal rights are not available to holders of shares of GHV Common Stock in connection with the Merger.

Proxy Solicitation Costs

        GHV is soliciting proxies on behalf of its Board. This proxy solicitation is being made by mail, but also may be made by telephone or in person. GHV has engaged Morrow to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the Special Meeting. GHV and its directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies in person. GHV will ask banks, brokers and other institutions, nominees and fiduciaries to forward the proxy materials to their principals and to obtain their authority to execute proxies and voting instructions.

        GHV will bear the entire cost of the proxy solicitation, including the preparation, assembly, printing, mailing and distribution of the proxy materials. GHV will pay Morrow a fee of $                , plus disbursements, reimburse Morrow for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and indemnify Morrow and its affiliates against certain claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses for their services as our proxy solicitor. We will reimburse brokerage firms and other custodians for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding the proxy materials to our stockholders. Directors, officers and employees of GHV who solicit proxies will not be paid any additional compensation for soliciting proxies.

125



THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

Background of the Business Combination

        GHV is a special purpose acquisition company incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 25, 2020 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. The Business Combination was the result of an extensive search for a potential transaction utilizing the global network and investing and operating experience of GHV's management team and the GHV Board. The terms of the Business Combination were the result of extensive negotiations between GHV's management team, the GHV Sponsor and The Gores Group with respect to GHV (under the oversight of GHV's independent directors) and representatives of AGSA and AMPSA, with respect to AMPSA. The following is a brief description of the background of these negotiations and the Business Combination.

        Prior to the consummation of the IPO, neither GHV, nor anyone on its behalf, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a transaction with GHV.

        After the consummation of the IPO, GHV commenced an active search for prospective businesses and assets to acquire. Representatives of GHV, the GHV Sponsor and The Gores Group contacted and were contacted by a number of individuals and entities with respect to acquisition opportunities.

        In evaluating potential businesses and assets to acquire, GHV, together with the GHV Sponsor and The Gores Group, generally surveys the landscape of potential acquisition opportunities based on its knowledge of, and familiarity, with the M&A marketplace. In general, GHV looks for acquisition targets that are (i) of a size relevant to the public marketplace, which GHV generally views as companies with an enterprise value of at least $1.5 billion, and (ii) positioned, operationally and financially, to be successful as a public company. GHV further looks for those transactions that it believes, if entered into, would be well received by the public markets. In particular, GHV generally seeks to identify companies that (i) have an existing strong management team, (ii) are positioned for growth, and (iii) generate significant cash flow. GHV also seeks to identify companies that it believes would benefit from being a publicly-held entity, particularly with respect to access to capital for both organic growth and for use in acquisitions. GHV generally applies this criteria when evaluating potential targets.

        After the consummation of the IPO, GHV's management, the GHV Sponsor and The Gores Group:

    considered over 60 potential acquisition targets (other than AMPSA) (the "Other Potential Targets"), entering into non-disclosure agreements with 46 of the Other Potential Targets; and

    ultimately engaged in detailed discussions, due diligence and negotiations with ten Other Potential Target businesses or their representatives.

        The ten Other Potential Target businesses included a company in the business and consumer services and digital marketplace space ("Company A"), a company in the custom manufacturing and products space ("Company B"), a company in the financial services space ("Company C"), a company in the real estate financial services space ("Company D"), a company in the commercial building materials space ("Company E"), a company in the interior building materials space ("Company F"), a healthcare services technology company ("Company G"), a data services and infrastructure company ("Company H"), a healthcare services company ("Company I") and a engineering and construction company ("Company J").

        As part of its regular evaluation of potential acquisition targets, the GHV Board and GHV's management generally discuss, on a monthly basis, the status of GHV's management's discussions with

126


various acquisition targets. These updates generally address the potential targets under consideration and the status of the discussions, if any, with the respective acquisition targets. These updates continued throughout the period of time when GHV was evaluating various acquisition targets.

        GHV engaged in discussions with Company A from August 2020 until November 2020, until GHV decided to cease discussions with Company A after further diligence. GHV engaged in discussions with Company B during August 2020 until a natural disaster disrupted Company B's manufacturing capabilities, at which point Company B decided to discontinue discussions. GHV engaged in discussions with Company C during November 2020 until Company C informed GHV that Company C had decided to entertain a transaction with a different strategic special purpose acquisition company. GHV engaged in discussions with Company D from December 2020 through January 2021, at which point GHV ceased discussions in order to focus on the potential Business Combination with AMPSA. GHV engaged in discussions with Company E during October 2020 until Company E informed GHV that Company E had decided to entertain a transaction with a different special purpose acquisition company. GHV engaged in discussions with Company F from August 2020 through October 2020, until GHV ceased discussions following its due diligence evaluation of Company F. GHV engaged in discussions with Company G during October 2020 until GHV decided to cease discussions with Company G following its due diligence evaluation of Company G. GHV engaged in discussions with Company H from October 2020 until November 2020, until GHV decided to cease discussions with Company H following its due diligence evaluation of Company H. GHV engaged in discussions with Company I during October 2020, until GHV decided to cease discussions with Company I following its due diligence evaluation of Company I. GHV engaged in discussions with Company J during October 2020, until GHV decided to cease discussions with Company J following its due diligence evaluation of Company J.

        Upon the cessation of conversations with Company D and in compliance with exclusivity agreement with AMPSA, GHV ceased discussions with any further acquisition targets to focus on the possible business combination with AMPSA.

        On November 24, 2020, a representative of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. ("Citi"), financial advisor to AGSA, contacted Ms. Jennifer Chou, Managing Director and Chief Strategy Officer of The Gores Group, to ask whether GHV would be willing to evaluate a potential business combination related to the AMP Business, which would include carving out the AMP Business from AGSA. Ms. Chou advised the representative of Citi that The Gores Group and GHV would be interested in learning more about the potential business combination opportunity involving the AMP Business. The representative of Citi promptly provided Ms. Chou with a draft non-disclosure agreement.

        On November 25, 2020, GHV executed the non-disclosure agreement and began receiving materials regarding AMPSA to further investigate the potential business combination.

        On November 30, 2020, Mr. Alec E. Gores, Founder, Chairman of GHV and Chairman and Executive Officer of The Gores Group, Mr. Mark R. Stone, Chief Executive Officer of GHV and Senior Managing Director of The Gores Group, and Ms. Chou conducted an introductory virtual meeting with Mr. Paul Coulson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of AGSA. During this virtual meeting Mr. Coulson presented an overview of the AMP Business. Additionally, during this introductory virtual meeting, Mr. Stone reviewed with Mr. Coulson how a potential business combination involving GHV and AMPSA would be structured, including that GHV contemplated raising additional equity capital from private investors in connection with a potential business combination (the "Potential Private Placement"). GHV did not consider financing arrangements other than a private placement of equity securities, as GHV believes that cash generated from additional equity invested at the time of the consummation of a potential business combination is preferable to other financing arrangements, based on the experience of GHV, the GHV Sponsor and The Gores Group in transactions of this nature and such entities' relationships with potential equity investors.

127


Messrs. Gores and Stone further discussed the background of GHV and described how special purpose acquisition companies operated. At the end of this meeting, Messrs. Gores and Stone, together with Mr. Coulson, expressed mutual interest in continuing the discussions with respect to a potential business combination, and collectively agreed that the next step in the process was to arrange a management presentation with respect to the AMP Business.

        On December 3, 2020, Mr. Coulson, Mr. Oliver Graham, the Chief Executive Officer of AMPSA, and Mr. David Bourne, the Chief Financial Officer of AMPSA, conducted a virtual management presentation with respect to the AMP Business for Mr. Stone and other representatives of The Gores Group. During this meeting, the representatives of The Gores Group, AGSA and AMPSA discussed various aspects of the AMP Business, the timing of a potential business combination, the history and prior success of special purpose acquisition companies sponsored by affiliates of The Gores Group and the capital needs of AMPSA.

        On December 7, 2020, Messrs. Gores and Coulson conducted a one-on-one virtual meeting to explore the core objectives of the potential business combination and how a business combination transaction involving the AMP Business might be structured.

        On December 17, 2020, representatives of The Gores Group conducted a virtual meeting with members of AMPSA's management, including Mr. Bourne, to review in detail the financial forecast of the AMP Business.

        On December 21, 2020, GHV submitted a preliminary non-binding business combination proposal to AGSA (the "Preliminary Proposal"). The Preliminary Proposal contemplated a separation of the AMP Business from AGSA into a newly formed entity. Additionally, the Preliminary Proposal contemplated a maximum total consideration payable to AGSA in the proposed business combination of approximately $10.8 billion, consisting of (i) $3 billion of cash proceeds at closing, which would be financed with (a) $525 million of cash in GHV's trust account (assuming no stockholder redemptions), (b) $750 million from a Potential Private Placement, and (c) $1.765 billion of new debt raised by the new company that would hold the AMP Business, (ii) rollover shares in the new company holding the AMP Business with a value of $7.1 billion (based on a 16.0 times multiple of estimated 2021 EBITDA) and (iii) earnout shares valued at $761 million and issuable in four installments contingent on the shares of AMPSA following the potential business combination achieving a public trading price in excess of various per share thresholds. Additionally, the Preliminary Proposal contemplated a post-Business Combination enterprise value of AMPSA of approximately $10.468 billion, which was determined by GHV based on an analysis of the value of comparable companies in similar industries to the AMP Business.

        On December 22, 2020, Mr. Stone and other representatives of The Gores Group conducted a virtual meeting with representatives of Citi to review the Preliminary Proposal.

        On December 29, 2020, Messrs. Stone and other representatives of The Gores Group conducted a virtual meeting with representatives of AGSA, Citi and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. ("Deutsche Bank"). Deutsche Bank and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC ("Morgan Stanley") acted as underwriters to GHV in its IPO and will collectively forfeit $18,375,000 in deferred commissions in the event a business combination is not completed by August 10, 2022. Additionally, Deutsche Bank was consulted from time to time by GHV regarding its views with respect to the potential business combination involving the AMP Business and acted as an intermediary in several discussions between GHV and AGSA. During the virtual meeting, Messrs. Stone and other representatives of The Gores Group highlighted GHV's proposed investment highlights and how GHV would approach future investor presentations and marketing materials if it were to pursue a business combination transaction involving the AMP Business.

128


        On December 30, 2020, GHV submitted a revised non-binding proposal to AGSA (the "Revised Proposal"). The Revised Proposal contemplated a maximum total consideration payable to AGSA in the proposed business combination of approximately $10.8 billion, consisting of (i) $3.4 billion of cash proceeds at closing, which would be financed with (a) $525 million of cash in GHV's trust account (assuming no stockholder redemptions), (b) $750 million from a Potential Private Placement and (c) $2.165 billion of new debt raised by the new company that would hold the AMP Business (reflecting an increase from the $1.765 billion contemplated by the Preliminary Proposal), (ii) rollover shares in the new company that would hold the AMP Business with a value of $6.6 billion (based on a 16 times multiple of estimated 2021 EBITDA) and (iii) earnout shares valued at $829 million and issuable in four installments contingent on the shares of AMPSA following the potential business combination achieving a public trading price in excess of various per share thresholds. Additionally, the Revised Proposal provided that in order to facilitate the Potential Private Placement, the GHV Sponsor and one or more of its related investors would commit $150 million to the PIPE (which represented 20% of the total PIPE amount). Consistent with the Preliminary Proposal, the Revised Proposal contemplated a post-Business Combination enterprise value of approximately $10.468 billion.

        On January 1, 2021, GHV retained Weil Gotshal & Manges LLP ("Weil"), GHV's M&A counsel, to advise it in connection with a potential business combination transaction involving the AMP Business.

        From December 29, 2020 through January 5, 2021, Messrs. Stone, Coulson and representatives of Citi, Shearman & Sterling LLP ("Shearman"), legal counsel to AGSA, and beginning January 1, 2021, Weil negotiated the key terms with respect to the business combination proposal and a definitive term sheet (the "Term Sheet"). The Term Sheet contemplated a post-Business Combination enterprise value of AMPSA of approximately $10.468 billion, which was consistent with the enterprise value reflected in the Preliminary Proposal and the Revised Proposal, and an equity value of $8.144 billion. Additionally, and consistent with the Revised Proposal, the Term Sheet contemplated that the potential business combination would be fully funded by the equity capital in GHV's trust account, fully committed funds from a Potential Private Placement of $750 million, and newly raised net debt financing by AMPSA in the amount of $2.165 billion. In addition, the Term Sheet provided that in order to facilitate the PIPE Investment, the GHV Sponsor and one or more of its related investors would commit $150 million to the PIPE (which represented 20% of the total PIPE amount); provided, that if the PIPE was oversubscribed or if elected by AGSA, the GHV Sponsor and one or more of its related investors would instead provide a backstop of up to $150 million to acquire newly issued shares of GHV Class A Common Stock (at $10.00 per share) to offset a commensurate number of redeemed shares of GHV Class A Common Stock. The Term Sheet also required GHV, AGSA and AMPSA to refrain from negotiating alternative transactions with parties other than one another for a period of 30 days, subject to a 15-day extension if the parties were continuing to engage in good faith discussions regarding the proposed transactions.

        On January 2, 2021, GHV contacted KPMG, GHV's independent registered public accounting firm to retain it in connection with the potential business combination, including to conduct accounting and tax due diligence of the AMP Business and provide tax structuring advice.

        On January 5, 2021, the GHV Board held a meeting telephonically in which Mr. Stone and Mr. Andrew McBride, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of GHV and representatives of Weil were in attendance. During this meeting, Mr. Stone provided the Board with an update on the status of the discussions with Company D and AMPSA. Additionally, Mr. Stone provided an update on GHV's diligence to date and the then-current contemplated transaction structure and terms for each of the two potential business combinations. Following this discussion, the GHV Board directed management to cease discussions with Company D and to continue to explore the potential business combination with AMPSA and to update the GHV Board as the discussions progressed. The GHV Board also discussed its desire to engage a financial advisor to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the potential

129


business combination and suggested Duff & Phelps as a possibility, but wished first to conduct additional diligence on the AMP Business.

        Also, on January 5, 2021, GHV and AGSA executed the Term Sheet and ceased discussions with Company D. In connection with the execution of the Term Sheet, representatives of GHV, Deutsche Bank, and Citi began undertaking additional diligence of the AMP Business and began the preparation of the investor presentation with respect to the Potential Private Placement.

        From January 5, 2021 until February 22, 2021, Mr. Stone and other representatives of The Gores Group held regular discussions with various members of the GHV Board with respect to various aspects of the potential business combination, the timing and status of the potential business combination, the status of due diligence and the progress of the Potential Private Placement.

        Between January 5, 2021 and the execution of the Business Combination Agreement on February 22, 2021, representatives of GHV, AGSA and AMPSA and their financial, accounting and legal advisors had multiple conversations with each other on a broad list of topics related to the potential business combination and related diligence matters.

        From January 18, 2021 through February 17, 2021, Messrs. Stone, Coulson, Graham and Bourne held virtual meetings with the Potential Private Placement investors to discuss the terms of the potential business combination and details surrounding the Potential Private Placement. Each potential investor was informed in advance that the information that would be shared may constitute material non-public information of GHV and AGSA, and each potential investor agreed to be bound by certain confidentiality obligations as well as a prohibition on trading the securities of GHV or AGSA or using the information for purposes other than such potential investor's investment in connection with the potential business combination. During the meetings, Messrs. Stone, Coulson, Graham and Bourne reviewed with potential investors certain information regarding the AMP Business and AMPSA, including certain financial projections regarding the AMP Business. The feedback and responses received from potential investors regarding a potential business combination between GHV and AMPSA were generally positive.

        On January 21, 2021, Shearman provided an initial draft of the Business Combination Agreement to Weil. The initial draft of the Business Combination Agreement contemplated, among other things, (i) that AMPSA, a Luxembourg company newly formed by AGSA, would be the new holding company of the AMP Business, (ii) the merger of MergeCo, a newly incorporated Delaware corporation wholly owned by AMPSA, with and into GHV with GHV continuing as the Surviving Corporation and as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, (iii) no survival of representations, warranties and covenants, and, relatedly, no post-business combination stockholder indemnity, (iv) an earnout payable pursuant to certain previously agreed upon milestones related to the public trading price of shares of AMPSA, (v) a debt financing related to AMPSA and the Transactions, (vi) that GHV's transaction expenses could not exceed $50,000,000, (vii) covenants regarding the waiver of claims against the Company's trust account and (viii) a Potential Private Placement of $750,000,000. Additionally, in order to effectuate the separation of the AMP Business from AGSA, the initial draft of the Business Combination Agreement contemplated entering into the Transfer Agreement, the Services Agreement and the other Related Agreements.

        From January 21, 2021 through February 22, 2021, Weil and Shearman negotiated the terms of, and exchanged several drafts of, the definitive agreements for the potential business combination, including the Business Combination Agreement. In addition, during this same period, representatives of GHV, representatives of AGSA and AMPSA, representatives of The Gores Group, Weil and Shearman conducted various virtual and telephonic conferences to discuss and resolve the open issues related to the potential business combination, including outstanding issues with respect to the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements.

130


        On January 22, 2021, Weil delivered an initial draft of the Subscription Agreement to Shearman, which contemplated, among other things, subject to the closing of the potential business combination, that: (i) the Potential Private Placement investors would purchase AMPSA Shares at a price of $10.00 per share; (ii) AMPSA would, within 30 days after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, file a registration statement with the SEC registering the resale of the AMPSA Shares and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the statement declared effective; and (iii) the Subscription Agreement would terminate: (a) at such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement was terminated; (b) upon the mutual written agreement of the parties to the Subscription Agreement; or (c) automatically upon a certain date if the Closing had not been consummated on or before such date.

        On January 23, 2021, after continued diligence of the AMP Business, Mr. Stone informed Mr. Randall Bort, an independent GHV Board member, that the potential business combination had progressed to the point of engaging a financial advisor to provide a fairness opinion.

        On January 24, 2021, after consulting with the other independent directors of the GHV Board with respect to engaging a financial advisor to provide a fairness opinion, Mr. Bort contacted representatives of Duff & Phelps to discuss engaging Duff & Phelps to provide a fairness opinion to the GHV Board in connection with the potential business combination.

        On January 26, 2021, the GHV Board held a meeting telephonically in which representatives of The Gores Group and Duff & Phelps were also in attendance by invitation of the GHV Board. Representatives of Duff & Phelps reviewed with the GHV Board a potential engagement with respect to providing a fairness opinion with respect to the potential business combination.

        On January 27, 2021, Weil provided a revised draft of the Business Combination Agreement to Shearman. The revised draft of the Business Combination Agreement was generally consistent with the draft provided by Shearman to Weil on January 21, 2021, except that the revised draft (i) proposed that AGSA would indemnify AMPSA with respect to pre-closing taxes of the AMP Business and any transfer taxes that may be incurred in connection with the proposed transactions, (ii) included a new closing deliverable providing for the receipt by GHV of a tax opinion related to the Pre-Closing Restructuring, (iii) proposed revisions to the representations and warranties of AGSA to provide additional coverage to GHV with respect to certain matters, and (iv) provided that all the Earnout Shares would not be accelerated in the event of a future change of control transaction.

        From January 27, 2021 to February 19, 2021, Weil and Shearman exchanged several drafts of the Business Combination Agreement, and they, AGSA and GHV continued to discuss the principal open issues in the revised drafts, including the items described in the preceding paragraph.

        On January 28, 2021, Duff & Phelps provided a draft engagement letter for review by the GHV Board to Weil. The draft engagement letter advised GHV that Duff & Phelps had undertaken a review of its records to determine Duff & Phelps' professional relationship with GHV, and other parties of interest in the potential business combination, and had identified no current relationships that would preclude it from accepting the engagement to deliver a fairness opinion. Thereafter, Weil and Duff & Phelps discussed whether Duff & Phelps had any relationships with AGSA that would preclude it from accepting the engagement. Duff & Phelps informed Weil that during the previous two years, certain other groups within Duff & Phelps had provided tax and valuation services to other divisions of AGSA unrelated to AMPSA or the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement for which Duff & Phelps received an immaterial amount of fees. Such relationships and the fees received by Duff & Phelps are described in the section entitled "Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor" in this proxy statement/prospectus. The GHV Board determined, in its business judgment, that none of these matters would impact Duff & Phelps' independence with respect to the potential business combination. Accordingly, the GHV Board unanimously approved the engagement of Duff & Phelps. GHV executed the Duff & Phelps engagement letter on February 2, 2021.

131


        From January 26, 2021 through February 19, 2021, Messrs. Stone, Coulson, and representatives of Citi, Deutsche Bank and Morgan Stanley held frequent telephonic conferences and virtual meetings to discuss the status and progress of the Potential Private Placement.

        On February 1, 2021, Shearman sent Weil an initial draft of the Shareholders Agreement, which reflected, among other things: (i) the proposed board composition of AMPSA; (ii) certain approvals and other information rights in favor of AGSA; and (iii) certain covenants of AMPSA regarding the provision to the Ardagh Group of financial statements and access to information.

        On February 6, 2021, Shearman sent Weil an initial draft of the Transfer Agreement and the Services Agreement, which, among other things, provided: (i) any assets and liabilities relating to the business of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by the AMP Entities would be transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not the AMP Entities, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) would be transferred to the AMP Entities; (ii) AGSA, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, would provide certain corporate and business-unit services to AMPSA, and AMPSA, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, would provide certain corporate and business-unit services to AGSA; and (iii) the initial term of the Services Agreement would end on December 31, 2024. Thereafter, Shearman and Weil exchanged several drafts of the Transfer Agreement and Services Agreement through February 20, 2021, with the final drafts of the forms of these agreements reflecting the parties' agreements on, among other things (i) the list of entities, assets and liabilities of the AMP Business that would be transferred to the AMP Entities pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, and (ii) the necessary scope of, and certain provisions related to, the corporate and business-unit services to be provided under the Services Agreement.

        From February 6, 2021 through February 10, 2021, Messrs. Stone and Coulson and representatives of Citi held frequent telephonic conferences and virtual meetings to continue negotiations with respect to the material terms of the potential business combination, which included reducing the implied equity value and enterprise value of AMPSA at the closing of the proposed business combination transaction from $7.404 billion to $6.073 billion and from $9.728 billion to $8.522 billion, respectively, reducing the size of the Potential Private Placement from $750 million to $600 million, increasing the amount of the new net debt that AMPSA would incur as part of the potential business combination from $2.165 billion to $2.315 billion, and increasing the number of earnout shares issuable to AGSA and modifying the terms on which they would be issued. From February 12, 2021 to February 20, 2021, Weil received comments to the Subscription Agreement from investors related to the closing conditions, representations and warranties and registration rights therein. Weil and Shearman finalized the Subscription Agreement on February 20, 2021.

        From February 9, 2021 through February 11, 2021, Messrs. Gores, Stone and Coulson met in person on multiple occasions to discuss the overall status of the potential business combination and to discuss post announcement strategy and messaging with respect to the potential business combination.

        From February 15, 2021 through February 22, 2021, Messrs. Stone and Coulson conducted numerous meetings to finalize the remaining open business issues in the definitive documentation. This included items such as responsibility for pre-closing taxes and any transfer taxes incurred in connection with the proposed transactions, the delivery of a tax opinion as a condition to GHV's obligation to close the proposed business combination transaction, the GHV minimum cash amount condition, and the treatment of the Earnout Shares upon a future change of control transaction.

        On February 17, 2021, Shearman sent Weil a substantially final version of the Shareholders Agreement containing minimal revisions to the initial draft.

        On February 19, 2021, Shearman sent Weil a substantially final version of the Business Combination Agreement, which reflected, among other things, the agreed upon provisions regarding

132


(i) the responsibility for pre-closing taxes and any transfer taxes that may be incurred in connection with the proposed business combination, (ii) the delivery of a tax opinion to AGSA, which could be relied on by GHV as if addressed thereto, as a condition to GHV's obligation to close the Merger, (iii) the GHV Minimum Cash Amount of $685 million, and (iv) the treatment of the Earnout Shares in the event of a future change of control transaction.

        On February 22, 2021, the GHV Board held a meeting telephonically in which Mr. Stone, Mr. McBride and representatives of The Gores Group, representatives of Weil and representatives of Duff & Phelps were also in attendance. Representatives of Duff & Phelps provided a presentation to the GHV Board, a copy of which was provided to the GHV Board in advance of the meeting, regarding Duff & Phelps' financial analysis as to the fairness from a financial point of view to GHV, as of the date of such opinion, of the consideration in the potential business combination and delivered to the GHV Board an oral opinion, which was confirmed by delivery of a written opinion, dated February 22, 2021, and attached as Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus, addressed to the GHV Board to the effect that, as of the date of the opinion and based upon and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the opinion, the consideration in the Business Combination is fair, from a financial point of view to GHV. Thereafter, representatives of Weil reviewed with the GHV Board the terms of the Business Combination, including the Business Combination Agreement and other definitive agreements, copies of which were provided to the GHV Board in advance of the meeting. The GHV Board concluded, after a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to GHV, that the potential Business Combination was the best potential business combination for GHV based upon the process utilized to evaluate and assess other potential acquisition targets, and the GHV Board's and GHV management's belief that such processes had not presented a better alternative. In reaching this conclusion, the GHV Board took into account the criteria utilized by GHV to evaluate acquisition opportunities, and determined that the potential business combination met such criteria, was the most actionable and capable of being completed in a timely manner, and was being accomplished under terms attractive to GHV and its stockholders. After discussion and upon a motion duly made and seconded, the GHV Board unanimously resolved that the Business Combination Agreement, including the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, each of the Related Agreements and the Business Combination be approved. Later that day, GHV, AGSA, AMPSA and MergeCo executed the Business Combination Agreement.

        On February 23, 2021, before the stock market opened, GHV and AGSA issued a joint press release announcing the execution of the Business Combination Agreement.

GHV's Board of Directors' Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination

        The GHV Board, in evaluating the Business Combination, consulted GHV's management and its legal counsel, financial advisors and other advisors. In reaching its unanimous resolution (i) that the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination, are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of GHV and its stockholders and (ii) to recommend that the stockholders adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger, the GHV Board considered and evaluated a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the factors discussed below. In light of the number and wide variety of factors considered in connection with its evaluation of the Business Combination, the GHV Board did not consider it practicable to, and did not attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors that it considered in reaching its determination and supporting its decision. The GHV Board viewed its decision as being based on all of the information available and the factors presented to and considered by it. In addition, individual directors may have given different weight to different factors. This explanation of the GHV Board's reasons for the Business Combination and all other information presented in this section is forward-looking in nature and, therefore, should be read in light of the factors discussed under "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" beginning on page 61 of this document.

133


        The GHV Board considered a number of factors as generally supporting its decision to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination, including but not limited to, the following material factors:

    Pre-eminent Pure Play Beverage Can Company.  The GHV Board noted that the AMP Business is a pure play leader in the beverage can industry with its focus on sustainability, innovation and infinitely recyclable products. The GHV Board believes that this strong market position and customer and product mix positions the AMP Business as a leader in the industry and that it will continue to expand its sold volume and increase market share.

    Long-Term Industry Megatrends and Environmentally-Conscious End Consumers Driving Inflection Point in Beverage Can Demand. The GHV Board noted the convergence of multiple factors, including growth with emerging categories such as health and wellness, hard seltzers, sparkling waters and coffee and tea, the advantages of aluminum can packaging, as well as the importance of sustainability and regulatory changes, which should lead to additional growth opportunities across geographies. Additionally, due to the fast growing demand and current supply shortage in the beverage can industry, the structural shift from plastic and glass to beverage cans and the increased use of recyclable packaging as a key focus for large consumer products, the GHV Board believes that AMPSA has significant growth potential.

    Leader in Sustainability.  The GHV Board noted that a core tenet of AGSA's corporate philosophy for a number of years has been a focus on being a leader environmentally, ecologically and socially. AGSA began issuing sustainability reports in 2013 and has a Chief Sustainability Officer who is driving AGSA and AMPSA towards an ambitious set of sustainability targets. The GHV Board also noted that aluminum cans have the ability to achieve 100% recyclability, whereas substitute products such as glass and plastic achieve lower rates. The GHV Board believes that AMPSA's strong corporate focus on sustainability coupled with environmentally conscious customers and end consumers positions AMPSA to deliver continued growth in an environmentally friendly manner.

    Multifaceted Growth Opportunity Backed by Long-Term Customer Contracts.  The GHV Board was aware that the AMP Business has long term relationships with key customers that span decades.

    Compelling Financial Profile.  The GHV Board noted that AMPSA's financial profile is positioned for sustainable expansion with current and new customers and in new and emerging product categories. Additionally, the GHV Board believes AMPSA is positioned for significant margin expansion resulting from longer contracts, favorable customer and product mix trends, higher growth in specialty cans and continued network efficiency improvements and operating leverage from expanding capacity in existing facilities.

    Entrepreneurial Owner Manager Culture.  The GHV Board considered that AMPSA is managed by a team with extensive experience in the industry that has a sustained track record of delivering shareholder value, and that this team will be in place upon the closing of the Merger. Additionally, the GHV Board believes that AMPSA's proven management team and strategy will help enable AMPSA to deliver continued industry-leading growth.

    Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor.  The GHV Board took into account the opinion of Duff & Phelps, dated February 22, 2021, addressed to the GHV Board as to the fairness from a financial point of view to GHV, as of the date of such opinion, of the consideration in the Business Combination, which opinion was based on and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations and qualifications set forth in such opinion as more fully described above under the caption "Proposal No. 1—Approval of the Business Combination—Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor."

134


    Other Alternatives.  The GHV Board believed, after a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to GHV, that the proposed Merger represents the best potential business combination for GHV based upon the process utilized to evaluate and assess other potential acquisition targets. The GHV Board and GHV management also believed that such processes had not presented a better alternative.

    Due Diligence.  The results of GHV's due diligence investigation of AMPSA conducted by GHV's management team and its financial and legal advisors.

    Stockholder Approval.  The GHV Board considered the fact that, in connection with the Merger, GHV stockholders have the option to (i) become and remain stockholders of AMPSA, (ii) sell their shares of GHV Class A Common Stock or, following the closing of the Merger, their AMPSA Shares, on the open market or (iii) redeem their GHV Class A Common Stock for the per share amount held in the Trust Account pursuant to the terms of GHV's existing certificate of incorporation.

    Negotiated Terms of the Business Combination Agreement.  The GHV Board considered the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

    Independent Director Role.  The GHV Board is comprised of a majority of independent directors who are not affiliated with the GHV Sponsor and its affiliates, including The Gores Group. In connection with the Business Combination, GHV's independent directors, Messrs. Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea, took an active role in evaluating the proposed terms of the Business Combination, the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements. GHV's independent directors evaluated and unanimously approved, as members of the GHV Board, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

        The GHV Board also considered a variety of uncertainties and risks and other potentially negative factors concerning the Business Combination, including, but not limited to, the following:

    Benefits May Not Be Achieved.  The risk that the potential benefits of the Business Combination may not be fully achieved, or may not be achieved within the expected timeframe.

    Liquidation of GHV.  The risks and costs to GHV if the Merger is not completed, including the risk of diverting management focus and resources from other initial business combination opportunities, which, if the Merger is not consummated, could result in GHV being unable to effect an initial business combination by August 10, 2022 and force GHV to liquidate and the Public Warrants to expire worthless.

    Stockholder Vote.  The risk that GHV's stockholders may fail to provide the votes necessary to effect the Merger.

    Closing Conditions.  The fact that completion of the Merger is conditioned on the satisfaction of certain closing conditions that are not within GHV's control.

    Litigation.  The possibility of litigation challenging the Merger or that an adverse judgment granting permanent injunctive relief could indefinitely enjoin consummation of the Business Combination.

    Fees and Expenses.  The fact that the fees and expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will be borne by GHV if the Merger is not consummated.

    Other Risks.  Various other risks associated with the Business Combination, the business of GHV, the business of AMPSA and ownership of AMPSA's shares following the Merger described under the section entitled "Risk Factors."

135


        In addition to considering the factors described above, the GHV Board also considered that:

    Interests of Certain Persons.  Some of the GHV officers and directors may have interests in the Business Combination as individuals that are in addition to, and that may be different from, the interests of GHV stockholders (see "The Business Combination—Interests of GHV Initial Stockholders and GHV's Other Current Officers and Directors"). GHV's independent directors reviewed and considered these interests during the negotiation of the Business Combination and in evaluating and unanimously approving, as members of the GHV Board, the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

        The GHV Board concluded that the potential benefits it expected GHV and its stockholders to achieve as a result of the Business Combination outweighed the potentially negative factors associated with the Business Combination. Accordingly, the GHV Board unanimously determined that the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination, were advisable, fair to, and in the best interests of GHV and its stockholders.

Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor

        At the meeting of the GHV Board on February 22, 2021 to evaluate and approve the Business Combination, Duff & Phelps delivered an oral opinion, which was confirmed by delivery of a written opinion, dated February 22, 2021, addressed to the GHV Board to the effect that, as of the date of the opinion and based upon and subject to the assumptions, conditions and limitations set forth in the opinion, the consideration in the Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to GHV.

        The full text of Duff & Phelps' written opinion dated February 22, 2021, is included as Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus and describes the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by Duff & Phelps. The summary of Duff & Phelps' opinion in this proxy statement/prospectus is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion. The opinion was furnished for the benefit of the GHV Board of Directors (in its capacity as such) in connection with its consideration of the Business Combination, and is not intended to, and does not, confer any rights or remedies upon any other person, and is not intended to be used, and may not be used, by any other person or for any other purpose, without Duff & Phelps' express consent. Neither Duff & Phelps' opinion nor the summary of its opinion and the related analyses set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus is intended to be or constitutes a recommendation to any stockholder of GHV as to how such holder should act with respect to the Merger Proposal.

        In connection with its opinion, Duff & Phelps made such reviews, analyses and inquiries as it deemed necessary and appropriate under the circumstances. Duff & Phelps also took into account its assessment of general economic, market and financial conditions, as well as its experience in securities and business valuation, in general, and with respect to similar transactions, in particular. Duff & Phelps' procedures, investigations, and financial analysis with respect to the preparation of its opinion included, but were not limited to, the items summarized below:

    Reviewed the following documents:

    GHV's unaudited interim financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2020 included in GHV's Form 10-Q filed with the SEC;

    unaudited financial information for AMPSA for the years ended December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2020, which GHV's management identified as being the most current financial statements available for AMPSA;

136


      other internal documents relating to the history, current operations, and probable future outlook of AMPSA, including financial projections for the years 2021 through 2024, prepared by AMPSA or GHV and provided to Duff & Phelps by management of GHV (the "Financial Projections"), a summary of which is set forth in the first chart in the section entitled "Certain GHV Projected Financial Information";

      the investor presentation dated February 11, 2021;

      a letter dated February 21, 2021 from the management of GHV which made certain representations as to historical financial statements, financial projections and the underlying assumptions, for AMPSA on a post-transaction basis;

      a draft of the form Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2021 (the "PIPE Agreement"); and

      a draft of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2021;

    Discussed the information referred to above and the background and other elements of the Business Combination with the management of GHV;

    Reviewed the historical trading price and trading volume of GHV's Class A Common Stock and the publicly traded securities of certain other companies that Duff & Phelps deemed relevant;

    Performed certain valuation and comparative analyses using generally accepted valuation and analytical techniques, including a discounted cash flow analysis, an analysis of selected public companies that Duff & Phelps deemed relevant, and an analysis of selected transactions that Duff & Phelps deemed relevant; and

    Conducted such other analyses and considered such other factors as Duff & Phelps deemed appropriate.

Assumptions, Qualifications and Limiting Conditions

        In performing its analyses and rendering its opinion with respect to the Business Combination, Duff & Phelps, with GHV's consent:

    Relied upon the accuracy, completeness, and fair presentation of all information, data, advice, opinions and representations obtained from public sources or provided to it from private sources, including GHV's management, and did not independently verify such information;

    Assumed that any estimates, evaluations, forecasts and projections furnished to Duff & Phelps were reasonably prepared and based upon the best currently available information and good faith judgment of the person furnishing the same, and Duff & Phelps expresses no opinion with respect to such projections or the underlying assumptions;

    Assumed that information supplied and representations made by GHV's management are substantially accurate regarding GHV, AMPSA, and the Business Combination;

    Assumed that the representations and warranties made in the PIPE Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement are substantially accurate;

    Assumed that the final versions of all documents reviewed by Duff & Phelps in draft form conform in all material respects to the drafts reviewed;

    Assumed that there has been no material change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, or prospects of GHV or AMPSA since the date of the most recent financial statements and other information made available to Duff & Phelps, and that

137


      there is no information or facts that would make the information reviewed by Duff & Phelps incomplete or misleading;

    Assumed at GHV's direction that the Trust Account balance of GHV per share and recent trading prices of the GHV Class A Common Stock provide a reasonable basis upon which to evaluate the GHV Class A Common Stock in connection with the Business Combination;

    Assumed that all of the conditions required to implement the Merger will be satisfied and that the Business Combination will be completed in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and the PIPE Agreement without any amendments thereto or any waivers of any terms or conditions thereof; and

    Assumed that all governmental, regulatory or other consents and approvals necessary for the consummation of the Business Combination will be obtained without any adverse effect on GHV, AMPSA, or the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the Business Combination.

        To the extent that any of the foregoing assumptions or any of the facts on which Duff & Phelps' opinion is based prove to be untrue in any material respect, the opinion cannot and should not be relied upon. Furthermore, in Duff & Phelps' analysis and in connection with the preparation of its opinion, Duff & Phelps has made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, general business, market and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of any party involved in the Business Combination.

        Duff & Phelps has prepared its opinion effective as of the date of such opinion. Duff & Phelps' opinion was necessarily based upon market, economic, financial and other conditions as they existed and could be evaluated as of the date of the opinion, and Duff & Phelps disclaims any undertaking or obligation to advise any person of any change in any fact or matter affecting its opinion which may come or be brought to the attention of Duff & Phelps after the date hereof. The credit, financial and stock markets have experienced unusual volatility and Duff & Phelps expresses no opinion or view as to any potential effects of such volatility on GHV, AMPSA, or the Business Combination.

        Duff & Phelps did not evaluate GHV's or AMPSA's solvency or conduct an independent appraisal or physical inspection of any specific assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise). Duff & Phelps has not been requested to, and did not, (i) initiate any discussions with, or solicit any indications of interest from, third parties with respect to the Business Combination, or any alternatives to the Business Combination, (ii) negotiate the terms of the Business Combination, and therefore, Duff & Phelps has assumed that such terms are the most beneficial terms, from GHV's perspective, that could, under the circumstances, be negotiated among the parties to the Business Combination Agreement and the PIPE Agreement, or (iii) advise the GHV Board of Directors or any other party with respect to alternatives to the Business Combination.

        Duff & Phelps did not express any opinion as to the market price or value of the GHV Class A Common Stock (or anything else) after the announcement of the Business Combination. Duff & Phelps' opinion should not be construed as a valuation opinion, credit rating, solvency opinion, an analysis of GHV's AMPSA's, or any other party's credit worthiness, as tax advice, or as accounting advice. Duff & Phelps did not make, and assumed no responsibility to make, any representation, or render any opinion, as to any legal matter.

        In rendering its opinion, Duff & Phelps did not express any opinion with respect to the amount or nature of any compensation to any of GHV's or AMPSA's officers, directors, or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration in the Business Combination, or with respect to the fairness of any such compensation.

138


Summary of Material Financial Analyses by Duff & Phelps

        Set forth below is a summary of the material financial analyses performed by Duff & Phelps in connection with providing its opinion to the GHV Board of Directors. While this summary describes the analyses and factors that Duff & Phelps deemed material in its presentation to the GHV Board, it is not a comprehensive description of all analyses and factors considered by Duff & Phelps. The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex process that involves various determinations as to appropriate and relevant methods of financial analysis and the application of these methods to the particular circumstances. Therefore, neither its opinion nor Duff & Phelps' underlying analysis is susceptible to partial analysis or summary description. In arriving at its opinion, Duff & Phelps did not attribute any particular weight to any analysis or factor considered by it, but rather made qualitative judgments as to the significance and relevance of each analysis and factor. Accordingly, Duff & Phelps' analyses must be considered as a whole and selecting portions of its analyses and of the factors considered by it in rendering its opinion, without considering all analyses and factors, could create a misleading or incomplete view of the evaluation process underlying its opinion. The conclusion reached by Duff & Phelps was based on all analyses and factors taken as a whole, and also on the application of Duff & Phelps' own experience and judgment.

        Certain of the financial analyses summarized below include information presented in tabular format. In order for Duff & Phelps' financial analyses to be fully understood, where applicable, the tables must be read together with the text of each summary. The tables alone do not constitute a complete description of the financial analyses undertaken by Duff & Phelps. Considering the data below without considering the full narrative description of the financial analyses, including the methodologies and assumptions underlying the analyses, could create a misleading or incomplete view of Duff & Phelps' financial analyses.

Discounted Cash Flow Analysis.

        Duff & Phelps performed a discounted cash flow ("DCF") analysis of AMPSA using the financial forecast and other information and data provided by GHV's management and summarized in the section entitled "Certain GHV Projected Financial Information" to calculate the estimated present value of the future free cash flows projected to be generated by AMPSA from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2024.

        In performing the DCF analysis of AMPSA, Duff and Phelps utilized a pro forma tax rate of 25.0% during the projection period. Additionally, in performing the DCF analysis of AMPSA, Duff & Phelps utilized a range of discount rates of 9.0% to 10.0% based on an estimate of AMPSA's weighted average cost of capital ("WACC"). Duff & Phelps derived a terminal value using a perpetuity formula assuming a 3.25% terminal growth rate. Based on the information provided by AMPSA's management to GHV, with the consent of GHV's Board of Directors, Duff & Phelps assumed that (i) the total revenue increases at a compound annual growth rate of 12.5% from 2020 through 2024; (ii) capital expenditures, including business growth investment, will average 12.7% of total revenue over the projection period; and (iii) that Adjusted EBITDA increases at a compound annual growth rate of 19.7% for the period from December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2024, with an average Adjusted EBITDA margin of 18.6% for the projection period. The DCF analysis indicated an implied enterprise value reference range for AMPSA of approximately $8.1 billion to $9.7 billion.

Selected Companies Analysis.

        Duff & Phelps reviewed certain financial information for selected public companies that Duff & Phelps deemed relevant. The selected public companies were selected because they were deemed to be similar to AMPSA in one or more respects. In determining its reference range for its selected publicly traded companies analysis, Duff & Phelps focused on (i) two beverage can companies which directly

139


compete with AMPSA: Ball Corporation and Crown Holdings, Inc., (ii) seven general food and beverage and consumer packaging companies: Silgan Holdings, Inc., Winpak LTD., Berry Global Group, Inc., Amcor plc, AptarGroup, Inc., Huhtamäki Oyj, and Sealed Air Corporation.

        Enterprise value means the value as of a specified date of the relevant company's outstanding equity securities (taking into account outstanding options and other securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for equity securities of GHV), plus the amount of debt outstanding, capitalized leases, pension liabilities and preferred stock and non-controlling interests, and less the amount of cash and cash equivalents and net non-operating assets on its balance sheet. Enterprise values used in the selected companies analysis were calculated using the closing price of the common stock of the selected companies as of February 19, 2021. Historical and projected financial performance data for the selected companies was based on publicly available consensus research analysts' estimates and public filings and other publicly available information, all as of February 19, 2021.

        Duff & Phelps analyzed the historical and projected financial performance of each of the selected public companies, including revenue growth, EBITDA growth and EBITDA margin for each of the selected public companies, as shown below:

COMPANY INFORMATION   REVENUE GROWTH   EBITDA GROWTH   EBITDA MARGIN  
Company Name
  3-YR
CAGR
  LTM   2021   2022   3-YR
CAGR
  LTM   2021   2022   3-YR
AVG
  LTM   2021   2022  

Core Companies

                                                                         

Ball Corporation

    2.4 %   2.7 %   11.9 %   7.1 %   3.6 %   10.5 %   11.0 %   9.3 %   17.1 %   17.9 %   17.8 %   18.1 %

Crown Holdings, Inc. 

    1.9     –0.8     8.7     4.5     NM     10.2     7.8     6.2     15.0     16.5     16.4     16.7  

Mean—Core Companies

    2.1 %   1.0 %   10.3 %   5.8 %   3.6 %   10.3 %   9.4 %   7.7 %   16.1 %   17.2 %   17.1 %   17.4 %

Median—Core Companies

    2.1 %   1.0 %   10.3 %   5.8 %   3.6 %   10.3 %   9.4 %   7.7 %   16.1 %   17.2 %   17.1 %   17.4 %

Other Packaging Companies

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Silgan Holdings Inc. 

    6.4 %   9.6 %   8.3 %   2.5 %   11.6 %   22.2 %   10.3 %   0.4 %   15.1 %   16.4 %   16.7 %   16.4 %

Winpak Ltd. 

    2.0     –2.4     3.1     1.0     0.9     –2.3     4.1     1.4     22.6     22.9     22.5     22.6  

Berry Global Group, Inc. 

    NM     NM     3.3     4.4     NM     NM     1.2     4.8     NM     19.4     19.0     19.1  

Amcor plc

    NM     NM     3.3     2.2     NM     NM     2.0     4.0     NM     16.4     16.1     16.4  

AptarGroup, Inc. 

    5.9     2.4     6.4     4.4     7.0     1.0     10.0     5.3     21.0     21.3     22.1     22.2  

Huhtamäki Oyj

    3.4     –2.9     3.8     5.4     7.1     3.7     6.3     4.5     13.6     14.4     14.8     14.6  

Sealed Air Corporation

    3.2     2.3     5.5     2.7     10.0     9.4     5.6     4.5     20.9     22.4     22.5     22.8  

Mean—Other Packaging Companies

    4.2 %   1.8 %   4.8 %   3.2 %   7.3 %   6.8 %   5.6 %   3.6 %   18.6 %   19.0 %   19.1 %   19.2 %

Median—Other Packaging Companies

    3.4 %   2.3 %   3.8 %   2.7 %   7.1 %   3.7 %   5.6 %   4.5 %   20.9 %   19.4 %   19.0 %   19.1 %

Mean—Consolidated

    3.6 %   1.6 %   6.0 %   3.8 %   6.7 %   7.8 %   6.5 %   4.5 %   17.9 %   18.6 %   18.6 %   18.8 %

Median—Consolidated

    3.2 %   2.3 %   5.5 %   4.4 %   7.0 %   9.4 %   6.3 %   4.5 %   17.1 %   17.9 %   17.8 %   18.1 %

AMPSA

    4.0 %   2.3 %   10.7 %   18.6 %   6.5 %   8.4 %   20.0 %   24.3 %   15.2 %   15.8 %   17.1 %   17.9 %

LTM = Latest Twelve Months

CAGR = Compounded Annual Growth Rate

EBITDA = Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, adjusted to exclude rent expense and non-operating pension (benefit)/cost

140


        Duff & Phelps also analyzed the selected public companies' trading multiples of enterprise value to projected EBITDA, EBITA, and revenue, as shown below:

(in millions, except per share data)

COMPANY INFORMATION   MARKET DATA   ENTERPRISE VALUE AS MULTIPLE OF  
Company Name
  Common
Stock
Price on
02/19/2021
  % of 52-
Week
High
  Enterprise
Value
  LTM
EBITDA
  2021
EBITDA
  2022
EBITDA
  LTM
EBITA
  2021
EBITA
  2022
EBITA
  LTM
Revenue
  2021
Revenue
  2022
Revenue
 

Core Companies

                                                                         

Ball Corporation

  $ 90.48     88.0 % $ 36,737     17.4x     15.7x     14.4x     22.6x     19.8x     17.7x     3.12x     2.79x     2.60x  

Crown Holdings, Inc. 

    101.01     99.1     21,542     11.3     10.4     9.8     13.4     12.2     11.4     1.86     1.71     1.64  

Mean—Core Companies

          93.6 %   29,139     14.3x     13.1x     12.1x     18.0x     16.0x     14.6x     2.49x     2.25x     2.12x  

Median—Core Companies

          93.6 %   29,139     14.3x     13.1x     12.1x     18.0x     16.0x     14.6x     2.49x     2.25x     2.12x  

Other Packaging Companies

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Silgan Holdings Inc. 

  $ 38.68     95.6 % $ 7,185     8.9x     8.1x     8.0x     12.3x     10.8x     10.7x     1.46x     1.35x     1.31x  

Winpak Ltd. 

    31.39     75.1     1,601     8.2     8.0     7.9     10.6     10.4     10.2     1.87     1.81     1.79  

Berry Global Group, Inc. 

    57.21     93.8     18,657     8.0     7.9     7.5     10.4     10.3     9.7     1.55     1.50     1.44  

Amcor plc

    11.42     92.1     24,507     12.0     11.8     11.3     15.0     14.7     14.0     1.96     1.90     1.86  

AptarGroup, Inc. 

    132.24     91.4     9,954     15.9     14.5     13.7     22.4     18.3     16.6     3.40     3.19     3.06  

Huhtamäki Oyj

    46.91     82.9     6,215     10.8     10.1     9.7     17.6     16.0     14.9     1.55     1.49     1.42  

Sealed Air Corporation

    43.66     91.1     10,267     9.3     8.8     8.5     10.7     10.0     9.5     2.09     1.98     1.93  

Mean—Other Packaging Companies

          88.9 %   11,198     10.4x     9.9x     9.5x     14.1x     12.9x     12.2x     1.98x     1.89x     1.83x  

Median—Other Packaging Companies

          91.4 %   9,954     9.3x     8.8x     8.5x     12.3x     10.8x     10.7x     1.87x     1.81x     1.79x  

Mean—Consolidated

          89.9 %   15,185     11.3x     10.6x     10.1x     15.0x     13.6x     12.7x     2.10x     1.97x     1.89x  

Median—Consolidated

          91.4 %   10,267     10.8x     10.1x     9.7x     13.4x     12.2x     11.4x     1.87x     1.81x     1.79x  

LTM = Latest Twelve Months

Enterprise Value = (Market Capitalization + Management Equity + Debt + Capitalized Leases + Pension Liabilities + Preferred Stock + Non-Controlling Interest) – (Cash & Equivalents + Net Non-Operating Assets)

EBITDA = Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, adjusted to exclude rent expense and non-operating pension (benefit)/cost

EBITA = Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, and Amortization, adjusted to exclude rent expense and non-operating pension (benefit)/cost

        Duff & Phelps selected a range of multiples for AMPSA, taking into account its size, growth outlook, profit margins and other characteristics relative to the selected public companies, specifically Ball Corporation and Crown Holdings, Inc. Based on the foregoing and using its professional judgment, the selected companies analysis indicated an implied enterprise value reference range for AMPSA of approximately $8.1 billion to $9.6 billion.

Selected Transactions Analysis.

        Duff & Phelps reviewed, but did not utilize for purposes of its analysis or opinion, financial information for certain selected transactions involving target companies with businesses that were deemed relevant to its analysis. Duff & Phelps did not rely on its review of certain selected transactions due to the lack of transactions involving pure play beverage can target companies. Duff & Phelps included the values of such transactions for informational purposes only.

Earnout Valuation

        Duff & Phelps also performed a valuation of the contingent consideration issuable by AMPSA to AGSA subject to attainment of certain stock price hurdles over a five year period from the 180th day following the closing of the Merger. The valuation was based on volatility scenarios of 20%, 25% and 30% as implied by the comparable companies. Based on such analysis, the total potential value of the earnout under the assumed scenarios ranged from approximately $233 million to $355 million.

141


Other Matters

        Duff & Phelps was retained by GHV to provide an opinion to GHV Board of Directors as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to GHV of the consideration in the Business Combination. Pursuant to the terms of its engagement, Duff & Phelps became entitled to a fee of $500,000 for its services, $250,000 of which was paid upon Duff & Phelps' delivery of the opinion to GHV's Board of Directors and the remainder of which will become payable upon closing of the Merger. No portion of Duff & Phelps' fee is contingent upon the conclusion expressed in its opinion. Furthermore, Duff & Phelps is entitled to be paid additional fees at Duff & Phelps' standard hourly rates for any time incurred should Duff & Phelps be called upon to support its findings subsequent to the delivery of its opinion. GHV has also agreed to reimburse Duff & Phelps for its out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, consultants and advisors retained by Duff & Phelps in connection with the engagement. GHV has also agreed to indemnify Duff & Phelps for certain liabilities arising out of its engagement.

        Other than this engagement, during the two years preceding the date its opinion was delivered, Duff & Phelps provided tax advisory services to certain subsidiaries of AMPSA for which it has received aggregate fees of approximately $20,000 and customary expense reimbursement and indemnification.

Certain Financial Projections Provided to GHV's Board

        In December 2020, AMPSA provided GHV with its internally prepared projections for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2021 through December 31, 2024. The prospective financial information was not prepared with a view towards compliance with the published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective financial information. These projections were prepared solely for internal use for capital budgeting and other management purposes, on a reasonable basis, using the best currently available estimates and judgements to management's knowledge and belief at the time. These projections are subjective in many respects and therefore susceptible to varying interpretations and the need for periodic revision based on actual experience and business developments. These projections were not intended for third-party use, including by investors or holders. You are cautioned that the projections may be materially different than actual results.

        While presented in this proxy statement/prospectus with numeric specificity, the projections reflect numerous assumptions, including assumptions with respect to general business, economic, market (including expected demand and supply expectations), regulatory and financial conditions and various other factors, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond AMPSA's control, such as the risks and uncertainties contained in the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" located elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The material assumptions underlying the projections included certain assumptions with respect to weighted average cost of capital, carry-forward net operating losses and terminal revenue multiples as well as certain revenue projections summarized in the first chart below that were provided by AMPSA. The projections reflect the consistent application of the accounting policies of AMPSA and should be read in conjunction with the accounting policies included in Note 2 of the Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

        The financial projections, including total revenue, adjusted EBITDA, capital expenditures/Business Growth Investment and net working capital are forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond AMPSA's control. Since the unaudited forecasted financial information covers multiple years, such information, by its nature, becomes less predictive with each successive year. There will be differences between actual and projected results, there can be no assurance that the projected results

142


will be realized, and actual results may differ materially from those contained in the projections. The inclusion of the projections in this proxy statement/prospectus should not be regarded as an indication that AMPSA or its representatives consider the projections to be a reliable prediction of future events.

        Certain of the measures included in the financial projections may be considered non-IFRS financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow. Non-IFRS financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with IFRS, and non-IFRS financial measures as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts used by other companies.

        Financial measures provided to a financial advisor are excluded from the definition of non-IFRS financial measures and therefore, are not subject to SEC rules regarding disclosures of non-IFRS financial measures, which would otherwise require a reconciliation of a non-IFRS financial measure to a IFRS financial measure. Reconciliations of non-IFRS financial measures were not relied upon by Duff & Phelps for purposes of its financial analysis as described above in "—Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor" located elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus or by the GHV board of directors in connection with its consideration of the Merger. Accordingly, a reconciliation of the non-IFRS financial measures is not provided.

        The projections were requested by, and disclosed to, GHV for use as a component in its overall evaluation of AMPSA. The projections are included in this proxy statement/prospectus because they were provided to the GHV Board for its evaluation of the Business Combination and were provided to Duff & Phelps for its use in connection with its financial analyses and opinion to the GHV Board, as described in the section entitled "Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor" and as set forth as Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus.

        Neither AMPSA's management nor any of AMPSA's representatives has made or makes any representation to any person regarding the performance of AMPSA following the Business Combination compared to the information contained in the projections, and neither AMPSA's management nor any of AMPSA's representatives intends to or undertakes any obligation to update or otherwise revise the projections or to reflect the occurrence of future events in the event that any or all of the assumptions underlying the projections are no longer appropriate. Accordingly, they should not be looked upon as guidance of any sort. Following the Merger, AMPSA will not refer back to these forecasts in its future periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act.

        Neither GHV's nor AMPSA's independent auditors, nor any other independent accountants, have audited, reviewed, compiled, examined, or performed any procedures with respect to the any prospective financial information provided to the GHV Board or contained herein, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the prospective financial information.

        The projections are the responsibility of AMPSA's management. AMPSA management have no responsibility for, and were not consulted with respect to, any adjustments made by GHV or Duff & Phelps to the prospective financial information provided by AMPSA to GHV and summarized in the first chart below. PricewaterhouseCoopers, AMPSA's independent registered accounting firm, has not audited, reviewed, examined, compiled or otherwise performed procedures with respect to the accompanying financial information presented herein and, accordingly, expresses no opinion or any other form of assurance on it. The PricewaterhouseCoopers report included in this proxy statement/prospectus relates to previously issued financial statements of AMPSA. It does not extend to the projections and should not be read as if it does.

143


        The key elements of the projections are summarized below:

($ in millions)

 
  Financial Projections  
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,
  2021P   2022P   2023P   2024P  

Total Revenue

  $ 3,819.8   $ 4,531.7   $ 5,198.5   $ 5,521.4  

Growth

    10.7 %   18.6 %   14.7 %   6.2 %

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 654.3   $ 813.1   $ 996.4   $ 1,117.1  

Margin

    17.1 %   17.9 %   19.2 %   20.2 %

Growth

    20.0 %   24.3 %   22.5 %   12.1 %

Capital Expenditures/BGI

  $ 898.9   $ 676.9   $ 349.0   $ 305.0  

Net Working Capital

  $ (90.9 ) $ (82.9 ) $ (48.9 ) $ (60.1 )

as % of Total Revenue

    (2.4 )%   (1.8 )%   (0.9 )%   (1.1 )%

Notes:

1.
Total Revenue increases at a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 12.5% for the four-year period from 2020 (as reported at an exchange rate of €1.00 = $1.14) through 2024 (as projected assuming an exchange rate of €1.00 = $1.19).

2.
Adjusted EBITDA increases at a CAGR of 19.7% for the four-year period from 2020 (as reported at an exchange rate of €1.00 = $1.14) through 2024 (as projected assuming an exchange rate of €1.00 = $1.19).

3.
Capital expenditures average 12.7% of Total Revenue over the 2021 to 2024 projection period.

4.
BGI means capital expenditure in respect of the announced business growth investment program.

5.
AMPSA defines Adjusted EBITDA as profit/(loss) for the year before income tax charge/(credit), net finance expense, depreciation and amortization, and exceptional operating items.

6.
Capital Expenditures (including BGI) is defined as the sum of purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, net of proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment.

7.
Net Working Capital means working capital as defined in note 3 to the "Selected Historical Combined Financial and Other Data of the AMP Business," adjusted for corporate income tax receivable and capital expenditure payable.

        GHV provided to Duff & Phelps the financial projections it had received from AMPSA for purposes of the financial analyses to be performed by Duff & Phelps in connection with rendering its fairness opinion. Duff & Phelps used those financial projections and other information and data provided by GHV (for which AMPSA has no responsibility) as the basis for a discounted cash flow analysis. Beyond the projection period, Duff & Phelps estimated the "terminal value" using a perpetuity formula assuming a 3.25% terminal growth rate. The resulting cash flows and an estimated

144


terminal value, set forth below, were discounted at a weighted average cost of capital range of 9.00% to 10.00%:

($ in millions)

 
  Financial Projections    
 
 
  Normalized
Terminal
 
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,
  2021P   2022P   2023P   2024P  

Total Revenue

  $ 3,819.8   $ 4,531.7   $ 5,198.5   $ 5,521.4   $ 5,521.4  

Growth

    10.7 %   18.6 %   14.7 %   6.2 %      

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 654.3   $ 813.1   $ 996.4   $ 1,117.1   $ 1,117.1  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    17.1 %   17.9 %   19.2 %   20.2 %   20.2 %

Earnings Before Interest and Taxes*

  $ 10.3   $ 357.7   $ 734.2   $ 899.3   $ 1,004.4  

Pro Forma Taxes @ 25%

    (2.6 )   (89.4 )   (183.6 )   (224.8 )   (251.1 )

Net Operating Profit After Tax

  $ 7.7   $ 268.2   $ 550.7   $ 674.5   $ 753.3  

Tax Depreciation

  $ 644.0   $ 455.4   $ 262.2   $ 217.8   $ 112.7  

Capital Expenditures

    (898.9 )   (676.9 )   (349.0 )   (305.0 )   (118.6 )

Capital Lease Expense

    (47.3 )   (49.9 )   (53.3 )   (55.8 )   (55.8 )

(Increase)/Decrease in Working Capital

    (17.1 )   (8.0 )   (34.0 )   11.2     1.9  

Free Cash Flow(1)

  $ (311.6 ) $ (11.1 ) $ 376.6   $ 542.7   $ 693.5  

*
Earnings Before Interest and Taxes is stated above after deduction of tax depreciation.

(1)
Free Cash Flow is defined as net operating profit after tax plus tax depreciation less capital expenditures less capital lease expense plus the change in working capital.

Interests of GHV Initial Stockholders and GHV's Other Current Officers and Directors

        In considering the recommendation of GHV's Board to vote for the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal, you should be aware that aside from their interests as stockholders, GHV's Sponsor and certain members of GHV's Board and officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of GHV's stockholders generally. GHV's Board was aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating and negotiating the Business Combination and transaction agreements and in recommending to GHV's stockholders that they vote in favor of the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal. Stockholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the proposals presented at the Special Meeting, including the Merger Proposal. These interests include, among other things:

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed not to redeem any of the GHV Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the GHV Founder Shares that will be exchanged for AMPSA Shares at the Merger Effective Time, and which AMPSA Shares would, if unrestricted and freely tradable, have a value of approximately $98 million at the Merger Effective Time (based on per share price of $10), but given the restrictions on such AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, GHV believes such AMPSA Shares have less value;

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their GHV Founder Shares if GHV fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

145


    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $12,500,000 for its 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants to purchase shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, and that such Private Placement Warrants will expire and become worthless if a business combination is not consummated by August 10, 2022;

    if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the GHV Sponsor has agreed to indemnify GHV to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.00 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which GHV has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than its independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to GHV, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

    the continued indemnification of GHV's existing directors and officers and the purchase of a tail policy with respect to GHV's directors' and officers' existing liability insurance;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in GHV and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has the right to nominate two independent directors to AMPSA's board of directors as of the Closing;

    that, at the closing of the Merger, GHV will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, which provides for registration rights to the holders of AMPSA Shares that are parties thereto and their permitted transferees;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor and members of the GHV Board and management would hold the following number of shares in AMPSA at the Closing:
Name of Person/Entity
  Number of
AMPSA Shares
  Value of
AMPSA Shares(1)
 

Gores Sponsor V LLC

        $               

Alec E. Gores

        $               

Mark R. Stone

        $               

Andrew McBride

        $               

Randall Bort

        $               

William Patton

        $               

Jeffrey Rea

        $               

(1)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.
    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has entered into a Subscription Agreement with AMPSA and GHV, pursuant to which the GHV Sponsor has committed to purchase 2.5 million AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $25 million, provided that the GHV Sponsor has the right to syndicate the AMPSA Shares purchased under such Subscription Agreement in advance of the Closing;

    that an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor, Mr. Alec E. Gores, has committed to purchase            AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $            in connection with the syndication by the GHV Sponsor of its portion of the PIPE; and

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has committed to acquire up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a per share price of $10.00 in the event that there are redemptions from the Trust Account that are in excess of $1 million.

146


Potential Actions to Secure Requisite Stockholder Approvals

        In connection with the stockholder vote to approve the Merger Proposal, the Sponsor and GHV's directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may privately negotiate transactions to purchase shares of GHV Common Stock from stockholders who would have otherwise elected to have their shares redeemed in conjunction with the Merger for a per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account. None of the Sponsor or GHV's directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates will make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller. Such a purchase of shares may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that the Sponsor or GHV's directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from Public Stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. Any such privately negotiated purchases may be effected at purchase prices that are in excess of the per-share pro rata portion of the Trust Account. The purpose of such share purchases would be to increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Merger Proposal or to satisfy the Minimum Cash Closing Conditions in the Business Combination Agreement.

Listing of AMPSA Shares

        Approval of the listing on NYSE of the AMPSA Shares to be issued in the Business Combination, subject to official notice of issuance, is a condition to each party's obligation to complete the Merger.

Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination

        As the first step within the Business Combination, AGSA undertook the Pre-Closing Restructuring whereby AGSA effected a series of transactions that resulted in among other things, (a) the AMP Business being wholly owned by AMPSA and (b) any assets and liabilities relating to the business of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by the AMP Entities being transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not the AMP Entities, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) being transferred to the AMP Entities. These transactions are accounted for as a capital reorganization as, prior to the Pre-Closing Restructuring, AMPSA did not meet the definition of a business under IFRS 3 (Business Combination). Under a capital reorganization, the consolidated financial statements of AMPSA reflect the net assets transferred at pre-combination predecessor book values. Following this first step, AMPSA continues to be a wholly owned subsidiary of AGSA.

        The capital reorganization will be followed at closing by a Merger whereby MergeCo (a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA) will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. This Merger transaction will be accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2 (Share-based Payment). Under this method of accounting, there is no acquisition accounting and no recognition of goodwill, as GHV is not considered a business as defined by IFRS 3 (Business Combinations) given it consists predominantly of cash in the Trust Account. Under this method of accounting, GHV will be treated as the "acquired" company for financial reporting purposes. In order to reach this conclusion, the following factors were also taken into consideration: (i) the business will comprise the ongoing operations of AMPSA; (ii) senior management will comprise the senior management of AMPSA; and (iii) the pre-Business Combination shareholders of AMPSA will have the largest ownership of AMPSA and the right to appoint the highest number of board members relative to other shareholders.

        In accordance with IFRS 2, the difference in the fair value of the consideration (shares and warrants issued by AMPSA) for the acquisition of GHV over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of GHV will represent a service for listing of AMPSA and be accounted for as an expense for a share-based payment. The consideration for the acquisition of GHV was determined using the closing price of GHV´s publicly traded GHV Class A Common Stock and the Public Warrants traded on Nasdaq under the ticker symbols "GRSV" and "GRSVW" as of March 3, 2021.

147



THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT

        This section of the proxy statement/prospectus describes the material provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, but does not purport to describe all of the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Business Combination Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Annex A hereto. The Business Combination Agreement was amended by amendment dated as of March 5, 2021 by the parties thereto to reflect certain typographical and other immaterial corrections, and the copy of the agreement attached hereto as Annex A reflects such amendment. Certain figures included in this section have been rounded for ease of presentation and, as a result, percentages may not sum to 100%.

The Business Combination

        On February 22, 2021, GHV, AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo entered into the Business Combination Agreement, which contains customary representations and warranties, covenants, closing conditions, termination provisions and other terms relating to the transactions contemplated thereby, as summarized below. Capitalized terms used in this section but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Business Combination Agreement.

The Structure of the Business Combination

        Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the parties intend to consummate the Business Combination. Following the merger of GHV with and into MergeCo, GHV would become a direct wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, each of the following transactions occurred, or will occur, in the following order:

    Prior to the Closing, pursuant to the Transfer Agreement by and between AGSA and AMPSA, AGSA effected the Pre-Closing Restructuring;

    AMPSA incurred indebtedness under the documents related to the Debt Financing documents in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $2.8 billion pursuant to the Notes Offering;

    At Closing, the Subscribers will subscribe for 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares for an aggregate purchase price payable to AMPSA of $600,000,000 (excluding the GHV Sponsor Backstop); and

    At Closing, MergeCo will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, and all shares of GHV Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, other than any Excluded Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), will be contributed to AMPSA in exchange for AMPSA Shares, and all GHV Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into AMPSA Warrants.

148


        The following diagram shows the current ownership structure of Gores Holdings V, Inc. (excluding the impact of the shares underlying the GHV Warrants).

GRAPHIC


(1)
For more information about the ownership interests of GHV's Initial Stockholders, including the Sponsor, prior to the Business Combination, please see the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

        The following diagram shows the current ownership structure of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

GRAPHIC


(1)
For more information about the ownership interests of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., prior to the Business Combination, please see the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

(2)
The diagram above only shows certain subsidiaries of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

149


        The following diagram shows the pro forma ownership percentages (assuming no shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed and excluding the impact of the shares underlying the AMPSA Warrants and the 60,730,000 Earnout Shares) and structure of AMPSA immediately following the consummation of the PIPE and the Merger.

GRAPHIC


(1)
The diagram above only shows select subsidiaries of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

Consideration to Be Received in the Business Combination

        The aggregate consideration to be paid to AGSA pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement consists of (a) $2,315,000,000, payable in cash and in equivalent U.S. dollars or euros (or a combination thereof), (b) 484,956,250 AMPSA Shares, (c) a promissory note issued by AMPSA in the amount of $1,085,000,000, to be paid in cash at the Closing or, in certain circumstances, a combination of cash and AMPSA Shares, and (d) the right to receive, during the five-year period commencing 180 days after the Closing, up to 60,730,000 additional AMPSA Shares in five equal installments if the price of AMPSA Shares maintains for a certain period of time a volume weighted average price greater than or equal to $13.00, $15.00, $16.50, $18.00 and $19.50, as applicable.

Ownership of AMPSA Upon Completion of the Business Combination

        Following the Business Combination, GHV shall be a direct wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA.

150


Representation and Warranties

        The Business Combination Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of AMPSA, AGSA, GHV and MergeCo relating to, among other things, their ability to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and their outstanding capitalization.

Conduct of Business Pending Consummation of the Business Combination; Covenants

Conduct of Business by AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo pending the Business Combination

        From the date of the Business Combination Agreement and until the earlier of the termination of the Business Combination Agreement and the Merger Effective Time, except (i) as required by applicable law, governmental order or other directive by a governmental authority, (ii) as set forth in certain sections of the AGSA disclosure schedules, (iii) for the Pre-Closing Restructuring, (iv) as expressly contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, and (v) with the prior written consent of GHV, AGSA shall (solely with respect to the AMP Business), and shall cause the AMP Entities to: (A) conduct the AMP Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects; provided, that, in the case of actions that are taken (or omitted to be taken) reasonably in response to an emergency or urgent condition or conditions arising from COVID-19 or legal requirements related to COVID-19 (including any COVID-19 Measures), AGSA and the AMP Entities shall not be deemed to be acting outside of the ordinary course of business, so long as such actions or omissions are reasonably designed to protect the health or welfare of employees, directors, officers or agents or to meet such legal requirements; (B) not (y) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to any of its capital stock, or (z) effect any recapitalization, reclassification, split or other change in its capitalization, in each case, by or involving an AMP Entity; (C) not grant, create, assume or otherwise incur any encumbrance (other than a permitted encumbrance) on any assets of any AMP Entity or with respect to the AMP Business, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or any encumbrance that will be released in full on or prior to the Closing; (D) not sell, transfer, assign, lease, sublease, license or otherwise dispose of any material assets (excluding intellectual property) of any AMP Entity or of the AMP Business, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (which ordinary course of business consistent with past practice includes, for the avoidance of doubt, the financing or sale of accounts receivable in connection with any factoring or other supply chain financing arrangements of a type that have historically been entered into in the operation of the AMP Business); (E) not (x) amend the organizational documents of any of the AMP Entities, (y) authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, restructuring, recapitalization, dissolution or winding up of any of the AMP Entities, or (z) form or establish a subsidiary that would be an AMP Entity; (F) not amend or make any changes to the accounting policies, methods, principles or practices of any AMP Entity or otherwise relating to the AMP Business, unless required by GAAP, IFRS or applicable law; (G) not authorize, issue, sell, convey, transfer, pledge, grant, redeem, repurchase or otherwise dispose of or acquire any shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of any AMP Entity (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such equity or ownership interests), or any options, warrants, puts, calls, appreciation rights or units, phantom equity rights, or other similar rights with respect to or to purchase or subscribe for, equity or ownership interests of any AMP Entity, or permit any encumbrances to be imposed on any such interests (other than any encumbrance that will be released on or prior to the Closing); (H) not incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money other than (w) in connection with the Debt Financing, (x) indebtedness that shall be repaid, settled, canceled or terminated prior to the Closing (y) intercompany indebtedness between AMP Entities, and (z) to replace indebtedness (on substantially similar terms) that is maturing, expiring or otherwise terminating; (I) not (y) abandon, fail to maintain, sell, transfer, assign, license, cancel, allow to lapse or expire or otherwise dispose of any material owned intellectual property, other than non-exclusive

151


licenses granted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (z) disclose any material trade secret included in the owned intellectual property to any other person (other than in the ordinary course of business to a person bound by customary written confidentiality obligations); (J) except as required under the terms of any plan or collective bargaining agreement as in effect on the date of the Business Combination Agreement or applicable law or as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, not (x) enter into, adopt or amend any plan that would be an AMP Business Plan (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) if in effect on the date hereof, other than amendments that are generally applicable to employees of AGSA and its affiliates and do not disproportionately impact AMP Business Employees (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (y) increase the compensation and benefits provided to any AMP Business Employee or former employee thereof, other than any AMP Business Employees with annual base salary or wages of less than $150,000, or (z) terminate (other than for cause) any director or executive officer of the AMP Entities, or give notice of any such action; (K) not enter into or materially amend any collective bargaining agreement (or enter into any other material commitment with any employee representative body) covering any AMP Business Employee, except to renew or replace an existing collective bargaining agreement on substantially similar terms or as required as a result of the transactions or by law; (L) not (v) make, change or revoke any material tax elections, (w) change any method of tax accounting, (x) file any amended material tax return, (y) enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement with respect to taxes, or (z) settle or compromise any material tax liability or surrender any right to claim a material tax refund, offset or other reduction in a material tax liability, in each case, unless otherwise required by applicable law (except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise adverse to any AMP Entities or favor the Ardagh Entities (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) as compared to the AMP Entities); (M) not enter into any (y) material line of business or (z) business that is unrelated to the AMP Business; (N) not release, assign, compromise, settle or agree to settle any action material to the AMP Entities or their respective properties or assets, or to the AMP Business, unless such action or settlement is solely monetary in nature and involves payments of less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate; or (O) not enter into an enforceable agreement, or otherwise agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

Conduct of Business by the Company pending the Merger

        From the date of the Business Combination Agreement and until the earlier of the termination of the Business Combination Agreement and the Merger Effective Time, except (i) as required by applicable law, (ii) as set forth on the GHV disclosure schedules, (iii) as expressly contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, and (iv) with the prior written consent of AGSA, GHV shall not: (A) amend the GHV organizational documents; (B) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to any of its capital stock, other than pursuant to the redemption rights provided in the GHV organizational Documents; (C) reclassify, combine, split, subdivide or redeem, or purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the GHV Common Stock or GHV Warrants, other than pursuant to the redemption rights provided in the GHV organizational documents; (D) other than in connection with the transactions, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant or encumber, or authorize, solicit, propose, or negotiate with respect to the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition, grant or encumbrance of, any shares of any class of capital stock or other securities of GHV or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of such capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest), of GHV; (E) acquire (including, without limitation, by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets or any other business combination) any corporation, partnership, other business organization or any division thereof or any material amount of assets or enter into any strategic joint ventures, partnerships or alliances with any other person; (F) incur any indebtedness (other than indebtedness not to exceed $1,500,000 that is incurred by GHV and, to the extent outstanding as of the Closing Date, reimbursable by AMPSA as

152


transaction expenses); (G) make any change in any method of financial accounting or financial accounting principles, policies, procedures or practices, except as required by GAAP or applicable law; (H) hire any person; increase the compensation or benefits payable or to become payable to any GHV Employee (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) or grant any equity or equity-based awards or awards with respect to the transactions to any GHV Employee; or enter into or adopt any plan or collective bargaining agreement (or enter into any other material commitment with any employee representative body); (I) not (v) make, change or revoke any material tax elections, (w) change any method of tax accounting, (x) file any amended material tax return, (y) enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement with respect to taxes, or (z) settle or compromise any material tax liability or surrender any right to claim a material tax refund, offset or other reduction in a material tax liability, in each case, unless otherwise required by applicable law except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or not otherwise adverse to any AMP Entities; (J) liquidate, dissolve, reorganize or otherwise wind up the business and operations of GHV; (K) amend the trust agreement or any other agreement related to the Trust Account; or (L) enter into any agreement or otherwise make a binding commitment to do any of the foregoing.

Board of Directors

        At Closing, AMPSA's board of directors shall be comprised of eleven directors, of whom (i) nine shall be appointed by AGSA, including the chairperson of the board, and (ii) two independent directors shall be appointed upon proposal for nomination by the Sponsor pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement. See the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Shareholders Agreement" for additional information regarding post-closing nomination rights with respect to AMPSA's board of directors.

Conditions to Closing the Merger

General Conditions

        Under the Business Combination Agreement, the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger are conditioned on the satisfaction or waiver (where permissible) of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing: (a) no action or governmental order or law shall have been enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered that restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transactions or would cause any of the transactions to be rescinded following the Closing; (b) the Merger Proposal shall have been approved and adopted by the requisite affirmative vote of the GHV stockholders; (c) a Luxembourg statutory independent auditor (réviseur d'entreprises agréé) of AMPSA shall have issued appropriate reports regarding the contributions relating to the AMPSA Shares to be issued in respect of the contributions in kind relating to the AMPSA Shares to be issued to AGSA and GHV stockholders; (d) all closing conditions to the PIPE Investment shall have been satisfied or waived and the PIPE Investment Amount shall have been paid to AMPSA on the Closing Date; (e) the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and no stop order or proceedings for purposes of suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall have been initiated by the SEC and not withdrawn; and (f) the AMPSA Shares shall have been approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

GHV Conditions to Closing

        The obligations of GHV to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (where permissible) of the following additional conditions at or prior to the Closing:

    a)
    certain representations and warranties of AGSA, shall each be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, certain representations and warranties shall be true and

153


      correct as of the Closing Date, except for de minimis inaccuracies, and all other representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except where the failure of all other such representations and warranties to be true and correct does not result in an AMP Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement);

    b)
    AGSA, AMPSA and MergeCo shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by the Business Combination Agreement to be complied with on or prior to the Closing Date;

    c)
    AGSA shall have delivered to GHV a certificate, signed by an officer of AGSA, certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 7.2(a), Section 7.2(b) and Section 7.2(d) of the Business Combination Agreement;

    d)
    the Pre-Closing Restructuring shall have been completed in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and the Transfer Agreement;

    e)
    no AMP Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) shall have occurred;

    f)
    The sum of (i) the GHV Closing Cash Amount plus (ii) the PIPE Investment Amount shall equal or exceed $685,000,000;

    g)
    AGSA shall have delivered to GHV the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.3(a) of the Business Combination Agreement; and

    h)
    AMPSA shall have received a tax opinion from KPMG LLP that the Merger should qualify for the Intended Tax Treatment (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) that GHV can rely on as if addressed to it.

AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo Conditions to Closing

        The obligations of AMPSA, AGSA and MergeCo to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (where permissible) of the following additional conditions at or prior to the Closing:

    a)
    certain representations and warranties of GHV shall each be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, certain representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the Closing, except for de minimis inaccuracies, and all other representations and warranties of GHV shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except where the failure of all other such representations and warranties to be true and correct does not result in a GHV Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement);

    b)
    GHV shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by the Business Combination Agreement to be complied with on or prior to the Closing Date;

    c)
    GHV shall have delivered to AGSA a certificate, signed by an officer of GHV, certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 7.3(a), Section 7.3(b) and Section 7.3(d) of the Business Combination Agreement;

    d)
    no GHV Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) shall have occurred;

    e)
    the cash portion of the AGSA Consideration paid to AGSA by AMPSA shall equal or exceed $3,000,000,000; and

154


    f)
    GHV shall have delivered to AGSA the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.3(b) of the Business Combination Agreement.

Termination of the Business Combination Agreement

        The Business Combination Agreement may be terminated, and the Merger may be abandoned, as follows:

    a)
    by mutual written consent of GHV and AGSA;

    b)
    by GHV upon any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in the Business Combination Agreement on the part of the AGSA, AMPSA or MergeCo that remains uncured for more than 30 days after written notice of such breach is provided by GHV to AGSA, or if any representation or warranty of AGSA, AMPSA or MergeCo shall have become untrue or inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b) of the Business Combination Agreement would not be satisfied;

    c)
    by AGSA upon any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in the Business Combination Agreement on the part of GHV that remains uncured for more than 30 days after written notice of such breach is provided by AGSA to GHV, or if any representation or warranty of GHV shall have become untrue or inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) of the Business Combination Agreement would not be satisfied;

    d)
    by either GHV or AGSA if the Merger Effective Time shall not have occurred on or prior to September 30, 2021, provided that the terminating party is not, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, in breach or violation of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation under the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or violation is the primary cause of the failure of a condition set forth in the Business Combination Agreement on or prior to September 30, 2021;

    e)
    by either GHV or AGSA if the Merger Proposal fails to receive the requisite vote for approval at GHV's Special Meeting of stockholders; and

    f)
    by either GHV or AGSA if any governmental authority will have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any injunction, order, decree or ruling (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which has become final and non-appealable and has the effect of making consummation of the Business Combination illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Business Combination.

Amendment; Waiver and Extension of the Business Combination Agreement

        The Business Combination Agreement may be amended in writing by all parties thereto at any time prior to the Merger Effective Time.

        At any time prior to the Merger Effective Time, (a) GHV may (i) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of the AGSA, AMPSA or MergeCo, (ii) to the extent permitted by Law, waive any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of AGSA contained in the Business Combination Agreement or in any document delivered by AGSA, AMPSA or MergeCo pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and (iii) waive compliance by AGSA, AMPSA or MergeCo with any of the terms or conditions to its own obligations contained in the Business Combination Agreement, or agree to an amendment or modification to the Business Combination Agreement; and (b) AGSA may (on its own behalf and on behalf of AMPSA and MergeCo) (i) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of GHV, (ii) to the extent permitted by

155


Law, waive any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of GHV contained in the Business Combination Agreement or in any document delivered by GHV pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and (iii) waive compliance by GHV with any of the terms or conditions to its own obligations contained in the Business Combination Agreement, or agree to an amendment or modification to the Business Combination Agreement. Any such amendment, extension or waiver shall be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing executed in the same manner as the Business Combination Agreement.

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction

        The Business Combination Agreement is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state, except to the extent mandatorily governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. All legal actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to the Business Combination Agreement will be heard and determined exclusively in any Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (unless the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over the matter, in which case the United States District Court for the District of Delaware). The parties to the Business Combination Agreement (a) irrevocably and unconditionally consented and submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, (b) irrevocably waived and agreed that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court, and (c) agreed that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (unless the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over the matter, in which case the United States District Court for the District of Delaware).

Expenses

        In the event that the Business Combination Agreement is validly terminated, all transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination will be paid by the party incurring such transaction expenses. If the Merger is consummated, AMPSA will bear the reasonable and documented transaction expenses of all parties; provided that the transaction expenses of GHV shall not exceed $50,000,000.

Vote Required for Approval

        The Merger is conditioned on the approval of the Merger Proposal at the Special Meeting.

        The Merger Proposal (and consequently, the Business Combination Agreement and the Merger) will be adopted and approved only if at least a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting vote "FOR" the Merger Proposal. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, abstentions and broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal.

        The Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote any shares of GHV Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Merger. As of the record date, the Sponsor, and GHV's directors and officers own 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock.

Recommendation of the Board of Directors

        THE GHV BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
THAT GHV'S STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR"
THE MERGER PROPOSAL.

156



CERTAIN AGREEMENTS RELATED TO THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

Transfer Agreement

        On February 22, 2021, AGSA and AMPSA entered into a Transfer Agreement, pursuant to which, prior to the Pre-Closing Restructuring Completion Date, AGSA agreed to effect the Pre-Closing Restructuring through a series of transactions that resulted in, among other things, AMPSA owning the AMP Business. The Pre-Closing Restructuring was consummated on April 1, 2021.

        The Transfer Agreement requires AMPSA to indemnify Ardagh Group and its affiliates for losses arising from AMPSA's business (including employee liabilities) and requires Ardagh Group to indemnify AMPSA for losses arising from Ardagh Group's business (including employee liabilities). The Transfer Agreement provides for other transactions, including the settlement of intercompany payables and receivables and the termination or transfer of various obligations and liabilities (including credit and support obligations) of the AMP Entities in favor of Ardagh Group's business, and of Ardagh Group in favor of the AMPSA's business.

        In addition, the Transfer Agreement contains non-competition and employee non-solicitation obligations of both AMPSA and Ardagh Group. For a period commencing at the Pre-Closing Restructuring Completion Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Pre-Closing Restructuring Completion Date or (ii) the date on which Ardagh Group no longer is the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the voting stock of AMPSA, Ardagh Group and its subsidiaries (excluding any AMPSA entity) will not engage in AMPSA's business as conducted on the date of the Transfer Agreement with the exception of services provided under the Services Agreement, and AMPSA and its subsidiaries will not engage in Ardagh Group's businesses as conducted on the date of the Transfer Agreement with the exception of services provided under the Services Agreement. For a period commencing at the Pre-Closing Restructuring Completion Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the Closing or (ii) the date on which Ardagh Group no longer is the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the voting stock of AMPSA, none of Ardagh Group or its subsidiaries (excluding any AMP Entity) will solicit for employment or hire any AMP Employee (as defined in the Transfer Agreement) with an annual base salary or wages greater than €150,000, subject to certain exceptions. Similarly, for the same period, none of AMPSA or its subsidiaries will solicit for employment or hire any employee of Ardagh Group with an annual base salary or wages greater than €150,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Services Agreement

        In connection with the Pre-Closing Restructuring, AGSA and AMPSA will enter into a Services Agreement, pursuant to which AGSA, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, will provide certain corporate and business-unit services to AMPSA and its subsidiaries, and AMPSA, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, shall provide certain corporate and business-unit services to AGSA and its affiliates (other than the AMP Entities). The services provided pursuant to the Services Agreement include typical corporate functional support areas in order to complement the activities in areas which exist within the AMPSA Group (as defined in the Services Agreement). For each calendar year from 2021 through 2024, as consideration for the corporate services provided by Ardagh Group to AMPSA, AMPSA will provide corporate services to Ardagh Group and will pay Ardagh Group $33 million for the calendar year 2021 (prorated to reflect the timing of the Pre-Closing Restructuring Completion Date), $38 million for calendar year 2022, $39 million for calendar year 2023 and $39 million for calendar year 2024. The fees paid for services pursuant to the Services Agreement are subject to adjustment for third party costs and variations for certain volume-based services. As of December 31, 2024, or if earlier, the date upon which AMPSA or Ardagh Group undergoes a change of control, all corporate services provided pursuant to the Services Agreement will be provided at a price equal to the fully allocated cost of such services, or such other price to be negotiated in good

157


faith by the parties, taking into consideration various factors, including the cost of providing such corporate services and the level of services expected to be provided.

Shareholders Agreement

        In connection with the completion of the Merger, AGSA and AMPSA will enter into the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, AGSA will have the right to nominate nine directors to the AMPSA's board of directors, of whom (i) one will initially be the current Chief Executive Officer of AGSA, who will serve as chairperson of the board; and (ii) at least three shall satisfy the independence requirements of NYSE. Two independent directors will be appointed upon proposal for nomination by the Sponsor as Class I directors pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. In addition, for so long as AGSA holds at least 20% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares, AGSA will also have the right to: (A) nominate a number of directors to the AMPSA's board of directors at least proportional to the number of outstanding AMPSA Shares owned by AGSA; (B) designate the chairperson of the board of directors of AMPSA (who need not be a nominee of Ardagh Group); and (C) appoint a number of representatives to each committee of the board of AMPSA that is at least proportional to the number of outstanding AMPSA Shares owned by AGSA. In addition, for so long as Ardagh Group holds at least 40% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares, the following actions may not be taken (or agreed to be taken) by AMPSA without the prior written consent of Ardagh Group: (a) the sale of greater than 40% of the assets or voting securities of AMPSA (with certain exceptions); (b) voluntary liquidation or dissolution of AMPSA; (c) any amendment of AMPSA's articles of association that materially and adversely affects AGSA in its capacity as a shareholder; (d) relocation of AMPSA's corporate headquarters; (e) change to AMPSA's corporate name; or (f) any corporate action that would materially adversely affect any of the foregoing approval rights.

Subscription Agreement

        In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, AMPSA and GHV entered into the Subscription Agreements with the Subscribers, pursuant to which the Subscribers agreed to subscribe for, and AMPSA agreed to issue to the Subscribers, an aggregate of 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares, for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for an aggregate cash amount of $600,000,000.

        The issuance of the PIPE Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreements is contingent upon, among other customary closing conditions, the substantially concurrent consummation of the Merger.

        Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, AMPSA agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the Closing Date, it will file with the SEC (at AMPSA's sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the PIPE Shares, and AMPSA will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof.

        Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement entered into by the GHV Sponsor, the GHV Sponsor committed to acquire 2,500,000 AMPSA Shares (which may be syndicated by it) and to the GHV Sponsor Backstop.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

        In connection with the Closing, AMPSA, the Initial Stockholders and AGSA will enter into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement which provides customary demand and piggyback registration rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, AMPSA will agree that, as soon as practicable, and in any event within 30 days after the Closing, it will file with the SEC (at AMPSA's sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of any outstanding AMPSA Shares or any other equity security held by a party to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up

158


Agreement and any other equity security of AMPSA issued or issuable with respect to any such AMPSA Share by way of a dividend or stock split in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, and AMPSA will use its reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the 60th day (or the 90th day if the registration statement is reviewed by, and received comments from, the SEC) following the filing deadline.

        Subject to certain exceptions, including in connection with certain exchanges involving AGSA shareholders, AGSA may not transfer any AMPSA Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by it during the Share Lock-Up Period. During the Share Lock-Up Period, no Initial Stockholder may transfer AMPSA Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by such Initial Stockholder. During the period ending 30 days after the date of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, no Initial Stockholder may transfer any GHV Warrants or any of the AMPSA Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of such GHV Warrants beneficially owned or owned of record by such Initial Stockholder. The lock-up provisions are subject to a number of customary exceptions.

Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement

        In connection with the Closing, AMPSA will enter into a Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement with GHV and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent to assume GHV's obligations under the existing Warrant Agreement, dated August 11, 2020 with respect to the GHV Warrants.

159



MATERIAL LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is a general description of certain Luxembourg tax considerations relating to AMPSA and the holders of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all tax considerations in relation to the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants. Prospective purchasers should consult their own tax advisers as to which countries' tax laws could be relevant to acquiring, holding and disposing of the securities and the consequences of such actions under the tax laws of those countries. This overview is based upon the law as in effect on the date of this document and is subject to any change in law that may take effect after such date, even with retroactive effect.

        The comments below are intended as a basic overview of certain tax consequences in relation to AMPSA and the purchase, ownership and disposition of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants under Luxembourg law. Tax matters are complex, and the tax consequences of the offering to a particular holder of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants will depend in part on such holder's circumstances. Accordingly, a holder is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor for a full understanding of the tax consequences of the offering to him or her, including the applicability and effect of Luxembourg tax laws.

        The summary in this Luxembourg taxation paragraph does not address the Luxembourg tax consequences for a holder of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants who:

            (i)    is an investor as defined in a specific law (such as the law on family wealth management companies of 11 May 2007, as amended, the law on undertakings for collective investment of 17 December 2010, as amended, the law on specialized investment funds of 13 February 2007, as amended, the law on reserved alternative investment funds of 23 July 2016, the law on securitisation of 22 March 2004, as amended, the law on venture capital vehicles of 15 June 2004, as amended and the law on pension saving companies and associations of 13 July 2005;

            (ii)   is a Luxembourg resident individual;

            (iii)  is, in whole or in part, exempt from tax; or

            (iv)  acquires, owns or disposes of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants in connection with a membership of a management board, a supervisory board, an employment relationship, a deemed employment relationship or management role.

        Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Luxembourg tax concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Luxembourg concepts under Luxembourg law.

Taxation of AMPSA

        AMPSA is subject to Luxembourg tax on its worldwide profits at the current combined ordinary rate of 24.94% for Luxembourg City, including the 17% corporate income tax, a 6.75% municipal business tax and a solidarity surcharge (together the "Income Tax").

        In principle, dividends and capital gains realized by AMPSA are subject to Income Tax in Luxembourg. However, provided the conditions of the Luxembourg participation exemption regime are met, dividends and capital gains realized by AMPSA upon the disposal of shares are not taxable in Luxembourg. Capital gains realized in relation to a participation qualifying for the Luxembourg participation exemption may, however, be taxable up to the amount of expenses or value adjustments in recapture, i.e. expenses economically connected to an exempt participation, which have been deducted from the tax base of the Luxembourg company. Certain general as well as specific anti-abuse provisions may apply.

160


        Luxembourg net wealth tax ("NWT") will be due annually by AMPSA at the rate of 0.5% on its total net asset value below or equal to €500 million. The tranche above €500 million will be taxed at a rate of 0.05%.

        Shareholdings qualifying for the Luxembourg participation exemption regime are excluded from the NWT basis provided that, the relevant entity holds a direct shareholding in a qualifying subsidiary representing at least 10% of the qualifying subsidiary's share capital or having an acquisition cost (including both share capital and share premium) of at least €1.2 million; there is no minimum holding period requirement.

        Companies for which the sum of fixed financial assets (i.e., financial assets notably including shares and loans, transferable securities and cash) exceeds 90% of their total balance sheet and €350,000 are liable to a minimum annual NWT of €4,815. Other companies are liable to a minimum progressive tax (in an amount up to €32,100), depending on the total assets on their balance sheet.

Withholding taxation

        Any dividends distributed by AMPSA will in principle be subject to a 15% withholding tax unless an exemption or a treaty reduction applies.

        The concept "dividends distributed by AMPSA" as used in this Luxembourg taxation paragraph includes, but is not limited to, distributions in cash or in kind, proceeds paid by AMPSA upon a redemption or repurchase of ordinary AMPSA shares, repayments of capital and deemed and constructive distributions.

Luxembourg taxation of the holders

Luxembourg tax residence of the holders

        Holders will not be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in Luxembourg for income tax purposes solely by reason of holding, execution, performance, delivery, exchange and/or enforcement of the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants.

Taxation of Luxembourg non-residents

        Holders who are non-residents of Luxembourg and who do not have a permanent establishment, a permanent representative, or a fixed place of business in Luxembourg with which the holding of the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants is connected, are not liable to any Luxembourg income tax (other than a tax potentially levied by way of withholding at source), whether they receive payments upon redemption or repurchase of all AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants, or realize capital gains on the sale of any AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants, unless they sell a participation of more than 10% in the capital of AMPSA within 6 months of its acquisition or they have been a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes for at least 15 years and have become a non-resident within the five years preceding the realization of the gain.

Taxation of Luxembourg residents

        Holders who are Luxembourg resident companies (société de capitaux) or foreign entities which have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg with which the holding of the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants is connected, must include in their taxable income any income (including dividends) and the difference between the sale or redemption price and the tax book value of the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants sold or redeemed, unless the conditions of the Luxembourg participation exemption regime are met.

161


Net Wealth Tax

        Luxembourg net wealth tax will not be levied on the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants held by a corporate holder, unless: (a) such holder is a Luxembourg resident or (b) such AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants are attributable to an enterprise or part thereof which is carried on by a non-resident company in Luxembourg through a permanent establishment.

Other Taxes

        No registration tax will be payable by a holder of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants upon the disposal of AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants by sale or exchange. The issuance as well as the redemption of shares by a Luxembourg resident company as well as any other changes to its articles of association are subject to a fixed registration tax in Luxembourg amounting to EUR 75. Registration duties may, moreover, be due if documents relating to the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants are (i) voluntarily registered in Luxembourg, (ii) appended to a document that requires obligatory registration in Luxembourg or (iii) deposited with the official records of a Luxembourg notary.

        There is no Luxembourg value added tax payable in respect of payments in consideration for the issuance of the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants or in respect of the payment under the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants or in respect of the transfer of the AMPSA Shares and/or AMPSA Warrants. Luxembourg value added tax may, however, be payable in respect of fees charged for certain services rendered to AMPSA if, for Luxembourg value added tax purposes, such services are rendered or are deemed to be rendered in Luxembourg and an exemption from Luxembourg value added tax does not apply with respect to such services.

        No Luxembourg inheritance tax is levied on the transfer of the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants upon the death of a holder in cases where the deceased was not a resident of Luxembourg for inheritance tax purposes. Where a holder is a resident or a deemed resident of Luxembourg for at the time of his or her death, the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants are included in his taxable estate for inheritance tax assessment purposes. No Luxembourg gift tax will be levied on the transfer of the AMPSA Shares or AMPSA Warrants by way of gift unless the gift is registered in Luxembourg.

162



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        Subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations in the opinion attached as Exhibit 8.1, the statements of law and legal conclusions set forth below represent the opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP.

        This section describes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations for beneficial owners of GHV Common Stock and GHV Warrants (collectively, the "GHV Securities") (i) of electing to have their GHV Common Stock redeemed for cash if the Merger is completed, (ii) of the Merger and (iii) of the ownership and disposition of AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants ("AMPSA Securities") acquired pursuant to the Merger. This discussion applies only to GHV Securities and AMPSA Securities held as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment) and does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances or status, including the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, or holders who are subject to special rules, including:

    brokers or dealers;

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

    tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts or other tax deferred accounts;

    banks or other financial institutions, underwriters, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

    U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

    persons that own (directly, indirectly, or by attribution) 5% or more (by vote or value) of the GHV Common Stock or AMPSA Shares;

    persons holding GHV Securities or AMPSA Securities as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction, constructive sale, or other arrangement involving more than one position;

    U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

    persons who purchase shares in AMPSA as part of the PIPE Investment;

    persons that received GHV Securities or AMPSA Securities as compensation for services; or

    controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies.

        If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds GHV Securities or AMPSA Securities, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Business Combination and of holding the GHV Securities or AMPSA Securities.

        This discussion is based on the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code (the "Treasury Regulations"), published guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and court decisions, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion is necessarily general and does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation, including the effect of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax, or any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws to a holder of GHV Securities or AMPSA Securities. GHV and AMPSA have not sought and do not intend to seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the Business Combination. There is no assurance that the IRS will

163


not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the Business Combination that are different from those discussed below, or that any such different positions would not be sustained by a court.

        ALL HOLDERS OF GHV SECURITIES SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AND CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF AMPSA SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of AMPSA

        A corporation generally is considered to be a tax resident for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation. Accordingly, under the generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rules, AMPSA, which is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, would be classified as a non-U.S. corporation (and, therefore, not a U.S. tax resident) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Section 7874 of the Code provides an exception to this general rule (more fully discussed below), under which a non-U.S. incorporated entity may, in certain circumstances, be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These rules are complex and there is limited guidance regarding their application.

        Under Section 7874, a corporation created or organized outside the United States (i.e., a non-U.S. corporation) will nevertheless be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and, therefore, as a U.S. tax resident subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide income) if each of the following three conditions are met: (i) the non-U.S. corporation, directly or indirectly, acquires substantially all of the properties held directly or indirectly by one or more U.S. corporations (including through the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of a U.S. corporation); (ii) the non-U.S. corporation's "expanded affiliated group" does not have "substantial business activities" in the non-U.S. corporation's country of organization or incorporation and tax residence relative to the expanded affiliated group's worldwide activities (this test is referred to as the "substantial business activities test"); and (iii) after the acquisition, the percentage of the shares of the non-U.S. acquiring corporation held by former shareholders of the acquired U.S. corporation(s) by reason of holding shares in the U.S. acquired corporation(s) (taking into account the receipt of the non-U.S. corporation's shares in exchange for each U.S. corporation's shares) as determined for purposes of Section 7874 (the "Section 7874 ownership percentage") is at least 80% (by either vote or value) (this test is referred to as the "80% ownership test" and the three-prong test described in clauses (i)–(iii) above is referred to as the "Section 7874(b) expatriation test").

        Further, Section 7874 can limit the ability of U.S. corporations and their U.S. affiliates acquired by "surrogate foreign corporations" to utilize certain U.S. tax attributes (including net operating losses and certain tax credits) to offset U.S. taxable income resulting from certain transactions. These limitations will potentially apply if the Section 7874(b) expatriation test would be satisfied if the 80% ownership test were applied by substituting "60%" for "80%", in which case the taxable income of the U.S. corporations (and any U.S. person considered to be related to the U.S. corporations pursuant to applicable rules) for any given year, within a period beginning on the first date the U.S. corporations' properties were acquired directly or indirectly by the non-U.S. acquiring corporation and ending 10 years after the last date the U.S. corporations' properties were acquired, will be no less than that person's "inversion gain" for that taxable year. A person's inversion gain includes gain from the transfer of shares or any other property (other than property held for sale to customers) and income from the license of any property that is either transferred or licensed as part of the acquisition or after the acquisition to a non-U.S. related person. In general, the effect of this provision is to deny the use of net operating losses, foreign tax credits or other tax attributes to offset the inversion gain. In addition, dividends paid by AMPSA would not qualify for "qualified dividend income" treatment. Further, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act imposed additional requirements on a U.S. corporation that has

164


failed the substantial business activities test and met the 60% ownership test, including that such U.S. corporation must include, as base erosion payments that may be subject to a minimum tax, any amounts treated as reductions in gross income paid to a related non-U.S. person within the meaning of Section 59A of the Code.

        Based upon the terms of the Pre-Closing Restructuring pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and the Merger, the rules for determining share ownership under Section 7874 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and certain factual assumptions, both GHV and AMPSA currently expect that the Section 7874 ownership percentage should be less than 60% after the Merger. Accordingly, AMPSA is not expected to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the U.S. subsidiaries of AMPSA are not expected to be subject to the limitations and other rules described above under Section 7874. However, whether the 80% ownership test (or 60% ownership test) has been satisfied must be finally determined after completion of the Merger, by which time there could be adverse changes to the relevant facts and circumstances or adverse rule changes. In addition, the rules for determining ownership under Section 7874 are complex and unclear.

        If AMPSA were to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it could be subject to substantial liability for additional U.S. income taxes, and the gross amount of any dividend payments to its non-U.S. holders (as defined below) could be subject to 30% U.S. withholding tax, depending on the application of any income tax treaty that might apply to reduce the withholding tax. Furthermore, if the IRS were to successfully assert that the 60% ownership test has been met, the ability of the U.S. subsidiaries of AMPSA to utilize certain U.S. tax attributes against income or gain recognized pursuant to certain transactions may be limited.

        The remainder of this discussion assumes that AMPSA will not be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the U.S. subsidiaries of AMPSA will not be subject to the limitations and other rules under Section 7874.

U.S. Holders

        The section applies to you if you are a U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of GHV Securities or AMPSA Securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

The Merger

        GHV's obligation to effect the Merger is conditioned on the receipt by AMPSA of the Tax Opinion, providing that for U.S. federal income tax purposes the Merger, taken together with certain related transactions, should qualify as a transaction described under Section 351 of the Code and should not subject the GHV stockholders to U.S. federal income tax under Section 367 of the Code (subject to entry into gain recognition agreements by any such stockholders required to enter into such agreements to preserve tax-free treatment under Section 367 of the Code). This condition is waivable

165


by GHV, and GHV undertakes to circulate a new or amended proxy statement or supplement thereto and resolicit the vote of GHV's stockholders with respect to the Merger Proposal if this condition is waived and the change in tax consequences is material. Such opinion will be based on customary assumptions and on representations made by AGSA and GHV, as well as certain covenants and undertakings by AGSA and GHV. If any of the assumptions, representations, covenants or undertakings by AGSA or GHV is incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate or is violated, the accuracy of the opinion described above may be affected and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger could differ from those described herein. An opinion by KPMG LLP is not binding on the IRS or any court. Neither AGSA nor GHV intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger. Accordingly, even if AMPSA receives the Tax Opinion, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions reflected in the Tax Opinion or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

        Assuming the receipt and accuracy of the Tax Opinion described above, a U.S. holder that exchanges its GHV Common Stock in the Merger for AMPSA Shares generally should not recognize any gain or loss on such exchange. In such case, the aggregate adjusted tax basis of the AMPSA Shares received by a U.S. holder in the Merger should be equal to the adjusted tax basis of the GHV Common Stock surrendered in the Merger in exchange therefor. The holding period of the AMPSA Shares should include the holding period of the GHV Common Stock surrendered in the Merger in exchange therefor.

        To the extent the Merger does not so qualify, then a GHV stockholder that is a U.S. holder generally would recognize gain, if any, in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the AMPSA Shares (and, if such U.S. holder is also surrendering GHV Warrants, AMPSA Warrants) received over (ii) such U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the GHV Common Stock (and GHV Warrants, if any) exchanged therefor. Any such gain would be capital gain, and would be long-term capital gain only if the U.S. holder's holding period for the GHV Common Stock (and GHV Warrants, if any) exceeds one year at the time of the Merger.

        The appropriate U.S. federal income tax treatment of the disposition of GHV Warrants in exchange for AMPSA Warrants in connection with the Merger is uncertain. It is possible that a U.S. holder of GHV Warrants could be treated as exchanging such GHV Warrants for "new" warrants. If so treated, a U.S. holder could be required to recognize gain or loss in such deemed exchange in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the AMPSA Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately following the Merger and the adjusted tax basis of the GHV Warrants held by such U.S. holder immediately prior to the Merger. Alternatively, it is also possible that a U.S. holder of GHV Warrants could be treated as transferring its GHV Warrants and shares of GHV Common Stock to AMPSA for AMPSA Warrants and AMPSA Shares in an exchange governed only by Section 351 of the Code (and not by Section 368 of the Code). If so treated, a U.S. holder should be required to recognize gain (but not loss) in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of gain realized by such holder (generally, the excess of (x) the sum of the fair market values of the AMPSA Warrants treated as received by such holder and the AMPSA Shares received by such holder over (y) such holder's aggregate adjusted tax basis in the GHV Warrants and GHV Common Stock treated as having been exchanged therefor) and (ii) the fair market value of the AMPSA Warrants treated as having been received by such holder in such exchange. However, if the deemed transfer of GHV Warrants also qualifies as part of a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code, subject to Section 367(a) of the Code as discussed below, a U.S. holder of GHV Warrants generally should not recognize any gain or loss on any such deemed transfer of GHV Warrants, and such U.S. holder's basis in the AMPSA Warrants deemed received should be equal to the U.S. holder's basis in its GHV Warrants deemed transferred. The requirements for qualification of the Merger as a "reorganization" under Section 368 of the Code are more stringent in certain respects than the requirements for qualification as an exchange under Section 351 of the Code.

166


        While not free from doubt, GHV and AMPSA intend to report the exchange of GHV Warrants for AMPSA Warrants as not qualifying as part of a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code. U.S. holders of GHV Warrants are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the treatment of their GHV Warrants in connection with the Merger.

Section 367(a)

        Section 367(a) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder generally require a U.S. holder of stock in a U.S. corporation to recognize gain (but not loss) when such stock is exchanged for stock of a non-U.S. corporation in an exchange that would otherwise qualify for nonrecognition treatment, unless certain conditions are met. U.S. holders of GHV Common Stock will be deemed to transfer shares of such stock to AMPSA in exchange for AMPSA Shares, and Section 367(a) would require gain (but not loss) recognition by such stockholders unless each of the following conditions is met: (i) the U.S. corporation complies with certain reporting requirements; (ii) no more than 50% of both the total voting power and the total value of the stock of AMPSA is received in the exchange, in the aggregate, by "U.S. transferors" (as defined in the Treasury Regulations), computed by taking into account direct, indirect and constructive ownership; (iii) no more than 50% of each of the total voting power and the total value of the stock of AMPSA is owned, in the aggregate, immediately after the exchange by "U.S. persons" (as defined in the Treasury Regulations) that are officers, directors or "five-percent target shareholders" of GHV (as defined in the Treasury Regulations), computed by taking into account direct, indirect and constructive ownership; (iv) either (A) the U.S. holder is not a "five-percent transferee shareholder" of AMPSA (as defined in the Treasury Regulations) or (B) the U.S. holder is a "five-percent transferee shareholder" of AMPSA and enters into an agreement with the IRS to recognize gain on the transferred GHV Common Stock under certain circumstances; and (v) the "active trade or business test" as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(a)-3(c)(3) is satisfied. The active trade or business test generally requires (A) AMPSA or any qualified subsidiary of AMPSA to be engaged in an "active trade or business" outside of the United States for the 36-month period immediately before the transfer and neither the transferors nor AMPSA to have an intention to substantially dispose of or discontinue such trade or business and (B) the fair market value of AMPSA to be at least equal to the fair market value of GHV, as specifically determined for purposes of Section 367 of the Code, at the time of the transfer.

        It is currently expected that conditions (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above will be met and AMPSA expects to receive the Tax Opinion to that effect. As a result, AMPSA does not expect Section 367(a) to apply with respect to the exchange of GHV Common Stock for AMPSA Shares (subject to entry into gain recognition agreements by any "five-percent transferee shareholder" of AMPSA required to enter into such an agreement to preserve tax-free treatment under Section 367 of the Code). However, U.S. holders are cautioned that the potential application of Section 367(a) of the Code to the Merger is complex and depends on factors that cannot be determined until the closing of the Merger and upon the interpretation of legal authorities and facts relating to the Business Combination. U.S. holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of Section 367(a) of the Code in their particular situation.

        To the extent that a U.S. holder of GHV Common Stock is required to recognize gain under Section 367(a) for any of the foregoing reasons, such U.S. holder would recognize gain, if any, in the Merger in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the sum of the fair market value of the AMPSA Shares (and, if such holder's GHV Warrants convert to AMPSA Warrants, the fair market value of the AMPSA Warrants) received by such holder, over (ii) such holder's adjusted tax basis in the GHV Common Stock (and GHV Warrants, if any) exchanged therefor. Any such gain would be capital gain, and generally would be long-term capital gain if the U.S. holder's holding period for the GHV Common Stock (and GHV Warrants, if any) exceeds one year at the time of the Merger.

167


Redemption of GHV Common Stock

        In the event that a U.S. holder of GHV Common Stock exercises its right to have its GHV Common Stock redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this registration statement captioned "Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Redemption Rights", the treatment of the transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale of such stock pursuant to Section 302 of the Code or whether the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution. Whether that redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of shares of GHV Common Stock treated as held by the U.S. holder (including any stock constructively owned by the U.S. holder as a result of, among other things, owning GHV Warrants) relative to all of shares of GHV Common Stock both before and after the redemption. The redemption of stock generally will be treated as a sale of the stock (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption is "substantially disproportionate" with respect to the U.S. holder, results in a "complete termination" of the U.S. holder's interest in GHV or is "not essentially equivalent to a dividend" with respect to the U.S. holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

        In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. holder takes into account not only stock actually owned by the U.S. holder, but also shares of GHV Common Stock that are constructively owned by such U.S. holder. A U.S. holder may constructively own, in addition to stock owned directly, stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. holder, as well as any stock the U.S. holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which generally would include common stock that could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the GHV Warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of GHV's outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately following the redemption of GHV Common Stock must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of GHV's outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately before the redemption. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. holder's interest if either all the shares of GHV Common Stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed or all the shares of GHV Common Stock actually owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed and the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of stock owned by certain family members and the U.S. holder does not constructively own any other stock. The redemption of the GHV Common Stock will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. holder's redemption results in a "meaningful reduction" of the U.S. holder's proportionate interest in GHV. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. holder's proportionate interest in GHV will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly-held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a "meaningful reduction."

        If the redemption qualifies as a sale of stock by the U.S. holder under Section 302 of the Code, the U.S. holder generally will be required to recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount of cash received and the tax basis of the shares of GHV Common Stock redeemed. Such gain or loss should be treated as capital gain or loss if such shares were held as a capital asset on the date of the redemption. Any such capital gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder's holding period for such GHV Common Stock exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether the redemption rights of a U.S. holder with respect to the GHV Common Stock may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. If the running of the holding period is suspended, then non-corporate U.S. holders may not be able to satisfy the one year holding period requirement for long-term capital gain treatment, in which case any gain on a sale or taxable disposition of the GHV Common Stock would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates. Long-term capital gains

168


recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders may be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A U.S. holder's tax basis in such holder's shares of GHV Common Stock generally will equal the cost of such shares. A U.S. holder that purchased GHV units would have been required to allocate the cost between the shares of GHV Common Stock and the warrants comprising the units based on their relative fair market values at the time of the purchase.

        If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of stock under Section 302 of the Code, then the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution. Such distribution generally will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from current or accumulated earnings and profits of GHV, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in such U.S. holder's GHV Common Stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the GHV Common Stock. After the application of the foregoing rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. holder in the redeemed GHV Common Stock will be added to the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in its remaining stock, or, to the basis of stock constructively owned by such holder if the stock actually owned by the holder is completely redeemed.

        Dividends deemed paid by GHV to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions, and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends deemed paid by GHV to a non-corporate U.S. holder generally will constitute "qualified dividends" that will be subject to tax at the rates accorded to long-term capital gains. It is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to the GHV Common Stock described in this proxy statement/prospectus may prevent a U.S. holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirements with respect to the dividends received deduction or the preferential tax rate on qualified dividend income, as the case may be.

        A U.S. holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption.

Distributions on AMPSA Shares

        Subject to the discussion below under "—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules," the gross amount of any distribution on AMPSA Shares generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary dividend income on the date such distribution is actually or constructively received, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of AMPSA's current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because AMPSA does not maintain, nor is it required to maintain, calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Any such dividends generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

        With respect to non-corporate U.S. holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see "—Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants" below) if AMPSA Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (which they will be if AMPSA shares are traded on the NYSE) and certain other requirements are met, including that AMPSA is not classified as a passive foreign investment company during the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year. There can be no assurance that AMPSA Shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in future years. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential availability of the lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to AMPSA Shares.

        As discussed in the section of this registration statement captioned "Material Luxembourg Tax Considerations", withholding taxes may be imposed under Luxembourg law upon dividends paid by AMPSA. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, withholding taxes on dividends paid by AMPSA

169


may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit or deduction against a U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability under the U.S. foreign tax credit rules. For purposes of calculating the U.S. foreign tax credit, dividends paid on AMPSA Shares will generally be treated as income from sources outside the United States and will generally constitute passive category income. The rules governing the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the U.S. foreign tax credit or deduction under their particular circumstances.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants

        Subject to the discussion below under "—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules," a U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on any sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of AMPSA Securities in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized on the disposition and (ii) such U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in such securities. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder on a taxable disposition of AMPSA Securities generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder's holding period in such shares and/or warrants exceeds one year at the time of the disposition. Preferential tax rates may apply to long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals). The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder on the sale or exchange of AMPSA Securities generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss.

Exercise or Lapse of an AMPSA Warrant

        Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below and except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of an AMPSA Warrant, a U.S. holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise of an AMPSA Warrant for cash. A U.S. holder's tax basis in an AMPSA Share received upon exercise of the AMPSA Warrant generally should be an amount equal to the sum of (i) the U.S. holder's tax basis in the AMPSA Warrant exchanged therefor and (ii) the exercise price. The U.S. holder's holding period for an AMPSA Share received upon exercise of the AMPSA Warrant will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the AMPSA Warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the AMPSA Warrant. If an AMPSA Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder's tax basis in the AMPSA Warrant.

        The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of an AMPSA Warrant are not clear under current U.S. federal income tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-deferred, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-deferred situation, a U.S. holder's basis in the AMPSA Shares received would equal the holder's basis in the AMPSA Warrants exercised therefor. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. holder's holding period for the AMPSA Shares would be treated as commencing on the date of exercise of the warrants or the day following the date of exercise of the warrants. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the AMPSA Shares would include the holding period of the AMPSA Warrants exercised therefor.

        It is also possible that a cashless exercise of an AMPSA Warrant could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. holder would recognize gain or loss with respect to the portion of the exercised AMPSA Warrants treated as surrendered to pay the exercise price of the AMPSA Warrants (the "surrendered warrants"). The U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss with respect to the surrendered warrants in an amount generally equal to the difference between (i) the fair market value of the AMPSA Warrants deemed surrendered and (ii) the U.S. holder's tax basis in the surrendered warrants. In this case, a U.S. holder's tax basis in the AMPSA Shares received would equal the U.S. holder's tax basis in the AMPSA Warrants exercised (meaning, the AMPSA Warrants disposed of by the U.S. holder in the

170


cashless exercise, other than the surrendered warrants) and the exercise price of such AMPSA Warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. holder's holding period for the AMPSA Shares would commence on the date of exercise of the warrants or the day following the date of exercise of the warrants.

        Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise of warrants, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise of AMPSA Warrants.

Possible Constructive Distributions

        The terms of each AMPSA Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of AMPSA Shares for which the AMPSA Warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the AMPSA Warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this registration statement captioned "Description of AMPSA's Securities." An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. A U.S. holder of a AMPSA Warrant would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from AMPSA if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder's proportionate interest in AMPSA's assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of AMPSA Shares that would be obtained upon exercise of such warrant) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of the AMPSA Shares which is taxable to the U.S. holders of such shares as described under "—Distributions on AMPSA Shares" above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. holder of such warrant received a cash distribution from AMPSA equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

        The treatment of U.S. holders of the AMPSA Securities could be materially different from that described above if AMPSA is treated as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A PFIC is any non-U.S. corporation with respect to which either: (i) 75% or more of the gross income for a taxable year constitutes passive income for purposes of the PFIC rules, or (ii) 50% or more of such non-U.S. corporation's assets in any taxable year (generally based on the quarterly average of the value of its assets during such year) is attributable to assets, including cash, that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and certain rents. The determination of whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC is based upon the composition of such non-U.S. corporation's income and assets (including, among others, its proportionate share of the income and assets of any other corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock), and the nature of such non-U.S. corporation's activities. A separate determination must be made after the close of each taxable year as to whether a non-U.S. corporation was a PFIC for that year. Once a non-U.S. corporation qualifies as a PFIC it is, with respect to a shareholder during the time it qualifies as a PFIC, and subject to certain exceptions, always treated as a PFIC with respect to such shareholder, regardless of whether it satisfied either of the qualification tests in subsequent years.

        Based on the projected composition of AMPSA's income and assets (including the income and assets of each subsidiary for which AMPSA owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of its stock following the Merger), AMPSA does not expect to be classified as a PFIC for its taxable year that includes the date of the Merger or for any taxable year in the foreseeable future. However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty as the composition of AMPSA's income and assets (including the income and assets of its applicable subsidiaries following the Merger) may change in the future and, therefore, no assurances can be provided that AMPSA will not be a PFIC for the taxable year that includes the date of the Merger or in a future year.

171


        If AMPSA is or becomes a PFIC during any year in which a U.S. holder holds AMPSA Securities and such holder does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, the U.S. holder will be subject to special tax rules with respect to (i) any gain realized on a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of its AMPSA Securities, and (ii) any "excess distributions" it receives on its AMPSA Shares (generally, any distributions in excess of 125% of the average of the annual distributions on AMPSA Shares during the preceding three years or the U.S. holder's holding period, whichever is shorter). Generally, under this excess distribution regime:

    the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the period during which the U.S. holder held its AMPSA Securities;

    the amount allocated to the current taxable year will be treated as ordinary income; and

    the amount allocated to prior taxable years will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that taxable year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

        In lieu of being subject to the special tax rules discussed above with regard to its AMPSA Shares, a U.S. holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to its AMPSA Shares. A U.S. holder may make a mark-to-market election if such shares are treated as "marketable stock." The AMPSA Shares generally will be treated as marketable stock if they are regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC, including the NYSE, or on a qualified non-U.S. exchange or other market (within the meaning of the applicable Treasury regulations). Although the AMPSA Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE, no assurance can be given that the AMPSA Shares will be "regularly traded" for purposes of the mark-to-market election. AMPSA does not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. holders to make a "qualified electing fund" election which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

        If AMPSA is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. holder of AMPSA Shares will be required to file an annual report on IRS Form 8621. Failure to file IRS Form 8621 for each applicable taxable year may result in substantial penalties and result in the U.S. holder's taxable years being open to audit by the IRS until such Forms are properly filed.

        U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding AMPSA Securities in the event that AMPSA is considered a PFIC in any taxable year.

Additional Reporting Requirements

        U.S. holders who are individuals and certain entities will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. holder's investment in "specified foreign financial assets" on IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for AMPSA Securities held in accounts maintained at certain financial institutions). An interest in AMPSA Securities constitutes a specified foreign financial asset for these purposes. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the foreign financial asset and other reporting obligations and their application to the ownership and disposition of AMPSA Securities.

Non-U.S. Holders

        The section applies to you if you are a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement characterized as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of GHV Securities or AMPSA

172


Securities that is not a U.S. holder, including a nonresident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States), a non-U.S. corporation, or a non-U.S. estate or trust.

        This section generally does not apply to an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a taxable year. A holder that is such an individual should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding GHV Securities or AMPSA Securities.

The Merger

        The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger to non-U.S. holders generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax consequences described under "—U.S. HoldersThe Merger," above, except that Section 367(a) of the Code will not apply to any non-U.S. holder and, to the extent the Merger results in a taxable exchange of GHV Common Stock or GHV Warrants, the consequences for a non-U.S. holder of recognizing gain in such a taxable exchange would be the same as the consequences of recognizing gain on a sale or other disposition of AMPSA Securities described below under the heading "Non-U.S. Holders Generally."

Redemption of GHV Common Stock

        The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the redemption of a non-U.S. holder's GHV Common Stock pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this registration statement captioned "Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Redemption Rights", will generally correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such a redemption of a U.S. holder's GHV Common Stock, as described under "—U.S. HoldersRedemption of GHV Common Stock," above.

        The consequences for a non-U.S. holder of recognizing gain in such a redemption would be the same as the consequences of recognizing gain on a sale or other disposition of AMPSA Securities described below under the heading "Non-U.S. Holders Generally."

        If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of stock under Section 302 of the Code, the portion of the redemption proceeds characterized as a distribution, which, to the extent of GHV's current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax on the gross amount of the dividend at a rate of 30%, unless (i) such dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or (ii) such non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and provides proper certification of its eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable). To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds GHV's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), such excess amount will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder's tax basis in its GHV Common Stock, and thereafter as gain realized, which will be treated the same as a sale or other disposition of AMPSA Securities described below under the heading "Non-U.S. Holders Generally." Dividends paid by GHV to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (or if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) will generally not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder complies with certain certification and disclosure requirements (usually by providing an IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead, the effectively connected income will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A corporate non-U.S. holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

173


Non-U.S. Holders Generally

        Assuming that AMPSA is not treated as a U.S. corporation under the rules discussed above under "—U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of AMPSA", a non-U.S. holder of AMPSA Shares will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or, subject to the discussion below under "—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding," U.S. federal withholding tax on any dividends (including constructive dividends) received on AMPSA Securities or any gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of AMPSA Securities (including, any distribution to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder's AMPSA Shares) unless such dividend or gain (i) is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and (ii) if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States.

        Any such dividends and gains that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. holder and, in the case of a corporate non-U.S. holder, also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

        The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a non-U.S. holder's exercise of an AMPSA Warrant, or the lapse of a AMPSA Warrant held by a non-U.S. holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise or lapse of a warrant held by a U.S. holder, as described under "—U.S. Holders—Exercise or Lapse of a AMPSA Warrant," above, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences for a non-U.S. holder of recognizing gain in such a taxable exchange would be the same as the consequences of recognizing gain on a sale or other disposition of AMPSA Securities described in the preceding paragraphs above regarding a non-U.S. holder's sale or other disposition of AMPSA Securities.

FATCA

        Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or "FATCA") impose a 30% withholding tax on payments of U.S.-source dividends (including a redemption of GHV Common Stock that is treated as a dividend), and subject to the discussion of certain proposed Treasury Regulations below, on the gross proceeds from a redemption treated as a sale, in each case if paid to "foreign financial institutions" (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied, or an exemption applies (typically certified as to by the delivery of a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN-E). If FATCA withholding is imposed, certain non-U.S. holders generally will be able to obtain a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Non-U.S. holders located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of FATCA upon the redemption of their GHV Common Stock.

        The IRS released proposed Treasury Regulations that, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a redemption of GHV Securities that is treated as sale. In its preamble to such proposed Treasury Regulations, the IRS stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

174


Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding generally will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder if (i) the U.S. holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. A Non-U.S. holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its non-U.S. status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and a holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

175



GHV STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL NO. 1—MERGER PROPOSAL

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "Gores" generally refer to GHV.

Overview

        We are asking our stockholders to adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Merger. Our stockholders should read carefully this proxy statement/prospectus in its entirety for more detailed information concerning the Business Combination Agreement, which is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus. Please see the subsection entitled "The Business Combination," "The Business Combination Agreement" and "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination" for additional information and a summary of certain terms of the Merger, the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements. You are urged to read carefully the Business Combination Agreement in its entirety before voting on this proposal.

        We may consummate the Merger only if it is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting.

The Business Combination Agreement

        Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination Agreement."

Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination

        Please see the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination."

Background of the Business Combination

        Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—Background of the Business Combination."

Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor

        Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—Opinion of GHV's Financial Advisor."

Independent Director Oversight

        The GHV Board is comprised of a majority of independent directors who are not affiliated with its Sponsor and its affiliates, including The Gores Group. In connection with the Business Combination, GHV's independent directors, Messrs. Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea, took an active role in evaluating the proposed terms of the Business Combination, including the Business Combination Agreement and the Related Agreements. As part of their evaluation of the Business Combination, GHV's independent directors were aware of the potential conflicts of interest with its Sponsor and its affiliates, including The Gores Group, that could arise with regard to the proposed terms of the Business Combination Agreement and the PIPE. The GHV Board did not deem it necessary to, and did not form, a special committee of the Board to exclusively evaluate and negotiate the proposed terms of the Business Combination, as the Board is comprised of a majority of independent and disinterested directors and did not deem the formation of a special committee necessary or appropriate. GHV's independent directors reviewed and considered these interests during the negotiation of the Business Combination and in evaluating and unanimously approving, as members of the Board, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

176


GHV's Board of Directors' Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination

        Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—GHV's Board of Directors' Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination."

Satisfaction of 80% Test

        It is a requirement under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and the Nasdaq listing requirements that the business or assets acquired in GHV's initial business combination have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. As of February 22, 2021, the date of the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the balance of the Trust Account was approximately $525,028,195 (excluding $18,375,000 of deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) and 80% thereof represents approximately $420,022,556. In reaching its conclusion that the Business Combination meets the 80% asset test, the GHV Board reviewed the enterprise value of AMPSA of approximately $8.5 billion implied on February 22, 2021 by adding: (i) approximately $4,850 million of equity consideration in the post-combination company to be issued to the AMPSA Shareholders; (ii) approximately $3,400 million of cash consideration payable to the AMPSA Shareholders; (iii) the assumption of approximately $134 million of AMPSA's existing net indebtedness; (iv) the payment of approximately $45 million of certain transaction costs; and (v) the retention of GHV Founder Shares by our Initial Stockholders valued at approximately $98 million (after giving effect to the cancellation of 3,281,250 such shares). In determining whether the enterprise value described above represents the fair market value of AMPSA, the GHV Board considered all of the factors described above in this section and the fact that the purchase price for AMPSA was the result of an arm's length negotiation. As a result, the GHV Board concluded that the fair market value of the business acquired was significantly in excess of 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account).

Certain Financial Projections Provided to GHV's Board

        Please see the section entitled "The Business CombinationCertain Financial Projections Provided to GHV's Board"

Interests of Certain Persons in the Business Combination

        Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—Interests of GHV Initial Stockholders and GHV's Other Current Officers and Directors."

Potential Actions to Secure Requisite Stockholder Approvals

        Please see the section entitled "The Business Combination—Potential Actions to Secure Requisite Stockholder Approvals."

Total Company Shares to be Issued in the Business Combination

        It is anticipated that, upon completion of the Merger, and assuming that no shares are elected to be redeemed: (i) the Public Stockholders (other than the Subscribers) will retain an ownership interest of approximately 8.6% in AMPSA; (ii) the Subscribers will own approximately 9.9% of AMPSA (such that Public Stockholders, including Subscribers, will own approximately 18.5% of AMPSA); (iii) the Initial Stockholders (including our Sponsor) will own approximately 1.6% of AMPSA; and (iv) AGSA will own approximately 79.9% of AMPSA.

177


        The Subscribers have agreed to purchase in the aggregate approximately 60,000,000 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, for approximately $600,000,000 of gross proceeds, in the PIPE (excluding the GHV Sponsor Backstop). In this proxy statement, we assume that approximately $600,000,000 of the gross proceeds from the PIPE, in addition to funds from the Trust Account (plus any interest accrued thereon), will remain on AMPSA's balance sheet to fund ongoing growth initiatives and the payment of certain transaction expenses. The ownership percentage with respect to AMPSA following the Merger (i) does not take into account warrants to purchase GHV Class A Common Stock that will be converted into AMPSA Warrants but (ii) does include GHV Founder Shares, which will be converted into shares of GHV Class A Common Stock at the closing of the Merger on a one-for-one basis. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by the Company's existing stockholders in AMPSA following the consummation of the Merger will be different. For more information, please see the sections entitled "Summary of the Proxy Statement—AMPSA's Public Float" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

Sources and Uses for the Business Combination

Sources & Uses
(No Redemption Scenario—Assuming No Redemptions of the Outstanding Public Shares
By Public Stockholders)
(in $ millions)

Sources
   
   
 
Uses
 

Debt Financing(1)

  $ 2,775  

Equity Consideration to AGSA(4)

  $ 4,850  

Cash in Trust Account(2)

    525  

Proceeds to AGSA(3)

    3,400  

Subscribers

    600  

Estimated Transaction Expenses(5)

    111  

Equity Consideration to AGSA(4)

    4,850  

Net Cash to AMPSA Balance Sheet(6)

    389  

Total Sources

  $ 8,750  

Total Uses

  $ 8,750  

(1)
Reflects the proceeds from the Notes Offering net of deferred financing fees. The proceeds of the Euro notes issued thereby have been translated to USD using the December 31, 2020 spot exchange rate of $1.227, used to prepare the pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position.

(2)
Assumes no Public Stockholder has exercised their redemption rights to receive cash from the Trust Account. This amount will be reduced by the amount of cash used to satisfy any redemption.

(3)
Proceeds to AGSA are calculated assuming proceeds of $2,315.0 million from the Debt Financing and $1,085.0 million from settlement of the AMPSA Promissory Note.

(4)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.

(5)
Represents the settlement in cash of the non-recurring costs incurred in conjunction with the Pre-Closing Restructuring in addition to the non-recurring transaction costs incurred by GHV, including GHV's deferred underwriting compensation, and Ardagh Group, including but not limited to, advisory fees, legal fees, and registration fees, as those transaction costs need to be refunded to GHV and Ardagh Group upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

(6)
For further information, see "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

178



Sources & Uses
(Maximum Redemption Scenario—Assuming 99.0% Redemptions of the Outstanding Public Shares
By Public Stockholders)
(in $ millions)

Sources
   
   
 
Uses
 

Debt Financing(1)

  $ 2,775  

Equity Consideration to AGSA(5)

  $ 5,235  

Cash in Trust Account(2)

    5  

Proceeds to AGSA(3)

    3,015  

Subscribers(4)

    695  

Estimated Transaction Expenses(6)

    111  

Equity Consideration to AGSA(5)

    5,235  

Net Cash to AMPSA Balance Sheet(7)

    349  

Total Sources

  $ 8,710  

Total Uses

  $ 8,710  

(1)
Reflects the proceeds from the Notes Offering net of deferred financing fees. The proceeds of notes issued thereby have been translated to USD using the December 31, 2020 spot rate of $1.227, used to prepare the pro forma condensed combined statement of financial

(2)
Assumes that 99.0% of Public Stockholders have exercised their redemption rights to receive the Trust Account.

(3)
Proceeds to AGSA are calculated on the assumed $5.0 million of GHV cash, new net debt of $2,315.0 million from the Debt Financing and $695.0 million of cash from the Subscribers pursuant to the PIPE.

(4)
Includes the GHV Sponsor Backstop.

(5)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.

(6)
Represents the settlement in cash of the non-recurring costs incurred in conjunction with the Pre-Closing Restructuring in addition to the non-recurring transaction costs incurred by GHV, including GHV's deferred underwriting compensation, and Ardagh Group, including but not limited to, advisory fees, legal fees, and registration fees, as those transaction costs need to be refunded to GHV and Ardagh upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

(7)
For further information, see "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information."

Name; Headquarters

        The name of AMPSA after the Business Combination will be AMPSA. The headquarters of AMPSA is 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg.

Redemption Rights

        Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation, holders of Public Shares may elect to have their shares redeemed for cash at the applicable redemption price per share calculated in accordance with our current certificate of incorporation. As of December 31, 2020, the redemption price would have been approximately $10.00 per share. If a holder exercises its redemption rights, then such holder will be exchanging its shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock for cash and will not own shares of AMPSA following the consummation of the Merger. Such a holder will be entitled to receive cash for its Public Shares only if it properly demands redemption and delivers its shares (either physically or electronically) to our transfer agent in accordance with the procedures described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of the Public Shares, together with any affiliate of his or her or any other person with whom he or she is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined in Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from exercising redemption rights with respect to more than 20% of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in our IPO. Accordingly, all Public Shares in excess of the 20% threshold beneficially owned by a Public Stockholder or group will not be redeemed for cash.

        We have no specified maximum redemption threshold under our current certificate of incorporation, other than the aforementioned 20% threshold. Each redemption of shares of GHV Class A Common Stock by our Public Stockholders will reduce the amount in our Trust Account, which

179


held cash and investment securities with a fair value of $525,020,571 as of December 31, 2020. In addition, in no event will we redeem shares of our GHV Class A Common Stock in an amount that would result in the Company's failure to have net tangible assets exceeding $5,000,000. Please see the section entitled "Special Meeting in Lieu of 2021 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Redemption Rights" for the procedures to be followed if you wish to redeem your shares for cash.

Appraisal Rights

        Appraisal rights are not available to our stockholders in connection with the Merger.

Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination

        As the first step within the Business Combination, AGSA undertook the Pre-Closing Restructuring whereby AGSA effected a series of transactions that resulted in among other things, (a) the AMP Business being wholly owned by AMPSA and (b) any assets and liabilities relating to the business of AGSA (other than the AMP Business) that are held by the AMP Entities being transferred to subsidiaries of AGSA that are not the AMP Entities, and assets and liabilities relating to the AMP Business that are held by subsidiaries of AGSA (other than the AMP Entities) being transferred to the AMP Entities. These transactions are accounted for as a capital reorganization as, prior to the Pre-Closing Restructuring, AMPSA did not meet the definition of a business under IFRS 3 (Business Combination). Under a capital reorganization, the consolidated financial statements of AMPSA reflect the net assets transferred at pre-combination predecessor book values. Following this first step, AMPSA continues to be a wholly owned subsidiary of AGSA.

        The capital reorganization will be followed at closing by a Merger whereby MergeCo (a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA) will merge with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. This Merger transaction will be accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2 (Share-based Payment). Under this method of accounting, there is no acquisition accounting and no recognition of goodwill, as GHV is not considered a business as defined by IFRS 3 (Business Combinations) given it consists predominantly of cash in the Trust Account. Under this method of accounting, GHV will be treated as the "acquired" company for financial reporting purposes. In order to reach this conclusion, the following factors were also taken into consideration: (i) the business will comprise the ongoing operations of AMPSA; (ii) senior management will comprise the senior management of AMPSA; and (iii) the pre-Business Combination shareholders of AMPSA will have the largest ownership of AMPSA and the right to appoint the highest number of board members relative to other shareholders.

        In accordance with IFRS 2, the difference in the fair value of the consideration (shares and warrants issued by AMPSA) for the acquisition of GHV over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of GHV will represent a service for listing of AMPSA and be accounted for as an expense for a share-based payment. The consideration for the acquisition of GHV was determined using the closing price of GHV´s publicly traded GHV Class A Common Stock and the Public Warrants traded on Nasdaq under the ticker symbols "GRSV" and "GRSVW" as of March 3, 2021.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

        For a detailed discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences and Luxembourg tax consequences of the Business Combination, see the sections titled "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "Material Luxembourg Tax Considerations" in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Vote Required for Approval

        The Merger is conditioned on the approval of the Merger Proposal at the Special Meeting.

180


        This Merger Proposal (and consequently, the Business Combination Agreement and the Merger) will be adopted and approved only if at least a majority of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting vote "FOR" the Merger Proposal. Failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, abstentions and broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" the Merger Proposal.

        Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote any shares of GHV Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Merger. As of the record date, our Sponsor, directors and officers own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock.

Recommendation of the Board of Directors

OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
THAT OUR STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR"
THE MERGER PROPOSAL.

181



GHV STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL NO. 2—GOVERNANCE PROPOSAL

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "Gores" generally refer to GHV.

Overview

        Our stockholders are also being asked to vote on a separate proposal with respect to certain provisions in AMPSA's articles of association because (i) the number of authorized shares under the AMPSA articles of association is greater than the number of authorized shares under GHV's current certificate of incorporation and (ii) the AMPSA articles of association include a compulsory share transfer provision, which are separately being presented in accordance with SEC guidance and which will be voted upon a non-binding advisory basis. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, MergeCo will merge with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA. As such, AMPSA's Articles will govern the activities of the Company post-Business Combination. AMPSA's Articles, and the provisions described below, were specifically negotiated by AGSA and were essential to AGSA's and AMPSA's willingness to enter into the Business Combination Agreement. Accordingly, regardless of the outcome of the non-binding advisory vote on these proposals, and assuming the approval of the Business Combination Proposal, AMPSA's Articles will be in effect at the Closing.

Proposal No. 2A: Change in Authorized Shares

Description of the Provision of AMPSA's Articles of Association

        Under AMPSA's articles of association, the authorized share capital of AMPSA is set at one billion Euro (EUR 1,000,000,000), divided into one hundred billion (100,000,000,000) shares, with a par value of one Euro cent (EUR 0.01) each. Under our current certificate of incorporation, we authorized the Company to issue (a) 440,000,000 shares of GHV Common Stock, including (i) 400,000,000 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock and (ii) 40,000,000 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock, and (b) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 per share.

Reasons for the Provision of AMPSA's Articles of Association

        The increase in the total number of authorized shares provides AMPSA post-Business Combination the adequate authorized capital to provide flexibility for the future issuance of AMPSA Shares if determined by the board of AMPSA post-Business Combination to be in the best interest of AMPSA, without the necessity of, or the delay imposed by the need to seek, further stockholder approval.

Proposal No. 2B: Compulsory Share Transfer

Description of the Provision of AMPSA's Articles of Association

        AMPSA's articles of association include a provision that gives a holder of 75% of its outstanding shares the right to acquire the remaining AMPSA's Shares held by all other holders at such time for a purchase price payable in cash that is equal to the fair market value of such shares, as determined by an independent investment banking firm of international reputation, subject to certain additional procedures under the AMPSA articles of association, including a dispute resolution provision permitting holders of at least 10% of the shares of AMPSA to dispute the purchase price proposed by any acquiring shareholder. Upon completion of the Merger, AGSA will own approximately 80% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares and, as such, will have the right to initiate the compulsory share transfer as provided for in and in accordance with Article 13 of AMPSA's articles of association after the completion of the Merger. See "Description of AMPSA's Securities, ""Comparison of Stockholder Rights" and "Risk Factors." Under our current certificate of incorporation, no such provision exists.

182


Reasons for the Provision of AMPSA's Articles of Association

        The compulsory share transfer provision in AMPSA's articles of association replicates a similar provision in AGSA's Articles, and is included in AMPSA's articles of association to permit a shareholder that owns 75% of AMPSA Shares to acquire (without the approval of AMPSA's board of directors or any additional shareholders) the remaining AMPSA Shares in accordance with, and subject to the protections for minority shareholders included in, that provision. This provision is included because, under Luxembourg law, such a transaction cannot otherwise be effected unless a person owns 95% of a Luxembourg company's outstanding voting shares and certain other requirements are satisfied. Under Delaware law, as a general matter, the holder of 90% of a Delaware corporation's voting shares can effect such a transaction without board of director or further stockholder approval.

Recommendation of the Board of Directors

OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
THAT OUR STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR"
THE GOVERNANCE PROPOSAL.

183



GHV STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL NO. 3—THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "Gores" generally refer to GHV.

Overview

        The Adjournment Proposal, if adopted, will allow us to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date or dates to permit further solicitation of proxies. The Adjournment Proposal will only be presented to our stockholders (A) in the event that any supplement or amendment to this proxy statement/prospectus that the Board has determined in good faith is required by applicable law to be disclosed to Company stockholders and so that such supplement or amendment to be promptly disseminated to Company stockholders prior to the Special Meeting, (B) in the event that, as of the time for which the Special Meeting is originally scheduled, there are insufficient shares of GHV Common Stock represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the Special Meeting or (C) in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Merger Proposal.

Consequences if the Adjournment Proposal is Not Approved

        If the Adjournment Proposal is not approved by our stockholders, we may not be able to adjourn the Special Meeting to a later date in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the Merger Proposal or any other proposal.

Vote Required for Approval

        The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, a Company stockholder's failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the Special Meeting, as well as an abstention from voting and a broker non-vote with regard to the Adjournment Proposal will have no effect on the Adjournment Proposal. Abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Adjournment Proposal.

Recommendation of the Board of Directors

OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT OUR STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL.

184



INFORMATION ABOUT AMPSA

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "AMPSA" generally refer to AMPSA and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

Ardagh Group

        Ardagh Group operates as a global supplier of metal and glass packaging for the world's leading brands. As of December 31, 2020, Ardagh Group operated 56 production facilities in 12 countries across three continents, employing over 16,000 people. Prior to Closing, pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, AGSA effected a series of transactions that resulted in the subsidiaries of AGSA that are engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and providing related technical and customer services being wholly owned by AMPSA.

        In 2016, Ardagh Group completed the acquisition of the AMP Business for total consideration of $3.0 billion, comprising 22 beverage can production facilities in Europe, North America and Brazil which, on a combined basis, we believe established the third largest beverage can business globally.

        Since 2016, Ardagh Group has expanded the beverage can business organically through strategic investments in new capacity to support our customers' growth, including a new beverage can ends facility in Manaus, Brazil, completed in 2018 and the addition of new production lines. In addition, the end use category mix of the beverage can business has been diversified through growing our presence in faster growing beverage categories.

        As a leading supplier of sustainable, innovative, value added rigid packaging solutions, Ardagh Group's products have historically included metal beverage cans and glass containers, primarily for end use categories including beer, food, wine, spirits, carbonated soft drinks, energy drinks, juices and sparkling waters. Ardagh Group's customers include a wide variety of leading consumer product companies, with over 1,500 customers across more than 90 countries, as of December 31, 2020. In its target regions of Europe, North America and Brazil, Ardagh Group's customers include a wide variety of consumer-packaged goods companies owning some of the best known brands in the world.

AMPSA

        We are one of the leading suppliers of consumer metal beverage cans in the world and believe that we hold the #2 or #3 market positions in Europe, the United States and Brazil. The global beverage can industry is a large, consumer-driven industry with attractive growth characteristics. Our end-use categories include beer, carbonated soft drinks, energy drinks, hard seltzers, juices, pre-mixed cocktails, teas, sparkling waters and wine. Our customers include a wide variety of leading beverage producers, which value our packaging products for their convenience and quality, as well as the end-user appeal they offer through design, innovation and brand promotion. With our significant invested capital base, supported by consistent levels of re-investment, our extensive technical capabilities and manufacturing know-how, we believe we are well-positioned to continue to meet the dynamic needs of our global customers.

        Within the $117 billion global metal packaging industry, the metal can packaging market is comprised of beverage cans (50%), food cans (28%), aerosol cans (5%) and other cans (17%), according to an October 2020 report from Smithers Pira, a leading independent market research firm with extensive specialized experience in the packaging, paper and print industries. We compete in the beverage can sector of the consumer metal packaging industry. We estimate the beverage can sector revenues to be approximately $33 billion based on sales as of 2019 with more than 360 billion beverage cans produced globally. Because the consumer metal beverage packaging industry primarily supplies

185


packaging for food, drinks and other basic needs, it is considered to be a relatively stable market sector that is less sensitive to economic cycles than many other industries.

        We serve over 200 customers across more than 40 countries, comprised of multi-national companies and large national and regional companies. In our target regions of Europe, North America and Brazil, our customers include a wide variety of companies owning some of the best-known beverage brands in the world. We have a stable customer base with long-standing relationships and approximately three-quarters of our sales are generated under multi-year contracts, with the remainder largely subject to annual arrangements. A significant portion of our sales volumes are supplied under contracts which include input cost pass-through provisions, which help us deliver generally consistent margins.

        We operate 23 production facilities in 9 countries and employ approximately 4,900 personnel. Our plants are generally well located to serve our customers' filling locations. Certain facilities may also be dedicated to specific end-use categories, enhancing product-specific expertise and generating benefits of scale and production efficiency. Significant capital has been invested in our extensive network of long-lived production facilities, which, together with our skilled workforce and related manufacturing process know-how, supports our competitive positions.

        We are committed to market-leading innovation and product development and maintain dedicated innovation, development and engineering centers in the United States and Europe to support these efforts. These facilities focus on three main areas: (i) innovations that provide enhanced product design, differentiation and user friendliness for our customers and end-use consumers; (ii) innovations that reduce input costs to generate cost savings for both our customers and us (downgauging); and (iii) developments to meet evolving product safety standards and regulations.

        Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $3,451 million. Adjusted EBITDA and net cash from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $545 million and $334 million, respectively.

        The following charts illustrate the breakdown of total revenue of our two operating and reportable segments, Europe and Americas, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

GRAPHIC

    Sustainability

        Sustainability is a core pillar of our business, recognizing that long-term economic viability is dependent upon having a sustainable business model.

        Our sustainability focus is centered on minimizing the impact of our operations and products on the environment, promoting a healthy, safe and inclusive workplace for our employees and contributing positively to the communities in which we operate. Upon consummation of the Merger, we will have a Sustainability Committee to oversee our sustainability initiatives, supported by our sustainability function.

186


        In pursuance of our environmental objective we seek to promote recycling of our products, enhance our product design and target continuous improvement in our processes. Metal is infinitely recyclable, without any degradation in quality, differentiating it from many other packaging substrates. We expect these attributes to continue to enhance our products' appeal, as consumer awareness of sustainability and the environment grows.

        Recycling rates for aluminum beverage cans are relatively high in the geographies in which we operate, estimated at 56% in the United States, 76% in Europe and 98% in Brazil as of 2018-2019. The use of recycled aluminum reduces energy consumption by over 90% compared with the alternative of producing aluminum cans from its virgin source.

        We continuously aim to reduce the material and resource usage in the manufacturing of our products through lightweighting of our metal beverage cans. In addition, we have established specialist groups across our business and promote best practice sharing, in order to drive continuous improvement in our processes.

        In 2020, Ardagh Group revised its sustainability strategy and set new targets, which apply to our business, including a 27% reduction in Ardagh Group's carbon emissions by 2030. These targets will be achieved through a wide range of initiatives, including (i) greater usage of renewable energy, including the installation of solar projects in multiple production facilities, (ii) promoting the use of recycled content, (iii) pursuing energy-efficiency projects across Ardagh Group's plant network, (iv) procuring electricity from renewable sources (v) sourcing sustainable inputs from Ardagh Group's supplier base and (vi) minimizing VOC and NOx emissions.

        Ardagh Group has committed to adopt science-based sustainability targets through the Science-Based Targets initiative, which also apply to our business, whereby Ardagh Group will set specific goals for reducing greenhouse gas emissions in alignment with the Paris Agreement 2015, under which governments mutually pledged to limit the increase in global temperatures to 1.5 degrees Celsius.

        Ardagh Group is a signatory to the United National Global Compact, and its strategy is linked to specific development goals, including Affordable and Clean Energy (Sustainable Development Goal #7), Responsible Consumption and Production (#12), Climate Action (#13), Partnerships for the Goals (#17), Good Health and Wellbeing (#3), Quality Education (#4) and Gender Equality (#5).

        Ardagh Group has been awarded Leadership Class ratings by CDP (formally the Carbon Disclosure Project), gaining an A- with respect to climate change and an A- with respect to water management.

        We aim to ensure a safe and healthy workplace for all of our employees by embedding a culture of safety awareness. Broad principles are supported by detailed policies and procedures to minimize accidents and injuries through continuous training and education. We are committed to promoting diversity and inclusion in the workplace and are establishing diversity and inclusion councils across our business units.

        We are a significant local employer and seek to play a positive role in our communities. This can involve promoting educational linkages with the community, through internships and apprenticeships, engaging with schools in relation to environmental awareness and recycling, and by promoting and supporting initiatives to help local charities and good causes.

Our Competitive Strengths

    Leader in Metal Beverage Packaging.  We believe we are one of the leading suppliers of metal beverage can packaging solutions, capable of supplying multi-national, national and regional beverage producers in our target markets. We believe that we are the #2 supplier of metal beverage cans by value in Europe. In addition, we believe that we are the #3 supplier of metal

187


      beverage cans by value in each of the United States and Brazil. We believe the combination of our extensive footprint, proximity to customers, efficient manufacturing and high level of customer service underpins our leading positions.

    Long-term relationships with diverse blue-chip customer base.  We supply some of the world's best-known beverage brands with sustainable, innovative packaging solutions and have been recognized with numerous industry awards. We have longstanding relationships with many of our major customers, which include leading multinational, national and regional beverage companies. Some of our major customers include AB InBev, Britvic, Coca-Cola, Diageo, Heineken, Mark Anthony Brands, Monster Beverage, National Beverage Company, PepsiCo and Grupo Petrópolis, among others. In recent years, in North America in particular, we have significantly diversified our customer base by growing our business with customers in faster-growing end-use categories, including hard seltzers, sparkling waters, energy drinks and other beverages, as well as by adding new customers.

    Focus on stable economies and generally growing product demand.  We derive over 89% of our revenues from Europe and North America, which are mature economies characterized by generally predictable consumer spending and relatively low cyclicality, with the balance largely derived from the Brazil beverage market. Our revenues are entirely generated from beverage end-use categories, including beer, carbonated soft drinks, energy drinks, hard seltzers, juices, sparkling waters, teas and other alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages, demand for which is generally less impacted by economic cycles. In Europe, North America and Brazil, demand for metal beverage cans has accelerated in recent years, principally driven by new beverage product innovations, increased awareness by consumers of sustainability and, notably in Brazil, structural pack mix shifts by our customers. For our customers, beverage cans are more efficient to fill and easier to transport and store than other substrates. These advantages, together with beverage cans' high level of recyclability, combine to provide our customers the lowest total cost of ownership.

    Highly contracted revenue base.  Over 80% of our revenue is backed by multi-year supply agreements, ranging from two to seven years in duration, with the remainder largely pursuant to annual arrangements. A significant proportion of our sales volumes are supplied under contracts which include mechanisms that help to protect us from earnings volatility related to input costs, including aluminum and energy. Specifically, such arrangements include (i) multi-year contracts that include input cost pass-through and/or margin maintenance provisions and (ii) one-year contracts that allow us to negotiate pricing levels for our products on an annual basis at the same time that we determine our input costs for the relevant year.

    Well-invested asset base with significant scale and operational excellence.  We operate 23 strategically-located production facilities in 9 countries, enabling us to efficiently serve our customers with high quality and innovative products and services across multiple geographies. We pursue continuous improvement in our facilities and promote a culture of consistently pursuing excellence through standardizing and sharing best practices across our network of plants. We believe the total value proposition we offer our customers, in the form of geographic reach, customer service, product quality, reliability, design and innovation will enable us to continue to drive growth and profitability.

    Significant and growing specialty can capacity.  We have a significant presence in the specialty can segment, which our industry defines as all cans other than 12-ounce 211 diameter cans in the Americas, and all cans other than 330ml and 500ml 211 diameter cans in Europe. Specialty cans include slim cans, sleek cans and cans of a standard diameter but special height. The specialty can segment has grown at a faster rate than the standard can segment in recent years and typically offers more attractive margins. In 2020, specialty cans represented 43% of our total can

188


      shipments, with strong representation in both the Europe and Americas segments. Specialty can expansion represents over 80% of the capacity expansion under the $1.8 billion business growth investment program, following which we expect specialty cans will represent approximately 55% to 60% of our total capacity.

    Attractive presence in faster-growing end-use categories.  Different beverage categories are experiencing varying rates of growth in the markets we serve. We have targeted growth in faster growing end-use categories of the beverage markets we serve, including hard seltzers and sparkling waters in North America and beer in Europe and in Brazil, while reducing our exposure to other end-use categories. We believe the mix of end-use categories we serve positions us well to continue to grow our business over the medium term.

    Infinitely recyclable products respond to growing sustainability awareness.  Metal beverage cans are infinitely recyclable without loss of quality. We estimate recycling rates to be at 76% in Europe, 56% in the United States and 98% in Brazil as of 2018-2019. We believe that an increasing awareness of the benefits of sustainable packaging in many of our markets will favor pack mix shifts to metal beverage cans in the future. We also believe that legislative and other measures designed to increase recycling rates will favor our substrates in the future.

    Technical leadership and innovation.  We have advanced technical and manufacturing capabilities in metal beverage packaging, including research and development and engineering centers in the United States and Europe, principally based in Elk Grove, Illinois, and Bonn, Germany. Our capabilities have enabled us to develop product and process innovations to meet the dynamic needs of our customers. We have significant expertise in the production of value-added metal beverage cans, principally aluminum, with features such as high-quality graphic designs, colored tabs and tactile finishes. We produce metal beverage cans in a range of sizes and have been a leader in the introduction of lighter aluminum cans.

    Proven track record of generating attractive returns through organic expansion, strategic investment and continuous improvement. Ardagh Group has grown its business since acquisition in 2016, through a combination of organic expansion, strategic investment and continuous improvement. Ardagh Group has increased its exposure to faster growing categories of the beverage market, as well as diversifying its customer base, notably in North America, thereby improving its mix. Ardagh Group has also made strategic investments, including the construction of its ends plant in Manaus, Brazil, in 2018 which allowed it to become self-sufficient for ends supply in that market, as well as converting its Rugby, UK, facility from steel to aluminum beverage cans. In addition, Ardagh Group has focused on continuous improvement across its businesses to optimize costs and drive efficiencies. We expect our principal focus to be on growth through organic expansion and strategic development and investment with new and existing customers, including through the announced business growth investment program. We believe that we can maintain and grow attractive margins through business mix optimization, growth with new and existing customers, efficiency gains, cost reduction, working capital optimization and disciplined capital allocation.

    Experienced management team with a proven track record and high degree of shareholder alignment. Members of our management team with extensive experience in the metal beverage packaging industry have demonstrated their ability to manage costs, adapt to changing market conditions, undertake strategic investments and acquire and integrate new businesses, thereby driving significant value creation. Our Chairman has a high degree of indirect ownership in our Company, as a company owned by him owns approximately 25% of the ordinary share capital of ARD Holdings S.A., the ultimate parent company of AGSA. In addition, through its non-controlling interest in the Yeoman group of companies, that company has an interest in a further approximate 34% of the ordinary shares of ARD Holdings S.A. We believe this ownership

189


      promotes efficient capital allocation decisions and results in strong shareholder alignment and commitment to further shareholder value creation.

Our Business Strategy

        Our principal objective is to increase long-term shareholder value by achieving growth in Adjusted EBITDA and cash generation. We aim to achieve this objective through organically growing our business, but will also evaluate other acquisitions and strategic opportunities to enhance shareholder value. We plan to pursue these objectives through the following strategies:

    Grow Adjusted EBITDA and cash flow.  We seek to leverage our extensive footprint, proximity to customers, efficient manufacturing and high level of customer service to grow revenue with new and existing customers, improve our productivity, and reduce our costs. To increase Adjusted EBITDA, we will take actions with respect to our assets and invest in business growth opportunities, in line with our stringent investment criteria. To increase cash generation, we actively manage our working capital and capital expenditures. Ardagh Group announced a business growth investment program that will see $1.8 billion invested in our business in the period from 2021 to 2024, the implementation of which is expected to grow our revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and cash flow generation.

    Continue to enhance product mix and profitability.  We have enhanced our product mix over the years by replacing lower margin business with higher margin business and by pursuing growth opportunities in new and emerging end-use categories of the beverage markets. We will continue to develop long-term partnerships with existing and new customers, including new and emerging growth customers, and selectively pursue such opportunities that will grow our business and improve our overall profitability. We are investing in significantly growing our specialty can mix and our investments will be supported by long-term customer contracts and commitments.

    Emphasize operational excellence and optimize manufacturing base.  In managing our businesses, we seek to improve our efficiency, control our costs and preserve and expand our margins. We aim to consistently reduce total costs through implementing operational efficiencies, promoting continuous improvement and investing to enhance our production capacity. We will continue to take actions to enhance efficiency through continuous improvement, best practice sharing and investment, enabling us to serve our existing and new customers' exacting requirements for sustainable packaging.

    Enhance our environmental and social sustainability impact.  We will continue to improve the sustainability profile of our business. In 2020, Ardagh Group updated its sustainability targets, which apply to our business, including a 27% reduction in Ardagh Group's carbon emissions by 2030, in addition to committing to adoption of science-based targets through the Science-Based Targets initiative, both of which apply to our business. We seek to ensure that we meet the evolving requirements of end consumers and our customers, while creating a safe and inclusive environment for our employees, contributing positively to the communities in which we operate, improving our efficiency, controlling our costs and preserving and expanding our margins, while at the same time growing our revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow generation.

    Evaluate and pursue strategic opportunities.  We are a leading player in the beverage can sector in Europe, North America and Brazil, all of which are markets where beverage can demand is projected to grow. Our principal near and medium term focus is to organically grow our business through the implementation of the business growth investment program from 2021-2024 to support our customers' growth in each region. We may also evaluate and pursue other strategic opportunities, to grow with existing or new customers, including in new markets that offer attractive risk-adjusted returns, in line with our stringent investment criteria and focus on enhancing shareholder value.

190


Industry Overview

        We operate in the beverage can segment of the consumer metal packaging industry.

        The beverage can sector is growing in each of Europe, North America and Brazil. In each of these markets demand for metal beverage cans has accelerated in recent years, principally driven by new beverage product innovations, increased awareness by consumers of sustainability and, notably in Brazil pack mix shifts. In addition, the convenience of filling, transporting and stocking beverage cans, compared with alternative substrates are believed to be contributing to this growth. Growth in unit volumes of specialty beverage cans has exceeded growth in standard beverage cans, thereby increasing specialty can penetration, a trend that is expected to continue.

        We believe the purchasing decisions of retail consumers are significantly influenced by packaging. Consumer product manufacturers and marketers are increasingly using packaging to position their products in the market and differentiate them from alternative products. A growing awareness of sustainability issues among consumers, as well as potential regulatory or legislative changes in this area, are also expected to influence future packaging decisions by consumer product manufacturers. The development and production of premium, differentiated packaging products with additional value-added features require a higher level of design capabilities, manufacturing and process know-how and quality control than for more standardized products.

Customers

        We operate production facilities in Europe, the United States and Brazil, and we sell metal beverage cans to multinational, regional and national customers in these regions. We supply leading manufacturers in each of the markets it serves, including AB InBev, Britvic, Coca-Cola, Diageo, Heineken, Mark Anthony Brands, Monster Beverage, National Beverage Company, PepsiCo and Grupo Petrópolis, among others.

        The top ten AMPSA customers represented approximately 64% of our revenue in 2020. We estimate that over 80% of our revenue is backed by multi-year supply agreements, ranging from two to seven years in duration. These contracts generally provide for the pass-through of metal price fluctuations and, in most cases, most of variable cost movements, while others have tolling arrangements whereby customers arrange for the procurement of metal themselves. In addition, within multi-year relationships, both parties can work together to streamline the product, service and supply process, leading to significant cost reductions and improvements in product and service, with benefits arising to both parties. Wherever possible, we seek to enter into multi-year supply agreements with customers. In other cases, sales are made under commercial supply agreements, typically of one-year's duration, with prices based on expected purchase volumes.

Competitors

        Our principal competitors include Ball Corporation, Crown Holdings, and Can Pack.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

        The principal raw materials used in our business are aluminum, steel, coatings and lining compounds. Over 95% of our metal raw material spend in 2020 related to aluminum. Our major aluminum suppliers include Constellium, Hydro, Novelis and Tri-Arrows.

        We continuously seek to minimize the price of raw materials and reduce our exposure to price movements in a number of ways, including the following:

    harnessing the scale of our global metal purchasing requirements, to achieve better raw materials pricing;

191


    entering into variable-priced pass-through contracts with customers, whereby selling prices are indexed to the price of the underlying raw materials;

    maintaining our focus on metal content reduction;

    continuing the process of reducing spoilage and waste in manufacturing;

    rationalizing the number of both specifications and suppliers; and

    hedging the price of aluminum ingot and the related euro/U.S. dollar exposure.

        Aluminum is typically purchased under three-year contracts, with prices that are fixed in advance. Despite an increase in the level of aluminum production being targeted to new end-use applications, including automotive and aerospace, we believe that adequate quantities of the relevant grades of packaging aluminum will continue to be available from various producers and that we are not overly dependent upon any single supplier. Some of our aluminum requirements are subject to tolling arrangements with our customers, whereby risk and responsibility for the procurement of aluminum is managed by the customer.

Distribution

        We use various freight and haulage contractors to make deliveries to customer sites or warehousing facilities. In some cases, customers make their own delivery arrangements and therefore may purchase from us on an ex-works basis. Warehousing facilities are primarily situated at our manufacturing facilities; however, in some regions, networks of externally-rented warehouses at strategic third-party locations, close to major customers' filling operations are used.

Innovation, Engineering and Development

        The majority of our innovation, development and engineering activities are concentrated at our regional technical center in Elk Grove, Illinois and at our research facility in Bonn, Germany. These centers focus on identifying and serving the existing and potential needs of customers, including the achievement of cost reductions, particularly metal content reduction, and meeting new and anticipated legislative requirements, as well as providing technology, engineering and support services to our production facilities and customers.

        We currently hold and maintain a number of patent families, filed in several jurisdictions and covering a range of different products.

Manufacturing and Production

        As of December 31, 2020, we operated 23 production facilities in 9 countries. Our plants are currently located in 7 European countries, as well as in Brazil and the United States.

192


        The following table summarizes our principal production facilities as of December 31, 2020.

Location
  Number of
Production
Facilities
 

United States(1)

    8  

Germany

    4  

Brazil

    3  

United Kingdom

    3  

Other European countries(2)

    5  

    23  

(1)
In December 2020, we acquired a facility in Huron, Ohio, which is under development but not yet in operation. This facility is not reflected in the number of production facilities above.

(2)
One facility in each of Austria, France, The Netherlands, Poland and Spain.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 4,900 employees, of which approximately 2,900 were located in Europe, approximately 1,300 were located in the United States and approximately 700 employees were located in Brazil.

        We strive to maintain a safe working environment for all of our employees, with safety in the workplace being a key objective, measured through individual accident reports, detailed follow-up programs and key performance indicator reporting. We believe that our safety record is among the best in the industry.

        The majority of our employees are members of labor unions or are subject to centrally negotiated collective agreements. We generally negotiate national contracts with our unions, with variations agreed at the local plant level. Most such labor contracts have a duration of one to two years. Our management believes that, overall, our current relations with our employees are good.

        For the employees of our subsidiaries located in countries of the European Union, Ardagh Group has established a European Works Council ("EWC") in compliance with EU directives. The EWC acts as a communications conduit and consultative body between our EU subsidiaries and our employees. All the elected EWC country employee representatives meet at least once a year and senior management attends an annual EWC Forum meeting.

        The EWC has the right to be notified of any special circumstances that would have a major impact on the interests of employees. In order to facilitate this process in an efficient and effective way, the EWC has elected a Select Committee which meets at least 4 times a year with a senior management delegation to discuss any matters which are of interest for the EWC.

        EWC delegates are elected for four-year terms on the basis of legal principles or practices in the relevant countries, while the allocation of EWC delegates between countries is governed by EU directives.

Environmental, Health and Safety and Product Safety Regulations

        AMPSA's operations and properties are regulated under a wide range of laws, ordinances and regulations and other legal requirements concerning the environment, health and safety and product safety in each jurisdiction in which we operate. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are in compliance, in all material respects, with these laws and regulations.

193


        The principal environmental issues facing AMPSA include the environmental impact of the disposal of water used in AMPSA's production processes, generation and disposal of waste, the receiving, use and storage of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, the potential contamination and subsequent remediation of land, surface water and groundwater arising from AMPSA's operations and the impact on air quality through gas and particle emissions, including the emission of greenhouse gases.

        Our substantial operations in the EU are subject to, among additional requirements, the requirements of the EU Industrial Emissions Directive ("IED") which requires that operators of industrial installations, including can making installations, take into account the whole environmental performance of the installation and obtain and maintain compliance with a permit, which sets emission limit values that are based on best available techniques.

        Furthermore, the EU Directive on environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage aims to make those who cause damage to the environment (specifically damage to habitats and species protected by EU law, damage to water resources and land contamination which presents a threat to human health) financially responsible for its remediation. It requires operators of industrial premises (including those which hold a permit governed by the IED) to take preventive measures to avoid environmental damage, inform the regulators when such damage has or may occur and to remediate contamination.

        Our U.S. operations are also subject to stringent and complex U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection, including the discharge of materials into the environment, health and safety and product safety including, but not limited to: the U.S. federal Clean Air Act, the U.S. federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the U.S. federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"). These laws and regulations may, among other things (i) require obtaining permits to conduct industrial operations; (ii) restrict the types and quantities and concentration of various substances that can be released into the environment; (iii) result in the suspension or revocation of necessary permits, licenses and authorizations; (iv) require that additional pollution controls be installed and (v) require remedial measures to mitigate pollution from former and ongoing operations, including related natural resource damages. Specifically, certain U.S. environmental laws, such as CERCLA, or Superfund, and analogous state laws, provide for strict, and under certain circumstances, joint and several liability for the investigation and remediation of releases or the disposal of regulated materials into the environment including soil and groundwater, as well as for damages to natural resources.

        In North America, sales of beverage cans are affected by governmental regulation of packaging, including deposit return laws. As of January 1, 2019, there were ten U.S. states with container deposit laws in effect, requiring consumer deposits of between 5 and 15 cents (USD), depending on the size of the container or product. In Canada, there are 10 provinces and three territories. Deposit laws cover some form of beverage container in all provinces and territories except the territory of Nunavut, which does not have a deposit program. The range for deposits are between 5 and 40 cents (Canadian Dollar), depending on size of container and type of beverage.

        A wider roll out of packaging deposit return systems in Europe, such as that proposed in Scotland from July 2022, can lead to cost increases for collection and recycling of beverage cans and therefore potentially have impacts on the packaging material mix at retailers.

        Many beverages and containers, particularly new product innovations and unique alcohol beverage products, are not clearly defined in U.S. and Canadian deposit laws. The text of some U.S. and Canadian deposit laws expressly exempts certain beverages or containers from application of the deposit laws. In many states, certain common beverage categories are simply not found in the text of the deposit law. Local agencies provide final decisions on the application of deposit laws. Many states

194


are defining their own beverage categories with local agencies providing final decisions on the application of deposit laws.

        We are also committed to ensuring that safe operating practices are established, implemented and maintained throughout our organization. In addition, we have instituted active health and safety programs throughout our business. See the section entitled "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to AMPSA—AMPSA is subject to various environmental and other legal requirements and may be subject to new requirements of this kind in the future that could impose substantial costs upon AMPSA."

Legal Proceedings

        AMPSA is involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, such as employee claims, disputes with its suppliers, environmental liability claims and intellectual property disputes. We believe that none of these proceedings, either individually or in aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

History and Development

        Ardagh Group traces its origins back to 1932 in Dublin, Ireland, when the Irish Glass Bottle Company was founded and listed on the Irish Stock Exchange. Ardagh Group operated a single glass plant in Dublin, largely serving the domestic beverage and food customer base until 1998, when Yeoman International, led by the current Ardagh Group Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and major shareholder, Paul Coulson, took an initial stake in Ardagh, becoming Chairman later that year.

        Since 1999, Ardagh Group has played a major role in the consolidation of the global metal and glass packaging industries, completing 23 acquisitions and significantly increasing its scope, scale, and geographic presence.

        AMPSA was incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg on January 20, 2021 as a public limited liability company (société anonyme) having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 251465. AMPSA currently operates 23 production facilities globally, located in Europe (12), North America (8) and Brazil (3). These comprise 19 facilities producing beverage cans and four facilities producing can ends. The history and development of AMPSA's production facility footprint has been as follows:

    In June 2016, Ardagh Group acquired the assets required to be divested by Ball Corporation and Rexam PLC to gain approval for the acquisition of Rexam PLC by Ball Corporation. The divested assets comprised 22 production facilities, located in Europe (12), North America (8) and Brazil (2).

    The twelve production facilities acquired by Ardagh Group in Europe comprised ten former Ball Corporation plants, as well as two former Rexam PLC production facilities. Ball Corporation had established and grown its presence in Europe, principally through the acquisition of Schmalbach-Lubeca in 2008, at the time the second largest manufacturer of beverage cans in Europe. Rexam PLC had established and grown its beverage can business in Europe through the acquisitions of PLM, AB, a Swedish-listed beverage can and glass bottle manufacturer, acquired in 1999, and American National Can Corporation, acquired in 2000, as well as organic investments in new capacity. The eight production facilities acquired in North America represented part of the former Rexam PLC business. Finally, the two production facilities in Brazil were formerly owned by Latapack-Ball, a joint venture in which Ball Corporation had held an approximately 60% stake. In December 2015, Ball Corporation acquired full ownership of this joint venture, prior to divesting these two production facilities.

195


    In 2018, the construction of a greenfield production facility in Manaus, Brazil was completed, which supplies can ends to our can production facilities in Jacarei, Brazil and Alagoinhas, Brazil.

    In October 2020, Ardagh Group announced a $1.8 billion business growth investment program to grow the Metal Beverage Packaging ($1.5 billion) and Glass Packaging business. In February 2021, Ardagh Group announced its decision to undertake additional investments increasing its total investment in the business growth investment program to $2.1 billion, with a total $1.8 billion investment to grow the Metal Beverage Packaging business in the period from 2021 to 2024.

    In December 2020, Ardagh Group acquired a large brownfield and building site in Huron, Ohio, which it intends to convert into a new beverage can and ends plant, commencing production in late 2021.

        The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC.

        Following Closing, we will routinely post important information on the AMPSA website                                    . This website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this proxy statement/prospectus.

Organizational Structure

        The following table provides information relating to our principal operating subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned:

Company
  Country of Incorporation
Ardagh Metal Beverage Manufacturing Austria GmbH   Austria
Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Austria GmbH   Austria
Latas Indústria de Embalagens de Alumínio do Brasil Ltda.    Brazil
Ardagh Indústria de Embalagens de Metálicas do Brasil Ltda.    Brazil
Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading France SAS   France
Ardagh Metal Beverage France SAS   France
Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Germany GmbH   Germany
Ardagh Metal Beverage Germany GmbH   Germany
Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Netherlands B.V.    Netherlands
Ardagh Metal Beverage Netherlands B.V.    Netherlands
Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Poland Sp. z o.o   Poland
Ardagh Metal Beverage Poland Sp. z o.o   Poland
Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Spain SL   Spain
Ardagh Metal Beverage Spain SL   Spain
Ardagh Metal Beverage Europe GmbH   Switzerland
Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Limited   United Kingdom
Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Limited   United Kingdom
Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc.    United States

196



MANAGEMENT OF AMPSA

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "AMPSA" generally refer to AMPSA and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Management and Board of Directors

        Set forth below is information concerning our directors and officers as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus including their names, ages and positions. There are no family relationships among the executive officers or between any executive officer or director. All executive officers are appointed by the board of directors to serve in their roles. Each executive officer is appointed for such term as may be prescribed by the board of directors or until a successor has been chosen and qualified or until such officer's death, resignation or removal. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of all executive officers and directors is 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg. AMPSA expects that the executive officers will continue as executive officers following the Merger. Following the Merger, AMPSA will have 11 directors, 9 of whom will be appointed by AGSA and 2 of whom will be appointed by GHV.

Name
  Age   Title
Paul Coulson     68   Chairman
Shaun Murphy     54   Vice-Chairman
Oliver Graham     52   Chief Executive Officer and Director
David Matthews     57   Director
Abigail Blunt     59   Non-Executive Director
Yves Elsen     62   Non-Executive Director
The Rt. Hon. the Lord Hammond of Runnymede     65   Non-Executive Director
Hermanus Troskie     50   Non-Executive Director
Edward White     73   Non-Executive Director

        Additionally, David Bourne is the Chief Financial Officer of AMPSA.

Backgrounds of Our Directors and Officers

    Paul Coulson

        Paul Coulson graduated from Trinity College Dublin with a business degree in 1973. He spent five years with Price Waterhouse in London and Dublin and qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1978. He then established his own accounting firm before setting up Yeoman International in 1980 and developing it into a significant leasing and structured finance business. In 1998 he became Chairman of the Ardagh Group S.A. and initiated the transformation of Ardagh from a small, single plant operation into a leading global packaging company. Over the last 30 years he has been involved in the creation and development of a number of businesses apart from Yeoman and Ardagh. These include Fanad Fisheries, a leading Irish salmon farming company, and Sterile Technologies. Prior to its sale to Stericycle, Inc. in 2006, Sterile Technologies had been developed into the leading medical waste management company in the United Kingdom and Ireland.

    Shaun Murphy

        Shaun Murphy was appointed Chief Operating Officer and Director of Ardagh Group S.A. in 2019. Prior to joining Ardagh, he was a partner at KPMG for almost 20 years and completed a six-year term as Managing Partner of KPMG in Ireland in 2019. Mr. Murphy also served as the Lead Director on KPMG's Global Board from 2015 until 2019. He holds a business degree from University College Dublin and is a Chartered Accountant.

197


    Oliver Graham

        Oliver Graham was CEO of Ardagh's Global Metal Beverage business, comprising Europe, North America and South America, a position he has held since January 1, 2020. Before taking up this role, Mr. Graham was CEO of Metal Beverage Europe with responsibility for Metal Beverage Brazil, as well as being Ardagh Group S.A. Commercial Director. He joined Ardagh Group S.A. in 2016 following the acquisition of the metal beverage business, prior to which he was Group Commercial Director at Rexam PLC. Mr. Graham joined Rexam PLC in 2013 from The Boston Consulting Group, where he was a partner.

    David Matthews

        David Matthews was appointed Chief Financial Officer and director of Ardagh Group S.A. in 2014. Prior to joining Ardagh, Mr. Matthews held various senior finance positions at DS Smith plc and Bunzl plc. Mr. Matthews qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1989 with Price Waterhouse in London and holds an engineering degree from the University of Southampton.

    Abigail Blunt

        Abigail Blunt currently serves as Global Head of Government Affairs and Advisor to the Board of The Kraft Heinz Company. Prior to joining Kraft Foods Global, a predecessor to Kraft Heinz, in 2007, Ms. Blunt was Senior Director of Federal Government Relations at Altria Corporate Services Inc., which she joined in 2001. Earlier in her career, Ms. Blunt gained extensive legislative and political experience as Finance Director of the National Republican Congressional Committee, as Foundation Director with the US Chamber of Commerce and as a legislative aide in the US House of Representatives. She is a member of The Economic Club of Washington.

    Yves Elsen

        Yves Elsen is CEO and managing partner of HITEC Luxembourg S.A., a Luxembourg-based industrial and technology company serving contractors in over 20 countries around the world. Prior to this, Mr. Elsen founded and led SATLYNX S.A., following extensive experience with listed satellite operator SES—Société Européenne des Satellites S.A. He was a member of the supervisory board of Villeroy & Boch AG from 2013 to 2019 and its Chairman from 2017. Mr. Elsen is Chairman of the board of governors of the University of Luxembourg.

    The Rt Hon. the Lord Hammond of Runnymede

        The Rt Hon. the Lord Hammond of Runnymede has had a distinguished career in British politics. A Member of Parliament of the United Kingdom from 1997 to 2019, he held a range of ministerial offices, most recently serving as Chancellor of the Exchequer from 2016 to 2019. Prior to this, he served as Foreign Secretary from 2014 to 2016, as Defense Secretary from 2011 to 2014 and as Transport Secretary from 2010 to 2011.

    Hermanus Troskie

        Hermanus Troskie has been a director of Ardagh Group S.A. since 2009. Mr. Troskie is the Deputy CEO at Maitland, a global advisory and administration firm. He has extensive experience in the areas of international corporate structuring, cross-border financing and capital markets, with a particular interest in integrated structuring for entrepreneurs and their businesses. Mr. Troskie is a director of companies within the Yeoman group of companies, and other private and public companies. He qualified as a South African Attorney in 1997, and as a Solicitor of the Senior Courts of England and Wales in 2001. Mr. Troskie is based in Luxembourg.

198


    Edward White

        Edward White has been an Executive Professor of Finance in the Mays Business School at Texas A&M University since 2014. He was formerly a Senior Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of Owens-Illinois, Inc. for seven years until his retirement in 2012. During his 38-year career with O-I, he worked in a variety of management roles across finance, manufacturing and marketing. His international experiences included senior management positions as an expatriate in Finland, Poland, France and Switzerland. Mr. White holds a Masters in Business Administration from the University of Hawaii and a Bachelors in Business Administration from Indiana University.

Senior Management

    David Bourne

        David Bourne joined Ardagh in 2014 as Finance Director Operations with responsibility for transformational organic and M&A finance initiatives within Ardagh Group. He was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Global Beverage in 2020. Mr. Bourne previously has 20 years' experience with KPMG including long-term secondments to DS Smith plc supporting their acquisition of SCA Packaging and AstraZeneca plc supporting their divestment of Cellmark Diagnostics. Mr. Bourne is qualified as a Chartered Accountant and holds an accounting and economics degree from the University of Reading.

AMPSA Compensation

Compensation of Directors

        AMPSA was formed on January 20, 2021 and did not have any directors prior to formation. As such, none of our directors received compensation for their service as directors of AMPSA in 2020.

        AMPSA will establish a compensation program for our non-employee directors. In 2021, our non-employee directors are expected to receive a cash retainer of $            as compensation for the performance of their duties as directors. The non-employee directors' compensation program is expected to allow each non-employee director the opportunity to elect to receive AMPSA Shares in lieu of a portion of the annual cash retainer payable to the non-employee director under the program. We also will reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as directors, including, without limitation, travel expenses in connection with their attendance in-person at board of directors and committee meetings. Directors who are employees do not receive any compensation for their services as directors.

Compensation of Key Management

        AMPSA was formed on January 20, 2021 and did not have any key management prior to formation. The aggregate amount of compensation our key management received for service as key management to Ardagh Group S.A. for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $            . An aggregate of approximately $            will be set aside for the year ending December 31, 2021 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our key management.

Controlled Company

        AMPSA will apply for the AMPSA Shares to be listed on NYSE. Under NYSE's current listing standards, AMPSA will qualify for and avail of the controlled company exemptions under the corporate governance rules of NYSE. As a controlled company, we will not be required to have (1) a majority of "independent directors" on our board of directors, as defined under the rules of NYSE, (2) a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee composed entirely of

199


"independent directors" or (3) an annual performance evaluation of the compensation and nominating and governance committees.

Board of Directors

Composition of Our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors currently consists of 9 members. After the Merger, our board of directors will consist of 11 members. Our board of directors consists of such number of directors as the general meeting of shareholders may from time to time determine, provided that the board of directors is composed at all times of no fewer than three (3) directors and no more than fifteen (15) directors.

Election of Directors

        The holders of the shares have the right to elect the board of directors at a general meeting of shareholders by a simple majority of the votes validly cast. The existing directors have the right to appoint persons to fill vacancies, which persons may hold office until the following annual general meeting.

Service Contracts of Directors

        There are no service contracts between us and any of our current non-employee directors providing for benefits upon termination of their service. For a discussion of compensation, including post-termination benefits, of employee directors, see the section entitled "Management of AMPSA—AMPSA Compensation" above.

Board of Directors Powers and Functions

        The board of directors has the power to take any action necessary or useful to realize the corporate objects of the Company, with the exception of the powers reserved by Luxembourg law or by AMPSA's articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Directors must act with diligence and in good faith in performing their duties and in the corporate interest of the company. The expected behavior of a director is that of a normally prudent person, in a like position, having the benefit, when making such a decision, of the same knowledge and information as the directors having made the decision.

Board of Directors Meetings and Decisions

        We expect that all of the resolutions of the board of directors will be adopted by a simple majority of votes cast in a meeting at which a quorum is present. A member of the board of directors may authorize another member of the board of directors to represent him/her at the board meeting and to vote on his/her behalf at the meeting.

        Our board of directors meets as often as it deems necessary to conduct the business of the Company.

Experience of Directors

        We believe that the composition of the board of directors, which will include a broad spread of nationalities, backgrounds and expertise, will provide the breadth and depth of skills, knowledge and experience that are required to effectively lead an internationally diverse business with interests spanning three continents and nine individual countries.

        We believe our independent non-executive directors have broad-based international business expertise and will have gained significant and relevant industry specific expertise over a number of

200


years. The composition of the board of directors will reflect the need to maintain a balance of skills, knowledge and experience.

        The independent non-executive directors will use their broad-based skills, diverse range of business and financial experiences and international backgrounds in reviewing and assessing any opportunities or challenges facing the Company and will play an important role in developing the Company's strategy and scrutinizing the performance of management in meeting the Company's goals and objectives.

        We expect our board members collectively to have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to effectively oversee the management of the Company, including a high degree of personal and professional integrity, an ability to exercise sound business judgment on a broad range of issues, sufficient experience and background to have an appreciation of the issues facing the Company, a willingness to devote the necessary time to board duties, a commitment to representing the best interests of the Company and a dedication to enhancing shareholder value.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Upon consummation of the Merger, our board of directors will have six standing committees: an executive committee, an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee, a finance committee and a sustainability committee. The members of each committee will be appointed by the board of directors and will serve until their successors are elected and qualified, unless they are earlier removed or resign. Each committee will report to the board of directors as it deems appropriate and as the board may request. The composition, duties and responsibilities of the six standing committees are set forth below. In the future, our board of directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

Executive Committee

        Upon consummation of the Merger, the board of directors will establish an executive committee that oversees the management of the business and affairs of the Company.            ,            ,            ,             and a number of members of the key management of AMPSA will serve on the executive committee, with             serving as the chair of the executive committee.

Audit Committee

        Upon consummation of the Merger, our audit committee will consist of            ,             and            , with             who will serve as the chair of the audit committee. All of our audit committee members will be independent directors, in accordance with NYSE and the SEC requirements for a company listed on NYSE.

        Our audit committee, among other matters, will oversee (1) our financial reporting, auditing and internal control activities; (2) the integrity and audits of our financial statements; (3) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (4) the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; (5) the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; and (6) our overall risk exposure and management. Duties of the audit committee will include the following:

    annually review and assess the adequacy of the audit committee charter and the performance of the audit committee;

    be responsible for recommending the appointment, retention and termination of our independent auditors and determine the compensation of our independent auditors;

    review the plans and results of the audit engagement with the independent auditors;

    evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

201


    have authority to approve in advance all audit and non-audit services by our independent auditors, the scope and terms thereof and the fees therefor;

    review the adequacy of our internal accounting controls; and

    meet at least quarterly with our executive officers, internal audit staff and our independent auditors in separate executive sessions.

        The audit committee will have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and to retain counsel for this purpose where appropriate. Each of the audit committee members meet the financial literacy requirements of NYSE listing standards and the board of directors will determine an "audit committee financial expert," as defined in the rules of the SEC. The designation will not impose on the audit committee financial expert any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than those generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our corporate website at            .

Compensation Committee

        Upon consummation of the Merger, our compensation committee will consist of            ,             ,            and             , with            who will serve as the chair of the compensation committee. As we will be a controlled company under the rules of NYSE, our compensation committee will not be required to be independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

        The compensation committee will have the sole authority to retain, and terminate, any compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of employee compensation and to approve the consultant's fees and the other terms and conditions of the consultant's retention. The compensation committee, among other matters, will:

    assist our board of directors in developing and evaluating potential candidates for executive officer positions and oversee the development of executive succession plans;

    administer, review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding our compensation plans;

    annually review and approve our corporate goals and objectives with respect to compensation for executive officers and, at least annually, evaluate each executive officer's performance in light of such goals and objectives to set his or her annual compensation, including salary, bonus and equity and non-equity incentive compensation, subject to approval by our board of directors; and

    provide oversight of management's decisions regarding the performance, evaluation and compensation of other officers.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Upon consummation of the Merger, our nominating and governance committee will consist of            ,             and            , with            who will serve as the chair of the nominating and governance committee. As we will be a controlled company under the rules of NYSE, our nominating and governance committee will not be required to be independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will

202


adjust the composition of our nominating and governance committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules. The nominating and governance committee, among other matters, will:

    select and recommend to the board of directors' nominees for election by the shareholders or appointment by the board;

    annually review with the board of directors the composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience and diversity of the board members;

    make recommendations on the frequency and structure of board meetings and monitor the functioning of the committees of the board;

    develop and recommend to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to us and, at least annually, review such guidelines and recommend changes to our board of directors for approval as necessary; and

    oversee the annual self-evaluation of our board of directors.

Finance Committee

        Upon consummation of the Merger, the finance committee will consist of            ,             ,            ,            and             , with            who will serve as the chair of the finance committee. The finance committee, among other matters, will:

    review and monitor the capital structure, financial policies and treasury function of the Company and make recommendations to the board of directors in relation thereto; and

    review and recommend to the board of directors whether to approve financing agreements or arrangements, including plans to issue, incur, amend, repurchase, redeem or repay, as applicable, indebtedness.

Sustainability Committee

        Upon consummation of the Merger, the sustainability committee will consist of            ,             ,            ,             and            , with            who will serve as the chair of the sustainability committee. The meetings of the sustainability committee will be attended by            . The sustainability committee, among other matters, will:

    assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibility for the Company's environmental and social sustainability objectives;

    make recommendations to the board of directors relating to environmental and social sustainability matters;

    develop and oversee the implementation of a sustainability strategy; and

    advise the board of directors periodically with regard to current and emerging environmental and social sustainability developments

Code of Conduct

        Our board of directors will adopt a code of conduct that establishes the standards of ethical conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors. The code will address, among other things, competition and fair dealing, conflicts of interest, financial matters and external reporting, compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, company funds and assets, and confidentiality requirements and the process for reporting violations of the code, employee misconduct, conflicts of interest or other violations. Any waiver of the code with respect to

203


any director or executive officer will be promptly disclosed and posted on our website. Amendments to the code will be promptly disclosed and posted on our website. The code will be publicly available on our website at            and in print to any shareholder who requests a copy.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

        Our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines that serve as a framework within which our board of directors and its committees will operate. These guidelines will cover a number of areas including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board and chief executive officer, meetings of independent directors, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. Our nominating and governance committee will review our corporate governance guidelines periodically and, if necessary, recommend changes to our board of directors. Additionally, our board of directors will adopt independence standards as part of our corporate governance guidelines. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website at            .

204



AMPSA MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Combined Financial Statements, included in this proxy statement/prospectus, beginning on page F-2. The following discussion should also be read in conjunction with "Presentation of Financial and Other Data" and "Selected Historical Combined Financial and Other Data of the AMP Business". Except for the historical information contained herein, the discussions in this section contain forward-looking statements that reflect AMP Business's plans, estimates and beliefs and involve risks and uncertainties. The AMP Business's actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

        Unless the context indicates otherwise, when we refer to the "AMP Business" we do not take into account the effects of the Business Combination. Some of the measures used in this proxy statement/prospectus are not measurements of financial performance under IFRS and should not be considered an alternative to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of liquidity or an alternative to operating profit/(loss) or profit/(loss) for the period as indicators of our operating performance or any other measures of performance derived in accordance with IFRS.

The AMP Business

        AMPSA generates its revenue from supplying metal can packaging. The AMP Business is a leading global supplier of sustainable, value-added beverage cans, principally aluminum, to beverage companies serving end-use categories including beer, carbonated soft drinks, cocktails, energy drinks, hard seltzers, juices, teas, water (both carbonated and still) and wine. Our principal target regions are Europe, North America and Brazil, and our customers include a wide range of multinational beverage companies owning some of the best-known brands in the world, as well as leading regional and national beverage producers. Revenue is primarily dependent on sales volumes and sales prices.

        Sales volumes are influenced by a number of factors, including factors driving customer demand, seasonality and the capacity of our metal beverage packaging plants. Demand for our metal beverage cans may be influenced by trends in the consumption of beverages, industry trends in packaging, including marketing decisions, and the impact of environmental regulations and shifts in consumer sentiment towards a greater awareness of sustainability issues.

The Acquisition of the AMP Business

    The Beverage Can Acquisition

        On June 30, 2016, Ardagh Group acquired the AMP Business for total consideration of $3.0 billion.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus reflect the AMP Business, which has not in the past formed a separate accounting group. The AMP Business does not constitute a separate legal entity or group. The Combined Financial Statements have been prepared by aggregating the financial information for the metal beverage can businesses, comprising the entities constituting the AMP Business together with the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses that management has determined are specifically attributable to the AMP Business.

        For a complete description of the accounting principles followed in preparing the Combined Financial Statements, please see Note 2 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Basis of

205


preparation" to the Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. This basis of preparation sets out the method used in identifying the financial position, performance and cash flows of the beverage businesses included in the Combined Financial Statements.

        The Combined Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. A summary of significant accounting policies is contained in Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements. In applying accounting principles, we make assumptions, estimates and judgments which are often subjective and may be affected by changing circumstances or changes in our analysis. Material changes in these assumptions, estimates and judgments have the potential to materially alter our results of operations. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

    Impairment of goodwill

        The value-in-use ("VIU") model for each annual impairment test respectively used the following year´s approved budget and a three-year forecast for 2022 to 2024 (2019 and 2018 two-year forecast period; January 1, 2018: one-year period). The budget and forecast results were then extended for a further one year period (2019 and 2018: two-year period; January 1, 2018: four-year period) making certain assumptions, including that long-term depreciation equals capital expenditure, in addition to the how changes in input cost will impact customer pricing, in line with historic practice and contractual terms.

        The terminal value assumed long-term growth based on a combination of factors including long-term inflation in addition to industry and market specific factors. The growth rate applied by management in respect of the terminal values applicable to the groups of CGUs for 2020 was 1.0% (2019: 1.0%; 2018: 1.5%; January 1, 2018: 1.5%).

        Cash flows considered in the VIU model included the cash inflows and outflows related to the continuing use of the assets over their remaining useful lives, expected earnings, required maintenance capital expenditure, and working capital.

        The discount rate applied to cash flows in the VIU model was estimated using the weighted average cost of capital as determined by the Capital Asset Pricing Model with regard to the risks associated with the cash flows being considered (country, market and specific risks of the asset).

        The discount rates used in 2020 ranged from 5.1% - 7.9% (2019: 5.1% - 8.5%). These rates are pre-tax. These assumptions have been used for the analysis for each group of CGU. Management determined budgeted cash flows based on past performance and its expectations for market development

        The modelled cash flows take into account the Business' established history of earnings, cash flow generation and the nature of the markets in which we operate, where product obsolescence is low. The key assumptions employed in modelling estimates of the net present value of future cash flows are subjective and include projected Adjusted EBITDA, discount rates and growth rates, replacement capital expenditure requirements, rates of customer retention and the ability to maintain margin through the pass through of input cost inflation.

        A sensitivity analysis was performed reflecting potential variations in terminal growth rate and discount rate assumptions. In all cases the recoverable values calculated were significantly in excess of the carrying values of the CGUs. The variation applied to terminal value growth rates and discount rates was a 50 basis point decrease and increase respectively and represents a reasonably possible change to the key assumptions of the VIU model. Further, a reasonably possible change to the operating cash flows would not reduce the recoverable amounts below the carrying value of the CGUs.

206


As a result of the significant excess of recoverable amount, management consider that additional disclosures are not required under IAS36.

    Lease term upon adoption of IFRS 16

        Upon adoption of IFRS 16, several lease agreements included renewal and termination options. As part of the recognition of such leases, Ardagh Metal Packaging assessed all facts and circumstances that created an economic incentive to exercise a renewal option, or not exercise a termination option. Renewal options (or periods after termination options) were only included in the lease term if the conclusion was that the lease was reasonably certain to be renewed (or not terminated).

    Income taxes

        We are subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions and judgment is therefore required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations in the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We recognize liabilities for anticipated tax audit matters based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

    Measurement of employee benefit obligations

        We follow guidance of IAS 19(R) to determine the present value of our obligations to current and past employees in respect of defined benefit pension obligations, other long-term employee benefits and other end of service employee benefits, which are subject to similar fluctuations in value in the long-term. We, with the assistance of a network of professionals, value such liabilities designed to ensure consistency in the quality of the key assumptions underlying the valuations.

        The principal pension assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements take account of the different economic circumstances in the countries in which we operate and the different characteristics of the respective plans including the length of duration of liabilities.

        The ranges of the principal assumptions applied in estimating defined benefit obligations were:

 
  Germany   UK   U.S.  
 
  2020   2019   2018   2017(i)   2020   2019   2018   2017(i)   2020   2019   2018   2017(i)  
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Rate of inflation

    1.50     1.50     1.50     1.50     2.70     2.85     3.10     3.10     2.50     2.50     2.50     2.50  

Rate of increase in salaries

    2.50     2.50     2.50     2.50     2.00     1.95     2.10     2.10     3.00     3.00     3.00     3.00  

Discount rate

    1.05     1.47     2.23     2.22     1.50     2.15     2.95     2.70     2.55     3.40     4.46     3.80  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics and experience.

207


        These assumptions translate into the following average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at age 65. The mortality assumptions for the countries with the most significant defined benefit plans are set out below:

 
  Germany   UK   U.S.  
 
  2020
Years
  2019
Years
  2018
Years
  2017(i)
Years
  2020
Years
  2019
Years
  2018
Years
  2017(i)
Years
  2020
Years
  2019
Years
  2018
Years
  2017(i)
Years
 

Life expectancy, current pensioners

    22     22     22     21     22     22     21     22     21     21     21     21  

Life expectancy, future pensioners

    25     24     24     24     23     23     23     23     22     22     22     22  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        If the discount rate were to decrease by 50 basis points from management estimates, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would increase by an estimated $54 million for 2020 (2019: $49 million, 2018: $44 million; January 1, 2018: $50 million). If the discount rate were to increase by 50 basis points, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would decrease by an estimated $47 million for 2020 (2019: $42 million, 2018: $39 million; January 1, 2018: $44 million).

        If the inflation rate were to decrease by 50 basis points from management estimates, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would decrease by an estimated $23 million for 2020 (2019: $20 million, 2018: $22 million; January 1, 2018: $24 million). If the inflation rate were to increase by 50 basis points, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would increase by an estimated $24 million for 2020 (2019: $22 million, 2018: $24 million; January 1, 2018: $26 million).

        If the salary increase rate were to decrease by 50 basis points from management estimates, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would decrease by an estimated $26 million for 2020 (2019: $23 million, 2018: $25 million; January 1, 2018: $29 million). If the salary increase rate were to increase by 50 basis points, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would increase by an estimated $27 million for 2020 (2019: $26 million, 2018: $28 million; January 1, 2018: $32 million).

        The impact of increasing the life expectancy by one year would result in an increase in the net pension obligation of the AMP Business of $15 million at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019: $12 million, December 31, 2018: $8 million; January 1, 2018: $12 million), holding all other assumptions constant.

    Exceptional items

        The combined income statement, combined statement of cash flows (cash generated from operations) and segmental analysis of the AMP Business separately identify results before specific items. Specific items are those that in management's judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence to provide additional information. Such items include, however are not limited to, where significant, costs relating to permanent capacity realignment or footprint reorganization, start-up costs incurred in relation to and associated with plant builds, significant new line investments, impairment of non-current assets and directly attributable acquisition costs. In this regard, the determination of "significant" as included in our definition uses qualitative and quantitative factors. Judgment is used by the AMP Business in assessing the particular items, which by virtue of their scale and nature, are disclosed in the combined income statement, and related notes as exceptional items. The AMP Business considers columnar presentation to be appropriate in the combined income statement as it provides useful additional information and is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by the Business. Exceptional restructuring costs are classified as restructuring provisions and all other exceptional costs when outstanding at the balance sheet date are classified as exceptional items payable.

208


Recent accounting pronouncements

        The assessment of the board of Directors of AGSA of the impact of new standards, which are not yet effective and which have not been early adopted by the Business, on the consolidated financial statements of the AMP Business and related disclosures is on-going but no material impacts are expected.

Operating Results

Year Ended December 31, 2020 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020   2019  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Revenue

    3,451     3,344  

Cost of sales

    (2,903 )   (2,832 )

Gross profit

    548     512  

Sales, general and administration expenses

    (189 )   (165 )

Intangible amortization and impairment

    (149 )   (149 )

Operating profit

    210     198  

Net finance expense

    (70 )   (213 )

Profit/(loss) before tax

    140     (15 )

Income tax charge

    (29 )   (25 )

Profit/(loss) for the year

    111     (40 )

    Revenue

        Revenue in the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by $107 million, or 3%, to $3,451 million, compared with $3,344 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in revenue principally reflected favorable volume/mix effects of 5% and favorable foreign currency translation effects of $10 million, partly offset by the pass through to customers of lower input costs in selling prices.

    Cost of sales

        Cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $71 million, or 3%, to $2,903 million, compared with $2,832 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cost of sales is mainly due to the impact of higher sales as outlined above, unfavorable currency translation effects, higher exceptional cost of sales and higher operating costs. Further analysis of the movement in exceptional items is set out in the "Supplemental Management's Discussion and Analysis" section.

    Gross profit

        Gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $36 million, or 7%, to $548 million, compared with $512 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in gross profit primarily reflected higher revenue, partly offset by the higher cost of sales. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by 60 basis points to 15.9%, compared with 15.3% in the year ended December 31, 2019. Excluding exceptional cost of sales, gross profit as a percentage of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by 70 basis points to 16.1%, compared with 15.4% in the year ended December 31, 2019.

209


    Sales, general and administration expenses

        Sales, general and administration expenses in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $24 million, or 15%, to $189 million, compared with $165 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Excluding exceptional items, sales, general and administration expenses increased by $22 million, or 14%, mainly due to higher operating costs, including direct costs related to COVID-19 incurred in the year ended December 31, 2020. Further analysis of the movement in exceptional items is set out in the "Supplemental Management's Discussion and Analysis" section.

    Intangible amortization

        Intangible amortization in the year ended December 31, 2020 remained constant at $149 million in the year ended December 31, 2019.

    Operating profit

        Operating profit in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $12 million, or 6%, to $210 million compared with $198 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in operating profit primarily reflected higher gross profit, partly offset by the higher sales, general and administration expenses.

    Net finance expense

        Net finance expense in the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased by $143 million, or 67%, to $70 million, compared with $213 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Net finance expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 comprised of the following:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020   2019  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Interest on related party borrowings

    146     170  

Net pension interest cost

    3     4  

Foreign currency translation (gain)/loss

    (93 )   20  

Losses on derivative financial instruments

    5     2  

Other finance expense

    12     14  

Other finance income

    (3 )   (2 )

Finance expense before exceptional items

    70     208  

Exceptional finance expense

        5  

Net finance expense

    70     213  

        Interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased by $24 million, or 14%, to $146 million, compared with $170 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was mainly due to the reduction in interest rates on related party borrowings.

        Derivative financial instruments in the year ended December 31, 2020 reflected a loss of $5 million, compared to $2 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 which related primarily to the Business's forward foreign exchange contracts.

        Foreign currency translation gain in the year ended December 31, 2020 was $93 million, compared with a loss of $20 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, which related to favorable currency translation effects driven by exchange rate fluctuations primarily in relation to USD-denominated related party borrowings in euro functional entities.

210


        Exceptional finance expense of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily related to the accelerated amortization of deferred debt issue costs.

    Income tax charge

        Income tax charge in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $4 million, or 16%, to $29 million, compared with income tax charge of $25 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in income tax charge is primarily attributable to an increase in the profit before tax of $155 million (tax effect of $39 million at the standard rate of Luxembourg corporation tax). This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $20 million in income tax charge in respect of prior years (which includes tax credits during the year ended December 31, 2020 related to the carry back of tax losses as a result of the enactment from March 27, 2020, of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security ("CARES") Act, which are non-recurring), a decrease of $7 million in the income tax charge relating to income taxed at rates other than the standard rate of Luxembourg corporation tax, a decrease of $5 million in non-deductible items, and a decrease of $3 million in income subject to state and other local income taxes.

        The effective income tax rate is a function of the profit or loss before tax and the tax charge or credit for the year. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020, calculated as the income tax charge in the year ended December 31, 2020 of $29 million, divided by the profit before tax for the year ended December 31, 2020 of $140 million, was 21%. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019, calculated as the income tax charge in the year ended December 31, 2019 of $25 million, divided by the loss before tax for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $15 million, was (167%). The primary driver of the reduction in the effective income tax rate is the $155 million increase in the profit before tax during the year ended December 31, 2020, as described in the preceding sections. This outweighs the increase in the effective income tax rate from the $4 million increase in tax charge described in the preceding paragraph, resulting in the overall reduction in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020.

        Due to the tax credits associated with the CARES Act, which are non-recurring, and the forecast increase in our profit denominator arising from the business growth investment program, the effective income tax rate in the historical financial statements is not expected to be indicative of the expected effective income tax rate in future periods.

    Profit/(loss) for the year

        As a result of the items described above, the profit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $111 million, compared with a loss of $40 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to higher operating profit and lower net finance expense, partly offset by higher income tax charge.

211


Year Ended December 31, 2019 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Revenue

    3,344     3,338  

Cost of sales

    (2,832 )   (2,835 )

Gross profit

    512     503  

Sales, general and administration expenses

    (165 )   (146 )

Intangible amortization and impairment

    (149 )   (153 )

Operating profit

    198     204  

Net finance expense

    (213 )   (229 )

Loss before tax

    (15 )   (25 )

Income tax charge

    (25 )   (50 )

Loss for the year

    (40 )   (75 )

    Revenue

        Revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by $6 million to $3,344 million, compared with $3,338 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in revenue principally reflected favorable volume/mix effects of 6%, partly offset by the pass through to customers of lower input costs in selling prices and unfavorable foreign currency translation effects of $86 million.

    Cost of sales

        Cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $3 million to $2,832 million, compared with $2,835 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in cost of sales was due mainly to lower exceptional cost of sales and favorable currency translation effects, partly offset by lower input and other operating costs. Exceptional cost of sales decreased by $23 million. Further analysis of the movement in exceptional items is set out in the "Supplemental Management's Discussion and Analysis" section.

    Gross profit

        Gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $9 million, or 2%, to $512 million, compared with $503 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in gross profit primarily reflected higher revenue and lower cost of sales. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by 20 basis points to 15.3%, compared with 15.1% in the year ended December 31, 2018. Excluding exceptional cost of sales, gross profit as a percentage of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019, decreased by 50 basis points to 15.4%, compared with 15.9% in the year ended December 31, 2018.

    Sales, general and administration expenses

        Sales, general and administration expenses in the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $19 million, or 13%, to $165 million, compared with $146 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase primarily related to increased operating costs and higher exceptional sales, general and administration expenses of $11 million. Further analysis of the movement in exceptional items is set out in the "Supplemental Management's Discussion and Analysis" section.

212


    Intangible amortization

        Intangible amortization in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $4 million, or 3%, to $149 million, compared with $153 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to exchange rate fluctuations in the year.

    Operating profit

        Operating profit in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $6 million, or 3%, to $198 million compared with $204 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in operating profit primarily reflected higher sales, general and administration expenses partly offset by higher gross profit and lower intangible amortization.

    Net finance expense

        Net finance expense in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $16 million, or 7%, to $213 million, compared with $229 million in the year ended December 31, 2018.

        Net finance expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 comprised of the following:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Interest on related party borrowings

    170     171  

Net pension interest cost

    4     3  

Foreign currency translation losses

    20     47  

Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments

    2     (2 )

Other finance expense

    14     12  

Other finance income

    (2 )   (2 )

Finance expense before exceptional items

    208     229  

Exceptional finance expense

    5      

Net finance expense

    213     229  

        Interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2019 of $170 million was broadly in line with $171 million in the year ended December 31, 2018.

        Derivative financial instruments in the year ended December 31, 2019 reflected a loss of $2 million which related primarily to the Business's forward foreign exchange contracts, compared to a gain of $2 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, which related to a gain on the Business's cross-currency interest rate swaps ("CCIRS").

        Foreign currency translation losses in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $27 million to $20 million, compared to $47 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, which related to favorable currency translation effects on related party borrowings.

        Exceptional finance expense of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily related to the accelerated amortization of deferred debt issue costs.

    Income tax charge

        Income tax charge in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $25 million, or 50%, to $25 million, compared with income tax charge of $50 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in income tax charge was primarily attributable to a decrease of $18 million in the tax effect of non-deductible items (finance expense in the U.S. became tax deductible with effect from the

213


year ended December 31, 2019), in addition to a decrease of $8 million in the tax charge relating to income taxed at rates other than the standard rate of Luxembourg corporation tax, a decrease of $1 million in tax charge in respect of prior years and a decrease of $1 million in income subject to state and other local income taxes. These decreases were partially offset by a decrease in the loss before tax of $10 million (tax effect of $3 million at the standard rate of Luxembourg corporation tax).

        The effective income tax rate is a function of the profit or loss before tax and the tax charge or credit for the year. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019, calculated as the income tax charge in the year ended December 31, 2019 of $25 million, divided by the loss before tax for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $15 million, was (167%). The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018, calculated as the income tax charge in the year ended December 31, 2018 of $50 million, divided by the loss before tax for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $25 million, was (200%). The decrease in the effective income tax rate due to the $25 million reduction in the tax charge described in the preceding paragraph outweighs the increase in the effective tax rate due to the $10 million decrease in the loss before tax during the year ended December 31, 2019 as described in the preceding sections, resulting in the overall reduction in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019.

        Due to the forecast increase in our profit denominator arising from the business growth investment program, the effective income tax rate in the historical financial statements is not expected to be indicative of the expected effective income tax rate in future periods.

    Loss for the year

        As a result of the items described above, the loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $35 million, to $40 million, compared with a loss of $75 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to lower net finance expense and lower income tax charge, partly offset by lower operating profit.

Supplemental Management's Discussion and Analysis

    Key Operating non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted EBITDA

        We include certain non-GAAP financial measures, including adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA consists of profit/(loss) for the year before income tax charge/(credit), net finance expense, depreciation and amortization, and exceptional operating items. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate and assess our segment performance. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because we believe that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in evaluating companies in the packaging industry. However, other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA in a manner different from ours. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under IFRS and should not be considered an alternative to profit/(loss) as indicators of operating performance or any other measures of performance derived in accordance with IFRS.

        Adjusted EBITDA is based on revenue derived from selling our metal beverage cans and is affected by a number of factors, primarily cost of sales. The elements of our cost of sales include (i) variable costs, such as electricity, raw materials (including the cost of aluminum), packaging materials, decoration and freight and other distribution costs, and (ii) fixed costs, such as labor and other plant-related costs including depreciation, maintenance and sales, marketing and administrative costs. Variable costs have typically constituted approximately 75% and fixed costs approximately 25% of the total cost of sales for our business in 2020.

214


Reconciliation of profit for the year to Adjusted EBITDA

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Profit/(loss) for the year

    111     (40 )   (75 )

Income tax charge

    29     25     50  

Net finance expense

    70     213     229  

Depreciation and amortization

    315     290     288  

Exceptional operating items

    20     15     27  

Adjusted EBITDA

    545     503     519  

        Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $42 million, or 8%, to $545 million, compared with $503 million in the year ended December 31, 2019.

        Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $16 million, or 3%, to $503 million, compared with $519 million in the year ended December 31, 2018.

    Exceptional Items

        The following table provides detail on exceptional items included in cost of sales, sales, general and administration expenses and net finance expense:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Exceptional items—cost of sales

    7     4     27  

Exceptional items—SGA expenses

    13     11      

Exceptional items—net finance expense*

        5      

Exceptional items

    20     20     27  

Exceptional income tax credit

    (14 )   (3 )   (5 )

Total exceptional charge, net of tax

    6     17     22  

*
Accelerated amortization of deferred debt issue costs.

Exceptional items—cost of sales

    2020; $7 million primarily related to capacity realignment and investments programs of the Business, mainly related to start-up costs, principally incurred in the Americas.

    2019; $4 million primarily related to capacity realignment and investments programs of the Business, mainly related to start-up costs.

    2018; $24 million primarily related to capacity realignment programs of the Business, principally incurred in Europe, and mainly related to footprint reorganization and start-up costs. In addition, $3 million pension service cost was recognized in Europe in respect of GMP equalization.

215


Exceptional items—SGA expense

    2020; $13 million primarily related to transaction-related and other costs, including customary indemnification clauses related to the original acquisition of the Beverage business by Ardagh and professional advisory fees, and other costs related to transformation initiatives.

    2019; $11 million primarily related to transaction-related and other costs, including customary indemnification clauses related to the original acquisition of the Beverage business by Ardagh and professional advisory fees.

Segment Information

    Year Ended December 31, 2020 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020   2019  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Revenue

             

Europe

    1,599     1,556  

Americas

    1,852     1,788  

Total Revenue

    3,451     3,344  

Adjusted EBITDA

             

Europe

    249     253  

Americas

    296     250  

Adjusted EBITDA

    545     503  

    Revenue

        Beverage Europe.    Revenue increased by $43 million, or 3%, to $1,599 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared with $1,556 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in revenue primarily reflects favorable foreign currency translation effects of $10 million and favorable volume/mix effects of 4%, partly offset by the pass through of lower input costs in selling prices.

        Beverage Americas.    Revenue increased by $64 million, or 4%, to $1,852 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared with $1,788 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Revenue growth reflected favorable volume/mix effects of 6%, partly offset by the pass through of lower input costs.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        Beverage Europe.    Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $4 million, or 2%, to $249 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared with $253 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Excluding favorable foreign currency translation effects of $1 million, the decrease in Adjusted EBITDA reflected the net impact of a prior year pension credit and increased operating costs, partly offset by favorable volume/mix effects and lower input costs.

        Beverage Americas.    Adjusted EBITDA increased by $46 million, or 18%, to $296 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared with $250 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Adjusted EBITDA growth was mainly driven by favorable volume/mix effects and other costs savings.

216


    Year Ended December 31, 2019 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Revenue

             

Europe

    1,556     1,616  

Americas

    1,788     1,722  

Total Revenue

    3,344     3,338  

Adjusted EBITDA

             

Europe

    253     284  

Americas

    250     235  

Adjusted EBITDA

    503     519  

    Revenue

        Beverage Europe.    Revenue decreased by $60 million, or 4%, to $1,556 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, compared with $1,616 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in revenue primarily reflects unfavorable foreign currency translation effects of $86 million and lower selling prices, partly offset by favorable volume/mix effects of 3%.

        Beverage Americas.    Revenue increased by $66 million, or 4%, to $1,788 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, compared with $1,722 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. Revenue growth reflected favorable volume/mix effects of 8%, partly offset by the pass through of lower input costs.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        Beverage Europe.    Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $31 million, or 11%, to $253 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, compared with $284 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA reflected unfavorable foreign currency translation effects of $13 million, lower selling prices and increased operating and other costs, partly offset by favorable volume/mix effects and a one-time pension credit of approximately $15 million.

        Beverage Americas.    Adjusted EBITDA increased by $15 million, or 6%, to $250 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, compared with $235 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. Adjusted EBITDA growth principally reflected favorable volume/mix effects, partly offset by higher operating and other costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Cash Requirements Related to Operations

        Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been (i) cash generated from our operations and (ii) related party borrowings and advances, which will no longer be available upon the completion of the Transactions. Consequently, we will seek external sources of financing to the extent cash generated from operations is not sufficient to meet our requirements. Following the Pre-Closing Restructuring, we do not have any commitments to guarantee or pledge our shares or assets as collateral for debt of AGSA and, following the Notes Offering, none of our cash flows are used to service Ardagh's debt.

217


        We currently expect that cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and other available financing from the Notes Offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated operating, capital expenditure, investment, debt service and other financing requirements during the next twelve months and for the foreseeable future. In addition to the Notes Offering, we expect to enter into a revolving credit facility, including potentially a global asset based loan facility or a super senior revolver, or other liquidity financing arrangements.

        Our divisions' sales and cash flows are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Demand for our products is typically strongest during the summer months and in the period prior to December because of the seasonal nature of beverage consumption. Our investment in working capital typically peaks in the first quarter. We manage the seasonality of our working capital by supplementing operating cash flows with drawings under available credit facilities.

        The following table outlines our principal financing arrangements as of December 31:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020   2019   2018   2017(i)  
 
  $'m
  $'m
  $'m
  $'m
 

Related party borrowings

    2,690     2,630     2,614     2,650  

Leases

    136     133     107     82  

Other borrowings

    9     17     2      

Total borrowings

    2,835     2,780     2,723     2,732  

Deferred debt issue costs

            (5 )   (7 )

Net borrowings

    2,835     2,780     2,718     2,725  

Cash and cash equivalents

    (257 )   (284 )   (148 )   (150 )

Derivative financial instruments used to hedge foreign currency and interest rate risk

            (17 )   (6 )

Net debt

    2,578     2,496     2,553     2,569  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        Lease obligations at December 31, 2020 of $136 million (December 31, 2019: $133 million; December 31, 2018: $107 million) primarily reflect $36 million of new or renewed leases (December 31, 2019: $55 million; December 31, 2018: $47 million), offset by $35 million (2019: $26 million; 2018: $19 million) of principal repayments and foreign currency movements in the year ended December 31, 2020.

        The following table outlines the minimum repayments the Business is obliged to make in respect of its financing arrangements as of December 31, 2020, during the twelve months ending December 31, 2021, and assumes that the other credit lines will be replaced with similar facilities including a revolving credit facility (Global Asset Based Loan Facility) which we expect to enter into.

Facility
  Currency   Local
Currency
  Final
Maturity
Date
  Facility
Type
  Minimum net
repayment
for the twelve
months ending
December 31,
2021
 
 
   
  (in millions)
   
   
  (in $ millions)
 

Lease obligations

  Various           Amortizing     33  

Other borrowings/credit lines

  EUR/USD       Rolling   Amortizing     9  

                      42  

218


        The AMP Business believes it has adequate liquidity to satisfy its cash needs for at least the next 12 months. In the year ended December 31, 2020, the AMP Business reported operating profit of $210 million, cash generated from operations of $530 million, net cash from operating activities of $334 million, and generated Adjusted EBITDA of $545 million.

        The AMP Business generates substantial cash flow from its operations and had $257 million in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash as of December 31, 2020. We believe that our cash balances and future cash flow from operating activities, as well as credit facilities that we expect to enter into in the future, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our capital expenditures in addition to our business growth investment projects, as well as interest payments on our notes and other credit facilities for at least the next 12 months.

        Accordingly, the AMP Business believes that its long-term liquidity needs will primarily relate to the service of its debt obligations. We expect to satisfy our future long-term liquidity needs through a combination of cash flow from operating activities and, where appropriate, to refinance our debt obligations in advance of their respective maturity dates.

Cash Flows

        The following table sets forth certain information reflecting a summary of our cash flow activity for the three years ended December 31, 2020, set forth below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020   2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Operating profit

    210     198     204  

Depreciation and amortization

    315     290     288  

Exceptional operating items

    20     15     27  

Movement in working capital(1)

    7     102     18  

Exceptional costs paid, including restructuring

    (22 )   (7 )   (36 )

Cash generated from operations

    530     598     501  

Interest paid

    (155 )   (178 )   (177 )

Income tax paid

    (41 )   (43 )   (52 )

Net cash from operating activities

    334     377     272  

Capital expenditure(2)

    (268 )   (205 )   (182 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (268 )   (205 )   (182 )

Net change in other current borrowings

    (8 )   16     2  

Consideration received on termination of derivative financial instruments

        28      

Lease payments

    (35 )   (26 )   (19 )

Cash remitted to Ardagh

    (55 )   (54 )   (73 )

Net cash outflow from financing activities

    (98 )   (36 )   (90 )

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (32 )   136      

Exchange gain/(loss) on cash and cash equivalents

    5         (2 )

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents after exchange gain/(loss)

    (27 )   136     (2 )

(1)
Working capital is made up of inventories, trade and other receivables, contract assets, trade and other payables and current provisions.

(2)
Capital expenditure is the sum of purchase of property, plant and equipment and software and other intangibles, net of proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment.

219


    Net cash from operating activities

        Net cash from operating activities decreased by $43 million from $377 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, to $334 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in working capital inflows of $95 million, and an increase of $15 million in exceptional operating costs paid, partly offset by an increase of $12 million in operating profit, an increase in depreciation and amortization of $25 million and an increase in exceptional operating items expense of $5 million. Net cash from operating activities was further impacted by interest paid and tax paid of $155 million and $41 million, respectively.

        Net cash from operating activities increased by $105 million from $272 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, to $377 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to higher working capital inflows of $84 million, a decrease in exceptional costs paid, including restructuring of $29 million, lower income tax paid of $9 million, and increased depreciation and amortization of $2 million, partly offset by a decrease in exceptional operating items expense of $12 million, lower operating profit of $6 million and an increase in interest paid of $1 million.

    Net cash used in investing activities

        Net cash used in investing activities increased by $63 million to $268 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared with the same period in 2019 due to increased capital expenditure, reflecting capital investment initiatives, and the timing of projects. Capital expenditure for the year ended December 31, 2020, includes $168 million related to the Business' growth investment initiatives.

        Net cash used in investing activities increased by $23 million to $205 million in the year ended December 31, 2019, compared with the same period in 2018 due to increased capital expenditure, reflecting capital investment initiatives and timing of projects. Capital expenditure for the year ended December 31, 2019, includes $10 million related to the Business' short payback projects.

    Net outflow from financing activities

        In the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash from financing activities represented an outflow of $98 million compared with $36 million in the same period in 2019. The increase was due to a cash outflow of $8 million in the net change in other current borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily related to amounts collected from customers for accounts receivables sold under factoring arrangements but not yet remitted to the financial institutions at December 31, 2020, compared to a cash inflow of $16 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Lease repayments also increased by $9 million compared to the same period in 2019 as a result of leasing activity levels.

        In the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash from financing activities represented an outflow of $36 million compared with $90 million in the same period in 2018. The decrease primarily relates to consideration received on termination of derivative financial instruments of $28 million, a decrease in cash remitted to Ardagh of $19 million, and an increase in the cash inflow in net change in other borrowings of $14 million, partly offset by an increase in lease repayments of $7 million reflecting leasing activity levels.

        Consideration received on termination of derivative financial instruments of $28 million reflects the proceeds received on settlement of the CCIRS in August 2019.

    Working capital

        For the year ended December 31, 2020, working capital inflows decreased by $95 million to $7 million, compared to $102 million in December 31, 2019. The decrease in working capital was primarily due to unfavorable cashflows generated from trade and other receivables and trade and other payables, partly offset by favorable cashflows generated from inventories.

220


        For the year ended December 31, 2019, working capital inflows increased by $84 million to $102 million, compared to $18 million in December 31, 2018. The increase in working capital was primarily due to favorable cashflows generated from trade and other payables and inventories, partly offset by unfavorable cashflows generated from trade and other receivables.

    Exceptional operating costs paid

        Transaction-related, start-up and other exceptional costs paid in the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by $15 million to $22 million compared with $7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. In the year ended December 31, 2020, amounts paid of $22 million primarily related to capacity realignment and investments programs of the Business, including start-up costs.

        Transaction-related, start-up and other exceptional costs paid in the year ended December 31, 2019, decreased by $29 million to $7 million compared with $36 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. In the year ended December 31, 2019, amounts paid of $7 million primarily related to start-up related costs paid.

    Income tax paid

        Income tax paid during the year ended December 31, 2020, was $41 million, which represents a decrease of $2 million compared to $43 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease is primarily attributable to the timing of tax payments and refunds received in certain jurisdictions.

        Income tax paid during the year ended December 31, 2019, was $43 million, which represents a decrease of $9 million compared to $52 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily attributable to the timing of tax payments and refunds received in certain jurisdictions, in addition to the phasing of tax incentives in certain jurisdictions.

    Capital expenditure

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020   2019   2018  
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Europe

    101     95     103  

Americas

    167     110     79  

Net capital expenditure

    268     205     182  

        Capital expenditure for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $63 million, or 31%, to $268 million, compared to $205 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to spending of $168 million on the Business' growth investment projects during 2020. In Europe, capital expenditure in the year ended December 31, 2020, was $101 million compared to capital expenditure of $95 million in the same period in 2019, with the increase primarily attributable business growth projects, partly offset by the timing of activity. In the Americas, capital expenditure in the year ended December 31, 2020, was $167 million compared to capital expenditure of $110 million in the same period in 2019, with the increase primarily attributable to the Business' growth investment initiatives.

        Capital expenditure for the year ended December 31, 2019, increased by $23 million, or 13%, to $205 million, compared to $182 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. In Europe, capital expenditure in the year ended December 31, 2019, was $95 million, compared to capital expenditure of $103 million in the same period in 2018 with the decrease primarily attributable to the timing of projects, partly offset by increased capital expenditure on short payback projects. In the Americas, capital expenditure in the year ended December 31, 2019, was $110 million compared to capital

221


expenditure of $79 million in the same period in 2018, with the increase primarily attributable to increased capital investment initiatives.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

    Receivables Factoring and Related Programs

        The Business participates in several uncommitted accounts receivable factoring and related programs with various financial institutions for certain receivables, accounted for as true sales of receivables, without recourse to the Business. Receivables of $332 million were sold under these programs at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019: $370 million).

    Trade Payables Processing

        Our suppliers have access to independent third party payable processors. The processors allow suppliers, if they choose, to sell their receivables to financial institutions at the sole discretion of both the supplier and the financial institutions. We have no involvement in the sale of these receivables and the suppliers are at liberty to use these arrangements if they wish to receive early payment. As the original liability to our suppliers, including amounts due and scheduled payment dates, remains as agreed in our supply agreements and is neither legally extinguished nor substantially modified, the Business continues to present such obligations within trade payables

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table summarizes AMPSA's contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2020:

 
  Total   Less than
one year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
five years
 
 
  (in $ millions)
 

Long term related party borrowings—capital repayment

    2,690             2,022     668  

Long term related party borrowings—interest

    757     153     306     298      

Lease obligations and other borrowings

    175     47     53     25     50  

Purchase obligations

    843     843              

Derivatives

    352     300     52          

Contracted capital commitments

    115     115              

Total

    4,932     1,458     411     2,345     718  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        The statements about market risk below relate to our historical financial information included in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Interest Rate

        At December 31, 2020, AMPSA's related party borrowings were 100% (2019: 100%, 2018: 100%, January 1, 2018: 100%) fixed, and hence the AMP Business is not subject to interest rate risk.

Currency Exchange Risk

        AMPSA presents its combined financial information in U.S. dollar.

        AMPSA operates in 9 countries, across three continents and its main currency exposure in the year to December 31, 2020, from the U.S. dollar presentation currency, was in relation to the euro, British

222


pound, and Brazilian real. Currency exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities.

        AMPSA has a limited level of transactional currency exposure arising from sales or purchases by operating units in currencies other than their functional currencies.

        Fluctuations in the value of these currencies with respect to the U.S. dollar presentation currency may have a significant impact on AMPSA's financial condition and results of operations. AMPSA believes that a strengthening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate by 1% against all other foreign currencies from the December 31, 2020 rate would increase invested capital by approximately $5 million.

Commodity Price Risk

        AMPSA is exposed to changes in prices of its main raw materials, primarily energy, and aluminum. Aluminum ingot is traded daily as a commodity on the London Metal Exchange, which has historically been subject to significant price volatility. Because aluminum is priced in U.S. dollar, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar/euro rate also affect the euro cost of aluminum ingot. The price and foreign currency risk on the aluminum purchases in Metal Beverage Packaging Europe and Metal Beverage Packaging Americas are hedged by entering into swaps under which we pay fixed euro and U.S. dollar prices, respectively. Furthermore, the relative price of oil and its by-products may materially impact our business, affecting our transport, lacquer and ink costs.

        AMPSA uses derivative agreements with AGSA to manage some of the material cost risk. The use of derivative contracts to manage its risk is dependent on robust hedging procedures. Increasing raw material costs over time has the potential, if we are unable to pass on price increases, to reduce sales volume and could therefore have a significant impact on its financial condition. AMPSA is also exposed to possible interruptions of supply of aluminum or other raw materials and any inability to purchase raw materials could negatively impact its operations.

        As a result of the volatility of gas and electricity prices, AMPSA has developed an active hedging strategy to fix a significant proportion of its energy costs through contractual arrangements directly with our suppliers. AMPSA policy is to purchase gas and electricity by entering into forward price-fixing arrangements with suppliers for the bulk of our anticipated requirements for the year ahead. Such contracts are used exclusively to obtain delivery of our anticipated energy supplies. AMPSA does not net settle, nor do we sell within a short period of time after taking delivery. AMPSA avails of the own use exemption and, therefore, these contracts are treated as executory contracts. AMPSA typically builds up these contractual positions in tranches of approximately 10% of the anticipated volumes. Any gas and electricity which is not purchased under forward price-fixing arrangements is purchased under index tracking contracts or at spot prices.

Credit Risk

        Credit risk arises from derivative contracts, cash and deposits held with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to the customers of AMPSA, including outstanding receivables. The policy of AMPSA is to place excess liquidity on deposit with AMPSA Treasury who will, in turn, only place excess liquid funds with recognized and reputable financial institutions. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of "BBB+" from at least two credit rating agencies are accepted, where possible. The credit ratings of banks and financial institutions are monitored to ensure compliance with Ardagh Group policy. Risk of default is controlled within a policy framework of dealing with high quality institutions and by limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one bank or institution.

        Business policy is to extend credit to customers of good credit standing. Credit risk is managed on an on-going basis, by experienced people within AMPSA. AMPSA's policy for the management of

223


credit risk in relation to trade receivables involves periodically assessing the financial reliability of customers, taking into account their financial position, past experience and other factors. Provisions are made, where deemed necessary, and the utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. AMPSA does not expect any significant counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each asset. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the ten largest customers of AMPSA accounted for approximately 64% of total revenues (2019: 65%; 2018: 66%). There is no recent history of default with these customers.

Liquidity Risk

        AMPSA is exposed to liquidity risk which arises primarily from the maturing of short term and long-term debt obligations. AMPSA's policy has been to ensure that sufficient resources are available either from cash balances, cash flows or undrawn committed bank facilities, to ensure all obligations can be met as they fall due.

        To effectively manage liquidity risk AMPSA:

    has committed borrowing facilities that it can access to meet liquidity needs;

    maintains cash balances and liquid investments with highly-rated counterparties;

    limits the maturity of cash balances;

    borrows the bulk of its debt needs under long term fixed rate debt securities; and

    has internal control processes to manage liquidity risk.

        Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of AMPSA and results in rolling forecasts of AMPSA's liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that AMPSA does not breach borrowing limits or covenants on any of its borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration AMPSA's debt financing plans.

224



CERTAIN AMPSA RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "AMPSA" generally refer to AMPSA and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Transfer Agreement

        See the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Transfer Agreement."

Services Agreement

        See the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Service Agreement."

Shareholders Agreement

        See the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Shareholders Agreement."

Subscription Agreement

        See the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Subscription Agreement."

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

        See the section entitled "Certain Agreements Related to the Business Combination—Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement."

Additional Related Party Transactions—Historical

        For additional information in relation to materially significant related party transactions during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, see Notes 2, 5, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 22 to the Combined Financial Statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Any further related party transactions in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were both immaterial and no more than incidental in nature.

Policy Concerning Related Person Transactions

        Our board of directors will adopt a written policy, which we refer to as the related party transactions policy, for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we are a participant, if the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors or beneficial owner of more than 5% of AMPSA Shares (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a related person, has a direct or indirect material interest.

225



INFORMATION ABOUT GHV

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "GHV" generally refer to GHV.

General

        We are a special purpose acquisition company incorporated on June 25, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to as a "business combination". Prior to our entering into the Business Combination Agreement, our acquisition and value creation strategy was to identify, acquire and, after an initial business combination, to build a company in an industry or sector that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from our operational expertise. Our acquisition selection process has leveraged our team's network of potential transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountants and other trusted advisors across various sectors. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based on our business activities, we are a "shell company" as defined under the Exchange Act because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting solely of cash and/or cash equivalents.

        On July 14, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 11,500,000 GHV Founder Shares for $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. On August 3, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 GHV Founder Shares to each of the Company's three independent director nominees at their original purchase price. On August 5, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its GHV Class F Common Stock of 2,156,250 shares thereof, resulting in an aggregate of 13,656,250 outstanding shares of GHV Class F Common Stock. On September 21, 2020, the Sponsor forfeited 531,250 Founder Shares following the expiration of the unexercised portion of the underwriters' overallotment option, so that the Founder Shares held by the Initial Stockholders would represent 20.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock following completion of the Public Offering. The shares and the associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the dividend. The GHV Founder Shares are identical to the GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in the IPO except that the GHV Founder Shares are convertible under the circumstances described below. The GHV Founder Shares will automatically convert into shares of GHV Class A Common Stock at the time of the Merger on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described in the Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

        Pursuant to the IPO, on August 10, 2020 (the "IPO Closing Date"), the Company sold 52,500,000 GHV Units at a price of $10.00 per unit, including 5,000,000 GHV Units as a result of the underwriters' partial exercise of its over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $525,000,000. Each GHV Unit consists of one share of the Company's GHV Class A Common Stock and one-fifth of one Public Warrant. Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of GHV Class A Common Stock. Each Public Warrant will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Company's initial business combination or 12 months from the IPO Closing Date and will expire five years after the completion of the Company's initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. However, unless we amend our current certificate of incorporation and certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if the Company does not complete an initial business combination on or prior to August 10, 2022, the Public Warrants will expire at the end of such period.

        The Sponsor has purchased from the Company an aggregate of 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $2.00 per warrant (a purchase price of approximately $12,500,000) in a Private Placement that occurred simultaneously with the completion of the IPO. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of GHV Class A Common Stock at $11.50 per share.

226


A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the IPO to be held in the Trust Account pending completion of the Merger. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants sold as part of the GHV Units in the IPO, except the Private Placement Warrants are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the Company does not complete a business combination, then the Private Placement Warrants proceeds will be part of the liquidation distribution to the public stockholders and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

        On February 22, 2021, the Company entered into the Business Combination Agreement. The Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on February 22, 2021 and the Board of Directors of AGSA on February 22, 2021.

Initial Business Combination

        Nasdaq rules require that an initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in our Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with an initial business combination. Our Board has determined that the Merger meets the 80% test.

Redemption Rights for Holders of Public Shares

        We are providing our Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the closing of the Merger, including interest not previously released to the Company to fund Regulatory Withdrawals and/or to pay its franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, upon the consummation of the Merger, subject to the limitations described herein. As of December 31, 2020, the redemption price would have been approximately $10.00 per share. Our Initial Stockholders, including our Sponsor, and our other current directors and officers have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their shares of GHV Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Merger. The GHV Founder Shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. Our Initial Stockholders have also agreed to waive their right to a conversion price adjustment with respect to any shares of our GHV Common Stock they may hold in connection with the consummation of the Merger.

Submission of Our Initial Business Combination to a Stockholder Vote

        The Special Meeting of our stockholders to which this proxy statement/prospectus relates is to solicit your approval of the Merger Proposal. Unlike many other special purpose acquisition companies, our Public Stockholders are not required to vote against the Merger Proposal in order to exercise their redemption rights. If the Merger is not completed, then Public Stockholders electing to exercise their redemption rights will not be entitled to receive such payments. Our Initial Stockholders, including our Sponsor, have agreed to vote any shares of GHV Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Merger Proposal.

Limitations on Redemption Rights

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, our current certificate of incorporation provides that a Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from exercising redemptions with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares of GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in our IPO.

227


Employees

        We currently have three executive officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters, but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed an initial business combination. We presently expect our officers to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business, and the amount of time that Mr. Gores or any other members of our management will devote in any time period will vary based on the current stage of the business combination process.

Management

Directors and Officers

        Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name
  Age   Title

Alec E. Gores

  67   Chairman

Mark R. Stone

  57   Chief Executive Officer

Andrew McBride

  40   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Randall Bort

  56   Director

William Patton

  75   Director

Jeffrey Rea

  56   Director

        Alec E. Gores has been our Chairman since June 2020. Mr. Gores is the Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Gores Group, a global investment firm focused on acquiring businesses that can benefit from the firm's operating expertise. Mr. Gores implemented an operational approach to private equity investing when he founded The Gores Group in 1987 by operating businesses alongside management, or in some cases in lieu of management, to build value in those entities. Since then, the firm has acquired more than 120 businesses including a current portfolio of 8 active companies worldwide. Mr. Gores began his career as a self-made entrepreneur and operating executive. In 1978, he self-funded and founded Executive Business Systems (EBS), a developer and distributor of vertical business software systems. Within seven years, EBS had become a leading value-added reseller in Michigan and employed over 200 people. In 1986, CONTEL purchased EBS, and Mr. Gores subsequently began acquiring and operating non-core businesses from major corporations and building value in those entities, a decision that ultimately led to the founding of what has evolved into The Gores Group today. Under his leadership, The Gores Group has continued to acquire businesses in need of operational and financial resources, while creating value and working with management teams to establish an entrepreneurial environment as a foundation for sustainable growth. This philosophy has served the firm well. Mr. Gores served as the Chairman of the board of directors of Gores Holdings I from its inception in June 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016, as the Chairman of the board of directors of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra Mobility acquisition in October 2018 and as the Chairman of the board of directors of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020. Additionally, Mr. Gores served as the Chief Executive Officer and Director of Gores Metropoulos from its inception in August 2018 until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020 and has served as a director of Luminar since December 2020. In addition, Mr. Gores has served as the Chairman of the board of directors of Gores Holdings IV since June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. Gores has served as the Chairman of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VI since June 2020 and will continue to do so until the completion of the recently announced Matterport acquisition, Gores Holdings VII since September 2020, Gores Holdings VIII since September 2020, Gores Technology I since December 2020, Gores Technology II since December 2020 and Gores Guggenheim since December 2020. Mr. Gores has also served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Gores Metropoulos II since July 2020.

228


Mr. Gores holds a degree in Computer Science from Western Michigan University. Mr. Gores' significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

        Mark R. Stone has been our Chief Executive Officer since July 2020. Mr. Stone is a Senior Managing Director of The Gores Group. Mr. Stone is a member of the Investment Committee and a member of the Office of the Chairman of The Gores Group. Mr. Stone has worked at The Gores Group for more than fifteen years. Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings I from its inception in June 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016 and served as a Director of Hostess until April 2018. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra Mobility acquisition in October 2018, as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, and as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. Stone has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings VI since June 2020 and will continue to do so until the completion of the recently announced Matterport acquisition, Gores Holdings VII since September 2020, Gores Holdings VIII since September 2020 and Gores Guggenheim since December 2020. From 2005 until 2013, Mr. Stone primarily focused on worldwide operations of Gores' portfolio companies and Gores' operational due diligence efforts. He has been a senior team member with key responsibility in several turnaround, value-oriented investment opportunities, including Stock Building Supply, a supplier of building materials and construction services to professional home builders and contractors in the Unites States; United Road Services, a provider of finished vehicle logistics services; and Sage Automotive Interiors, the largest North American manufacturer of high-performance automotive seat fabrics. Mr. Stone has also been involved with the acquisitions, successful carve-outs and transformations of Lineage Power and VincoTech, manufacturers of telecom conversion products, electronic OEMs, power modules, GPS products and electronic manufacturing services, from TE Connectivity Ltd.; Therakos, a global leader in advanced technologies for extracorporeal photopheresis (ECP), from Johnson & Johnson; and Sagem Communications, a Paris-based manufacturer of set-top boxes, residential terminals, printers and other communications equipment, from the Safran Group. He has served as Executive Chairman and/or CEO of several portfolio companies including Siemens Enterprise Communications, a leading Munich-based global corporate telephony (PBX) and unified communications (UC) solutions provider, and Enterasys Networks, a global network solutions provider. Prior to joining The Gores Group, Mr. Stone spent nearly a decade as a chief executive transforming businesses across the services, industrial and technology sectors. Mr. Stone spent five years with The Boston Consulting Group as a member of their high technology and industrial goods practices and served in the firm's Boston, London, Los Angeles and Seoul offices. Mr. Stone earned a B.S. in Finance with Computer Science and Mathematics concentrations from the University of Maine and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

        Andrew McBride has been our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since July 2020. Mr. McBride has served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Tax at The Gores Group since February 2010, where he is responsible for tax due diligence and structuring of acquisitions, compliance, planning, financial management and portfolio company reporting. Mr. McBride also served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings I from January 2016 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016, as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra Mobility acquisition in October 2018, as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Metropoulos from its inception in August 2018 until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020 and as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. McBride has also served as the

229


Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings VI since June 2020 and will continue to do so until the completion of the recently announced Matterport acquisition, Gores Metropoulos II since July 2020, Gores Holdings VII since September 2020, Gores Holdings VIII since September 2020, Gores Technology I since December 2020, Gores Technology II since December 2020, and Gores Guggenheim since December 2020. Previously, from January 2008 to January 2010, Mr. McBride worked in the High Net Worth group at Ehrhardt, Keefe, Steiner, and Hottman, P.C. From January 2004 to January 2008, Mr. McBride was with KPMG, LLP, assisting international corporations with tax planning, structuring and compliance issues. Mr. McBride holds a B.S. in Accounting and Finance from the University of Notre Dame and is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Colorado.

        Randall Bort has served as a member of our board of directors since August 5, 2020. Mr. Bort is a Co-Founder of SandTree Holdings, LLC, a private commercial real estate investment firm, and has been a partner at SandTree since November 2012. Previously, Mr. Bort was an investment banker at Drexel Burnham Lambert, BT Securities, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Credit Suisse First Boston, The Mercanti Group and Imperial Capital. Mr. Bort has significant financial, transactional and capital markets experience across multiple industries and has worked both domestically and in Asia. Mr. Bort earned a B.A. in Economics and Mathematics from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. in Finance and Entrepreneurial Management from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Bort served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings I from August 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016, as a member of the board of directors of Verra Mobility Corp. (formerly Gores Holdings II) from January 2017 until June 2019, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings III from September 2018 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Metropoulos, from February 2019 until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020, and as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. Bort has also served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VI since December 2020 and will continue to do so until the completion of the recently announced Matterport acquisition, Gores Metropoulos II since January 2021, Gores Holdings VII since February 2021, and Gores Holdings VIII since March 2021. Mr. Bort is also expected to serve as a member of the board of directors of Gores Guggenheim, Inc. upon completion of its offering. Mr. Bort also is a member of the Board of Trustees of Children's Bureau, a non-profit organization based in Los Angeles focused on foster care and the prevention of child abuse. Mr. Bort's significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

        William Patton has served as a member of our board of directors since August 5, 2020. Mr. Patton is Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder of The Four Star Group, a consulting and advisory firm focused on the civilian fields of Defense, Space, Military and Security. Mr. Patton has served as chairman, president and/or chief executive officer of a number of private and public companies including Unisys, Cado Systems, MAI Basic Four and Peerless Systems and has spent his entire career in the related fields of computer systems and telecommunications technology. Mr. Patton served as a member of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings I from August 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016, as a member of the Board of Directors of Verra Mobility Corp. (formerly Gores Holdings II) from January 2017 until completion of the Verra Mobility acquisition in October 2018, as a member of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings III from September 2018 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020 and as a member of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. Patton has also served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VIII since March 2021. Mr. Patton holds an undergraduate Business degree from Santa Monica City College and a B.S. in Petroleum Engineering from the Missouri School of Science & Technology graduating cum laude, and attended the Harvard Business School PMD Program. Mr. Patton was the Co-Founder and first President of the United States Academic Decathlon, now recognized as the nation's largest high school competition emphasizing academic excellence including

230


most of the United States and many international schools. Mr. Patton served as an officer and Ranger in the United States Army for nine years, attaining the rank of Major. Mr. Patton's significant experience on the boards of a number of private and public companies makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

        Jeffrey Rea has served as a member of our board of directors, since August 5, 2020. Mr. Rea served as a director of BMC Stock Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: BMCH) through May 2020. Mr. Rea previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: STCK) from November 2010 to December 1, 2015, at which time the company was merged with Building Materials Holding Corporation to create BMC Stock Holdings, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Rea served as President of the specialty products group at TE Connectivity Ltd. from 2008 to 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Rea was the Senior Vice President of the building products group at Johns Manville, a global manufacturer of highly engineered materials and building products, which is owned by Berkshire Hathaway Company. Before joining Johns Manville, Mr. Rea served for 15 years in various leadership roles at General Electric Company, including general management, sales and marketing, distribution management and supply chain leadership positions. Mr. Rea also served for five years with its corporate audit staff. Mr. Rea served as a member of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings I from August 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016, as a member of the Board of Directors of Verra Mobility Corp. (formerly Gores Holdings II) from January 2017 until June 2019, as a member of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings III from September 2018 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020 and as a member of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings IV, from January 2020 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021. Mr. Rea has also served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VIII since March 2021. Mr. Rea received a degree in mechanical engineering from Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology. Mr. Rea's significant experience on the boards of a number of private and public companies makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Stockholder Communications

        Our board of directors has established a process for stockholders to send communications to our board of directors. Stockholders may communicate with our board of directors generally or a specific director at any time by writing to the Company's Secretary, Gores Holdings V, Inc., 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 90212. We review all messages received, and forward any message that reasonably appears to be a communication from a stockholder about a matter of stockholder interest that is intended for communication to our board of directors. Communications are sent as soon as practicable to the director to whom they are addressed, or if addressed to our board of directors generally, to the Chairman of our board of directors. Because other appropriate avenues of communication exist for matters that are not of stockholder interest, such as general business complaints or employee grievances, communications that do not relate to matters of stockholder interest are not forwarded to our board of directors.

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

        Our board of directors recognizes that the leadership structure and combination or separation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman roles is driven by the needs of the Company at any point in time. As a result, no policy exists requiring combination or separation of leadership roles and our governing documents do not mandate a particular structure. This has allowed our board of directors the flexibility to establish the most appropriate structure for the Company at any given time. Currently, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman roles are separately held by Mr. Mark R. Stone and Mr. Alec E. Gores, respectively. In addition, none of the officers of the Company is a member of our board of directors and none of the directors of our board of directors is an officer of the Company.

231


        Our board of directors is actively involved in overseeing our risk management process. Our board of directors focuses on our general risk management strategy and ensures that appropriate risk mitigation strategies are implemented by management. Further, operational and strategic presentations by management to our board of directors include consideration of the challenges and risks of our businesses, and our Board and management actively engage in discussion on these topics. In addition, each of our board of directors' committees considers risk within its area of responsibility. For example, our Audit Committee provides oversight to legal and compliance matters and assesses the adequacy of our risk-related internal controls. In addition, our Compensation Committee considers risk and structures our executive compensation programs, if any, to provide incentives to appropriately reward executives for growth without undue risk taking.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

        We have four members of our board of directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Randall Bort, expires at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of William Patton and Jeffrey Rea, expires at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Alec E. Gores, expires at the third annual meeting of stockholders.

        Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

        Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An "independent director" is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company's board of directors, would interfere with the director's exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Randall Bort, William Patton, and Jeffrey Rea are "independent directors" as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of the Nasdaq require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

    Audit Committee

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee of the board of directors. Audit committee members include Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit

232


committee, all of whom must be independent. Messrs. Bort, Patton and Rea qualify as independent directors under applicable rules.

        Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Randall Bort qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules.

        We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

    the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

    pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

    reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

    setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

    setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

    obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor's internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

    reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

    reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

    Compensation Committee

        Our board of directors has established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Compensation committee members include Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea are independent.

        We have adopted a compensation committee charter which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

    reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer's compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer's performance in

233


      light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

    reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

    reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

    implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

    assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

    approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

    if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

    reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

        It is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

        The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the Nasdaq and the SEC.

    Committee Membership, Meetings and Attendance

        Each of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee of our board of directors is comprised entirely of independent directors.

        From June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the end of our fiscal year, our board of directors acted by written consent two times. Our Audit Committee held two meetings in fiscal year 2020 and our Compensation Committee did not hold any meetings in fiscal year 2020.

        We encourage all of our directors to attend our annual meetings of stockholders. This Special Meeting will be our first annual meeting.

Director Nominations

        We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or Nasdaq rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the Nasdaq rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

        The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a Special Meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

234


        We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

        Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our GHV Class A Common Stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such Forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2020 there were no delinquent filers.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, executive officers and employees that complies with the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq. The Code of Ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business. We have previously filed copies of our form Code of Ethics, our form of Audit Committee Charter and our form of Compensation Committee Charter as exhibits to our registration statement in connection with our IPO. You may review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC's web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request to us in writing at 9800 Wilshire Blvd. Beverly Hills, California 90212 or by telephone at (310) 209-3010. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

        The Gores Group manages several investment vehicles. Funds managed by The Gores Group or its affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these funds decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within The Gores Group, including by Mr. Gores, may be suitable for both us and for a current or future fund of The Gores Group and may be directed to such investment vehicle rather than to us. Neither The Gores Group nor members of our management team who are also employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential initial business combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company. The Gores Group and/or our management, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of The Gores Group or in their other endeavors, may be required to present potential initial business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future investment vehicles of The Gores Group, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

        Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present an initial business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an initial business combination

235


opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these fiduciary obligations under applicable law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our current certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue. The purpose for the surrender of corporate opportunities is to allow officers, directors or other representatives with multiple business affiliations to continue to serve as an officer of the Company or on our Board of directors . Our officers and directors may from time to time be presented with opportunities that could benefit both another business affiliation and us. In the absence of the "corporate opportunity" waiver in our charter, certain candidates would not be able to serve as an officer or director. We believe we substantially benefit from having representatives, who bring significant, relevant and valuable experience to our management, and, as a result, the inclusion of the "corporate opportunity" waiver in our current certificate of incorporation provides us with greater flexibility to attract and retain the officers and directors that we feel are the best candidates.

        In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other special purpose acquisition company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present initial business combination opportunities to us or to any other special purpose acquisition company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis.

        In particular, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently sponsoring several other special purpose acquisition companies, consisting of: Gores Holdings VI, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II and Gores Guggenheim. On February 7, 2021, Gores Holdings VI entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Matterport. Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, and Gores Guggenheim may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Gores Metropoulos II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is focusing on a business combination in the consumer products and services industry, Gores Technology I and Gores Technology II may seek to complete a business combination in any location and are focusing on a business combination in the technology industry. Further, Mr. Gores, our Chairman, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Metropoulos II, Mr. Stone, our Chief Executive Officer, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings VI, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII and Gores Guggenheim. Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings VI, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim. Any such companies, including Gores Holdings VI, Gores Metropoulos II, Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII, Gores Technology I, Gores Technology II, and Gores Guggenheim may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed not to redeem any of the GHV Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the GHV Founder Shares that will be exchanged for AMPSA Shares at the Merger Effective Time, and which AMPSA Shares would, if unrestricted and freely tradable, have a value of approximately $98 million at the

236


      Merger Effective Time (based on per share price of $10), but given the restrictions on such AMPSA Shares pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, GHV believes such AMPSA Shares have less value;

    the fact that the Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their GHV Founder Shares if GHV fails to complete an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $12,500,000 for its 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants to purchase shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, and that such Private Placement Warrants will expire and become worthless if a business combination is not consummated by August 10, 2022;

    if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event GHV is unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, the GHV Sponsor has agreed to indemnify GHV to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.00 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which GHV has entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than its independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to GHV, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

    the continued indemnification of GHV's existing directors and officers and the purchase of a tail policy with respect to GHV's directors' and officers' existing liability insurance;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in GHV and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has the right to nominate two independent directors to AMPSA's board of directors as of the Closing;

    that, at the closing of the Merger, GHV will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, which provides for registration rights to the holders of AMPSA Shares that are parties thereto and their permitted transferees;

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor and members of the GHV Board and management would hold the following number of shares in AMPSA at the Closing:
Name of Person/Entity
  Number of
AMPSA Shares
  Value of
AMPSA Shares(1)
 

Gores Sponsor V LLC

        $           

Alec E. Gores

        $           

Mark R. Stone

        $           

Andrew McBride

        $           

Randall Bort

        $           

William Patton

        $           

Jeffrey Rea

        $           

(1)
Based on a per share price of $10.00.
    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has entered into a Subscription Agreement with AMPSA and GHV, pursuant to which the GHV Sponsor has committed to purchase 2.5 million AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $25 million, provided that the GHV Sponsor has the right to syndicate the AMPSA Shares purchased under such Subscription Agreement in advance of the Closing;

237


    that an affiliate of the GHV Sponsor, Mr. Alec E. Gores, has committed to purchase            AMPSA Shares in the PIPE for an aggregate commitment of approximately $            in connection with the syndication by the GHV Sponsor of its portion of the PIPE; and

    the fact that the GHV Sponsor has committed to acquire up to 9.5 million AMPSA Shares at a per share price of $10.00 in the event that there are redemptions from the Trust Account that are in excess of $1 million.

        The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

        Under Delaware law, officers and directors owe the following duties:

    i.
    duty to act in good faith, with the care of a prudent person, and in the best interest of the corporation as a whole.

    ii.
    duty to refrain from self-dealing, usurping corporate opportunities and receiving improper personal benefits

    iii.
    duty to make decisions on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation and that these decisions will be protected by the "business judgment rule."

        In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

    the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

    the opportunity is within the corporation's line of business; and

    it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our current certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply with respect to any of our officers or directors in circumstances where the application of the doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations

238


they may have. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may present a conflict of interest:

Name of Individual
  Entity Name   Entity's Business   Affiliation
Alec E. Gores   The Gores Group, LLC   Private equity and SPAC investments   CEO and Director
    Gores Holdings VI, Inc.(1)   Investments   Chairman
    Gores Metropoulos II, Inc.(1)   Investments   CEO and Director
    Gores Holdings VII, Inc.(1)   Investments   Chairman
    Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.(1)   Investments   Chairman
    Gores Technology Partners, Inc.(1)   Investments   Chairman
    Gores Technology Partners II, Inc.(1)   Investments   Chairman
    Gores Guggenheim, Inc.(1)   Investments   Chairman
    Luminar Technologies, Inc.   Automotive   Director
Mark R. Stone   The Gores Group, LLC   Private equity and SPAC investments   Director and Officer
    Gores Holdings VI, Inc.(1)   Investments   CEO
    Gores Holdings VII, Inc.(1)   Investments   CEO
    Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.(1)   Investments   CEO
    Gores Guggenheim, Inc.(1)   Investments   CEO
Andy McBride   The Gores Group, LLC   Private equity and SPAC investments   Director and Officer
    Gores Holdings VI, Inc.(1)   Investments   CFO and Secretary
    Gores Metropoulos II, Inc.(1)   Investments   CFO and Secretary
    Gores Holdings VII, Inc.(1)   Investments   CFO and Secretary
    Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.(1)   Investments   CFO and Secretary
    Gores Technology Partners, Inc.(1)   Investments   CFO and Secretary
    Gores Technology Partners II, Inc.(1)   Investments   CFO and Secretary
    Gores Guggenheim, Inc.(1)   Investments   CFO and Secretary
Randall Bort   Gores Holdings VI, Inc.(1)   Investments   Director
    Gores Metropoulos II, Inc.(1)   Investments   Director
    Gores Holdings VII, Inc.(1)   Investments   Director
    Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.(1)   Investments   Director
    Gores Guggenheim, Inc.(1)   Investments   Director Nominee
    SandTree Holdings, LLC   Real Estate Investments   Partner
    Children's Bureau   Non-Profit   Trustee
William Patton   Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.(1)   Investments   Director
    The Four Star Group   Consulting Aerospace & Defense   Chairman and CEO
Jeffrey Rea   Gores Holdings VIII, Inc.(1)(2)   Investments   Director
    BMC Stock Holdings, Inc.   Construction Supply Company   Director

(1)
This entity's amended and restated charter contains a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine. Accordingly, there is no conflicting obligation to bring opportunities to this entity before the Company.

        Accordingly, if any of the above executive officers or directors become aware of an initial business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such initial business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our current certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

        We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, executive officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our Company from a financial point of view.

239


        Our Initial Stockholders have agreed to vote their shares of GHV Common Stock in favor of the Merger Proposal.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our current certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our current certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

        We have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our current certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also permit us to maintain insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We have obtained a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

        These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

        We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Audit Committee Report

        Our Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed our audited financial statements with management, and has discussed with our independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be discussed by Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which we refer to as "PCAOB," Auditing Standard No. 1301, "Communications with Audit Committees," referred to as PCAOB Auditing Standard No. 1301. Additionally, our Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from our independent registered public accounting firm, as required by the applicable requirements of the PCAOB, and has discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm the independent registered public accounting firm's independence.

Fees and Services

        KPMG has audited our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to KPMG for services rendered since June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

        Audit Fees.    Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by KPMG in connection with regulatory filings. The fees billed by KPMG for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods, the registration statement, the Form 8-K filed in connection with the closing of our IPO and other required filings with the SEC for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through

240


December 31, 2020 totaled $192,500. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at Audit Committee meetings.

        Audit-Related Fees.    Audit-related services consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under "Audit Fees." These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. We did not pay KPMG for audit-related fees for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

        Tax Fees.    We did not pay KPMG for tax planning and tax advice for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

        All Other Fees.    We did not pay KPMG for any other services for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

        Our Audit Committee has determined that the services provided by KPMG are compatible with maintaining the independence of KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm.

Pre-Approval Policy

        Our Audit Committee has approved all of the foregoing services. The Audit Committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors as provided under the Audit Committee charter.

241



GHV MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "GHV" generally refer to GHV.

        The following discussion and analysis of GHV's financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with its audited financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Overview

        GHV is a special purpose acquisition company incorporated on June 25, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a business combination with one or more target businesses. GHV completed its IPO on August 10, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, GHV had not identified any business combination target.

        GHV presently has no revenue, has had losses since inception from incurring formation costs and has had no operations other than the active solicitation of a target business with which to complete a business combination.

        Since completing its IPO, GHV reviewed a number of opportunities to enter into a business combination with an operating business. GHV intends to effectuate a business combination using cash from the proceeds of its IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, its capital stock, debt, or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

Recent Developments

Proposed Business Combination

        On February 22, 2021, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement, by and among the Company, Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Ardagh Group S.A. and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., which provides for, among other things: (a) a series of transactions that will result in the subsidiaries of AGSA that are engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and providing related technical and customer services becoming wholly owned by AMPSA, and (b) the merger of MergeCo with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA.

        The Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were unanimously approved by the GHV Board on February 22, 2021 and the Board of Directors of AGSA on February 22, 2021.

Results of Operations

        For the period from June 25, 2020 to December 31, 2020, GHV had a net loss of ($650,745). GHV's business activities during the year mainly consisted of identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates for a business combination. GHV believes that it has sufficient funds available to complete its efforts to effect an initial business combination with an operating business by August 10, 2022. However, if GHV's estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, GHV may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to its initial business combination.

        As indicated in the accompanying unaudited financial statements, at December 31, 2020, GHV had $705,817 in cash and deferred offering costs of $18,375,000. Further, GHV expects to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of its acquisition plans. GHV cannot assure you that its plans to complete the Merger will be successful.

242


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        On July 14, 2020, the GHV Sponsor purchased 11,500,000 GHV Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, the GHV Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 GHV Founder Shares to GHV's independent directors. On August 5, 2020, GHV effected a stock dividend with respect to GHV Founder Shares of 2,156,250 shares thereof, resulting in the Initial Stockholders holding an aggregate of 13,656,250 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock. On September 21, 2020, the GHV Sponsor forfeited 531,250 GHV Founder Shares following the expiration of the unexercised portion of underwriters' over-allotment option, so that the GHV Founder Shares held by the Initial Stockholders would represent 20.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock following completion of the IPO.

        On August 10, 2020, GHV consummated its IPO of 52,500,000 GHV Units at a price of $10.00 per GHV Unit, including 5,000,000 GHV Units as a result of the underwriters' partial exercise of its over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $525,000,000. On the IPO Closing Date, GHV completed the private sale of an aggregate of 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of GHV Common Stock at $11.50 per share, to the GHV Sponsor, at a price of $2.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $12,500,000. After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the Deferred Discount, which amount will be payable upon consummation of the Merger, if consummated) and the estimated offering expenses, the total net proceeds from GHV's IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were $526,055,000, of which $525,000,000 (or $10.00 per share sold in GHV's IPO) was placed in the Trust Account. The amount of proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account was $1,055,000 at the closing of the IPO. Interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account may be released to GHV to fund its Regulatory Withdrawals, for a maximum of 24 months and/or additional amounts necessary to pay its franchise and income taxes.

        On July 14, 2020, GHV borrowed $300,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note from the GHV Sponsor for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the IPO. This note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the completion of the IPO. This note was repaid in full upon the completion of the IPO.

        As of December 31, 2020, GHV had cash held outside of the Trust Account of approximately $705,817, which is available to fund its working capital requirements. Additionally, interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account may be released to GHV to fund its Regulatory Withdrawals, for a maximum of 24 months and/or additional amounts necessary to pay its franchise and income taxes.

        At December 31, 2020, GHV had current liabilities of $567,859 and working capital of $492,046, largely due to amounts owed to professionals, consultants, advisors and others who are working on seeking a business combination. Such work is continuing after December 31, 2020 and amounts are continuing to accrue.

        GHV intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of Regulatory Withdrawals and taxes payable) to consummate a business combination. Moreover, GHV may need to obtain additional financing either to complete a business combination or because it becomes obligated to redeem a significant number of shares of GHV Common Stock upon completion of a business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, GHV would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of a business combination. If GHV is unable to complete a business combination because it does not have sufficient funds available to it, GHV will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following the Merger, if cash on hand is insufficient, GHV may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet its obligations. To the extent that GHV's capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, in connection with the combination of the Business Combination, the remaining

243


proceeds held in GHV's Trust Account, if any, will be used as working capital to finance the operations (including growth strategy) of the combined company.

Off-balance sheet financing arrangements

        At December 31, 2020, GHV had no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. GHV does not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

        GHV has not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or entered into any non-financial agreements involving assets.

Contractual obligations

        As of December 31, 2020, GHV did not have any long-term debt obligations, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or long-term liabilities. In connection with the IPO, GHV entered into an administrative services agreement to pay monthly recurring expenses of $20,000 to The Gores Group for office space, utilities and secretarial support. The administrative services agreement terminates upon the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the liquidation of GHV.

        The underwriters are entitled to underwriting discounts and commissions of 5.5% ($28,875,000), of which 2.0% ($10,500,000) was paid at the closing of the IPO, and 3.5% ($18,375,000) was deferred. The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that GHV completes a business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. The underwriters are not entitled to any interest accrued on the Deferred Discount.

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC, and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position as of December 31, 2020 and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the period ended December 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year or any other period. While GHV was formed on June 25, 2020, there were no transactions or operations between inception and July 14, 2020. Therefore, these financials statements do not include comparative statements to prior 2020 periods.

Offering Costs

        GHV complies with the requirements of the Accounting Standards Codification (the "ASC") 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A—"Expenses of Offering." Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to the IPO and were charged to stockholders' equity upon the completion of the IPO. Accordingly, offering costs totaling $29,563,654 (including $28,875,000 in underwriters' fees), and were charged to stockholders' equity.

244


Net loss per common share

        GHV has two classes of shares, the GHV Class A Common Stock and the GHV Founder Shares. Net income/(loss) per common share is computed utilizing the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share separately for each class of common stock based on an allocation of undistributed earnings per the rights of each class. At December 31, 2020, GHV did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of GHV under the treasury stock method. As a result, diluted net income/(loss) per common share is the same as basic net income/(loss) per common share for the period.

Income Taxes

        GHV follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, "Income Taxes." Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

        For those liabilities or benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. GHV recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax liabilities as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020.

        GHV may be subject to potential examination by U.S. federal, states or foreign jurisdiction authorities in the areas of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income amounts in various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, states or foreign tax laws.

        GHV is incorporated in the State of Delaware and is required to pay franchise taxes to the State of Delaware on an annual basis.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

        GHV management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on GHV's financial statements based on current operations of GHV. The impact of any recently issued accounting standards will be re-evaluated on a regular basis or if a business combination is completed where the impact could be material.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument. These changes may be the result of various factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and/or equity prices. Our business activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted solely of organizational activities and activities relating to our IPO and the identification of a target company for our initial business combination. As of December 31, 2020, $525,020,571 (including accrued interest and dividends and subject to reduction by the Deferred Discount due at the consummation of the Merger) was held in the Trust Account for the purposes of consummating initial business combination. As of December 31, 2020, investment securities in the Trust

245


Account consists of $525,020,571 in money market funds. As of December 31, 2020, the effective annualized rate of return generated by our investments was approximately 0.0003%.

        We have not engaged in any hedging activities during the year ended December 31, 2020. We do not expect to engage in any hedging activities with respect to the market risk to which we are exposed.

Controls and Procedures

        Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

        During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

246



CERTAIN GHV RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

        References in this section to "we," "our," "us," the "Company," or "GHV" generally refer to GHV.

The Company's Related Party Transactions

GHV Founder Shares

        On July 14, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 11,500,000 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock (the "GHV Founder Shares") for $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 75,000 GHV Founder Shares to each of the Company's three independent director nominees at their original purchase price. On August 5, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its GHV Class F Common Stock of 2,156,250 shares thereof, resulting in an aggregate of 13,656,250 outstanding shares of GHV Class F Common Stock. The shares and the associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the dividend. The GHV Founder Shares are identical to the GHV Class A Common Stock included in the GHV Units sold in the IPO except that the GHV Founder Shares are convertible under the circumstances described below. The Sponsor has agreed to forfeit up to 1,781,250 GHV Founder Shares depending on the extent to which the over-allotment option is exercised. The GHV Founder Shares will automatically convert into shares of GHV Class A Common Stock at the time of the Merger on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described in the Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Private Placement Warrants

        The Sponsor has purchased from the Company an aggregate of 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $2.00 per warrant (a purchase price of approximately $12,500,000) in a Private Placement that occurred simultaneously with the completion of the IPO. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of GHV Class A Common Stock at $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the IPO to be held in the Trust Account pending completion of a business combination.

        The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants sold as part of the GHV Units in the IPO, except the Private Placement Warrants are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

        If the Company does not complete a business combination, then the Private Placement Warrants proceeds will be part of the liquidation distribution to the public stockholders and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Registration Rights

        The holders of the GHV Founder Shares, the Private Placement Warrants and the Public Warrants issued upon the conversion of working capital loans, if any, hold registration rights (in the case of the GHV Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to shares of GHV Class A Common Stock) pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreements. These holders will be entitled to certain demand and "piggyback" registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Sponsor Loans

        Prior to the completion of the IPO, the Sponsor loaned the Company an aggregate of $300,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note (the "Note") issued by the Company in favor of the Sponsor to cover organization expenses and expenses related to the IPO. The Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the completion of the Public Offering. The Note was repaid in full on August 7, 2020.

247


Administrative Services Agreement

        The Company entered into an administrative services agreement pursuant to which it agreed to pay to an affiliate of the Sponsor $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial support. Services commenced on August 6, 2020 (the date the securities were first listed on Nasdaq) and will terminate upon the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a business combination or the liquidation of the Company.

        For the period commencing August 3, 2020, through December 31, 2020 the Company has paid the affiliate $96,774.

248



DESCRIPTION OF AMPSA'S SECURITIES

        As a result of the Merger, GHV stockholders and AMPSA Shareholders who receive AMPSA Shares in the Merger will become AMPSA Shareholders. Your rights as AMPSA Shareholders will be governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and AMPSA's articles of association. The following description of the material terms of AMPSA's capital stock, including the AMPSA Shares to be issued in the Business Combination, reflects the anticipated state of affairs upon completion of the Merger. We urge you to read the applicable provisions of Luxembourg law and AMPSA's articles of association carefully and in their entirety because they describe your rights as a holder of AMPSA Shares. References in this section to "we", "our", "us", the "Company", or "AMPSA" generally refer to AMPSA and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Shares

Share Capital

        AMPSA was incorporated on January 20, 2021 by AGSA, with an initial share capital of €30,000, represented by 3,000,000 AMPSA Shares with a nominal value of €0.01 per share.

        Immediately prior to consummation of the Merger, AMPSA's issued share capital will equal                        , represented by                        AMPSA Shares with a nominal value of €0.01 per share. All issued shares will be fully paid and subscribed for. The authorized capital of AMPSA (including the issued share capital) is set at €1,000,000,000, divided into 100,000,000,000 AMPSA Shares with a nominal value of €0.01 each.

        A shareholder in a Luxembourg société anonyme holding fully paid up shares is not liable, solely because of his, her or its shareholder status, for additional payments to AMPSA or its creditors.

Share Issuances

        Pursuant to Luxembourg law, the issuance of AMPSA Shares requires approval by the general meeting of shareholders subject to necessary quorum and majority requirements. The general meeting of shareholders may approve an authorized capital and authorize the board of directors to increase the issued share capital in one or several tranches with or without share premium, against payment in (i) cash, including the setting off of claims against AMPSA that are certain, due and payable, (ii) in kind, and (iii) reallocation of the share premium, profit reserves or other reserves of AMPSA, through issuance of shares, the granting of options to subscribe for shares, or the issuance of any other instruments convertible into or repayable by or exchangeable for shares (whether provided in the terms at issue or subsequently provided), the issuance of bonds with warrants or other rights to subscribe for shares attached, or the issuance of standalone warrants or any other instrument carrying an entitlement to, or the right to subscribe for, shares, up to a maximum of the authorized but as yet unissued share capital of AMPSA to such persons and on such terms as the board of directors determines in its absolute discretion. The board of directors can be authorized to remove or limit the statutory preferential subscription right of the shareholders in case of issue of shares up to the maximum amount of such authorized capital for a maximum period of five years after the date that the minutes of the relevant general meeting approving such authorization are published in the Luxembourg official gazette (Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations, "RESA"). The general meeting may amend, renew, or extend such authorized capital and such authorization to the board of directors to issue shares.

        AMPSA's shareholders have authorized the board of directors to issue shares up to the maximum amount of the authorized unissued share capital of the AMPSA and to limit or withdraw any and all statutory preemptive rights which would be applicable in respect of such issuance for a period of five years from                        , 2021, to such persons, on such terms and for such consideration as the board of directors determines in its absolute discretion. Shareholders may at a general meeting renew or extend such authorized share capital and authorization to the board of directors to issue shares.

249


        In addition, the general meeting of shareholders may authorize the board of directors to make an allotment of existing or newly issued shares without consideration to (a) employees of AMPSA or certain categories amongst those; (b) employees of companies or economic interest grouping in which AMPSA holds directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights; (c) employees of companies or economic interest grouping holding directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of AMPSA (d) employees of companies or economic interest grouping in which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which holds directly or indirectly at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital of AMPSA; (e) corporate officers of AMPSA or of the companies or economic interest grouping listed in points (b) to (d) above or certain categories amongst those, for a maximum period of five years after the date that the minutes of the relevant general meeting approving such authorization are published in the RESA.

        AMPSA's Articles authorize the board of directors to issue shares free of charge within the limitations set out in article 430-15 of the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended (the "1915 Law").

        AMPSA recognizes only one (1) holder per share. In case a share is owned by several persons, AMPSA shall treat the first named holder on the register of shareholders as having been appointed by the joint holders to receive all notices and to give a binding receipt for any dividend(s) payable in respect of such share(s) on behalf of all joint holders, without prejudice to the rights of the other holders to information as set out in the 1915 Law.

        Upon the consummation of the Merger, the board of directors will resolve on the issuance of AMPSA Shares out of the authorized capital (capital autorisé) in accordance with the quorum and voting thresholds set forth in the articles of association and applicable law. The board of directors will also resolve on the applicable procedures and timelines to which such issuance will be subjected. If the proposal of the board of directors to issue new AMPSA Shares exceeds the limits of AMPSA's authorized share capital, the board of directors must then convene the shareholders to an extraordinary general meeting to be held in front of a Luxembourg notary for the purpose of increasing the issued share capital. Such meeting will be subject to the quorum and majority requirements required for amending AMPSA's Articles. If the capital call proposed by the board of directors consists of an increase in the shareholders' commitments, the board of directors must convene the shareholders to an extraordinary general meeting to be held in front of a Luxembourg notary for such purpose. Such meeting will be subject to the unanimous consent of the shareholders.

Preemptive Rights

        Under Luxembourg law, existing shareholders benefit from a preemptive subscription right on the issuance of shares for cash consideration. However, AMPSA's shareholders have, in accordance with Luxembourg law, authorized the board of directors to suppress, waive, or limit any preemptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by law to the extent that the board of directors deems such suppression, waiver, or limitation advisable for any issuance or issuances of shares within the scope of AMPSA's authorized share capital. The general meeting of shareholders duly convened to consider an amendment to the articles of association also may, by two-thirds majority vote, limit, waive, or cancel such preemptive rights or renew, amend, or extend them, in each case for a period not to exceed five years. Such shares may be issued above, at, or below market value, and, following a certain procedure, even below the nominal value or below the accounting par value per share. The shares also may be issued by way of incorporation of available reserves, including share premium.

250


Share Repurchases

        AMPSA cannot subscribe for its own shares. AMPSA may, however, repurchase issued shares or have another person repurchase issued shares for its account, subject to the following conditions:

    prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders, which authorization sets forth:

    the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase and in particular the maximum number of shares to be repurchased;

    the duration of the period for which the authorization is given, which may not exceed five years; and

    in the case of repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum consideration per share, provided that the prior authorization shall not apply in the case of shares acquired by either AMPSA, or by a person acting in his or her own name on its behalf, for the distribution thereof to its staff or to the staff of a company with which it is in a control relationship;

    only fully paid-up shares may be repurchased;

    the voting and dividend rights attached to the repurchased shares will be suspended as long as the repurchased shares are held by AMPSA; and the acquisition offer must be made on the same terms and conditions to all the shareholders who are in the same position, except for acquisitions which were unanimously decided by a general meeting at which all the shareholders were present or represented. In addition, listed companies may repurchase their own shares on the stock exchange without an acquisition offer having to be made to AMPSA's shareholders.

        The authorization will be valid for a period ending on the earlier of five years from the date of such shareholder authorization and the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to such authorization, the board of directors is authorized to acquire and sell AMPSA's shares under the conditions set forth in article 430-15 of the 1915 Law, which are described above. Such purchases and sales may be carried out for any authorized purpose or any purpose that is authorized by the laws and regulations in force.

        The articles of association of AMPSA authorize the board of directors to purchase AMPSA's own shares in accordance with Luxembourg law on such terms and in such manner as may be authorized by the general meeting of shareholders in an ordinary resolution, subject to the rules of any stock exchange on which AMPSA's shares are traded. The articles provide that the board of directors is authorized for a period of 5 years from                        , 2021 to make (i) open market repurchases of shares subject to certain conditions and (ii) repurchases of shares other than as described in (i) where the same terms are offered to all shareholders in a similar situation.

        In addition, pursuant to Luxembourg law, AMPSA may directly or indirectly repurchase shares by resolution of its board of directors without the prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders if such repurchase is deemed by the board of directors to be necessary to prevent serious and imminent harm to AMPSA, or if the acquisition of shares has been made with the intent of distribution to its employees and/or the employees of any entity having a controlling relationship with it (i.e., its subsidiaries or controlling shareholder) or in any of the circumstances listed in article 430-16 of the 1915 Law.

Voting rights

        Each AMPSA Share entitles the holder thereof to one vote. Neither Luxembourg law nor AMPSA's Articles contain any restrictions as to the voting of AMPSA Shares by non-Luxembourg

251


residents. The 1915 Law distinguishes general meetings of shareholders and extraordinary general meetings of shareholders with respect to voting rights.

Meetings

Ordinary General Meeting

        At an ordinary general meeting, the holders in excess of one-third (1/3) of the share capital in issue present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum and resolutions are adopted by a simple majority of validly cast votes. Abstentions are not considered "votes."

Extraordinary General Meeting

        Extraordinary resolutions are required for any of the following matters, among others: (i) an increase or decrease of the authorized or issued capital, (ii) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (iii) approval of a statutory merger or de-merger (scission), (iv) AMPSA's dissolution and liquidation, (v) any and all amendments to AMPSA's articles of association and (vi) change of nationality. Pursuant to AMPSA's articles of association, for any resolutions to be considered at an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders, the quorum shall be at least one half of AMPSA's issued share capital unless otherwise mandatorily required by law. If the said quorum is not present, a second meeting may be convened, for which the 1915 Law does not prescribe a quorum. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting, except otherwise provided by law, by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution by shareholders. Abstentions are not considered "votes."

Annual Shareholders Meetings

        An annual general meeting of shareholders shall be held in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg within 6 months of the end of the preceding financial year, except for the first annual general meeting of shareholders which may be held within 18 months from incorporation.

Warrants

        Pursuant to the Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement, GHV will assign to AMPSA all of GHV's right, title and interest in and to the existing Warrant Agreement and AMPSA will assume, and agree to pay, perform, satisfy and discharge in full, all of GHV's liabilities and obligations under the existing Warrant Agreement arising from and after the Merger Effective Time.

        Each AMPSA Warrant is exercisable to subscribe for one AMPSA Share and only whole warrants are exercisable. The exercise price of the AMPSA Warrants is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in the Warrant Agreement. An AMPSA Warrant may be exercised only during the period commencing on the later of (i) the date that is thirty (30) days after the consummation of the Merger, or (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months from the date of the IPO, and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the earlier to occur of: (x) the date that is five (5) years after the date on which the Merger is completed, or (y) the redemption date as provided in Section 6.3 of the Warrant Agreement.

Redemptions of warrants for cash

        Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, once the public warrants become exercisable, they may be redeemed (i) in whole and not in part, (ii) at a price of $0.01 per warrant, (iii) upon not less than 30 days' prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder, and (iv) if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the AMPSA Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before sending the notice of redemption to each warrant holder.

252


        If the public warrants are called for redemption for cash, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the public warrants to do so on a "cashless basis," as described in the Warrant Agreement.

Redemption of warrants for shares

        Commencing ninety days after the warrants become exercisable, AMPSA may redeem the outstanding warrants (i) in whole and not in part, (ii) upon a minimum of 30 days' prior written notice of redemption at a price equal to a number of shares to be determined by reference to the table contained in Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the shares, (iii) if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the AMPSA Shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption to the warrant holders is sent, (iv) if, and only if, the private warrants are also concurrently exchanged at the same price (equal to a number of AMPSA Shares) as the outstanding public warrants, and (v) if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto is available throughout the 30-day period after the written notice of redemption is given.

        The private warrants are identical to the public warrants, except that the private warrants and the shares issuable upon the exercise of the private warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Merger, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the private warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable (except as mentioned above) so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the private warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the private warrants will be redeemable and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the public warrants.

        The foregoing description of the AMPSA Warrants is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Warrant Agreement, filed hereto as Exhibit 10.7, and the Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement, filed hereto as Exhibit 10.6, and incorporated herein by reference.

Dividends

        From the annual net profits of AMPSA, at least 5% shall each year be allocated to the reserve required by applicable laws (the "Legal Reserve"). That allocation to the Legal Reserve will cease to be required as soon and as long as the Legal Reserve amounts to 10% of the amount of the share capital of AMPSA. The general meeting of shareholders shall resolve how the remainder of the annual net profits, after allocation to the Legal Reserve, will be disposed of by allocating the whole or part of the remainder to a reserve or to a provision, by carrying it forward to the next following financial year or by distributing it, together with carried forward profits, distributable reserves or share premium to the shareholders, each AMPSA Share entitling to the same proportion in such distributions.

        The board of directors may resolve that AMPSA pays out an interim dividend to the shareholders, subject to the conditions of article 461-3 of the 1915 Law and AMPSA's articles of association. The board of directors shall set the amount and the date of payment of the interim dividend. Any interim dividends declared by the board of directors and paid during a financial year will be put to the shareholders at the following general meeting to be declared as final.

        Subject to applicable laws and regulations, in order for AMPSA to determine which shareholders shall be entitled to receipt of any dividend, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date will be the close of business (or such other time as the board of directors may determine) on the date determined by the board of directors. In the absence of a record date being fixed, the record date

253


for determining shareholders entitled to receipt of any dividend shall the close of business in Luxembourg on the day the dividend is declared.

        Any share premium, assimilated premium or other distributable reserve may be freely distributed to the shareholders subject to the provisions of the 1915 Law and AMPSA's articles of association. In case of a dividend payment, each shareholder is entitled to receive a dividend right pro rata according to his or her respective shareholding. The dividend entitlement lapses upon the expiration of a five-year prescription period from the date of the dividend distribution. The unclaimed dividends return to AMPSA's accounts.

254



COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL OF BUSINESS COMBINATIONS   Generally, under the DGCL, completion of a merger, consolidation, dissolution, or the sale, lease, or exchange of substantially all of a corporation's assets requires approval by the board of directors and by a majority (unless the certificate of incorporation requires a higher percentage) of outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.

Mergers in which less than 20% of the acquirer's stock is issued generally do not require acquirer stockholder approval. Mergers in which one corporation owns 90% or more of a second corporation may be completed without the vote of the second corporation's board of directors or stockholders.

The DGCL also requires a special vote of stockholders in connection with a business combination with an "interested stockholder" as defined in section 203 of the DGCL.

  Under Luxembourg law and the articles of association, the board of directors has the broadest powers to take any action necessary or useful to achieve the company's purpose. The board of directors' powers are limited only by law and AMPSA's articles of association.

Any type of dissolution, voluntary liquidation or business combination that would require an amendment to the articles of association, such as a merger or de-merger, requires an extraordinary resolution of a general meeting of shareholders. Transactions such as a sale, lease, or exchange of substantial company assets require only the approval of the board of directors. Neither Luxembourg law nor AMPSA's articles of association contain any provision requiring the board of directors to obtain shareholder approval of a sale, lease, or exchange of substantial assets of AMPSA.


SPECIAL VOTE REQUIRED FOR COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 203 of the DGCL generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in specified corporate transactions (such as mergers, stock and asset sales, and loans) with an "interested stockholder" for three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person or group that owns 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock (including any rights to acquire stock pursuant to an option, warrant, agreement, arrangement, or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion or exchange rights, and stock with respect to which the person has voting rights only), or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the voting stock at any time within the previous three years.

 

Under Luxembourg law, no restriction exists as to the transactions that a shareholder may engage in with AMPSA. The transaction must, however, be in AMPSA's corporate interest, which for instance requires that the transactions are made on arm's length terms.

255


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN   Under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation of a corporation may give the board of directors the right to issue new classes of preferred shares with voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights to be determined by the board of directors at the time of issuance, which could prevent a takeover attempt and thereby preclude stockholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares.

In addition, Delaware law does not prohibit a corporation from adopting a stockholder rights plan, or "poison pill," which could prevent a takeover attempt and also preclude stockholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares.

  Pursuant to Luxembourg law, the shareholders may create an authorized share capital which allows the board of directors to increase the issued share capital in one or several tranches with or without share premium, against payment in (i) cash, including the setting off of claims against AMPSA that are certain, due and payable, (ii) in kind, and (iii) reallocation of the share premium, profit reserves or other reserves of AMPSA, through issuance of shares, the granting of options to subscribe for shares, or the issuance of any other instruments convertible into or repayable by or exchangeable for shares (whether provided in the terms at issue or subsequently provided), the issuance of bonds with warrants or other rights to subscribe for shares attached, or the issuance of standalone warrants or any other instrument carrying an entitlement to, or the right to subscribe for, shares, up to a maximum of the authorized but as yet unissued share capital of AMPSA to such persons and on such terms as the board of directors determines in its absolute discretion. The board of directors may be further authorized to, under certain conditions, limit, restrict, or waive preferential subscription rights of existing shareholders when issuing new shares within the authorized share capital. The rights attached to the new shares issued within the authorized share capital will be equal to those attached to existing shares and set forth in the articles of association.

In addition, the board of directors may be further authorized to make an allotment of existing or newly issued shares without consideration to (a)  employees of AMPSA or certain categories amongst those; (b) employees of companies or economic interest grouping in which AMPSA holds directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights; (c)  employees of companies or economic interest grouping holding directly or indirectly at least ten per cent (10%) of the share capital or voting rights of AMPSA (d) employees of companies or economic interest grouping in which at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital or voting rights is held directly or indirectly by a company which holds directly or indirectly at least fifty per cent (50%) of the share capital of AMPSA; (e) corporate officers of AMPSA or of the companies or economic interest grouping listed in point (b) to (d) above or certain categories amongst those.

256


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
        The authorization to the board of directors to issue additional shares or other instruments as described above within the authorized share capital (and to limit, restrict, or waive, as the case may be, preferential subscription rights) as well as the authorization to allot shares without consideration may be valid for a period of up to five years, starting from either the date of the minutes of the extraordinary general meeting resolving upon such authorization or starting from the date of the publication of the minutes of the extraordinary general meeting resolving upon such authorization in the Luxembourg official gazette (Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations "RESA"). The authorization may be renewed, increased or reduced by a resolution of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders, with the quorum and majority rules set for the amendment of the articles of association.

AMPSA's articles of association authorize its board of directors to issue new AMPSA Shares, to grant options to subscribe for new AMPSA Shares, to issue any other instruments convertible into or repayable by or exchangeable for new AMPSA Shares (whether provided in the terms at issue or subsequently provided), to issue bonds with warrants or other rights to subscribe for new AMPSA Shares attached, or through the issue of standalone warrants or any other instrument carrying an entitlement to, or the right to subscribe for, new AMPSA Shares, up to a maximum of the authorized but as yet unissued share capital of the Company to such persons and on such terms as the board of directors determines in its absolute discretion AMPSA for a period ending five years after , 2021 unless such period is extended, amended or renewed. Accordingly, the board of directors is authorized to issue AMPSA Shares up to the limits of authorized share capital until such date. AMPSA currently intends to seek renewals and/or extensions as required from time to time.


APPRAISAL RIGHTS

 

Under the DGCL, a stockholder of a corporation participating in some types of major corporate transactions may, under varying circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which the stockholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair market value of his or her shares in lieu of the consideration he or she would otherwise receive in the transaction.

 

Neither Luxembourg law nor AMPSA's articles of association provide for appraisal rights.

257


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
SHAREHOLDER CONSENT TO ACTION WITHOUT MEETING   Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in a corporation's certificate of incorporation, any action that may be taken at a meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if the holders of outstanding stock, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize such action, consent in writing.   A shareholder meeting must always be called if the matter to be considered requires a shareholder resolution under Luxembourg law or AMPSA's articles of association.

Pursuant to Luxembourg law, shareholders of a public limited liability company may not take actions by written consent. All shareholder actions must be approved at an actual meeting of shareholders held before a Luxembourg notary public or under private seal, depending on the nature of the matter. Shareholders may vote in person, by proxy or, if the articles of association provide for that possibility, by correspondence.

The articles of association of AMPSA provide for the possibility of vote in writing (by way of a voting form provided by the Company) on resolutions submitted to the general meeting, provided that the voting form includes (a) the name, first name, address and the signature of the relevant AMPSA Shareholder, (b) the indication of the shares for which the AMPSA Shareholder will exercise such right, (c) the agenda as set forth in the convening notice and (d) the voting instructions (approval, refusal, abstention) for each point of the agenda

258


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS   GHV's bylaws provide that annual meetings of stockholders are to be held on a date and at a time fixed by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Under the DGCL, a special meeting of stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by any other person authorized to do so in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws. GHV's bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock and the requirement of applicable law, a special meeting of the stockholders of GHV may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of GHV, Chief Executive Officer, or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors, and may not be called by any other person.

Under the DGCL, a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws can specify the number of shares that constitute the quorum required to conduct business at a meeting, provided that in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting. GHV's bylaws provide that at a stockholders meeting the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of GHV representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of GHV entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.

  Pursuant to Luxembourg law, at least one general meeting of shareholders must be held each year, within six months as from the close of the financial year. The purpose of such annual general meeting is to approve the annual accounts, allocate the results, proceed to statutory appointments and resolve on the discharge of the directors.

Other general meetings of shareholders may be convened.

Luxembourg law distinguishes between ordinary resolutions to be adopted and extraordinary resolutions to be adopted by the general meeting of shareholders. Extraordinary resolutions relate to proposed amendments to the articles of association and other limited matters. All other resolutions are ordinary resolutions.

Pursuant to Luxemburg law, there is no requirement of a quorum for any ordinary resolutions to be considered at a general meeting and such ordinary resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast on such resolution. The articles of association of AMPSA provide that ordinary general meetings (including the annual general meeting) the holders of in excess of one-third (1/3) of the share capital in issue present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business and ordinary resolutions are approved by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the votes validly cast. Abstentions are not considered "votes."

Extraordinary resolutions are required for, among others, any of the following matters: (i) an increase or decrease of the authorized or issued share capital, (ii) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (iii) approval of a statutory merger or de-merger (scission), (iv) dissolution, (v) an amendment of the articles of association and (vi) change of nationality.

Pursuant to Luxembourg law for any extraordinary resolutions to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum shall be at least one half (50%) of the issued share capital. If the said quorum is not present, a second meeting may be convened at which Luxembourg law does not prescribe a quorum. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (except as otherwise provided by mandatory law) by a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution by shareholders. Abstentions are not considered "votes."

259


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
        1915 Law provides that if, as a result of losses, net assets fall below half of the share capital of the company, the board of directors shall convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders so that it is held within a period not exceeding two months from the time at which the loss was or should have been ascertained by them and such meeting shall resolve on the possible dissolution of the company and possibly on other measures announced in the agenda. The board of directors shall, in such situation, draw up a special report which sets out the causes of that situation and justify its proposals eight days before the extraordinary general meeting. If it proposes to continue to conduct business, it shall set out in the report the measures it intends to take in order to remedy the financial situation of the company. The same rules apply if, as a result of losses, net assets fall below one-quarter of the share capital provided that in such case dissolution shall take place if approved by one-fourth of the votes casts at the extraordinary general meeting.

260


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg

DISTRIBUTIONS AND DIVIDENDS; REPURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

  Under the DGCL, the board of directors, subject to any restrictions in the corporation's certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends out of:

surplus of the corporation, which is defined as net assets less statutory capital; or

if no surplus exists, out of the net profits of the corporation for the year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding year.

If, however, the capital of the corporation has been diminished by depreciation in the value of its property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets, the board of directors shall not declare and pay dividends out of the corporation's net profits until the deficiency in the capital has been repaired.

Under the DGCL, any corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares, except that generally it may not purchase or redeem these shares if such repurchase or redemption would impair the capital of the corporation. A corporation may, however, purchase or redeem out of capital any of its own shares which are entitled upon any distribution of its assets to a preference over another class or series of its shares if such shares will be retired and the capital reduced.

Pursuant to the GHV Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, GHV will provide all holders of shares of GHV Common Stock included as part of the units sold in the IPO with the opportunity to have their shares redeemed upon the consummation of the Merger for cash equal to the applicable redemption price per share; provided, however, that the GHV will only redeem or repurchase such shares so long as (after such redemption) GHV's net tangible assets will be in excess of $5 million or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the Business Combination Agreement either immediately prior to or upon the consummation of the Merger. It is a condition to closing under the Business Combination Agreement that GHV has, in the aggregate, at least $685,000,000 of available cash upon the consummation of the Merger.

  Under Luxembourg law, the amount and payment of annual dividends or other distributions is determined by a simple majority vote at a general shareholders' meeting based on the recommendation of the board of directors. Pursuant to AMPSA's articles of association, the board of directors has the power to pay interim dividends or make other distributions in accordance with applicable Luxembourg law. Distributions may be lawfully declared and paid if AMPSA's net profits and/or distributable reserves are sufficient under Luxembourg law. All AMPSA Shares rank pari passu with respect to the payment of dividends or other distributions unless the right to dividends or other distributions has been suspended in accordance with AMPSA's articles of association or applicable law.

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of AMPSA's net profits per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of AMPSA's issued share capital. The allocation to the legal reserve becomes compulsory again when the legal reserve no longer represents 10% of AMPSA's issued share capital. The legal reserve is not available for distribution.

Pursuant to Luxembourg law, AMPSA (or any party acting on its behalf) may repurchase its own shares and hold them in treasury, provided that:

the shareholders at a general meeting have previously authorized the board of directors to acquire its shares. The general meeting shall determine the terms and conditions of the proposed acquisition and in particular the maximum number of shares to be acquired, the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed five years), and, in the case of acquisition for value, the maximum and minimum consideration;

261


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg

     

the acquisitions, including shares previously acquired by AMPSA and held by it and shares acquired by a person acting in his or her own name but on AMPSA's behalf, may not have the effect of reducing the net assets below the amount of the issued share capital plus the reserves (which may not be distributed by law or under the articles of association);

the shares repurchased are fully paid-up; and

the acquisition offer must be made on the same terms and conditions to all the shareholders who are in the same position, except for acquisitions which were unanimously decided by a general meeting at which all the shareholders were present or represented. In addition, listed companies may repurchase their own shares on the stock exchange without an acquisition offer having to be made to AMPSA's shareholders.

No prior authorization by shareholders is required (i) if the acquisition is made to prevent serious and imminent harm to AMPSA, provided that the board of directors informs the next general meeting of the reasons for and the purpose of the acquisitions made, the number and nominal values or the accounting value of the shares acquired, the proportion of the subscribed capital which they represent, and the consideration paid for them, and (ii) in the case of shares acquired by either AMPSA or by a person acting on its behalf with a view to redistributing the shares to its staff or staff of its controlled subsidiaries, provided that the distribution of such shares is made within twelve months from their acquisition.

Luxembourg law provides for further situations in which the above conditions do not apply, including the acquisition of shares pursuant to a decision to reduce AMPSA's share capital or the acquisition of shares issued as redeemable shares. Such acquisitions may not have the effect of reducing net assets below the aggregate of subscribed capital and reserves (which may not be distributed by law) and are subject to specific provisions on reductions in share capital and redeemable shares under Luxembourg law.

Any shares acquired in contravention of the above provisions must be resold within a period of one year after the acquisition or be cancelled at the expiration of the one-year period.

As long as shares are held in treasury, the voting rights attached thereto are suspended. Further, to the extent the treasury shares are reflected as assets on AMPSA's balance sheet a non-distributable reserve of the same amount must be reflected as a liability. AMPSA's articles of association provide that AMPSA Shares may be acquired in accordance with the law.

262


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
        The articles of association of AMPSA authorize the board of directors to purchase AMPSA's own shares in accordance with Luxembourg law on such terms and in such manner as may be authorized by the general meeting of shareholders in an ordinary resolution, subject to the rules of any stock exchange on which AMPSA's shares are traded. The articles provide that the board of directors is authorized for a period of 5 years from                , 2021 to make (i) open market repurchases of shares subject to certain conditions and (ii) repurchases of shares other than as described in (i) where the same terms are offered to all shareholders in a similar situation.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

A typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws would provide that the number of directors on the board of directors will be fixed from time to time by a vote of the majority of the authorized directors. The board of directors consists of four directors, divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and each class serving a three-year term.

 

Pursuant to Luxembourg law, the AMPSA board must be composed of at least three directors. They are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders (by proposal of the board of directors, the shareholders, or a spontaneous candidacy) by a simple majority of the votes cast. Directors may be reelected, but the term of their office may not exceed six years.

AMPSA's articles of association provide that the board of directors shall be composed of at least three directors and no more than fifteen directors, to be elected by a simple majority vote at a general meeting. Abstentions are not considered "votes."


VACANCIES ON BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

The GHV Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the board of directors may be filled solely and exclusively by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders). Any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was added or in which the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor has been duly elected and qualified.

 

Under Luxembourg law in case of vacancy of the office of a director appointed by the general meeting, unless the vacancy results from the removal of a director by the shareholders, the remaining directors so appointed may fill the vacancy on a provisional basis. In such circumstances, the next general meeting shall make the final appointment. The decision to fill a vacancy is taken by the remaining directors by simple majority vote.

AMPSA's articles of association provide that in case of a vacancy the remaining members of the board of directors may elect a director to fill the vacancy. A director so appointed shall be appointed to the class of directors that the director he or she is replacing belonged to, provided that such director shall hold office only until ratification by the shareholders of his or her appointment at the next following general meeting and, if such general meeting does not ratify the appointment, such director shall vacate his or her office at the conclusion thereof.

263


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS; STAGGERED TERM OF DIRECTORS   Under Delaware law, a board of directors can be divided into classes. The board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The GHV Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that any or all directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.   Under Luxembourg law, a director may be removed by the general meeting of shareholders (by proposal of the board of directors, the shareholders, or a spontaneous request) by a simple majority of the votes cast, with or without cause.

AMPSA's articles of association will provide for three different classes of directors designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Class I Directors are appointed for a one (1) year term of office, the Class II Directors are appointed for a two (2) year term of office and the Class III Directors are appointed for a three (3) year term of office. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that annual general meeting shall be elected for a three (3) year term of office.


COMMITTEES

 

GHV's bylaws authorizes the board of directors to designate one or more committees by resolution of the Board. Each committee is to consist of one or more directors.

 

AMPSA's articles of association provide that the board of directors may set up committees and determine their composition, powers, and rules.

CUMULATIVE VOTING

 

Under the DGCL, a corporation may adopt in its certificate of incorporation that its directors shall be elected by cumulative voting. When directors are elected by cumulative voting, a stockholder has a number of votes equal to the number of shares held by such stockholder multiplied by the number of directors nominated for election. The stockholder may cast all of such votes for one director or among the directors in any proportion. GHV has not adopted cumulative voting rights.

 

Not applicable.

264


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg

AMENDMENT OF GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

  Under the DGCL, a certificate of incorporation may be amended if:

the board of directors sets forth the proposed amendment in a resolution, declares the advisability of the amendment and directs that it be submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; and

the holders of at least a majority of shares of stock entitled to vote on the matter approve the amendment, unless the certificate of incorporation requires the vote of a greater number of shares.

In addition, under the DGCL, class voting rights exist with respect to amendments to the charter that adversely affect the terms of the shares of a class. Class voting rights do not exist as to other extraordinary matters, unless the charter provides otherwise.

Under the DGCL, the board of directors may amend a corporation's bylaws if so authorized in the charter. The stockholders of a Delaware corporation also have the power to amend bylaws.

 

Under Luxembourg law, amendments to AMPSA's articles of association require an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held in front of a Luxembourg notary at which at least one half (50%) of the share capital is present or represented.

The notice of the extraordinary general meeting shall set out the proposed amendments to the articles of association.

If the aforementioned quorum is not reached, a second meeting may be convened by means of a notice published in the Luxembourg official electronic gazette (RESA) and in a Luxembourg newspaper 15 days before the meeting. The second meeting shall be validly constituted regardless of the proportion of the share capital present or represented.

At both meetings, resolutions will be adopted if approved by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by shareholders (unless otherwise required by Luxembourg law or the articles of association). Where classes of shares exist and the resolution to be adopted by the general meeting of shareholders changes the respective rights attaching to such shares, the resolution will be adopted only if the conditions as to quorum and majority set out above are fulfilled with respect to each class of shares.

An increase of the commitments of its shareholders requires the unanimous consent of the shareholders.

AMPSA's articles of association provide that for any extraordinary resolutions to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum shall be at least one-half of AMPSA's issued share capital. If the said quorum is not present, a second meeting may be convened at which Luxembourg law does not prescribe a quorum. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (save as otherwise provided by mandatory law) by a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution by shareholders. Abstentions are not considered "votes."

265


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
        In very limited circumstances, the board of directors may be authorized by the shareholders to amend the articles of association, albeit always within the limits set forth by the shareholders at a duly convened shareholders' meeting. This is the case in the context of AMPSA's authorized share capital within which the board of directors is authorized to issue further AMPSA Shares. The board of directors is then authorized to appear in front of a Luxembourg notary to record the capital increase and to amend the share capital set forth in the articles of association. The above also applies in case of the transfer of AMPSA's registered office outside the current municipality.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

  The DGCL generally permits a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a third-party action, other than a derivative action, and against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in the defense or settlement of a derivative action, provided that there is a determination made by the corporation that the individual acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. Such determination shall be made, in the case of an individual who is a director or officer at the time of the determination:

by a majority of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum;

by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of disinterested, directors, even though less than a quorum;

by independent legal counsel, regardless of whether a quorum of disinterested directors exists; or

by the stockholders.

Without court approval, however, no indemnification may be made in respect of any derivative action in which an individual is adjudged liable to the corporation.

The DGCL requires indemnification of directors and officers for expenses relating to a successful defense on the merits or otherwise of a derivative or third-party action. The DGCL permits a corporation to advance expenses relating to the defense of any proceeding to directors and officers contingent upon those individuals' commitment to repay any advances, unless it is determined ultimately that those individuals are entitled to be indemnified.

 

Luxembourg law permits AMPSA to keep directors indemnified against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in connection with liability of a director towards AMPSA or a third party for management errors i.e., for wrongful acts committed during the execution of the mandate (mandat) granted to the director by AMPSA, except in connection with criminal offences, gross negligence or fraud.

266


 
  Delaware   Luxembourg
LIMITED LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS   Delaware law permits limiting or eliminating the monetary liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders, except with regard to breaches of duty of loyalty, intentional misconduct, unlawful repurchases or dividends, or improper personal benefit   Luxembourg law does not provide for an ex ante limitation of liability but it permits AMPSA to keep directors indemnified as set out above.

ADVANCE NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPOSALS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Under the GHV bylaws, any stockholder may bring proper business before an annual meeting, including nominations to the board of directors, but only if the stockholder gives timely notice, in writing and proper form, of the stockholder's intention to bring the business before the meeting.

 

One or several shareholders holding at least 10% of the share capital may request the addition of one or several items on the agenda of a general meeting. Such request must be addressed to the registered office of AMPSA by registered mail at least five days before the general meeting.

If one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of the share capital request so in writing, with an indication of the agenda, the convening of a general meeting, the board of directors or the statutory auditor must convene a general meeting. The general meeting must be held within a period of one month from receipt of such request.


SHAREHOLDERS' SUITS

 

Under Delaware law, a stockholder may bring a derivative action on a company's behalf to enforce the rights of a company. An individual also may commence a class action lawsuit on behalf of himself or herself and other similarly situated stockholders if the requirements for maintaining a class action lawsuit under Delaware law are met. An individual may institute and maintain a class action lawsuit only if such person was a stockholder at the time of the transaction that is the subject of the lawsuit or his or her shares thereafter devolved upon him or her by operation of law. In addition, the plaintiff must generally be a stockholder through the duration of the lawsuit.

Delaware law requires that a derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the lawsuit may be prosecuted, unless such demand would be futile.


 

Under Luxembourg law, the board of directors has sole authority to decide whether to initiate legal action to enforce a company's rights (other than, in certain circumstances, an action against board members).

Shareholders generally do not have the authority to initiate legal action on a company's behalf unless the company fails abusively to exercise its legal rights. However, a company's shareholders may vote at a general meeting to initiate legal action against directors on grounds that the directors have failed to perform their duties.

Luxembourg law does not provide for class action lawsuits.

However, it is possible for plaintiffs who have similar but separate claims against the same defendant(s) to bring an action on a "group" basis by way of a joint action. It is also possible to ask the court, under article 206 of the Luxembourg New Civil Procedure Code, to join claims which are closely related and to rule on them together.

In addition, minority shareholders holding an aggregate of 10% of the voting rights and who voted against the discharge to a director at the annual general meeting of the company can initiate legal action against the director on behalf of the company.

267



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon the Closing, AMPSA will have            AMPSA Shares authorized and, based on the assumptions set out elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, up to            AMPSA Shares issued and outstanding, assuming no shares of GHV Class A Common Stock are redeemed in connection with the Merger, and 494,800,000 shares held by AGSA and the Initial Stockholders that will be subject to certain lock-up arrangements pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. In addition, AMPSA is expected to have 16,750,000 warrants issued and outstanding, each warrant exercisable for one AMPSA Share at $11.50 per share. All of the AMPSA Shares issued to the GHV stockholders in connection with the Merger will be freely transferable by persons other than by AMPSA's "affiliates" or GHV's "affiliates" without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the AMPSA Shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the AMPSA Shares. Prior to the Merger, there has been no public market for AMPSA Shares. AMPSA intends to apply for listing of the AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants on NYSE, but AMPSA cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants.

Lock-up Agreements

        In connection with the Closing, AMPSA, the Initial Stockholders and AGSA will enter into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. AGSA may not transfer any AMPSA Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by it during the Share Lock-Up Period. During the Share Lock-Up Period, no Initial Stockholder may transfer AMPSA Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by such Initial Stockholder. During the period ending 30 days after the date of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, no Initial Stockholder may transfer any GHV Warrants or any of the AMPSA Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of such GHV Warrants beneficially owned or owned of record by such Initial Stockholder. The lock-up provisions are subject to a number of exceptions.

Rule 144

        All of AMPSA's equity shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of the Business Combination, other than those equity shares issued to the GHV stockholders in connection with the Merger, are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, including the shares issued to the Subscribers in the PIPE, and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, beginning 90 days after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who, at the time of a sale, is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the sale, an affiliate of AMPSA and has beneficially owned AMPSA's restricted securities for at least six months will be entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject only to the availability of current public information about AMPSA. Persons who are affiliates of AMPSA and have beneficially owned AMPSA's restricted securities for at least six months may sell a number of restricted securities within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of the following:

    1% of the then outstanding equity shares of the same class; or

    the average weekly trading volume of AMPSA Shares of the same class during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

        Sales by affiliates of AMPSA under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about AMPSA.

268


Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

        Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

    the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

    the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

    the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials); and

    at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed Form 20-F type information with the SEC, which is expected to be filed promptly after completion of the Merger, reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

Registration Rights

        In connection with the Closing, AMPSA, the Initial Stockholders and AGSA will enter into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, AMPSA will be obligated to file a registration statement to register the resale of certain securities of AMPSA. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement and subject to certain requirements and customary conditions, including with regard to the number of demand rights that may be exercised, certain holders may demand at any time or from time to time, that AMPSA file a registration statement on Form F-1, or any such other form of registration statement as is then available to effect a registration, or, if available, Form F-3, to register the securities of AMPSA. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement will also provide the Holders with "piggy-back" registration rights, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions.

        Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, AMPSA agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the Closing Date, it will file with the SEC (at AMPSA's sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the PIPE Shares, and AMPSA will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof.

269



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of GHV Common Stock as of March 31, 2021, by:

    each person known by GHV to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of GHV Common Stock;

    each of GHV's current executive officers and directors; and

    all of GHV's current executive officers and directors as a group.

        The Sponsor and GHV's directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares of GHV Class A Common Stock (or, following the Closing, AMPSA Shares) in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of the Merger, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of such shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that the Sponsor and GHV's directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from Public Stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the Merger Proposal and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Business Combination. This may result in the completion of the Merger that may not otherwise have been possible.

        In addition, if such purchases are made, the public "float" of GHV Class A Common Stock and the number of beneficial holders of GHV's securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult for AMPSA to obtain the quotation, listing or trading of its securities on a national securities exchange.

        Unless otherwise indicated, GHV believes that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the GHV Warrants because such warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 
  GHV Common Stock(1)  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage  

Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Gores Sponsor V LLC(2)(3)

    13,050,000     19.9  

Alec E. Gores(2)(3)

    13,050,000     19.9  

Mark R. Stone

        *  

Andrew McBride

        *  

Randall Bort

    25,000     *  

William Patton

    25,000     *  

Jeffrey Rea

    25,000     *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (6 individuals)

    13,125,000     20.0  

*
Less than one percent.

(1)
This table is based on 52,000,000 shares of GHV Common Stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, GHV believes that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the entities, directors and executives in this table is 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 90212.

(2)
Represents GHV Founder Shares which are automatically convertible into shares of GHV Common Stock at the closing of the Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. Percentage ownership assumes all shares are converted to GHV Common Stock.

270


(3)
Represents shares held by GHV which is controlled indirectly by Mr. Gores. Mr. Gores may be deemed to beneficially own 13,050,000 shares of GHV Common Stock and ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power of the securities held by GHV. Voting and disposition decisions with respect to such securities are made by Mr. Gores. Mr. Gores disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

        The following table shows the beneficial ownership of AMPSA's Shares as of April 8, 2021 by:

    each person known by AMPSA to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding AMPSA Shares;

    each of AMPSA's named executive officers and directors; and

    all of AMPSA's executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, AMPSA believes that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them. Except as otherwise noted herein, the number and percentage of AMPSA Shares beneficially owned is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rule, beneficial ownership includes any AMPSA Shares as to which the holder has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any AMPSA Shares which the holder has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus through the exercise of any option, conversion or any other right. The table does not include stock options and restricted shares held by the executive officers that do not vest or become exercisable, and do not provide voting rights, within 60 days of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. See the section entitled "Management of AMPSA." As of April 8, 2021, there were 3,000,000 AMPSA Shares outstanding. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each beneficial owner is c/o AMPSA, 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg.

 
  AMPSA Ordinary
Shares
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage  

Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Paul Coulson

         

Shaun Murphy

         

Oliver Graham

         

David Matthews

         

Abigail Blunt

         

Yves Elsen

         

The Rt. Hon. the Lord Hammond of Runnymede

         

Hermanus Troskie

         

Edward White

         

David Bourne

         

All directors and executive officers as a group (10individuals)

             

Five Percent or More Holders:

             

AGSA

    3,000,000     100 %

        The following table shows the beneficial ownership of AMPSA Shares following the consummation of the Business Combination by:

    each person known to AMPSA who will beneficially own more than 5% of the AMPSA Shares issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Business Combination;

    each person who will become an executive officer or a director of AMPSA upon consummation of the Business Combination; and

271


    all of the executive officers and directors of AMPSA as a group upon consummation of the Business Combination.

        Except as otherwise noted herein, the number and percentage of AMPSA Shares beneficially owned is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rule, beneficial ownership includes any AMPSA Shares as to which the holder has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any AMPSA Shares which the holder has the right to acquire within 60 days of                        , 2021 through the exercise of any option, warrant or any other right.

        The expected beneficial ownership of AMPSA Shares post-Business Combination has been determined based upon the following: (i) that no holders of GHV Class A Common Stock exercise their redemption rights, (ii) the Initial Stockholders exchange all outstanding shares of GHV Class F Common Stock (after giving effect to the cancellation of 3,281,250 shares of Class F Common Stock as provided in the Business Combination Agreement) for AMPSA Shares upon completion of the Business Combination, (iii) no additional equity securities of GHV are issued, other than the                        shares of GHV Class A Common Stock currently subscribed for and to be issued in connection with the PIPE, and (iv)                         AMPSA Shares (excluding treasury shares) are outstanding following the Closing.

        Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each beneficial owner is c/o AMPSA, 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg.

 
  Post-Business Combination(1)  
 
  Assuming No
Redemption
  Assuming Maximum
Redemption of Shares
of GHV Common
Stock
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage  

Executive Officers and Directors:

                         

Paul Coulson

                         

Shaun Murphy

                         

Oliver Graham

                         

David Matthews

                         

Abigail Blunt

                         

Yves Elsen

                         

The Rt. Hon. the Lord Hammond of Runnymede

                         

Hermanus Troskie

                         

Edward White

                         

David Bourne

                         

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 individuals)

                         

Five Percent or More Holders:

                         

AGSA

                         

(1)
This table is based on            AMPSA Shares outstanding as of                                    , 2021. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares.

272



PRICE RANGE OF SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS

GHV

Price Range of GHV Securities

        The GHV Units, each of which consists of one share of the GHV Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-fifth of one Public Warrant, each whole Public Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of the GHV Class A Common Stock, began trading on Nasdaq under the symbol "GRSVU" on August 10, 2020. On September 25, 2020, GHV announced that the holders of the GHV Units may elect to separately trade the GHV Class A Common Stock and the Public Warrants included in the GHV Units commencing on September 28, 2020 on Nasdaq under the symbols "GRSV" and "GRSVW," respectively. Each Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the GHV Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments as described in GHV's final prospectus dated August 5, 2020, which was filed with the SEC. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares of GHV Class A Common Stock and will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of an initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation as described in GHV's prospectus.

        The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarter indicated, the high and low sales prices per unit for the GHV Units, the GHV Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants as reported on Nasdaq for the periods presented.

 
  GHV Units (GRSVU)   GHV Class A Common Stock
(GRSV)
  Public Warrants
(GRSVW)
 
 
  High   Low   High   Low   High   Low  

Fiscal 2020:

                                     

Quarter ended September 30, 2020

  $ 10.50   $ 9.99   $ 21.74   $ 10.00     N/A     N/A  

Quarter ended December 31, 2020

  $ 11.00   $ 9.97   $ 10.62   $ 9.66   $ 2.95   $ 1.06  

Fiscal 2021:

                                     

Quarter ended March 31, 2021

  $ 12.44   $ 10.10   $ 11.65   $ 9.85   $ 3.00   $ 1.08  

        On February 22, 2021, the trading date before the public announcement of the Business Combination, the GHV Units, GHV Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants closed at $11.32, $10.86 and $2.13, respectively.

Holders

        At                , 2021, there was                holder of record of the GHV Units,                holder of record of our separately traded Public Shares, and                holder of record of the Company's separately traded Public Warrants.

Dividend Policy

        GHV has not paid any cash dividends on its GHV Common Stock to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of the Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon the Company's revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of the Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to the Business Combination will be within the discretion of the AMPSA board at such time. In addition, the Board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future.

273


AMPSA

Price Range of AMPSA Securities

        Historical market price information regarding AMPSA is not provided because there is no public market for its securities. AMPSA is applying to list the AMPSA Shares and AMPSA Warrants on NYSE upon the Closing.

Dividends

        AMPSA has not paid any cash dividends to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion the Business Combination.

274



ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Submission of Future Stockholder Proposals

        The GHV Board is not aware of any other matter that may be brought before the Special Meeting. Under Delaware law, only business that is specified in the notice of special meeting to stockholders may be transacted at the Special Meeting.

        GHV does not expect to hold a 2021 annual meeting of stockholders because it will not be a separate public company if the Business Combination is completed. Alternatively, if GHV does not consummate an initial business combination by August 10, 2022, GHV is required to begin the dissolution process provided for in its current certificate of incorporation, as amended, unless GHV amends its current certificate of incorporation and certain other agreements into which it has entered to extend the life of GHV. GHV will liquidate as soon as practicable following such dissolution and will conduct no annual meetings thereafter.

Delivery of Documents to Stockholders

        Pursuant to the rules of the SEC, GHV and servicers that it employs to deliver communications to its stockholders are permitted to deliver to two or more stockholders sharing the same address a single copy of the proxy statement. Upon written or oral request, GHV will deliver a separate copy of the proxy statement/prospectus to any stockholder at a shared address to which a single copy of the proxy statement/prospectus was delivered and who wishes to receive separate copies in the future. Stockholders receiving multiple copies of the proxy statement/prospectus may likewise request delivery of single copies of the proxy statement/prospectus in the future. Stockholders may notify GHV of their requests by calling or writing GHV at its principal executive offices at (310) 209-3010 and 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California, 90212.

Transfer Agent; Warrant Agent and Registrar

        The registrar and transfer agent for the shares of common stock of GHV and the warrant agent for GHV's warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. GHV has agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent against all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

        The registrar and transfer agent for AMPSA's Shares and the warrant agent for AMPSA's warrants is                                    . AMPSA has agreed to indemnify                                    in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent against all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

Exchange Controls

        There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in Luxembourg or arising under AMPSA's articles of association that restrict the export or import of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by AMPSA's affiliated companies, or that restrict the payment of dividends to holders of AMPSA Shares not resident in Luxembourg, except for regulations restricting the remittance of dividends and other payments in compliance with United Nations and EU sanctions. There are no limitations, either under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg or in AMPSA's articles of association, on the right of non-Luxembourg nationals to hold or vote AMPSA Shares.

275



LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the AMPSA Shares to be issued in connection with the Business Combination will be passed upon by Elvinger Hoss Prussen, société anonyme, and the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Business Combination will be passed upon by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, NY. Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, NY, is representing AMPSA in connection with the Business Combination and this proxy statement/prospectus.

276



EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements of Ardagh Metal Packaging (the "AMP Business") as of December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and January 1, 2018 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 included in this proxy statement/prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

        The financial statements of Gores Holdings V, Inc. as of December 31, 2020, and for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


APPRAISAL RIGHTS

        Appraisal rights are not available to holders of shares of GHV Common Stock in connection with the Merger.


HOUSEHOLDING INFORMATION

        Unless we have received contrary instructions, GHV may send a single copy of this proxy statement/prospectus to any household at which two or more stockholders reside if we believe the stockholders are members of the same family. This process, known as "householding," reduces the volume of duplicate information received at any one household and helps to reduce our expenses. However, if stockholders prefer to receive multiple sets of our disclosure documents at the same address this year or in future years, the stockholders should follow the instructions described below. Similarly, if an address is shared with another stockholder and together both of the stockholders would like to receive only a single set of our disclosure documents, the stockholders should follow these instructions:

    If the shares are registered in the name of the stockholder, the stockholder should contact us at our offices at Gores Holdings V, Inc., 9800 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 90212 or by telephone at (310) 209-3010, to inform us of his or her request; or

    If a bank, broker or other nominee holds the shares, the stockholder should contact the bank, broker or other nominee directly.


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

        The transfer agent for shares of GHV Common Stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.


SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

        GHV's Board is aware of no other matter that may be brought before the Special Meeting. Under Delaware law, only business that is specified in the notice of Special Meeting to stockholders may be transacted at the Special Meeting.

277



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        As a foreign private issuer, after the consummation of the Business Combination, AMPSA will be required to file its annual report on Form 20-F with the SEC no later than four months following its fiscal year end. AMPSA also intends to issue quarterly earnings press releases as soon as practicable after the end of each quarter and quarterly reports containing interim unaudited financial statements within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. AMPSA will furnish these earnings press releases and quarterly reports to the SEC on Form 6-K. GHV files reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act. You can read GHV's SEC filings, including this proxy statement/prospectus, over the Internet at the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

        Information and statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or any annex to this proxy statement/prospectus are qualified in all respects by reference to the copy of the relevant contract or other annex filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part.

        If you would like additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or if you have questions about the Business Combination or the proposals to be presented at the Special Meeting, you should contact us by telephone or in writing:

        Gores Holdings V, Inc.
9800 Wilshire Blvd.
Beverly Hills, California 90212
(310) 209-3010
Attention: Jennifer Kwon Chou
Email: jchou@gores.com

        You may also obtain these documents by requesting them in writing or by telephone from GHV's proxy solicitation agent at the following address, telephone number and email:

Morrow Sodali
470 West Avenue
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Individuals, please call toll-free: (800) 662-5200
Banks and brokerage, please call: (203) 658-9400
Email: grsh.info@investor.morrowsodali.com

        If you are a stockholder of GHV and would like to request documents, please do so by                                    , 2021 to receive them before the GHV Special Meeting of stockholders. If you request any documents from AMPSA, AMPSA will mail them to you by first class mail, or another equally prompt means.

        All information in this proxy statement/prospectus relating to GHV has been supplied by GHV, and all such information relating to AMPSA has been supplied by AMPSA. Information provided by either GHV or AMPSA does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of any other party.

        None of GHV, AMPSA or AGSA has authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about the Business Combination or their companies that is different from, or in addition to, that contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or in any of the materials that have been incorporated in this proxy statement/prospectus. Therefore, if anyone does give you information of this sort, you should not rely on it. If you are in a jurisdiction where offers to exchange or sell, or solicitations of offers to exchange or purchase, the securities offered by this proxy statement/prospectus or the solicitation of proxies is unlawful, or if you are a person to whom it is unlawful to direct these types of activities, then the offer presented in this proxy statement/prospectus does not extend to you.

        The information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus speaks only as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.

278



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

The AMP Business

   

Audited Combined Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Combined Income Statement For the Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

  F-4

Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income For the Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

  F-5

Combined Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and as of January 1, 2018

  F-6

Combined Statement of Changes in Invested Capital For the Periods from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018

  F-7

Combined Statement Cash Flows For the Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

  F-8

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

  F-9

Gores Holdings V, Inc.

 
 

For the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

 
 

Audited Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-61

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2020

  F-62

Statement of Operations For the Period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

  F-63

Statement of Changes In Stockholders' Equity For the Period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

  F-64

Statement of Cash Flows For the Period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

  F-65

Notes to Financial Statements

  F-66

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Ardagh Group S.A.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying combined statement of financial position of Ardagh Metal Packaging ("the Business") as of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and January 1, 2018, and the related income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in invested capital and statement of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "combined financial statements"). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Business as of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and January 1, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

        These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Business' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Business' combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Business in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits of these combined financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

        Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

        The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the combined financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the combined financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the combined financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Carve-out basis of preparation—Allocation of Corporate Debt

        As described in Note 2 and Note 16 to the combined financial statements, the financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements of Ardagh

F-2


Group S.A. to represent the financial position and performance of the Business as if the Business had existed on a stand-alone basis for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 for the combined income statements, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows and as at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and January 1, 2018 for the combined statement of financial position. The combined financial statements have been prepared by aggregating the financial information from the entities, together with assets, liabilities, income and expenses that management has determined are specifically attributable to the Business including related party borrowings, and direct and indirect costs and expenses related to the operations of the Business. Related party borrowings to Ardagh, representing back-to-back agreements related to those components of the Ardagh Group's corporate debt used to fund the initial acquisition of the Business by Ardagh, is included in the combined financial statements reflecting the debt obligation and related interest costs of the Business. During 2019, the Business extinguished an existing $154 million related party loan and entered into a new £128 million ($154 million) related party loan in a non-cash refinancing transaction. As of December 31, 2018, the Business had issued preferred stock with a value of $662 million to Ardagh with a mandatory redemption date at December 31, 2019. Such agreement has been treated as related party borrowing for the purpose of the combined financial statements. During 2019 such preferred stock was redeemed and converted in a non-cash transaction into a long-term related party loan.

        The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to carve-out basis of preparation—allocation of corporate debt is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining the basis for allocation of the borrowings and (ii) the complexity in determining the accounting for the non-cash refinancing transaction in 2019 involving the extinguishment of a related party loan, the redemption of preferred stock, and its conversion to long-term related party loan. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management's allocation of the Ardagh Group's corporate debt and related accounting treatment to the Combined Statement of Financial Position.

        Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the combined financial statements. These procedures also included, among others, testing that Ardagh Group's corporate debt allocated to the combined financial statements was complete, accurate and presented in accordance with the carve-out basis of preparation. Evaluating the carve-out allocation of the corporate debt included (i) testing completeness of the initial Ardagh Group S.A. corporate debt recorded in the financial statements and the basis for allocation of debt to the combined financial statements and, (ii) testing the judgment applied by management when determining the appropriate accounting treatment of the refinancing transactions and allocation of corporate debt.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers
Dublin, Ireland
February 24, 2021

We have served as the Business' auditor since 2020.

F-3


THE AMP BUSINESS

COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT

 
   
  Year ended December 31, 2020    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Before
exceptional


items
$'m
   
   
  Year ended December 31, 2019   Year ended December 31, 2018  
 
  Note   Exceptional
items
$'m
  Total
$'m
  Before
exceptional
items
$'m
  Exceptional
items
$'m
  Total
$'m
  Before
exceptional
items
$'m
  Exceptional
items
$'m
  Total
$'m
 
 
   
   
  Note 4
   
   
  Note 4
   
   
  Note 4
   
 

Revenue

    3     3,451         3,451     3,344         3,344     3,338         3,338  

Cost of sales

          (2,896 )   (7 )   (2,903 )   (2,828 )   (4 )   (2,832 )   (2,808 )   (27 )   (2,835 )

Gross profit

          555     (7 )   548     516     (4 )   512     530     (27 )   503  

Sales, general and administration expenses

          (176 )   (13 )   (189 )   (154 )   (11 )   (165 )   (146 )       (146 )

Intangible amortization

    8     (149 )       (149 )   (149 )       (149 )   (153 )       (153 )

Operating profit

          230     (20 )   210     213     (15 )   198     231     (27 )   204  

Net finance expense

    5     (70 )       (70 )   (208 )   (5 )   (213 )   (229 )       (229 )

Profit/(loss) before tax

          160     (20 )   140     5     (20 )   (15 )   2     (27 )   (25 )

Income tax (charge)/credit

    6     (43 )   14     (29 )   (28 )   3     (25 )   (55 )   5     (50 )

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to the AMP business

          117     (6 )   111     (23 )   (17 )   (40 )   (53 )   (22 )   (75 )

The accompanying notes to the combined financial statements are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-4



THE AMP BUSINESS

COMBINED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Note   2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Profit/(loss) for the year

          111     (40 )   (75 )

Other comprehensive (expense)/income

                         

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income statement

                         

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

                         

—Arising in the year

          (42 )   1     9  

          (42 )   1     9  

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges:

                         

—New fair value adjustments into reserve

          15     (3 )   (12 )

—Movement out of reserve to income statement

              (6 )   (11 )

—Movement in deferred tax

          (6 )       4  

          9     (9 )   (19 )

(Loss)/gain recognized on cost of hedging

                         

—New fair value adjustments into reserve

              (1 )   1  

—Movement out of reserve

              (1 )    

              (2 )   1  

Items that will not be reclassified to income statement

                         

—Re-measurement of employee benefit obligations

    17     (21 )   (45 )   (3 )

—Deferred tax movement on employee benefit obligations

          6     11     1  

          (15 )   (34 )   (2 )

Total other comprehensive expense for the year

          (48 )   (44 )   (11 )

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year attributable to the AMP business

          63     (84 )   (86 )

The accompanying notes to the combined financial statements are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-5



THE AMP BUSINESS

COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 
   
  At December 31,  
 
  Note   2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Non-current assets

                             

Intangible assets

  8     1,884     1,937     2,099     2,311  

Property, plant and equipment

  9     1,232     1,076     953     896  

Derivative financial instruments

  16     9     1     18     12  

Deferred tax assets

  10     88     77     76     56  

Other non-current assets

        4     4     2     3  

        3,217     3,095     3,148     3,278  

Current assets

                             

Inventories

  11     250     268     238     200  

Trade and other receivables

  12     368     266     333     483  

Contract assets

  13     139     151     151     141  

Derivative financial instruments

  16     23     2     5     13  

Cash and cash equivalents

  14     257     284     148     150  

        1,037     971     875     987  

TOTAL ASSETS

        4,254     4,066     4,023     4,265  

Invested capital

                             

Invested capital attributable to the AMP business

        48     12     140     314  

TOTAL INVESTED CAPITAL

        48     12     140     314  

Non-current liabilities

                             

Borrowings

  16     2,793     2,738     2,036     2,711  

Employee benefit obligations

  17     219     184     151     139  

Derivative financial instruments

  16     2     9     2      

Deferred tax liabilities

  10     203     189     213     209  

Provisions

  19     20     3     3     9  

        3,237     3,123     2,405     3,068  

Current liabilities

                             

Borrowings

  16     42     42     682     14  

Derivative financial instruments

  16     12     13     15     1  

Trade and other payables

  20     843     810     712     737  

Income tax payable

        59     52     50     97  

Provisions

  19     13     14     19     34  

        969     931     1,478     883  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

        4,206     4,054     3,883     3,951  

TOTAL INVESTED CAPITAL and LIABILITIES

        4,254     4,066     4,023     4,265  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

The accompanying notes to the combined financial statements are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-6



THE AMP BUSINESS

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN INVESTED CAPITAL

 
  Attributable to the AMP business    
 
 
  Invested capital
$'m
  Other reserves
$'m
  Total invested
capital
$'m
 
 
  Note 23
 

January 1, 2018

    305     9     314  

Loss for the year

    (75 )       (75 )

Total other comprehensive expense for the year

    (2 )   (9 )   (11 )

Hedging gains transferred to cost of inventory

        (8 )   (8 )

Decrease in invested capital

    (80 )       (80 )

December 31, 2018

    148     (8 )   140  

 

 
  Attributable to AMP business    
 
 
  Invested capital
$'m
  Other reserves
$'m
  Total invested
capital
$'m
 
 
  Note 23
 

January 1, 2019

    148     (8 )   140  

Loss for the year

    (40 )       (40 )

Total other comprehensive expense for the year

    (34 )   (10 )   (44 )

Hedging losses transferred to cost of inventory

        14     14  

Decrease in invested capital

    (58 )       (58 )

December 31, 2019

    16     (4 )   12  

 

 
  Attributable to AMP business    
 
 
  Invested capital
$'m
  Other reserves
$'m
  Total invested
capital
$'m
 
 
  Note 23
 

January 1, 2020

    16     (4 )   12  

Profit for the year

    111         111  

Total other comprehensive expense for the year

    (15 )   (33 )   (48 )

Hedging losses transferred to cost of inventory

        22     22  

Decrease in invested capital

    (49 )       (49 )

December 31, 2020

    63     (15 )   48  

The accompanying notes to the combined financial statements are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-7



THE AMP BUSINESS

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Note   2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Cash generated from operations

    21     530     598     501  

Interest paid

          (155 )   (178 )   (177 )

Income tax paid

          (41 )   (43 )   (52 )

Net cash from operating activities

          334     377     272  

Cash flows from investing activities

                         

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

          (268 )   (205 )   (184 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

                  2  

Net cash used in investing activities

          (268 )   (205 )   (182 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                         

Net change in other current borrowings

          (8 )   16     2  

Consideration received on termination of derivative financial instruments

    16         28      

Lease payments

          (35 )   (26 )   (19 )

Cash remitted to Ardagh

    18     (55 )   (54 )   (73 )

Net cash outflow from financing activities

          (98 )   (36 )   (90 )

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

          (32 )   136      

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    14     284     148     150  

Exchange gain/(loss) on cash and cash equivalents

          5         (2 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

    14     257     284     148  

The accompanying notes to the combined financial statements are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-8



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. General information

        Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A. (the "Company") was incorporated on January, 21, 2021, in order to effect a reorganization and subject to its completion, acquire the Metal Beverage Packaging operations (the "AMP Business" or the "Business") of Ardagh Group S.A.. Prior to the reorganization and throughout the periods presented, the AMP Business was owned by Ardagh Group S.A. and its subsidiaries ("Ardagh" or "the Ardagh Group"). The Company has no assets or liabilities, other than those associated with its formation, and will conduct no operations until the completion of the reorganization.

        The AMP Business has historically operated as part of Ardagh and not as a separate stand-alone entity or group.

        The Business is a leading global supplier of sustainable, value-added beverage cans, principally aluminum, to beverage companies serving end-use categories including beer, carbonated soft drinks ("CSD"), cocktails, energy drinks, hard seltzers, juices, teas, water (both carbonated and still) and wine. Our principal target regions are Europe, North America and Brazil, and our customers include a wide range of multinational beverage companies owning some of the best-known brands in the world, as well as leading regional and national beverage producers.

        The principal accounting policies of the Business that have been applied to the combined financial statements are described in note 2 below.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

        The Business has not previously prepared or reported any combined financial statements in accordance with any other generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The Business has prepared these combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") and related interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"). The Business' deemed transition date to IFRS and its interpretations as issued by the IASB is January 1, 2018. The principles and requirements for first time adoption of IFRS are set out in IFRS 1, 'First-time adoption of IFRS' ("IFRS 1"). The requirement in IFRS 1 to provide reconciliations of financial information prepared under legacy GAAP to IFRS is not relevant to the Business as the Business has not previously prepared or reported any financial statements in accordance with any other generally accepted accounting principles and has availed of the exemptions available under IFRS 1 for a subsidiary becoming a first-time adopter later than its parent. The combined financial statements of the Business have been prepared in accordance with, and are in compliance with, IFRS and its interpretations as issued by the IASB. References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to IFRS as issued by the IASB.

Basis of preparation

        The combined financial statements of the Business have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements of Ardagh Group S.A., to represent the financial position and performance of the Business as if the Business had existed on a stand-alone basis for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 for the combined income statements, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows and as at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and January 1, 2018, for the combined statements of financial position. However, the combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the Business had been a stand alone entity during the period presented. After making enquiries and considering the

F-9



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Business' future projections, it has been determined that the Business has adequate resources to continue operating for the foreseeable future, for this reason the combined financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

        The combined financial statements, are presented in U.S. dollar, rounded to the nearest million, and have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for the following:

    derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value; and

    employee benefit obligations are measured at the present value of the future estimated cash flows related to benefits earned and pension assets valued at fair value.

        The preparation of combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. It also requires management to exercise judgment in the process of applying accounting policies, which have been applied consistently through the combined financial statements of the Business. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and are subject to continual re-evaluation. These estimates, assumptions and judgments were historically deemed to be reasonable and prudent. However, actual outcomes may differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the combined financial statements, are discussed in the critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments.

        The combined financial statements have been prepared by aggregating the financial information from the entities as described in note 22, together with assets, liabilities, income and expenses that management has determined are specifically attributable to the Business including related party borrowings, and direct and indirect costs and expenses related to the operations of the Business. The following summarizes the principles applied in preparing the combined financial statements:

    Controlled companies that are part of the Business have been included in the combined financial statements, as further described in note 22. Goodwill, customer relationship intangible assets and fair value adjustments directly attributable to the acquisition of the controlled companies that are part of the Business by Ardagh, have been included in the combined financial statements. No companies were acquired or disposed of during the financial periods presented;

    The Business did not in the past form a separate legal group and therefore it is not possible to show issued share capital or a full analysis of reserves. For such reasons, no earnings per share is presented. The net assets of the Business are represented by the cumulative investment of Ardagh in the Business, shown as invested capital;

    All intercompany balances, investments in subsidiaries and share capital within the Business have been eliminated upon combination in the combined financial statements;

    All employee benefit obligations are directly attributable to the Business and are obligations of the entities described in note 22;

    The Business adopted IFRS 16 applying the simplified approach, with the right-of-use assets being calculated as if IFRS 16 had always been applied and the lease liabilities being calculated

F-10



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

      as the present value of expected remaining future lease payments, discounted at the Business' incremental borrowing rate as at January 1, 2018. The weighted average lessee's incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities recognized upon adoption of IFRS 16 was 5.0%. Upon adoption, the Business has availed of the practical expedients to use hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease and has also elected not to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were not identified before as containing a lease under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4;

    Cumulative translation differences directly attributable to the controlled companies that are part of the Business, have been allocated at the amounts included in Ardagh's consolidated financial statements;

    For the purposes of the preparation of these combined financial statements, Ardagh corporate center costs which were allocated by Ardagh, and therefore contained within the results of, the Business have been included in selling, general and administration ("SGA") expenses (2020: $27 million, 2019: $22 million, 2018: $23 million). The Ardagh support provided to the Business included stewardship by Ardagh senior management personnel and functional support in terms of typical corporate areas such as Group finance, legal and risk, in addition to, discrete support which was provided from centralized management activities such as HR, Sustainability and IT in order to complement and support the activities in these areas which existed within the Business. The Ardagh corporate head office costs were allocated principally based on Adjusted EBITDA, with settlement of these costs recorded within invested capital. The allocations to the Business reflected all the costs of doing business and Management believes that the allocations were reasonable and materially reflected what the expenses would have been on a stand alone basis. These costs reflected the arrangements that existed in Ardagh and are not necessarily representative of costs that may arise in the future. In addition to these Ardagh corporate head office costs, shared divisional costs of $15 million attributable to the Business, were incurred in respect of each of the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018. The activities associated with these shared divisional costs subsequently formed part of the Ardagh shared corporate head office costs attributable to the Business, or were incurred specifically within the Business, for the year ended 31 December 2020;

    Tax charges and credits and balances in the combined financial statements have been calculated as if the Business was a separate taxable entity using the separate return method. The tax charges and credits recorded in the combined income statement and tax balances recorded in the combined statement of financial position have been affected by the taxation arrangements within Ardagh and are not necessarily representative of the positions that may arise in the future. Differences between the tax charges and credits and balances in the combined financial statements, and the tax charges and credits and balances in the historical records of the Business are included in invested capital;

    The Business has its own treasury functional team with certain treasury and risk management functions being performed by a central treasury function, which includes cash pooling and similar arrangement between Ardagh and the Business. Interest on related party borrowings and allocated costs and expenses as described below have generally been deemed to have been paid by the Business to Ardagh in the month in which the costs were incurred. In addition, all external debt used to fund Ardagh's operations is managed and held centrally. Related party

F-11



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

      borrowings to Ardagh, representing back-to-back agreements related to those components of the Ardagh Group's corporate debt used to fund the initial acquisition of the Business by Ardagh, is included in the combined financial statements reflecting the debt obligation and related interest costs of the Business. Any cash balances reflected on the combined financial statements are legally owned by the Business. Ardagh has entered into certain derivative instruments with external counterparties on behalf of the business and on the back of those related-party derivatives between Ardagh and the Business have been executed, the impact of which have been included in the combined financial statements;

    Other intercompany balances between Ardagh and the Business with the exception of the related party borrowings discussed above are deemed to be long term funding in nature and will not remain a liability upon separation from Ardagh and hence have been presented as part of invested capital in the combined financial statements.

        The directors of Ardagh Group S.A. (the "Directors") are responsible for preparing the combined financial statements, on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements of Ardagh Group S.A, in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the IASB and for being satisfied that they present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and performance of the Business as if the Business had existed on a stand-alone basis for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 for the combined income statements, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows and as at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and January 1, 2018, for the combined statements of financial position. In preparing these combined financial statements, the Directors are required to:

    select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

    make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

    state that the financial statements comply with IFRS as adopted by the IASB; and

    prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Business will continue in business.

        The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above requirements in preparing the financial statements.

        The combined financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Directors on 24 February, 2021.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        The Business' assessment of the impact of new standards, which are not yet effective and which have not been early adopted by the Business, on the combined financial statements and disclosures is on-going but no material impacts are expected.

Basis of combination

(i)    Controlled companies

        The companies included in these combined financial statements are all entities over which the Business has control. The Business controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable

F-12



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity.

        The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of controlled companies by the Business. The cost of an acquisition is the consideration given in exchange for control of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired legal entities. Directly attributable transaction costs are expensed and included as exceptional items within sales, general and administration expenses. The acquired net assets are initially measured at fair value. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to those groups of cash-generating units ("CGUs") that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose for the purpose of assessing impairment. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. Any goodwill and fair value adjustments are recorded as assets and liabilities of the acquired legal entity in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the legal entity operates (the "functional currency").

(ii)    Transactions eliminated on combination

        Transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses on transactions between the controlled companies of the Business are eliminated on combination. The accounting policies of the controlled companies have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Business.

Foreign currency

(i)    Presentation currency

        The combined financial statements are presented in U.S. dollar which is the presentation currency of the Business. The business has availed of the practical expedient in IFRS 1 to set foreign currency translation reserve to zero upon transition to IFRS.

(ii)    Foreign currency transactions

        Items included in the financial statements of each of the entities included in the Business are measured using the functional currency of that entity.

        Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated into the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognized in the combined income statement, except differences on certain derivative financial instruments discussed under "Derivative financial instruments" below.

(iii)    Financial statements of foreign operations

        The assets and liabilities of foreign operations held by the Business are translated into U.S. dollars at foreign exchange rates ruling at the reporting date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated to U.S. dollars at average exchange rates for the year. Foreign exchange differences

F-13



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

arising on retranslation are recognized in other comprehensive income. Gains or losses accumulated in other comprehensive income are recycled to the combined income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of.

        Non-monetary items measured at fair value in foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the date when the fair value is determined.

Intangible assets

        Intangible assets are initially recognized at cost.

        Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are capitalized separately from goodwill if the intangible asset is separately identifiable or arises from contractual or other legal rights. They are initially recognized at cost which, for intangible assets arising in a business combination, is their fair value at the date of acquisition. Customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Customer relationships have a finite useful economic life and are subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortization.

        Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. The carrying values of intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and are subject to impairment testing when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.

        The amortization of intangible assets is calculated to write off the book value of finite lived intangible assets over their useful lives on a straight-line basis, on the assumption of zero residual value, as follows:

Computer software   2 - 7 years
Customer relationships   5 - 15 years
Technology   5 - 15 years

Property, plant and equipment

(i)    Owned assets

        Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, except for land which is shown at cost less impairment. Spare parts which form an integral part of plant and machinery and which have an estimated useful economic life greater than one year are capitalized.

        Where components of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment.

(ii)    Leased assets

        At the lease commencement date or the effective date of a lease modification, the Business recognizes a lease liability as the present value of expected future lease payments, discounted at the Business' incremental borrowing rate unless the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, excluding any amounts which are variable based on the usage of the underlying asset and a right-of-use

F-14



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

asset generally at the same amount plus any directly attributable costs. The incremental borrowing rate is the discount rate the Business would have to pay to borrow, over a similar term and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The Business combines lease and non-lease components and accounts for them as a single lease component with the exception of the dunnage asset class. Extension options or periods after termination options are considered by management if it is reasonably certain that the lease will be extended or not terminated.

(iii)    Subsequent costs

        The Business recognizes in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment, the cost of replacing the component of such an item when that cost is incurred, if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied with the item will flow to the Business and the replacement cost of the item can be measured reliably. When a component is replaced the old component is de-recognized in the period. All other costs are recognized in the combined income statement as an expense as incurred. When a major overhaul is performed, its cost is recognized in the carrying amount of the plant and equipment as a replacement if the recognition criteria above are met.

(iv)    Depreciation

        Depreciation is charged to the combined income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment. Land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Buildings   30 - 40 years
Plant and machinery   3 - 20 years
Dunnage and other   3 - 10 years

        Assets' useful lives and residual values are adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

Impairment of non-financial assets

        Assets that have an indefinite useful economic life are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment or whenever indicators suggest that impairment may have occurred. Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

        For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets excluding goodwill and long lived intangible assets, are grouped at the lowest levels at which cash flows are separately identifiable. Goodwill and long lived intangible assets are allocated to groups of CGUs. The groupings represent the lowest level at which the related assets are monitored for internal management purposes.

        Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

        The recoverable amount of other assets is the greater of their value in use and fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and

F-15



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs.

Inventories

        Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in, first-out basis and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing them to their current location and condition. In the case of finished goods and work-in-progress, cost includes direct materials, direct labor and attributable overheads based on normal operating capacity.

        Net realizable value is the estimated proceeds of sale less all further costs to completion, and less all costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

        Spare parts which are deemed to be of a consumable nature, are included within inventories and expensed when utilized.

Non-derivative financial instruments

        Non-derivative financial instruments comprise trade and other receivables, contract assets, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and trade and other payables. Non-derivative financial instruments are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs, except as described below. The Business applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, non-derivative financial instruments are measured as described below.

(i)    Trade and other receivables

        Trade and other receivables are recognized initially at the transaction price and are, thereafter, measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less any provision for impairment, in accordance with the held to collect business model. The Business uses estimates based on expected credit losses and current information in determining the level of debts for which an allowance for impairment is required. For all other trade receivables, the Business uses an allowance matrix to measure the expected credit loss, based on historical actual credit loss experiences, adjusted for forward-looking information.

        The Business participates in certain uncommitted accounts receivable factoring and related programs with various financial institutions for certain receivables, accounted for as true sales of receivables, without recourse to the Business. The Business has a selling business model related to those receivables and, as such, any unsold receivables under such programs are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

(ii)    Securitized assets

        The Business has entered into securitization transactions involving certain of its trade receivables. The securitization assets are recognized on the combined statement of financial position, until all of the rights to the cash flows from those assets have expired or have been fully transferred outside the Business, or until substantially all of the related risks, rewards and control of the related assets have been transferred to a third party.

F-16



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

(iii)    Contract assets

        Contract assets represent revenue required to be accelerated or recognized over time based on production completed in accordance with the Business' revenue recognition policy (as set out below). A provision for impairment of a contract asset will be recognized when there is evidence that the revenue recognized will not be recoverable. The provision is measured based on an allowance matrix to measure the expected credit loss, based on historical actual credit loss experiences, adjusted for forward-looking information.

(iv)    Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and call deposits held with banks and restricted cash. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at amortized cost.

(v)    Borrowings (including related party borrowings)

        Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the combined income statement of the Business over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method.

        Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Business has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date.

(vi)    Trade and other payables

        Trade and other payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method.

Derivative financial instruments

        Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each reporting date. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

        The fair values of various derivative instruments are disclosed in note 16. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged instrument is more than twelve months after the balance sheet date and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged instrument is less than twelve months after the balance sheet date. Trading derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability. No derivatives are held for speculative purposes.

(i)    Cash flow hedges

        The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income, allocated between cash flow hedge gains or losses and cost of hedging gains or losses. For cash flow hedges which subsequently result in the recognition of a non-financial asset, the amounts accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve within

F-17



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

invested capital are reclassified to the asset in order to adjust its carrying value. Amounts accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve and cost of hedging reserve, or as adjustments to carrying value of non-financial assets, are recycled to the combined income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss.

        The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the combined income statement. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing at that time remains within invested capital in equity and is recognized in the combined income statement when the forecast cash flow arises. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in invested capital is immediately transferred to the combined income statement.

Fair value measurement

        The Business measures derivative financial instruments and pension assets at fair value at each balance sheet date. Fair value related disclosures for financial instruments and pension assets that are measured at fair value or where fair values are disclosed, are summarized in the following notes:

    Disclosures for valuation methods, significant estimates and assumptions (notes 16 and 17)

    Quantitative disclosures of fair value measurement hierarchy (note 16)

    Financial instruments (including those carried at amortized cost) (note 16)

        Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

    in the principal market for the asset or liability; or

    in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

        The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Business.

        The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

        A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant's ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

        The Business uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

F-18



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Employee benefits

(i)    Defined benefit pension plans

        Typically, defined benefit plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation.

        The liability recognized in the combined statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the reporting date less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

        Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in financial and actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to invested capital in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. Past service costs are recognized immediately in the combined income statement.

(ii)    Other long term employee benefits

        The obligation of the Business in respect of other long term employee benefit plans represents the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for service in the current and prior periods for post-retirement medical schemes, partial retirement contracts and long service awards. These are included in the category of employee benefit obligations on the combined statement of financial position. The obligation is computed on the basis of the projected unit credit method and is discounted to present value using a discount rate equating to the market yield at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds of a currency and term consistent with the currency and estimated term of the obligations. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in full in the comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

(iii)    Defined contribution plans

        A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Business pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due.

Provisions

        Provisions are recognized when the Business has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated.

        Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

F-19



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Revenue recognition

        The following is a description of the main activities from which the Business generates its revenue.

        Our products include metal containers primarily for the beverage markets with consumer-driven demand. In addition to metal containers, the Business manufactures and supplies a wide range of can ends. Containers and ends are usually distinct items and can be sold separately from each other. A significant portion of our sales volumes are supplied under contracts which include input cost pass-through provisions.

        The Business usually enters into framework agreements with its customers, which establish the terms under which individual orders to purchase goods or services may be placed. As the framework agreements do not identify each party's rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred, they do not create enforceable rights and obligations on a stand-alone basis. Therefore, the Business has concluded that only individual purchase orders create enforceable rights and obligations and meet the definition of a contract. The individual purchase orders have, in general, a duration of one year or less and, as such, the Business does not disclose any information about remaining performance obligations under these contracts. The payment terms of the Business are in line with customary business practice, which can vary by customer and region. The Business has availed of the practical expedient from considering the existence of a significant financing component as, based on past experience, we expect that, at contract inception, the period between when a promised good is transferred to the customer and when the customer pays for that good will be one year or less.

        Revenue is recognized when control of a good or service has transferred to the customer. For certain contracts, the Business manufactures products for customers that have no alternative use and for which the Business has an enforceable right to payment for production completed to date. The Business has concluded that it has such enforceable right to payment plus a reasonable margin once it receives an individual purchase order. Therefore, for such products that have no alternative use and where an enforceable right to payment exists, the Business will recognize revenue over time based on the units produced output method such that a portion of revenue, net of any related rebates and cash discounts, excluding sales or value added tax, will be recognized prior to the dispatch of goods as the Business satisfies the contractual performance obligations for those contracts. For all other contracts, the Business will continue to recognize revenue primarily on dispatch of the goods, net of any related customer rebates, cash discounts and value added taxes.

        The Business often sells products with rebates and cash discounts based on cumulative sales over a period. Such rebate and cash discount consideration is only recognised when it is highly probable that it will not be subsequently reversed and is recognised using the most likely amount depending on the individual contractual terms.

Exceptional items

        The combined income statement, combined statement of cash flows and segmental analysis of the Business separately identify results before specific items. Specific items are those that in management's judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence to provide additional information. Such items include, however are not limited to, where significant, costs relating to permanent capacity realignment or footprint reorganization, start-up costs incurred in relation to and associated with plant builds, significant new line investments, impairment of non-current assets and

F-20



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

directly attributable acquisition costs. In this regard, the determination of "significant" as included in our definition uses qualitative and quantitative factors. Judgment is used by the Business in assessing the particular items, which by virtue of their scale and nature, are disclosed in the combined income statement, and related notes as exceptional items. The Business considers columnar presentation to be appropriate in the combined income statement as it provides useful additional information and is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by the Business. Exceptional restructuring costs are classified as restructuring provisions and all other exceptional costs when outstanding at the balance sheet date are classified as exceptional items payable.

Net finance expense

        Net finance expense comprises interest expense on related party borrowings, interest costs on leases, net foreign currency translation gains or losses related to financing, net interest cost on net pension plan liabilities, ineffective portions of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments, losses on derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments and are recognized in profit or loss, and other finance expense.

        The Business capitalizes borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of manufacturing plants that require a substantial period of time to build that would have been avoided if the expenditure on the qualifying asset had not been made.

Income tax

        Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the combined income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income.

        Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

        Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the combined financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are generally not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill and deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

        Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except for deferred income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Business and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

F-21



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

        Differences between the tax charges and credits in the combined financial statements and the tax charges and credits in the historical records of the Business are included as offset in invested capital.

Segment reporting

        As described in note 1, the Business has not historically operated as a separate stand-alone group and has been managed centrally by Ardagh. For the purposes of these combined financial statements, the Business has two operating and reporting segments: Europe and Americas, with internal reporting provided on this basis to the Executive Committee of Ardagh, being its Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM"). The internal information supporting this segmental organization is used by the CODM to allocate resources and assess segmental performance.

Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments

        Accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Business makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Please refer to the basis of preparation for details of the critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements exercised in preparing the combined financial statements.

(i)    Estimated impairment of goodwill and other long lived assets

        In accordance with IAS 36 "Impairment of assets" ("IAS 36"), the Business tests whether goodwill and other long lived assets have suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policies stated. The determination of the recoverable amounts of goodwill requires the use of estimates as outlined in note 8. The judgments made by the Business relating to the impairment of goodwill and other long lived assets are included in notes 8 and 9.

(ii)    Lease term upon adoption of IFRS 16

        Upon adoption of IFRS 16, several lease agreements included renewal and termination options. As part of the recognition of such leases, the Business assessed all facts and circumstances that created an economic incentive to exercise a renewal option, or not exercise a termination option. Renewal options (or periods after termination options) were only included in the lease term if the conclusion was that the lease was reasonably certain to be renewed (or not terminated).

(iii)    Income taxes

        The Business is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions and judgment is therefore required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and

F-22



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Business recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit matters based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

(iv)    Measurement of employee benefit obligations

        The Business follows guidance of IAS 19(R) to determine the present value of its obligations to current and past employees in respect of defined benefit pension obligations, other long term employee benefits, and other end of service employee benefits which are subject to similar fluctuations in value in the long term. The Business values its liabilities, with the assistance of professional actuaries, to ensure consistency in the quality of the key assumptions underlying the valuations. The critical assumptions and estimates applied are discussed in detail in note 17.

(v)    Exceptional items

        The combined income statement and segment analysis separately identify results before exceptional items. Exceptional items are those that in our judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence.

        The Business believes that this presentation provides additional analysis as it highlights exceptional items. The determination of "significant" as included in our definition uses qualitative and quantitative factors which remain consistent from period to period. The Business uses judgment in assessing the particular items, which by virtue of their scale and nature, are disclosed in the combined income statement and related notes as exceptional items. Management considers the combined income statement presentation of exceptional items to be appropriate as it provides useful additional information and is consistent with the way that financial information is measured by and presented to management. In that regard, management believes it to be consistent with paragraph 85 of IAS 1 "Presentation of financial statements" ("IAS 1"), which permits the inclusion of line items and subtotals that improve the understanding of performance.

3. Segment analysis

        The two operating and reportable segments of the Business are Europe and Americas. This reflects the basis on which the Business performance is reviewed by the CODM.

        Net finance expense is not allocated to segments as this is reviewed on a Business-wide basis. Performance of the segments is assessed based on Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA consists of profit/(loss) before income tax charge/(credit), net finance expense, depreciation and amortization and exceptional operating items. Segment revenues are derived from sales to external customers. Inter-segmental revenue is not material.

        Segment assets consist of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, derivative financial instrument assets, deferred tax assets, other non-current assets, inventories, contract assets, trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those in the combined financial statements of the Business as set out in note 2.

F-23



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment analysis (Continued)

Reconciliation of profit for the year to Adjusted EBITDA

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Profit/(loss) for the year

    111     (40 )   (75 )

Income tax charge (note 6)

    29     25     50  

Net finance expense (note 5)

    70     213     229  

Depreciation and amortization (notes 8, 9)

    315     290     288  

Exceptional operating items (note 4)

    20     15     27  

Adjusted EBITDA

    545     503     519  

        The segment results for the year ended December 31, 2020 are:

 
  Europe
$'m
  Americas
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

Revenue

    1,599     1,852     3,451  

Adjusted EBITDA

    249     296     545  

Capital expenditure

    101     167     268  

Segment assets

    2,360     1,894     4,254  

        The segment results for the year ended December 31, 2019 are:

 
  Europe
$'m
  Americas
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

Revenue

    1,556     1,788     3,344  

Adjusted EBITDA

    253     250     503  

Capital expenditure

    95     110     205  

Segment assets

    2,292     1,774     4,066  

        The segment results for the year ended December 31, 2018 are:

 
  Europe
$'m
  Americas
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

Revenue

    1,616     1,722     3,338  

Adjusted EBITDA

    284     235     519  

Capital expenditure

    103     79     182  

Segment assets

    2,395     1,628     4,023  

        Capital expenditure is the sum of purchases of property, plant and equipment and software and other intangibles, net of proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment, as per the combined statement of cash flows.

        Two customers accounted for greater than 10% of total revenue in 2020 (2019: two; 2018: two).

F-24



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Segment analysis (Continued)

        Total revenue and non-current assets, excluding derivative financial instruments, taxes, pensions and goodwill arising on acquisitions, in countries which account for more than 10% of total revenue or non-current assets, in the current or prior years presented, are as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Revenue
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

U.S. 

    1,449     1,361     1,299  

U.K

    359     341     333  

Brazil

    352     370     376  

        The revenue above is attributed to countries on a destination basis.

 
  At December 31,  
Non-current assets
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

U.S. 

    641     589     803     797  

Germany

    271     259     266     304  

Brazil

    263     266     246     250  

U.K

    258     272     274     286  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

Disaggregation of revenue

        The following illustrates the disaggregation of revenue based on the timing of transfer of goods and services:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Over time

    2,610     2,537     2,562  

Point in time

    841     807     776  

Total

    3,451     3,344     3,338  

        During the year ending December 31, 2020, revenue from the Europe segment sold to a European destination was 99% (2019: 99%; 2018: 99%), revenue from the Americas segment sold to a North American destination was 81% (2019: 79%; 2018: 78%) with the remaining revenue for the Americas segment sold to the rest of the world, principally to Brazil.

F-25



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Exceptional items

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Exceptional items—cost of sales

    7     4     27  

Exceptional items—SGA expenses

    13     11      

Exceptional items—net finance expense*

        5      

Exceptional items

    20     20     27  

Exceptional income tax credit (note 6)

    (14 )   (3 )   (5 )

Total exceptional charge, net of tax

    6     17     22  

*
Accelerated amortization of deferred debt issue costs.

Exceptional items—cost of sales

    2020; $7 million primarily related to capacity realignment and investments programs of the Business, mainly related to start-up costs, principally incurred in the Americas.

    2019; $4 million primarily related to capacity realignment and investments programs of the Business, mainly related to start-up costs.

    2018; $24 million primarily related to capacity realignment programs of the Business, principally incurred in Europe, and mainly related to footprint reorganization and start-up costs. In addition, $3 million pension service cost was recognized in Europe in respect of GMP equalization.

Exceptional items—SGA expense

    2020; $13 million primarily related to transaction-related and other costs, including customary indemnification clauses related to the original acquisition of the Beverage business by Ardagh and professional advisory fees, and other costs related to transformation initiatives.

    2019; $11 million primarily related to transaction-related and other costs, including customary indemnification clauses related to the original acquisition of the Beverage business by Ardagh and professional advisory fees.

F-26



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Net finance expense

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Interest on related party borrowings

    146     170     171  

Net pension interest cost (note 17)

    3     4     3  

Foreign currency translation (gain)/losses

    (93 )   20     47  

Losses/(gain) on derivative financial instruments

    5     2     (2 )

Other finance expense

    12     14     12  

Other finance income

    (3 )   (2 )   (2 )

Finance expense before exceptional items

    70     208     229  

Exceptional finance expense (note 4)

        5      

Net finance expense

    70     213     229  

        During the year ended December 31, 2020 the total amount of interest paid to related parties was $146 million (2019: $169 million; 2018: $168 million).

        During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Business recognized $6 million (2019: $6 million; 2018: $6 million) related to lease liabilities within other finance expense and interest paid in cash used in operating activities.

6. Income tax

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Total current tax(i)

    31     38     57  

Total deferred tax(ii)

    (2 )   (13 )   (7 )

Income tax charge

    29     25     50  

(i)
Includes adjustment in respect of a prior year credit of $24 million in 2020 (2019: charge of $6 million, 2018: charge of $12 million) related to the carry back of tax losses in the United States as a result of the enactment from March 27, 2020, of the Cares Act, in addition to return to provision adjustments in certain EU territories).

(ii)
Includes adjustment in respect of a prior year charge of $9 million in 2020 (2019: credit of $1 million, 2018: credit of $6 million) in respect of the deferred tax impact related to the reduction in deferred tax asset recognised in respect of the tax losses which were carried back to prior years in the United States, as a result of the CARES Act.

F-27



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Income tax (Continued)

        Reconciliation of income tax charge and the profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the domestic tax rate of the Business for 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

    140     (15 )   (25 )

Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the standard rate of Luxembourg corporation tax: 24.94% (2019: 24.94%; 2018: 26.01%)

    35     (4 )   (7 )

Adjustment in respect of prior years

    (15 )   5     6  

Income subject to state and other local income taxes

    3     6     7  

Income taxed at rates other than standard tax rates

    (3 )   4     12  

Non-deductible and other items

    9     14     32  

Income tax charge

    29     25     50  

        Profit/(loss) before tax in the combined financial statements of the Business is multiplied by the standard rate of Luxembourg corporation tax, consistent with the presentation in the consolidated financial statements of the ultimate parent company of the Business and of Ardagh Group S.A, which is the parent company of the Business.

        The total income tax charge outlined above for each year includes tax credits of $14 million in 2020 (2019: $3 million; 2018: $5 million) in respect of exceptional items, being the tax effect of the items set out in note 4. The $14 million exceptional income tax credit recognized in the year ended December 31, 2020, includes a credit of $6 million relating to tax benefits arising from the enactment from March 27, 2020, of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security ("CARES") Act.

        Non-deductible items principally relate to non-deductible interest expense in Ireland and Netherlands, in addition to the U.S. in 2018. Income taxed at non-standard rates takes account of foreign tax rate differences (versus the Luxembourg standard 24.94% rate) on earnings. Adjustments in respect of prior years includes tax credits in 2020 related to the carry back of tax losses in the United States as a result of the enactment from March 27, 2020, of the CARES Act, in addition to return to provision adjustments in certain EU territories.

7. Employee costs

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Wages and salaries

    338     293     272  

Social security costs

    74     75     71  

Net defined benefit plan and defined contribution plan pension costs (note 17)

    22     10     31  

    434     378     374  

F-28



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Employee costs (Continued)

 

 
  At December 31,  
Employees
  2020   2019   2018  

Production

    4,187     3,973     3,753  

Administration

    688     683     747  

    4,875     4,656     4,500  

8. Intangible assets

 
  Goodwill
$'m
  Customer
relationships
$'m
  Technology
and other
$'m
  Software
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

Cost

                               

At January 1, 2018

    1,041     1,445     38     19     2,543  

Additions

            3     2     5  

Disposals

                (1 )   (1 )

Exchange

    (27 )   (45 )   (2 )       (74 )

At December 31, 2018

    1,014     1,400     39     20     2,473  

Amortization

                               

At January 1, 2018

          (215 )   (11 )   (6 )   (232 )

Charge for the year

          (142 )   (7 )   (4 )   (153 )

Exchange

          10         1     11  

At December 31, 2018

          (347 )   (18 )   (9 )   (374 )

Net book value

                               

At December 31, 2018

    1,014     1,053     21     11     2,099  

 

 
  Goodwill
$'m
  Customer
relationships
$'m
  Technology
and other
$'m
  Software
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

Cost

                               

At January 1, 2019

    1,014     1,400     39     20     2,473  

Additions

            2     2     4  

Exchange

    (11 )   (8 )   (1 )   1     (19 )

At December 31, 2019

    1,003     1,392     40     23     2,458  

Amortization

                               

At January 1, 2019

          (347 )   (18 )   (9 )   (374 )

Charge for the year

          (138 )   (7 )   (4 )   (149 )

Exchange

          2             2  

At December 31, 2019

          (483 )   (25 )   (13 )   (521 )

Net book value

                               

At December 31, 2019

    1,003     909     15     10     1,937  

F-29



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Intangible assets (Continued)


 
  Goodwill
$'m
  Customer
relationships
$'m
  Technology
and other
$'m
  Software
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

Cost

                               

At January 1, 2020

    1,003     1,392     40     23     2,458  

Additions

            2     3     5  

Exchange

    52     72         2     126  

At December 31, 2020

    1,055     1,464     42     28     2,589  

Amortization

                               

At January 1, 2020

          (483 )   (25 )   (13 )   (521 )

Charge for the year

          (138 )   (8 )   (3 )   (149 )

Exchange

          (33 )   (1 )   (1 )   (35 )

At December 31, 2020

          (654 )   (34 )   (17 )   (705 )

Net book value

                               

At December 31, 2020

    1,055     810     8     11     1,884  

Goodwill

Allocation of goodwill

        Goodwill originated from the acquisition of the Business by Ardagh has been allocated to CGUs that are expected to benefit from synergies arising from that combination. Goodwill has been allocated to groups of CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The groupings represent the lowest level at which the related goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

        The lowest level within the Business at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and consequently the CGUs to which goodwill is allocated, is set out below:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Europe

    618     566     577     604  

Americas

    437     437     437     437  

Total Goodwill

    1,055     1,003     1,014     1,041  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

Impairment tests for goodwill

        The annual goodwill impairment test is performed following the approval of the Ardagh Group's annual budget, or whenever indicators suggest that impairment may have occurred.

Recoverable amount and carrying amount

        The value-in-use ("VIU") model for each annual impairment test respectively used the following year´s approved budget and a three-year forecast for 2022 to 2024 (2019 and 2018 two-year forecast

F-30



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Intangible assets (Continued)

period; January 1, 2018: one-year period). The budget and forecast results were then extended for a further one year period (2019 and 2018: two-year period; January 1, 2018: four-year period) making certain assumptions, including that long-term depreciation equals capital expenditure, in addition to the how changes in input cost will impact customer pricing, in line with historic practice and contractual terms.

        Cash flows considered in the VIU model included the cash inflows and outflows related to the continuing use of the assets over their remaining useful lives, expected earnings, required maintenance capital expenditure and working capital.

        The modelled cash flows take into account the Business' established history of earnings, cash flow generation and the nature of the markets in which we operate, where product obsolescence is low. The key assumptions employed in modelling estimates of the net present value of future cash flows are subjective and include projected Adjusted EBITDA, discount rates and growth rates, replacement capital expenditure requirements, rates of customer retention and the ability to maintain margin through the pass through of input cost inflation.

        The discount rate applied to cash flows in the VIU model was estimated using the weighted average cost of capital as determined by the Capital Asset Pricing Model with regard to the risks associated with the cash flows being considered (country, market and specific risks of the asset). The discount rates applied in respect of groups of CGUs was Europe: 5.1% and Americas: 7.9% as of the most recent annual goodwill impairment test following approval of the annual budget for 2021. Discount rates in prior periods were as follows for Europe (2019: 5.1%, 2018: 6.7%, January 1, 2018: 7.4%) and Americas (2019: 8.5%, 2018: 9.6%, January 1, 2018: 9.6%).

        The terminal value assumed long-term growth based on a combination of factors including long-term inflation in addition to industry and market specific factors. The range of growth rates applied by management in respect of the terminal values applicable to the groups of CGUs were 1.0% (2019: 1.0%; 2018: 1.5%; January 1, 2018: 1.5%) in respect of all groups of CGUs.

        A sensitivity analysis was performed reflecting potential variations in terminal growth rate and discount rate assumptions. In all cases the recoverable values calculated were significantly in excess of the carrying values of the CGUs. The variation applied to terminal value growth rates and discount rates was a 50 basis points decrease and increase respectively and represents a reasonably possible change to the key assumptions of the VIU model. Further, a reasonably possible change to the operating cash flows would not reduce the recoverable amounts below the carrying value of the CGUs. As a result of the significant excess of recoverable amount, management consider that additional disclosures are not required under IAS36.

F-31



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Property, plant and equipment

 
  Land and
buildings
$'m
  Plant,
machinery
and other
$'m
  Dunnage
and other
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

Cost

                         

At January 1, 2018

    268     755     36     1,059  

Additions

    22     144     57     223  

Disposals

        (14 )   (1 )   (15 )

Impairment

        (3 )       (3 )

Exchange

    (8 )   (23 )   (3 )   (34 )

At December 31, 2018

    282     859     89     1,230  

Depreciation

                         

At January 1, 2018

    (17 )   (136 )   (10 )   (163 )

Charge for the year

    (25 )   (96 )   (14 )   (135 )

Disposals

        12     1     13  

Impairment

        1         1  

Exchange

    1     6         7  

At December 31, 2018

    (41 )   (213 )   (23 )   (277 )

Net book value

                         

At December 31, 2018

    241     646     66     953  

Cost

                         

At January 1, 2019

    282     859     89     1,230  

Additions

    60     193     21     274  

Disposals

    (9 )   (3 )   (1 )   (13 )

Exchange

    (2 )   (1 )       (3 )

At December 31, 2019

    331     1,048     109     1,488  

Depreciation

                         

At January 1, 2019

    (41 )   (213 )   (23 )   (277 )

Charge for the year

    (30 )   (96 )   (15 )   (141 )

Disposals

    2     2     1     5  

Exchange

        1         1  

At December 31, 2019

    (69 )   (306 )   (37 )   (412 )

Net book value

                         

At December 31, 2019

    262     742     72     1,076  

Cost

                         

At January 1, 2020

    331     1,048     109     1,488  

Additions

    41     231     13     285  

Disposals

    (2 )   (21 )   (1 )   (24 )

Exchange

    16     40     5     61  

At December 31, 2020

    386     1,298     126     1,810  

Depreciation

                         

At January 1, 2020

    (69 )   (306 )   (37 )   (412 )

Charge for the year

    (39 )   (110 )   (17 )   (166 )

Disposals

        21     1     22  

Exchange

    (4 )   (15 )   (3 )   (22 )

At December 31, 2020

    (112 )   (410 )   (56 )   (578 )

Net book value

                         

At December 31, 2020

    274     888     70     1,232  

F-32



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Property, plant and equipment (Continued)

        Depreciation expense of $158 million (2019: $134 million; 2018: $127 million) has been charged in cost of sales and $8 million (2019: $7 million; 2018: $8 million) in sales, general and administration expenses.

        Construction in progress at December 31, 2020 was $221 million (2019: $97 million, 2018: $84 million).

        Included in property, plant and equipment is an amount for land of $46 million (2019: $44 million, 2018: $44 million, January 1, 2018: $43 million).

        Substantially all of the Business' property, plant and equipment is pledged as security under the terms and conditions of Ardagh Group's financing arrangements. No interest was capitalized in the year (2019: $nil, 2018: $nil).

Impairment

        The Business has considered the carrying value of the property, plant and equipment of the Business and assessed the indicators of impairment as at December 31, 2020 in accordance with IAS 36. No impairment charges have been recognized in respect of the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019 (2018: $2 million net impairment charge).

Right of Use assets—Net Book Value, depreciation and variable lease expense

        At December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 the following right-of-use assets were included in property, plant and equipment:

Net book value At December 31,
  Land and
buildings
$'m
  Plant,
machinery
and other
$'m
  Dunnage
and other
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

2020

    76     6     45     127  

2019

    68     5     49     122  

2018

    51     4     42     97  

2017(i)

    62     3     6     71  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The net carrying amount of the right-of use assets at December 31, 2020 of $127 million (2019: $122 million; 2018: $97 million) is primarily the result of total additions to the right-of-use assets of $37 million (2019: $55 million; 2018: $47 million), offset by a depreciation charge of $36 million (2019: $27 million; 2018: $20 million), comprised of Land and buildings: $26 million (2019: $18 million; 2018: $12 million); Plant and machinery: $3 million (2019: $2 million; 2018: $2 million), and Dunnage and other: $7 million (2019: $7 million; 2018: $6 million), all during the year ended December 31, 2020.

        The Business incurred variable lease expense of $29 million (2019: $23 million; 2018: $26 million) primarily related to warehouse leases.

F-33



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Property, plant and equipment (Continued)

Capital commitments

        The following capital commitments in relation to property, plant and equipment were authorized by management, but have not been provided for in the combined financial statements:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Contracted for

    115     52     64     29  

Not contracted for

    218     51     11     1  

    333     103     75     30  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

10. Deferred income tax

        The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year was as follows:

 
  Assets
$'m
  Liabilities
$'m
  Total
$'m
 

At January 1, 2018

    101     (254 )   (153 )

Credited/(charged) to the income statement (note 6)

    15     (8 )   7  

Credited/(charged) to other comprehensive income

    7     (2 )   5  

Exchange

    (2 )   6     4  

At December 31, 2018

    121     (258 )   (137 )

(Charged)/credited to the income statement (note 6)

    (7 )   20     13  

Credited to other comprehensive income

    9     2     11  

Exchange

        1     1  

At December 31, 2019

    123     (235 )   (112 )

Credited/(charged) to the income statement (note 6)

    5     (3 )   2  

Exchange

    7     (12 )   (5 )

At December 31, 2020

    135     (250 )   (115 )

F-34



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Deferred income tax (Continued)

        The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Tax losses

    3     5     5     2  

Employee benefit obligations

    46     44     33     26  

Depreciation timing differences

    52     49     52     44  

Provisions

    22     16     18     14  

Other

    12     9     13     15  

    135     123     121     101  

Available for offset

    (47 )   (46 )   (45 )   (45 )

Deferred tax assets

    88     77     76     56  

Intangible assets

    (159 )   (166 )   (185 )   (205 )

Accelerated depreciation and other fair value adjustments

    (66 )   (46 )   (42 )   (21 )

Other

    (25 )   (23 )   (31 )   (28 )

    (250 )   (235 )   (258 )   (254 )

Available for offset

    47     46     45     45  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (203 )   (189 )   (213 )   (209 )

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The tax credit recognized in the combined income statement is analyzed as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Tax losses

    (3 )   (1 )   2  

Employee benefit obligations

    (6 )       4  

Depreciation timing differences

            6  

Provisions

    5     (3 )   4  

Other deferred tax assets

    9     (3 )   (1 )

Intangible assets

    18     19     13  

Accelerated depreciation and other fair value adjustments

    (19 )   (7 )   (16 )

Other deferred tax liabilities

    (2 )   8     (5 )

    2     13     7  

        The Business recognized deferred tax assets on all tax loss carry-forwards on the basis that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable based on management's forecasts.

F-35



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Deferred income tax (Continued)

        No provision has been made for temporary differences applicable to investments in subsidiaries as the Business is in a position to control the timing of reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Given that exemptions and tax credits would be available in the context of the Business' investments in subsidiaries in the majority of jurisdictions in which it operates, the aggregate amount of temporary differences in respect of which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized would not be material.

11. Inventories

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Raw materials and consumables

    157     151     107     91  

Finished goods and work-in-progress

    93     117     131     109  

    250     268     238     200  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        Certain inventories held by the various legal entities within the Business provide the funding bases for individual borrowings and accordingly have been pledged as security under Ardagh Group's Global Asset Based Loan Facility ("ABL"). There were no drawings under such facility as of December 31, 2020 (2019: nil; 2018: nil; January 1, 2018: nil).

        The amounts recognized (i) as a write down in inventories or as a reversal of a write down and, (ii) the amounts in respect of the basis adjustment resulting from hedging activities included in the carrying value of inventories, which will be recognized in the income statement when the related finished goods have been sold, in the year ended December 31, 2020, was not material (2019: not material, 2018: not material).

12. Trade and other receivables

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Trade receivables

    244     167     259     350  

Other receivables and prepayments

    124     99     74     133  

    368     266     333     483  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The fair values of trade and other receivables approximate the amounts shown above.

        As of December 31, 2020, the Business recorded a provision for impairment of trade receivables of $8 million (2019: $3 million; 2018: $2 million; January 1, 2018: $4 million), which was the result of new provisions of $7 million (2019: $2 million; 2018:1 million) and the reversal of unused amounts of $2 million (2019: $1 million; 2018: $3 million) in the year ended December, 31 2020.

F-36



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Trade and other receivables (Continued)

        The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable set out above.

Provisions against specific balances

        Significant balances are assessed for evidence of increased credit risk. Examples of factors considered are high probability of bankruptcy, breaches of contract or major concession being sought by the customer. Instances of significant single customer related bad debts are rare and there is no significant concentration of risk associated with particular customers.

Providing against the remaining population of customers

        The Business monitors actual historical credit losses and adjusts for forward-looking information to measure the level of expected losses. Adverse changes in the payment status of customers of the Business, or national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on receivables owing to the Business, may also provide a basis for an increase in the level of provision above historic loss experience.

        As of December 31, 2020, trade receivables of $7 million (2019: $10 million; 2018: $13 million; January 1, 2018: $13 million) were past due but not impaired, of which $5 million (2019: $10 million; 2018: $11 million; January 1, 2018: $10 million) were up to three months past due and the remaining balance being three to six months past due.

13. Contract assets

        The following table provides information about significant changes in contract assets:

 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

At January 1,

    151     151     141  

Transfers from contract assets recognized at beginning of year to receivables

    (148 )   (145 )   (141 )

Increases as a result of new contract assets recognized during the year

    133     143     147  

Other (including exchange)

    3     2     4  

Balance as at December 31,

    139     151     151  

14. Cash and cash equivalents

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Cash at bank and in hand

    254     282     147     148  

Restricted cash

    3     2     1     2  

    257     284     148     150  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

F-37



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Financial risk factors

        The activities of the Business expose it to a variety of financial risks: capital risk, interest rate, currency exchange risk, commodity price risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

Capital structure and risk

        The Business has its own treasury functional teams. Certain treasury and risk management activities are performed by a central Ardagh Group Treasury team under policies approved by the board of directors of Ardagh. As described in note 2, the related party borrowings reported within these financial statements comprise related-party debt from Ardagh Group.

        The objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Business' ability to continue as a going concern and provide returns to its owners.

        Financial risks are managed, on an on-going basis, by the Business´ senior management team in cooperation with Ardagh's central Group Treasury. The Business does not use treasury instruments for speculative purposes, under any circumstances. Financial risk management includes regular reviews of the level of cash and debt facilities required to fund the activities of the Business, repayments and financing of related party debt obligations, and in order to potentially identify an appropriate amount of headroom to provide a reserve against unexpected funding requirements.

Interest rate

        At December 31, 2020, the business´ related party borrowings were 100% (2019: 100%, 2018: 100%, January 1, 2018: 100%) fixed.

Currency exchange risk

        The Business presents its combined financial information in U.S. dollar.

        The Business operates in 9 countries, across three continents and its main currency exposure in the year to December 31, 2020, from the U.S. dollar presentation currency, was in relation to the euro, British pound, and Brazilian real. Currency exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities.

        The Business has a limited level of transactional currency exposure arising from sales or purchases by operating units in currencies other than their functional currencies.

        Fluctuations in the value of these currencies with respect to the U.S. dollar presentation currency may have a significant impact on the Business' financial condition and results of operations. The Business believes that a strengthening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate by 1% against all other foreign currencies from the December 31, 2020 rate would increase invested capital by approximately $5 million (2019: $5 million, 2018: $3 million, January 1, 2018: $2 million).

Commodity price risk

        The Business is exposed to changes in prices of its main raw materials, primarily energy, and aluminum. Aluminum ingot is traded daily as a commodity on the London Metal Exchange, which has historically been subject to significant price volatility. Because aluminum is priced in U.S. dollar, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar/euro rate also affect the euro cost of aluminum ingot. The price and foreign currency risk on the aluminum purchases in Metal Beverage Packaging Europe and Metal

F-38



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Financial risk factors (Continued)

Beverage Packaging Americas are hedged by entering into swaps under which we pay fixed euro and U.S dollar prices, respectively. Furthermore, the relative price of oil and its by-products may materially impact our business, affecting our transport, lacquer and ink costs.

        The Business uses derivative agreements with Ardagh to manage some of the material cost risk. The use of derivative contracts to manage its risk is dependent on robust hedging procedures. Increasing raw material costs over time has the potential, if we are unable to pass on price increases, to reduce sales volume and could therefore have a significant impact on its financial condition. The Business is also exposed to possible interruptions of supply of aluminum or other raw materials and any inability to purchase raw materials could negatively impact its operations.

        As a result of the volatility of gas and electricity prices, the Business has developed an active hedging strategy to fix a significant proportion of its energy costs through contractual arrangements directly with our suppliers. The Business policy is to purchase gas and electricity by entering into forward price-fixing arrangements with suppliers for the bulk of our anticipated requirements for the year ahead. Such contracts are used exclusively to obtain delivery of our anticipated energy supplies. The Business does not net settle, nor do we sell within a short period of time after taking delivery. The Business avails of the own use exemption and, therefore, these contracts are treated as executory contracts. The Business typically builds up these contractual positions in tranches of approximately 10% of the anticipated volumes. Any gas and electricity which is not purchased under forward price-fixing arrangements is purchased under index tracking contracts or at spot prices.

Credit risk

        Credit risk arises from derivative contracts, cash and deposits held with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to the customers of the Business, including outstanding receivables. The policy of the Business is to place excess liquidity on deposit with the central Ardagh Treasury entity who will, in turn, only place excess liquid funds with recognized and reputable financial institutions. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of "BBB+" from at least two credit rating agencies are accepted, where possible. The credit ratings of banks and financial institutions are monitored to ensure compliance with Ardagh Group policy. Risk of default is controlled within a policy framework of dealing with high quality institutions and by limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one bank or institution.

        Business policy is to extend credit to customers of good credit standing. Credit risk is managed on an on-going basis, by experienced people within the Business. The Business' policy for the management of credit risk in relation to trade receivables involves periodically assessing the financial reliability of customers, taking into account their financial position, past experience and other factors. Provisions are made, where deemed necessary, and the utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. The Business does not expect any significant counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each asset. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the ten largest customers of the Business accounted for approximately 64% of total revenues (2019: 65%; 2018: 66%). There is no recent history of default with these customers.

Liquidity risk

        The Business is exposed to liquidity risk which arises primarily from the maturing of short term and long term debt obligations. The Business' policy has been to ensure that sufficient resources are available either from cash balances, cash flows or undrawn committed bank facilities, to ensure all obligations can be met as they fall due.

F-39



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Financial risk factors (Continued)

        To effectively manage liquidity risk the Business:

    has committed borrowing facilities that it can access to meet liquidity needs;

    maintains cash balances and liquid investments with highly-rated counterparties;

    limits the maturity of cash balances;

    borrows the bulk of its debt needs under long term fixed rate debt securities; and

    has internal control processes to manage liquidity risk.

        Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the Business and results in rolling forecasts of the Business' liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that the Business does not breach borrowing limits or covenants on any of its borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration the Business' debt financing plans.

16. Financial assets and liabilities

        The Business' net debt was as follows:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Related party borrowings

    2,690     2,630     2,614     2,650  

Leases

    136     133     107     82  

Other borrowings

    9     17     2      

Total borrowings

    2,835     2,780     2,723     2,732  

Deferred debt issue costs

            (5 )   (7 )

Net borrowings

    2,835     2,780     2,718     2,725  

Cash and cash equivalents

    (257 )   (284 )   (148 )   (150 )

Derivative financial instruments used to hedge foreign currency and interest rate risk

            (17 )   (6 )

Net debt

    2,578     2,496     2,553     2,569  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

F-40



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

        The carrying amounts of net borrowings are denominated in the following currencies.

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Euro

    609     558     564     592  

U.S. dollar

    1,830     1,840     1,957     1,922  

GBP

    379     368     184     195  

Other

    17     14     13     16  

    2,835     2,780     2,718     2,725  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The interest rates applicable to the business' net borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2020, range from 4.8% to 8.0% with maturities ranging from 2021 to 2026.

        The following table summarizes the Business' movement in net debt:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Net decrease/(increase) in cash and cash equivalents per combined statement of cash flows*

    27     (136 )   2  

Increase/(decrease) in total borrowings

    55     79     (18 )

Increase/(decrease) in net debt

    82     (57 )   (16 )

Net debt at January 1,

    2,496     2,553     2,569  

Net debt at December 31,

    2,578     2,496     2,553  

*
Includes exchange gain/(loss) on cash and cash equivalents

        The increase in net borrowings and derivative financial instruments primarily includes repayments of borrowings of $8 million (2019: $nil, 2018: $nil) of which $nil are to related parties, proceeds from borrowings of $nil (2019: $22 million, of which $6 million was a non-cash transaction, with $nil from related parties, 2018: $2 million with $nil from related parties), an increase in lease obligations of $3 million (2019: $26 million, 2018: $25 million), foreign exchange loss on borrowings of $60 million (2019: loss of $9 million, 2018: gain of $36 million), amortization of deferred financing costs of $nil (2019: $5 million, 2018: $2 million), partly offset by a fair value movement on derivative financial instruments used to hedge foreign currency and interest rate risk of $nil (2019: loss of $17 million, 2018: gain of $11 million) and a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $27 million (2019: increase of $136 million, 2018: decrease of $2 million).

        During 2019, the Business extinguished an existing $154 million related party loan and entered into a new £128 million ($154 million) related party loan in a non-cash refinancing transaction.

        As of December 31, 2018, the Business had issued preferred stock with a value of $662 million to Ardagh with a mandatory redemption date at December 31, 2019. Such agreement has been treated as

F-41



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

related party borrowing for purpose of the combined financial statements. During 2019 such preferred stock was redeemed and converted in a non-cash transaction into a long-term related party loan.

        Lease obligations at December 31, 2020, of $136 million (2019: $133 million; 2018: $107 million) primarily reflect $36 million of new or renewed leases (2019: $55 million; 2018: $47 million), offset by $35 million (2019: $26 million; 2018: $19 million) of principal repayments and foreign currency movements in the year ended December 31, 2020.

        The maturity profile of the Business' borrowings is as follows:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Within one year or on demand

    42     42     682     14  

Between one and two years

    46     41     32     690  

Between two and five years

    2,055     23     20     16  

Greater than five years

    692     2,674     1,989     2,012  

Total borrowings

    2,835     2,780     2,723     2,732  

Deferred debt issue costs

            (5 )   (7 )

Net borrowings

    2,835     2,780     2,718     2,725  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The maturity profile of the contractual undiscounted cash flows related to the Business' lease liabilities as of December 31, is as follows:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Not later than one year

    37     32     24     18  

Later than one year and not later than five years

    78     80     65     53  

Later than five years

    50     58     50     32  

    165     170     139     103  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

F-42



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

        The table below analyses the Business' financial liabilities, including interest payable, into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the reporting date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contracted undiscounted cash flows.

At 31 December, 2020
  Total
borrowings
$'m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
$'m
  Trade
payables
$'m
 

Within one year or on demand

    200     12     768  

Between one and two years

    359     2      

Between two and five years

    2,345          

Greater than five years

    718          

 

At 31 December, 2019
  Total
borrowings
$'m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
$'m
  Trade
payables
$'m
 

Within one year or on demand

    207     13     739  

Between one and two years

    368     9      

Between two and five years

    344          

Greater than five years

    2,779          

 

At 31 December, 2018
  Total
borrowings
$'m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
$'m
  Trade
payables
$'m
 

Within one year or on demand

    853     15     656  

Between one and two years

    276     2      

Between two and five years

    263     17      

Greater than five years

    2,143          

 

At 1 January, 2018
  Total
borrowings
$'m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
$'m
  Trade
payables
$'m
 

Within one year or on demand

    185     1     677  

Between one and two years

    982          

Between two and five years

    261     6      

Greater than five years

    2,280          

        The carrying value and fair value of the related party and other borrowings is as follows:

 
  2020   2019   2018   2017(i)  
 
  Carrying
value
$'m
  Fair
value
$'m
  Carrying
value
$'m
  Fair
value
$'m
  Carrying
value
$'m
  Fair
value
$'m
  Carrying
value
$'m
  Fair
value
$'m
 

Related party and other borrowings

    2,699     2,763     2,647     2,744     2,616     2,540     2,650     2,765  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

F-43



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

        The Business uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments:

  Level 1   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
  Level 2   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and
  Level 3   Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

        There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.

        Fair values are calculated as follows:

    (i)
    Related party borrowings—The fair value of the related party borrowings of the Business is linked to quoted market prices for Ardagh's corporate debt, considering the credit risk of the Business and represent Level 2 inputs.

    (ii)
    Other borrowings—The carrying amount of other borrowings is assumed to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

    (iii)
    Cross currency interest rate swaps ("CCIRS")—The fair value of the CCIRS are based on quoted market prices and represent Level 2 inputs.

    (iv)
    Commodity contracts and forward foreign exchange contracts—The fair value of these derivatives are based on quoted market prices and represent Level 2 inputs.

    Derivative financial instruments

 
  Assets   Liabilities  
 
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
 

Fair Value Derivatives

                         

Metal forward contracts

    29     233     6     113  

Forward foreign exchange contracts

    3     80     8     237  

NYMEX gas swaps

        4         2  

At December 31, 2020

    32     317     14     352  

 

 
  Assets   Liabilities  
 
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
 

Fair Value Derivatives

                         

Metal forward contracts

    3     78     9     205  

Forward foreign exchange contracts

        16     13     289  

NYMEX gas swaps

                4  

At December 31, 2019

    3     94     22     498  

F-44



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)


 
  Assets   Liabilities  
 
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
 

Fair Value Derivatives

                         

Metal forward contracts

    4     35     17     207  

Cross currency interest rate swap

    17     150          

Forward foreign exchange contracts

    2     193         34  

NYMEX gas swaps

        1         2  

At December 31, 2018

    23     379     17     243  

 

 
  Assets   Liabilities  
 
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
  Fair
values
$'m
  Contractual or
notional
amounts
$'m
 

Fair Value Derivatives

                         

Metal forward contracts

    15     167          

Cross currency interest rate swap

    6     150          

Forward foreign exchange contracts

    4     177     1     52  

NYMEX gas swaps

                4  

At January 1, 2018

    25     494     1     56  

        The majority of derivative assets and liabilities mature within one year with the exception of certain metal forward contracts which mature at dates between January 2022 and December 2023. At the maturity date those derivative instruments are settled with Ardagh through invested capital.

Cross currency interest rate swaps

2019

        On August 12, 2019, the Business terminated its $150 million U.S. dollar to GBP CCIRS, due for maturity in 2022. The total fair value of this swap at termination was $28 million and the cash receipt on these swaps was $28 million.

2018

        The Business hedges certain portions of its related party borrowings and interest payable thereon using CCIRS, with a net asset at December 31, 2018, of $17 million (January 1, 2018: $6 million).

Metal forward contracts

        The Business hedges a portion of its anticipated metal purchases. Excluding conversion and freight costs, the physical metal deliveries are priced based on the applicable indices agreed with the suppliers for the relevant month. The Business determines the existence of an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument based on common indices used. Ineffectiveness may arise if there are changes in the forecasted transaction in terms pricing, timing or quantities, or if there are

F-45



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

changes in the credit risk of the Business or the counterparty. The Business applies a hedge ratio of 1:1.

        Fair values have been based on quoted market prices and are valued using Level 2 valuation inputs. The fair value of these contracts when initiated is $nil; no premium is paid or received.

Forward foreign exchange contracts

        The Business operates in a number of currencies and, accordingly, hedges a portion of its currency transaction risk. Certain forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and are set so to closely match the critical terms of the underlying cash flows. In hedges of forecasted foreign currency sales and purchases ineffectiveness may arise for similar reasons as outlined for metal forward contracts.

        The fair values are based on Level 2 valuation techniques and observable inputs including the contract prices. The fair value of these contracts when initiated is $nil; no premium is paid or received.

NYMEX gas swaps

        The Business hedges a portion of its anticipated energy purchases on the New York Mercantile Exchange ("NYMEX").

        Fair values have been based on NYMEX quoted market prices and Level 2 valuation inputs have been applied. The fair value of these contracts when initiated is $nil; no premium is paid or received.

17. Employee benefit obligations

        The Business operates defined benefit or defined contribution pension schemes in most of its countries of operation and the assets are held in separately administered funds. The principal funded defined benefit schemes, which are funded by contributions to separately administered funds, are in the United States and the United Kingdom.

        Other defined benefit schemes are unfunded and the provision is recognized in the combined statement of financial position. The principal unfunded schemes are in Germany.

        The contribution rates to the funded plans are agreed with the Trustee boards, plan actuaries and the local pension regulators periodically. The contributions paid in each period were those recommended by the actuaries.

        In addition, the Business has other employee benefit obligations in certain territories.

        Total employee obligations recognized in the combined statement of financial position of $219 million (2019: $184 million; 2018: $151 million; January 1, 2018: $139 million) includes other employee benefit obligations of $52 million (2019: $46 million; 2018: $40 million; January 1, 2018: $40 million).

F-46



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Employee benefit obligations (Continued)

        The employee obligations and assets of the defined benefit schemes included in the combined statement of financial position are analyzed below:

 
  Obligations
$'m
  Assets
$'m
  Net
obligations
$'m
 

2020

                   

Germany

    (142 )       (142 )

UK

    (295 )   341     46  

U.S. and other*

    (80 )   9     (71 )

Total

    (517 )   350     (167 )

2019

                   

Germany

    (128 )       (128 )

UK

    (271 )   315     44  

U.S. and other*

    (62 )   8     (54 )

Total

    (461 )   323     (138 )

2018

                   

Germany

    (123 )       (123 )

UK

    (246 )   295     49  

U.S. and other*

    (44 )   7     (37 )

Total

    (413 )   302     (111 )

2017(i)

                   

Germany

    (117 )       (117 )

UK

    (279 )   336     57  

U.S. and other*

    (45 )   6     (39 )

Total

    (441 )   342     (99 )

(i)
At January 1, 2018

*
Net obligation of 'Other' at December 31, 2020; $9 million, 2019; $8 million, 2018; $5 million, and January 1, 2018; $8 million.

F-47



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Employee benefit obligations (Continued)

Defined benefit pension schemes

        The amounts recognized in the combined income statement are:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Current service cost and administration costs:

                   

Cost of sales—current service cost (note 7)

    (12 )   (12 )   (17 )

Cost of sales—past service credit/(charge) (note 7)

    8     17     (4 )

SGA—current service cost (note 7)

    (3 )   (2 )   (2 )

    (7 )   3     (23 )

Finance expense (note 5)

    (3 )   (4 )   (3 )

    (10 )   (1 )   (26 )

        The amounts recognized in the combined statement of comprehensive income are:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Re-measurement of defined benefit obligation:

                   

Actuarial (loss)/gain arising from changes in demographic assumptions

    (2 )   (7 )   2  

Actuarial (loss)/gain arising from changes in financial assumptions

    (51 )   (55 )   10  

Actuarial gain/(loss) arising from changes in experience

    2     (13 )   (1 )

    (51 )   (75 )   11  

Re-measurement of plan assets:

                   

Actual loss/return less expected return on plan assets

    34     34     (18 )

Actuarial loss for the year on defined benefit pension schemes

    (17 )   (41 )   (7 )

Actuarial (loss)/gain on other long term and end of service employee benefits

    (4 )   (4 )   4  

    (21 )   (45 )   (3 )

        The actual return on plan assets was a gain of $40 million in 2020 (2019: gain of $42 million; 2018: loss of $11 million).

F-48



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Employee benefit obligations (Continued)

        Movement in the defined benefit obligations and assets:

 
  Obligations   Assets  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

At January 1,

    (461 )   (412 )   (441 )   323     302     342  

Interest income

                6     8     8  

Current service cost

    (11 )   (10 )   (16 )            

Past service credit

    8     17     (3 )            

Interest cost

    (8 )   (11 )   (9 )            

Re-measurements

    (51 )   (75 )   11     34     34     (18 )

Employer contributions

                5     6     13  

Employee contributions

    (1 )           1          

Benefits paid

    31     37     24     (31 )   (37 )   (24 )

Exchange

    (24 )   (7 )   21     12     10     (19 )

At December 31,

    (517 )   (461 )   (413 )   350     323     302  

        The defined benefit obligations above include $145 million, principally in Germany (2019: $131 million: 2018: $126 million; January 1, 2018: $120 million) of unfunded obligations. Employer contributions above include no contributions under schemes extinguished during the year (2019: $nil; 2018: $nil).

        Interest income and interest cost above does not include interest cost of $1 million (2019: $1 million; 2018: $2 million) relating to other employee benefit obligations. Current service costs above do not include current service costs of $4 million (2019: $4 million, 2018: $3 million) relating to other employee benefit obligations.

        Plan assets comprise:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2020
%
  2019
$'m
  2019
%
  2018
$'m
  2018
%
  2017(i)
$'m
  2017(i)
%
 

Target return funds

    177     51 %   168     52 %   153     51 %   169     49 %

Bonds

    102     29 %   78     24 %   75     25 %   106     31 %

Cash/other

    71     20 %   77     24 %   74     24 %   67     20 %

    350     100 %   323     100 %   302     100 %   342     100 %

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The pension assets do not include any of Ardagh´s or the Business' ordinary shares, other securities or other Business assets.

Investment strategy

        The choice of investments takes account of the expected maturity of the future benefit payments. The plans invest in diversified portfolios consisting of an array of asset classes that attempt to maximize

F-49



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Employee benefit obligations (Continued)

returns while minimizing volatility. The asset classes include fixed income government and non-government securities and real estate, as well as cash.

Characteristics and associated risks

        The pension plans in Germany operate under the framework of German Company Pension Law (BetrAVG) and general regulations based on German Labor Law. The entitlements of the plan members depend on years of service and final salary. Furthermore, the plans provide lifelong pensions. No separate assets are held in trust, i.e. the plans are unfunded defined benefit plans. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Business elected to re-design its pension scheme in Germany, moving to a contribution orientated scheme.

        The U.K. pension plan is a trust-based U.K. funded final salary defined benefit scheme providing pensions and lump sum benefits to members and dependents. There is one pension plan in place relating to Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Limited and Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Limited. It is closed to new entrants and was closed to future accrual effective December 31, 2018. For this plan, pensions are calculated either based on service to December 31, 2018, with members' benefits based on earnings as at December 31, 2018, for those members who were still active at that date, or based on service to the earlier of retirement or leaving date for members who stopped accruing benefits prior to 31 December 2018 based on earnings as at retirement or leaving date. The U.K. pension plan is governed by a board of trustees, which includes members who are independent of the Company. The trustees are responsible for managing the operation, funding and investment strategy. The U.K. pension plan is subject to the U.K. regulatory framework, the requirements of the Pensions Regulator and is subject to a statutory funding objective.

        Metal Beverage Packaging Americas together with Ardagh´s Glass business in North America sponsor a defined benefit pension plan as a single employer scheme which is subject to Federal law ("ERISA"), reflecting regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and the U.S. Department of Labor. The Metal Beverage Packaging Americas plan covers hourly employees only. Plan benefits are determined using a formula which reflects the employees' years of service and is based on a final average pay formula. If common ownership of the two sponsoring employers is below 80% as of any scheme valuation the scheme would no longer be able to operate as a single employer scheme.

Assumptions and sensitivities

        The principal pension assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements take account of the different economic circumstances in the countries of operations and the different characteristics

F-50



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Employee benefit obligations (Continued)

of the respective plans, including the duration of the obligations. The ranges of the principal assumptions applied in estimating defined benefit obligations were:

 
  Germany   UK   U.S.  
 
  Rates of
inflation
%
  Rates of
increase
in salaries
%
  Discount
rates
%
  Rates of
inflation
%
  Rates of
increase
in salaries
%
  Discount
rates
%
  Rates of
inflation
%
  Rates of
increase
in salaries
%
  Discount
rates
%
 

2020

    1.50 %   2.50 %   1.05 %   2.70 %   2.00 %   1.50 %   2.50 %   3.00 %   2.55 %

2019

    1.50 %   2.50 %   1.47 %   2.85 %   1.95 %   2.15 %   2.50 %   3.00 %   3.40 %

2018

    1.50 %   2.50 %   2.23 %   3.10 %   2.10 %   2.95 %   2.50 %   3.00 %   4.46 %

2017(i)

    1.50 %   2.50 %   2.22 %   3.10 %   2.10 %   2.70 %   2.50 %   3.00 %   3.80 %

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics and experience.

        These assumptions translate into the following average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at age 65. The mortality assumptions for the countries with the most significant defined benefit plans are set out below:

 
  Germany   UK   U.S.  
 
  2020
Years
  2019
Years
  2018
Years
  2017(i)
Years
  2020
Years
  2019
Years
  2018
Years
  2017(i)
Years
  2020
Years
  2019
Years
  2018
Years
  2017(i)
Years
 

Life expectancy, current pensioners

    22     22     22     21     22     22     21     22     21     21     21     21  

Life expectancy, future pensioners

    25     24     24     24     23     23     23     23     22     22     22     22  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        If the discount rate were to decrease by 50 basis points from management estimates, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would increase by an estimated $54 million (2019: $49 million, 2018: $44 million; January 1, 2018: $50 million). If the discount rate were to increase by 50 basis points, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would decrease by an estimated $47 million (2019: $42 million, 2018: $39 million; January 1, 2018: $44 million).

        If the inflation rate were to decrease by 50 basis points from management estimates, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would decrease by an estimated $23 million (2019: $20 million, 2018: $22 million; January 1, 2018: $24 million). If the inflation rate were to increase by 50 basis points, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would increase by an estimated $24 million (2019: $22 million, 2018: $24 million; January 1, 2018: $26 million).

        If the salary increase rate were to decrease by 50 basis points from management estimates, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would decrease by an estimated $26 million (2019: $23 million, 2018: $25 million; January 1, 2018: $29 million). If the salary increase rate were to increase by 50 basis points, the carrying amount of the pension obligations would increase by an estimated $27 million (2019: $26 million, 2018: $28 million; January 1, 2018: $32 million).

F-51



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Employee benefit obligations (Continued)

        The impact of increasing the life expectancy by one year would result in an increase in the net pension obligation of the Business of $15 million at December 31, 2020 (2019: $12 million, 2018: $8 million; January 1, 2018: $12 million), holding all other assumptions constant.

        The best estimate of contributions expected to be paid to defined benefit schemes of the Business in 2021 is approximately $1 million.

        The principal defined benefit schemes are described briefly below:

 
  Metal Beverage Packaging  
Nature of the schemes
  Europe
UK
Funded*
  Europe
Germany
Unfunded
  North
America
Funded
 

2020

                   

Active members

        856     829  

Deferred members

    808     195     58  

Pensioners including dependents

    475     121     59  

Weighted average duration (years)

    20     20     21  

2019

                   

Active members

        893     822  

Deferred members

    808     198     44  

Pensioners including dependents

    475     117     41  

Weighted average duration (years)

    19     21     20  

2018

                   

Active members

    467     939     825  

Deferred members

    478     161     23  

Pensioners including dependents

    385     70     19  

Weighted average duration (years)

    19     22     19  

2017(i)

                   

Active members

    467     983     842  

Deferred members

    478     133     12  

Pensioners including dependents

    385     52     2  

Weighted average duration (years)

    21     23     20  

*
Census data is updated every 3 years as part of the full valuation for purpose of the UK pension regulator.

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The expected total benefit payments over the next five years are:

 
  2021
$'m
  2022
$'m
  2023
$'m
  2024
$'m
  2025
$'m
  Subsequent
five years
$'m
 

Benefits

    25     22     23     24     26     88  

F-52



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Employee benefit obligations (Continued)

        The Business also has defined contribution plans; the contribution expense associated with these plans for 2020 was $15 million (2019: $13 million; 2018: $8 million). The best estimate of the contributions expected to be paid to these plans by the Business in 2021 is $17 million.

Other employee benefits

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Long term employee benefits

    52     46     40     40  

    52     46     40     40  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        Long term employee benefit obligations comprise amounts due to be paid under post-retirement medical schemes in Metal Beverage Packaging Americas, partial retirement contracts in Germany and other obligations to pay benefits primarily related to long service awards.

18. Related party transactions

(i)    Pension scheme

        The pension schemes are related parties. For details of all transactions during the year, please see note 17.

(ii)    Other related party transactions

        The combined financial statements reflect the following related party transactions recorded through invested capital:

    Services provided by Ardagh to the Business and the charges (and allocation basis) for those services allocated to the Business as described and disclosed in note 2;

    Cash pooling arrangements between Ardagh and the Business as described and disclosed in note 2;

    Derivative instruments as described in note 2 and disclosed in note 16;

    Dividend distributions from the Business to Ardagh;

    Tax amounts offset to invested capital, represent the difference between tax charges and credits recorded in the combined financial statements and the amounts recorded in the historical records of the Business.

F-53



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18. Related party transactions (Continued)

        The analysis of the above transactions recorded through invested capital as disclosed in the statement of changes in invested capital, is set out in the table below:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Net cash remitted to Ardagh

    (55 )   (54 )   (73 )

Tax offset in invested capital

    8     (4 )   (10 )

Other changes in intercompany balances

    (2 )       3  

    (49 )   (58 )   (80 )

        Other changes in intercompany balances represent unsettled amounts between the Business and Ardagh in relation to the transactions listed above.

19. Provisions

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Current

    13     14     19     34  

Non-current

    20     3     3     9  

    33     17     22     43  

(i)
At January 1, 2018
 
  Total
provisions
$'m
 

At January 1, 2018

    43  

Provided

    6  

Released

    (11 )

Paid

    (13 )

Exchange

    (3 )

At December 31, 2018

    22  

Provided

    4  

Released

    (5 )

Paid

    (4 )

At December 31, 2019

    17  

Provided

    23  

Released

    (5 )

Paid

    (3 )

Exchange

    1  

At December 31, 2020

    33  

F-54



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19. Provisions (Continued)

        Provisions relate mainly to probable environmental claims, customer quality claims and tax deferrals arising from the CARES Act. In addition to the aforementioned, provisions also includes non-current amounts in respect of annual, long term (three-year), cash bonus incentive programs for senior management of the Business, of approximately $13 million. Current amounts in respect of these long term incentive programs are included in trade and other payable. The provisions classified as current are expected to be paid in the next twelve months. The timing of non-current provisions is subject to uncertainty.

20. Trade and other payables

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
  2017(i)
$'m
 

Trade payables

    646     619     556     564  

Other payables and accruals including other tax and social security payable

    195     190     155     169  

Payables and accruals for exceptional items

    2     1     1     4  

    843     810     712     737  

(i)
At January 1, 2018

        The fair values of trade and other payables approximate the amounts shown above.

        Other payables and accruals mainly comprise accruals for operating expenses, deferred income and value added tax payable.

21. Cash generated from operating activities

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2020
$'m
  2019
$'m
  2018
$'m
 

Profit/(loss) for the year

    111     (40 )   (75 )

Income tax charge (note 6)

    29     25     50  

Net finance expense (note 5)

    70     213     229  

Depreciation and amortization (notes 8, 9)

    315     290     288  

Exceptional operating items (note 4)

    20     15     27  

Movement in working capital

    7     102     18  

Exceptional costs paid, including restructuring

    (22 )   (7 )   (36 )

Cash generated from operations

    530     598     501  

F-55



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22. Related party information

(i)
Key management compensation

        Key management are those persons who have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Business. During the financial periods reported in these combined financial statements, the Business was part of Ardagh Group S.A., which is where all decisions, control and key strategy choices were made. Therefore the Business does not have any key management as a stand-alone entity. The finance management of the Business have an operative role in relation to the decisions taken at corporate level.

        The key management personnel of Ardagh have controlled and directed the operations of the Business as it was not managed separately. Payments to these personnel are primarily made by subsidiaries of the Ardagh Group which do not form part of the Business. It is not possible to determine with certainty the charges that the Business received for the mentioned key personnel, although a portion of the key management remuneration is included in the corporate costs allocated (note 2).

F-56



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22. Related party information (Continued)

(ii)
Controlled companies
Company
  Country of
incorporation
  Portion of
shares
held %
 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Manufacturing Austria GmbH

  Austria     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Austria GmbH

  Austria     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Brazil Ltda. 

  Brazil     100  

Latas Indústria de Embalagens de Alumínio do Brasil Ltda. 

  Brazil     100  

Ardagh Indústria de Embalagens de Metálicas do Brasil Ltda. 

  Brazil     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings France SAS

  France     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading France SAS

  France     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage France SAS

  France     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Germany GmbH

  Germany     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Associations GmbH

  Germany     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Germany GmbH

  Germany     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Germany GmbH

  Germany     100  

Recan Germany GmbH (In liquidation)

  Germany     100  

SARIO Grundstucks VermietungsgesellschaftmbH & Co. Objekt Elfi KG (In liquidation)

  Germany     99  

Ardagh Packaging Holdings Limited

  Ireland     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Netherlands B.V. 

  Netherlands     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Netherlands B.V. 

  Netherlands     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Netherlands B.V. 

  Netherlands     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Poland Sp. z o.o

  Poland     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Poland Sp. z o.o

  Poland     100  

Recan Organizacja Odzysku Opakowan S.A. 

  Poland     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Serbia d.o.o. 

  Serbia     100  

Ardagh Spain SL

  Spain     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Spain SL

  Spain     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Spain SL

  Spain     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Europe GmbH

  Switzerland     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings UK Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Limited

  United Kingdom     100  

Recan UK Limited (In liquidation)

  United Kingdom     100  

Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc. 

  United States     100  

        A number of the above legal entities act as subsidiary guarantor for the debt of Ardagh Group S.A. as of December 31, 2020.

F-57



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

23. Other reserves

 
  Attributable to owner
the AMP business
   
 
 
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$'m
  Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$'m
  Cost of
hedging
reserve
$'m
  Total
other
reserves
$'m
 

January 1, 2018

        8     1     9  

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

    9     (19 )   1     (9 )

Hedging gains transferred to cost of inventory

        (8 )       (8 )

December 31, 2018

    9     (19 )   2     (8 )

 

 
  Attributable to owner
the AMP business
   
 
 
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$'m
  Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$'m
  Cost of
hedging
reserve
$'m
  Total
other
reserves
$'m
 

January 1, 2019

    9     (19 )   2     (8 )

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

    1     (9 )   (2 )   (10 )

Hedging losses transferred to cost of inventory

        14         14  

December 31, 2019

    10     (14 )       (4 )

 

 
  Attributable to owner
the AMP business
   
 
 
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
$'m
  Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$'m
  Cost of
hedging
reserve
$'m
  Total
other
reserves
$'m
 

January 1, 2020

    10     (14 )       (4 )

Total other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

    (42 )   9         (33 )

Hedging losses transferred to cost of inventory

        22         22  

December 31, 2020

    (32 )   17         (15 )

24. Contingencies

Environmental issues

        The Business is regulated under various national and local environmental, occupational health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations relating to:

    the operation of installations for manufacturing of metal packaging and surface treatment using solvents;

    the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials;

    the emission of substances and physical agents into the environment;

F-58



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

24. Contingencies (Continued)

    the discharge of waste water and disposal of waste;

    the remediation of contamination;

    the design, characteristics, collection and recycling of its packaging products; and

    the manufacturing and servicing of machinery and equipment for the container metal packaging industry.

        The Business believes, based on current information that it is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and permit requirements. It does not believe it will be required, under existing or anticipated future environmental laws and regulations, to expend amounts, over and above the amounts accrued, which will have a material effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations or cash flows. In addition, no material proceedings against the Business arising under environmental laws are pending.

Legal matter

        The Business is involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the normal course of its business. The Business believes that none of these proceedings, either individually or in aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

25. Other information

        Although COVID-19, and the measures to prevent the spread of COVID-19, have resulted in reduced global economic activity, demand for "at-home" consumption has increased and therefore demand for many of our customer's products and as a result for the products we manufacture has proven to be resilient to date during the pandemic. Our production has not been significantly impacted to date, however our plants may be required to curtail or cease production in order to respond to any future measures which may arise in order to prevent the spread of COVID-19. In addition, the pandemic may in the future impact on capital markets which could impact our cost of borrowing. The ultimate significance of the disruptions arising as a result of COVID-19, including the extent of their impact on our financial and operational results, will be determined by the duration of the ongoing pandemic, its severity in the markets that we serve and the nature and efficacy of government and other regulatory responses, protective measures and vaccination programs and the related impact on macroeconomic activity and consumer behavior.

26. Events after the reporting period

        On February 22, 2021, Ardagh entered into a business combination agreement by and among the Company, Ardagh, Gores Holdings V Inc., a special purpose acquisition company sponsored by an affiliate of The Gores Group ("Gores Holdings V"), and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("MergeCo"). Under the business combination agreement, among other things, MergeCo will merge with and into Gores Holdings V, with Gores Holdings V surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, with the shares of Class A common stock held by Gores Holdings V stockholders being contributed to the Company in exchange for its shares and the warrants to acquire shares of Class A common stock of Gores Holdings V being converted into warrants to acquire shares of the Company. Prior to the business combination, Ardagh will effect a reorganization to cause the Company to acquire the AMP Business from Ardagh.

F-59



THE AMP BUSINESS

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

26. Events after the reporting period (Continued)

        Additional investors have committed to participate in the proposed business combination by purchasing 60 million shares of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $600 million in a private placement at $10.00 per share. In connection with the transactions, the Company intends to raise new debt of approximately $2.65 billion, (approximately $2.3 billion net). Assuming no share redemptions by the public stockholders of Gores Holdings V, approximately $525 million in cash held in Gores Holdings V's trust account, together with the $600 million in private placement proceeds and approximately $2.3 billion of the new debt raised by the Company, will be used to pay up to $3.4 billion in cash to Ardagh, as well as to pay transaction expenses. Upon closing of the transactions, assuming no redemptions by Gores Holdings V's public stockholders, Ardagh will retain an equity interest in the Company of approximately 80%, the investors in the private placement will hold approximately 10% and Gores Holdings V's stockholders and its sponsor will hold approximately 10%. Ardagh intends to remain a committed, long-term majority shareholder of the Company.

        The proposed business combination, which has been unanimously approved by the boards of directors of both Ardagh and Gores Holdings V, is expected to close in the second quarter of 2021, subject to receipt of Gores Holdings V stockholder approval, approval of the Company's shares for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, the satisfaction of the condition to Ardagh's obligations that it receives at least $3 billion in cash from the transactions and the satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

        In connection with the reorganization, Ardagh and the Company will enter into a shareholders agreement and a services agreement. Under the services agreement, Ardagh either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, will provide certain corporate and business-unit services to the Company, and the Company, either directly or indirectly through its affiliates, will provide certain corporate and business-unit services to Ardagh. The initial term of the services agreement is expected to end on December 31, 2024.

F-60



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Gores Holdings V, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Gores Holdings V, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

        These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.

Denver, Colorado
February 26, 2021

F-61



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2020

CURRENT ASSETS:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 705,817  

Prepaid assets

    354,088  

Total current assets

    1,059,905  

Deferred tax asset

    172,983  

Investments and cash held in Trust Account

    525,020,571  

Total assets

  $ 526,253,459  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

  $ 479,977  

State franchise tax accrual

    87,882  

Total current liabilities

    567,859  

Deferred underwriting compensation

    18,375,000  

Total liabilities

  $ 18,942,859  

Commitments and Contingencies:

       

Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption, 50,231,059 shares at December 31, 2020 (at redemption value of $10 per share)

    502,310,590  

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

     

Common stock

       

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 2,268,941 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 50,231,059 shares subject to possible redemption) at December 31, 2020

    227  

Class F Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized, 13,125,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020

    1,313  

Additional paid-in-capital

    5,649,215  

Accumulated deficit

    (650,745 )

Total stockholders' equity

    5,000,010  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 526,253,459  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-62



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

Professional fees and other expenses

  $ (756,417 )

State franchise taxes, other than income tax

    (87,882 )

Net loss from operations

    (844,299 )

Other income—interest and dividend income

    20,571  

Loss before income taxes

    (823,728 )

Income tax benefit

    172,983  

Net loss attributable to common shares

  $ (650,745 )

Net loss per ordinary share:

       

Class A Common Stock—basic and diluted

  $ (0.01 )

Class F Common Stock—basic and diluted

  $ (0.01 )

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-63



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

For the Period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

 
  Class A
Common Stock
  Class F
Common Stock
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In Capital
  (Accumulated
Deficit)
  Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at June 25, 2020 (inception)

      $       $   $   $   $  

Sale of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to Sponsor on July 14, 2020

            11,500,000     1,150     23,850         25,000  

Stock dividend of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to Sponsor on August 5, 2020

            2,156,250     216     (216 )        

Proceeds from initial public offering of Units on August 10, 2020 at $10.00 per Unit

    52,500,000     5,250             524,994,750         525,000,000  

Sale of 6,250,000 Private Placement Warrants to Sponsor on August 10, 2020 at $2.00 per Private Placement Warrant

                    12,500,000         12,500,000  

Underwriters discounts

                    (10,500,000 )       (10,500,000 )

Offering costs charged to additional paid-in capital

                    (688,655 )       (688,655 )

Deferred underwriting compensation

                    (18,375,000 )       (18,375,000 )

Forfeited Class F Common stock by Sponsor

            (531,250 )   (53 )   53          

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption; 50,231,059 shares at a redemption price of $10.00

    (50,231,059 )   (5,023 )           (502,305,567 )       (502,310,590 )

Net loss

                        (650,745 )   (650,745 )

Balance at December 31, 2020

    2,268,941   $ 227     13,125,000   $ 1,313   $ 5,649,215   $ (650,745 ) $ 5,000,010  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-64



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from June 25, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $ (650,745 )

Changes in state franchise tax accrual

    87,882  

Changes in prepaid assets

    (354,088 )

Changes in accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

    479,977  

Changes in deferred income tax

    (172,983 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (609,957 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Cash deposited in Trust Account

    (525,000,000 )

Interest and dividends reinvested in the Trust Account

    (20,571 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (525,020,571 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from sale of Units in initial public offering

    525,000,000  

Proceeds from sale of Class F Common Stock to Sponsor

    25,000  

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants to Sponsor

    12,500,000  

Proceeds from notes and advances payable—related party

    300,000  

Repayment of notes and advances payable—related party

    (300,000 )

Payment of underwriters' discounts and commissions

    (10,500,000 )

Payment of accrued offering costs

    (688,655 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    526,336,345  

Increase in cash

    705,817  

Cash at beginning of period

     

Cash at end of period

  $ 705,817  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

       

Deferred underwriting compensation

  $ 18,375,000  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-65



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Business Operations

Organization and General

        Gores Holdings V, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Delaware on June 25, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar Business Combination with one or more businesses (the "Business Combination"). The Company has neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. The Company's management has broad discretion with respect to the Business Combination. The Company's Sponsor is Gores Sponsor V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor"). The Company has selected December 31st as its fiscal year-end.

        At December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company's formation and initial public offering ("Public Offering") described below. The Company completed the Public Offering on August 10, 2020 (the "IPO Closing Date"). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its Business Combination, at the earliest. Subsequent to the Public Offering, the Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants (as defined below) held in the Trust Account (as defined below).

Proposed Business Combination

        On February 22, 2021, the "Company" entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the "Business Combination Agreement"), by and among the Company, Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A. ("AMPSA"), Ardagh Group S.A. ("AGSA") and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc. ("MergeCo"), which provides for, among other things: (a) a series of transactions that will result in the subsidiaries of AGSA that are engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and providing related technical and customer services becoming wholly-owned by AMPSA (the "Pre-Closing Restructuring"), and (b) the merger of MergeCo with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation as a wholly-owned subsidiary of AMPSA (the "Merger", and, together with the Pre-Closing Restructuring and other transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement, the "Proposed Business Combination").

        The Proposed Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby were unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on February 22, 2021 and the Board of Directors of AGSA on February 22, 2021.

The Business Combination Agreement

Proposed Business Combination Consideration

        The aggregate consideration to be paid to AGSA pursuant to the Transfer Agreement (as defined within the Business Combination Agreement) and the Business Combination Agreement consists of (a) $2,315,000,000, payable in cash and in equivalent in U.S. dollars or euros (or a combination thereof), (b) 484,956,250 shares of AMPSA, with a nominal value of EUR 0.01 per share (the "AMPSA Shares"), (c) a promissory note issued by AMPSA in the amount of $1,085,000,000, to be paid in cash at the consummation of the Merger (the "Closing") or, in certain circumstances, a combination of cash and AMPSA Shares, and (d) the right to receive, during the five-year period commencing 180 days after the Closing 60,730,000 additional AMPSA Shares in five equal installments depending on whether

F-66



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Organization and Business Operations (Continued)

the price of AMPSA Shares maintains for a certain period of time a volume weighted average price of $13.00, $15.00, $16.50, $18.00 and $19.50, as applicable (collectively, the "AGSA Consideration").

Representations and Warranties

        The Business Combination Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of AMPSA, AGSA, GHV and MergeCo relating to, among other things, their ability to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and their outstanding capitalization.

Covenants

        The Business Combination Agreement includes customary covenants of the parties with respect to operation of their respective businesses prior to consummation of the Proposed Business Combination and efforts to satisfy conditions to consummation of the Proposed Business Combination. The Business Combination Agreement also contains additional covenants of the parties, including, among others, covenants providing for the Company and AGSA to cooperate in the preparation of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Registration Statement (as each such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement) required to be filed in connection with the Proposed Business Combination. The covenants of the parties to the Business Combination Agreement will not survive the Closing, except for those covenants that by their terms expressly apply in whole or in part after the Closing.

Conditions to Consummation of the Proposed Business Combination

        The consummation of the Proposed Business Combination is conditioned upon, among other things, (a) no action or governmental order or law shall have been enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered that restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the Proposed Business Combination or would cause any part of the Proposed Business Combination to be rescinded following the Closing; (b) the proposal to adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Proposed Business Combination shall have been approved and adopted by the requisite affirmative vote of the Company stockholders; (c) a Luxembourg statutory independent auditor (réviseur d'entreprises agréé) of AMPSA shall have issued appropriate reports regarding the contributions relating to the AMPSA Shares to be issued to the Company stockholders or AGSA as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement; (d) all closing conditions to the private placement pursuant to which investors will purchase 60,000,000 AMPSA Shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the "PIPE Shares") shall have been satisfied or waived and the $600,000,000 gross proceeds from the private placement shall have been paid to AMPSA on the date the Merger is consummated; (e) the Registration Statement of which the Proxy Statement/Prospectus forms a part shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and no stop order or proceedings for purposes of suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall have been initiated by the SEC and not withdrawn; and (f) the AMPSA Shares shall have been approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

Private Placement Subscription Agreements

        In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, on February 22, 2021, AMPSA and the Company entered into Subscription Agreements (each, a "Subscription Agreement" and collectively, the "Subscription Agreements") with certain investors and Gores Sponsor V LLC (the

F-67



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Organization and Business Operations (Continued)

"Sponsor"), pursuant to which the investors and the Sponsor agreed to purchase, and AMPSA agreed to sell to the investors and the Sponsor the PIPE Shares for an aggregate cash amount of $600,000,000.

        The issuance of the PIPE Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreements is contingent upon, among other customary closing conditions, the substantially concurrent consummation of the Proposed Business Combination. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, AMPSA agreed that, within 30 calendar days after the date of Closing, it will file with the SEC (at AMPSA's sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the PIPE Shares, and AMPSA will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof.

Financing

        Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, an aggregate of $525,000,000 was placed in a Trust Account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Trust Account") acting as Trustee.

        The Company intends to finance a Business Combination with the net proceeds from its $525,000,000 Public Offering and its sale of $12,500,000 of Private Placement Warrants.

Trust Account

        Funds held in the Trust Account can be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. As of December 31, 2020, the Trust Account consisted of money market funds.

        The Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to fund regulatory compliance requirements and other costs related thereto (a "Regulatory Withdrawal") for a maximum 24 months and/or additional amounts necessary to pay franchise and income taxes, if any, none of the funds held in trust will be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of the Business Combination; or (ii) the redemption of any public shares of common stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company's obligation to redeem 100% of such public shares of common stock if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering; or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the public shares of common stock if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering, subject to the requirements of law and stock exchange rules.

Business Combination

        The Company's management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a Business Combination. The Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting

F-68



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Organization and Business Operations (Continued)

commissions and taxes payable on interest income earned) at the time of the Company signing a definitive agreement in connection with the Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

        The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest income but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest income but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the Business Combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under Nasdaq rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. Currently, the Company will not redeem its public shares of common stock in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its public shares of common stock and the related Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.

        As a result of the foregoing redemption provisions, the public shares of common stock will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 480, "Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity" ("ASC 480") in subsequent periods.

        The Company will have 24 months from the IPO Closing Date to complete its Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within this period of time, it shall (i) cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares of common stock for a per share pro rata portion of the Trust Account, including interest income, but less taxes payable (less up to $100,000 of such net interest income to pay dissolution expenses) and (iii) as promptly as possible following such redemption, dissolve and liquidate the balance of the Company's net assets to its remaining stockholders, as part of its plan of dissolution and liquidation. The Sponsor and the Company's officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they waived their rights to participate in any redemption with respect to their Founder Shares (as defined below); however, if the Sponsor or any of the Company's officers, directors or affiliates acquire public shares of common stock, they will be entitled to a pro rata share of the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the required time period.

        In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per Unit in the Public Offering.

F-69



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Organization and Business Operations (Continued)

Emerging Growth Company

        Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position as of December 31, 2020 and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the period ended December 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year or any other period.

Net Loss Per Common Share

        The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A common stock (the "Common Stock") and Class F Common Stock (the "Founders Shares"). Net income/(loss) per common share is computed utilizing the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share separately for each class of common stock based on an allocation of undistributed earnings per the rights of each class. At December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company under the treasury stock

F-70



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

method. As a result, diluted net income/(loss) per common share is the same as basic net income/(loss) per common share for the period.

 
  For the Period
from June 25, 2020
(inception) to
December 31, 2020
 
 
  Class A   Class F  

Basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share:

             

Numerator:

             

Allocation of net income/(loss)

  $ (497,551 ) $ (153,194 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average shares outstanding

    39,789,750     11,766,913  

Basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.01 )

Concentration of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution as well as the Trust Account, which at times, may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts.

Financial Instruments

        The fair value of the Company's assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures," approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet.

Offering Costs

        The Company complies with the requirements of the Accounting Standards Codification (the "ASC") 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A—"Expenses of Offering." Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to our Public Offering and were charged to stockholders' equity upon the completion of our Public Offering. Accordingly, offering costs totaling $29,563,655 (including $28,875,000 in underwriters' fees), were charged to stockholders' equity.

Redeemable Common Stock

        As discussed in Note 3, all of the 52,500,000 class A common stock sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such public shares in connection with the Company's liquidation, if there is a stockholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Business Combination and in connection with certain amendments to the Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In accordance with ASC 480, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require common stock subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and

F-71



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

liquidation of all of the entity's equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of ASC 480. Although the Company did not specify a maximum redemption threshold, its charter provides that currently, the Company will not redeem its public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets (stockholders' equity) to be less than $5,000,001.

        The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paid in capital.

        Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, 50,231,059 of the 52,500,000 public shares are classified outside of permanent equity at their redemption value.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company's management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

        The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, "Income Taxes." Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

        For those liabilities or benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax liabilities as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020.

        The Company may be subject to potential examination by U.S. federal, states or foreign jurisdiction authorities in the areas of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income amounts in various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, states or foreign tax laws.

        The Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware and is required to pay franchise taxes to the State of Delaware on an annual basis.

F-72



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company continually monitors its positions with and the credit quality of the financial institutions with which it invests. Periodically, the Company may maintain balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits.

Investments and Cash Held in Trust Account

        At December 31, 2020, the Company had $525,020,571 in the Trust Account which may be utilized for Business Combinations. At December 31, 2020, the Trust Account consisted of money market funds.

        The Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in trust will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares of common stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company's obligation to redeem 100% of such public shares of common stock if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering; or (iii) the redemption of 100% of the public shares of common stock if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering, subject to the requirements of law and stock exchange rules.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

        Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company's financial statements based on current operations of the Company. The impact of any recently issued accounting standards will be re-evaluated on a regular basis or if a business combination is completed where the impact could be material.

Going Concern Consideration

        If the Company does not complete its Business Combination by August 10, 2022, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the common stock sold as part of the units in the Public Offering, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of franchise and income taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of such net interest which may be distributed to the Company to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company's remaining stockholders and the Company's Board of Directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company's obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

F-73



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per unit in the Public Offering. In addition, if the Company fails to complete its Business Combination by August 10, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the warrants, which will expire worthless.

        In addition, at December 31, 2020, the Company had current liabilities of $567,859 and working capital of $492,046, largely due to amounts owed to professionals, consultants, advisors and others who are working on seeking a Business Combination as described in Note 1. Such work is continuing after December 31, 2020 and amounts are continuing to accrue.

3. Public Offering

Public Units

        On August 10, 2020, the Company sold 52,500,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit (the "Units"), including 5,000,000 Units as a result of the underwriters' partial exercise of its over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $525,000,000. Each Unit consists of one share of the Company's Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, and one-fifth of one redeemable Class A common stock purchase warrant (the "Warrants"). Each Whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock for $11.50 per share. Each Warrant will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Public Offering and will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. However, if the Company does not complete the Business Combination on or prior to the 24-month period allotted to complete the Business Combination, the Warrants will expire at the end of such period. The Warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and the Company. The Company did not register the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") or any state securities law. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, the Company has agreed to use its best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act following the completion of the Business Combination covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company paid an upfront underwriting discount of 2.00% ($10,500,000) of the per Unit offering price to the underwriters at the closing of the Public Offering, with an additional fee (the "Deferred Discount") of 3.50% ($18,375,000) of the per Unit offering price payable upon the Company's completion of a Business Combination. The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its Business Combination.

4. Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

        On July 14, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 11,500,000 shares of Class F Common Stock (the "Founder Shares") for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. On August 3, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company's three independent directors (together with the Sponsor, the "Initial Stockholders") at their original purchase price. On August 5, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to the Company's Founder Shares of 2,156,250 shares thereof, resulting in the Company's Initial Stockholders holding an

F-74



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

aggregate of 13,656,250 shares of Class F Common Stock. On September 21, 2020, the Sponsor forfeited 531,250 Founder Shares following the expiration of the unexercised portion of underwriters' over-allotment option, so that the Founder Shares held by the Initial Stockholders would represent 20.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock following completion of the Public Offering. The Founder Shares are identical to the common stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except that the Founder Shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described in the Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Private Placement Warrants

        The Sponsor purchased from the Company an aggregate of 6,250,000 warrants at a price of $2.00 per warrant (a purchase price of $12,500,000) in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the Public Offering (the "Private Placement Warrants"). Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account pending completion of the Business Combination.

        The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants sold as part of the units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

        If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, then the Private Placement Warrants proceeds will be part of the liquidation distribution to the public stockholders and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Registration Rights

        The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, have registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to common shares) pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into by the Company, the Sponsor and the other security holders named therein on August 10, 2020. These holders will also have certain demand and "piggy back" registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Sponsor Loan

        On July 14, 2020, Company borrowed $300,000 by the issuance of an unsecured promissory note from the Sponsor for $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering. This Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the completion of the Public Offering. This Note was repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering.

Administrative Services Agreement

        The Company entered into an administrative services agreement on August 3, 2020, pursuant to which it agreed to pay to an affiliate of the Sponsor $20,000 a month for office space, utilities and secretarial support. Services commenced on the date the securities were first listed on Nasdaq and will

F-75



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

terminate upon the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company.

        For the period commencing August 3, 2020 through December 31, 2020 the Company has paid the affiliate $96,774.

5. Deferred Underwriting Compensation

        The Company is committed to pay a deferred underwriting discount totaling $18,375,000 or 3.50% of the gross offering proceeds of the Public Offering, to the underwriters upon the Company's consummation of a Business Combination. The underwriters are not entitled to any interest accrued on the Deferred Discount, and no Deferred Discount is payable to the underwriters if there is no Merger.

6. Income Taxes

Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation

        A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax expense to the income tax expense from continuing operations provided at December 31, 2020 as follows:

 
  From
June 25, 2020
(inception) to
December 31, 2020
 

Income tax expense at the federal statutory rate

  $ (172,983 )

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefits

    (30,882 )

Change in valuation allowance

    30,882  

Total income tax expense/(benefit)

  $ (172,983 )

Current/Deferred Taxes

 
  From

June 25, 2020
(inception) to
December 31, 2020
 

Current income tax expense

       

Federal

  $  

State

     

Total current income tax expense

  $  

Deferred income tax expense

       

Federal

  $ (172,983 )

State

     

Total deferred income tax expense

  $ (172,983 )

Provision for income taxes

  $ (172,983 )

F-76



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the period ended December 31, 2020:

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020:

 
  December 31, 2020  

Deferred tax assets

       

Accrued Expenses

  $ 140,021  

Net operating losses

    66,547  

Total deferred tax assets

    206,568  

Valuation allowance

    (30,882 )

Net deferred tax assets

    175,686  

Deferred tax liabilities

       

Prepaids

    (2,703 )

Accrued Income

     

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (2,703 )

Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)

  $ 172,983  

7. Investments and cash held in Trust

        As of December 31, 2020, investment securities in the Company's Trust Account consist of $525,020,571 in money market funds.

8. Fair Value Measurement

        The Company complies with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually. ASC 820 determines fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or would be paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

        The following table presents information about the Company's assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are

F-77



GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

unobservable data points for the asset or liability, and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability:

Description
  December 31,
2020
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Investments and cash held in Trust Account

    525,020,571     525,020,571          

Total

  $ 525,020,571   $ 525,020,571   $   $  

9. Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock

        The Company is authorized to issue 440,000,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 40,000,000 shares of Class F Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock and vote together as a single class. At December 31, 2020, there were 52,500,000 shares of Class A common stock (inclusive of the 50,231,059 shares subject to redemption) and 13,125,000 shares of Class F Common Stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

Preferred Stock

        The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

10. Risk and Contingencies

        Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company's financial position, results of its operations, and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

11. Subsequent Events

        Management has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through February 26, 2021 of the financial statements, noting no items which require adjustment or disclosure other than those set forth in the preceding notes to the financial statements.

F-78


ANNEXES

Annex A:   Business Combination Agreement

Annex B:

 

Duff & Phelps Opinion

Annex C:

 

Proxy Card for Special Meeting of Stockholders

Table of Contents


Annex A

Execution Version

BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT
by and among

GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.,
ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.,
ARDAGH MP MERGECO INC.
and
ARDAGH GROUP S.A.

dated as of February 22, 2021


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 
   
  Page

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

  A-2

Section 1.2

 

Construction

  A-15

ARTICLE II
THE CLOSING TRANSACTIONS

Section 2.1

 

Closing

  A-17

Section 2.2

 

GHV Financing Certificate

  A-17

Section 2.3

 

Deliveries at Closing

  A-17

Section 2.4

 

Closing Transactions

  A-18

Section 2.5

 

Capitalization

  A-18

Section 2.6

 

Withholding

  A-18

ARTICLE III
THE MERGER

Section 3.1

 

Effective Time

  A-18

Section 3.2

 

The Merger

  A-19

Section 3.3

 

Effect of the Merger

  A-19

Section 3.4

 

Governing Documents

  A-19

Section 3.5

 

Directors and Officers

  A-19

Section 3.6

 

Earnout Shares

  A-19

Section 3.7

 

Treatment of GHV Capital Stock in the Merger

  A-21

Section 3.8

 

Exchange of Certificates

  A-21

Section 3.9

 

Stock Transfer Books

  A-23

Section 3.10

 

GHV Warrants

  A-23

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ARDAGH

Section 4.1

 

Organization and Authority

  A-23

Section 4.2

 

Noncontravention

  A-24

Section 4.3

 

Governmental Authorities; Consents

  A-24

Section 4.4

 

Capitalization

  A-25

Section 4.5

 

Financial Statements

  A-26

Section 4.6

 

Undisclosed Liabilities

  A-26

Section 4.7

 

Actions

  A-26

Section 4.8

 

Compliance with Laws; Permits

  A-27

Section 4.9

 

Material Contracts

  A-27

Section 4.10

 

Real Property

  A-29

Section 4.11

 

Employee Benefits

  A-29

Section 4.12

 

Labor and Employment

  A-31

Section 4.13

 

Taxes

  A-32

Section 4.14

 

Intellectual Property and Data Privacy

  A-34

Section 4.15

 

Insurance

  A-36

Section 4.16

 

Absence of Changes

  A-36

Section 4.17

 

Interested Party Transactions

  A-36

Section 4.18

 

Anti-Corruption; Sanctions; Import and Export Control Laws

  A-37

Section 4.19

 

Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Registration Statement

  A-38

Section 4.20

 

Brokers' Fees

  A-38

A-i


Table of Contents

 
   
  Page

Section 4.21

 

No Prior Operations of AMPSA or MergeCo

  A-38

Section 4.22

 

Environmental Matters

  A-38

Section 4.23

 

Sufficiency of Assets

  A-38

Section 4.24

 

Product Liability; Product Warranties

  A-39

Section 4.25

 

Debt Financing

  A-39

Section 4.26

 

No Other Representations or Warranties

  A-40

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GHV

Section 5.1

 

Organization and Authority

  A-40

Section 5.2

 

Noncontravention

  A-41

Section 5.3

 

Governmental Authorities; Consents

  A-41

Section 5.4

 

Capitalization

  A-41

Section 5.5

 

SEC Reports; Financial Statements

  A-42

Section 5.6

 

Undisclosed Liabilities

  A-43

Section 5.7

 

Actions

  A-43

Section 5.8

 

Compliance with Laws; Permits

  A-43

Section 5.9

 

Financial Ability; Trust Account

  A-43

Section 5.10

 

Brokers' Fees; Transaction Expenses

  A-44

Section 5.11

 

Business Activities

  A-44

Section 5.12

 

Material Contracts

  A-44

Section 5.13

 

Employees

  A-44

Section 5.14

 

Listing

  A-45

Section 5.15

 

Investment Company

  A-45

Section 5.16

 

Taxes

  A-45

Section 5.17

 

Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Registration Statement

  A-46

Section 5.18

 

Absence of Changes

  A-47

Section 5.19

 

No Other Representations or Warranties

  A-47

ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS

Section 6.1

 

Conduct of the AMP Business

  A-47

Section 6.2

 

Conduct of Business by GHV

  A-49

Section 6.3

 

PCAOB Financials

  A-50

Section 6.4

 

GHV Public Filings

  A-50

Section 6.5

 

Proxy Statement/Prospectus; Registration Statement

  A-51

Section 6.6

 

GHV Stockholders' Meetings

  A-53

Section 6.7

 

Access to Information

  A-53

Section 6.8

 

Further Assurances

  A-54

Section 6.9

 

Publicity

  A-54

Section 6.10

 

Non-Solicitation

  A-54

Section 6.11

 

Directors' and Officers' Indemnification

  A-55

Section 6.12

 

Trust Account

  A-56

Section 6.13

 

Tax Matters

  A-57

Section 6.14

 

Notification of Certain Matters

  A-60

Section 6.15

 

Stock Exchange Listing

  A-60

Section 6.16

 

Delisting and Deregistration

  A-60

Section 6.17

 

Pre-Closing Restructuring

  A-60

Section 6.18

 

Termination of Existing Registration Rights Agreement

  A-60

Section 6.19

 

EU Securities Regulation

  A-60

Section 6.20

 

PIPE Investment

  A-61

A-ii


Table of Contents

 
   
  Page

Section 6.21

 

Debt Financing

  A-61

Section 6.22

 

Stockholder Litigation

  A-64

Section 6.23

 

MergeCo Approval

  A-64

Section 6.24

 

Insider Letters

  A-64

ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

Section 7.1

 

Conditions to Obligations of all Parties

  A-64

Section 7.2

 

Conditions to Obligations of GHV

  A-65

Section 7.3

 

Conditions to Obligations of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo

  A-66

Section 7.4

 

Frustration of Closing Conditions

  A-67

ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION

Section 8.1

 

Termination

  A-67

Section 8.2

 

Effect of Termination

  A-68

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1

 

Non Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements

  A-68

Section 9.2

 

Modification or Amendment

  A-68

Section 9.3

 

Extension; Waiver

  A-68

Section 9.4

 

Notices

  A-69

Section 9.5

 

Entire Agreement

  A-70

Section 9.6

 

Assignment

  A-70

Section 9.7

 

Counterparts

  A-70

Section 9.8

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

  A-70

Section 9.9

 

Governing Law

  A-70

Section 9.10

 

Jurisdiction

  A-71

Section 9.11

 

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

  A-71

Section 9.12

 

Severability

  A-71

Section 9.13

 

Fees and Expenses

  A-71

Section 9.14

 

Specific Performance

  A-71

Section 9.15

 

Non-Recourse

  A-72

Annex A—AMPSA Capitalization

   

Annex B—AMP Entities

   

Annex C—Knowledge of Ardagh

   

Annex D—Knowledge of GHV

   

Annex E—Directors and Officers of AMPSA

   

Exhibit A—Form of Subscription Agreement

   

Exhibit B—Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

   

Exhibit C—Form of Shareholders Agreement

   

Exhibit D—Form of Services Agreement

   

Exhibit E—Form of Transfer Agreement

   

Exhibit F—Form of Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement

   

Exhibit G—Form of AMPSA Articles of Association

   

A-iii


Table of Contents


BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT

        This Business Combination Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of February 22, 2021, by and among Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("GHV"), Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B251465 ("AMPSA"), Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MergeCo"), and Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B160804 ("Ardagh"). GHV, AMPSA, MergeCo, and Ardagh are referred to herein individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

        WHEREAS, Ardagh, through the AMP Entities, is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and related technical and customer services (the "AMP Business");

        WHEREAS, GHV is a special purpose acquisition company incorporated for the purpose of effecting a Business Combination;

        WHEREAS, AMPSA is a newly formed wholly-owned Subsidiary of Ardagh and MergeCo is a newly formed wholly-owned Subsidiary of AMPSA, each formed solely for the purposes of the Transactions;

        WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, certain investors (the "PIPE Investors") have entered into subscription agreements in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the "Subscription Agreements"), pursuant to which such investors have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to subscribe for and purchase at the Closing shares of AMPSA ("Shares") at a purchase price of $10 per share, for an aggregate cash amount of $600,000,000 (such aggregate cash amount, the "PIPE Investment Amount", and such transactions, the "PIPE Investment");

        WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the AMPSA Financing Parties have received and accepted a debt commitment letter from the Commitment Debt Financing Sources in connection with the Debt Financing;

        WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), and the Luxembourg Law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended (the "1915 Law"), and other applicable Law, MergeCo will merge with and into GHV (the "Merger"), with GHV being the surviving corporation of the Merger as a wholly-owned Subsidiary of AMPSA (GHV, in its capacity as the surviving corporation of the Merger, is sometimes referred to as the "Surviving Corporation"), and, in the context of and in connection with such Merger, all shares of GHV Class A Common Stock (the "GHV A Shares") outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than any Excluded Shares, will be contributed to AMPSA in exchange for Shares (in each case as set forth in this Agreement), and all warrants issued by GHV (the "GHV Warrants") outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into warrants issued by AMPSA exercisable for Shares;

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Agreement, in a series of related transactions, prior to the Closing, Ardagh will (a) cause any assets and Liabilities relating to the business of Ardagh (other than the AMP Business) that are, as of the date hereof, held by any AMP Entity to be transferred to one or more Subsidiaries of Ardagh that are not AMP Entities, and (b) effect the AMP Transfer, which will result in all of the equity and other ownership interests in the AMP Entities (other than AMPSA) being directly or indirectly owned by AMPSA in exchange for aggregate consideration consisting of (i) $2,315,000,000, payable in cash (in USD or the EUR equivalent thereof (based on an exchange rate as of a date to be agreed by the parties thereto) or both) at the time of the AMP Transfer in a series of transactions, including contributions for shares and the repayment of


Table of Contents

intercompany payables (which will be funded from the proceeds of the Debt Financing), (ii) 484,956,250 Shares, (iii) a promissory note issued by a Subsidiary of AMPSA in the amount of $1,085,000,000 (the "AMPSA Promissory Note"), which will be paid by AMPSA in cash at the Closing or, if the cash payment to AMPSA at Closing is less than $1,085,000,000, with a combination of cash and the Ardagh Closing Shares in accordance with Section 2.4(f), and (iv) a contingent right to receive the Earnout Shares in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6 (the consideration set forth in clause (b), the "Ardagh Consideration");

        WHEREAS, following the closing of the PIPE Investment and the Merger, the GHV Stockholders and the PIPE Investors will hold Shares and the holders of the GHV Warrants will hold the AMPSA Warrants, in each case in the aggregate amounts set forth on Annex A (either directly or through the Exchange Agent to the extent that such GHV Stockholders have not submitted the applicable Letter of Transmittal pursuant to Section 3.8(b));

        WHEREAS, the board of directors of GHV (the "GHV Board") has unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement, the Related Agreements to which GHV is a party, the Merger and the other Transactions are fair to, and in the best interests of, GHV and its stockholders (the "GHV Stockholders"), (b) adopted a resolution approving this Agreement and the Related Agreements, and declaring their advisability, and approving the Merger and the other Transactions, and (c) recommended the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Related Agreements, and the approval of the Merger and the other Transactions by the GHV Stockholders (such adoption and approval by the GHV Stockholders, the "GHV Stockholder Approval");

        WHEREAS, the board of directors of Ardagh and the board of directors of AMPSA (the "AMPSA Board") have each determined that the Transactions are in the best interests of Ardagh and AMPSA, respectively, and have approved this Agreement, the Related Agreements and, except for AMPSA's adoption of this Agreement as the sole stockholder of MergeCo, which shall be provided pursuant to Section 6.23, the Transactions;

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Closing, AMPSA, Ardagh, Gores Sponsor V LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor"), and certain other parties will enter into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement (the "Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement") substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B; and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Closing, AMPSA and Ardagh will enter into a Shareholders Agreement (the "Shareholders Agreement") substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which the Parties hereby acknowledge, the Parties hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        Section 1.1    Definitions.     Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

        "Action" means any action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, claim, demand, litigation, prosecution, contest, investigation, inquiry, hearing, inquest, audit, complaint, dispute or other legal recourse, in each case, by or before a Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal, whether civil, criminal, administrative, disciplinary or otherwise.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person; provided, that, for the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by"

A-2


Table of Contents

and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise.

        "Alternate Ardagh Combination" means, with respect to any of the AMP Entities or the AMP Business, any Business Combination other than the Transactions, including the Merger.

        "Alternate GHV Combination" means, with respect to GHV, any Business Combination other than the Transactions, including the Merger.

        "AMP Business Employee" means an employee of the AMP Entities following the Pre-Closing Restructuring.

        "AMP Business Plan" means a Plan (a) that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or is required to be contributed to, by Ardagh or its Affiliates (including the AMP Entities) for the benefit of any current or former director, manager, officer, consultant (who is a natural person) or employee of an AMP Entity providing substantially all of his or her services to the AMP Business, including any AMP Business Employee, or his or her dependents or beneficiaries or (b) with respect to which the AMP Entities has or would reasonably be expected to have any Liability.

        "AMP Consolidated Financial Statements" means the unaudited combined income statements, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows of the AMP Business for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and as at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 for the combined statements of financial position, which have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the audited consolidated financial statements of Ardagh (in the case of the 2018 and 2019 financial years) and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Ardagh (in the case of the 2020 financial year) to represent the financial position and performance of the AMP Business as if the AMP Business had existed on a stand-alone basis for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and as at December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 (together with the notes, if any, relating thereto).

        "AMP Entities" means the Subsidiaries of Ardagh set forth on Annex B; provided, that for purposes of the representations and warranties contained in Article IV and the covenants set forth in Section 6.1, to the extent applicable, the AMP Entities shall be deemed to refer to such Persons on Annex B after giving effect to the Pre-Closing Restructuring.

        "AMP Material Adverse Effect" means with respect to the AMP Business (including the AMP Entities), any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development that, individually or in the aggregate when taken together with all such other facts, conditions, changes, effects, events, occurrences or developments, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole; provided, however, that none of the following shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been an AMP Material Adverse Effect: (a) any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development arising out of or resulting from the disclosure (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the consummation) or pendency of the Transactions, including by reason of the identity of GHV as a party to this Agreement; (b) any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development: (i) in the financial, banking or securities markets (including interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices) in general, or economic, regulatory or political conditions in general; (ii) generally affecting the industries in which the AMP Business operates; or (iii) resulting from natural disasters, epidemics, pandemics (including COVID-19 or any COVID-19 Measures), acts of God, war, sabotage or terrorism, or an escalation or worsening thereof; (c) any failure by the AMP Entities to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions in and of itself (it being understood that this clause (c) shall not prevent or otherwise affect a determination that any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development underlying such failure has resulted in, or contributed to, an AMP Material Adverse

A-3


Table of Contents

Effect); (d) changes in Law or accounting standards or authoritative interpretations thereof after the date of this Agreement; (e) any action or inaction expressly approved or consented to in writing by GHV after the date of this Agreement; or (f) any action expressly required to be taken by Ardagh or AMPSA pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 6.1(a) ); provided that in the case of the foregoing clauses (b) and (d), any such fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development may be taken into account to the extent it has a disproportionately adverse effect on the AMP Business (taken as a whole) as compared to other participants in the industries and markets in which the AMP Business operates (in respect of the business conducted by them in such industries), but solely to the extent of such disproportionate effect.

        "AMP Transfer" means the contribution or transfer by Ardagh (or one or more of its Subsidiaries), as part of the Pre-Closing Restructuring, of all the issued and outstanding equity interests in the AMP Entities to AMPSA (or one or more of its Subsidiaries) in exchange for the Ardagh Consideration.

        "AMPSA Taxes" means any Taxes with respect to the AMP Business other than Transfer Taxes, which are addressed in Section 6.13(c).

        "AMPSA VWAP" means, for each trading day, the daily volume weighted average price (based on such trading day) of the Shares on the Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg Financial L.P.

        "Ardagh Bank Account" means the bank account(s) to be designated by Ardagh in a written notice to GHV and AMPSA at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

        "Ardagh Consolidated Group" means any affiliated, combined, unitary, consolidated or similar Tax group of which Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (other than any AMP Entity), on the one hand, and any AMP Entity, on the other hand, are or were members.

        "Ardagh Disclosure Schedules" means the disclosure schedules delivered by Ardagh concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

        "Ardagh Entities" means Ardagh and its Affiliates (other than any AMP Entity).

        "Ardagh Existing Indebtedness" means, collectively, Indebtedness and other obligations under (a) that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2017, by and among, inter alios, Ardagh, as the parent, the borrowers from time to time party thereto, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, (b) that certain senior indenture, dated as of January 30, 2017, by and among Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA, Inc., as issuers (collectively, the "Issuers"), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent and transfer agent, Citibank, N.A., as U.S. paying agent, Ardagh, as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as registrar, (c) that certain senior indenture, dated as of June 12, 2017, by and among the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent and transfer agent, Ardagh, as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG, as registrar, (d) that certain senior secured indenture, dated as of August 12, 2019 by and among the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent, transfer agent and security agent, Ardagh, as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, as registrar (the "Registrar"), (e) that certain senior indenture, dated as of August 12, 2019, by and among the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent and transfer agent, Ardagh, as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and the Registrar, (f) that certain senior secured indenture, dated as of April 8, 2020, by and among the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent, transfer agent and security agent, Ardagh, as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and the Registrar, (g) that certain senior indenture, dated as of June 2, 2020, by and among the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent and transfer agent, Ardagh, as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and the

A-4


Table of Contents

Registrar, (h) that certain senior secured indenture, dated as of June 10, 2020, by and among the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent, transfer agent and security agent, Ardagh, as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and the Registrar and (i) that certain senior secured indenture, dated as of November 20, 2019, by and among ARD Finance S.A. as issuer, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as trustee, principal paying agent, transfer agent and security agent and the Registrar, in each case of the foregoing clauses (a) through (i), together with any security agreements, guaranty agreements, intercreditor agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral assignment, control agreements and other agreements related thereto, in each case, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Closing Date.

        "Ardagh Retained Business" means the businesses of Ardagh (other than the AMP Business).

        "Ardagh Taxes" means any Taxes with respect to the Ardagh Retained Business other than Transfer Taxes, which are addressed in Section 6.13(c).

        "Business Combination" means, with respect to any Party, any merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

        "Business Day" means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in New York, NY, or Luxembourg City, Luxembourg are required or authorized by Law to be closed for business.

        "Business Information Technology" means all tangible or digital computer systems (including computers, screens, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, networks, data communications lines and hardware), software (including source code and object code) and telecommunications systems used or held for use by any of the AMP Entities.

        "Business IP Agreements" means all Contracts pursuant to which any license, sublicense, right, option, permission, consent, covenant not to sue or release, in each case of the foregoing, regarding the use of any Intellectual Property is (a) granted by any third party to (i) any of the AMP Entities or (ii) Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (other than the AMP Entities) and which Intellectual Property is used or practiced, or held for use or practice, by any of the AMP Entities or in connection with the AMP Business (in each case of (i) and (ii), excluding (A) "shrink-wrap" and "click-wrap" licenses, and other non-exclusive licenses, in each case, for generally commercially available software licensed on standard and non-negotiable terms with aggregate or annual license and maintenance fees (whichever is higher) attributable to the AMP Business of less than $50,000, (B) Contracts for generally commercially available software, hardware or other information technology equipment or related services, in each case, provided under the Services Agreement and (C) any Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business that contains only non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property that are ancillary to the primary purpose of the Contract) or (b) granted by any of the AMP Entities to any third party (excluding non-exclusive licenses granted by any AMP Entity to its customers and service providers, in each case, in the ordinary course of business).

        "Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        "Collective Bargaining Agreement" means any written agreement with an Employee Representative Body impacting the terms, conditions or liabilities of, to or in connection with, the AMP Business Employees.

        "Confidentiality Agreement" means that certain Confidentiality Agreement, dated November 25, 2020, by and between Ardagh and GHV.

        "Contract" means any legally-binding contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan or credit agreement, instrument, lease, commitment, mortgage, deed of trust, license, power of attorney,

A-5


Table of Contents

guaranty or other arrangement or obligation, whether written or oral, in each case, as amended and supplemented from time to time and including all schedules, annexes and exhibits thereto.

        "COVID-19" means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions or mutations thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemic or disease outbreaks.

        "COVID-19 Measures" means any quarantine, "shelter in place," "stay at home," workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down (including, the shutdown of air transport and cargo routes, shut down of foodservice or certain business activities), closure (including business and border closures), sequester, safety or similar Law, directive, guidelines or recommendations promulgated by any Governmental Authority, in each case, in connection with or in response to COVID-19.

        "Debt Financing" means the debt financing pursuant to the Commitment Letter or such other alternative financing arrangements to be incurred by the AMPSA Financing Parties in respect of the Transactions, in an amount which would yield net proceeds of not less than $2,315,000,000 and have an aggregate principal amount of no more than $2,800,000,000.

        "Debt Financing Sources" means each Person that shall provide or facilitate the provision of the Debt Financing to one or more AMPSA Financing Parties or one or more of its or their Subsidiaries, including the Commitment Debt Financing Sources. With respect to any offering of securities involving an underwriter, initial purchaser, placement agent or similar party, the Debt Financing Sources in relation to such offering shall mean each Person that is an underwriter, initial purchaser, placement agent or similar party in such capacity and shall not include investors purchasing such securities.

        "Disclosure Schedules" means the Ardagh Disclosure Schedules and the GHV Disclosure Schedules.

        "Earnout Shares" means the 60,730,000 Shares that Ardagh has a contingent right to receive following the Closing as a component of the Ardagh Consideration in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6.

        "Employee Representative Body" means any works' council, labor union, trade union or similar employee representative body in any jurisdiction.

        "Encumbrance" means any encumbrance, mortgage, fixed or floating charge, pledge, lien, restriction, guarantee, trust, right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption or first refusal, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, title retention, legal or equitable third party right or interest, including any assignment by way of security or trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security, encroachment, deed of trust or deed to secure debt, recorded or unrecorded easement, right of way, covenant, condition, license, reservation, subdivision and other defects of title of any kind or rights of others for rights of way, utilities and similar purposes that adversely affect real property, or, in any case, any agreement to create any of the foregoing.

        "Environmental Laws" means any Law pertaining to or otherwise relating to: (a) the protection of the environment (including air quality, surface water, groundwater, soils, subsurface strata, sediments, drinking water, natural resources and biota) or human health and safety (but only with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials); or (b) the use, registration, management, generation, storage, treatment, recycling, transportation, Release, threatened Release, investigation or remediation of Hazardous Materials.

        "Environmental Permits" means any license, permit, approval, certificate, registration, restriction or other authorization issued by or required from any Governmental Authority, issued under Environmental Laws.

        "ERISA" means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

A-6


Table of Contents

        "ERISA Affiliate" means any entity (whether or not incorporated) which together with Ardagh or any of its Subsidiaries would be treated as a "single employer" under Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code.

        "Exchange Act" means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        "FinanceCo" means one or more indirect Subsidiaries of AMPSA.

        "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

        "GHV Available Cash" means, as of the date of determination, (a) the amount of immediately available funds contained in the Trust Account available for release to GHV, plus (b) all funds held by GHV outside of the Trust Account and immediately available to GHV.

        "GHV Class A Common Stock" means the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of GHV.

        "GHV Class F Common Stock" means the Class F common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of GHV.

        "GHV Class F Conversion Ratio" means the ratio at which each share of GHV Class F Common Stock is automatically convertible into shares of GHV Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.3(b) of GHV's Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

        "GHV Closing Cash Amount" means GHV Available Cash as of the Closing after giving effect to any payments to be made in connection with the GHV Stock Redemption.

        "GHV Common Stock" means, collectively, the GHV Class A Common Stock and the GHV Class F Common Stock.

        "GHV Disclosure Schedules" means the disclosure schedules delivered by GHV concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

        "GHV Intervening Event" means an event, fact, development, circumstance or occurrence first arising after the date of this Agreement that is materially adverse to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities or results of operations of the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole (but specifically excluding any (a) Contract, proposal, offer or indication of interest in any form, written or oral, relating any Business Combination with respect to GHV, (b) changes in the general economy, capital markets or any declines or improvements in financial markets and (c) effects arising from or relating to epidemics, pandemics, or disease outbreaks, including COVID-19 or any COVID-19 Measures) and that was not known by or the consequences of which were not reasonably foreseeable to the GHV Board as of the date of this Agreement, and that becomes known to the GHV Board after the date of this Agreement.

        "GHV Material Adverse Effect" means with respect to GHV, any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence, or development that, individually or in the aggregate when taken together with all such other facts, conditions, changes, effects, events, occurrences or developments, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of GHV; provided, however, that none of the following shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been a GHV Material Adverse Effect: (a) any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development arising out of or resulting from the disclosure (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the consummation) or pendency of the Transactions, including by reason of the identity of Ardagh as a party to this Agreement; (b) any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development: (i) in the financial, banking or securities markets (including interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices) in general, or economic, regulatory or political conditions in general; (ii) generally affecting the industries in which GHV operates; or (iii) resulting from natural

A-7


Table of Contents

disasters, epidemics, pandemics (including COVID-19 or any COVID-19 Measures), acts of God, war, sabotage or terrorism, or an escalation or worsening thereof; (c) any failure by GHV to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions in and of itself (it being understood that this clause (c) shall not prevent or otherwise affect a determination that any fact, condition, change, effect, event, occurrence or development underlying such failure has resulted in, or contributed to, an GHV Material Adverse Effect); (d) changes in Law or accounting standards or authoritative interpretations thereof after the date of this Agreement; (e) any action or inaction expressly approved or consented to in writing by Ardagh after the date of this Agreement; or (f) any action expressly required to be taken by GHV pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

        "GHV Merger Consideration" means, collectively, (a) GHV Shares Consideration and (b) the AMPSA Warrants to be issued to the holders of GHV Warrants pursuant to Section 3.10.

        "GHV Minimum Cash Amount" means an amount equal to $685,000,000.

        "GHV Preferred Stock" means the preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of GHV.

        "GHV Proposals" means the proposals to be made by the GHV Board to the GHV Stockholders pursuant to the GHV Organizational Documents and applicable Law to (a) adopt this Agreement, (b) approve the Transactions, including the Merger, and (c) approve any other proposals the Parties mutually agree are necessary or desirable to effect the Transactions.

        "GHV Required Proposals" means proposals made by the GHV Board to the GHV Stockholders pursuant to the GHV Organizational Documents and applicable Law to (a) adopt this Agreement and (b) approve the Transactions, including the Merger.

        "GHV Shares Consideration" means the Shares exchanged for the GHV Closing Shares pursuant to Section 3.7(b)(i).

        "GHV Units" means one share of GHV Class A Common Stock and one-fifth of one GHV Warrant.

        "GHV Warrant Agreement" means that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2020, by and between GHV and the Trustee, as warrant agent.

        "Governmental Authority" means any U.S. or non-U.S. national, federal, state, local, supranational, regional, or provincial government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative or regulatory agency, board, bureau, arbitrator, tribunal, or arbitral body or commission or other national, state, local, supranational, regional or provincial governmental authority or instrumentality entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power.

        "Governmental Order" means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award, in each case, entered by any Governmental Authority.

        "Hazardous Materials" means any per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, petroleum products, used or waste petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls and asbestos and any material, substances or waste that is defined, regulated or otherwise characterized as toxic, hazardous, radioactive, or as a contaminant, pollutant or words of similar meaning or effect under any applicable Environmental Law.

        "IFRS" means the International Financial Reporting Standards and related interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

        "Indebtedness" means, as of any time, without duplication, as applied to any Person, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments or debt securities and warrants; (c) all liabilities and obligations of such Person in respect of all performance bonds, banker's acceptances or letters of credit, to the extent drawn; (d) all interest, fees, prepayment or redemption premiums or penalties and

A-8


Table of Contents

other expenses (including breakage costs) owed with respect to any indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) to (c); and (e) all indebtedness, liabilities or obligations of the type referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (d) that is directly or indirectly guaranteed by such Person or which such Person has agreed (contingently or otherwise) to purchase, guarantee or otherwise acquire or in respect of which it has otherwise assured a creditor against loss. For purposes of this definition, all lease obligations of such Person, including those which are required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, shall be excluded.

        "Intellectual Property" means all intellectual property worldwide, including the following: (a) patents and patent applications, all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, renewals, extensions, substitutions and re-examinations and reissues thereof and all industrial design rights and utility models (collectively, "Patents"); (b) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, community design rights, Internet domain names, and all other identifiers indicating a business or source of goods or services, together with the goodwill associated exclusively with any of the foregoing; (c) copyrights, including copyrights in copyrightable works, works of authorship and computer software, and all database and design rights and rights in data collections, in each case, whether or not registered or published, all moral rights (however denominated) and all other rights equivalent to any of the foregoing (collectively, "Copyrights"); (d) registrations, applications for registration, renewals, extensions and reversions for any of the foregoing; (e) trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information (excluding tangible embodiments of such proprietary and confidential information), including all rights in confidential customer lists and know-how (collectively, "Trade Secrets"); (f) all other intellectual property rights arising from software or technology; and (g) all corresponding (including under international treaties or conventions) or equivalent intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

        "Investment Company Act" means the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

        "Knowledge of Ardagh" means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry or investigation, of the persons set forth on Annex C.

        "Knowledge of GHV" means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry or investigation, of the persons set forth on Annex D.

        "Law" means any U.S. or non-U.S. national, federal, state, provincial, local or supranational law (including common law), statute, code, Governmental Order, consent decree, doctrine, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty or other legal requirement of any Governmental Authority.

        "Leased Real Property" means real property leased, subleased, sub-subleased, licensed, sub-licensed by an AMP Entity.

        "Liabilities" means any and all liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or unaccrued, fixed or variable, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, determined or determinable, or matured or unmatured.

        "Loss" or "Losses" means any damages, losses, charges, Liabilities, claims, demands, actions, suits, proceedings, payments, judgments, settlements, assessments, deficiencies, Taxes, interest, fines, penalties, diminution in value and out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including penalties and expenses incurred in investigating, ongoing monitoring, defending and settling any proceeding, including reasonable attorneys' fees and out-of-pocket disbursements).

        "MergeCo Stockholder Approval" means the adoption of this Agreement by AMPSA as the sole stockholder of MergeCo.

        "Nasdaq" means the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, as may be applicable.

A-9


Table of Contents

        "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange.

        "OFAC" means the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control.

        "Organizational Documents" means: (a) in the case of a Person that is a corporation or a company, its articles or certificate of incorporation and its bylaws, memorandum of association, articles of association, regulations or similar governing instruments required by the Laws of its jurisdiction of formation or organization; (b) in the case of a Person that is a partnership, its articles or certificate of partnership, formation or association, and its partnership agreement (in each case, limited, limited liability, general or otherwise); (c) in the case of a Person that is a limited liability company, its articles or certificate of formation or organization, and its limited liability company agreement or operating agreement; and (d) in the case of a Person that is none of a corporation, partnership (limited, limited liability, general or otherwise), limited liability company or natural person, its governing instruments as required or contemplated by the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

        "Owned Intellectual Property" means all Intellectual Property owned by or claimed to be owned by any of the AMP Entities.

        "Owned Real Property" means real property owned by an AMP Entity, together with all buildings and other structures, facilities or improvements located thereon, all fixtures, systems, equipment and items of personal property of such party attached or appurtenant thereto and all easements, licenses, rights and appurtenances relating to the foregoing.

        "PCAOB" means the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and any division or subdivision thereof.

        "Permits" means any permit, approval, consent, license, franchise, registration, certificate, or similar authorization, from any Governmental Authority.

        "Permitted Encumbrance" means any (a) Encumbrances for Taxes, assessments or other Governmental Authority charges or levies that are (i) not yet due and payable, (ii) due but not delinquent or (iii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable; (b) statutory Encumbrances of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and repairmen for amounts not yet due or due but not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (c) Encumbrances incurred or deposits made to a Governmental Authority in connection with a Permit; (d) Encumbrances incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security; (e) imperfections of title and other recorded or unrecorded Encumbrances with respect to real property, in each case, that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) interfere with the present use of or occupancy of the affected real property in any material respect or (ii) impair in any material respect the ability of such parcel to be mortgaged or sold, leased or subleased for its present use; (f) Encumbrances not created by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates that affect the underlying fee interest of any Leased Real Property; (g) rights of a lessor under an operating lease or capitalized lease or of any licensor under a license (excluding any license of Intellectual Property), in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; (h) license, sublicense, right, option, permission or consent, in each case of the foregoing, that is non-exclusive and granted in the ordinary course of business regarding the use of Intellectual Property; (i) zoning, building, subdivision, land use, environmental regulations and other similar restrictions or requirements relating to the use or occupancy of real property, in each case, that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) interfere with the present use of or occupancy of the affected real property in any material respect or (ii) impair in any material respect the ability of such parcel to be mortgaged or sold, leased or subleased for its present use; (j) Encumbrances resulting from the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness, but solely to the extent such Encumbrances are released at or

A-10


Table of Contents

prior to the Closing; (k) Encumbrances resulting from the Debt Financing and (l) the Encumbrances set forth on Section 1.1 of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedules.

        "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, person (including, a "person" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), trust, association or entity or Governmental Authority or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

        "Personal Information" means, in addition to any definition for "personal information" or any equivalent term (e.g., "personal data" or "personally identifiable information" or "PII") provided by applicable Law, or by any of the AMP Entities (or by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (other than the AMP Entities) and related to the AMP Business) in any of its respective privacy policies, notices or contracts, all information that identifies or could be used to identify an individual person. Personal Information may relate to any individual, including a current, prospective or former customer, end user or employee of any Person, and includes information in any form or media, whether paper, electronic, or otherwise.

        "Plan" means each employment, compensation, benefits, severance or termination, consulting, bonus, deferred compensation, equity, phantom-equity, or equity-based award, retention, relocation, vacation, change in control, transaction bonus, salary continuation, hospitalization, medical, dental, vision, life insurance, disability or sick leave benefit, profit-sharing, pension or retirement or other fringe benefit or compensatory plan, program, agreement or arrangement, whether or not in writing and whether or not funded, including any "employee benefit plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA) but excluding any plan or program sponsored by a Governmental Authority.

        "Post-Closing Tax Period" means any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and, with respect to any taxable period beginning on or before and ending after the Closing Date, the portion of such taxable period beginning on the day after the Closing Date.

        "Privacy Laws" means any and all applicable Laws relating to the receipt, collection, compilation, use, storage, processing, sharing, safeguarding, security (technical, physical or administrative), disposal, destruction, disclosure or transfer (including cross-border) of any Personal Information, including the Federal Trade Commission Act, California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), Brazilian General Data Protection Law (LGPD), and EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), any applicable Laws relating to breach notification or marketing in connection with any Personal Information, and any Laws relating to the use of biometric identifiers.

        "Prospectus Regulation" means the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading on a regulated market, and repealing Directive 2003/71/EC.

        "Registered" means issued by, registered, recorded or filed with, renewed or extended by or the subject of a pending application before any Governmental Authority or Internet domain name registrar.

        "Regulatory Approvals" means (a) any applicable requirements of any Securities Laws and (b) the filing of the Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL.

        "Related Agreements" means the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, the Subscription Agreements, the Services Agreement, the Transfer Agreement, the Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement and all other agreements, certificates and instruments executed and delivered by the Parties in connection with the Transactions.

        "Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment of any Hazardous Materials.

A-11


Table of Contents

        "Representatives" means, with respect to any Person, such Person's Affiliates and its and their respective professional advisors, directors, officers, members, managers, stockholders, partners, employees, agents and authorized representatives.

        "Sanctioned Country" means Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria.

        "Sanctioned Person" means (a) any Person located, organized, or resident in a Sanctioned Country, (b) any Person named on any OFAC sanctions list, including OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List, and the Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, and (c) any other Person who is the subject or target of Sanctions.

        "Sanctions" means all economic sanctions and regulations maintained by OFAC, including OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List and the Foreign Sanctions Evaders List; economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or her Majesty's Treasury of the United Kingdom; and any other economic sanctions maintained by a jurisdiction in which the AMP Business or any of the AMP Entities does business or is otherwise subject to jurisdiction.

        "SEC" the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        "Securities Laws" means the securities laws of any state, federal or national entity, whether U.S. or non-U.S., and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

        "Services Agreement" means the agreement to be entered into by and between Ardagh and AMPSA on substantially the terms set forth on Exhibit D.

        "Steps Plan" means that certain Steps Plan, dated February 2, 2021, provided to the Parties by the AMPSA Tax Advisor in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

        "Subsidiary" of any Person means another Person, of which at least a majority of the outstanding securities or ownership interests having, by their terms, ordinary voting power to elect (or direct the election of) a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such first Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries.

        "Tax" or "Taxes" means any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, including income, excise, franchise, real or personal property, sales, transfer, gains, gross receipts, occupation, privilege, payroll, wage, unemployment, workers' compensation, use, value-added, capital, license, severance, stamp, recording, documentary, premium, environmental, capital stock, profits, withholding, registration, customs duties, employment, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, escheat or other taxes of any kind whatsoever (whether disputed or not), including any related charges, fees, interest, penalties, additions to tax or other assessments imposed by any Taxing Authority.

        "Tax Returns" means any return, report, statement, claim, disclaimer, information return or other document (including elections, declarations, disclosures, schedules, estimates or any related or supporting information or attachments thereto) filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority.

        "Taxing Authority" means any Governmental Authority that is responsible for the administration or imposition of any Tax.

        "Trade Laws" means all applicable customs, import and export Laws and regulations in jurisdictions in which the AMP Business or any of the AMP Entities does business or is otherwise subject to jurisdiction.

        "Trading Market" means NYSE or such other stock market on which the Shares shall be trading at the time of determination of AMPSA VWAP.

A-12


Table of Contents

        "Transaction Expenses" means the fees, costs and expenses incurred, accrued, paid or payable by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (including AMPSA, MergeCo or any of the AMP Entities) or GHV, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions (including with respect to the Debt Financing, the Pre-Closing Restructuring, the preparation of the PCAOB Financials and the D&O Tail), including any Transfer Taxes in an amount not to exceed $11,000,000, financing fees, legal, accounting, financial advisory, investment banking, underwriting (including, in the case of GHV, deferred underwriting fees) and other advisory, transaction or consulting fees, costs and expenses; provided, that Transaction Expenses shall not include any income, gains or other similar Taxes or any Transfer Taxes in excess of $11,000,000.

        "Transactions" means, collectively, the Pre-Closing Restructuring, the Debt Financing, the PIPE Investment, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements, including the contribution to AMPSA of the GHV A Shares and the exchange of the GHV Warrants for warrants issued by AMPSA exercisable for Shares.

        "Transfer Agreement" means the agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, to be entered into by Ardagh and AMPSA prior to the Closing providing for the AMP Transfer and the other transactions to be effected in connection with the Pre-Closing Restructuring and related matters.

        "Transfer Taxes" means any sales, use, value-added, business, goods and services, transfer (including any stamp duty or other similar Tax chargeable in respect of any instrument transferring property), documentary, conveyancing or similar Tax or expense or any recording fee, in each case that is imposed as a result of the Transactions, together with any penalty, interest and addition to any such item with respect to such item.

        "Treasury Regulations" means the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code and effective as of the date hereof.

        Unless otherwise specified, section references in the table below are to Sections of the Agreement.

Defined Term
  Section
1915 Law   Recitals
Additional SEC Reports   Section 6.4(a)
Agreement   Preamble
AMBUSA   Section 6.13(b)(i)
AMP Balance Sheet Date   Section 4.6
AMP Business   Recitals
AMP Insurance Policies   Section 4.15
AMP Leases   Section 4.10(b)
AMP Material Contracts   Section 4.9(a)
AMPSA   Preamble
AMPSA Board   Recitals
AMPSA Financing Parties   Section 4.25
AMPSA Promissory Note   Recitals
AMPSA Tax Advisor   Section 6.13(f)
AMPSA Warrants   Section 3.10
Ardagh   Preamble
Ardagh Closing Shares   Section 2.4(f)
Ardagh Consideration   Recitals
Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Return   Section 6.13(a)(i)
Approval Requirement   Section 6.24
Certificate of Merger   Section 2.4(d)

A-13


Table of Contents

Defined Term
  Section
Certificates   Section 3.8(b)
Change of Control   Section 3.6(c)
Closing   Section 2.1
Closing Date   Section 2.1
Commitment Conditions Precedent   Section 4.25
Commitment Debt Financing Sources   Section 4.25
Commitment Financing Documents   Section 4.25
Commitment Letter   Section 4.25
Committed Debt Financing   Section 4.25
Contingent Consideration   Section 3.6(a)(v)
Copyrights   Definition of Intellectual Property
D&O Indemnified Party   Section 6.11(a)
D&O Tail   Section 6.11(b)
Debt Financing Documents   Section 6.21(c)
Definitive Debt Financing Agreements   Section 6.21(c)
DGCL   Recitals
Earnout Period   Section 3.6(a)
Effective Time   Section 3.1
Enforceability Exceptions   Section 4.1(b)
Exchange Agent   Section 3.8(a)
Exchange Fund   Section 3.8(a)
Excluded Share   Section 3.7(b)(iii)
Fifth Level Contingent Consideration   Section 3.6(a)(v)
Fifth Triggering Event   Section 3.6(a)(v)
First Level Contingent Consideration   Section 3.6(a)(i)
First Triggering Event   Section 3.6(a)(i)
Fourth Level Contingent Consideration   Section 3.6(a)(iv)
Fourth Triggering Event   Section 3.6(a)(iv)
GHV   Preamble
GHV A Shares   Recitals
GHV Balance Sheet Date   Section 5.6
GHV Board   Recitals
GHV Board Recommendation   Section 6.5(g)
GHV Class F Conversion   Section 3.7(a)
GHV Closing Shares   Section 2.2
GHV Employees   Section 5.13(a)
GHV Financial Statements   Section 5.5(a)
GHV Intervening Event Notice   Section 6.5(h)
GHV Intervening Event Notice Period   Section 6.5(h)
GHV Material Contracts   Section 5.12
GHV Stockholder Approval   Recitals
GHV Stockholders   Recitals
GHV Stockholders' Meeting   Section 6.5(a)
GHV Stock Redemption   Section 6.5(a)
GHV Warrants   Recitals
Insider Letters   Section 6.24
Insiders   Section 6.24
Intended Tax Treatment   Section 6.13(e)(i)
Interim Period   Section 6.1
Key Customer   Section 4.9(a)(ii)

A-14


Table of Contents

Defined Term
  Section
Key Supplier   Section 4.9(a)(i)
Letter of Transmittal   Section 3.8(b)
Licensed Business Intellectual Property   Section 4.14(c)
MergeCo   Preamble
Merger   Recitals
Non-Redemption Requirement   Section 6.24
Outside Date   Section 8.1(d)
Party and Parties   Preamble
Patents   Definition of Intellectual Property
PCAOB Financials   Section 6.3
PIPE Investment   Recitals
PIPE Investment Amount   Recitals
PIPE Investors   Recitals
Pre-Closing Restructuring   Section 6.17
Product   Section 4.24(a)
Proxy Statement/Prospectus   Section 6.5(a)
Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement   Recitals
Registration Statement   Section 6.5(a)
Required Debt Financing Terms   Section 6.21(c)
Rule 144A/Reg S Offering   Section 6.21(a)
SEC Reports   Section 5.5(a)
Second Level Contingent Consideration   Section 3.6(a)(ii)
Second Triggering Event   Section 3.6(a)(ii)
Shareholders Agreement   Recitals
Shares   Recitals
Shares Issuance to GHV Stockholders   Section 3.7(b)(i)
Sponsor   Recitals
Subscription Agreement   Recitals
Surviving Corporation   Recitals
Surviving Provisions   Section 8.2
Tax Claim   Section 6.13(d)(iii)
Tax Officer's Certificates   Section 6.13(f)
Terminating Ardagh Breach   Section 8.1(b)
Terminating GHV Breach   Section 8.1(c)
Third Level Contingent Consideration   Section 3.6(a)(iii)
Third Triggering Event   Section 3.6(a)(iii)
Trade Secrets   Definition of Intellectual Property
Triggering Event   Section 3.6(a)(v)
Trust Account   Section 5.9
Trust Agreement   Section 5.9
Trustee   Section 5.9
Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement   Section 3.10


        Section 1.2
    Construction.     

        (a)   All the agreements (including this Agreement), documents or instruments herein defined (excluding any agreements, documents or instruments disclosed in the Disclosure Schedules) mean such agreements, documents or instruments as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended or the terms thereof waived or modified to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, the terms thereof. The headings preceding the text of Articles and Sections included herein are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement or be given any effect in interpreting

A-15


Table of Contents

this Agreement. The use of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, or the singular or plural form of words, herein shall not limit any provision of this Agreement. The use of the terms "including" or "include" shall in all cases herein mean "including, without limitation" or "include, without limitation," respectively. Reference to any Person includes such Person's successors and permitted assigns. Reference to any Law means such Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or re-enacted, in whole or in part, from time to time, including rules, regulations, enforcement procedures and any interpretations promulgated thereunder. Unless otherwise specified, references to Articles, Sections, clauses, Exhibits or Annexes shall refer to the Articles, Sections, clauses, Exhibits or Annexes to this Agreement, and any references to a clause shall, unless otherwise identified, refer to the appropriate clause within the same Section or sub-Section in which such reference occurs. The use of the terms "hereunder", "hereof", "hereto" and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause of or Exhibit or Annex to this Agreement. References to amounts of currency are references to United States Dollars unless otherwise indicated. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, and if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the period shall end on the immediately following Business Day. The words "made available," "provided" or "delivered" to a Party, or similar formulations, means that such materials were (i) provided by electronic transmission directly to a Party's legal counsel or financial advisors prior to such time or (ii) if applicable, available to such Party (without material redactions) in the electronic data room hosted by the providing Party in connection with the Transactions no later than two (2) calendar days prior to the date of this Agreement (and continuously available to such Party and its legal counsel and financial advisors through the date hereof). Where the context permits, the word "or" shall mean "and/or." Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether the action in question is taken directly or indirectly by such Person. References to "manager" shall refer to any individual holding a position equivalent to the position of "director" in a Luxembourg company.

        (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule or GHV Disclosure Schedule, in this Agreement or in the Related Agreements, the information and disclosures contained in any Section of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule or GHV Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated by reference in each other Section of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule or GHV Disclosure Schedule, as applicable, as though fully set forth in such other Section to the extent the applicability and relevance of such information to such other Section is reasonably apparent on the face of such information or disclosure, without reference to additional documents or information. Certain items and matters are listed in the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule or GHV Disclosure Schedule for informational purposes only and may not be required to be listed therein by the terms of this Agreement. No reference to, or disclosure of, any item or matter in any Section of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule or GHV Disclosure Schedule shall be construed as an admission or indication that such item or matter is material or that such item or matter is required to be referred to or disclosed in the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule or GHV Disclosure Schedule, as applicable. Without limiting the foregoing, no reference to or disclosure of a possible breach or violation of any contract or Law shall be construed as an admission or indication to any third party that a breach or violation exists or has actually occurred.

        (c)   The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. If an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

A-16


Table of Contents


ARTICLE II
THE CLOSING TRANSACTIONS

        Section 2.1    Closing.     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the consummation of the PIPE Investment and the Merger (the "Closing") shall take place remotely by electronic exchange of executed documents, at a time and date to be specified in writing by the Parties, which shall be no later than the third (3rd) Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions), or at such other time, date and location as the Parties agree in writing (the date on which the Closing occurs, the "Closing Date"). For accounting purposes, the Closing shall be deemed to have occurred at 12:01 a.m., Central European Time, on the Closing Date.


        Section 2.2
    GHV Financing Certificate.     No later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, GHV shall deliver to Ardagh written notice setting forth: (a) the aggregate amount of cash proceeds that will be required to satisfy any exercise of the GHV Stock Redemption; (b) the amount of GHV Available Cash as of the Closing; (c) GHV's Transaction Expenses as of the Closing; and (d) the number of GHV A Shares to be outstanding immediately prior to the Closing after giving effect to the cancellation of the shares of GHV Class F Common Stock as described in Section 5.4(a) and the GHV Stock Redemption, but excluding the Excluded Shares (the "GHV Closing Shares").


        Section 2.3
    Deliveries at Closing.     

        (a)   Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Ardagh shall deliver to GHV:

              (i)  a counterpart (or counterparts) to each of the Related Agreements to be entered into by AMPSA, Ardagh or any of their respective Subsidiaries, duly executed by AMPSA, Ardagh and their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable;

             (ii)  evidence of the consummation of the Debt Financing, together with copies of documentation executed by the lenders or other creditors (or their duly authorized agent or representative, on their behalf) of the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness, evidencing (A) the release of all guarantees of the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness by the AMP Entities and the termination of all other obligations and liabilities of the AMP Entities in respect thereof and (B) the release of all liens, Encumbrances and other security interests granted by the AMP Entities, or otherwise on the assets of the AMP Entities or the AMP Business, securing the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness or guarantees or other obligations or liabilities with respect thereto, in each case, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to GHV;

            (iii)  a copy of the amended articles of association of AMPSA in the form attached as Exhibit G; and

            (iv)  such other documents or certificates as shall be reasonably determined by GHV and its counsel to be required in order to consummate the Transactions.

        (b)   Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, GHV shall deliver to Ardagh:

              (i)  a counterpart (or counterparts) to each of the Related Agreements to be entered into by GHV or the Sponsor, duly executed by GHV and the Sponsor, as applicable;

             (ii)  a copy of the Certificate of Merger, duly executed by GHV;

            (iii)  resignations of the directors and officers of GHV, to be effective as of, and conditioned upon, the Closing; and

            (iv)  such other documents or certificates as shall be reasonably determined by Ardagh and its counsel to be required in order to consummate the Transactions.

A-17


Table of Contents


        Section 2.4    Closing Transactions.     At the Closing, the Parties shall cause the consummation of the following transactions upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement:

        (a)   the PIPE Investment Amount shall be paid by the PIPE Investors to AMPSA;

        (b)   AMPSA shall issue 60,000,000 Shares to the PIPE Investors in accordance with the Subscription Agreements, such issuance of Shares shall be resolved by the AMPSA Board (within the limits and conditions set forth under the articles of association of AMPSA) and the register of shareholders of AMPSA shall be updated accordingly;

        (c)   GHV shall make any payments to the GHV Stockholders required to be made by GHV in connection with the GHV Stock Redemption;

        (d)   the certificate of merger with respect to the Merger (the "Certificate of Merger") shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

        (e)   AMPSA shall issue the Shares to be exchanged for the GHV Closing Shares and deposit (or cause to be deposited) such Shares with the Exchange Agent, such Shares being paid up as a matter of the 1915 Law by the contribution in kind to AMPSA of the GHV Closing Shares; and

        (f)    AMPSA shall pay the AMPSA Promissory Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Ardagh Bank Account; provided that if the sum of the PIPE Investment and the GHV Closing Cash Amount is less than $1,085,000,000, AMPSA shall issue to Ardagh a number of Shares equal to the amount of such deficit divided by $10 (rounded to the nearest whole number) (the "Ardagh Closing Shares").


        Section 2.5
    Capitalization.     After giving effect to the Transactions, immediately following the Closing, the equity capital structure of AMPSA shall be as set forth on Annex A.


        Section 2.6
    Withholding.     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (a) AMPSA shall be entitled to deduct and withhold (i) from cash issued as consideration in the AMP Transfer, (ii) from the GHV Merger Consideration issued in the Merger, and (iii) from any other consideration it issues in connection with this Agreement, such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the payment of such consideration pursuant to any applicable provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax law, and (b) any other party making payments pursuant to this Agreement and the AMP Transfer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from such payments such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold pursuant to any applicable provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax law; provided that in each case of clause (a) and (b), the Parties shall cooperate and use reasonable best efforts to reduce, minimize or eliminate any applicable withholding to the extent reasonably permitted under applicable Tax law. Without limiting the foregoing, AMPSA may give effect to withholding hereunder by withholding any consideration issued in the form of Shares or other consideration issued in kind, and then selling such portion of such Shares or other consideration issued in kind as it may determine and using the proceeds thereof to satisfy applicable withholding obligations and remitting such proceeds to applicable Taxing Authorities. To the extent that amounts are deducted or withheld under this Section 2.6, such deducted or withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been issued or paid to the person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made, and AMPSA or any other person deducting or withholding amounts hereunder shall disburse such deducted or withheld amounts to the applicable Taxing Authorities in accordance with applicable laws.


ARTICLE III
THE MERGER

        Section 3.1    Effective Time.     Subject to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date GHV and MergeCo shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing the

A-18


Table of Contents

Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL (the time of such filing, or such later time as may be agreed in writing by Ardagh and GHV and specified in the Certificate of Merger, being the "Effective Time").


        Section 3.2
    The Merger.     At the Effective Time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL, MergeCo and GHV shall consummate the Merger, pursuant to which MergeCo shall be merged with and into GHV, following which the separate corporate existence of MergeCo shall cease and GHV shall continue as the Surviving Corporation after the Merger and as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of AMPSA.


        Section 3.3
    Effect of the Merger.     At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of MergeCo and GHV shall become the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Surviving Corporation, which shall include the assumption by the Surviving Corporation of any and all agreements, covenants, duties and obligations of MergeCo and GHV set forth in this Agreement to be performed after the Effective Time. For purposes of the 1915 Law a contribution-in-kind of the GHV Closing Shares shall be made to AMPSA by or on behalf of the GHV Stockholders, in connection with the Merger against issue of the GHV Shares Consideration upon a share capital increase realized by AMPSA by virtue of the foregoing.


        Section 3.4
    Governing Documents.     At the Effective Time, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended to read the same as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of MergeCo as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be "Ardagh MP USA Inc."


        Section 3.5
    Directors and Officers.     

        (a)   Immediately after the Effective Time, the board of directors and executive officers of the Surviving Corporation shall be the board of directors and executive officers of MergeCo immediately prior to the Effective Time.

        (b)   The Parties shall cause the directors and officers of AMPSA immediately following the Effective Time to be comprised of the individuals set forth on Annex E, each to hold office in accordance with the Organizational Documents of AMPSA.


        Section 3.6
    Earnout Shares.     

        (a)   During the five (5)-year period from the one hundred and eightieth (180th) day following the Closing (the "Earnout Period"), AMPSA shall, upon the occurrence of any Triggering Event (as defined below), issue additional Shares to Ardagh (subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3.6(d)) as follows:

              (i)  12,146,000 Shares (the "First Level Contingent Consideration") if the AMPSA VWAP is greater than or equal to $13.00 over any ten (10) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period during the Earnout Period (the "First Triggering Event");

             (ii)  12,146,000 Shares (the "Second Level Contingent Consideration") if the AMPSA VWAP is greater than or equal to $15.00 over any ten (10) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period during the Earnout Period (the "Second Triggering Event");

            (iii)  12,146,000 Shares (the "Third Level Contingent Consideration") if the AMPSA VWAP is greater than or equal to $16.50 over any ten (10) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period during the Earnout Period (the "Third Triggering Event");

A-19


Table of Contents

            (iv)  12,146,000 Shares (the "Fourth Level Contingent Consideration") if the AMPSA VWAP is greater than or equal to $18.00 over any ten (10) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period during the Earnout Period (the "Fourth Triggering Event"); and

             (v)  12,146,000 Shares (the "Fifth Level Contingent Consideration" and, together with the First Level Contingent Consideration, the Second Level Contingent Consideration, the Third Level Contingent Consideration and the Fourth Level Contingent Consideration, the "Contingent Consideration") if the AMPSA VWAP is greater than or equal to $19.50 over any ten (10) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period during the Earnout Period (the "Fifth Triggering Event" and, each of it and the First Triggering Event, the Second Triggering Event, the Third Triggering Event and the Fourth Triggering Event, a "Triggering Event").

        (b)   Within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, if at all, AMPSA shall issue or cause to be issued to Ardagh the applicable Contingent Consideration. Each tranche of Contingent Consideration in respect of a Triggering Event shall be paid only once, if at all; provided that the achievement of any higher level Triggering Event shall also cause any applicable lower level Triggering Event to be achieved, to the extent not previously achieved; provided, further, that for the avoidance of doubt, Ardagh shall not, subject to Section 3.6(d), be entitled to receive more than 60,730,000 Shares pursuant to this Section 3.6.

        (c)   If a Change of Control of AMPSA occurs during the Earnout Period that reflects a per Share price equal to or in excess of any applicable AMPSA VWAP required in connection with a Triggering Event, then, immediately prior to the consummation of such Change of Control, any Triggering Event with an AMPSA VWAP equal to or less than the per Share price with respect to the Change of Control of AMPSA that has not been previously achieved shall be deemed to be achieved and AMPSA shall issue or cause to be issued to Ardagh the applicable Contingent Consideration. For the purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur with respect to AMPSA upon:

              (i)  a sale, lease, license or other disposition, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the assets of the AMP Entities, taken as a whole;

             (ii)  a merger, consolidation or other business combination of AMPSA resulting in any Person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date) (other than Ardagh) acquiring at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of AMPSA or the surviving Person outstanding immediately after such combination; or

            (iii)  any Person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date) (other than Ardagh) obtaining beneficial ownership (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of the voting stock of AMPSA representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the capital stock of AMPSA entitled to vote for the election of directors of AMPSA.

        (d)   The Contingent Consideration and the AMPSA VWAP shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Shares), reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to Shares (rounded to the nearest whole number), occurring on or after the date of this Agreement and prior to the time the applicable Contingent Consideration is delivered to Ardagh (i.e., the Contingent Consideration and AMPSA VWAP shall only be so adjusted with respect to tranches of such Contingent Consideration that, as of the date of such change, have not yet been issued to Ardagh).

        (e)   AMPSA shall, at all times, keep available for issuance a sufficient number of unissued Shares to permit AMPSA to satisfy its issuance obligations set forth in Section 3.6(a) and shall take all actions required to increase the authorized number of Shares if at any time there shall be insufficient unissued

A-20


Table of Contents

Shares to permit such reservation. AMPSA shall take such reasonable actions as are requested by Ardagh to evidence the issuances of Shares pursuant to this Section 3.6 and, if requested, through the delivery of duly and validly executed certificates or instruments representing the applicable portion of the Contingent Consideration.


        Section 3.7
    Treatment of GHV Capital Stock in the Merger.     

        (a)   Immediately prior to the Effective Time, each share of GHV Class F Common Stock then issued and outstanding (which shall not include the 3,281,250 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock canceled as described in Section 5.4(a)) shall automatically be converted into and exchanged for a number of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable GHV A Shares equal to the GHV Class F Conversion Ratio (the "GHV Class F Conversion");

        (b)   Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of GHV, MergeCo, AMPSA, Ardagh or the holders of any of the following securities:

              (i)  each of the GHV Closing Shares shall be exchanged with AMPSA for one (1) validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable Share in accordance with Section 251(b)(5) of the DGCL, which exchange for purposes of the 1915 Law shall constitute a contribution-in-kind, to be reported on by a réviseur d'entreprises agréé, of such GHV Closing Shares from the Exchange Agent on behalf of the GHV Stockholders, as detailed in Section 3.8, to AMPSA in exchange for the Shares, upon a share capital increase realized by AMPSA in the context of the Merger, it being noted that such share capital increase of AMPSA and the issuance of the Shares shall be resolved by the AMPSA Board (within the limits and conditions set forth under the articles of association of AMPSA) and the shareholder register of AMPSA shall be updated accordingly and, following such resolution by the AMPSA Board, a representative of the AMPSA Board shall appear within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, in front of a Luxembourg notary to record the capital increase and the issuance of the Shares in a constat d'augmentation de capital (the "Shares Issuance to GHV Stockholders"), which Shares AMPSA shall cause to be delivered in accordance with its obligations set forth in Section 2.4(e) and Section 3.8;

             (ii)  upon the Shares Issuance to GHV Stockholders, all the GHV Closing Shares shall cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and (A) each certificate formerly representing the GHV Closing Shares and (B) each book-entry account formerly representing any uncertificated the GHV Closing Shares shall thereafter, in case of both (A) and (B), only represent the right to receive the GHV Shares Consideration;

            (iii)  each share of GHV Common Stock held in GHV's treasury or owned by MergeCo immediately prior to the Effective Time (each an "Excluded Share") shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of GHV, MergeCo, AMPSA or Ardagh, cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled without payment of any consideration therefor and shall cease to exist; and

            (iv)  each share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of MergeCo issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one (1) validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.


        Section 3.8
    Exchange of Certificates.     


        (a)
    Exchange Agent.     On the Closing Date and upon the Effective Time, in accordance with Section 3.7(b)(i), AMPSA shall issue, and shall deposit with a bank or trust company that shall be designated by GHV and is reasonably satisfactory to Ardagh (the "Exchange Agent"), for the benefit of the holders of the GHV Closing Shares, for exchange in accordance with this Section 3.8, the number

A-21


Table of Contents

of Shares (in uncertificated form or book-entry form) sufficient to deliver the GHV Shares Consideration (the "Exchange Fund"). AMPSA shall cause the Exchange Agent, pursuant to irrevocable instructions, to deliver the GHV Shares Consideration out of the Exchange Fund in accordance with this Agreement. Except as contemplated by this Section 3.8, the Exchange Fund shall not be used for any other purpose.


        (b)
    Exchange Procedures.     As promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, AMPSA shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Agent to mail to each holder of record of the GHV Closing Shares entitled to receive the GHV Shares Consideration pursuant to Section 3.7(b) a letter of transmittal, which shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to GHV and Ardagh (the "Letter of Transmittal"), along with instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the certificates evidencing such GHV A Shares (collectively, the "Certificates") pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal. Within five (5) Business Days after the surrender to the Exchange Agent of all Certificates held by such holder for cancellation, together with a Letter of Transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto and such other documents as may be required pursuant to such instructions, the holder of such Certificates shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, and AMPSA shall cause the Exchange Agent to deliver, the applicable GHV Shares Consideration, and the Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 3.8, each Certificate entitled to receive a portion of the GHV Shares Consideration in accordance with Section 3.7(b) shall be deemed at all times after the Effective Time, as the case may be, to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender the GHV Shares Consideration that such holder is entitled to receive in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.7(b).

        (c)   The GHV Shares Consideration delivered upon the exchange of the GHV Closing Shares in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been paid and issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such GHV Closing Shares.

        (d)   Adjustments to GHV Shares Consideration. The GHV Shares Consideration shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to GHV Common Stock occurring on or after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time.


        (e)
    Termination of Exchange Fund.     Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains unclaimed by the holders of GHV A Shares with respect to the GHV Shares Consideration for six (6) months after the Effective Time shall be delivered to AMPSA, and any holders of the GHV Closing Shares who have not theretofore complied with this Section 3.8 shall thereafter look only to AMPSA for the GHV Shares Consideration. Any portion of the Exchange Fund with respect to the GHV Shares Consideration remaining unclaimed by holders of the GHV Closing Shares, as may be applicable, as of a date which is immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any government entity shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of AMPSA free and clear of any claims or interest of any person previously entitled thereto.


        (f)
    No Liability.     None of the Exchange Agent, GHV, AMPSA, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates shall be liable to any holder of GHV Common Stock for any such GHV Common Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto) or cash delivered to a public official pursuant to any abandoned property, escheat or similar Law in accordance with this Section 3.8.


        (g)
    Fractional Shares.     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no fractional Shares will be issued, and any GHV Stockholder otherwise entitled to receive a fractional Share but for this Section 3.8(g) (after aggregating all fractional Shares that otherwise would be received by such GHV Stockholder) shall be entitled to receive in lieu of such fractional Share: (i) one Share if the aggregate amount of the fractional Share such GHV Stockholder would otherwise be entitled to is

A-22


Table of Contents

equal to or exceeds 0.50; or (ii) no Share if the aggregate amount of the fractional Share such GHV Stockholder would otherwise be entitled to is less than 0.50.


        (h)
    Lost Certificates.     If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent will deliver in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the GHV Shares Consideration, as the case may be, that such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to, and in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.7(b).


        Section 3.9
    Stock Transfer Books.     At the Effective Time, following the recordation of the Transactions in the share records of AMPSA, the stock transfer books of GHV shall be closed and there shall be no further registration of transfers of GHV Common Stock thereafter on the records of GHV. From and after the Effective Time, the holders of Certificates representing GHV Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such GHV Common Stock, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including the right to receive Shares pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement) or by applicable Law. On or after the Effective Time, any Certificates validly presented to the Exchange Agent or AMPSA shall be converted into the right to receive the GHV Shares Consideration in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.7(b).


        Section 3.10
    GHV Warrants.     At the Effective Time, each GHV Warrant that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, pursuant to the GHV Warrant Agreement, cease to represent a right to acquire the number of GHV A Shares set forth in such GHV Warrant and shall be converted in accordance with the terms of such GHV Warrant Agreement, at the Effective Time, into a right to acquire that number of Shares equal to the number of GHV A Shares set forth in such GHV Warrant (an "AMPSA Warrant" and collectively, the "AMPSA Warrants") on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time under the terms of the GHV Warrant Agreement. The Parties shall take all lawful action to effect the aforesaid provisions of this Section 3.10, including entering into, together with the warrant agent under the GHV Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the "Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement").


ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ARDAGH

        Except as set forth in the Ardagh Disclosure Schedules, Ardagh represents and warrants to GHV as follows as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (provided that representations that by their terms speak specifically as of the date of this Agreement or another date, shall be deemed given as of such date):


        Section 4.1
    Organization and Authority.     

        (a)   Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization (to the extent such concepts are recognized under applicable Law). Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo has all requisite power and authority to conduct its respective business as it is now being conducted and, if applicable, to own, lease and operate its property and assets, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole. Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party, and, following receipt of the MergeCo Stockholder Approval, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing (to the extent such concepts are recognized under applicable Law) in each

A-23


Table of Contents

jurisdiction in which the properties owned or leased by it or the operation of its business requires such licensing or qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole. Ardagh has made available to GHV true, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of each of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

        (b)   The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party by Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo, the performance by Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation by Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo, as applicable, including receipt of any necessary board, manager, member, stockholder or similar approvals, subject to the receipt of MergeCo Stockholder Approval. Other than the receipt of the MergeCo Stockholder Approval, no other action on the part of Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo (or any of the stockholders or other equityholders of any such Person) is necessary to authorize this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo is a party or the consummation of the Transactions. This Agreement has been, and upon their execution and delivery each of the Related Agreements to which Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo is a party shall have been, duly executed and delivered by it, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and upon their execution the Related Agreements to which Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo is a party shall constitute, subject only to the receipt of MergeCo Stockholder Approval, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or applicable equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) (the "Enforceability Exceptions").


        Section 4.2
    Noncontravention.     The execution, delivery and performance by Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo of this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo is party, and the consummation of the Transactions by Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo, do not and will not (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of the Organizational Documents of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo; (b) assuming that all applicable Regulatory Approvals have been obtained, contravene, conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to the AMP Business, or to Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo or any of their respective properties or assets; (c) violate, conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or an event which, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, or result in the loss of any right or benefit under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on, require any consent, approval or waiver under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any AMP Material Contract or Permit, or any Ardagh Existing Indebtedness; or (d) otherwise result in the creation of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) upon any of the material properties or assets of the AMP Business, except in the case of clauses (b), (c) and (d) for any such breaches, violations, defaults, rights or Encumbrances as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole.


        Section 4.3
    Governmental Authorities; Consents.     Except (a) for the Regulatory Approvals, (b) the recording of the issuance of Shares in a constat d'augmentation de capital passed by a Luxembourg notary and the subsequent registration of such capital increase with the Luxembourg Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés and (c) as may be necessary as a result of any facts or circumstances relating solely to GHV, no consent, waiver, authorization, license or approval of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority is required for the consummation by Ardagh, AMPSA or

A-24


Table of Contents

MergeCo (or any AMP Entity) of the Transactions or the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which they are a party, except where the failure to obtain such consent, waiver, authorization, license, approval or action or to make such filing or notification would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole.


        Section 4.4
    Capitalization.     

        (a)   A true, correct and complete list of the AMP Entities, together with the jurisdiction of organization or incorporation of each AMP Entity and a description of the capitalization of each such AMP Entity and the names of the record owners of all securities and other equity interests in each AMP Entity, in each case, as of the date of this Agreement, is set forth on Section 4.4 of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule. Each AMP Entity has been duly formed or organized and is validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and has the requisite corporate or entity power and authority to own, lease or operate its assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole. Each AMP Entity is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation (or other entity, if applicable) in each jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities requires it to be so licensed or qualified and in good standing, as applicable, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified, would not have an AMP Material Adverse Effect. All of the issued and outstanding equity or other ownership interests of the AMP Entities have been issued in all material respects with the applicable Organizational Documents of each AMP Entity and with applicable Law, and have not been issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights. All of the issued and outstanding equity or other ownership interests of the AMP Entities are owned, directly or indirectly, by Ardagh free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances and, as of the Closing, all of the issued and outstanding equity or other ownership interests of the AMP Entities (other than AMPSA) will be owned, directly or indirectly, by AMPSA, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. Ardagh has made available to GHV true, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of each AMP Entity as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

        (b)   As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of AMPSA consists of 100,000,000,000 Shares, of which 3,000,000 Shares are outstanding, and Ardagh is the sole record and beneficial holder of such Shares. The Shares and AMPSA Warrants constituting the GHV Merger Consideration shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and each such Share and AMPSA Warrant to be issued as part of the GHV Merger Consideration shall be issued in compliance with in all material respects with the AMPSA Organizational Documents and applicable Law, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than those imposed under applicable Securities Laws or any of the Related Agreements. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements, (i) there are no other options, warrants, preemptive rights, calls, convertible securities, conversion rights, exchange rights, subscription rights or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of AMPSA or obligating AMPSA to issue or sell, or otherwise cause to become outstanding, any shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, AMPSA, (ii) AMPSA is not a party to, or otherwise bound by, and AMPSA has not granted, any equity appreciation rights, participations, phantom equity, incentive equity or similar rights and (iii) there are no voting trusts, voting agreements, proxies, shareholder agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the voting or transfer of the Shares or any of the equity interests or other securities of AMPSA.

        (c)   All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of MergeCo is, and immediately prior to the Effective Time will be owned, directly or indirectly, by AMPSA. MergeCo was formed solely for the purpose of entering into the Transactions and, since the date of its formation, has not carried on any

A-25


Table of Contents

business, other than the execution of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder and matters ancillary thereto.


        Section 4.5
    Financial Statements.     

        (a)   The AMP Consolidated Financial Statements (i) have been prepared from the books and records of Ardagh and are complete and accurate; (ii) present fairly, in all material respects, the state and the financial position of the AMP Business as at the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with IFRS (including the principles, requirements and, if applicable, exemptions available thereunder, applicable to AMPSA as a first time adopter of IFRS), subject, in each case, to the AMP Consolidated Financial Statements being prepared and presented on a "carve-out" basis from the consolidated financial statements of Ardagh. True, correct and complete copies of the AMP Consolidated Financial Statements are set forth on Section 4.5 of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule.

        (b)   The PCAOB Financials, when delivered in accordance with Section 6.3 shall (i) have been prepared from the books and records of Ardagh and be complete and accurate, (ii) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the AMP Business as of the dates and for the periods indicated, and (iii) have been audited in accordance with the auditing standards of the PCAOB applicable to carve-out financial statements.

        (c)   Ardagh and the AMP Entities have established and maintain a system of internal accounting controls that are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements of Ardagh (to the extent relevant to the preparation of the AMP Consolidated Financial Statements and the PCAOB Financials) and the AMP Entities for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. None of Ardagh or any AMP Entity has identified or been made aware of any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the management or other employees of Ardagh or any AMP Entity that have a significant role in Ardagh's (to the extent related to the AMP Business) or any AMP Entity's internal control over financial reporting or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.


        Section 4.6
    Undisclosed Liabilities.     Except for Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice after December 31, 2020 (the "AMP Balance Sheet Date"), neither the AMP Business nor any AMP Entity has any Liabilities that would be required to be reflected or reserved against in a combined balance sheet of the AMP Entities prepared in accordance with IFRS, except, in each case, those which would not have an AMP Material Adverse Effect.


        Section 4.7
    Actions.     No Action by or against Ardagh or its Affiliates (to the extent related to the AMP Business) or any AMP Entity is pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened, challenging the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the Transactions. There is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened in writing against (and there are no outstanding Governmental Orders with respect to) Ardagh or its Affiliates (to the extent related to the AMP Business), any AMP Entity or any of their respective properties or assets, or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, against any of their respective directors, managers or officers, by or before any Governmental Authority or by any third party, other than such Actions or Governmental Orders as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened (in writing) audit, examination or investigation by any Governmental Authority against Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (to the extent related to the AMP Business) or any AMP Entity, or any of their respective directors, officers, properties or assets, other than any such audit, examination or investigation as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole. There are no material pending or threatened (in writing) Actions by Ardagh or its Affiliates (to the extent related to the AMP Business) or any AMP Entity against any third party, and there are no settlements or similar agreements that impose any material ongoing obligations or restrictions on the AMP Business or any AMP Entity.

A-26


Table of Contents


        Section 4.8    Compliance with Laws; Permits.     

        (a)   Neither Ardagh nor any of its Affiliates are, or for the past three (3) years has been, in violation of any Laws applicable to any AMP Entity or the conduct of the AMP Business, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole. During the past three (3) years, (i) no event has occurred and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, no condition or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected, with or without notice or the lapse of time or both, to constitute, or result in, directly or indirectly, a default under, a breach or violation in any material respect of, or a failure to comply in any material respect with, any applicable Laws by any AMP Entity or any AMP Business Employee, or by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (other than any AMP Entity) or any employee thereof solely with respect to the AMP Business, (ii) no AMP Entity has been, and none of Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates has been (in each case, solely with respect to the AMP Business), sanctioned, fined or penalized for any violation of or failure to comply with any applicable Law, and (iii) no AMP Entity has received, and none of Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates has received (with respect to the AMP Business), any written or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, other notice from any Governmental Authority alleging a violation of any applicable Law by any such Person, which, individually or in the aggregate, would be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole.

        (b)   The AMP Entities hold all Permits necessary under applicable Laws for the conduct of the AMP Business as currently conducted and to own, lease and operate the properties of the AMP Business (which Permits are valid and in full force and effect) and are, and for the past three (3) years have been, in compliance with the terms of such Permits, except for such failure or noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole. No Action is pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened in writing, seeking the revocation, cancellation, suspension or adverse modification of any such Permit.


        Section 4.9
    Material Contracts.     

        (a)   Section 4.9 of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule contains a true, complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each of the following Contracts to which any AMP Entity is party or by which any AMP Entity is, or by which any of the assets or properties of any AMP Entity or otherwise used in the AMP Business are, bound or subject, excluding any Plan and the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness (the "AMP Material Contracts"):

              (i)  all Contracts (or series of related Contracts) for the purchase of equipment, materials, products, supplies or services by any AMP Entity or in respect of the AMP Business (each such counterparty to such Contracts, a "Key Supplier") that involved payments in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate during the year ended December 31, 2020 (or are expected to involve payments in excess of such amount during fiscal year 2021), other than individual purchase orders made in the ordinary course of business pursuant to any such Contract;

             (ii)  all Contracts (or series of related Contracts) with a customer (each, a "Key Customer") of any AMP Entity or in respect of the AMP Business that generated revenues of more than $25,000,000 in the aggregate during the year ended December 31, 2020 (or is expected to involve revenues in excess of such amount during fiscal year 2021);

            (iii)  all Contracts (including any mortgages, deeds of trusts, indentures, guarantees, loans or credit agreements and security agreements) relating to existing Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000, other than, in each case, (A) Permitted Encumbrances and (B) intercompany Indebtedness;

            (iv)  all partnership, joint venture, strategic alliance or similar arrangements or Contracts with a third party or providing for the sharing of any revenue or profits;

A-27


Table of Contents

             (v)  all Business IP Agreements;

            (vi)  the AMP Leases;

           (vii)  any Contract under which there has been an advance or loan to or guarantee in respect of any other Person which amount is in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

          (viii)  any Contract under which any AMP Entity has continuing material indemnification obligations to any Person, or under which any AMP Entity has, or is required to, assume or guarantee any material Liability of any Person, in each case, whether contingent or otherwise, other than Contracts with customers entered into in the ordinary course of business;

            (ix)  any Contract (A) relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock or other equity interests, sale of assets or otherwise), under which the AMP Business or any AMP Entity has any obligation with respect to any "earn-out," deferred or contingent purchase price, or other similar contingent obligations, or (B) imposing material obligations on any AMP Entity under any conditional sale or title retention provisions;

             (x)  any Contract relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock or other equity interests, sale of assets or otherwise) or any material assets or real property, in each case, other than acquisitions or dispositions of equipment, materials, supplies, inventory or products in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and other than any Contract pursuant to which no party thereto has any outstanding obligation (including indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustments), contingent or otherwise;

            (xi)  all Contracts (A) that contain exclusivity obligations that are material to the AMP Business, (B) that restrict the ability of the AMP Entities to conduct their business in any material respect or (C) that limit, or purport to limit, in any material respect, the ability of the AMP Entities or the AMP Business to compete or do business with any Person or in any geographic area, to engage in any line of business, or to solicit customers or employees;

           (xii)  any Contract (A) containing any "most favored nation" (or similar pricing provision) in favor of any third party or (B) containing any grant of preferential rights to purchase or lease any asset of the AMP Business or the AMP Entities; and

          (xiii)  any Contract or arrangement providing for the securitization of any receivables related to the AMP Business.

        (b)   Each AMP Material Contract (i) is valid and binding on, and enforceable against, Ardagh or the AMP Entity party or subject thereto, and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, the other parties thereto, and is in full force and effect; and (ii) upon consummation of the Transactions, except to the extent that any consents set forth in Section 4.2(c) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule are not obtained or such AMP Material Contract has expired in accordance with its terms, shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Each of Ardagh and the AMP Entities have, as applicable, performed in all material respects the obligations required to be performed by it under each AMP Material Contract, have not committed any material breach or default thereunder and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, the counterparties thereto have not committed any material breach of, and are not in default under, any AMP Material Contract, and, as of the date hereof, no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a material breach, violation or default by Ardagh or the AMP Entity party, or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, the counterparties thereto. Ardagh has made available to GHV true, correct and complete copies of each written AMP Material Contract.

        (c)   No Key Customer, Key Supplier or counterparty to any of the AMP Material Contracts has notified Ardagh or any of its Subsidiaries (including the AMP Entities) of any intention to terminate or materially alter its relationship with the AMP Business. There are no disputes or grievances pending or,

A-28


Table of Contents

to the Knowledge of Ardagh as of the date hereof, threatened in writing involving any AMP Entity, or Ardagh or any of its other Subsidiaries (in each case, to the extent related to the AMP Business), on the one hand, and any Key Customer, Key Supplier or counterparty to any AMP Material Contract, on the other hand.


        Section 4.10
    Real Property.     

        (a)   Section 4.10(a) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule lists each parcel of Owned Real Property (other than warehouses that are not material to the AMP Business). The applicable AMP Entities set forth on Section 4.10(a) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule have valid title in fee simple to the Owned Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), and except for Encumbrances that secure the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness that will be discharged by Ardagh at or prior to the Closing. Prior to the date of this Agreement, Ardagh has made available to GHV true, correct and complete copies of each deed (or applicable non-U.S. equivalent evidence of title) for the Owned Real Property and all material title insurance policies and surveys relating to Owned Real Property to the extent in Ardagh's or any of its Subsidiaries' possession or control. Neither Ardagh nor any of its Subsidiaries (including any AMP Entity) has leased, licensed or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy such Owned Real Property or any material portion thereof, and there are no outstanding options, rights of first offer, rights of first refusal or other rights in favor of any Person (other than any other AMP Entity) to purchase such Owned Real Property, any portion thereof or any interest therein.

        (b)   Section 4.10(b) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule lists each of the leases (other than warehousing leases), subleases, licenses or any other Contract relating to the Leased Real Property (the "AMP Leases"), true, correct and complete copies of which have been made available to GHV. One of the AMP Entities has a valid, binding and enforceable leasehold interest in, and enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession of, all Leased Real Property.

        (c)   The Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property, together with the rights granted or services to be provided by Ardagh and its Subsidiaries to the AMP Entities pursuant to the Services Agreement, constitute all of the interests in real property owned, leased or licensed by the AMP Entities (or otherwise with respect to the AMP Business) and which are necessary for the continued operation of the AMP Business as currently conducted.

        (d)   There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened in writing, (i) appropriation, condemnation or like proceeding or order materially affecting the Owned Real Property, the Leased Real Property or any part thereof, or affecting the quiet use and enjoyment thereof, or (ii) sale or other disposition of any Owned Real Property, any Leased Real Property or any part thereof in lieu of condemnation or other matters materially affecting and impairing use by the AMP Entities thereof.

        (e)   All improvements and fixtures, and building equipment and machinery having an individual book value as of the date hereof of at least $5,000,000 or that are otherwise material to the AMP Business located on the Owned Real Property, and all improvements and fixtures, and building equipment and machinery having an individual book value as of the date hereof of at least $5,000,000 or that are otherwise material to the AMP Business located on the Leased Real Property, if any, are in good working order and repair (subject to ordinary wear and tear), and except for any defects that would not impair the use of such improvements, fixtures, building equipment or machinery.


        Section 4.11
    Employee Benefits.     

        (a)   Section 4.11(a) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule lists each material AMP Business Plan. With respect to each material AMP Business Plan, Ardagh has furnished or made available (or, solely with respect to AMP Business Plans covering primarily employees in Europe as soon as practicable following the date hereof (and in all cases prior to the Closing) will furnish or make available) to GHV, to the extent applicable: (i) a current, true, complete and accurate copy of the plan document or a

A-29


Table of Contents

summary thereof and any amendments thereto; (ii) the most recent summary plan description as well as any subsequent summary of material modifications thereof; (iii) any funding arrangement or contract (including any trust agreement or annuity contract); (iv) the most recent annual reports, including non-discrimination testing results, financial statements and actuarial valuations (the most recent three (3) years for financial statements and actuarial valuations for defined benefit and retiree benefit plans); (v) a copy of any material filing with or report to any Governmental Authority for the most recent completed plan year, including Form 5500s and attachments; (vi) the most recent determination letter or other proof of registration or good standing received from the applicable Taxing Authority or other Governmental Authority; (vii) a copy of the latest account statement reflecting AMP Business Plan assets; and (viii) any material non-routine written communications with respect to any AMP Business Plan from any Governmental Authority. Neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Related Agreements nor the consummation of the Transactions shall result in a limitation or restriction on the right to merge, amend or terminate any AMP Business Plan.

        (b)   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole: (i) each of the AMP Business Plans has been established, operated, administered and maintained in compliance in accordance with its terms and all applicable Laws, (ii) all contributions and payments due and payable under an AMP Business Plan have been accrued for or paid in full when and as required to be paid pursuant to the terms of any such AMP Business Plan, (iii) there are no Actions, investigations or audits pending, or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened (in writing), by any party, including any Governmental Authority, relating to any AMP Business Plan, other than routine claims for benefits, and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, no fact or event exists that would give rise to any such Action, investigation or audit, and (iv) each material report required to be filed with a Governmental Authority with respect to any AMP Business Plan is filed with the applicable Governmental Authority.

        (c)   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole: (i) each AMP Business Plan required to be registered with a Governmental Authority has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; (ii) each AMP Business Plan that is intended to be qualified under applicable Tax Laws is so qualified, to the extent applicable, and has, to the extent applicable, received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the applicable Government Authority and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, no event has occurred that adversely affects the qualified status of any such AMP Business Plan; (iii) each AMP Business Plan that is a pension plan or otherwise provides for post-employment or retirement payments or benefits is (A) funded through insurance or book reserve established for such AMP Business Plan, together with any accrued contributions, to the extent sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations with respect to all current and former participants in any such AMP Business Plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used in accordance with applicable Laws to determine employer contributions to such AMP Business Plan, or (B) funded in compliance with the minimum applicable regulatory funding objectives, and there has been no determination that any such plan is expected to be terminated; (iv) all pension payments made pursuant to an AMP Business Plan that are subject to adjustment in accordance with § 16 of the German Company Pension Act (Betriebsrentengesetz) have been adjusted in accordance therewith; and (v) no warning notice has been issued by the UK Pensions Regulator in relation to the use of its powers under sections 38 to 51 of the UK Pensions Act 2004 in relation to any AMP Business Plan and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, there is no reason to reasonably expect such a notice may be issued.

        (d)   Except as set forth in Section 4.11(d) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule, none of AMPSA nor any of its ERISA Affiliates sponsor, maintain, participate in, contribute to or is obligated to contribute to or in the past six (6) years has sponsored, maintained, participated in, contributed to or was obligated to contribute to a Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, including any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of

A-30


Table of Contents

ERISA), or is a "multiple employer plan" as defined in Section 413(c) of the U.S. Code or a "multiple employer welfare arrangement" within the meaning of 3(40) of ERISA with respect to AMP Business Employees and there has been no non-exempt "prohibited transaction" (and none would reasonably be expected to occur as a result of the Transactions) within the meaning of Section 4975(c) of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA involving the assets of any AMP Business Plan. No AMP Business Plan provides for post-termination or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for the benefit of any current or former director, manager, officer, consultant or employee of the AMP Business, including any AMP Business Employee, or his or her dependents or beneficiaries, except as may be required by applicable Law at the expense of such individual.

        (e)   Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Related Agreements nor the consummation of the Transactions (either alone or in combination with another event) would, (i) result in any payment or benefit not otherwise due becoming due to any of the current or former director, manager, officer, consultant or employee of the AMP Business, including any AMP Business Employee; (ii) result in the acceleration, vesting, funding or creation of any rights of any current or former director, manager, officer, consultant or employee of the AMP Business, including any AMP Business Employee, under any AMP Business Plan; (iii) increase any amount of compensation or benefits payable to any current or former director, manager, officer, consultant, employee of the AMP Business, including any AMP Business Employees; or (iv) result in the payment of any amount that would not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code or that would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. None of the AMP Entities has any obligation to gross-up, indemnify or otherwise reimburse any current or former director, manager, officer, consultant or employee of the AMP Business, including any AMP Business Employee, for any Taxes incurred by such current or former director, manager, officer, consultant, employee or contractor of the AMP Business or AMP Business Employee or any interest or penalty related thereto.

        (f)    As of the date of this Agreement, no material action has been taken or is expected to be taken by Ardagh or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any AMP Business Employee or such individuals' compensation or benefits, in each case, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.


        Section 4.12
    Labor and Employment.     

        (a)   Section 4.12(a) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule lists the material Collective Bargaining Agreements covering any AMP Business Employee, together with all material amendments, modifications or supplements thereto, and each such Collective Bargaining Agreement is in full force and effect, and neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement or the Related Agreements nor the consummation of the Transactions shall constitute a termination event thereunder. To the Knowledge of Ardagh, there is no organizational effort currently being made, or threatened (in writing) by, or on behalf of any Employee Representative Body to organize any AMP Business Employees other than ordinary course activity related to Collective Bargaining Agreements covering AMP Business Employees. Except as set forth in Section 4.12(a) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule, the consent of, consultation of, rendering of formal advice by, issuance of notice to, or making of any filing with, any Employee Representative Body or any Governmental Authority is not required for Ardagh to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the Transactions. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened (in writing) strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout or, as of the date hereof, any material labor dispute or other material collective bargaining dispute with respect to the AMP Business.

        (b)   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, Ardagh and its Affiliates are, and for the past three (3) years have been, in compliance with all applicable Laws pertaining to the employment of AMP Business Employees and the services of any independent contractors or consultants to the AMP Business, and neither Ardagh nor any of its Affiliates (in each case, solely to the extent related to the AMP Business)

A-31


Table of Contents

has incurred any material Liability under any applicable Law regarding notice to or consultation with employees regarding terminations in connection with reductions in force that remains unsatisfied. There has been no "mass layoff" or "plant closing" (as defined by the U.S. Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act) by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (solely to the extent related to the AMP Business) within the prior six (6) months, and neither Ardagh nor any of its Affiliates have been required to notify any Governmental Authority in respect of any redundancies related to the AMP Business within the prior six (6) months.

        (c)   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, there are no (i) complaints, charges, or claims against Ardagh or any of its Affiliates concerning any AMP Business Employee or former employee of the AMP Business pending with any Governmental Authority or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh as of the date hereof, threatened (in writing) to be filed with any Governmental Authority based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment or failure to employ by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates of any such individual, (ii) judgments, consent decrees or arbitration awards that impose continuing remedial obligations or otherwise limit or affect the ability of Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (solely to the extent related to the AMP Business) or any AMP Entity to manage the AMP Business Employees or the other service providers or job applicants of the AMP Business, or (iii) claims, actions, complaints, or other grievances currently pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh as of the date hereof, threatened (in writing), settled or otherwise resolved in the past three (3) years relating to sexual harassment, discrimination, or retaliation involving or relating to one or more current or former employees, independent contractors, consultants, or any other service providers of the AMP Business.


        Section 4.13
    Taxes.     

        (a)   All material Tax Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to the AMP Entities and the AMP Business have been timely filed (taking into account any valid extension of time to file granted or obtained) and such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

        (b)   All material amounts of Taxes owed by the AMP Entities (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been fully and timely paid other than Taxes which are not yet due and payable and which have been adequately accrued and reserved in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable. Since the date of the most recent AMP Consolidated Financial Statements, none of the AMP Entities have incurred any material Tax liability outside the ordinary course of business other than Taxes resulting from the Transactions.

        (c)   There are no pending Actions against any AMP Entity for any material amount of Taxes, and no AMP Entity has received notice of any such Action in writing from any Taxing Authority that asserts any deficiency or claim for a material amount of Taxes against any AMP Entity, that has not been fully and timely paid, settled or adequately reserved in the most recent AMP Consolidated Financial Statements. There are no outstanding agreements extending or waiving the statutory period of limitations applicable to any claim for, or the period for the collection or assessment or reassessment of, material Taxes of any AMP Entity and no written request for any such waiver or extension is currently pending, other than, in each case, any such extensions or agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

        (d)   To the Knowledge of Ardagh as of the date hereof, no claim has been made within the prior three (3) years by any Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where any of the AMP Entities do not file Tax Returns that any AMP Entity is or may be subject to taxation by, or required to file Tax Returns in, such jurisdiction.

        (e)   There are no Tax liens on any assets of any of the AMP Entities or the AMP Business (other than Permitted Liens).

A-32


Table of Contents

        (f)    The AMP Entities have withheld and fully and timely paid to the appropriate Governmental Authority all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld and paid by any such AMP Entity in connection with amounts paid or owing to any current or former employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party, and have complied in all material respects with applicable Law with respect to such Taxes.

        (g)   None of the AMP Entities have constituted a "distributing corporation" or a "controlled corporation" (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of shares qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code) in the last two years prior to the date of this Agreement.

        (h)   Except as set forth in Section 4.13(h) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule, none of the AMP Entities have executed or entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any similar provision of federal, state, provincial or local Law, and none of the AMP Entities are subject to any private letter ruling of the IRS or comparable ruling of any other Taxing Authority.

        (i)    None of the AMP Entities will be required to include any amounts in income in, or exclude any items of deduction from, taxable income for any Post-Closing Tax Period as a result of any: (i) adjustment pursuant to Section 481 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, provincial or local Law) as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing; (ii) intercompany transactions or excess loss account described in U.S. Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, provincial or local Law) made or existing prior to the Closing; (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made prior to the Closing; or (iv) prepaid amount received or deferred revenue realized prior to the Closing.

        (j)    None of the AMP Entities have elected the installment method for the payment of Taxes incurred pursuant to Section 965 of the Code.

        (k)   None of the AMP Entities has been a party to any "listed transaction" within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b).

        (l)    None of the AMP Entities has any material liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than Ardagh and its Affiliates) under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law) as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

        (m)  None of the AMP Entities is a party to, or bound by, any Tax allocation, Tax sharing or Tax indemnification agreement (other than customary provisions in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes).

        (n)   To the Knowledge of Ardagh, there are no facts, circumstances or plans that, either alone or in combination, could reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger, taken together with the PIPE Investment and all or a portion of the steps in the Pre-Closing Restructuring from qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.

        (o)   There is no plan or intention to dissolve or liquidate GHV (including a liquidation for Tax purposes) following the Transactions.

        (p)   Ardagh has made available to GHV true, correct and complete copies of all material income tax returns filed by or with respect to all AMP Entities for tax years ending on or after December 31, 2017.

        (q)   To the Knowledge of Ardagh as of the date hereof, none of the AMP Entities has been at any time during the five-year period ending on the Closing Date, a "United States real property holding corporation" within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

        (r)   None of the AMP Entities currently expects to be or in prior taxable years has been a "passive foreign investment company" within the meaning of Section 1297(a) of the Code.

A-33


Table of Contents

        (s)   Except as set forth in Section 4.13(s) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of Ardagh as of the date hereof, there are no Ardagh Consolidated Groups that require by applicable Law an Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Return to be filed in a Post-Closing Tax Period.


        Section 4.14
    Intellectual Property and Data Privacy.     

        (a)   Except as would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, (i) each of Ardagh and its Affiliates (including each of the AMP Entities) takes and has taken commercially reasonable actions to maintain and protect the confidentiality of all Trade Secrets included in the Owned Intellectual Property and (ii) no such Trade Secret has been authorized to be disclosed or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, has been actually disclosed by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (including any of the AMP Entities) to any Person other than pursuant to a written confidentiality Contract restricting the disclosure and use thereof.

        (b)   Section 4.14(b) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all Registered Owned Intellectual Property as of the date hereof, after deeming the Pre-Closing Restructuring to be completed. For each item of such Intellectual Property, Section 4.14(b) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule includes, where applicable: (i) the current record owner; (ii) the jurisdiction where the application, registration or issuance is filed, registered or issued, respectively; (iii) the application, registration or issue number; and (iv) the application, registration or issue date.

        (c)   Except as would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, none of the Registered Owned Intellectual Property set forth or required to be set forth on Section 4.14(b) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule has lapsed, expired or been cancelled, abandoned or otherwise terminated and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, all Registered Owned Intellectual Property is otherwise in full force and effect, valid and enforceable. Except as would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, (i) an AMP Entity is the sole and exclusive owner of each item of Owned Intellectual Property (including the Registered Owned Intellectual Property set forth or required to be set forth on Section 4.14(b) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule) and (ii) all Intellectual Property licensed to the AMP Business (the "Licensed Business Intellectual Property") is licensed to Ardagh, one of its Affiliates or an AMP Entity pursuant to a Contract, in each case of (i) and (ii), free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). Immediately following the Pre-Closing Restructuring, except as would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, each of the AMP Entities will have continuing rights to use all Licensed Business Intellectual Property pursuant to Contracts free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). Except as would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, neither Ardagh nor any of its Affiliates (other than the AMP Entities) owns any Intellectual Property exclusively used or exclusively held for use in the AMP Business.

        (d)   Except as would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, none of the conduct or operation of the AMP Business or any of the AMP Entities infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates, or has, in the past six (6) years (with respect to Patents) or in the past three (3) years (with respect to any other Intellectual Property), infringed, misappropriated, diluted or otherwise violated, any Copyrights or Trade Secrets of any other Person or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, any other Intellectual Property of any other Person. There is no Action initiated by any other Person pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened against Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (including any of the AMP Entities) (i) alleging that the AMP Business or any of the AMP Entities infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates, or has infringed, misappropriated, diluted or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property of any other Person, or (ii) challenging any of Ardagh's or any of its Affiliates' (including any of the AMP Entities') rights in or to any of the Owned Intellectual Property or Licensed Business Intellectual Property, or the validity or enforceability of any Owned Intellectual Property; provided, that any Action that has been initiated but with respect to which process or other comparable notice has not been served on or delivered to

A-34


Table of Contents

Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (including any AMP Entity) shall be deemed to be "threatened" rather than "pending" for the purpose of this sentence. To the Knowledge of Ardagh, except as would not be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, no Person is engaging or has engaged in the past three (3) years, in any activity that infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates, any Owned Intellectual Property.

        (e)   Except as would not be material to the AMP Business, taken as a whole, (i) Ardagh and each of its Affiliates (including each of the AMP Entities) have executed written Contracts with each of their respective former and current employees, consultants and independent contractors who have contributed to the development of any Intellectual Property, pursuant to which each such Person has assigned to Ardagh, such AMP Entity or such other Affiliate, as applicable, all of such Person's rights, title and interest in and to all such Intellectual Property, in each case, as required to effectuate an assignment of such Intellectual Property under applicable Law and to the extent that ownership of such Intellectual Property did not vest automatically in Ardagh, such AMP Entity or such other Affiliate under applicable Law and (ii) to the Knowledge of Ardagh, no party thereto is in default or breach of any such Contract.

        (f)    Except as would not be material to the AMP Business, taken as a whole, (i) each of Ardagh and its Affiliates (solely with respect to the AMP Business) and each of the AMP Entities takes, and has taken in the past three (3) years, commercially reasonable steps to maintain and protect the performance, confidentiality, integrity and security of the Business Information Technology (and all software, information and data stored or contained therein or transmitted thereby), (ii) to the Knowledge of Ardagh, all Business Information Technology (A) performs in conformance with its documentation, (B) is free from any software defect and (C) does not contain any virus, software routine or hardware component designed to permit unauthorized access, (iii) to the Knowledge of Ardagh, there have been no security breaches or unauthorized use, access or intrusions of any Business Information Technology (or any software, information or data stored or contained therein or transmitted thereby), and (iv) there have been no outages of any Business Information Technology.

        (g)   Except as would not be material to the AMP Business, taken as a whole, each of the AMP Entities and, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh and each of its other Affiliates, and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, any Person acting for or on behalf of any of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates, (i) complies, and has for the past three (3) years complied, with (A) all applicable Privacy Laws, (B) all of the policies and notices of each of the AMP Entities and, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh and each of its other Affiliates, regarding Personal Information, and (C) all of the contractual obligations of each of the AMP Entities and, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh and each of its other Affiliates, with respect to Personal Information, (ii) has implemented and, for the past three (3) years, maintained commercially reasonable (A) policies, procedures and systems for receiving and appropriately responding to requests from individuals concerning their Personal Information, and (B) technical and organizational safeguards to protect Personal Information and other confidential data in the possession or under the control of any of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates, against loss, theft, misuse or unauthorized access, use, modification, alteration, destruction or disclosure, and (iii) has taken reasonable steps, including by entering into contractual provisions as required by applicable Law, to ensure that any third party with access to Personal Information collected by or on behalf of any of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates, has implemented and maintained the same.

A-35


Table of Contents

        (h)   To the Knowledge of Ardagh, except as would not be material to the AMP Business, taken as a whole, as of the date of this Agreement, there have been no breaches, security incidents, misuse of or unauthorized access to or disclosure of any Personal Information in the possession or control of any of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates, or collected, used or processed by or on behalf of any of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates. None of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates, has provided or been legally required to provide any notices to any Person in connection with a disclosure of any Personal Information. None of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its other Affiliates, has received any written notice of any Action, investigation or inquiry initiated by any other Person pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened in writing (including notice from third parties acting on the behalf of any of the AMP Entities or, with respect to the AMP Business, Ardagh or any of its Affiliates) related to the violation of any Privacy Laws, applicable privacy policies, or contractual commitments with respect to any Personal Information. To the Knowledge of Ardagh, except as would not be material to the AMP Business, taken as a whole, as of the date of this Agreement, there are no facts or circumstances that would reasonably form the basis of any such notice or claim.


        Section 4.15    Insurance.     Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, (a) all insurance policies maintained or contributed to by, at the expense of or for the benefit of Ardagh or its Affiliates (in respect of or related to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities) (whether or not provided by a third party insurer, "captive" insurer or similar arrangement, collectively, the "AMP Insurance Policies"), are in full force and effect, (b) all premiums due with respect to all such AMP Insurance Policies have been paid in accordance with insurers premium payment terms, (c) there are no pending claims under any AMP Insurance Policies with respect to the AMP Business in respect of which coverage has been denied or disputed by any insurer, (d) neither Ardagh nor any of its Affiliates has received written or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, other notice of any default or any adverse amendment, cancellation, non-renewal or termination (other than in connection with normal renewals) of any such AMP Insurance Policies, and (e) neither Ardagh nor any of its Affiliates has received any recommendation from any insurer under the AMP Insurance Policies that would require any material amount of capital expenditure in respect of the AMP Business in order to remediate. The AMP Insurance Policies cover all material insurable risks in respect of the AMP Business, and the coverage provided by the AMP Insurance Policies are usual and customary in amount and scope for the AMP Business as currently conducted and sufficient to comply with the insurance requirements required to be maintained pursuant to the AMP Material Contracts.


        Section 4.16
    Absence of Changes.     

        (a)   Since the AMP Balance Sheet Date, there has not occurred an AMP Material Adverse Effect.

        (b)   Without limiting the generality of Section 4.16(a), (i) except in connection with or in preparation for the Transactions, since the AMP Balance Sheet Date and through the date of this Agreement, the AMP Business has been conducted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects, and (ii) since the AMP Balance Sheet Date, Ardagh has not, nor has any of its Affiliates, including any AMP Entity, taken any action that, if taken during the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, would require the consent of GHV pursuant to Section 6.1.


        Section 4.17
    Interested Party Transactions.     Except for ordinary course employment arrangements and the payment of compensation, benefits and expense reimbursements and advances in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to any Plan, and except for customary indemnity arrangements with officers and directors of the AMP Entities, no Affiliate, director, manager or officer or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, employee of the AMP Business, has, directly or indirectly: (a) an economic

A-36


Table of Contents

interest in any Person that has furnished or sold, or furnishes or sells, services or products that any AMP Entity furnishes or sells, or proposes to furnish or sell; (b) an economic interest in any Person that purchases from or sells or furnishes to, any AMP Entity, any goods or services; (c) a beneficial interest in any AMP Material Contract; or (d) any contractual or other arrangement with any AMP Entity or otherwise with Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (in each case, solely to the extent related to the AMP Business); provided, that passive ownership of no more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding voting stock of a publicly traded corporation shall not be deemed an "economic interest in any person" for purposes of this Section 4.17. Except as set forth in Section 4.17 of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedules and expense reimbursements or advances in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to customary indemnity arrangements with officers and directors of the AMP Entities, the AMP Entities have not (i) extended or maintained credit or renewed an extension of credit in the form of a personal loan to or for any director, manager, officer or employee of the AMP Business, (ii) materially modified any term of any such extension or maintenance of credit or (iii) to the Knowledge of Ardagh as of the date hereof, arranged for the extension of credit to or for any director, manager, officer, employee of the AMP Entities.


        Section 4.18
    Anti-Corruption; Sanctions; Import and Export Control Laws.     

        (a)   Ardagh and its Affiliates (in each case, solely with respect to the AMP Business) and the AMP Entities, their respective directors, managers, officers, employees and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, their agents, any representative thereof and any other Person authorized to act for or on behalf of any of the foregoing are, and have been for the previous five (5) years, in material compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended, the UK Bribery Act, and all other anti-bribery and anti-corruption Laws maintained in any jurisdiction in which any of the AMP Entities does business or otherwise in which the AMP Business is conducted.

        (b)   Ardagh and its Affiliates (in each case, solely with respect to the AMP Business) and the AMP Entities are, and have been for the past five (5) years, in compliance with the Trade Laws and Sanctions, and have prepared and timely applied for all licenses required under the Trade Laws and Sanctions. There are no sanctions-related, export-related or import-related Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened against Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (in each case, with respect to the AMP Business) or any AMP Entities or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, any officer or director thereof (in his or her capacity as an officer or director) by or before (or, in the case of a threatened matter, that would come before) any Governmental Authority.

        (c)   Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material liability to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, Ardagh and the AMP Entities have accurately classified in accordance with applicable Trade Laws all items, products, technology, or software shipped, exported, released, transmitted, or transferred by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (in each case, related to the AMP Business) or the AMP Entities from one country to another country.

        (d)   Ardagh and the AMP Entities have in all material respects accurately classified in accordance with applicable Trade Laws all items and products imported by Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (in each case, related to the AMP Business) or the AMP Entities into any jurisdiction where Ardagh, any of its Affiliates (in each case, related to the AMP Business) or the AMP Entities acts as the importer of record.

        (e)   None of Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (in each case, solely with respect to the AMP Business), or any of the AMP Entities, has engaged in, or is now engaging in, directly or indirectly, any dealings or transactions in a Sanctioned Country or with a Sanctioned Person. None of Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (in each case, with respect to the AMP Business), or any of the AMP Entities, or any director, manager, officer, employee or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, agent, customer, or representative thereof (in each case with respect to the AMP Business) or any other Person authorized to act for or on behalf of any of the foregoing is a Sanctioned Person.

A-37


Table of Contents


        Section 4.19
    Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Registration Statement.     None of the information relating to Ardagh or its Affiliates supplied by Ardagh or its Affiliates in writing for inclusion in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or Registration Statement will, as of the date the Registration Statement is declared effective, as of the date the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) is first mailed to the GHV Stockholders, at the time of the GHV Stockholders' Meeting, or at the Effective Time, contain any misstatement of a material fact or omission of any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided, that Ardagh and its Affiliates make no representation with respect to any forward-looking statements supplied by or on behalf of Ardagh or its Affiliates for inclusion in, or relating to information to be included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or Registration Statement.


        Section 4.20
    Brokers' Fees.     Except for Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (whose fees shall constitute Transaction Expenses), no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to, or will be entitled to, any brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Ardagh or any of its Affiliates.


        Section 4.21
    No Prior Operations of AMPSA or MergeCo.     Each of AMPSA and MergeCo was formed for the sole purposes of entering into this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is a party and engaging in the Transactions. Since the date of its respective organization or formation, neither AMPSA nor MergeCo has engaged in any business or activities whatsoever, nor incurred any liabilities, except in connection with this Agreement, the Related Agreements or in furtherance or in connection with the implementation of the Transactions.


        Section 4.22
    Environmental Matters.     Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole, (a) each of the AMP Entities is, and for the past three (3) years has been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (b) the AMP Entities have obtained, currently maintain and are, and for the past three (3) years have been, in compliance with all Environmental Permits required under Environmental Laws for the conduct of the AMP Business and to occupy the Owned Real Property and Leased Real Property, and all such Environmental Permits are in full force and effect; (c) there are no Actions pursuant to Environmental Law pending or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, threatened in writing against Ardagh or any of its Affiliates, including any AMP Entity, relating to or otherwise arising out of the AMP Business, the Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property or any facilities formerly owned or operated by the AMP Entities; (d) to the Knowledge of Ardagh, there has been no Release of any Hazardous Materials at, in, on or under any Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property by any AMP Entity or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, any other Person, or during the period of any AMP Entity's ownership or operation thereof, at, in, on or under any facilities formerly owned or operated by the AMP Entities; and (e) Ardagh has made available to GHV true and complete copies (except to the extent indicated as modified or redacted) of all material Phase 1 or Phase 2 environmental site assessments that are in Ardagh's possession or control, were produced in the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, and relate to the Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property.


        Section 4.23
    Sufficiency of Assets.     On the Closing Date, the assets owned, leased or licensed by the AMP Entities, together with the rights granted or services to be provided by Ardagh and its Subsidiaries to the AMP Entities pursuant to the Services Agreement, will constitute all of the assets, rights, title, interest and properties that are necessary for the AMP Entities to operate the AMP Business substantially in the manner in which it is conducted on the date hereof and as it will be conducted as of immediately prior to the Closing. As of the Closing, the AMP Entities will own and have good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in or right to use, all of such assets or properties that are material tangible assets or personal property, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). All material tangible assets and personal property have been maintained in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted industry practice, and are in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and except as would not,

A-38


Table of Contents

individually or in the aggregate, be material to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities, taken as a whole.


        Section 4.24
    Product Liability; Product Warranties.     

        (a)   Section 4.24(a) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all material third-party product liability claims asserted against the AMP Entities or otherwise against Ardagh or any of its Affiliates (in each case, to the extent related to the AMP Business) over the past three (3) years. To the Knowledge of Ardagh, except as set forth on Section 4.24(a), (i) no AMP Entity has any material liability arising out of any injury to individuals or property as a result of the ownership, possession or use of any product designed, manufactured, maintained, delivered or sold by or on behalf of any AMP Entity or otherwise in respect of the AMP Business during the past three (3) years (each, a "Product"), and (ii) none of the AMP Entities has committed any act, or failed to commit any act, which would result in any material product liability or material liability for breach of warranty on the part of any AMP Entity with respect to the Products.

        (b)   All Products are processed, manufactured and marketed, in all material respects, in accordance with the specifications and standards (i) required by applicable Law and (ii) contained in customer Contracts. Except as set forth on Section 4.24(b) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule, during the past three (3) years, there have been no material warranty claims or voluntary or involuntary product recalls involving the Products.

        (c)   Except as set forth on Section 4.24(c) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule, during the past three (3) years, none of the AMP Entities or the AMP Business has been subject to a Governmental Authority shutdown or import or export prohibition or received any "warning letters" or "untitled letters" from any Governmental Authority or any written notice from any Governmental Authority alleging or asserting noncompliance, in any material respect, with any applicable Law related thereto, and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, no Governmental Authority has threatened such action in writing.


        Section 4.25
    Debt Financing.     FinanceCo has, as of the date of this Agreement, committed financing in the aggregate amount of $2,650,000,000 (the "Committed Debt Financing") pursuant to one or more executed commitment letters (the "Commitment Letter"), and one or more executed fee letters, in each case dated on or prior to the date of this Agreement, among one or more substantially wholly-owned Affiliates controlled by Ardagh (the "AMPSA Financing Parties") and the debt financing sources parties thereto (the "Commitment Debt Financing Sources"), copies of which have been provided to GHV, together with the related fee letter(s) (the "Commitment Financing Documents"). All conditions precedent to the funding of the Committed Debt Financing (the "Commitment Conditions Precedent") are set forth in the Commitment Financing Documents delivered to GHV. As of the date of this Agreement, (a) there are no conditions precedent related to the funding of the full amount of the Committed Debt Financing other than the Commitment Conditions Precedent expressly set forth in the Commitment Financing Documents delivered to GHV, and (b) there are no, and there are not contemplated to be any, agreements, side letters or arrangements relating to the Committed Debt Financing that would affect the availability or conditionality of the Committed Debt Financing other than the Commitment Financing Documents delivered to GHV. None of the Commitment Financing Documents have been amended, restated or otherwise modified or waived as of the date of this Agreement, and the respective commitments contained therein have not been withdrawn, rescinded, amended, restated or otherwise modified in any respect as of the date of this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, each of the Commitment Financing Documents is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the applicable AMPSA Financing Parties (subject to the Enforceability Exceptions), and to the Knowledge of Ardagh, each of the other parties thereto, and enforceable against the AMPSA Financing Parties, and, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, each of the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms. As of the date of this Agreement, no event has occurred which would constitute a breach or default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or

A-39


Table of Contents

both would constitute a default) or prevent any of the Commitment Conditions Precedent from being satisfied, in each case on the part of the AMPSA Financing Parties, or, to the Knowledge of Ardagh, any other parties thereto, under the Commitment Financing Documents. As of the date of this Agreement, Ardagh does not have any reason to believe that any of the Commitment Conditions Precedent will not be satisfied, or that the Debt Financing (or any portion thereof) will be delayed or otherwise not be available to be funded to the applicable AMPSA Financing Parties. Ardagh has fully paid, or caused to be fully paid, all commitment fees and other fees to the extent required to be paid on or prior to the date of this Agreement in connection with the Committed Debt Financing.


        Section 4.26
    No Other Representations or Warranties.     

        (a)   Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV, neither Ardagh nor any of its Affiliates is making, and expressly disclaims, any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to Ardagh, its Affiliates or the AMP Business or with respect to any other information provided, or made available, to GHV or any of its Affiliates or Representatives in connection with the Transactions, including information, documents, projections, forecasts or other material made available to GHV, its Affiliates or Representatives in any "data rooms," management presentations or otherwise in connection with the Transactions.

        (b)   Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo acknowledges that it is not relying on, and that GHV and its Affiliates have not made, any representation or warranty except as specifically set forth in Article V.


ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GHV

        Except as set forth on the GHV Disclosure Schedules or in the SEC Reports (to the extent the qualifying nature of such disclosure is readily apparent from the content of such SEC Reports, but excluding disclosures referred to in "Forward Looking Statements", "Risk Factors" and any other disclosures therein to the extent they are of a predictive or cautionary nature or related to forward looking statements), GHV represents and warrants to Ardagh as follows as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (provided that representations that by their terms speak specifically as of the date of this Agreement or another date, shall be deemed given as of such date):


        Section 5.1
    Organization and Authority.     

        (a)   GHV is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. GHV has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted and, if applicable, to own, lease and operate its property and assets, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect. GHV has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party, and, following receipt of the GHV Stockholder Approval, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. GHV is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing (to the extent such concepts are recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction in which the properties owned or leased by it or the operation of its business requires such licensing or qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect. GHV has made available to Ardagh true, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of GHV as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

        (b)   The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party by GHV, the performance by GHV of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation by GHV of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of GHV, subject to the receipt of GHV Stockholder

A-40


Table of Contents

Approval. Other than receipt of GHV Stockholder Approval, no other action on the part of GHV is necessary to authorize this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which GHV is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been, and upon their execution and delivery each of the Related Agreements to which GHV is a party shall have been, duly executed and delivered by it, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and upon their execution the Related Agreements to which GHV is a party shall constitute, subject only to the receipt of GHV Stockholder Approval, the legal, valid and binding obligations of GHV, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions.


        Section 5.2
    Noncontravention.     The execution, delivery and performance by GHV of this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which GHV is party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by GHV, subject to receipt of the GHV Stockholder Approval, do not and shall not (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of the Organizational Documents of GHV; (b) assuming that all applicable Regulatory Approvals have been obtained, contravene, conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to GHV; or (c) violate, conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or an event which, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, or result in the loss of any right or benefit under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on, require any consent, approval or waiver under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any GHV Material Contract or Permit, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) for any such breaches, defaults, loss of rights or benefits or Encumbrances as would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect.


        Section 5.3
    Governmental Authorities; Consents.     Except (a) for the Regulatory Approvals and (b) as may be necessary as a result of any facts or circumstances relating solely to Ardagh, no consent, waiver, authorization, license or approval of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority is required for the consummation by GHV of the Transactions, except where the failure to obtain such consent, approval or action or to make such filing or notification would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect.


        Section 5.4
    Capitalization.     

        (a)   The authorized capital stock of GHV consists of (i) 400,000,000 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock, (ii) 40,000,000 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock and (iii) 1,000,000 shares of GHV Preferred Stock. As of the date of this Agreement, there are (A) 52,500,000 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding, (B) 13,125,000 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock issued and outstanding, and immediately prior to the GHV Class F Conversion, 3,281,250 shares of GHV Class F Common Stock will be canceled for no consideration, (C) no shares of GHV Preferred Stock issued and outstanding and (D) GHV Warrants to purchase 16,750,000 shares of GHV Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, there are no other shares of common stock, preferred stock or other equity interests of GHV authorized, reserved, issued (or planned to be issued) or outstanding.

        (b)   All of the outstanding shares of GHV capital stock (including any preferred stock and the GHV Warrants) have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in accordance with all applicable Securities Laws. GHV does not have any outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations the holders of which have the right to vote (or are convertible into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote) with the GHV Stockholders on any matter. No issued and outstanding shares of any of the capital stock of GHV are held in treasury.

        (c)   Except for the GHV Warrants or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement, there are no outstanding options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights,

A-41


Table of Contents

exchange rights or other Contracts or commitments that would require GHV to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding any of its equity securities. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the equity securities of GHV. Except as set forth in the GHV Organizational Documents, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which GHV is a party with respect to the voting of the capital stock or other equity interests of GHV.

        (d)   GHV does not directly or indirectly own any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity or similar interest in any corporation, partnership, joint venture, business association or other Person.


        Section 5.5
    SEC Reports; Financial Statements.     

        (a)   GHV has timely filed or furnished, as applicable, all required registration statements, reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents, including any exhibits thereto, required to be filed by it with the SEC since August 5, 2020 (collectively, as they have been amended since the time of their filing and including all exhibits or schedules thereto and any other information incorporated therein, the "SEC Reports"). GHV has made available to Ardagh true and correct copies of all amendments and modifications that have not been filed by GHV with the SEC to all agreements, documents and other instruments that were previously filed by GHV with the SEC and are currently in effect. Each of the SEC Reports at the time of its filing or being furnished complied, or if not yet filed or furnished, will comply or, if amended, complied as of the date of the most recent amendment, in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to the SEC Reports in effect as of the respective dates thereof. None of the SEC Reports, as of their respective dates (or if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, then on the date of such filing), contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters received from the SEC with respect to the SEC Reports. The audited financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements (including, in each case, the notes and schedules thereto) included in the SEC Reports (the "GHV Financial Statements") complied or will comply, as the case may be, as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act in effect as of the respective dates thereof with respect thereto, were prepared or will be prepared, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto and except with respect to unaudited statements as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC) and fairly present (subject, in the case of the unaudited interim financial statements included therein, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes) in all material respects the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of GHV as of the respective dates thereof and the results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods then ended.

        (b)   GHV has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that material information relating to GHV is made known to GHV's principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. To the Knowledge of GHV, such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting GHV's principal executive officer and principal financial officer to material information required to be included in GHV's periodic reports required under the Exchange Act.

        (c)   GHV has established and maintained a system of internal controls and, to the Knowledge of GHV, such internal controls are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of

A-42


Table of Contents

GHV's financial reporting and the preparation of the GHV Financial Statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

        (d)   To the Knowledge of GHV, each director and executive officer of GHV has filed with the SEC on a timely basis all statements required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


        Section 5.6
    Undisclosed Liabilities.     Except for (a) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice after the date of GHV's balance sheet for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2020 (the "GHV Balance Sheet Date"), or (b) Liabilities reflected or reserved for in the SEC Reports, GHV does not have any Liabilities, except, in each case, those which would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect.


        Section 5.7
    Actions.     As of the date of this Agreement, no Action by or against GHV is pending or, to the Knowledge of GHV, threatened in writing, challenging the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the Transactions. There is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of GHV, threatened against (and there are no outstanding Governmental Orders with respect to) GHV by or before any Governmental Authority or by any third party, other than such Actions or Governmental Orders as would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect.


        Section 5.8
    Compliance with Laws; Permits.     

        (a)   GHV is not in violation of any Laws applicable to the conduct of its business, except as would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.8 does not apply with respect to Taxes, which is exclusively the subject of the representations and warranties in Section 5.16.

        (b)   GHV holds all Permits necessary under applicable Laws for the conduct of its business as presently conducted (which Permits are in full force and effect) and is in compliance with the terms of such Permits, except where the failure to have or to be in compliance with such Permits would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect. As of the date of this Agreement, no Action is pending or, to the Knowledge of GHV, threatened, seeking the revocation or cancellation of any such Permit relating to its business, except as would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect.


        Section 5.9
    Financial Ability; Trust Account.     There is at least $525,000,000 (less, as of the Closing, the amount payable pursuant to GHV Stock Redemption) invested in a trust account (the "Trust Account"), maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (the "Trustee"), pursuant to that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated August 10, 2020, by and between GHV and the Trustee (the "Trust Agreement"). Prior to the Closing, none of the funds held in the Trust Account may be released, except in accordance with the Trust Agreement and GHV Organizational Documents. Amounts in the Trust Account are invested in United States "government securities" within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, having a maturity of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. GHV has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it to date under, and is not in material default or delinquent in performance or any other respect (claimed or actual) in connection with, the Trust Agreement, and no event has occurred that, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default thereunder. There are no claims or proceedings pending with respect to the Trust Account. Since August 5, 2020, GHV has not released any money from the Trust Account except as permitted pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the GHV Organizational Documents. As of the Closing, the obligations of GHV to dissolve or liquidate pursuant to the GHV Organizational Documents shall terminate, and as of the Closing, GHV shall have no obligation whatsoever pursuant to the GHV Organizational Documents to dissolve and liquidate the assets of GHV by reason of the consummation of the Transactions. The Trust Agreement is valid and in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms and has not been amended or modified. There are no separate Contracts, side letters or

A-43


Table of Contents

other arrangements or understandings (whether written or unwritten, express or implied) that would cause the description of the Trust Agreement in the SEC Reports to be inaccurate or that would entitle any Person (other than pursuant to a GHV Stock Redemption, if any) to any portion of the proceeds in the Trust Account. There are no proceedings pending with or, to the Knowledge of GHV, threatened by any Governmental Authority with respect to the Trust Account.


        Section 5.10
    Brokers' Fees; Transaction Expenses.     

        (a)   Except as set forth on Section 5.10(a) of the GHV Disclosure Schedule, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of GHV or any of its Affiliates. The fees of such brokers, finders or investment bankers set forth on Section 5.10(a) of the GHV Disclosure Schedule shall be the sole responsibility of GHV.

        (b)   Section 5.10(b) of the GHV Disclosure Schedule sets forth an estimate and description of the Transaction Expenses incurred by GHV to the date of this Agreement and GHV's good faith estimate of the Transaction Expenses to be incurred by GHV as of the Closing. Except as set forth on Section 5.10(b) of the GHV Disclosure Schedule and any Indebtedness expressly permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.2(f), none of the GHV Transaction Expenses are expenses payable or liabilities in respect of or obligations to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates.


        Section 5.11
    Business Activities.     Since its incorporation, GHV has not conducted any business activities other than activities directed toward completing a Business Combination. Except as set forth in the GHV Organizational Documents, there is no agreement, commitment or Governmental Order binding upon GHV or to which GHV is a party that has or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or impairing any business practice of GHV, other than such effects which would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect.


        Section 5.12
    Material Contracts.     Section 5.12 of the GHV Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct and complete list of each "material contract" (as such term is defined in Regulation S-K of the SEC) to which GHV is party which is not included in the SEC Reports (the material contracts included in Section 5.12 of the GHV Disclosure Schedule and the SEC Reports, the "GHV Material Contracts"). Each GHV Material Contract is in full force and effect and, to the Knowledge of GHV, is valid and binding upon and enforceable against each of the parties thereto, except insofar as enforceability may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions. True, correct and complete copies of all GHV Material Contracts have been made available to Ardagh.


        Section 5.13
    Employees.     

        (a)   Other than as expressly described in the SEC Reports, GHV has no, and never had, any director, officer, employee or other individual service provider (collectively, "GHV Employees"). No GHV Employee is or has been covered by any Collective Bargaining Agreement nor is the consent of, consultation of, rendering of formal advice by, issuance of notice to, or making any filing with, any Employee Representative Body or any Governmental Authority required for GHV to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the Transactions. Other than reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by GHV's officers and directors in connection with activities on GHV's behalf in an aggregate amount not in excess of the amount of cash held by GHV outside of the Trust Account, GHV has no, and would not reasonably be expected to have any, unsatisfied Liability with respect to any GHV Employee.

A-44


Table of Contents

        (b)   GHV has never sponsored, maintained or contributed, or been obligated to contribute to, any material Plan nor does GHV have or would reasonably be expected to have any Liability with respect to any material Plan. No Affiliate of GHV sponsors, maintains or contributes to any Plan for the benefit of any GHV Employee or his or her dependents or beneficiaries, including any material Plan that would provide for post-termination or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for the benefit of any GHV Employee. None of GHV nor any of its ERISA Affiliates sponsor, maintain, participate in, contribute to or is obligated to contribute to or in the past six (6) years has sponsored, maintained, participated in, contributed to or was obligated to contribute to a Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or is a "multiple employer plan" as defined in Section 413(c) of the U.S. Code or a "multiple employer welfare arrangement" within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA.

        (c)   Neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Related Agreements nor the consummation of the Transactions would reasonably be expected to (either alone or in combination with another event) result in: (i) any payment, compensation or benefit becoming due, or increase in the amount of any payment, compensation or benefit due, to any GHV Employee; (ii) the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any payment or benefits with respect to any GHV Employee; or (iii) any funding of compensation or benefits under any Plan or to any GHV Employee. None of GHV nor any of its Affiliates has any obligation to gross-up, indemnify or otherwise reimburse any GHV Employee for any Taxes incurred by such GHV Employee or any interest or penalty related thereto.


        Section 5.14    Listing.     The GHV Class A Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and listed on Nasdaq under the symbol "GRSV". The GHV Warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol "GRSVW". The GHV Units are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol "GRSVU". GHV has not received any oral or written notice that the GHV Class A Common Stock, the GHV Warrants or the GHV Units are ineligible or will become ineligible for listing on Nasdaq nor that the GHV Class A Common Stock, the GHV Warrants or GHV Units do not meet all requirements for the continuation of such listing. GHV has not taken any action that is intended to terminate the registration of the GHV Class A Common Stock, the GHV Warrants or GHV Units under the Exchange Act. GHV satisfies all of the requirements for the continued listing of the GHV Class A Common Stock, the GHV Warrants and the GHV Units on Nasdaq. GHV is in material compliance with all applicable Nasdaq listing and corporate governance rules.


        Section 5.15
    Investment Company.     GHV is not an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.


        Section 5.16
    Taxes.     

        (a)   All material Tax Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to GHV have been timely filed (taking into account any valid extension of time to file granted or obtained) and such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

        (b)   All material amounts of Taxes owed by GHV (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been fully and timely paid other than Taxes which are not yet due and payable and which have been adequately accrued and reserved in accordance with GAAP. Since the date of the most recent GHV Financial Statements, GHV has not incurred any material Tax liability outside the ordinary course of business other than Taxes resulting from the Transactions.

        (c)   There are no pending Actions against GHV for any material amount of Taxes, and GHV has not received notice of any such Action in writing from any Taxing Authority that asserts any deficiency or claim for a material amount of Taxes against GHV that has not been fully and timely paid, settled or adequately reserved in the most recent GHV Financial Statements.

        (d)   To the Knowledge of GHV as of the date hereof, no claim has been made within the prior three (3) years by any Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where GHV does not file Tax Returns that GHV is or may be subject to taxation by, or required to file Tax Returns in, such jurisdiction.

A-45


Table of Contents

        (e)   There are no Tax liens on any assets of GHV (other than Permitted Liens).

        (f)    GHV has withheld and fully and timely paid to the appropriate Governmental Authority all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld and paid by GHV in connection with amounts paid or owing to any current or former employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party, and have complied in all material respects with applicable Law with respect to such Taxes.

        (g)   GHV has not constituted a "distributing corporation" or a "controlled corporation" (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of shares qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code) in the last two years prior to the date of this Agreement.

        (h)   GHV has not executed or entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any similar provision of federal, state, provincial or local Law, and GHV is not subject to any private letter ruling of the IRS or comparable ruling of any other Taxing Authority.

        (i)    GHV will not be required to include any amounts in income in, or exclude any items of deduction from, taxable income for any Post-Closing Tax Period as a result of any: (i) adjustment pursuant to Section 481 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, provincial or local Law) as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing; (ii) intercompany transactions or excess loss account described in U.S. Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, provincial or local Law) made or existing prior to the Closing; (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made prior to the Closing; or (iv) prepaid amount received or deferred revenue realized prior to the Closing.

        (j)    GHV has not elected the installment method for the payment of Taxes incurred pursuant to Section 965 of the Code.

        (k)   GHV has not been a party to any "listed transaction" within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b).

        (l)    GHV has no material liability for the Taxes of any Person under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law) as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

        (m)  GHV is not a party to, or bound by, any Tax allocation, Tax sharing or Tax indemnification agreement (other than customary provisions in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes).

        (n)   To the Knowledge of GHV, there are no facts, circumstances or plans that, either alone or in combination, could reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger, taken together with the PIPE Investment and all or a portion of the steps in the Pre-Closing Restructuring from qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.


        Section 5.17
    Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Registration Statement.     None of the information relating to GHV supplied by GHV in writing for inclusion in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or Registration Statement will, as of the date the Registration Statement is declared effective, as of the date the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) is first mailed to the GHV Stockholders, at the time of the GHV Stockholders' Meeting, or at the Effective Time, contain any misstatement of a material fact or omission of any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided, that GHV and its Affiliates make no representation with respect to any forward-looking statements supplied by or on behalf of GHV or its Affiliates for inclusion in, or relating to information to be included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or Registration Statement.

A-46


Table of Contents


        Section 5.18
    Absence of Changes.     

        (a)   Since the GHV Balance Sheet Date, there has not occurred a GHV Material Adverse Effect.

        (b)   Without limiting the generality of Section 5.18(a), (i) except in connection with or in preparation for the Transactions, since the GHV Balance Sheet Date and through the date of this Agreement, GHV has conducted its business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice in all material respects, and (ii) since the GHV Balance Sheet Date, GHV has not taken any action that, if taken during the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, would require the consent of Ardagh pursuant to Section 6.2.


        Section 5.19
    No Other Representations or Warranties.     

        (a)   Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article V, neither GHV nor any of its Affiliates is making, and expressly disclaims, any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to GHV or its Affiliates or their respective businesses with respect to any other information provided, or made available, to Ardagh or any of its Affiliates or Representatives in connection with the Transactions, including information, documents, projections, forecasts or other material made available to Ardagh, its Affiliates or Representatives in any "data rooms," management presentations or otherwise in connection with the Transactions.

        (b)   GHV acknowledges that it is not relying on, and that Ardagh and its Affiliates have not made, any representation or warranty except as specifically set forth in Article IV.


ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS

        Section 6.1    Conduct of the AMP Business.     During the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending as of the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VIII, and (ii) the Closing (the "Interim Period"), except (A) as required by applicable Law, Governmental Order or other directive by a Governmental Authority (including any COVID-19 Measures), (B) as set forth on Section 6.1 of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule, (C) for the Pre-Closing Restructuring, (D) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or (E) with the prior written consent of GHV (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Ardagh shall (solely with respect to the AMP Business), and shall cause the AMP Entities to:

        (a)   conduct the AMP Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects; provided, that, in the case of actions that are taken (or omitted to be taken) reasonably in response to an emergency or urgent condition or conditions arising from COVID-19 or legal requirements related to COVID-19 (including any COVID-19 Measures), Ardagh and the AMP Entities shall not be deemed to be acting outside of the ordinary course of business, so long as such actions or omissions are reasonably designed to protect the health or welfare of employees, directors, officers or agents or to meet such legal requirements;

        (b)   not (i) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to any of its capital stock, or (ii) effect any recapitalization, reclassification, split or other change in its capitalization, in each case, by or involving an AMP Entity;

        (c)   not grant, create, assume or otherwise incur any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any assets of any AMP Entity or with respect to the AMP Business, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or any Encumbrance that will be released in full on or prior to the Closing;

        (d)   not sell, transfer, assign, lease, sublease, license or otherwise dispose of any material assets (excluding Intellectual Property) of any AMP Entity or of the AMP Business, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (which ordinary course of business consistent

A-47


Table of Contents

with past practice includes, for the avoidance of doubt, the financing or sale of accounts receivable in connection with any factoring or other supply chain financing arrangements of a type that have historically been entered into in the operation of the AMP Business);

        (e)   not (i) amend the Organizational Documents of any of the AMP Entities, (ii) authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, restructuring, recapitalization, dissolution or winding up of any of the AMP Entities, or (iii) form or establish a Subsidiary that would be an AMP Entity;

        (f)    not amend or make any changes to the accounting policies, methods, principles or practices of any AMP Entity or otherwise relating to the AMP Business, unless required by GAAP, IFRS or applicable Law;

        (g)   not authorize, issue, sell, convey, transfer, pledge, grant, redeem, repurchase or otherwise dispose of or acquire any shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of any AMP Entity (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such equity or ownership interests), or any options, warrants, puts, calls, appreciation rights or units, phantom equity rights, or other similar rights with respect to or to purchase or subscribe for, equity or ownership interests of any AMP Entity, or permit any Encumbrances to be imposed on any such interests (other than any Encumbrance that will be released on or prior to the Closing);

        (h)   not incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than (i) in connection with the Debt Financing, (ii) Indebtedness that shall be repaid, settled, canceled or terminated prior to the Closing (iii) intercompany Indebtedness between AMP Entities, and (iv) to replace Indebtedness (on substantially similar terms) that is maturing, expiring or otherwise terminating;

        (i)    not (i) abandon, fail to maintain, sell, transfer, assign, license, cancel, allow to lapse or expire or otherwise dispose of any material Owned Intellectual Property, other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (ii) disclose any material Trade Secret included in the Owned Intellectual Property to any other Person (other than in the ordinary course of business to a Person bound by customary written confidentiality obligations);

        (j)    except as required under the terms of any Plan or Collective Bargaining Agreement as in effect on the date of this Agreement or applicable Law or as contemplated by this Agreement, not (i) enter into, adopt or amend any Plan that would be an AMP Business Plan if in effect on the date hereof, other than amendments that are generally applicable to employees of Ardagh and its Affiliates and do not disproportionately impact AMP Business Employees, (ii) increase the compensation and benefits provided to any AMP Business Employee or former employee of, or other current or former service provider (who is a natural person) to, the AMP Business, other than any AMP Business Employees with annual base salary or wages of less than $150,000, or (iii) terminate (other than for cause) any director or executive officer providing services primarily to the AMP Business, or give notice of any such action;

        (k)   not enter into or materially amend any Collective Bargaining Agreement (or enter into any other material commitment with any Employee Representative Body) covering any AMP Business Employee, except to renew or replace an existing Collective Bargaining Agreement on substantially similar terms or as required as a result of the Transactions or by Law;

        (l)    not (i) make, change or revoke any material Tax elections, (ii) change any method of Tax accounting, (iii) file any amended material Tax Return, (iv) enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement with respect to Taxes, or (v) settle or compromise any material Tax liability or surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund, offset or other reduction in a material Tax liability, in each case, unless otherwise required by applicable Law, except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business

A-48


Table of Contents

and not otherwise adverse to any AMP Entities or favor the Ardagh Entities as compared to the AMP Entities;

        (m)  not enter into any (i) material line of business or (ii) business that is unrelated to the AMP Business;

        (n)   not release, assign, compromise, settle or agree to settle any Action material to the AMP Entities or their respective properties or assets, or to the AMP Business, unless such Action or settlement is solely monetary in nature and involves payments of less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate; or

        (o)   not enter into an enforceable agreement, or otherwise agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

        Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to give to GHV or any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, rights to control or direct the operations of the AMP Business during the Interim Period.


        Section 6.2
    Conduct of Business by GHV.     During the Interim Period, GHV shall not directly or indirectly, take any action that would reasonably be likely to materially delay or prevent the Transactions; and except as (i) required by applicable Law, (ii) set forth on Section 6.2 of the GHV Disclosure Schedule, (iii) expressly contemplated by this Agreement or

        (iv)  with the prior written consent of Ardagh (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), GHV shall not:

        (a)   amend the GHV Organizational Documents;

        (b)   declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to any of its capital stock, other than pursuant to the redemption rights provided in the GHV Organizational Documents;

        (c)   reclassify, combine, split, subdivide or redeem, or purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the GHV Common Stock or GHV Warrants, other than pursuant to the redemption rights provided in the GHV Organizational Documents;

        (d)   other than in connection with the Transactions, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant or encumber, or authorize, solicit, propose, or negotiate with respect to the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition, grant or encumbrance of, any shares of any class of capital stock or other securities of GHV or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of such capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest), of GHV;

        (e)   acquire (including, without limitation, by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets or any other business combination) any corporation, partnership, other business organization or any division thereof or any material amount of assets or enter into any strategic joint ventures, partnerships or alliances with any other person;

        (f)    incur any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness, not to exceed $1,500,000, that is incurred by GHV and, to the extent outstanding as of the Closing Date, payable by AMPSA as a Transaction Expense);

        (g)   make any change in any method of financial accounting or financial accounting principles, policies, procedures or practices, except as required by GAAP or applicable Law;

        (h)   hire any Person; increase the compensation or benefits payable or to become payable to any GHV Employee or grant any equity or equity-based awards or awards with respect to the Transactions

A-49


Table of Contents

to any GHV Employee; or enter into or adopt any Plan or Collective Bargaining Agreement (or enter into any other material commitment with any Employee Representative Body);

        (i)    not (i) make, change or revoke any material Tax elections, (ii) change any method of Tax accounting, (iii) file any amended material Tax Return, (iv) enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement with respect to Taxes, or (v) settle or compromise any material Tax liability or surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund, offset or other reduction in a material Tax liability, in each case, unless otherwise required by applicable Law, except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or not otherwise adverse to any AMP Entities;

        (j)    liquidate, dissolve, reorganize or otherwise wind up the business and operations of GHV;

        (k)   amend the Trust Agreement or any other agreement related to the Trust Account; or

        (l)    enter into any agreement or otherwise make a binding commitment to do any of the foregoing.


        Section 6.3
    PCAOB Financials.     Ardagh shall deliver to GHV the combined income statements, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows of the AMP Business for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and as at December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 for the combined statements of financial position, which have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements of Ardagh to represent the financial position and performance of the AMP Business as if the AMP Business had existed on a stand-alone basis for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and as at December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 (together with the notes, if any, relating thereto), audited in accordance with the auditing standards of the PCAOB applicable to carve-out financial statements (collectively, the "PCAOB Financials") as soon as reasonably practicable following the date hereof, but in any extent no later than February 28, 2021.


        Section 6.4
    GHV Public Filings.     

        (a)   During the Interim Period, GHV will keep current and timely file all of the forms, reports, schedules, statements and other documents required to be filed by GHV with the SEC, including all necessary amendments and supplements thereto, and otherwise comply in all material respects with applicable securities Laws (the "Additional SEC Reports"). All such Additional SEC Reports (including any financial statements or schedules included therein) (i) shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with either the requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) will not, at the time they are filed, or, if amended, as of the date of such amendment, contain any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. As used in this Section 6.4, the term "file" shall be broadly construed to include any manner in which a document or information is furnished, supplied or otherwise made available to the SEC or Nasdaq. Any Additional SEC Reports which discuss or refer to this Agreement or the Transactions, the contents of which are inconsistent with that of, or otherwise not disclosed in, any prior or contemporaneous press release or public announcement by Ardagh or GHV (or Affiliate thereof) in compliance with this Agreement shall be subject to the prior review and approval of Ardagh (which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided in the case of a current report required to be filed by GHV or an Affiliate thereof on Form 8-K, GHV shall, prior to the filing of any such current report on Form 8-K, consult with Ardagh as to the timing and contents of such current report on Form 8-K, unless such consultation would not be reasonably feasible.

        (b)   During the Interim Period, GHV shall use its reasonable best efforts prior to the Merger to maintain the listing of the GHV Units, the GHV Common Stock and the GHV Warrants on Nasdaq.

A-50


Table of Contents


        Section 6.5
         Proxy Statement/Prospectus; Registration Statement.

        (a)   As promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement and the delivery of the PCAOB Financials, (i) GHV, Ardagh and AMPSA prepare and GHV shall file with the SEC the proxy statement/prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Proxy Statement/Prospectus") to be sent to the GHV Stockholders relating to the meeting of GHV Stockholders (the "GHV Stockholders' Meeting") for the purpose of soliciting proxies from GHV Stockholders for the matters to be acted upon at the GHV Stockholders' Meeting and providing the public stockholders an opportunity in accordance with GHV Organizational Documents to redeem their shares of GHV Common Stock (the "GHV Stock Redemption") in conjunction with the stockholder vote on the GHV Proposals and (ii) Ardagh, AMPSA and GHV shall prepare and AMPSA shall file with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-4 or such other applicable form as Ardagh and GHV may agree (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Registration Statement"), in which the Proxy Statement/Prospectus will be included, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares and AMPSA Warrants to be issued in the Merger. Each Party shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus to comply with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, including providing any necessary opinions of counsel, to have the Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing, and to keep the Registration Statement effective as long as is necessary to consummate the Transactions. Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and GHV shall furnish all information as may be reasonably requested by the others in connection with any such action and the preparation, filing and distribution of the Registration Statement and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Ardagh and AMPSA also agree to use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain all necessary Securities Law or "Blue Sky" permits and approvals required to carry out the Transactions, and GHV shall furnish all information concerning GHV as may be reasonably requested in connection with any such action; provided that without the prior written consent of GHV, neither Ardagh nor AMPSA shall use any such information for any purpose other than to obtain necessary Securities Law or "Blue Sky" permits and approvals.

        (b)   Promptly after the Registration Statement shall have become effective, GHV shall cause the Proxy Statement/Prospectus to be mailed to the GHV Stockholders. No filing of, or amendment or supplement to, the Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus will be made by GHV, Ardagh or AMPSA without providing the other with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment thereon and each Party shall give reasonable and good faith consideration to any comments made by any other Party and their counsel. Each of GHV, Ardagh and AMPSA will be given a reasonable opportunity to participate in the response to any SEC comments and to provide comments on that response (to which reasonable and good faith consideration shall be given), including by participating with GHV, Ardagh or AMPSA or their counsel in any discussions or meetings with the SEC. GHV shall comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, any applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq, GHV Organizational Documents, and this Agreement in the preparation, filing and distribution of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, any solicitation of proxies thereunder, the calling and holding of the GHV Stockholders' Meeting and the GHV Stock Redemption.

        (c)   If at any time prior to the Effective Time, any information relating to GHV, Ardagh or AMPSA or any of their respective affiliates, directors or officers, should be discovered by GHV, Ardagh or AMPSA which should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to either the Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, so that either such document would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, the Party that discovers such information shall promptly notify the other Parties and an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information shall be promptly filed with the SEC and, to the extent required by Law, disseminated to the GHV Stockholders.

A-51


Table of Contents

        (d)   Each of GHV, Ardagh and AMPSA will advise the other Parties promptly after it receives any oral or written request by the SEC for amendment of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the Registration Statement, as applicable, or comments thereon and responses thereto, any oral or written comments or requests in relation to the GHV Stockholders' Meeting, or requests by the SEC for additional information and each Party will promptly provide the other with copies of any written communication between it or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC, any state securities commission or their respective staffs, on the other hand, with respect to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the Registration Statement. GHV, Ardagh or AMPSA shall use their respective reasonable best efforts, after consultation with each other, to resolve all such requests or comments with respect to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the Registration Statement, as applicable, as promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt thereof.

        (e)   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of GHV, Ardagh and AMPSA shall cooperate with each other in the preparation of each of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the Registration Statement, and each of Ardagh and GHV shall furnish AMPSA with all information concerning it and its affiliates as the providing party (after consulting with counsel) may deem reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the preparation of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the Registration Statement, as applicable.

        (f)    GHV, Ardagh and AMPSA shall notify each other promptly of the time when the Registration Statement has become effective, of the issuance of any stop order or suspension of the qualification of the Shares or AMPSA Warrants issuable in connection with the Merger for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the receipt of any comments from the SEC or the staff of the SEC and of any request by the SEC or the staff of the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the Registration Statement or for additional information.

        (g)   Subject to Section 6.5(h), GHV, acting through the GHV Board, shall include in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus the recommendation of the GHV Board that the GHV stockholders vote in favor of each of the Transactions, as provided in Section 5.5 (such recommendation as to each of the GHV Proposals, a "GHV Board Recommendation") and shall, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to solicit proxies from the GHV Stockholders in favor of each of the GHV Proposals. Subject to Section 6.5(h), none of the GHV Board or any committee thereof shall withdraw or modify, or propose publicly or by formal action of the GHV Board to withdraw or modify, in a manner adverse to Ardagh or any AMP Entity, any GHV Board Recommendation.

        (h)   Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.5 to the contrary, if, at any time prior to obtaining the GHV Stockholders' Meeting, the GHV Board determines, in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, that a GHV Intervening Event has occurred and that, as a result thereof, a failure to withdraw or modify a GHV Board Recommendation would be inconsistent with the GHV Board's fiduciary duties under applicable Law, then the GHV Board may withdraw or modify such GHV Board Recommendation; provided that GHV shall not withdraw or modify such GHV Board Recommendation unless (i) GHV first delivers to Ardagh a written notice advising Ardagh that the GHV Board proposes to take such action and containing the material facts underlying the GHV Board's determination that a GHV Intervening Event has occurred and that a failure to withdraw or modify a GHV Board Recommendation would constitute a breach by the GHV Board of its fiduciary obligations under applicable Law (a "GHV Intervening Event Notice"), and (ii) at or after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the fourth (4th) Business Day immediately following the day on which GHV delivered the GHV Intervening Event Notice (such period from the time the GHV Intervening Event Notice is provided until 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the fourth (4th) Business Day immediately following the day on which GHV delivered the GHV Intervening Event Notice (it being understood that any material development with respect to a GHV Intervening Event shall require a new notice, but with an additional three (3) Business Day (instead of four (4) Business Day) period from the date of such notice), the "GHV Intervening Event Notice Period"), the GHV Board reaffirms in good faith (after

A-52


Table of Contents

consultation with its outside legal counsel) that a failure to withdraw or modify such GHV Board Recommendation would be inconsistent with the GHV Board's fiduciary duties under applicable Law. If requested by Ardagh, GHV shall, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its Representatives to, during the GHV Intervening Event Notice Period, engage in good faith negotiations with Ardagh and its respective Representatives to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement so as to obviate the need for any withdrawal or modification of such GHV Board Recommendation.


        Section 6.6    GHV Stockholders' Meetings.     GHV shall call the GHV Stockholders' Meeting in accordance with the GHV Organizational Documents and applicable Law for the purposes of voting upon the GHV Proposals as promptly as practicable after the date on which the SEC has declared the Registration Statement effective for the purpose of voting solely upon the GHV Proposals. GHV shall (a) consult with Ardagh in establishing the record date for the GHV Stockholders' Meeting and the date of the GHV Stockholders' Meeting, and (b) give notice to Ardagh of the GHV Stockholders' Meeting. Without the prior written consent of Ardagh, the GHV Proposals shall be the only matters (other than procedural matters) which GHV shall propose to be acted on by the GHV Stockholders at the GHV Stockholders' Meeting. Subject to Section 6.5(h), GHV shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the approval of the GHV Proposals at the GHV Stockholders' Meeting, including by soliciting from the GHV Stockholders proxies as promptly as possible in favor of the GHV Proposals. GHV shall provide Ardagh with updates with respect to the tabulated vote counts received by GHV. If on the date for which the GHV Stockholders' Meeting is scheduled, based on the tabulated vote count, GHV will not obtain the required approval of the GHV Required Proposals, whether or not a quorum is present, GHV shall have the right to (and at Ardagh's request will) make one or more successive postponements or adjournments of the GHV Stockholders' Meeting (it being understood that, in the event of any postponement or adjournment pursuant to the foregoing, the GHV Stockholders' Meeting shall not be held later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Outside Date); provided that GHV shall not, without the prior written consent of Ardagh (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), postpone or adjourn the special meeting more than three (3) times; provided, further, that Ardagh may not request the postponement or adjournment of the GHV Stockholders' Meeting more than once and such request shall not postpone or adjourn the GHV Stockholder's Meeting for more than five (5) Business Days.


        Section 6.7
    Access to Information.     During the Interim Period, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, including applicable antitrust and competition Laws, or the requirements of any Governmental Authority, securities exchange or other regulatory organization with whose rules Ardagh or GHV is required to comply, each of Ardagh and GHV shall provide to the other and their respective Representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to all books, records, information, documents, personnel, offices, facilities and properties which such Party may reasonably request relating to the AMP Business or GHV's business, as applicable (including, for the avoidance of doubt, maintaining access to such Party's electronic data room); provided that such access shall only be upon the written request of Ardagh or GHV submitted reasonably in advance, shall not unreasonably disrupt personnel or interfere with the operations and properties of the AMP Business or GHV's business, as applicable, and shall be at the requesting Party's sole expense. In exercising its rights hereunder, the requesting Party shall conduct itself so as not to unreasonably interfere in the conduct of the AMP Business or GHV's business, as applicable. Each of Ardagh and GHV acknowledge and agree that any contact or communication by it and its Representatives with officers, employees or agents of the AMP Business or GHV's business, as applicable, hereunder shall be arranged and supervised by representatives of such Party granting access, unless such granting Party otherwise expressly consents in writing with respect to any specific contact. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, none of Ardagh, GHV or any of their respective Affiliates shall be required to disclose to the other Parties or any of their Representatives (a) any information (i) if doing so would violate any Contract or Law to which the Party granting access or any of its Affiliates is

A-53


Table of Contents

a party or is subject or which it believes in good faith would result in a loss of the ability to successfully assert a claim of privilege (including attorney-client and work product privileges), (ii) if the requesting Party or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Party from whom access has been requested or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, are adverse parties in a litigation and such information is reasonably pertinent thereto, or (iii) if the Party from whom access has been requested reasonably determines that such information is competitively sensitive (provided that in such case such information shall be made available pursuant to mutually agreed "clean team" procedures, to the extent permissible and reasonably requested for the valuation and assessment of the AMP Business or GHV's business (as the case may be)), or (b) any other information relating to Taxes or Tax Returns to the extent unrelated to the AMP Business or the AMP Entities or GHV's business, as applicable. All information made available hereunder prior to the Closing shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, and each of Ardagh and GHV shall not (and shall cause its respective Affiliates and Representatives not to) use any information obtained pursuant to this Section 6.7 or otherwise under this Agreement for any purpose unrelated to the Transactions. No investigation pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall affect any representation or warranty in this Agreement of Ardagh or GHV or any condition to the obligations of Ardagh, AMPSA, MergeCo or GHV.


        Section 6.8
    Further Assurances.     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during the Interim Period, each of the Parties shall, and shall cause its controlled Affiliates to, use their respective reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, to do or cause to be done all things, necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or otherwise to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and to consummate and make effective as promptly as reasonably practicable, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Transactions, including executing and delivering such documents and other instruments as may be required. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the reasonable request of Ardagh or GHV, the requested Party shall, and shall cause its controlled Affiliates to, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further assurances, deeds, assignments, consequences, powers of attorney and other instruments and agreements as may reasonably be required to effect the Transactions.


        Section 6.9
    Publicity.     The initial press release relating to this Agreement shall be a joint press release issued on the date of this Agreement, the text of which has been agreed to by each of GHV and Ardagh. Thereafter, no press releases or similar public announcements related to this Agreement or the Transactions shall be issued by Ardagh or GHV or any of their respective Affiliates, without the prior written consent of Ardagh and GHV (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), except (a) as may be required by applicable Law or by the terms of any listing agreement with a securities exchange on which the securities of Ardagh or GHV are listed (in which case Ardagh and GHV shall, prior to the issuance of any such press release or public announcement consult with the other as to the timing and contents of any such press release or public announcement, unless such consultation would not be reasonably feasible), or (b) any such press release or public announcement, the content of which is consistent with that of any prior or contemporaneous press release or public announcement by Ardagh or GHV (or Affiliate thereof) in compliance with this Agreement.


        Section 6.10
    Non-Solicitation.     

        (a)   During the Interim Period, other than in connection with the Transactions, GHV agrees that it shall not, and shall not authorize or (to the extent within its control) permit any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or Representatives acting on its behalf (including investment bankers, attorneys and accountants), to, directly or indirectly, (i) initiate, solicit, or knowingly facilitate the making of any offers or proposals related to, an Alternate GHV Combination, (ii) enter into, engage in or continue any discussions or negotiations with respect to an Alternate GHV Combination with, or provide any non-public information, data or access to employees to, any Person that has made, or informs it that such Person is considering making, a proposal with respect to an Alternate GHV Combination, (iii) approve, endorse or recommend any Alternate GHV Combination, or (iv) enter into

A-54


Table of Contents

any agreement, letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, term sheet or other Contract relating to an Alternate GHV Combination. GHV shall promptly (and in no event later than twenty-four (24) hours after becoming aware of such proposal, offer or request for information) notify Ardagh of any proposals, offers or requests for information made with respect to an Alternate GHV Combination following GHV's awareness thereof and provide Ardagh a copy of such proposal, offer or request for information, if in writing. GHV and its officers and directors shall, and shall instruct and cause its Representatives acting on its behalf to, immediately cease and terminate all discussions and negotiations with any Person that may be ongoing with respect to a possible Alternate GHV Combination, other than with respect to the Transactions.

        (b)   During the Interim Period, other than in connection with the Transactions, Ardagh and AMPSA each agree that it shall not, will direct their respective Affiliates not to, and shall not authorize or (to the extent within its control) permit any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or Representatives acting on its behalf (including investment bankers, attorneys and accountants), to, directly or indirectly, (i) initiate, solicit, or knowingly facilitate the making of any offers or proposals related to, an Alternate Ardagh Combination, (ii) enter into, engage in or continue any discussions or negotiations with respect to an Alternate Ardagh Combination with, or provide any non-public information, data or access to employees to, any Person that has made, or informs it that such Person is considering making, a proposal with respect to an Alternate Ardagh Combination, (iii) approve, endorse or recommend any Alternate Ardagh Combination, or (iv) enter into any agreement, letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, term sheet or other Contract relating to an Alternate Ardagh Combination. Ardagh or AMPSA, as applicable, shall promptly (and in no event later than twenty-four (24) hours after becoming aware of such proposal, offer or request for information) notify GHV of any proposals, offers or requests for information made with respect to an Alternate Ardagh Combination following the earlier of Ardagh's or AMPSA's awareness thereof and provide GHV a copy of such proposal, offer or request for information, if in writing. Ardagh, AMPSA and their respective officers and directors shall, and shall instruct and cause their respective Representatives acting on their behalf to, immediately cease and terminate all discussions and negotiations with any Person that may be ongoing with respect to a possible Alternate Ardagh Combination, other than with respect to the Transactions.


        Section 6.11
    Directors' and Officers' Indemnification.     

        (a)   From and after the Effective Time, AMPSA agrees that it shall, or shall cause a credit-worthy Subsidiary to, indemnify and hold harmless each current or former director or officer of GHV (each, together with such person's heirs, executors or administrators, a "D&O Indemnified Party") against any Losses suffered or incurred in connection with any Action, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of or pertaining to such D&O Indemnified Party's service as a director or officer of GHV at or prior to the Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Effective Time, to the fullest extent that GHV would have been permitted under the GHV Organizational Documents as of the date hereof to indemnify such D&O Indemnified Parties (including the advancement of expenses). Without limiting the foregoing, AMPSA agrees that all rights to exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses existing as of the date hereof in favor of each D&O Indemnified Party, as provided in the GHV Organizational Documents or in any indemnification agreement with GHV shall survive the Closing and shall continue in full force and effect. For a period of six (6) years after the Closing Date, AMPSA shall cause the Surviving Corporation to maintain in effect the exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions of the GHV Organizational Documents as in effect as of the date hereof or in any indemnification agreement between GHV and any D&O Indemnified Party as in effect as of the date hereof, and AMPSA shall cause the Surviving Corporation to not amend, repeal, or otherwise modify any such provision in any manner that would adversely affect the rights of any D&O Indemnified Party thereunder; provided, that all rights to exculpation, indemnification or advancement of expenses in

A-55


Table of Contents

respect of any Actions pending or asserted or any claim made within such period shall continue until the disposition of such Action or resolution of such claim. From and after the Closing, AMPSA shall cause its applicable Subsidiary and the Surviving Corporation to honor, in accordance with their respective terms, each of the covenants contained in this Section 6.11(a).

        (b)   Prior to the Closing, GHV shall purchase a "tail" or "runoff" directors' and officers' liability insurance policy (the "D&O Tail") in respect of acts or omissions occurring prior to the Effective Time covering each director or officer of GHV who is currently covered by a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy of GHV on terms with respect to coverage, deductibles and amounts that are no less favorable to such person on the whole than those of such policy in effect on the date of this Agreement for the six (6)-year period following the Closing. AMPSA shall cause the Surviving Corporation to maintain the D&O Tail in full force and effect for its full term in accordance with this Section 6.11(b).

        (c)   The rights of each D&O Indemnified Party hereunder shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights such Person may have under the Organizational Documents of AMPSA, any other AMP Entity or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, any other indemnification agreement or arrangement with any of the foregoing to which they are a party, any Law or otherwise. The obligations of AMPSA, the other AMP Entities, the Surviving Corporation and their respective Subsidiaries under this Section 6.11 shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any D&O Indemnified Party without the consent of such D&O Indemnified Party. The provisions of this Section 6.11 shall survive the Closing and expressly are intended to benefit, and are enforceable by, each of the D&O Indemnified Parties, each of whom is an intended third party beneficiary of this Section 6.11.

        (d)   If AMPSA or, after the Closing, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Subsidiaries, successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges with or into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of AMPSA, the Surviving Corporation or their Subsidiaries, as applicable, assume the obligations set forth in this Section 6.11.


        Section 6.12
    Trust Account.     

        (a)   Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII and provision of notice thereof to the Trustee (which notice GHV shall provide to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement), (i) in accordance with and pursuant to the Trust Agreement, at the Closing, GHV shall (A) cause the documents, opinions and notices required to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement to be so delivered, and (B) use reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to (1) pay as and when due all amounts payable to GHV Stockholders in accordance with the GHV Stock Redemption, and (2) immediately thereafter, pay all remaining amounts then available in the Trust Account in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement, and (ii) thereafter, the Trust Account shall terminate, except as otherwise provided therein.

        (b)   For and in consideration of GHV entering into this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Ardagh agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, Ardagh and the AMP Entities do not now have, and shall not at any time prior to the Closing have, any claim to, or make any claim against, the Trust Account, regardless of whether such claim arises as a result of, in connection with or relating in any way to, the business relationship between, Ardagh or any of the AMP Entities, on the one hand, and GHV, on the other hand, this Agreement, or any other agreement or any other matter, and regardless of whether such claim arises based on contract, tort, equity or any other theory of legal liability. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, each of Ardagh and the AMP Entities hereby irrevocably waives any right, title, interest or claim it may have, now or in the future in or to the Trust Account and agrees

A-56


Table of Contents

not to seek recourse against the Trust Account or any funds distributed therefrom as a result of, or arising out of, this Agreement and any negotiations, contracts or agreements with GHV, and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever in respect thereof; provided, however, that the foregoing waiver will not limit or prohibit or limit Ardagh or any of the AMP Entities from (i) pursuing a claim against GHV pursuant to this Agreement for specific performance or other equitable relief in connection with the Transactions or (ii) pursuing any claims that Ardagh or any of the AMP Entities may have against GHV's assets or funds that are not held in the Trust Account. In the event that Ardagh or any of the AMP Entities commences any Action based upon, in connection with, relating to or arising out of any matter relating to GHV, which Action seeks, in whole or in part, relief against the Trust Account in violation of the foregoing, GHV shall be entitled to recover from Ardagh or the AMP Entities the associated legal fees and costs in connection with any such Action, in the event GHV prevails in such Action.


        Section 6.13
    Tax Matters.     


        
(a)    Tax Returns.     

              (i)  The Parties shall cause there to be filed no consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return for any Post-Closing Tax Period for any Ardagh Consolidated Group (an "Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Return"), except to the extent any Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Return is required by applicable Law to be filed. If any Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Return is required to be filed, then the Parties will enter into (and cause the appropriate AMP Entities to enter into) a tax sharing or allocation agreement or arrangement having arm's length terms.

             (ii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for U.S. state and local Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Returns required to be filed by applicable Law for any Post-Closing Tax Periods, the tax sharing or allocation agreement or arrangement shall reflect the following principles:

              (A)  the Tax allocated to the AMP Entities shall equal the product of (i) the statutory rate imposed by the relevant jurisdiction for the Tax covered by such Tax Return and (ii) the amount (if any) of positive income calculated by multiplying the AMP Entities' tax base for that jurisdiction by the Ardagh Consolidated Group's apportionment formula for that jurisdiction, and taking into consideration nonapportionable items of income for the AMP Entities with respect to such Tax Return;

              (B)  the Tax liability of an Ardagh Consolidated Group shall be equitably apportioned between the AMP Entities and Ardagh Entities in such group in accordance with their contribution of Tax items to such Tax Liability;

              (C)  the AMP Entities will be compensated by Ardagh for the use by an Ardagh Consolidated Group of any net Tax losses or credits generated by the AMP Entities, and Ardagh will be compensated by the AMP Entities for the use by an Ardagh Consolidated Group of any net Tax losses or credits generated by the Ardagh Entities; and

              (D)  Without the consent of AMPSA (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), Ardagh shall not make any election or take any other action with respect to any Ardagh Consolidated Group if such election or action would favor the Ardagh Entities over the AMP Entities, and, without the consent of Ardagh (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), no AMP Entity shall make any election or take any other action with respect to any Ardagh Consolidated Group if such election or action would favor the AMP Entities over the Ardagh Entities.

            (iii)  With respect to U.S. state and local Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Returns described in the foregoing clause (ii), Ardagh and the AMP Entities shall cooperate fully at such time and to the extent reasonably requested in connection with the preparation and filing of any Tax Return or the

A-57


Table of Contents

    conduct of any tax audit or other proceeding, and (A) not later than thirty (30) days prior to the filing of any Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Returns, Ardagh shall provide AMPSA with a copy of such Ardagh/AMPSA Group Tax Return and shall incorporate any reasonable comments of AMPSA prior to filing and (B) Ardagh shall not settle or concede any such Tax claim without the prior written consent of AMPSA (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).


        
(b)    FIRPTA Certificates.     

              (i)  At or prior to the Closing, Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc. ("AMBUSA") shall deliver to AMPSA a duly executed certificate and notice in compliance with U.S. Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(c) and 1.897-2(h), certifying that AMBUSA is not, and has not been at any time during the five year period ending on the Closing Date, a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations thereunder. After the Closing, AMPSA shall mail the notice referred to above to the Internal Revenue Service within the time frame provided in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2)(v).

             (ii)  At or prior to the Closing, GHV shall deliver to AMPSA a duly executed certificate and notice in compliance with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(c) and 1.897-2(h), certifying that GHV is not, and has not been at any time during the five year period ending on the Closing Date, a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations thereunder. After the Closing, AMPSA shall mail the notice referred to above to the Internal Revenue Service within the time frame provided in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2)(v).


        (c)
    Transfer Taxes.     All Transfer Taxes incurred in connection with or as a result of the Transactions in an amount not to exceed $11,000,000 shall be borne and paid by AMPSA, and any such Transfer Taxes in excess of $11,000,000 shall be borne and paid by Ardagh. The Parties shall cooperate with respect to the filing of any Tax Returns with respect to Transfer Taxes. If one party remits to the appropriate Governmental Authority payment for Transfer Taxes and such payment includes the other party's share of such Taxes, such other party shall promptly reimburse the remitting party for its share of such Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to) cooperate in good faith to minimize, to the extent permissible under applicable Law, the amount of any such Transfer Taxes.


        (d)
    Ardagh Taxes and AMPSA Taxes.     

              (i)  From and after the Closing, (A) Ardagh shall indemnify and hold the AMP Entities harmless from and against, and pay to AMPSA the amount of, any Losses suffered or incurred by the AMP Entities resulting from or arising out of any Ardagh Taxes and (B) AMPSA shall indemnify and hold the Ardagh Entities harmless from and against, and pay to Ardagh the amount of, any Losses suffered or incurred by the Ardagh Entities resulting from or arising out of any AMPSA Taxes.

             (ii)  If (A) any AMP Entity is required to file a Tax Return with respect to any Ardagh Taxes, such AMP Entity shall (1) provide Ardagh a reasonable opportunity to review any such Tax Return and reflect any of Ardagh's reasonable comments and (2) pay all Taxes shown to be due on any such Tax Return subject to Ardagh's indemnification obligation in Section 6.13(d)(i)(A); and (B) any Ardagh Entity is required to file a Tax Return with respect to any AMPSA Taxes, such Ardagh Entity shall (1) provide AMPSA a reasonable opportunity to review any such Tax Return and reflect any of AMPSA's reasonable comments and (2) pay all Taxes shown to be due on any such Tax Return subject to AMPSA's indemnification obligation in Section 6.13(d)(i)(B).

A-58


Table of Contents

            (iii)  If a written notice of deficiency, audit, examination claim, litigation or other administrative or court proceeding, suit or dispute with respect to Ardagh Taxes is received by any AMP Entity or AMPSA Taxes is received by any Ardagh Entity, respectively (a "Tax Claim"), (A) with respect to Ardagh Taxes, Ardagh shall control any such Tax Claim, but shall not settle any such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of AMPSA (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and (B) with respect to AMPSA Taxes, AMPSA shall control any such Tax Claim, but shall not settle any such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of Ardagh (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).


        (e)
    Tax Treatment.     

              (i)  For U.S. tax purposes, each of the Parties intends that the Merger, taken together with the PIPE Investment and all or a portion of the steps in the Pre-Closing Restructuring, should qualify as a transaction under Section 351 of the Code and should not subject the GHV Stockholders to tax under Section 367 of the Code (subject to entry into gain recognition agreements by any such stockholders required to enter into such agreements to preserve tax-free treatment under Section 367 of the Code) (the "Intended Tax Treatment").

             (ii)  The Parties intend for the Merger, taken together with the PIPE Investment and all or a portion of the steps in the Pre-Closing Restructuring, to qualify for the Intended Tax Treatment and will not take any inconsistent position on any Tax Return or during the course of any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes, except as otherwise required by a determination within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code. Each of the Parties agrees to promptly notify all other Parties of any challenge to the Intended Tax Treatment by any Governmental Authority.

            (iii)  No Party shall take or cause to be taken any action, or fail to take or cause to be taken any action, which action or failure to act would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger, taken together with the PIPE Investment and all or a portion of the steps in the Pre-Closing Restructuring, from so qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.

            (iv)  Ardagh and AMPSA acknowledge that any GHV Stockholder who owns five percent (5%) or more of the total voting power or total value of the outstanding Shares immediately after the Closing, as determined under Section 367 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, may enter into (and cause to be filed with the IRS) a gain recognition agreement in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(a)-8. If a GHV Stockholder enters into a gain recognition agreement, AMPSA shall (A) furnish to such GHV Stockholder such information as such GHV Stockholder reasonably requests in connection with such GHV Stockholder's preparation of a gain recognition agreement, and (B) provide such GHV Stockholder with any information needed for purposes of determining whether there has been a gain "triggering event" under the terms of such GHV Stockholder's gain recognition agreement.

             (v)  Following the Closing Date, AMPSA shall, or shall cause GHV to, comply with the tax reporting obligations of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(a)-3(c)(6).


        (f)
    Tax Officer's Certificates.     Each of AGSA and GHV shall execute and deliver an officer's certificate containing customary representations reasonably requested by Shearman & Sterling LLP, as counsel to AMPSA, and the "Big 4" accounting firm identified in Section 6.13(f) of the Ardagh Disclosure Schedule (the "AMPSA Tax Advisor"), as tax advisor to AMPSA (collectively, the "Tax Officer's Certificates"), in each case at such time or times reasonably requested by such counsel or tax advisor for purposes of (x) the AMPSA Tax Advisor rendering the opinion described in Section 7.2(h), and (y) an opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP provided, subject to the limitations and assumptions set forth therein, with respect to the accuracy of the U.S. federal income tax disclosure in the Registration Statement (which opinion will be filed as Exhibit 8 to the Registration Statement).

A-59


Table of Contents


        (g)
    Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements.     Effective as of the Closing Date, any and all tax sharing or allocation agreements or arrangements to which any AMP Entity is a party (other than any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 6.13(a)) shall be terminated such that none of AMPSA, any AMP Entity, or any counterparty thereto shall have any further liability thereunder.


        Section 6.14
    Notification of Certain Matters.     Each Party shall provide the other Parties with prompt written notice upon becoming aware of any event, fact or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to cause any of such Party's conditions set forth in Article VII not to be satisfied. No such notice shall constitute an acknowledgment or admission by the Party providing the notice regarding whether or not any of the conditions to the Closing have been satisfied or in determining whether or not any of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement have been breached. No notice pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall affect any representation or warranty in this Agreement of any Party or any condition to the obligations of any Party.


        Section 6.15
    Stock Exchange Listing.     Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and GHV shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shares and AMPSA Warrants issuable in the Transactions and the Shares that will become issuable upon the exercise of the AMPSA Warrants to be approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, and in any event prior to the Closing Date.


        Section 6.16
    Delisting and Deregistration.     Each of AMPSA and GHV shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the GHV Units, the GHV Common Stock and the GHV Warrants to be delisted from Nasdaq and to have GHV terminate its registration with the SEC pursuant to Sections 12(b), 12(g) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or be succeeded by AMPSA) as of the Closing Date or as soon as practicable thereafter.


        Section 6.17
    Pre-Closing Restructuring.     Prior to the Closing, Ardagh, AMPSA and the other applicable Subsidiaries of Ardagh (if any) shall enter into the Transfer Agreement and pursuant thereto shall consummate the transactions as described in the Steps Plan, including the AMP Transfer, with such changes to the Transfer Agreement or to such steps (a) that are determined by Ardagh to be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effect such transactions and (b) solely to the extent such changes are or would reasonably be expected to (i) adversely affect the Intended Tax Treatment or (ii) be adverse to the AMP Entities or any shareholder of AMPSA (other than Ardagh), are consented to in writing by GHV (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (such actions taken pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and in accordance with this Section 6.17, the "Pre-Closing Restructuring"); provided that no such change shall limit in any manner or otherwise affect the representations and warranties of Ardagh set forth in Article IV.


        Section 6.18
    Termination of Existing Registration Rights Agreement.     Prior to the Closing, in connection with the entry into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, GHV shall cause to be terminated all existing registration rights agreements entered into between GHV and any other party, including the Sponsor but not including any PIPE Investors. No parties to any such terminated registration rights agreements shall have any further rights or obligations thereunder.


        Section 6.19
    EU Securities Regulation.     During the Interim Period, the Parties shall not make any offer of securities in the European Union in connection with the Transactions other than in accordance with the provisions of the Prospectus Regulation. In the event that the Parties, following consultation with their respective counsel, determine that a prospectus or a prospectus exemption document (as applicable) may be required to be published in accordance with the provisions of the Prospectus Regulation, each Party shall use its reasonable best efforts take such actions and do such things that such Party (after consultation with counsel) deems reasonably necessary or desirable, including the delivery or execution of any documents or instruments reasonably required or desirable in order for AMPSA to publish a prospectus or be exempted from the obligation to publish a prospectus or a prospectus exemption document (as applicable) under the Prospectus Regulation. Without limiting the

A-60


Table of Contents

generality of the foregoing, each of the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with each other in good faith in taking any actions or preparing or delivering any documents or instruments pursuant to the preceding sentence and to furnish the others with such information concerning it and its Affiliates as the providing Party (after consulting with counsel) may deem reasonably necessary or advisable in connection the foregoing.


        Section 6.20
    PIPE Investment.     During the Interim Period, AMPSA shall use its reasonable best efforts, and GHV shall fully cooperate with it in such efforts (a) to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements (including maintaining in effect such Subscription Agreements) and (b) to: (i) satisfy in all material respects on a timely basis all conditions and covenants applicable to AMPSA in such Subscription Agreements and otherwise comply with its obligations thereunder and (ii) in the event that all conditions in such Subscription Agreements (other than conditions that are waived by AMPSA or those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) have been satisfied, consummate the transactions contemplated by such Subscription Agreements at or prior to Closing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, AMPSA and, if applicable, GHV shall give the other Parties prompt written notice: (A) of any breach or default (or any event or circumstance that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would give rise to any breach or default) by any party to any Subscription Agreement known to it; (B) of the receipt of any written notice or other written communication from any party to any Subscription Agreement with respect to any actual, potential, threatened or claimed expiration, lapse, withdrawal, breach, default, termination or repudiation by any party to any Subscription Agreement or any provisions of any Subscription Agreement; and (C) if such Party does not expect AMPSA to receive all or any portion of the PIPE Investment Amount on the terms, in the manner or from the PIPE Investors contemplated by the Subscription Agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Subscription Agreements, AMPSA and GHV shall jointly deliver all notices required to be delivered under the Subscription Agreements and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Subscription Agreements, such notices shall be jointly delivered on a timely basis as and when required hereunder and thereunder in order to cause the PIPE Investors to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements at or prior to the Closing.


        Section 6.21
    Debt Financing.     

        (a)   In connection with the Debt Financing, GHV and Ardagh shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide, and to cause their respective appropriate officers, employees and Representatives to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide, reasonable cooperation in connection with the arrangement of the Debt Financing that is necessary, customary or advisable in connection with the AMPSA Financing Parties' efforts to arrange and obtain the Debt Financing on the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt Financing Documents (provided that such cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of GHV or Ardagh), including: (i) participation in meetings, offering memorandum drafting sessions, lender presentations, investor presentations and rating agency presentations and due diligence sessions, in each case, to the extent the participation of GHV and its officers, employees or Representatives is required, at such times as are mutually agreed (it being expressly understood that unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by GHV and Ardagh such activities shall be conducted telephonically or virtually through the use of video conference or similar software that does not require the use of specialized equipment) and reasonably promptly furnishing the AMPSA Financing Parties and its Debt Financing Sources with the required information regarding the AMP Entities that is required to be delivered to the Debt Financing Sources pursuant to any definitive documentation entered into therewith, and other financial and pertinent information regarding the AMP Entities, as may be reasonably required by the Debt Financing Sources that is customary for similar debt financings; (ii) assisting the AMPSA Financing Parties and the Debt Financing Sources in the preparation of (A) pro forma financial information and financial statements

A-61


Table of Contents

and other materials, including carve-out financial statements (and related audit and review reports) for any bank financing, bond offering memorandum and similar documents in connection with any of the Debt Financing (including customary (1) lender presentations and confidential information memoranda and customary authorization letters for distribution thereof; and (2) offering documents for high yield offerings pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act (a "Rule 144A/Reg S Offering")) and (B) materials for rating agency presentations; (iii) facilitating customary due diligence and furnishing, or using reasonable efforts to cause third parties to furnish, to the AMPSA Financing Parties and the lenders, initial purchasers or investors or their advisers with due diligence materials prepared on behalf of Ardagh or GHV (and their officers and employees) and other information reasonably required by any lender, initial purchaser or investor or its advisers in connection with their due diligence investigation of the AMP Entities or GHV, including the furnishing of customary certificates of officers or directors of Ardagh, GHV or their Affiliates; and (iv) in the case of Ardagh, using commercially reasonable efforts to (A) obtain from Ardagh's auditors such accountants' customary SAS-72 style comfort letters (with customary negative assurance) in the form and substance customary for a Rule 144A/Reg S Offering and reports as may be required to implement or obtain the Debt Financing, and the consent of such auditors to the use of their reports in any materials relating to the Debt Financing and cause such accountants to cooperate with the AMPSA Financing Parties in connection with the Debt Financing, including reviewing and commenting on the offering memorandum and participating in drafting sessions, (B) obtain such consents, legal opinions, surveys and title insurance as may be required to implement or obtain the Debt Financing; (C) facilitate, effective as of the Closing or such other date as agreed between Ardagh and the Debt Financing Sources, the pledging of collateral and the repayment or defeasance of any Indebtedness (including obtaining payoff, redemption or similar notices, effective as of the Closing) and the release of related liens and termination of security interests; (D) take reasonable actions necessary to (x) permit the lenders and prospective lenders involved in the Debt Financing to evaluate the current assets, cash management and accounting systems of the AMP Entities, and the policies and procedures relating thereto for the purposes of establishing collateral arrangements and to assist with other collateral audits and due diligence examinations reasonable and customary for debt financings, (y) comply with reasonable publicity guidelines with respect to the Debt Financing, including refraining from public comment regarding any such offering except as may be required by applicable law, and (z) establish bank and other accounts (including escrow accounts) and blocked account agreements and lock-box arrangements to the extent necessary in connection with the Debt Financing; (E) cause the applicable AMPSA Financing Parties to provide all documentation and other information regarding the AMPSA Financing Parties or their applicable Subsidiaries as is required by applicable "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations including the USA PATRIOT Act and requested by the lenders in writing within five (5) Business Days of such request; (F) execute or cause the applicable AMPSA Financing Parties to execute, customary definitive financing documents, as may be required to implement or obtain the Debt Financing (including a certificate of the chief financial officer of FinanceCo with respect to solvency matters); (G) assist the AMPSA Financing Parties to obtain waivers, consents, estoppels and approvals from other parties to material leases to which Ardagh or any Affiliate of Ardagh is a party; and (H) take corporate and other actions necessary to permit the consummation of the Debt Financing (including executing and delivering customary closing documents and certificates, executing and delivering any escrow agreements (if applicable)). In connection with the marketing materials (including confidential information memoranda and lender presentations) and rating agency presentations related to the syndication of the Debt Financing, GHV and Ardagh consent to the use of their name, logos, trademarks and service marks in a manner that is reasonable and customary for such financing transactions; provided that such names, logos, trademarks and service marks are used solely in a manner that is not intended to nor reasonably likely to harm or disparage GHV or Ardagh or the reputation or goodwill of GHV or Ardagh and their marks.

A-62


Table of Contents

        (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, nothing in Section 6.21(a) will require GHV to take any action in connection with the Debt Financing that, in the good faith determination of GHV, would (i) involve entry into any definitive financing documents by GHV, its Affiliates or any of its or their respective Representatives, (ii) require GHV, its Affiliates or any of its or their respective Representatives to be the issuer of any securities or issue any offering document, (iii) require GHV, any of its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective Representatives to provide any information the disclosure of which is prohibited or restricted by applicable Laws or legal proceeding or that is legally privileged and disclosure of which would result in a loss of privilege, (iv) require GHV, any of its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective Representatives, to take any action that will conflict with or violate the Organizational Documents of such Person or any applicable Law, (v) require any officer, director or employee of GHV or its Affiliates to deliver or be required to deliver any certificate or take any other action to the extent any such action would reasonably be expected to result in personal liability to such officer, director or employee, (vi) require GHV, any of its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective Representatives to pledge or cause or permit any Encumbrance to be placed on any of their respective assets, guarantee any Indebtedness or incur any other liability in connection with the Debt Financing, or (vii) require GHV, any of its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective Representatives to pay any fees or expenses or otherwise incur any liability or give any indemnities. Ardagh will indemnify and hold harmless GHV, its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives from and against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by them in connection with the arrangement or obtaining of the Debt Financing and the performance of their respective obligations under Section 6.21(a), and will, promptly upon request of GHV, reimburse GHV, its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by GHV, its Affiliates or its and their respective Representatives in connection with the Debt Financing or the cooperation provided pursuant to Section 6.21(a) (it being understood that, if the Closing occurs, such costs and expenses are Transaction Expenses). For purposes of this Section 6.21(b), references to "GHV" shall not include the Surviving Corporation.

        (c)   Ardagh shall cause the AMPSA Financing Parties and their Subsidiaries to (i) enter into the agreements and other documents required to be entered into by the AMPSA Financing Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (such agreements and other documents, the "Debt Financing Documents") in connection with the Committed Debt Financing on substantially the terms and conditions contained in the Committed Debt Financing Documents (including any "market flex" provisions) or, if applicable, any other Debt Financing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Ardagh; provided that, unless consented to in writing by GHV, (A) the terms, including interest rate and fees, of such other Debt Financing shall not, taken as a whole, be materially less favorable to the AMPSA Financing Parties than those in the Committed Debt Financing Documents as in effect on the date hereof, (B) such other Debt Financing shall not have conditions to funding more onerous than the Commitment Conditions Precedent (the terms described in subclauses (A) and (B), the "Required Debt Financing Terms") and (C) Ardagh shall deliver all commitment letters (together with all related fee letters) and other definitive documents in respect of such other Debt Financing to GHV; provided, further, that GHV shall be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the Definitive Debt Financing Agreements prior to the execution and delivery thereof and any such comments shall be considered in good faith by Ardagh, (ii) until definitive agreements on terms not less favorable to the AMPSA Financing Parties than the Required Debt Financing Terms are entered into by the AMPSA Financing Parties with respect to Debt Financing (such agreements, the "Definitive Debt Financing Agreements"), maintain in effect the Commitment Financing Documents, (iii) materially comply with the obligations in the Debt Financing Documents that are within their control and satisfy on a timely basis all conditions in the Debt Financing Documents that are within their control and (iv) upon the satisfaction or waiver of the Commitment Conditions Precedent or the conditions precedent to other Debt Financing set forth in the Definitive Debt Financing Agreements, consummate the Debt Financing at or prior to the Closing.

A-63


Table of Contents

        (d)   Ardagh shall keep GHV informed with respect to all activity concerning the status of the Debt Financing and shall give GHV prompt written notice upon it or any of its Affiliates' obtaining knowledge of (i) any material breach (or threatened material breach) or default (or any event or circumstance that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to give rise to any material breach or default) by any party to any Debt Financing Documents then in place, (ii) any actual or threatened withdrawal, repudiation or termination of the Debt Financing by any of the Debt Financing Sources and (iii) any material dispute or disagreement between or among any of the parties to the Debt Financing Documents. None of Ardagh, FinanceCo or any of the other AMPSA Financing Parties shall, without the prior written consent of GHV, amend, modify, supplement, restate, substitute, replace, terminate, or agree to any waiver under any Debt Financing Documents (including the Committed Debt Financing Documents) in a manner that (A) reduces the amount of the Debt Financing available at or prior to Closing to an amount which would yield net proceeds less than $2,315,000,000, (B) adds or expands on the conditions precedent to the funding of the Debt Financing, as compared to the Commitment Conditions Precedent as in effect on the date hereof or (C) adversely affects the ability of the AMPSA Financing Parties to enforce their respective rights against the Debt Financing Sources, as compared to the terms of the Committed Debt Financing Documents as in effect on the date hereof.


        Section 6.22    Stockholder Litigation.     In the event that any stockholder Action related to this Agreement, any Related Agreement or the Transactions is brought against GHV or Ardagh or the members of their respective boards of directors, GHV or Ardagh, as applicable, shall promptly notify the other Parties of any such stockholder Action and shall keep the other Parties reasonably informed with respect to the status thereof. Each of the Parties shall reasonably cooperate with the other in the defense or settlement of any such Action, and each of the Parties shall give the other Parties the opportunity to consult with it regarding the defense and settlement of any such Action and shall consider in good faith the advice of the other Parties with respect to any such Action. Except as provided in Section 6.22 of the GHV Disclosure Schedules, none of GHV or any Subsidiary or Representative of GHV shall settle or agree to settle any such stockholder Action or consent to the same without the prior written consent of Ardagh, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.


        Section 6.23
    MergeCo Approval.     Promptly following the execution of this Agreement, AMPSA shall, and Ardagh shall take all action necessary to cause AMPSA to, adopt this Agreement as the sole stockholder of MergeCo, and AMPSA and Ardagh shall promptly deliver evidence of such adoption to GHV.


        Section 6.24
    Insider Letters.     Pursuant to those certain letter agreements, dated as of August 10, 2020 (collectively, the "Insider Letters"), entered into by and between GHV and each of Mark Stone, William Patton, Randall Bort, Alec Gores, Andrew McBride and Jeffrey Rea (collectively, the "Insiders") and the Sponsor, the Insiders and the Sponsor agreed to vote all of the shares of the capital stock of GHV they hold to approve GHV Required Proposals (the "Approval Requirement") and not to redeem such shares in connection with the Transactions (the "Non-Redemption Requirement"). GHV hereby agrees to enforce the terms and conditions of the Insider Letters, including the Approval Requirement and the Non-Redemption Requirement, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions.


ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

        Section 7.1    Conditions to Obligations of all Parties.     The obligations of GHV, Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of

A-64


Table of Contents

the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived (if legally permitted) in writing by Ardagh (on behalf of itself, AMPSA and MergeCo) and GHV:


        (a)
    No Injunctions or Restraints.     No Action or Governmental Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) or Law shall have been enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered that restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the Transactions or would cause any of the Transactions to be rescinded following the Closing.


        (b)
    GHV Stockholders' Approval.     The GHV Required Proposals shall have been approved and adopted by the requisite affirmative vote of the GHV Stockholders in accordance with the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the DGCL, the GHV Organizational Documents and the rules and regulations of Nasdaq.


        (c)
    AMPSA Auditor Report.     A Luxembourg independent statutory auditor (réviseur d'entreprises agréé) of AMPSA shall have issued at or before the Effective Time a report on each of the contributions in kind relating to the Shares to be issued to the GHV Stockholders or Ardagh on or before the Closing Date in accordance herewith, prepared in accordance with article 420-10 of the 1915 Law.


        (d)
    PIPE Investment.     All closing conditions to the PIPE Investment shall have been satisfied or waived and the PIPE Investment Amount shall have been paid to AMPSA on the Closing Date.


        (e)
    Registration Statement.     The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for purposes of suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been initiated by the SEC and not withdrawn.


        (f)
    Stock Exchange Listing.     The Shares shall have been approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.


        Section 7.2
    Conditions to Obligations of GHV.     The obligations of GHV to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by GHV:


        (a)
    Representations and Warranties.     Each of the representations and warranties of Ardagh contained in (i) Section 4.1 (Organization and Authority) and Section 4.20 (Brokers' Fees), in each case, shall be true and correct (without giving any effect to any limitation as to "materiality" or "AMP Material Adverse Effect" or any similar limitation set forth therein) in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date), (ii) Section 4.4 (Capitalization) shall be true and correct in all respects, other than de minimis inaccuracies, as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, (iii) Section 4.16(a) (Absence of Changes) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, and (iv) Article IV (other than those representations and warranties described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 7.2(a)) shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to "materiality" or "AMP Material Adverse Effect" or any similar limitation set forth therein) in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except, as it relates to such representations and warranties contained in Article IV (other than those representations and warranties described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 7.2(a)), where the failure to be true and correct would not have an AMP Material Adverse Effect.

A-65


Table of Contents


        (b)
    Performance of Obligations.     Each of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing.


        (c)
    Officer's Certificate.     Ardagh shall have delivered to GHV a certificate signed on behalf of Ardagh by an authorized officer of Ardagh to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a), Section 7.2(b) and Section 7.2(d) as they relate to Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo have been satisfied.


        (d)
    Pre-Closing Restructuring.     The Pre-Closing Restructuring shall have been completed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, and evidence thereof shall have been provided to GHV.


        (e)
    No AMP Material Adverse Effect.     Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred an AMP Material Adverse Effect.


        (f)
    GHV Minimum Cash Amount.     The sum of (i) the GHV Closing Cash Amount plus (ii) the PIPE Investment Amount shall equal or exceed the GHV Minimum Cash Amount.


        (g)
    Closing Deliverables.     Ardagh shall have delivered to GHV the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.3(a).


        (h)
    Tax Opinion.     AMPSA shall have received an opinion from the AMPSA Tax Advisor to the effect that, on the basis of the facts, representations and reasonable assumptions set forth in such opinion, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Merger, taken together with the PIPE Investment and all or a portion of the steps in the Pre-Closing Restructuring, should qualify for the Intended Tax Treatment, which opinion may be relied on by GHV as if addressed to it. In rendering such opinion, the AMPSA Tax Advisor may rely upon the Tax Officer's Certificates, which certificates shall be effective as of the date of such tax opinion.


        Section 7.3
    Conditions to Obligations of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo.     The obligations of Ardagh, AMPSA and MergeCo to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived on behalf of all such Parties in writing by Ardagh:


        (a)
    Representations and Warranties.     Each of the representations and warranties of GHV contained in (i) Section 5.1 (Organization and Authority) and Section 5.10 (Brokers' Fees; Transaction Expenses), in each case, shall be true and correct (without giving any effect to any limitation as to "materiality" or "GHV Material Adverse Effect" or any similar limitation set forth therein) in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date), (ii) Section 5.4 (Capitalization) shall be true and correct in all respects, other than de minimis inaccuracies, as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, (iii) Section 5.18 (Absence of Changes) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, and (iv) Article V (other than those representations and warranties described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 7.3(a)) shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to "materiality" or "GHV Material Adverse Effect" or any similar limitation set forth therein) in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except, as it relates to such representations and warranties contained in Article V (other than those representations and warranties described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 7.3(a)), where the failure to be true and correct would not have a GHV Material Adverse Effect.

A-66


Table of Contents


        (b)
    Performance of Obligations.     GHV shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing.


        (c)
    Officer's Certificate.     GHV shall have delivered to Ardagh a certificate signed on behalf of GHV by an authorized officer of GHV to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a), Section 7.3(b) and Section 7.3(d) as they relate to GHV have been satisfied.


        (d)
    No GHV Material Adverse Effect.     Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred a GHV Material Adverse Effect.


        (e)
    Minimum Cash Payment.     The cash portion of the Ardagh Consideration paid to Ardagh by AMPSA (inclusive of the payment made pursuant to the AMPSA Promissory Note) shall equal or exceed $3,000,000,000; provided, however, that no more than $2,315,000,000 of the Debt Financing shall be used for purposes of the cash portion of the Ardagh Consideration payable to Ardagh by AMPSA or to otherwise satisfy the condition set forth in this Section 7.3(e).


        (f)
    Closing Deliverables.     GHV shall have delivered to Ardagh the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 2.3(b).


        Section 7.4
    Frustration of Closing Conditions.     No Party may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this Article VII to be satisfied to excuse such Party's obligation to effect the Closing if such failure was caused by such Party's breach of a covenant, agreement, representation or warranty of this Agreement by such Party.


ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION

        Section 8.1    Termination.     This Agreement may be terminated and the Transactions abandoned:

        (a)   by written consent of GHV and Ardagh;

        (b)   by written notice from GHV to Ardagh if there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement made by Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo in this Agreement, or any such representation and warranty shall have become untrue or inaccurate after the date of this Agreement, in each case which breach, untruth or inaccuracy (i) would cause the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) to not be satisfied at the Closing Date (a "Terminating Ardagh Breach"), and (ii) shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from GHV to Ardagh of such Terminating Ardagh Breach, or which breach, untruth or inaccuracy, by its nature, cannot be cured prior to the Outside Date; provided that GHV has not waived such Terminating Ardagh Breach and GHV is not then in breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b) would not be satisfied;

        (c)   by written notice from Ardagh to GHV if there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement made by GHV in this Agreement, or any such representation and warranty shall have become untrue or inaccurate after the date of this Agreement, in each case which breach, untruth or inaccuracy (i) would cause the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b) to not be satisfied as of the Closing Date (a "Terminating GHV Breach"), and (ii) shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Ardagh of such Terminating GHV Breach is delivered to GHV, or which breach, untruth or inaccuracy, by its nature, cannot be cured prior to the Outside Date; provided that Ardagh has not waived such Terminating GHV Breach and Ardagh is not then in breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) would not be satisfied;

        (d)   by written notice from Ardagh or GHV if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to September 30, 2021 (the "Outside Date"); provided that this Agreement may not be terminated under

A-67


Table of Contents

this Section 8.1(d) by or on behalf of any Party that is in breach or violation of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation contained herein and such breach or violation is the primary cause of the failure of a condition set forth in Article VII to be satisfied on or prior to the Outside Date;

        (e)   by written notice from either Ardagh or GHV if this Agreement shall fail to receive the approval of the GHV Required Proposals at the GHV Stockholders' Meeting (subject to any adjournment or recess of the meeting); and

        (f)    by written notice from either Ardagh or GHV if any Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law or Governmental Order that has become final and nonappealable and has the effect of making consummation of the Transactions illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting consummation of the Transactions.


        Section 8.2
    Effect of Termination.     Except as set forth in this Section 8.2 or Section 9.14, in the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any Party or its respective Affiliates, officers, directors or shareholders, other than liability of any Party for any fraud or intentional and material breach of this Agreement by such Party occurring prior to such termination. The provisions of Section 6.12 (Trust Account), the last two sentences of Section 6.7 (Access to Information), this Section 8.2 and Article IX (collectively, the "Surviving Provisions") and any other Section or Article of this Agreement that is required to survive in order to give appropriate effect to the Surviving Provisions, shall survive any termination of this Agreement.


ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 9.1    Non Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements.     The representations, warranties, agreements and covenants in this Agreement shall terminate at the Closing, except that (a) those covenants and agreements contained herein that by their terms expressly apply in whole or in part after the Closing shall survive the Closing as provided therein and then only with respect to any breaches occurring after the Closing, (b) the covenants and agreements in Section 3.6 (Earnout Shares) and Section 6.11 (Directors' and Officers' Indemnification), and any other covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement that by their terms expressly apply in whole or in part after the Closing, shall survive the Closing for such time as provided in this Agreement, and (c) this Article IX shall survive the Closing indefinitely. Effective as of the Closing, there are no remedies available to the Parties with respect to any breach of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties to this Agreement, except in the case of fraud, and except, with respect to those covenants and agreements contained herein that by their terms apply or are to be performed in whole or in part after the Closing, the remedies that may be available under Section 9.14.


        Section 9.2
    Modification or Amendment.     This Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing executed in the same manner as this Agreement and that makes reference to this Agreement. The approval of this Agreement by the applicable equityholders of any Party shall not restrict the ability of the board of directors (or comparable body) of any Party to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1 or to cause such Party to enter into an amendment to this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.2.


        Section 9.3
    Extension; Waiver.     GHV may, at any time prior to the Closing, by action taken by its board of directors or officers thereunto duly authorized, (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo, (b) to the extent permitted by Law, waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of Ardagh contained herein or in any document, certificate or writing delivered pursuant hereto by Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo, or (c) waive compliance by Ardagh, AMPSA or MergeCo with any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement or

A-68


Table of Contents

agree to an amendment or modification to this Agreement in the manner contemplated by Section 9.2 and by an agreement in writing executed in the same manner (but not necessarily by the same Persons) as this Agreement. Ardagh may (on its own behalf and on behalf of AMPSA and MergeCo), at any time prior to the Closing, by action taken by its board of directors or officers thereunto duly authorized, (i) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of GHV, (ii) to the extent permitted by Law, waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of GHV contained herein or in any document, certificate or writing delivered pursuant hereto by GHV, or (iii) waive compliance by GHV with any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement or agree to an amendment or modification to this Agreement in the manner contemplated by Section 9.2 and by an agreement in writing executed in the same manner (but not necessarily by the same Persons) as this Agreement. The failure or delay of any Party to exercise any of its rights under this Agreement shall not impair such right or be construed as a waiver by such Party of such right.


        Section 9.4
    Notices.     All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered (a) in person or (b) by e-mail or other means of electronic transmission (so long as confirmation of transmission is electronically or mechanically generated or sent and kept on file by the sending party, and no "bounceback" or notice of non-delivery is received), and the sender may, in its sole discretion, deliver a copy by mail (postage prepaid) or by an internationally-recognized courier service (postage prepaid). Notices shall be given to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9.4).

  (a)   If, prior to the Closing, to GHV:

 

 

 

Gores Holdings V, Inc.
9800 Wilshire Blvd.
Beverly Hills, CA 90212
Attention: Mark Stone
E-mail: mstone@gores.com

 

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
201 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
      Attention:   Kyle C. Krpata
James R. Griffin
      E-mail:   kyle.krpata@weil.com
james.griffin@weil.com

 

(b)

 

If to Ardagh, MergeCo or, prior to the Closing, AMPSA:

 

 

 

Ardagh Group S.A.
56, Rue Charles Martel
L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Hermanus Troskie
Torsten Schoen
      Email:   herman.troskie@maitlandgroup.com
torsten.schoen@ardaghgroup.com

A-69


Table of Contents


 

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

Shearman & Sterling, LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022-6069
      Attention:   Clare O'Brien
Alain Dermarkar
      Email:   cobrien@shearman.com
alain.dermarkar@shearman.com

 

(c)

 

If to the Surviving Corporation or, following the Closing, AMPSA:

 

 

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
56, Rue Charles Martel
L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg
      Attention:   Oliver Graham
David Bourne
      Email:   oliver.graham@ardaghgroup.com
david.bourne@ardaghgroup.com


        Section 9.5
    Entire Agreement.     This Agreement (including the Disclosure Schedules and the Exhibits and Annexes hereto), the Confidentiality Agreement and the Related Agreements constitute the entire agreement among the Parties and supersede any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof. No representations, warranties, covenants, understandings, agreements, oral or otherwise, relating to the Transactions exist among the Parties, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or the Related Agreements.


        Section 9.6
    Assignment.     No Party shall assign this Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the other Parties. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Any attempted assignment in violation of the terms of this Section 9.6 shall be null and void ab initio. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Ardagh may assign its rights, in whole or in part, to receive the Contingent Consideration to any Person or Persons.


        Section 9.7
    Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall thereby be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any Party may execute and deliver signed counterparts of this Agreement to the other Parties by electronic mail or other electronic transmission in portable document format (.PDF) or any other electronic signature complying with the United States ESIGN Act of 2000 (including www.docusign.com), each of which shall be deemed an original.


        Section 9.8
    No Third-Party Beneficiaries.     Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person, other than the Parties, any right or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Closing occurs, the present and former officers and directors of GHV (and their successors, heirs and Representatives) are intended third-party beneficiaries of, and may enforce, Section 6.11.


        Section 9.9
    Governing Law.     This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the Transactions, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware (except to the extent mandatorily governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg), without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of Laws of another jurisdiction.

A-70


Table of Contents


        Section 9.10
    Jurisdiction.     In any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Transactions: (a) each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (unless the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over the matter, in which case the United States District Court for the District of Delaware); (b) each of the Parties irrevocably waives and agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; and (c) each of the Parties agrees that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (unless the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over the matter, in which case the United States District Court for the District of Delaware).


        Section 9.11
    WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.     TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES (AND SHALL CAUSE ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES TO WAIVE) THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY IN CONNECTION HEREWITH. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE OTHER PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND (B) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THAT FOREGOING WAIVER.


        Section 9.12
    Severability.     If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the Transactions be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.


        Section 9.13
    Fees and Expenses.     Each Party hereby agrees that if the Transactions are not consummated, except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall bear or pay all of its own Transaction Expenses. If the Transactions are consummated, the Transaction Expenses of Ardagh, AMPSA, MergeCo and GHV shall be borne by AMPSA; provided that the Transaction Expenses of GHV shall not exceed $50,000,000. No amounts payable in respect of Transaction Expenses shall reduce the cash portion of the Ardagh Consideration paid to Ardagh by AMPSA pursuant to this Agreement.


        Section 9.14
    Specific Performance.     The Parties agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that any Party does not perform its obligations under the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of them hereunder to consummate the Transactions) in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. The Parties acknowledge and agree that (a) the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance, or other equitable relief, to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, each without proof of damages, prior to the valid termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled under this Agreement, and (b) the right of specific enforcement is an integral part of the Transactions and without that right, none of the Parties would have entered into this Agreement. Each Party agrees that it shall not oppose the granting of specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the

A-71


Table of Contents

other Parties have an adequate remedy at Law or that an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at Law or equity. The Parties acknowledge and agree that any Party seeking an injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.14 shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such injunction.


        Section 9.15
    Non-Recourse.     This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the Transactions may only be brought against, the entities that are expressly named as Parties, and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party. Except to the extent a named party to this Agreement (and then only to the extent of the specific obligations undertaken by such named party to this Agreement), (a) no past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or representative of any named party to this Agreement and (b) no past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or representative or Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall have any liability (whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise) for any one or more of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations or liabilities of any one or more of GHV, AMPSA, MergeCo or Ardagh under this Agreement of or for any claim based on, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the Transactions.

[The Remainder of This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank]

A-72


Table of Contents

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have each executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

    GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MARK STONE

        Name:   Mark Stone
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]


Table of Contents

    ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ YVES ELSEN

        Name:   Yves Elsen
        Title:   Director

 

 

ARDAGH MP MERGECO INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ HERMANUS TROSKIE

        Name:   Hermanus Troskie
        Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

 

ARDAGH GROUP S.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ HERMANUS TROSKIE

        Name:   Hermanus Troskie
        Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]


Table of Contents


Annex A

AMPSA Capitalization

[Intentionally omitted]


Table of Contents


Annex B

AMP Entities

[Intentionally omitted]


Table of Contents


Annex C

Knowledge of Ardagh

[Intentionally omitted]


Table of Contents


Annex D

Knowledge of GHV

[Intentionally omitted]


Table of Contents


Annex E

Directors and Officers of AMPSA

[Intentionally omitted]



Exhibit A

Form of Subscription Agreement



SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

        SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of February 22, 2021, by and among (i) the person named on the signature page hereto (the "Purchaser"), (ii) Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B251465 (the "Company"), and (iii) Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("GHV").

        WHEREAS, this Agreement is being entered into in connection with the proposed business combination (the "Transaction") pursuant to that certain business combination agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the "Business Combination Agreement"), by and among the Company, GHV, Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MergeCo"), and Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B160804 ("Amsterdam"). Upon consummation of the Transaction, shares of the Company, each with a par value of EUR 0.01 (the "Shares"), will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange;

        WHEREAS, as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, Amsterdam, through certain of its subsidiaries, is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and related technical and customer services (the "AMP Business");

        WHEREAS, prior to consummation of the Transaction, Amsterdam will transfer or cause to be transferred to subsidiaries of the Company the AMP Business subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and the agreements contemplated therein;

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction and as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Company and GHV are seeking commitments ("Subscriptions") from interested investors to subscribe for, concurrently with the completion of the merger contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement, Shares in a private transaction in which the Company expects to raise an aggregate amount of $600,000,000;

        WHEREAS, the Shares to be subscribed for by the Purchaser (as set forth on the signature page hereto) pursuant to this Agreement are referred to herein as the "Acquired Shares," and the aggregate and per Share purchase price to be paid by the Purchaser (as set forth on the signature page hereto) is referred to herein as the "Purchase Price"; and

        WHEREAS, substantially concurrently with the execution of this Subscription Agreement, the Company and GHV are entering into separate subscription agreements (collectively, the "Other Subscription Agreements") with certain investors (other than the Purchaser) (the "Other Purchasers").

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual representations, warranties and covenants, and subject to the conditions, set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Purchaser and the Company agree as follows:


        1.
    Subscription.     The Purchaser hereby agrees to subscribe for, and the Company hereby agrees, subject to the receipt of the Purchase Price, to issue to the Purchaser, the Acquired Shares, all on the terms, and subject to the conditions, provided for herein. In the event that the Transaction is not consummated for any reason, or in the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, any amounts previously paid by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement will be returned promptly to the Purchaser, and this Agreement shall have no force or effect.


        2.
    Closing.     The closing of the Subscription contemplated hereby (the "Closing") is contingent upon the substantially concurrent consummation of the merger contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement. Following delivery of written notice from (or on behalf of) the Company to the Purchaser (the "Closing Notice") that the Company expects all conditions to the closing of the


Transaction to be satisfied on a date that is not less than three (3) Business Days (a "Business Day" meaning a day other than (x) a Saturday or Sunday or (y) any other day on which banks located in New York, NY, or Luxembourg City, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg are required or authorized by applicable law to be closed for business) from the date on which the Closing Notice is so delivered to the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately prior to the closing date specified in the Closing Notice (such specified date, the "Closing Date"), the Purchase Price for the Acquired Shares by wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds to such account or accounts as may be specified in the Closing Notice, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below. On the Closing Date, the Company and the Purchaser shall perform the following actions:

            a.     the Company shall deliver a confirmation from the bank specified in the Closing Notice evidencing that the aggregate Purchase Price in respect of the Acquired Shares has been credited in full to the bank account specified in the Closing Notice;

            b.     Purchaser shall deliver a duly signed Subscription Form in the form of Schedule B;

            c.     the board of directors of the Company shall resolve to approve (within the limits and conditions set forth under the articles of association of the Company) the issuance of the Acquired Shares ("Capital Increase"); and

            d.     the Company shall, as soon as practicable following the approval of Capital Increase by the board of directors, deliver or cause to be delivered in book-entry form the Acquired Shares to the Purchaser or to a custodian designated by the Purchaser, as applicable.

    Following the approval of the Capital Increase by the board of directors of the Company, an authorized person on behalf of the board of directors shall appear as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days of the date of issuance of the Acquired Shares, in front of a Luxembourg notary to record the Capital Increase in a constat d'augmentation de capital.


        3.
    Closing Conditions.     The Closing is also subject to the conditions that, on the Closing Date:

            a.     all representations and warranties of the Company, GHV and the Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality, which representations and warranties shall be true in all respects), but in each case without giving effect to consummation of the Transaction; provided that none of the Company, GHV or the Purchaser may rely on this closing condition if the failure of this closing condition to be satisfied results from the failure of such party's representations and warranties to be so true and correct or a breach by such party of any of its covenants or agreements contained herein;

            b.     there shall not have been enacted or promulgated any governmental order, law, statute, rule or regulation enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Transaction;

            c.     all conditions precedent to the closing of the Transaction pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, including the approval of GHV's stockholders and any regulatory approvals, shall have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied at the closing of the Transaction);

            d.     each party shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Subscription Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to Closing; provided that none of the Company, GHV or the Purchaser may rely on this closing condition if the failure of this closing condition to be satisfied results from a breach by such party of any of its covenants or agreements contained herein;

2


            e.     the Business Combination Agreement (as the same exists on the date of this Agreement) shall not have been modified, waived or amended to materially adversely affect the economic benefits that the Purchaser would reasonably expect to receive under this Agreement;

            f.      the Acquired Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE; and

            g.     the share capital of the Company amounts to at least the equivalent of thirty thousand Euro (€30,000).


        4.
    Further Assurances.     At the Closing, the Company and the Purchaser shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take such additional actions as they reasonably may deem to be practical and necessary in order to consummate the Subscription contemplated by this Agreement.


        5.
    Company Representations and Warranties.     The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser that at the date of signature of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date:

            a.     The Company is a newly formed entity formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Transaction (including the Subscriptions). The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing as a public limited liability company (société anonyme) under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

            b.     At the Closing, the Company will own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the AMP Business, and will have all corporate power and authority to run the AMP Business.

            c.     The Company has all requisite liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance of the Acquired Shares to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof.

            d.     As of the Closing Date, the Acquired Shares will be duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Acquired Shares will be validly issued and fully paid and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights created under the Company's organizational and constituent documents or under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

            e.     The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance of the Acquired Shares to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Company. No other action on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance of the Acquired Shares to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by GHV and the Purchaser) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or applicable equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) (the "Enforceability Exceptions").

            f.      The issuance of the Acquired Shares and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of this Subscription will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any law, regulation, agreement or instrument binding upon the Company, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of the AMP Business, that would be reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the

3


    business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the AMP Business or the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"), or materially affect the validity of the Acquired Shares or the legal authority of the Company to comply in all material respects with the terms of this Agreement; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the organizational and constitutional documents of the Company; or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially affect the validity of the Acquired Shares or the legal authority of the Company to comply in all material respects with this Agreement.

            g.     The Company has not entered into any agreement or arrangement entitling any agent, broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person to any broker's or finder's fee or any other commission or similar fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the Purchaser could become directly liable (it being understood that the Purchaser will effectively bear its pro rata share of any such expense indirectly as a result of its investment in the Company). Other than Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC (collectively, the "Placement Agents"), the Company is not aware of any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with this Subscription.

            h.     The description of the AMP Business to be included in the registration statement/proxy statement to be provided to the stockholders of GHV in connection with the Transaction shall not be materially inconsistent with the information included in the Disclosure Package (as defined below).

            i.      Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser in Section 7, no registration of the Acquired Shares will be required under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in connection with the Subscription by the Purchaser.

            j.      Assuming the accuracy of GHV's and the Purchaser's representations and warranties set forth in Sections 6 and 7, respectively, the Company is not required to obtain any material consent, waiver or authorization of, give any notice to, or make any filing with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other person in connection with the issuance of the Acquired Shares pursuant to this Agreement, other than (i) the recording of the issuance of Shares in a constat d'augmentation de capital passed by a Luxembourg notary and the subsequent registration of such capital increase with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register, filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), (ii) filings required by applicable securities laws, (iii) the filings required in accordance with Section 11(q), (iv) those required by the NYSE, (v) those required to consummate the Transaction as provided under the Business Combination Agreement; and (vi) those whose failure to so obtain would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

            k.     A copy of each form, report, statement, schedule, prospectus, proxy, registration statement and other document, if any, filed by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date (the "SEC Documents") is available to the undersigned via the SEC's EDGAR system. None of the SEC Documents contained, when filed or, if amended, as of the date of such amendment with respect to those disclosures that are amended, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, that with respect to the information about the Company's affiliates contained in any SEC Document to be

4


    filed by the Company the representation and warranty in this sentence is made to the Company's knowledge. The financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Documents comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments. There are no material outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters from the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC with respect to any of the SEC Documents.

            l.      The Company is in compliance with all applicable laws, except where such non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any written communication from a governmental authority that alleges that the Company is not in compliance with or is in default or violation of any applicable law, except where such non-compliance, default or violation would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

            m.    Except for such matters as have not had and would not be reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, there is no (i) action, suit, claim or other proceeding, in each case by or before any governmental authority pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, threatened in writing against the Company, or (ii) judgment, decree, injunction, ruling or order of any governmental entity or arbitrator outstanding against the Company.

            n.     The Other Subscription Agreements entered into or to be entered into by the Company in connection with the Transaction (or any agreements or understandings (including side letters) entered into or to be entered into in connection therewith or in connection with the purchase of Shares by the Other Purchasers) reflect the same per Share Purchase Price as set forth in this Agreement and do not contain any provisions that are more favorable from an economic perspective to such Other Subscribers or any affiliate or any party related thereto than the provisions of this Agreement (it being acknowledged and agreed that the right to syndicate Class A Shares pursuant to the Other Subscription Agreement with Gores Sponsor V LLC will not be a right provided to any Other Purchaser).


        6.
    GHV Representations and Warranties.     GHV represents and warrants to the Purchaser that at the date of signature of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date:

            a.     GHV is duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as presently conducted and to enter into, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

            b.     The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by GHV of its obligations hereunder and the consummation by GHV of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of GHV, subject to subject to the receipt of the requisite approval of GHV's stockholders as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by GHV, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company and Purchaser) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of GHV, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions.

5


            c.     A copy of each form, report, statement, schedule, prospectus, proxy, registration statement and other document filed by GHV on or prior to the Closing Date (the "GHV SEC Documents") is available to the undersigned via the SEC's EDGAR system. None of the GHV SEC Documents contained, when filed or, if amended, as of the date of such amendment with respect to those disclosures that are amended, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, that with respect to the information about GHV's affiliates contained in any SEC Document to be filed by GHV the representation and warranty in this sentence is made to GHV's knowledge. The financial statements of GHV included in the GHV SEC Documents comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of GHV as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments. There are no material outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters from the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC with respect to any of the GHV SEC Documents.

            d.     GHV is in compliance with all applicable laws, except where such non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, financial condition or results of operations of GHV and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a "GHV Material Adverse Effect"). GHV has not received any written communication from a governmental authority that alleges that GHV is not in compliance with or is in default or violation of any applicable law, except where such non-compliance, default or violation would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a GHV Material Adverse Effect.

            e.     Except for such matters as have not had and would not be reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a GHV Material Adverse Effect, there is no (i) action, suit, claim or other proceeding, in each case by or before any governmental authority pending, or, to the knowledge of GHV, threatened against GHV, or (ii) judgment, decree, injunction, ruling or order of any governmental entity or arbitrator outstanding against GHV.


        7.
    Purchaser Representations and Warranties.     The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that at the date of signature of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date:

            a.     The Purchaser (i) is a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional "accredited investor" (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) satisfying the applicable requirements set forth on Schedule A, (ii) is subscribing for the Acquired Shares only for its own account and not for the account of others, or if the Purchaser is subscribing for the Acquired Shares as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, the Purchaser has full investment discretion with respect to each such account, and the full power and authority to make the acknowledgements, representations and agreements herein on behalf of each owner of each such account, and (iii) is not subscribing for the Acquired Shares with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act (and shall provide the requested information on Schedule A). The Purchaser is not an entity formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Acquired Shares.

            b.     The Purchaser understands that the Acquired Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Acquired Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Purchaser understands that the Acquired Shares may not be resold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the Purchaser absent an effective registration statement under the Securities Act except (i) to the issuer of such securities or a subsidiary thereof, (ii) to non-U.S. persons pursuant to offers and sales that occur

6


    outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (iii) pursuant to another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in each of cases (i) and (iii) in accordance with any applicable securities laws of the states and other jurisdictions of the United States, and that the Acquired Shares will be subject to a restrictive legend to such effect. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Acquired Shares will not be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Acquired Shares will be subject to the foregoing transfer restrictions and, as a result of these transfer restrictions, the Purchaser may not be able to readily resell the Acquired Shares and may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Acquired Shares for an indefinite period of time. The Purchaser understands that it has been advised to consult legal counsel prior to making any offer, resale, pledge or transfer of any of the Acquired Shares.

            c.     The Purchaser further acknowledges that there have been no representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made to the Purchaser, expressly or by implication, other than those representations, warranties, covenants and agreements included in this Agreement (and any other agreements executed and delivered in connection with the Transaction to which the Purchaser is party, if any).

            d.     The Purchaser's subscription for and holding of the Acquired Shares does not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), Section 4975 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or any applicable similar law.

            e.     The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser has received such information as the Purchaser deems necessary in order to make an investment decision with respect to the Acquired Shares, including, with respect to the Company, the AMP Business, the Transaction, GHV and Amsterdam. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Purchaser acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Investor Presentation, dated as of February 11, 2021, provided by the Company and GHV (the "Disclosure Package"), and made its own assessment and is satisfied concerning the relevant tax and other economic considerations relevant to the Purchaser's investment in the Acquired Shares. The Purchaser acknowledges that it has reviewed the documents made available to the Purchaser by the Company and GHV in the electronic data room hosted by the GHV in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser represents and agrees that the Purchaser and the Purchaser's professional advisor(s), if any, have had the full opportunity to ask such questions, receive such answers and obtain such additional information about the Company, the AMP Business, the Transaction, GHV and Amsterdam as the Purchaser and such Purchaser's professional advisor(s), if any, have requested. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that (i) none of the Placement Agents, or any affiliate of the Placement Agents, has provided the Purchaser with any information or advice with respect to the Acquired Shares nor is such information or advice necessary or desired and (ii) none of the Placement Agents nor any of their respective affiliates has prepared any disclosure or offering document in connection with the offer and sale of the Acquired Shares. None of the Placement Agents or any of their respective affiliates has made or makes any representation as to the Company or the quality or value of the Acquired Shares and the Placement Agents and any of their respective affiliates may have acquired non-public information with respect to the Company which the Purchaser agrees need not be provided to it. In connection with the issuance of the Acquired Shares to the Purchaser, none of the Placement Agents or any of their respective affiliates has acted as a financial advisor or fiduciary to the Purchaser. The Purchaser agrees that none of the Placement Agents shall be liable to any Purchaser for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the Purchaser's purchase of the Acquired Shares.

7


            f.      The Purchaser became aware of this offering of the Acquired Shares solely by means of direct contact between the Purchaser and the Company, GHV or a representative of the Company or GHV, and the Acquired Shares were offered to the Purchaser solely by direct contact between the Purchaser and the Company, GHV or a representative of the Company or GHV. The Purchaser did not become aware of this offering of the Acquired Shares, nor were the Acquired Shares offered to the Purchaser, by any other means. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company represents and warrants that the Acquired Shares (i) were not offered by any form of general solicitation or general advertising and (ii) are not being offered in a manner involving a public offering under, or in a distribution in violation of, the Securities Act, or any state securities laws.

            g.     The Purchaser acknowledges that it is aware that there are substantial risks incident to the subscription for and ownership of the Acquired Shares, including those set forth in the Disclosure Package. The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Acquired Shares, and the Purchaser has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as the Purchaser has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision. The Purchaser (i) is an institutional account as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), (ii) is a sophisticated investor, experienced in investing in private equity transactions and capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to all transactions and investment strategies involving a security or securities, and (iii) has exercised independent judgment in evaluating its participation in the purchase of the Acquired Shares. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the purchase and sale of the Acquired Shares hereunder meets (i) the exemptions from filing under FINRA Rule 5123(b)(1)(A) and (ii) the institutional customer exemption under FINRA Rule 2111(b).

            h.     Alone, or together with any professional advisor(s), the Purchaser has analyzed and considered the risks of an investment in the Acquired Shares and determined that the Acquired Shares are a suitable investment for the Purchaser and that the Purchaser is able at this time and in the foreseeable future to bear the economic risk of a total loss of the Purchaser's investment in the Company. The Purchaser acknowledges specifically that a possibility of total loss exists.

            i.      In making its decision to purchase the Acquired Shares, the Purchaser has relied solely upon independent investigation made by the Purchaser. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Purchaser has not relied on any statements or other information provided by the Placement Agents concerning the Company, Amsterdam or the Acquired Shares.

            j.      The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that no federal or state agency has passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Acquired Shares or made any findings or determination as to the fairness of this investment or the accuracy or adequacy of the Disclosure Package.

            k.     If the Purchaser is not an individual, the Purchaser has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. The Purchaser has the power and authority to enter into, deliver and perform the Purchaser's obligations under this Agreement.

            l.      The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement are within the powers of the Purchaser, have been duly authorized and will not constitute or result in a breach or default under or conflict with any order, ruling or regulation of any court or other tribunal or of any governmental commission or agency, or any agreement or other undertaking, to which the Purchaser is a party or by which the Purchaser is bound, and will not violate any provisions of the Purchaser's charter documents, including, without limitation, its incorporation or formation papers, bylaws, indenture of trust or partnership or operating agreement, as may be applicable. The Purchaser's signature on this Agreement is genuine, and the signatory has been

8


    duly authorized and has legal competence and capacity to execute the same, and this Agreement is enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by Enforceability Exceptions.

            m.    Neither the due diligence investigation conducted by the Purchaser in connection with making its decision to subscribe for the Acquired Shares nor any representations and warranties made by the Purchaser herein shall modify, amend or affect the Purchaser's right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of the Company's representations and warranties contained herein.

            n.     The Purchaser is not (i) a person or entity named on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons administered by the United States Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") or in any Executive Order issued by the President of the United States and administered by OFAC ("OFAC List"), or a person or entity prohibited by any OFAC sanctions program, (ii) a Designated National as defined in the United States Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515, or (iii) a non-U.S. shell bank or providing banking services indirectly to a non-U.S. shell bank. The Purchaser agrees to provide law enforcement agencies, if requested thereby, such records as required by applicable law, provided that the Purchaser is permitted to do so under applicable law. If the Purchaser is a financial institution subject to the United States Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et seq.) (the "BSA"), as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the "PATRIOT Act"), and its implementing regulations (collectively, the "BSA/PATRIOT Act"), the Purchaser maintains written policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable obligations under the BSA/PATRIOT Act. To the extent required, it maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed for the screening of its investors against the OFAC sanctions programs, including the OFAC List. To the extent required by applicable law, the Purchaser maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the funds held by the Purchaser and used to subscribe for the Acquired Shares were legally derived.

            o.     To the Purchaser's knowledge, no disclosure (other than the Disclosure Package) or offering document has been prepared by the Company, GHV or the Placement Agents in connection with the offer and subscription for the Acquired Shares.

            p.     The Purchaser acknowledges that the Placement Agents and each of its directors, officers, employees, representatives and controlling persons have made no independent investigation with respect to the Company or the Acquired Shares or the accuracy, completeness or adequacy of any information supplied to the undersigned by the Company.

            q.     In connection with the subscription for the Acquired Shares, the Placement Agents have not acted as the Purchaser's financial advisor or fiduciary.

            r.     The Purchaser will have sufficient funds to pay the Purchase Price at the Closing.

            s.     The Placement Agents may rely upon these representations and warranties of the Purchaser.

            t.      The Purchaser hereby agrees that from the date of this Agreement until the Closing (or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms), none of the Purchaser, its controlled affiliates, or any person or entity acting on behalf of the Purchaser or any of its controlled affiliates or pursuant to any understanding with the Purchaser or any of its controlled affiliates will engage in any Short Sales with respect to securities of GHV. For purposes of this Section 7, "Short Sales" shall include, without limitation, all "short sales" as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, except as otherwise consented to by GHV and the Company, all types of direct and indirect stock pledges (other than pledges in the ordinary course of business

9


    as part of prime brokerage arrangements), forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (i) nothing herein shall prohibit any entities under common management or that share an investment advisor with Purchaser that have no knowledge of this Agreement or of Purchaser's participation in the transaction contemplated hereby (including Purchaser's controlled affiliates and/or other affiliates) from entering into any Short Sales; and (ii) in the case of a Purchaser that is a multi-managed investment vehicle whereby separate portfolio managers manage separate portions of such Purchaser's assets and the portfolio managers have no knowledge of the investment decisions made by the portfolio managers managing other portions of such Purchaser's assets, this Section 7(t) shall only apply with respect to the portion of assets managed by the portfolio manager that made the investment decision to purchase the Acquired Shares.

            u.     The Purchaser acknowledges that it is not acquiring the Acquired Shares with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, a distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act.

            v.     The Purchaser is not currently (and at all times through Closing will refrain from being or becoming) a member of a "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of equity securities of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act).

            w.    If the Purchaser is an employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of ERISA, a plan, an individual retirement account or other arrangement that is subject to section 4975 of the Code or an employee benefit plan that is a governmental plan (as defined in section 3(32) of ERISA), a church plan (as defined in section 3(33) of ERISA), a non-U.S. plan (as described in section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) or other plan that is not subject to the foregoing but may be subject to provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code, or an entity whose underlying assets are considered to include "plan assets" of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a "Plan") subject to the fiduciary or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code, the Purchaser represents and warrants that it has not relied on the Company or any of its affiliates for investment advice as the Plan's fiduciary with respect to its decision to acquire and hold the Acquired Shares, and none of the Company or any of its affiliates shall at any time be relied upon as the Plan's fiduciary with respect to any decision to acquire, continue to hold or transfer the Acquired Shares.


        8.
    Registration Rights.     

            a.     The Company agrees that, no later than the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the consummation of the Transaction, the Company will file with the SEC (at the Company's sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale by the Purchaser of the Acquired Shares (the "Registration Statement"), and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) the sixtieth (60th) calendar day (or the ninetieth (90th) calendar day if the SEC notifies the Company that it will "review" the Registration Statement) following the Closing Date and (ii) the 10th business day after the date the Company is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the SEC that the Registration Statement will not be "reviewed" or will not be subject to further review. A substantially complete draft of the Registration Statement shall be provided to the Purchaser at least two (2) Business Days prior to filing. The Company agrees to cause such registration statement or another shelf registration statement to remain effective until the earlier of (a) two (2) years from the issuance of the Acquired Shares, or (b) the first date on which the Purchaser can sell all of its Acquired

10


    Shares (or shares received in exchange therefor) under Rule 144 of the United States Securities Act within ninety (90) days without limitation as to the amount or manner of sale of such securities that may be sold and without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable). The Purchaser agrees to disclose its ownership to the Company upon request to assist the Company in making the determination described above. The Company's obligations to include the Acquired Shares (or shares issued in exchange therefor) in the Registration Statement are contingent upon the Purchaser furnishing in writing to the Company such information regarding the Purchaser, the securities of the Company held by the Purchaser and the intended method of disposition of the Acquired Shares as shall be reasonably requested by the Company to effect the registration of the Acquired Shares, and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request that are customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations, provided that Purchaser shall not in connection with the foregoing be required to execute any lock-up or similar agreement or otherwise be subject to any contractual restriction on the ability to transfer the Acquired Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the SEC prevents the Company from including any or all of the shares proposed to be registered under the Registration Statement due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 of the Securities Act for the resale of the Acquired Shares or otherwise, such Registration Statement shall register the resale of a number of shares which is equal to the maximum number of shares as is permitted by the SEC. In such event, the number of shares to be registered for each selling shareholder named in the Registration Statement shall be reduced pro rata among all such selling shareholders, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC, as promptly as allowed by the SEC, one or more registration statements to register the resale of those Acquired Shares that were not registered on the initial Registration Statement, as so amended. For as long as the Purchaser holds Acquired Shares, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to file all reports for so long as the condition in Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) is required to be satisfied, and provide all customary and reasonable cooperation, necessary to enable the Purchaser to resell the Acquired Shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

            b.     The Company may delay the filing of the registration statement or suspend the use of any such registration statement if it reasonably determines that in order for the registration statement to not contain a material misstatement or omission, an amendment thereto would be needed to include information that would at that time not otherwise be required in a current, quarterly, or annual report under the Exchange Act (a "Suspension Event"); provided, however, that the Company may not delay or suspend the Registration Statement on more than two (2) occasions or for more than sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, or more than ninety (90) total calendar days, in each case during any twelve-month period. The Company shall not, when so advising Purchaser of such Suspension Event, provide Purchaser with any material, nonpublic information regarding the Company other than to the extent that providing notice to Purchaser of the occurrence of the Suspension Event might constitute material, nonpublic information regarding the Company. Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period that the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in light of the circumstances under which they were made, in the case of the prospectus) not misleading, Purchaser agrees that it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Acquired Shares under the Registration Statement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, sales conducted pursuant to Rule 144) until Purchaser receives copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales. If

11


    so directed by the Company, Purchaser will deliver to the Company or, in Purchaser's sole discretion destroy, all copies of the prospectus covering the Acquired Shares in Purchaser's possession; provided, however, that this obligation to deliver or destroy all copies of the prospectus shall not apply (A) to the extent Purchaser is required to retain a copy of such prospectus (1) in order to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, self-regulatory or professional requirements or (2) in accordance with a bona fide pre-existing document retention policy or (B) to copies stored electronically on archival servers as a result of automatic data back-up.

            c.     Indemnification.

                  i.  The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, Purchaser, its directors officers, members, stockholders, partners, agents, brokers, investment advisors and employees, and each person who controls Purchaser (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and the directors, officers, members, stockholders, partners, agents, brokers, investment advisors and employees of each such controlling person, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented attorneys' fees) (collectively, "Losses") based on any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus included in any Registration Statement ("Prospectus") or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as the same are based on or contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Purchaser expressly for use therein.

                 ii.  In connection with any Registration Statement in which Purchaser is participating, Purchaser shall, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each person or entity who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable outside attorneys' fees) resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained (or not contained in, in the case of an omission) in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by on behalf of such Purchaser expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the liability of Purchaser shall be several and not joint with any other investor and shall be limited to the net proceeds received by Purchaser from the sale of Acquired Shares giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

            d.     The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, at its sole expense, to cause its legal counsel to (i) issue to the transfer agent a legal opinion instructing the transfer agent that, in connection with a sale or transfer of "restricted securities" (i.e., securities issued pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act), the resale or transfer of which restricted securities has been registered pursuant to an effective Registration Statement by the holder thereof named in such Registration Statement, upon receipt of an appropriate broker representation letter and other such documentation as the Company's counsel deems necessary and appropriate and after confirming compliance with relevant prospectus delivery requirements, is authorized to remove any applicable restrictive legend in connection with such sale or transfer and (ii) if the Acquired Shares are not registered pursuant to an effective Registration Statement, issue to the transfer agent a legal opinion to facilitate the sale or transfer

12


    of the Acquired Shares and removal of any restrictive legends pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act that may be available to a requesting Purchaser; provided that, (A) the Company and its counsel may request and rely upon customary representations from the Purchaser in connection with delivery of such opinion and (B) notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its counsel will not be required to deliver any such opinion, authorization, certificate or direction if it reasonably believes that removal of the legend could result in or facilitate transfers of securities in violation of applicable law.


        9.
    Termination.     This Agreement shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate without any further liability on the part of any party in respect thereof, upon the earlier to occur of (a) such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, including if the Transaction has not been consummated by the Outside Date (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (b) upon the mutual written agreement of each of the parties hereto to terminate this Agreement or (c) at the election of the Purchaser, if the consummation of the Transaction shall not have occurred on or prior to September 30, 2021; provided, that nothing herein will relieve any party from liability for any willful breach hereof prior to the time of termination, and each party will be entitled to any remedies at law or in equity to recover losses, liabilities or damages arising from such breach. If the Transaction is not consummated, the Company shall notify the Purchaser of the termination of the Business Combination Agreement promptly after the termination of such agreement. This Agreement shall further terminate and be of no further force or effect, without any liability to any party hereto, if the Company notifies the Purchaser in writing that it has abandoned its plans to move forward with the Transaction and/or terminates the Purchaser's obligations with respect to the Subscription without the delivery of the Acquired Shares having occurred, provided that if the Purchase Price has been already paid pursuant to this Agreement at such time it shall be returned promptly by the Company to the Purchaser without any deduction for or on account of any tax, withholding, charges, or set-off.


        10.
    Trust Account Waiver.     The Purchaser acknowledges that GHV is a blank check company with the powers and privileges necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business or purposes of GHV, including, but not limited to effecting a merger, asset acquisition, reorganization or similar business combination involving GHV and one or more businesses or assets. The Purchaser further acknowledges that, as described in GHV prospectus relating to its initial public offering dated August 5, 2020 (the "IPO Prospectus") available at www.sec.gov, substantially all of GHV's assets consist of the cash proceeds of GHV's initial public offering and private placements of its securities, and substantially all of those proceeds have been deposited in a trust account (the "Trust Account") for the benefit of GHV, its public stockholders and the underwriters of GHV's initial public offering. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to GHV to pay its tax obligations, if any, and for working capital, the cash in the Trust Account may be disbursed only for the purposes set forth in the IPO Prospectus. The Purchaser hereby irrevocably waives any and all right, title and interest, or any claim of any kind it has or may have in the future, in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, and agrees not to seek recourse against the Trust Account as a result of, or arising out of, this Agreement, provided however, that nothing in this Section 10 shall be deemed to limit the Purchaser's right, title, interest or claim to the Trust Account by virtue of the Purchaser's record or beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of GHV.


        11.
    Miscellaneous.     

            a.     Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations that may accrue to the Purchaser hereunder may be transferred or assigned, in whole nor in part, without the prior written consent of the Company and GHV, which may be withheld by the Company and GHV in their absolute discretion, other than an assignment to any affiliate of the Purchaser or any fund or account managed by the same investment manager as the Purchaser or an affiliate thereof, subject to, if

13


    such transfer or assignment is prior to the Closing, such transferee or assignee, as applicable, executing a joinder to this Agreement or a separate subscription agreement in substantially the same form as this Agreement.

            b.     The Company may request from the Purchaser such additional information as the Company may deem necessary to evaluate the eligibility of the Purchaser to subscribe for the Acquired Shares, and the Purchaser shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested, to the extent readily available and to the extent consistent with its internal policies and procedures provided that the Company agrees to keep any such information confidential except to the extent required to be disclosed by applicable law, including the securities laws or in connection with such filings, or the NYSE. The Purchaser acknowledges that GHV and the Company shall file a copy of this Agreement with the SEC.

            c.     The Purchaser acknowledges that each of the Company, GHV, the Placement Agents and others will rely on the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement. Prior to the Closing, the Purchaser agrees to promptly notify the Company, GHV and the Placement Agents if any of the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein are no longer accurate. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that each purchase by the Purchaser of the Acquired Shares from the Company will constitute a reaffirmation of the acknowledgements, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties herein (as modified by any such notice) by the Purchaser as of the time of the purchase.

            d.     Each of the Company, GHV and the Placement Agents is irrevocably authorized to produce this Agreement or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

            e.     All the agreements, representations and warranties made by each party hereto in this Agreement shall survive the Closing.

            f.      This Agreement may not be modified, waived or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such modification, waiver, or termination is sought. No failure or delay of any party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have hereunder.

            g.     This Agreement (and any other agreements executed and delivered in connection with the Transaction to which the Purchaser is party, if any) constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall not confer any third-party beneficiary, or other rights or remedies upon any person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

            h.     Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns, and the agreements, representations, warranties, covenants and acknowledgments contained herein shall be deemed to be made by, and be binding upon, such heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

            i.      If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the

14


    remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

            j.      This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall thereby be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any party hereto may execute and deliver signed counterparts of this Agreement to the other parties hereto by electronic mail or other electronic transmission in portable document format (.PDF) or any other electronic signature complying with the United States ESIGN Act of 2000 (including www.docusign.com), each of which shall be deemed an original.

            k.     The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise.

            l.      THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER STATE. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LITIGATION PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

            m.    Any action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be brought in any federal or state court located in New York County, New York, and each of the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such action, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of the action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, agrees that service of process upon such party in any such action shall be effective if given as may be permitted by applicable law, and agrees not to bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any action brought pursuant to this Section 11(m).

            n.     The Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon, and has not relied upon, any statement, representation or warranty made by any person, firm or corporation (including, without limitation, Amsterdam, the Company, GHV or the Placement Agents or any of their respective affiliates or any of their control persons, officers, directors and employees) including the Disclosure Package, other than the statements, representations and warranties of the Company and GHV contained in this Agreement, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that each of the Placement Agents is a third-party beneficiary of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement to the extent such representations and warranties relate to the Placement Agents. The Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that none of (i) any Other Purchaser pursuant to any Other Subscription Agreement or any other agreement related to the private placement of the Shares (including such other investor's respective affiliates or any control persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, employees or representatives of any of the foregoing) or (ii) any of the Company's or GHV's respective affiliates' control persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, employees or representatives, shall be liable to any Other Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or any Other

15


    Subscription Agreement or any other agreement related to the private placement of the Shares for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Shares or with respect to any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) for breach of this Agreement or in respect of any written or oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, except as expressly provided herein, or for any actual or alleged inaccuracies, misstatements or omissions with respect to any information or materials of any kind furnished by the Company, GHV, the Placement Agents or any Non-Party Affiliate concerning the Company, GHV, the AMP Business, the Placement Agents, any of their controlled affiliates, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. For purposes of this Agreement, "Non-Party Affiliates" means each former, current or future officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager, direct or indirect equityholder or affiliate of the Company, GHV, any Placement Agent or any of the Company's, GHV's or any Placement Agent's controlled affiliates or any family member of the foregoing.

            o.     The parties hereto intend for the Subscription, together with the Transaction, to qualify together as an exchange under Section 351 of the Code and will not take any inconsistent position on any tax return or during the course of any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes, except as otherwise required by a determination within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code.

            p.     GHV shall, by 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first (1st) Business Day immediately following the date of this Agreement, issue one or more press releases or file with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K (collectively, the "Disclosure Document") disclosing all material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Transaction and any other material, nonpublic information that the Company or GHV has provided to Purchaser at any time prior to the filing of the Disclosure Document. From and after the issuance of the Disclosure Document, to the Company's and GHV's knowledge, Purchaser shall not be in possession of any material, nonpublic information received from the Company or GHV, and Purchaser shall no longer be subject to any confidentiality or similar obligations under any current agreement, whether written or oral with the Company, GHV, the Placement Agents or any of their respective affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor GHV shall, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, publicly disclose the name of Purchaser or any of its affiliates or advisors, or include the name of Purchaser or any of its affiliates or advisors (i) in any press release or marketing materials or (ii) in any filings with the SEC or any regulatory agency or trading market except (A) required by the federal securities law in connection with the Registration Statement, and (B), to the extent such disclosure is required by law, at the request of the Staff of the SEC or regulatory agency or under the regulations of the NYSE or by any other governmental authority, in which case GHV and/or the Company shall provide Purchaser with prior written notice of such disclosure permitted under this subclause (B).

            q.     If Purchaser is a Massachusetts Business Trust, a copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Purchaser or any affiliate thereof is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given that the Agreement is executed on behalf of the trustees of the Purchaser or any affiliate thereof as trustees and not individually and that the obligations of the Agreement are not binding on any of the trustees, officers or stockholders of the Purchaser or any affiliate thereof individually but are binding only upon the Purchaser or any affiliate thereof and its assets and property.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

16


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser has executed or caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date set forth below.

Name of Purchaser:   State/Country of Formation or Domicile:

By:

 

  


 

 

 

 
Name:     

       
Title:    

       

Name in which Acquired Shares are to be registered (if different): Date: February , 2021

Purchaser's EIN:

Business Address-Street:

 

Mailing Address-Street (if different):

City, State, Zip:

 

City, State, Zip:

Attn:

 

  


 

Attn:

 

    

Telephone No.:

 

Telephone No.:
Facsimile No.:   Facsimile No.:

Number of Acquired Shares:                     

 

 

 

 

Aggregate Purchase Price: U.S. $            

 

Price Per Share: U.S. $10.00

        You must pay the Purchase Price by wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds to the account or accounts specified by the Company in the Closing Notice.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has accepted this Agreement as of the date set forth below.

    ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

 

 

By:

 

  

    Name:    

    Title:     


 

 

GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

 

 

By:

 

  

    Name:     

    Title:    

Date: February    , 2021



SCHEDULE A
ELIGIBILITY REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASER



Schedule B

Subscription Form



Exhibit B

Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement



REGISTRATION RIGHTS AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

        This Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of [    ·    ], 2021, by and among (a) Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg (the "Company"), (b) Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-213134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg ("AGSA"), and (c) Gores Sponsor V LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor"), Randall Bort, William Patton and Jeffrey Rea (collectively, the "Gores Holders"). The Gores Holders, AGSA and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement are each referred to herein as a "Holder" and collectively as the "Holders".

        WHEREAS, upon the closing of the transactions (the "Transactions") contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021(the "Business Combination Agreement"), by and among Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("GHV"), the Company, Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MergeCo"), and AGSA, MergeCo merged with and into GHV, with GHV being the surviving corporation of the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and, in the context of and in connection with such merger, (a) issued and outstanding shares of GHV Class A common stock (including shares of GHV Class F common stock then issued and outstanding that were automatically converted into and exchanged for shares of GHV Class A common stock as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement), were contributed to AMPSA in exchange for shares of the Company, each with a par value of EUR 0.01 per share (the "Shares"), and (b) all issued and outstanding warrants issued by GHV were converted into the right to receive warrants of the Company exercisable for Shares (the "Company Warrants");

        WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, (a) AGSA holds [484,956,250](1) Shares, and has a right to receive up to 60,730,000 additional Shares (subject to certain adjustments) as contingent consideration ("Contingent Consideration"), and (b) the Gores Holders hold in aggregate 9,843,750 Shares (the "Founder Shares") and Company Warrants exercisable for 6,250,000 Shares (the "GHV Warrants"), with each Gores Holder holding the number of Founder Shares and GHV Warrants set forth below such Gores Holder's signature hereto; and

        WHEREAS, on August 10, 2020, GHV and the Gores Holders entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, which, pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, was terminated effective as of consummation of the Transaction;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties hereto hereby acknowledge, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        Section 1.1    Definitions.     Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

        "Adverse Disclosure" means any public disclosure of material non-public information (including information with respect to a potential financing, acquisition, disposition, merger, reorganization or similar transaction), which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, after consultation with counsel to the Company, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any Misstatement, (b) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, declared effective

   


(1)
To be updated to reflect any Ardagh Closing Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) that may be issued pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement.

or used, as the case may be, and (c) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person; provided, that, for the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries shall not be Affiliates of AGSA; provided, further, that in no event shall the term "Affiliate" include any portfolio company of any Gores Holder or their respective Affiliates.

        "Agreement" has the meaning given in the Preamble.

        "AGSA" has the meaning given in the Preamble.

        "Blackout Period" has the meaning given in Section 2.7(c).

        "Block Trade" means an offering or sale of Registrable Securities by any Holder on an underwritten basis (whether firm commitment or otherwise) without substantial marketing efforts prior to pricing and is commonly known as a "block trade", including a same day trade, overnight trade or similar transaction.

        "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

        "Business Combination Agreement" has the meaning given in the Recitals.

        "Business Day" means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in New York, New York, or Luxembourg City, Luxembourg are required or authorized by law to be closed for business.

        "Change in Control" means: (a) a sale, lease, license or other disposition, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a merger, consolidation or other business combination of the Company resulting in any Person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof) (other than AGSA or any of its Affiliates) acquiring at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or the surviving Person outstanding immediately after such combination; or (c) any Person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof) (other than AGSA or any of its Affiliates) obtaining beneficial ownership (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of the voting stock of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directors of the Company.

        "Claims" has the meaning given in Section 4.1(a).

        "Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Commission Guidance" means (a) any publicly-available written or oral guidance of the Commission staff, or any comments, requirements or requests of the Commission staff and (b) the Securities Act.

        "Company" has the meaning given in the Preamble.

        "Company Shelf Take Down Notice" has the meaning given in Section 2.1(c).

        "Company Warrants" has the meaning given in the Recitals.

2


        "Demand Registration" has the meaning given in Section 2.2(a).

        "Demanding Holder" means, as applicable, (a) the applicable Holders making a written demand for the Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or (b) the applicable Holders making a written demand for a Shelf Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

        "Effectiveness Deadline" has the meaning given in Section 2.1(a).

        "Exchange Act" means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        "Exempted Registration Statement" means a Registration Statement (a) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, including a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or similar successor form), (b) for an exchange offer or offering of securities, including a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or F-4 (or similar successor forms), (c) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company, (d) for a dividend reinvestment plan, or (e) filed pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

        "Form F-1 Shelf" has the meaning given in Section 2.1(a).

        "Form F-3 Shelf" has the meaning given in Section 2.1(b).

        "Founder Shares" has the meaning given in the Recitals.

        "GHV" has the meaning given in the Recitals.

        "GHV Warrant Lock-up Period" means the period ending 30 days after the date hereof.

        "GHV Warrants" has the meaning given in the Recitals.

        "Gores Holders" has the meaning given in the Preamble.

        "Holders" has the meaning given in the Preamble.

        "Maximum Number of Securities" has the meaning given in Section 2.2(d).

        "MergeCo" has the meaning given in the Recitals.

        "Minimum Amount" has the meaning given in Section 2.1(c).

        "Misstatement" means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

        "Permitted Transferee" means a person or entity to whom a Holder is permitted to Transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Share Lock-up Period or GHV Warrant Lock-up Period, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.2.

        "Piggyback Registration" has the meaning given in Section 2.4(a).

        "Prospectus" means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

        "Registrable Security" means (a) any outstanding Shares or any other equity security (including the Private Placement Warrants and including Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of any other equity security) held by a Holder as of the date of this Agreement or hereafter acquired by a Holder upon the exercise of any GHV Warrants and any Shares issued or issuable as Contingent Consideration, and (b) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to any such Share referred to in the foregoing clause (a) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in

3


connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (ii) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for such securities not bearing (or book entry positions not subject to) a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (iii) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; or (iv) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction.

        "Registration" means a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

        "Registration Expenses" means the out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including the following:

            (a)   all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the United States Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) and any securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed;

            (b)   fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with "blue sky" qualifications of Registrable Securities);

            (c)   printing, messenger, telephone, delivery and reasonable road show or other reasonable marketing expenses;

            (d)   reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company;

            (e)   reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and

            (f)    reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) legal counsel selected by either (i) the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders (and any local or foreign counsel) initiating a Demand Registration or Shelf Underwritten Offering (including a Block Trade), or (ii) of a majority-in-interest of participating Holders under Section 2.4 if the Registration was initiated by the Company for its own account or that of a Company stockholder other than pursuant to rights under this Agreement, in each case to be registered for offer and sale in the applicable Registration.

        "Registration Statement" means any registration statement that covers the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

        "Removed Shares" has the meaning given in Section 2.6.

        "Requesting Holder" has the meaning given in Section 2.2(a).

        "Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933.

        "Share Lock-up Period" means the period ending 180 days following the date hereof.

        "Shelf Take Down Notice" has the meaning given in Section 2.1(c).

        "Shelf Underwritten Offering" has the meaning given in Section 2.1(c).

4


        "Sponsor" has the meaning given in the Preamble.

        "Subscription Agreements" means those certain subscription agreements dated February [    ·    ], 2021 by and between the Company and certain subscribers to Shares.

        "Transactions" has the meaning given in the Recitals.

        "Transfer" means to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition of, any interest owned by a person or any interest (including a beneficial interest) in, or the ownership, control or possession of, any interest owned by a person.

        "Underwriter" means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering and not as part of such dealer's market-making activities.

        "Underwritten Offering" means a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.


ARTICLE II
REGISTRATIONS

        Section 2.1    Shelf Registration.     

            (a)   The Company shall, as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the date hereof, file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act to permit the public resale by the Holders of all the Registrable Securities held by the Holders from time to time as permitted by Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar provision adopted by the Commission then in effect) on the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.1(a) and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but in no event later than sixty (60) calendar days following the filing deadline (the "Effectiveness Deadline"); provided that the Effectiveness Deadline shall be extended to ninety (90) calendar days after the filing deadline if the Registration Statement is reviewed by, and receives comments from, the Commission. The Registration Statement filed with the Commission pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) shall be on a shelf registration statement on Form F-1 (a "Form F-1 Shelf") or such other form of registration statement as is then available to effect a registration for resale of such Registrable Securities, covering such Registrable Securities, and shall contain a Prospectus in such form as to permit any Holder to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar provision adopted by the Commission then in effect) at any time beginning on the effective date for such Registration Statement. A Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) shall provide for the resale pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, the Holders. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) to remain effective, and to be supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that such Registration Statement is available or, if not available, that another Registration Statement is available, for the resale of all the Registrable Securities held by the Holders until all such Registrable Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities. When effective, a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) (including the documents incorporated therein by reference) will comply as to form in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which such statement is made).

5


            (b)   The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to convert the Form F-1 Shelf filed pursuant to Section 2.1(a) to a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 (a "Form F-3 Shelf") as promptly as practicable after the Company is eligible to use a Form F-3 Shelf and have the Form F-3 Shelf declared effective as promptly as practicable and to cause such Form F-3 Shelf to remain effective, and to be supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that such Registration Statement is available or, if not available, that another Registration Statement is available, for the resale of all the Registrable Securities held by the Holders until all such Registrable Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities.

            (c)   Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.7(a), at any time and from time to time following the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement required by Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b), each of the Sponsor or AGSA may request to sell all or a portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to such shelf registration statement, including a Block Trade (a "Shelf Underwritten Offering") provided that the Sponsor or AGSA, as the case may be, (i) reasonably expects to sell Registrable Securities yielding aggregate gross proceeds in excess of 50,000,000 from such Shelf Underwritten Offering or (ii) reasonably expects to sell all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder in such Shelf Underwritten Offering (the amount of Registrable Securities pursuant to the foregoing clause (i) or (ii), as applicable, the "Minimum Amount"). All requests for a Shelf Underwritten Offering shall be made by giving written notice to the Company (the "Shelf Take Down Notice"). Each Shelf Takedown Notice shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Shelf Underwritten Offering and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Shelf Underwritten Offering. Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of any Shelf Take Down Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such requested Shelf Underwritten Offering to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the "Company Shelf Takedown Notice") and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(d) shall include in such Shelf Underwritten Offering all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein, within five (5) Business Days after sending the Company Shelf Takedown Notice, or, in the case of a Block Trade, as provided in Section 2.5. The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement in a form as is customary in Underwritten Offerings of securities by the Company with the managing Underwriter or Underwriters selected by the Holders and reasonably acceptable to the Company and shall take all such other reasonable actions as are requested by the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. In connection with any Shelf Underwritten Offering contemplated by this Section 2.1(c), subject to Section 3.3 and Article IV, the underwriting agreement into which each Holder and the Company shall enter shall contain such representations, covenants, indemnities and other rights and obligations as are customary in underwritten offerings of securities by the Company. Any Shelf Underwritten Offering effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be counted as a Registration for purposes of the limit on the number of Registrations that can be effected under Section 2.2.


        Section 2.2
    Demand Registration.     

            (a)   Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7, at any time and from time to time on or after the date hereof, each of (i) the Gores Holders of at least a majority in interest of the then-outstanding number of Registrable Securities held by the Gores Holders (the "Gores Demanding Holders"), and (ii) AGSA (together with the Gores Demanding Holders, the "Demanding Holders"), may make a written demand for Registration of all or part of their Registrable Securities on (1) Form F-1 or (2) if available, Form F-3, which in the case of either clause (1) or (2), may be a shelf registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which written demand shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such Registration and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof (such written demand a "Demand Registration"). The Company shall,

6


    promptly following the Company's receipt of a Demand Registration, notify, in writing all other Holders of Registrable Securities of such demand, and each Holder of Registrable Securities who thereafter wishes to include all or a portion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration (each such Holder that includes all or a portion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in such Registration, a "Requesting Holder") shall so notify the Company, in writing, within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent a Requesting Holder also separately possesses Demand Registration rights pursuant to this Section 2.2, but is not the Holder who exercises such Demand Registration rights, the exercise by such Requesting Holder of its rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not count as the exercise by it of one of its Demand Registration rights. Upon receipt by the Company of any such written notification from a Requesting Holder(s) to the Company, subject to Section 2.2(d), such Requesting Holder(s) shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration and the Company shall effect, as soon thereafter as practicable, the Registration of all Registrable Securities requested by the Demanding Holders and Requesting Holders pursuant to such Demand Registration.

            (b)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.2(a) or any other part of this Agreement, a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration shall not count as a Registration unless and until (i) the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration has been declared effective by the Commission and (ii) the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, further, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, an offering of Registrable Securities in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration is subsequently interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission, federal or state court or any other governmental agency, the Registration Statement with respect to such Registration shall be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (1) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (2) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating such Demand Registration thereafter affirmatively elect to continue with such Registration and accordingly notify the Company in writing, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the removal, rescission or other termination of such stop order or injunction, of such election; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated or required to file another Registration Statement until the Registration Statement that has been previously filed with respect to a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration by the same Demand Holder becomes effective or is subsequently terminated.

            (c)   Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(d) and Section 2.7, if a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so advise the Company as part of their Demand Registration that the offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, then the right of such Demanding Holder or Requesting Holder (if any) to include its Registrable Securities in such Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. All such Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through an Underwritten Offering under this Section 2.2(c), subject to Section 3.3 and Article IV, shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Company and the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating the Demand Registration, which Underwriter(s) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

7


            (d)   If a Demand Registration is to be an Underwritten Offering and the managing Underwriter or Underwriters, in good faith, advises the Company, the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) in writing that, in its opinion, the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell for its own account and the Shares, if any, as to which a Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other stockholders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in such Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the "Maximum Number of Securities"), then the Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering, as follows: (i) first, the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the total amount of Registrable Securities held by each such Demanding Holder and Requesting Holder (if any) (such proportion is referred to herein as "Pro Rata")) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell for its own account, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Shares or other equity securities of other persons or entities that the Company is obligated to register in a Registration pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.


        Section 2.3
    Withdrawal of Securities.     A Demanding Holder or a Requesting Holder shall have the right to withdraw all or a portion of its Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or a Shelf Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.1(c) for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of its intention to so withdraw at any time prior to (i) in the case of a Demand Registration not involving an Underwritten Offering, the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement or (ii) in the case of any Demand Registration involving an Underwritten Offering or any Shelf Underwritten Offering, prior to the pricing of such Underwritten Offering or Shelf Underwritten Offering; provided, however, that upon withdrawal by a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating a Demand Registration (or in the case of a Shelf Underwritten Offering, withdrawal of an amount of Registrable Securities included by the Holders in such Shelf Underwritten Offering, in their capacity as Demanding Holders, being less than the Minimum Amount), the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement or complete the Underwritten Offering, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration or a Shelf Underwritten Offering prior to and including its withdrawal under this Section 2.3.


        Section 2.4
    Piggyback Registration.     

            (a)   If the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of the Company (or by the Company and by the stockholders of the Company including pursuant to Section 2.2), other than an Exempted Registration Statement, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than twenty (20) days (or, in the case of a Block

8


    Trade, five (5) Business Days) before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement, which notice shall (i) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution (including whether such registration will be pursuant to a shelf registration statement), and the proposed price and name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, (ii) such Holders' rights under this Section 2.4 and (iii) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of such written notice (or in the case of a Block Trade, within two (2) Business Days) (such Registration a "Piggyback Registration"). The Company shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities identified in a Holder's response noticed described in the foregoing sentence to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering, if any, to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4(a) to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company or Company stockholder(s) for whose account the Registration Statement is to be filed included in such Registration and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All such Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through an Underwritten Offering under this Section 2.4(a), subject to Section 3.3 and Article IV, shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the Company or Company stockholder(s) for whose account the Registration Statement is to be filed. For purposes of this Section 2.4, the filing by the Company of an automatic shelf registration statement for offerings pursuant to Rule 415(a) that omits information with respect to any specific offering pursuant to Rule 430B shall not trigger any notification or participation rights hereunder until such time as the Company amends or supplements such Registration Statement to include information with respect to a specific offering of Securities (and such amendment or supplement shall trigger the notice and participation rights provided for in this Section 2.4).

            (b)   If a Piggyback Registration is to be an Underwritten Offering and the managing Underwriter or Underwriters, in good faith, advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that, in its opinion, the dollar amount or number of the Shares that the Company desires to sell, taken together with (x) the Shares, if any, as to which Registration has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (y) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant Section 2.4, and (z) the Shares, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

                (i)  if the Registration is undertaken for the Company's account, the Company shall include in any such Registration (1) first, the Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell for its own account, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities, (2) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (1), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.4(a), Pro Rata, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities and (3) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), the Shares, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and

9


               (ii)  if the Registration is pursuant to a request by persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, then the Company shall include in any such Registration (1) first, the Shares or other equity securities, if any, of such requesting persons or entities, other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities, (2) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (1), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.4(a), Pro Rata, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities, (3) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), the Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell for its own account, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities and (4) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3), the Shares or other equity securities for the account of other persons or entities that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons or entities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

            (c)   Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw such Registrable Securities from such Piggyback Registration prior to (i) in the case of a Piggyback Registration not involving an Unwritten Offering or Shelf Underwritten Offering, the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement or (ii), in the case of any Piggyback Registration involving an Underwritten Offering or any Shelf Underwritten Offering, prior to the pricing of such Underwritten Offering or Shelf Underwritten Offering. The Company (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to and including its withdrawal under this Section 2.4(c).

            (d)   For purposes of clarity, any Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.4 shall not be counted as a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration effected under Section 2.2 or a Shelf Underwritten Offering effected under Section 2.1(c).


        Section 2.5
    Block Trades.     Subject to Section 2.7, if the Holders desire to effect a Block Trade, then notwithstanding any other time periods in this Article II, the Holders shall provide written notice to the Company at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date such Block Trade will commence. As expeditiously as possible, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Block Trade. The Holders shall use reasonable best efforts to work with the Company and the Underwriters (including by disclosing the maximum number of Registrable Securities proposed to be the subject of such Block Trade) in order to facilitate preparation of the Registration Statement, Prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Block Trade and any related due diligence and comfort procedures. In the event of a Block Trade, and after consultation with the Company, the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) shall determine the Maximum Number of Securities, the underwriter or underwriters and share price of such offering.


        Section 2.6
    Rule 415; Removal.     If at any time the Commission takes the position that the offering of some or all of the Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed pursuant to this Article II is not eligible to be made on a delayed or continuous basis under the provisions of Rule 415 under the Securities Act (provided, however, the Company shall be obligated to

10


use diligent efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the Commission Guidance, including Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 612.09) or requires a Holder to be named as an "underwriter," the Company shall (a) promptly notify each holder of Registrable Securities thereof (or in the case of the Commission requiring a Holder to be named as an "underwriter," the Holder) and (b) use reasonable best efforts to persuade the SEC that the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is a valid secondary offering and not an offering "by or on behalf of the issuer" as defined in Rule 415 and that none of the Holders is an "underwriter." The Holders shall have the right to select one legal counsel designated by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to such Registration Statement to review and oversee any registration or matters pursuant to this Section 2.6, including participation in any meetings or discussions with the Commission regarding the Commission's position and to comment on any written submission made to the Commission with respect thereto. No such written submission with respect to this matter shall be made to the Commission to which the applicable Holders' counsel reasonably objects. In the event that, despite the Company's reasonable best efforts and compliance with the terms of this Section 2.6, the Commission refuses to alter its position, the Company shall (a) remove from such Registration Statement such portion of the Registrable Securities (the "Removed Shares") or (b) agree to such restrictions and limitations on the registration and resale of the Registrable Securities as the Commission may require to assure the Company's compliance with the requirements of Rule 415; provided, however, that the Company shall not agree to name any Holder as an "underwriter" in such Registration Statement without the prior written consent of such Holder. In the event of a share removal pursuant to this Section 2.6, the Company shall give the applicable Holders at least five (5) days prior written notice along with the calculations as to such Holder's allotment. Subject to the Company's obligations under the Subscription Agreements, any removal of shares of the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall first be applied to Holders other than the Holders with securities registered for resale under the applicable Registration Statement and thereafter allocated between the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities held by the Holders. In the event of a share removal of the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.6, the Company shall promptly register the resale of any Removed Shares pursuant to Section 2.1(b). In the case of a Form F-1 Shelf filed to register the resale of Removed Shares, upon such date as the Company becomes eligible to register all of the Removed Shares for resale on a Form F-3 Shelf pursuant to the Commission Guidance and, if applicable, without a requirement that any of the Holders be named as an "underwriter" therein, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file a Form F-3 Shelf as promptly as practicable to replace the applicable Form F-1 Shelf and have the Form F-3 Shelf declared effective as promptly as practicable and to cause such Form F-3 Shelf to remain effective, and to be supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that such Registration Statement is available or, if not available, that another Registration Statement is available, for the resale of all the Registrable Securities thereunder held by the applicable Holders until all such Registrable Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities.


        Section 2.7
    Restrictions on Registration and Block Trade Rights; Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure.     

            (a)   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will the Gores Holders be entitled, on a collective basis, to initiate more than an aggregate of three (3) Registrations pursuant to a Demand Registration or a Shelf Underwritten Offering (including a Block Trade) under Section 2.1(c) (including with respect to a Block Trade) or Section 2.2(a), as the case may be; provided, however, that a Registration shall not be counted for such purposes unless a Registration Statement that may be available at such time has become effective.

            (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, or in the opinion of counsel for the Company it is necessary to supplement or amend such Prospectus to

11


    comply with law, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement or including the information counsel for the Company believes to be necessary to comply with law (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice such that the Registration Statement or Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, as applicable, will not include a Misstatement and complies with law), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.7(b).

            (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to (i) effect any Demand Registration or Underwritten Offering or (ii) file a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or effect an Underwritten Offering (or, if the Company has filed a Registration Statement that includes Registrable Securities, the Company shall be entitled to suspend the offer and sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement) for a period of up to forty-five (45) days if the Company has determined that the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant a Registration Statement would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company's control (any such period, a "Blackout Period"); provided, however, that in no event shall any Blackout Period together with other Blackout Periods exceed an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any twelve (12)-month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under this Section 2.7(c), the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of any Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.7(c). The Holders receiving notice of a Blackout Period (and the expiration thereof) shall maintain the confidentiality of the existence (and circumstances, to the extent known) of a Blackout Period. In connection with any notice of a Blackout Period, the Company may not deliver any material non-public information, and, for avoidance of doubt, solely the receipt of notice of a Blackout Period without additional information shall not constitute material non-public information.


ARTICLE III
COMPANY PROCEDURES

        Section 3.1    General Procedures.     If the Company is required to effect the Registration of Registrable Securities, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

            (a)   prepare and file with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;

            (b)   prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus as may be required by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended method of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

12


            (c)   prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders' legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

            (d)   prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, but in any case no later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, use its reasonable best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended method of distribution) may reasonably request and to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect and (ii) take such action as may be necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company or otherwise and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

            (e)   cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are then listed no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

            (f)    provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

            (g)   furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement such number of conformed copies of such Registration Statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus and any summary Prospectus) and any other Prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request;

            (h)   advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or Prospectus the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus or prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued, as applicable;

            (i)    advise each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any Prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

13


            (j)    notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or the existence of any condition as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, or in the opinion of counsel for the Company it is necessary to supplement or amend such Prospectus to comply with law, and then to correct such Misstatement or include such information as is necessary to comply with law, in each case as set forth in Section 2.7, at the request of any such Holder promptly prepare and furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities, such Prospectus shall not include a Misstatement or such Prospectus, as supplemented or amended, shall comply with law;

            (k)   make available for inspection, at such place and in such manner as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, permit a representative of the Holders, the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter access to the Company's books and records and such opportunities to discuss the business, finances and accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries with its officers, directors and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinion of such Holders' and such Underwriters' respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, and will cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that (i) if requested by the Company, such representatives, Holders or Underwriters enter into a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information and (ii) any records, information or documents that are furnished by the Company and that are non-public shall be used only in connection with the Registration;

            (l)    obtain a "comfort" letter from the Company's independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by "comfort" letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders and any Underwriter;

            (m)  on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters;

            (n)   in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter of such offering;

            (o)   otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and to make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve (12) months which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission); and

            (p)   use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary "road show" presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in any Underwritten Offering.

14



        Section 3.2
    Registration Expenses.     The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters' commissions and discounts, brokerage fees and, other than as set forth in the definition of "Registration Expenses," all fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders. In addition, the Company will pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance obtained by the Company and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange.


        Section 3.3
    Participation in Underwritten Offerings.     

            (a)   No person may participate in any Underwritten Offering for equity securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Company hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Company and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

            (b)   The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that no Underwriter shall require any Holder to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the Underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and such Holder's intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law, and if, despite the Company's reasonable best efforts, an Underwriter requires any Holder to make additional representation or warranties to or agreements with such Underwriter, such Holder may elect not to participate in such Underwritten Offering (but shall not have any claims against the Company as a result of such election). Any liability of such Holder to any Underwriter or other person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that it derives from such registration.


        Section 3.4
    Covenants of the Company. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, the Company hereby covenants and agrees:     

            (a)   the Company will not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein with the Commission which refers to any Holder of Registrable Securities by name or otherwise without the prior written approval of such Holder, which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

            (b)   at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Shares held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission), including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements; and

            (c)   promptly following the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement required by Section 2.1(a), the Company shall cause the transfer agent to remove any restrictive legends (including any electronic transfer restrictions) from Shares or GHV Warrants held by such Holder

15


    and provide or cause any customary opinions of counsel to be delivered to the transfer agent in connection with such removal.


ARTICLE IV
INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

        Section 4.1    Indemnification.     

            (a)   The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, partners, stockholders or members, employees, agents, investment advisors and each person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act and Exchange Act) from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys' fees), joint or several (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) (collectively, "Claims"), to which any such Holder or other persons may become subject, insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based on any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such Holder or other person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim; except insofar as the Claim or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such filing in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein. The Company shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act and Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to the indemnification of the Holder.

            (b)   In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement, the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from such Holder, to indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and agents and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act and Exchange Act) from and against any Claims, to which any the Company or such other persons may become subject, insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based on any untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act and Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of the Company and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that no Underwriter shall require any Holder of Registrable Securities to provide any indemnification other than that provided hereinabove in this Section 4.1(b), and, if, despite the Company's reasonable best efforts, an Underwriter requires any Holder of Registrable Securities to provide additional indemnification, such Holder may elect not to participate in such Underwritten Offering (but shall not have any claim against the Company as a result of such election).

16


            (c)   Any person entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any Claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person's right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such Claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one (1) counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) and which settlement includes a statement or admission of fault or culpability on the part of such indemnified party or does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

            (d)   The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, partners, stockholders or members, employees, agents, investment advisors or controlling person of such indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of Registrable Securities.

            (e)   If the indemnification provided under Section 4.1 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Claims, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Claims (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Registrable Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (ii) above but also to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Claims, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder or any director, officer, employee, agent, investment advisor or controlling person thereof under this Section 4.1(e) shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.1(a), Section 4.1(b) and Section 4.1(c) above, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 4.1(e). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1(e) from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

17



ARTICLE V
LOCK-UP

        Section 5.1    Transfer Restrictions.     Except for a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee as permitted by Section 5.2, (a) during the Share Lock-Up Period, AGSA shall not Transfer any Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by AGSA, (b) during the Share Lock-up Period, no Gores Holder shall Transfer any Founder Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by such Holder, and (c) during the GHV Warrant Lock-up Period, no Gores Holder shall Transfer any GHV Warrants or any of the Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of such GHV Warrants beneficially owned or owned of record by such Holder.


        Section 5.2
    Exceptions.     The provisions of Section 5.1 shall not apply to:

            (a)   transactions relating to Shares acquired in open market transactions;

            (b)   Transfers of Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares as a bona fide gift;

            (c)   Transfers by a Holder of Shares to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes for the primary benefit of the spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild of such Holder or any other person with whom such Holder has a relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin;

            (d)   Transfers by a Holder by will or intestate succession upon the death of such Holder;

            (e)   Transfer of Shares pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

            (f)    if a Holder is a corporation, partnership (whether general, limited or otherwise), limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (i) Transfers by such Holder to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control or management with such Holder, (ii) distributions of Shares to partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of such Holder;

            (g)   transfers upon dissolution of a Holder;

            (h)   Transfers by a Holder to its officers, directors or Affiliates;

            (i)    pledges of Shares or other Registrable Securities as security or collateral in connection with any borrowing or the incurrence of any indebtedness by a Holder (provided such borrowing or incurrence of indebtedness is secured by a portfolio of assets or equity interests issued by multiple issuers);

            (j)    Transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, stock sale, recapitalization, consolidation or other transaction involving a Change in Control, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Shares subject to this Agreement shall remain subject to this Agreement; and

            (k)   Transfers by AGSA or its Affiliates in one transaction or a series of related transactions under which Shares held by AGSA or its Permitted Transferees are exchanged with its securityholders for securities issued by AGSA, provided that AGSA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consult with the Sponsor prior to taking such action or entering into any definitive agreement with respect to such action; provided, that in the case of any Transfer or distribution pursuant to Section 5.2(b) through Section 5.2(h), each donee, distributee or other transferee shall agree in writing, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement in the same manner as the transferring Holder.

18



ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 6.1    Notices.     All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered (a) in person or (b) by e-mail or other means of electronic transmission (so long as confirmation of transmission is electronically or mechanically generated or sent and kept on file by the sending party, and no "bounceback" or notice of non-delivery is received), and the sender may, in its sole discretion, deliver a copy by mail (postage prepaid) or by an internationally-recognized courier service (postage prepaid). Notices shall be given to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 6.1).

(a)   If to the Company or AGSA:

 

 

56, Rue Charles Martel
L-2134 Luxembourg
Luxembourg
    Attention:   Hermanus Troskie
Torsten Schoen
    Email:   herman.troskie@maitlandgroup.com
torsten.schoen@ardaghgroup.com

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

Shearman & Sterling, LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022-6069
    Attention:   Clare O'Brien
Alain Dermarkar
    Email:   cobrien@shearman.com
alain.dermarkar@shearman.com

            (b)   If to any Gores Holder, to such Holder's address as set forth on the signature page hereto.


        Section 6.2
    Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.     

            (a)   This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part.

            (b)   Prior to the expiration of the Share Lock-up Period or the GHV Warrant Lock-up Period, as the case may be, no Holder may assign or delegate such Holder's rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except in connection with a transfer of Registrable Securities by such Holder to a Permitted Transferee (but subject to such Permitted Transferee, if required pursuant to Section 5.2, agreeing in writing, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement).

            (c)   This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the applicable Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.

            (d)   This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and this Section 6.2.

            (e)   No assignment by any party hereto of such party's rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until the Company shall have

19


    received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 6.1 and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement). Any Transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 6.2 shall be null and void.


        Section 6.3
    Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall thereby be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any party hereto may execute and deliver signed counterparts of this Agreement to the other Parties by electronic mail or other electronic transmission in portable document format (.PDF) or any other electronic signature complying with the United States ESIGN Act of 2000 (including www.docusign.com), each of which shall be deemed an original.


        Section 6.4
    Governing Law.     This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except to the extent mandatorily governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg), without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of laws of another jurisdiction.


        Section 6.5
    Jurisdiction.     In any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated herein: (a) each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (unless the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over the matter, in which case the United States District Court for the District of Delaware); (b) each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives and agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; and (c) each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (unless the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction over the matter, in which case the United States District Court for the District of Delaware).


        Section 6.6
    WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.     TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES (AND SHALL CAUSE ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES TO WAIVE) THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY IN CONNECTION HEREWITH. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE OTHER PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND (B) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THAT FOREGOING WAIVER.


        Section 6.7
    Severability.     If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable

20


manner in order that the transactions contemplated herein be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.


        Section 6.8
    Modification or Amendment.     Upon the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities at the time in question, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of Shares or other Registrable Securities, in a manner that is adverse and different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected, (b) any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects the Gores Holders solely in their capacity as Gores Holders in a manner that is adverse and different from the other Holders, shall require the consent of a majority-in-interest of the then-outstanding number of Registrable Securities held by the Gores Holders. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.


        Section 6.9
    Other Registration Rights.     Other than pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreements, the Company represents and warrants that no person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company for sale or to include such securities of the Company in any Registration filed by the Company for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person. Further, the Company represents and warrants that this Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement with similar terms and conditions among the parties thereto and in the event of a conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.


        Section 6.10
    Term.     This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of the date as of which (a) all of the Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to a Registration Statement (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission)) or (b) as to any Holder individually, such Holder is permitted to sell all of such Holder's Registrable Securities under Rule 144 (or any similar provision) under the Securities Act without limitation on the amount of securities sold or the manner of sale and the reporting requirements of Rule 144(i)(2) are not applicable or has otherwise sold all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder. The provisions of Article IV shall survive any termination to the extent related to a Claim arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.


        Section 6.11
    Interpretation.     The parties hereto have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. If an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Whenever the words "include", "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation." Words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise. Reference to any law means such law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or re-enacted, in whole or in part, from time to time, including rules, regulations, enforcement procedures and any interpretations promulgated thereunder. Underscored references to Articles or Sections shall refer to those portions of this Agreement, and any underscored references to a clause shall, unless otherwise identified, refer to the appropriate clause within the same Section in which such reference occurs. The headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation

21


of this Agreement. The use of the terms "hereunder", "hereof", "hereto" and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause of this Agreement. The word "or" is not exclusive and is deemed to have the meaning "and/or" unless expressly indicated otherwise. Any reference to "days" means calendar days unless Business Days are expressly specified. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, and if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the period shall end on the immediately following Business Day. References to "writing", "written" and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns.

[The Remainder of This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank]

22


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

    COMPANY:

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

        Name:    
        Title:    

[Signature Page to Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement]


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

    GORES HOLDERS:

 

 

GORES SPONSOR V LLC,

 

 

By:

 

 

        By:   AEG Holdings, LLC
        Its:   Managing Member
        Name:   Alec Gores
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer
        Address:    

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Founder Shares Owned:
GHV Warrants Owned:

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:   Randall Bort
        Address:    

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Founder Shares Owned:
GHV Warrants Owned:

 

 

By:

 

 

        Name:   William Patton
        Address:    

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Founder Shares Owned:
GHV Warrants Owned:

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:   Jeffrey Rea
        Address:    

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Founder Shares Owned:
GHV Warrants Owned:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement]


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

    ARDAGH GROUP S.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

        Name:    
        Title:    

[Signature Page to Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement]



Exhibit C

Form of Shareholders Agreement

1



FINAL FORM

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

        This Shareholders Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of [    ·    ], 2021 (the "Effective Date"), by and between Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B160804 ("AGSA"), and Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B251465 ("AMPSA"). AGSA and AMPSA are referred to herein individually as a "Party" and together as the "Parties".

        WHEREAS, pursuant to a Transfer Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and between AMPSA and AGSA, AGSA and its Subsidiaries, in a series of related transactions described therein and in that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and among AGSA, AMPSA, Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "BCA"), contributed or transferred to one or more Subsidiaries of AMPSA all the issued and outstanding equity interests of the AMP Entities (the "AMP Transfer");

        WHEREAS, following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the BCA, AGSA holds approximately eighty-one percent (81%) of the issued and outstanding Shares; and

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the BCA, AMPSA and AGSA are entering into this Agreement to provide for, among other things, certain governance matters related to AMPSA.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        Section 1.1 Definitions.    Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

        "Action" means any civil, criminal, administrative, disciplinary or other action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, claim, demand, litigation, prosecution, contest, investigation, inquiry, hearing, inquest, complaint, dispute or other legal recourse, including any arbitration tribunal, in each case, by or before a Governmental Authority.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such Person at such time.

        "AGSA Group" means AGSA and its Affiliates; provided that for purposes of this definition, AGSA Group shall not include AMPSA or any of its Subsidiaries.

        "Board" means the board of directors of AMPSA.

        "Business Day" means any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which commercial banks in Luxembourg City, Luxembourg, or New York, New York, are authorized or required by legal requirements to close.

        "Control" (including the terms "Controlled by" and "under common Control with") means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities as a trustee, by contract, or otherwise.


        "Controlled Company Eligible" means qualifying as a controlled company under the listing rules of the NYSE.

        "Exchange Act" means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

        "Governing Documents" means, with respect to AMPSA and any of its Subsidiaries, collectively, such Person's articles of association, memorandum of association or other similar governing instruments required by the Laws of its jurisdiction of formation or organization.

        "Governmental Authority" means any U.S. or non-U.S. national, federal, state, local, supranational, regional, or provincial government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative or regulatory agency, board, bureau, arbitrator, tribunal, or arbitral body or commission or other national, state, local, supranational, regional or provincial governmental authority or instrumentality entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power.

        "Governmental Order" means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award, in each case, entered by any Governmental Authority.

        "IFRS" means the International Financial Reporting Standards and related interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

        "Law" means any U.S. or non-U.S. national, federal, state, provincial, local or supranational law (including common law), statute, code, Governmental Order, consent decree, doctrine, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty or other legal requirement of any Governmental Authority.

        "Necessary Action" means, with respect to a specified result set forth in this Agreement, any action that is necessary or advisable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to cause such specified result, including: (a) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Shares; (b) causing the adoption of amendments to the Governing Documents; (c) executing agreements and instruments relating to such specified result; and (d) making, or causing to be made, with any Governmental Authority, all filings, registrations or similar actions, in each case of the foregoing, that are in connection with causing such specified result.

        "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange.

        "PCAOB" means the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and any division or subdivision thereof.

        "Person" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Authority.

        "Representative" means, with respect to any Person, such Person's Affiliates and its and their respective professional advisors, directors, officers, members, managers, stockholders, partners, employees, agents and authorized representatives.

        "Shares" means shares of AMPSA, par value of EUR 0.01 each.

        "Subsidiary" of any Person means another Person, of which at least a majority of the outstanding securities or ownership interests having, by their terms, ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions, is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such first Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries.


ARTICLE II
BOARD MATTERS; APPROVAL RIGHTS

        SECTION 2.1 Board Composition.

2


        (a)   As of the Effective Date, the authorized number of directors of the Board (each, a "Director") shall be eleven (11), of which (i) nine (9) of the Directors shall be appointed upon proposal for nomination by AGSA (the "AGSA Directors") and (ii) two (2) Directors shall be appointed upon proposal for nomination by Gores Sponsor V LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor") pursuant to the terms of the BCA. At least three (3) of the Directors nominated by AGSA shall satisfy the independence requirements of the NYSE.

        (b)   In accordance with AMPSA's Governing Documents, the Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes of Directors designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly equal as possible, of one third (1/3) of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board. The Class I Directors, including the two Directors designated by the Sponsor, shall serve for a one (1)-year term of office, the Class II Directors shall serve for a two (2)-year term of office, and the Class III Directors shall serve for a three (3)-year term of office. At each succeeding annual general meeting of AMPSA, successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a three (3)-year term of office.

        SECTION 2.2 AGSA Representation.

        (a)   For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds a number of Shares representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the Shares then issued and outstanding (the "AGSA Group Requisite Ownership"), AMPSA shall take all Necessary Action to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as Directors at each applicable annual or special general meeting at which Directors are to be elected such number of individuals nominated by AGSA so that if elected, there will be a number of AGSA Directors at least proportional to the number of Shares then owned by AGSA.

        (b)   If at any time the AGSA Group collectively holds a number of Shares representing less than the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership such that the rights set forth in Section 2.2(a) no longer apply, then any Director previously nominated by AGSA and then serving on the Board shall be entitled to serve for the remainder of his or her term as a Class I, Class II or Class III Director, as applicable, and shall not be required to resign from the Board prior to the expiration of such term.

        SECTION 2.3 Chairperson.    For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, the AGSA Directors shall have the right to designate the Chairperson of the Board, who as of the Effective Date shall be Mr. Paul R. Coulson. The Chairperson may, but is not required to be, an AGSA Director.

        SECTION 2.4 Committee Representation.    For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, the AGSA Directors shall have the right to appoint a number of AGSA Directors to serve on each Committee of the Board that is proportional to the number of Shares AGSA then owns.

        SECTION 2.5 Vacancies and Removal.    AGSA shall have the exclusive right to request the removal of any AGSA Director from the Board, and AMPSA shall take all Necessary Action to cause the removal of any AGSA Director at the request of AGSA. AGSA shall have the exclusive right to appoint or nominate for election, as the case may be, to the Board a Director to fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of any then-serving AGSA Director or the Chairperson of the Board, and AMPSA shall take all Necessary Action to cause any such vacancies to be filled by replacement Directors nominated by AGSA as promptly as reasonably practicable.

        SECTION 2.6 Board Meetings.    The Parties intend that all meetings of the Board shall be held physically in Luxembourg with the directors participating in such meetings in accordance with AMPSA's Governing Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely to the extent necessary to minimize risk to the health and safety of the directors, meetings of the Board may be held solely by videoconference or teleconference in accordance with AMPSA's Governing Documents and the Laws of Luxembourg.

3


        SECTION 2.7 Board Meeting Expenses.    AMPSA shall pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including travel and lodging) incurred by each Director in the course of, and in connection with, his or her service as a Director, including in connection with attending regular and special meetings of the Board, any board of directors or board of managers of any of AMPSA's Subsidiaries or any of their respective committees.

        SECTION 2.8 Controlled Company Exception.    At all times at which AMPSA is Controlled Company Eligible, AMPSA shall take all Necessary Action to avail itself of all "controlled company" exemptions to the rules of the NYSE or any other exchange on which the Shares are then listed and shall comply with all requirements under Law (including Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K) and all disclosure requirements to take such actions.

        SECTION 2.9 Sharing of Information.    Each of AMPSA and AGSA agrees and acknowledges that the AGSA Directors may share confidential, non-public information about AMPSA and its Subsidiaries with members of the AGSA Group.

        SECTION 2.10 Certain Approvals.    For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds a number of Shares representing at least forty percent (40%) of the Shares then issued and outstanding, AMPSA will not undertake, or agree to undertake, whether directly or indirectly, any of the following actions without the prior written consent of AGSA; provided that to the extent such action requires shareholder consent or approval as a matter of Law, consent or approval given by AGSA for such purpose shall constitute consent for the purpose of this Section 2.10: (a) any transaction or series of related transactions that results in a direct or indirect sale (including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, transfer, sale or other business combination or similar transaction) of greater than forty percent (40%) of the property or assets, or greater than forty percent (40%) of the voting securities of, AMPSA (other than (i) pursuant to any offer to purchase securities made directly to the shareholders of AMPSA that is not approved by the Board, (ii) any merger or issuance of voting securities that does not result in a Person or group of Persons acting together that would constitute a "group" for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act becoming the holder of greater than forty percent (40%) of the voting securities of AMPSA, or (iii) any reorganization or recapitalization that does not violate clauses (b) or (c) of this Section 2.10); (b) any liquidation or dissolution (or the adoption of a plan of liquidation or dissolution) of AMPSA, except for a liquidation or dissolution (or the adoption of a plan of liquidation or dissolution) in connection with an involuntary case within the meaning of any bankruptcy or similar Law relating to insolvency; (c) any amendment to or modification of the Governing Documents of AMPSA that materially and adversely affects AGSA in its capacity as shareholder of AMPSA; (d) relocation of the corporate headquarters of AMPSA; (e) any change to AMPSA's corporate name; or (f) any corporate action that would have the effect of eliminating, or materially adversely affecting, any approval right to which AGSA is then entitled pursuant to clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 2.10.


ARTICLE III
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; ACCESS TO INFORMATION

        SECTION 3.1 Financial Statements.    For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, AMPSA shall deliver the following to AGSA:

        (a)   as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each monthly accounting period in each fiscal year; provided that with respect to the third (3rd) month of each fiscal quarter, such monthly report shall be delivered within forty-five (45) days after the end of such applicable fiscal quarter (or such earlier time, to the extent made available to the Board), unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of AMPSA for such monthly period and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such month, and unaudited consolidated balance sheets of AMPSA as of the end of such monthly period, which shall also set forth in each case

4


(unless expressly waived in writing by AGSA) comparisons to the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year and, if applicable, to budgeted amounts, all prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

        (b)   as soon as available, but in any event (i) within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarterly accounting period of AMPSA in each fiscal year, internally prepared draft quarterly financial statements, and (ii) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarterly accounting period of AMPSA in each fiscal year (A) the quarterly financial statements of AMPSA (in the forms to be publicly filed by it pursuant to applicable Law, if applicable), or (B) unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of AMPSA for such quarterly period and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such quarter and unaudited consolidated balance sheets of AMPSA as of the end of such quarterly period, which shall also set forth in each case (unless expressly waived in writing by AGSA) comparisons to the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year and, if applicable, to budgeted amounts, all prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, and shall be certified by a senior executive officer of AMPSA;

        (c)   as soon as available, but in any event (i) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year of AMPSA, internally prepared draft annual financial statements, and (ii) within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of AMPSA, (A) the annual financial statements of AMPSA (in the forms required to be publicly filed by it pursuant to applicable Law, if applicable), or (B) a consolidated balance sheet of AMPSA as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of AMPSA for such year, which shall also set forth in each case (unless expressly waived in writing by AGSA) comparisons to the preceding fiscal year and, if applicable, to budgeted amounts, all prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, and audited, for so long as AMPSA is required by applicable Law to provide such audited financial statements, in accordance with the auditing standards of the PCAOB; and

        (d)   with reasonable promptness, such other information and financial data concerning AMPSA and its Subsidiaries as any member of the AGSA Group may reasonably request by written inquiry or otherwise, in order to prepare financial or other reports required by applicable Law or as otherwise required in connection with the operation of the business of the AGSA Group or any debt or equity financing or refinancing transactions to be effected by any member of the AGSA Group.

        SECTION 3.2 Access to Information.

        (a)   For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, AMPSA shall permit representatives designated by the members of the AGSA Group, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to (i) visit and inspect any of the properties of AMPSA and its Subsidiaries, (ii) examine the corporate and financial records of AMPSA and its Subsidiaries and make copies thereof or extracts therefrom, and (iii) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of any such Persons with the Directors, officers, key employees and independent accountants of AMPSA and its Subsidiaries.

        (b)   For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, AMPSA shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide the members of the AGSA Group, in addition to other information that might be reasonably requested by written inquiry by the members of the AGSA Group from time to time (i) to the extent otherwise prepared by AMPSA, operating and capital expenditure budgets and periodic information packages relating to the operations and cash flows of AMPSA and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) access to the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or other executive officer of AMPSA from time to time at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to discuss AMPSA's annual business plan and operating budget.

5


        (c)   For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, each of AGSA and AMPSA, upon the reasonable request of the other Party, shall make available to the requesting Party all information, records and documents in its possession that may be relevant to any Tax Return, audit, examination, proceeding or determination with respect to Taxes of AMPSA or any of its Subsidiaries, or any member of the AGSA Group, as the case may be.

        SECTION 3.3 Other Information.    For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, AMPSA shall promptly provide the members of the AGSA Group with such information as reasonably required or requested by the AGSA Group in connection with any debt or equity financing or refinancing transactions to be effected by them or for purposes of their compliance with applicable Laws or stock exchange regulations.

        SECTION 3.4 Confidentiality.    AGSA shall not, and shall cause each member of the AGSA Group not to, disclose any confidential non-public information provided to AGSA or any other member of the AGSA Group, or to any AGSA Director, in each case, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to any Person outside of the AGSA Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any member of the AGSA Group shall be permitted to disclose such information to its directors, officers or employees, and any member of the AGSA Group or any AGSA Director shall be permitted to disclose any such information to their respective attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors and other representatives if such Persons are bound by an obligation to maintain confidentiality with respect to such information. In addition, any member of the AGSA Group shall be permitted to disclose any confidential non-public information to any Person outside of the AGSA Group (a) to the extent required (i) to comply with applicable Laws or stock exchange regulations, including in connection with the filing of financial or other reports required to be filed with any Governmental Authority or stock exchange, or (ii) by any subpoena, investigative demand, audit or similar process of any Governmental Authority, (b) in connection with any financing or capital raising transaction by any member of the AGSA Group, subject to the execution of one or more customary confidentiality agreements with potential lenders or initial purchasers, or (c) subject to the execution of one or more customary confidentiality agreements, in connection with any transaction involving the direct or indirect sale or other disposition by any member of the AGSA Group of Shares.


ARTICLE IV
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS; COOPERATION

        SECTION 4.1 Independent Auditors.    For so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership, AMPSA shall take all Necessary Action to ensure that AMPSA appoints and retains as its independent auditors the same independent registered public accounting firm appointed as the independent auditors of AGSA and its Subsidiaries.

        SECTION 4.2 Cooperation.    AMPSA acknowledges that AGSA may in the future determine to effect a reorganization that may include a transaction or series of transactions that would result in shareholders of AGSA receiving direct ownership of Shares, whether by distribution, dividend, exchange offer or other means. AMPSA hereby agrees that upon the request of AGSA, AMPSA shall cooperate with AGSA in implementing any such reorganization event, including by taking any Necessary Action, to effect any such reorganization event; provided, that AGSA shall bear the expenses of AMPSA in connection with any such reorganization event.


ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS

        SECTION 5.1 Amendment and Waiver.    This Agreement may be amended by the Parties at any time by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each Party.

6


        SECTION 5.2 Severability.    The Parties acknowledge that the rights and obligations provided for in this Agreement are subject to the applicable provisions of applicable Laws and stock exchange regulations. In the event that any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future applicable Law: (a) such provision will be fully severable; (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof; (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom; and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, the Parties agree to cooperate to effect an amendment pursuant to Section 5.1 in order to cure the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of such provision to effect the terms of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

        SECTION 5.3 Entire Agreement.    Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement and the documents referenced herein and therein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

        SECTION 5.4 Successors and Assigns.    Except for Section 3.4, which shall survive for two (2) years after the termination of this Agreement, and except as may otherwise be explicitly provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by AMPSA and its successors and assigns, and AGSA and its successors and assigns, so long as the AGSA Group collectively holds the AGSA Group Requisite Ownership.

        SECTION 5.5 Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

        SECTION 5.6 Remedies.    The Parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that AMPSA and AGSA shall have the right to injunctive relief or specific performance, in addition to all of its rights and remedies at law or in equity, to enforce the provisions of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any Person who is not a signatory hereto any rights or benefits, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

        SECTION 5.7 Notices.    All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given: (a) on the date delivered if delivered personally; (b) one (1) Business Day after being sent by an internationally recognized overnight courier guaranteeing overnight delivery; (c) on the date of transmission, if delivered by email, with confirmation of transmission; or (d) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications, to be valid, must be addressed as follows:

        if to AGSA, to:

      56, Rue Charles Martel
      L-2134 Luxembourg
      Luxembourg
      Attention: Hermanus Troskie
                        Torsten Schoen
      Email: herman.troskie@maitlandgroup.com
                 torsten.schoen@ardaghgroup.com

        if to AMPSA, to:

      56, Rue Charles Martel
      L-2134 Luxembourg

7


      Luxembourg
      Attention: Oliver Graham
                        David Bourne
      Email: oliver.graham@ardaghgroup.com
                 david.bourne@ardaghgroup.com

or to such other address or to the attention of such Person or Persons as the recipient Party has specified by prior written notice to the sending Party (or in the case of counsel, to such other readily ascertainable business address as such counsel may hereafter maintain). If more than one method for sending notice as set forth in this Section 5.7 is used, the earliest notice date established as set forth in this Section 5.7 shall control.

        SECTION 5.8 Governing Law; Jurisdiction.    This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. Any Action arising in connection with this Agreement shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the courts of Luxembourg City.

        SECTION 5.9 Descriptive Headings.    The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

        SECTION 5.10 Interpretation and Rules of Construction.    In this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise provided or that the context otherwise requires:

        (a)   when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference is to an Article or Section of this Agreement;

        (b)   the headings preceding the text of Articles and Sections included herein are for reference purposes only and do not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement;

        (c)   whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation";

        (d)   the word "or" is not exclusive and is deemed to have the meaning "and/or";

        (e)   the words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

        (f)    all terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document delivered or made available pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein;

        (g)   where used with respect to information, the phrases "delivered" or "made available" shall mean that the information referred to has been physically or electronically delivered to the relevant Party or a Representative designated by such Party in writing as acceptable to receive such information on behalf of such Party;

        (h)   references to "day" or "days" are to calendar days;

        (i)    the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;

        (j)    references to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns; and

        (k)   when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded. If the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the period in question shall, if applicable, end on the next succeeding Business Day.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

8


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Shareholders Agreement on the day and year first above written.

    ARDAGH GROUP S.A.

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:
        Title:
    ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:
        Title:

[Signature Page to Shareholders Agreement]



Exhibit D

Form of Services Agreement



FINAL FORM

SERVICES AGREEMENT

by and between

ARDAGH GROUP S.A.

and

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

Dated as of [    ·    ], 2021



Table of Contents

 
   
  Page

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1

 

Certain Defined Terms

 
1

SECTION 1.2

 

Other Defined Terms

  3

ARTICLE II
SERVICES

SECTION 2.1

 

Description of Services

 
4

SECTION 2.2

 

Shared Space

  5

SECTION 2.3

 

Third Party Services

  6

SECTION 2.4

 

Consents

  6

SECTION 2.5

 

Standard of Services

  7

SECTION 2.6

 

Provision of Services

  7

SECTION 2.7

 

Cooperation

  8

SECTION 2.8

 

Services Managers

  8

SECTION 2.9

 

Service Interruption

  8

SECTION 2.10

 

Force Majeure

  9

SECTION 2.11

 

Obligations

  9

SECTION 2.12

 

Data and IT Systems Protection

  10

ARTICLE III
FEES AND PAYMENT

SECTION 3.1

 

Fees for Corporate Services

 
11

SECTION 3.2

 

Fees for Business Unit Services

  12

SECTION 3.3

 

Employee Transfers

  12

SECTION 3.4

 

Invoice and Payment

  12

SECTION 3.5

 

Failure to Make Payment

  12

SECTION 3.6

 

Disputes and Resolution

  12

SECTION 3.7

 

Audit Rights

  13

SECTION 3.8

 

Records

  13

SECTION 3.9

 

Taxes

  13

ARTICLE IV
DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

SECTION 4.1

 

Disclaimer of Warranties

 
14

SECTION 4.2

 

Limitation of Liability

  15

ARTICLE V
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

SECTION 5.1

 

Intellectual Property

 
15

SECTION 5.2

 

Ardagh Name License

  16

SECTION 5.3

 

Transitional License

  17

i


 
   
  Page

ARTICLE VI
CONFIDENTIALITY

SECTION 6.1

 

Specified Confidentiality Matters

 
17

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.1

 

Indemnification by Receiving Party

 
18

SECTION 7.2

 

Indemnification by the Providing Party

  18

SECTION 7.3

 

Indemnification Regarding Ardagh Name and Ardagh Logo

  18

SECTION 7.4

 

Procedures for Indemnification

  19

ARTICLE VIII
TERM AND TERMINATION

SECTION 8.1

 

Term; Termination of Services

 
20

SECTION 8.2

 

Migration Plan; Transition Assistance

  21

SECTION 8.3

 

Survival

  22

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1

 

Notices

 
23

SECTION 9.2

 

Interpretation

  23

SECTION 9.3

 

Execution in Counterparts

  24

SECTION 9.4

 

Entire Agreement

  24

SECTION 9.5

 

Severability

  24

SECTION 9.6

 

Assignment

  24

SECTION 9.7

 

Amendment

  24

SECTION 9.8

 

Waiver

  24

SECTION 9.9

 

Governing Law

  24

Exhibits

 

 

 
 

Exhibit A—AGSA Services

   

Exhibit B—AMPSA Services

   

Exhibit C—Shared Space Leases

   

Exhibit D—Ardagh Name License

   

ii



SERVICES AGREEMENT

        This SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of [    ·    ], 2021 (this "Agreement"), is made and entered into by and between Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B160804 ("AGSA"), and Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B251465 ("AMPSA"). AGSA and AMPSA are referred to individually as a "Party," and collectively, as the "Parties."

        WHEREAS, prior to the date hereof, AGSA was, indirectly through certain of its Subsidiaries, engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and providing related technical and customer services (the "AMP Business");

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, dated February 22, 2021, between AMPSA and AGSA (the "Transfer Agreement"), the AGSA Entities have, in a series of related transactions, caused AMPSA to own, directly or indirectly, all the issued and outstanding equity interests in the Subsidiaries of AGSA that conduct the AMP Business; and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transfer Agreement (the "Closing"), AGSA and AMPSA deem it to be appropriate and in their mutual best interests that the AGSA Entities provide certain services to the AMP Entities, and that the AMP Entities provide certain services to the AGSA Entities, in each case, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the premises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

        SECTION 1.1    Certain Defined Terms.     Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

        "Action" means any action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, claim, demand, litigation, prosecution, contest, investigation, inquiry, hearing, inquest, audit, complaint, dispute or other legal recourse, in each case, by or before a Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal, whether civil, criminal, administrative, disciplinary or otherwise.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person; provided that for the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; provided, further, that for the purposes of this Agreement, the AMP Entities shall not be Affiliates of AGSA.

        "AGSA Entities" means AGSA and its Affiliates, other than any AMP Entity.

        "AMP Entities" means AMPSA and its Subsidiaries.

        "Business Day" means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in Luxembourg City, Luxembourg are required or authorized by Law to be closed for business.


        "Contract" means a legally-binding contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan or credit agreement, instrument, lease, commitment, mortgage, deed of trust, license, power of attorney, guaranty or other arrangement or obligation, whether written or oral, in each case, as amended and supplemented from time to time and including all schedules, annexes and exhibits thereto.

        "Governmental Authority" means any national, federal, state, local, supranational, regional, or provincial government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative or regulatory agency, board, bureau, arbitrator, tribunal, or arbitral body or commission or other national, state, local, supranational, regional or provincial governmental authority or instrumentality entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power.

        "Governmental Order" means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award, in each case, entered by any Governmental Authority.

        "Group" means, in respect of AGSA, the AGSA Entities, and in respect of AMPSA, the AMP Entities.

        "Intellectual Property" means all intellectual property worldwide, including the following: (a) patents and patent applications, all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, renewals, extensions, substitutions and re-examinations and reissues thereof and all industrial design rights and utility models; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, community design rights, Internet domain names, and all other identifiers indicating a business or source of goods or services, together with the goodwill associated exclusively with any of the foregoing (collectively, "Trademarks"); (c) copyrights, including copyrights in copyrightable works, works of authorship and computer software, and all database and design rights and rights in data collections, in each case, whether or not registered or published, all moral rights (however denominated) and all other rights equivalent to any of the foregoing; (d) registrations, applications for registration, renewals, extensions and reversions for any of the foregoing; (e) trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information (excluding tangible embodiments of such proprietary and confidential information), including all rights in confidential customer lists and know-how; (f) all other intellectual property rights arising from software or technology; and (g) all corresponding (including under international treaties or conventions) or equivalent intellectual property rights in or to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

        "Law" means any national, federal, state, provincial, local or supranational law (including common law), statute, code, Governmental Order, consent decree, doctrine, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty or other legal requirement of any Governmental Authority.

        "Permitted Holder" means any Affiliate of AGSA as of the date hereof or any of their respective Affiliates.

        "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, person, trust, association or entity or Governmental Authority or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of a government.

        "Personal Information" means, in addition to any definition for "personal information" or any equivalent term (e.g., "personal data" or "personally identifiable information" or "PII") provided by applicable Law, or by the Providing Party or the Receiving Party in any of their respective privacy policies, notices or contracts, all information that identifies or could be used to identify an individual person. Personal Information may relate to any individual, including a current, prospective or former customer, end user or employee of any Person, and includes information in any form or media, whether paper, electronic, or otherwise.

        "Subsidiary" of any Person means another Person, of which at least a majority of the outstanding securities or ownership interests having, by their terms, ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the

2


board of directors or other persons performing similar functions is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such first Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, for purposes of this Agreement, the AMP Entities shall not be deemed to be Subsidiaries of AGSA.

        "Tax" or "Taxes" means any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, including income, excise, franchise, real or personal property, sales, transfer, gains, gross receipts, occupation, privilege, payroll, wage, unemployment, workers' compensation, use, value-added, capital, license, severance, stamp, recording, documentary, premium, environmental, capital stock, profits, withholding, registration, customs duties, employment, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, escheat or other taxes of any kind whatsoever (whether disputed or not), including any related charges, fees, interest, penalties, additions to tax or other assessments imposed by any taxing authority.

        "Termination Date" means, with respect to any Service, the date on which such Service is terminated, and with respect to this Agreement, the date on which this Agreement is terminated, in each case, pursuant to the terms hereof.


        SECTION 1.2
    Other Defined Terms.     The following terms have the meanings set forth in the Sections set forth below:

Agreement   Preamble
AGSA Indemnitees   Section 7.3
AGSA Retained Business   Section 2.1(a)
AGSA Services   Section 2.1(a)
AMP Business   Recitals
AMPSA   Preamble
AMPSA Services   Section 2.1(a)
Ardagh Logo   Section 5.3
Ardagh Name License   Section 5.2(a)
Assessment Date   Section 3.1(a)
Background Intellectual Property   Section 5.1(a)
Business   Section 2.1(a)
Business Unit Services   Section 2.1(a)
Change of Control of AMPSA   Section 8.1(b)
Change of Control of AGSA   Section 8.1(c)
Claim Notice   Section 7.4(a)
Closing   Recitals
Corporate Services   Section 2.1(a)
Covered Taxes   Section 3.9
Defense Notice   Section 7.4(b)(i)
Deliverables   Section 5.2(c)
Fees   Section 3.2
Force Majeure Event   Section 2.10
Foreground Intellectual Property   Section 5.1(b)
Indemnified Party   Section 7.4(a)
Indemnifying Party   Section 7.4(a)
Indemnity Claim   Section 7.4(a)(i)
Initial Term   Section 3.1(a)
IT Security Policies   Section 2.12(b)(ii)
IT Systems   Section 2.12(a)
Migration Plan   Section 8.2(a)
Parties   Preamble
Party   Preamble

3


Payment Date   Section 3.4
Provider Indemnitees   Section 7.1
Providing Party   Section 2.1(b)(i)
Receiver Indemnitees   Section 7.2
Receiving Party   Section 2.1(b)(i)
Representatives   Section 2.7
Required Consents   Section 2.4(a)
Reset Date   Section 3.1(b)
Services   Section 2.1(a)
Services Manager   Section 2.8
Shared Leased Premises   Section 2.2(a)
Shared Space Lease   Section 2.2(a)
Shared Space Term   Section 2.2(b)
Tax Benefit   Section 3.9(a)
Terminated Services   Section 8.1(d)
Termination Notice   Section 8.1(d)
Trademarks   Definition of Intellectual Property
Transitional License   Section 5.3
Transitional Sublicensees   Section 5.3
Third Party   Section 2.3
Third Party Claim   Section 7.4(a)(i)
Underlying Document   Section 2.1(c)


ARTICLE II

SERVICES

        SECTION 2.1    Description of Services.     

        (a)   On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, commencing on the date hereof (i) AGSA shall provide, or cause to be provided by one or more of the other AGSA Entities, the services set forth in Exhibit A hereto to the AMP Entities, in each case, in support of the AMP Business (the "AGSA Services"), and (ii) AMPSA shall provide, or cause to be provided by one or more of the other AMP Entities, the services set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the "AMPSA Services" and together with the AGSA Services, the "Corporate Services") to the AGSA Entities in support of their respective businesses (which for the avoidance of doubt shall exclude the AMP Business) (the "AGSA Retained Business", and each of the AGSA Retained Business and the AMP Business, a "Business"). In addition, prior to the date hereof, certain operating companies of AGSA's Group provided certain services and recharges to operating companies of AMPSA's Group, and vice versa, in each case, as reflected in AGSA's reported results for the "Metal Beverage Packaging" segment and its 2020 to 2024 long range plan for such segment, (such services and recharges, collectively, the "Business Unit Services" and together with the Corporate Services, and any ancillary services that are reasonably necessary in connection with the Business Unit Services or the Corporate Services or inherent to the successful delivery of such services the "Services"). On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, commencing on the date hereof, such Business Unit Services shall continue to be provided by the applicable AMP Entities or AGSA Entities, in each case in a manner and on terms consistent with past practices. The Services may only be modified pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of this Agreement.

        (b)   The Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) a Party (in its capacity as a provider of Services, the "Providing Party") may satisfy its obligations hereunder to provide Services to the other Party (such other Party or its Affiliates, the "Receiving Party") by causing one or more of its Affiliates to provide or procure such Services (in which case, such Affiliates shall be included in the definition of "Providing

4


Party" for all purposes hereof in respect of such Services), which Affiliates such Providing Party may change in its discretion from time to time and without prior notice to the Receiving Party (provided that such change does not cause any material disruption to the delivery of Services), and (ii) a Providing Party or its Affiliates may be providing similar services, or services that involve the same resources as those used to provide the Services, to its internal organizations, other Affiliates or third parties. The Providing Party reserves the right to modify any or all of the Services to the extent reasonably necessary so that the provision or use of any of the Services hereunder would not violate any Law applicable to the Services, the Providing Party or any of its Affiliates and Representatives, including any applicable antitrust and competition Law; provided that the Providing Party shall provide the Receiving Party with prior written notice of any such modification and the Parties shall work together in good faith to provide for a replacement to such Services.

        (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of the Providing Parties to provide any Service relating to real property and facilities under this Agreement shall be subject to, in all cases, the terms and conditions of any relevant underlying lease, sublease or agreement or instrument with a party other than an Affiliate of the Providing Party (each, an "Underlying Document"); provided that, to the extent the Underlying Document prohibits provision of the applicable Service, the applicable Providing Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to amend or modify the Underlying Document, or obtain a waiver or consent from the applicable third party, in each case, such that the applicable Service is no longer prohibited, and the Receiving Party shall reasonably cooperate in connection therewith. Without limitation to the foregoing, any Service of the type described in the preceding sentence shall immediately terminate without any further action on the part of the Parties in the event that the Underlying Document terminates in accordance with its terms and is not replaced by a similar arrangement; provided that the Providing Party shall provide the Receiving Party with prior notice of any such termination as promptly as practicable and the Providing Party and the Receiving Party shall work together in good faith to provide for a replacement to such terminated Service, or shall otherwise discuss and agree in good faith on an appropriate adjustment to the Fees for such terminated Service. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Underlying Document, the terms and conditions of the Underlying Document shall control.

        (d)   To the extent not set forth in Exhibit A or Exhibit B or included in the Business Unit Services, and as reasonably required to perform the Services, the Providing Party may request and, subject to the prior written consent of the Receiving Party (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed), the Receiving Party shall provide, subject to compliance with applicable Law (including any applicable antitrust and competition Law) and the Receiving Party's standard rules and procedures for access to its real property or facilities, designated members of the Providing Party or its Affiliates with access to the Receiving Party's premises and such equipment, telecommunications systems, computer systems, records and personnel designated by the Receiving Party as involved in receiving or overseeing the Services; provided that such access shall be subject to the Receiving Party's overall supervision and control; provided, further, that if the failure to receive such access renders the Providing Party unable to perform any Services pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Providing Party shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to such Services until access is provided.


        SECTION 2.2
    Shared Space.     

        (a)   The premises leased by an AGSA Entity or an AMP Entity, as lessee, as applicable (the "Shared Leased Premises"), pursuant to the leases set forth on Exhibit C (each, a "Shared Space Lease" and collectively, the "Shared Space Leases") are used in both of the Businesses.

        (b)   For the term of this Agreement or such other period as set forth on Exhibit C (each, a "Shared Space Term"), each AMP Entity, on the one hand, or AGSA Entity, on the other hand, shall have the right to use and occupy that portion of the Shared Leased Premises and to use that portion of

5


the common areas related to the Shared Leased Premises, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Shared Space Leases. For the purposes of this Section 2.2, an AGSA Entity or AMP Entity, as applicable, being the tenant under the applicable Shared Space Lease immediately following the Closing, is the Providing Party, and an AMP Entity or an AGSA Entity, as applicable, using the Shared Leased Premises pursuant to the terms hereof, is the Receiving Party. During the applicable Shared Space Term (and included in the Fees payable pursuant to Section 3.2) with respect to each Shared Leased Premises (including all common areas related thereto), all costs relating to such Shared Leased Premises, including rent, maintenance, water, sewer, telephone, electricity and gas service, common area charges, amounts of public liability, damage, fire and extended coverage insurance as may be required under the Shared Space Lease, and any real estate property taxes owed by the Providing Party shall be borne by the Providing Party on the one hand, and the Receiving Party, on the other hand, based on the portion of such Shared Leased Premises used or occupied by the Providing Party or the Receiving Party.

        (c)   The Receiving Party shall vacate its portion of the Shared Leased Premises on or prior to the expiration of the Shared Space Term applicable to the Shared Leased Premises; provided, that the Providing Party shall provide reasonable advance notice thereof to the Receiving Party. The Receiving Party shall be responsible for all moving and similar costs associated with vacating such Shared Leased Premises and will leave its portion of such Shared Leased Premises in broom clean condition; provided that the Receiving Party shall not be responsible for returning its portion of the Shared Leased Premises to any pre-existing condition, unless such obligation is imposed upon the Providing Party pursuant to the applicable Shared Space Lease and known to the Receiving Party.


        SECTION 2.3
    Third Party Services.     The Parties acknowledge and agree that certain of the Services to be provided under this Agreement have been, and will continue to be, provided (in accordance with this Agreement) by a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Providing Party (a "Third Party"). To the extent so provided prior to the date hereof, the Providing Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) cause such Third Party to provide such Services under this Agreement or (b) enable the Receiving Party to avail itself of such Services directly; provided that, without limiting Section 2.4, if any such Third Party is unable or unwilling or not contractually obligated to provide any such Services to the Receiving Party, the Providing Party shall consult with the Receiving Party to determine an alternative manner in which such Services can be provided to the Receiving Party, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such alternative arrangement is procured without interruption in or delay to the Services provided to the Receiving Party. Except as may be consented to by the Providing Party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or as shall be reasonably necessary to effectively provide the Services, the Providing Party will have the sole right to instruct, direct, control and supervise all Third Parties in connection with their provision of the Services.


        SECTION 2.4
    Consents.     

        (a)   The Providing Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide all notices and obtain all waivers, consents, authorizations and approvals necessary to allow the Providing Party (directly or by way of a Third Party) to provide the Services, and to allow the Receiving Party to access and use the Services, in a manner that is consistent with the way such services were provided in the ordinary course of business prior to the date hereof or as otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, including on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable (the "Required Consents"), and the Receiving Party shall reasonably cooperate in connection therewith.

        (b)   In the event that any Required Consent is not obtained, then, unless and until such Required Consent is obtained or a reasonable alternative arrangement is implemented (including any Required Consents for the provision of pass-through supply arrangements or licenses by Third Parties), the Parties shall discuss in good faith a reasonable alternative arrangement and use commercially

6


reasonable efforts to achieve such reasonable alternative arrangement, in each case, for the Receiving Party to continue to operate its business in a manner that does not materially and negatively affect such business and for the Providing Party (directly or by way of a Third Party) to perform or provide Services in a manner that does not materially decrease the standard of services or materially increase the costs to the Providing Party in providing such Services. Any fees or expenses incurred in connection with any Required Consents shall be paid by the Receiving Party; provided that the Providing Party shall not agree to the payment of any such fees or expenses without the prior written consent of the Receiving Party. If any Required Consent or alternative arrangement is not available despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Parties or as a result of the Receiving Party failing to consent to the incurrence of the fees and expenses relating to obtaining any Required Consent, the Providing Party shall not be required to provide the applicable Services and the Parties will in good faith discuss and agree on an appropriate adjustment to the Fees to reflect that such Service will not be provided.


        SECTION 2.5
    Standard of Services.     Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the Parties agree in writing to a different arrangement, the Providing Party shall at all times perform the Services (a) in a manner that is consistent, in all material respects, in nature, scope, quality and timeliness with how the applicable Services were provided to the applicable Business during the twelve (12)-month period prior to the date hereof and (b) with the use of reasonable care and good industry practice. Upon written notice to the Receiving Party, the Providing Party may modify, change or enhance the manner, methodology, systems or applications used to provide any Service to the Receiving Party (but not the quality of such Service or the standard of care used to provide such Service) to the extent that the Providing Party is making a similar change in the performance of such services for its businesses or its Affiliates; provided that such change does not have a material adverse effect on the standard of service set forth in this Section 2.5.


        SECTION 2.6
    Provision of Services.     

        (a)   All labor matters relating to employees of the Providing Party (including employees involved in the provision of the Services to the Receiving Party) shall be within the exclusive control of the Providing Party, and the Receiving Party shall not take any action affecting such matters. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to transfer the employment of employees engaged in the provision of any Service from one Party to the other. The Providing Party shall have the sole responsibility to employ, pay, supervise, manage, control, direct and discharge all of the personnel used in its provision of Services hereunder. Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in this Agreement, the Providing Party may terminate the employment of any employee involved in the provision of the Services without obtaining the consent of the Receiving Party. The Providing Party shall be solely responsible for the payment of all employee wages, benefits and any other direct and indirect compensation for any of its personnel assigned to perform Services under this Agreement, as well as worker's compensation insurance, employment taxes and other employer liabilities relating to such personnel as required by Law.

        (b)   The Providing Party may hire or engage one or more subcontractors to perform all or any of its obligations under this Agreement; provided that (i) the Providing Party shall use the same degree of care in selecting any subcontractors as it would if such subcontractor was being retained to provide similar services to the Providing Party and (ii) the Providing Party shall in all cases remain responsible for ensuring that obligations with respect to the standards of services set forth in this Agreement are satisfied with respect to any Service provided by a subcontractor hired or engaged by the Providing Party.

        (c)   Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in this Agreement, the management and supervision of, and control over, the provision of the Services by the Providing Party shall reside solely with the Providing Party.

7


        (d)   Each of the Parties acknowledges that they are separate entities, each of which has entered into this Agreement for independent business reasons. The Providing Party shall be an independent contractor in connection with the performance of Services hereunder for any and all purposes (including federal, state or local tax purposes), and the employees performing Services in connection herewith shall not be deemed to be employees or agents of the Receiving Party and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create a "partnership", "single employer", "joint employer", "alter ego" or "co-employer" relationship or a principal-agent relationship.

        (e)   Each of the Providing Party and the Receiving Party shall, during the term of this Agreement, comply with all applicable Laws, including any competition and investment Laws and, to the extent applicable, any Laws related to the privacy or security of Personal Information, including the EU General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (as amended and replaced from time to time) and the California Consumer Privacy Act. If either Party will receive, store, or otherwise process any Personal Information on behalf of the other Party in connection with any of the Services, the Parties agree to enter into a data processing addendum to this Agreement prior to Closing, which shall set forth the terms applicable to such receipt, storage, or other processing, including any terms required by applicable Law and, to the extent applicable, any terms necessary to provide appropriate safeguards for the international transfer of Personal Information.


        SECTION 2.7
    Cooperation.     The Parties shall, and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates and each of the foregoing entities' respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or advisors (collectively, "Representatives") to, cooperate with each other in good faith (a) in the performance of the Services and the Parties' respective obligations under this Agreement to provide required services specified herein and (b) to maintain business continuity. Where necessary for the Providing Party to provide the Services, the Receiving Party shall (i) provide information and documentation reasonably sufficient for the Providing Party to perform, or cause to be performed, the Services and (ii) make available, as reasonably requested by the Providing Party, sufficient resources, timely decisions, approvals and acceptances so that the Providing Party may accomplish its obligations hereunder in a timely manner.


        SECTION 2.8
    Services Managers.     Each of the Parties shall appoint and designate to act as its services manager hereunder (each such person in respect of a Party, a "Services Manager"). Each Services Manager (a) will be directly responsible for coordinating and managing the delivery or receipt of the applicable Services and (b) shall be the principal point of contact for the Parties for all matters relating to the applicable Services. Each month during the term of this Agreement (or such other period as agreed between the Parties), the Services Managers for both Parties will meet to coordinate and manage the delivery or receipt of, and review any changes or other issues relating to, the Services. Any Party may replace its Services Manager at any time and for any reason and, upon any such replacement, the applicable Party shall provide written notice to the other Party of such replacement.


        SECTION 2.9
    Service Interruption.     Upon reasonable prior notice to the Receiving Party, the Providing Party or any relevant Third Party that is providing Services pursuant to the terms hereof will have the right to temporarily interrupt or suspend (a) the provision of Services for emergency maintenance purposes (including to IT Systems) or (b) the operation of the facilities or IT Systems of the Providing Party or Third Party providing any Services if it is the commercially reasonable judgment of the Providing Party or Third Party that such action is necessary for maintenance or safety purposes. Whenever emergency maintenance is required, the Providing Party shall notify the Receiving Party as far in advance as reasonably practicable under the circumstances that maintenance is required. Any routine maintenance or preventative services shall take place at such time and in the manner determined by the Providing Party, consistent in all respects with its historical practices for such routine maintenance or preventative services. In performing any maintenance contemplated by this Section 2.9, the Providing Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the impact of such maintenance on the Services and the Receiving Party's business. The Providing Party will be relieved of

8


its obligations to provide Services only for the period of time that the relevant facilities or systems are shut down during maintenance but shall also use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize each period of shutdown for such purpose. Immediately following any such shutdown, the Providing Party shall promptly resume providing, or causing to be provided, the Services to the Receiving Party.


        SECTION 2.10
    Force Majeure.     Neither the Providing Party nor any Third Party providing any Services shall be liable for any interruption, delay or failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement, including any interruption, delay or failure of any Service or the quality or quantity thereof if such interruption, delay or failure results from causes beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God, acts of any public enemy, floods, riots, fires, epidemics, pandemics, sabotage, civil commotion or civil unrest, interference by Governmental Authorities, declaration, continuation, escalation or acts of war or terrorism, strike, walkout, lockout or other labor dispute, failure or shortage of energy sources, raw materials or components or other similar events outside the control of the Providing Party or applicable Third Party ("Force Majeure Event"). Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Providing Party shall (or in the case of a Force Majeure Event affecting any Third Party providing Services, shall request such Third Party to) reasonably promptly notify the Receiving Party of the Force Majeure Event and the estimated extent and duration of its inability to perform its obligations. The Providing Party (or such Third Party) shall reasonably promptly notify the Receiving Party upon the cessation of any Force Majeure Event and shall resume the performance of the applicable Services as soon as reasonably practicable. The Providing Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the effect of the Force Majeure Event on its obligations hereunder; provided that nothing in this Section 2.10 shall be construed to require the settlement of any strike, walkout, lockout or other labor dispute on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of the Providing Party, are contrary to its interests. If the Providing Party or any relevant Third Party is unable to provide any of the Services due to a Force Majeure Event, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperatively seek a solution that is mutually satisfactory. During the period of any such Force Majeure Event, the Receiving Party shall be free to acquire such Services from an alternate source, at the Receiving Party's sole cost and expense, for such period and during the continuation of any agreement entered into with such alternate source. For the avoidance of doubt, the Receiving Party shall not be obligated to pay the Providing Party for those Services during the period when the Providing Party is not itself providing, or providing through a Third Party, such Services (and the Parties shall engage in good faith discussions to determine the applicable portion of the Fee applicable to such Services, if such Services are Corporate Services).


        SECTION 2.11
    Obligations.     The provision of Services hereunder is subject to the following:

        (a)   No Party or any of its Affiliates shall be liable for any action or inaction taken or omitted to be taken by it or a relevant Third Party pursuant to, and in accordance with, written instructions received from the other Party.

        (b)   Any Party, its Affiliates and any relevant Third Party may rely upon any written notice or other written or electronic communication of any nature provided by the other Party, and no Party or any of its Affiliates shall have any duty to verify the identity or authority of the other Party representative signing or making any such notice or communication in accordance with this Agreement.

        (c)   Any Party and its Affiliates may refuse to take any action requested by the other Party if it is not an action required to be taken under this Agreement.

        (d)   The Providing Party shall not have any obligation to perform any Service to the extent that performing such Service is dependent upon, or otherwise requires, the Receiving Party or any of its Affiliates to perform some service, operation or function prior to the Providing Party performing any such Service, unless the Receiving Party or its Affiliates shall have, in fact, prior to when the Providing Party is required to perform such Service, performed such other service, operation or function.

9


        (e)   No Party shall, and each Party shall take commercially reasonable efforts to cause its Affiliates and its and their Representatives not to, tamper with, compromise or circumvent any security system of the other Party or any of its respective Affiliates or any Third Party providing Services hereunder, or obtain access to any program or data other than that to which access has been specifically granted by the other Party or any of its Affiliates or any Third Party providing Services hereunder. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their Representatives to, use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that, in connection with the receipt or provision of Services by such Party or its Affiliates, no computer virus or other malicious code is introduced to the IT Systems of the other Party or its Affiliates.

        (f)    Representatives of the Receiving Party receiving the Services or working with the Providing Party in connection with the provision of Services shall at all times be instructed to, and the applicable Party shall take commercially reasonable efforts to cause them to, comply with all physical and technological security rules, policies and procedures of the other Party, its Affiliates and any relevant Third Party provided in writing or made known or available to such Party by such other Party, its Affiliates or a relevant Third Party.

        (g)   Subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.5 hereof, in providing the Services, the Providing Party shall not be obligated to: (a) hire or train any additional employees; (b) maintain the employment of any specific employee; (c) purchase, lease or license any additional equipment, additional software, additional Intellectual Property or additional other personal property; or (d) except as may be set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, convert or transfer any of the Receiving Party's data to any alternate supplier of the Services or pay any costs related thereto.


        SECTION 2.12
    Data and IT Systems Protection.     Without limiting Section 2.11, the provision of Services hereunder is subject to, and each Party acknowledges and agrees to, the following:

        (a)   From and after the date hereof, any access or use by either Party or its Affiliates of the computer software, hardware, networks or other information technology systems (collectively, "IT Systems") of the other Party or its Affiliates, and any such access or use shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.12.

        (b)   To the extent that the performance or receipt of any Services hereunder contemplates or requires (i) the Receiving Party or its Affiliates to have access to or use of any IT Systems of the Providing Party or its Affiliates or (ii) the Providing Party or its Affiliates to have access to or use any IT Systems of the Receiving Party or its Affiliates, the Party having such access shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, comply with all reasonable and generally applicable written information security and firewall policies, procedures and limitations of the other Party or its Affiliates with respect to such access or use, each as the same having been communicated to the Party or its Affiliate receiving access in writing from time to time (collectively, the "IT Security Policies"). The Party receiving such access shall be responsible hereunder for each of its Representatives' compliance with the applicable IT Security Policies of the Party providing such access.

        (c)   In the event of a cyber-incident for which the Providing Party reasonably believes the Providing Party's IT Systems have been or could be compromised by a malicious threat actor, the Receiving Party agrees that the Providing Party may take all steps it deems necessary or advisable in its sole and absolute discretion as long as such does not cause harm to the Receiving Party's IT Systems, with advance notice to the extent practicable or legally permissible in the event such cyber-incident affects the Receiving Party's business or the Services, to remediate such cyber incident, including termination of or blocking the Receiving Party's and its personnel's access and connectivity to the Providing Party's IT Systems; provided that in the event that, given the nature of the incident, it is not practicable or legally permissible to provide advance notice to the Receiving Party, the Providing Party may remediate such cyber-incident and provide notice to the Receiving Party as soon as reasonably practical thereafter (unless such cyber-incident did not relate to or affect the Receiving Party or the

10


Services); provided, further, that during the pendency of any such termination or blocking of access and connectivity, the Providing Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue providing the applicable Services to the Receiving Party. Without limiting any of the rights provided herein, if the Providing Party reasonably believes that the Receiving Party or its personnel has failed to comply with the security guidelines of the Providing Party in any material respect, the Receiving Party agrees that the Providing Party may do the following: (i) if such failure to comply is malicious, the Providing Party may, upon notice to the Receiving Party describing such non-compliance, terminate or block the Receiving Party's and its personnel's access and connectivity to the Providing Party's IT Systems until such time as the Receiving Party has remedied such non-compliance, or (ii) if such failure to comply is not malicious, the Providing Party may provide the Receiving Party written notice describing such non-compliance and, if the Receiving Party fails to remedy such non-compliance, after cooperation with the Providing Party, within twenty five (25) days after receipt of such notice, the Providing Party may terminate or block the Receiving Party's and its personnel's access and connectivity to the Providing Party's IT Systems until such time as the Receiving Party has remedied such non-compliance.

        (d)   Without limiting the foregoing in this Section 2.12, in providing and using the Services, each Party shall comply with all applicable Laws in connection with any access to or use of IT Systems hereunder, including by limiting any access to or disclosure of sensitive proprietary information of a Party by or to the other Party to the extent such access or disclosure is prohibited by applicable Laws.


ARTICLE III

FEES AND PAYMENT

        SECTION 3.1    Fees for Corporate Services.     

        (a)   From the date hereof until December 31, 2024 (such time period, the "Initial Term" and such date, the "Assessment Date"), subject to adjustment as set forth in this Agreement, (i) AMPSA shall receive from AGSA as consideration for the AMPSA Services, the AGSA Services, and (ii) AGSA shall receive from AMPSA as consideration for the AGSA Services, (A) the AMPSA Services and (B) for each calendar year from 2021 through 2024, the fees set forth in Exhibit A.

        (b)   Unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing, effective as of the Assessment Date and for the remainder of the term of this Agreement, the Fees for Corporate Services shall be computed based on the fully allocated cost of each such Service with the intention that the Providing Party incurs no gain or loss in providing such Service. At least sixty (60) days prior to the Assessment Date and thereafter at least sixty (60) days prior to each annual anniversary of the Assessment Date (each such date, a "Reset Date"), the Parties shall in good faith negotiate and agree on (i) adjustments to the then-applicable fees for such Services that would take effect starting on the next applicable Reset Date, which shall take into account the then-current costs of providing such Services and the level of Services expected to be provided hereunder until the next Reset Date, and (ii) with respect to the Ardagh Name License, the appropriate consideration for the Ardagh Name License.

        (c)   Certain Corporate Services are noted on Exhibit A and Exhibit B to be based on fixed volumes. If in any month (including during the Initial Term) the volume relating to such Corporate Service varies by over twenty percent (20%) relative to the prior calendar quarter, the Parties will in good faith discuss and agree on an appropriate adjustment to the Fees for such Corporate Service.

        (d)   The Fees for each Corporate Service (including during the Initial Term) shall adjust in the case of any pass-through Corporate Services provided by a Third Party, (i) upward at such time that any incremental costs are incurred by the Providing Party resulting from the underlying change in pricing by the Third Party, and (ii) downward at such time that the Third Party decreases the pricing charged to the Providing Party in connection with the provision of such Services.

11



        SECTION 3.2
    Fees for Business Unit Services.     The Parties acknowledge and agree that fees payable by AMPSA to AGSA and by AGSA to AMPSA for their respective Business Unit Services (collectively with the fees set forth in Section 3.1, the "Fees") shall be computed based on the fully allocated cost of each such Service with the Providing Party incurring no gain or loss in providing such Service.


        SECTION 3.3
    Employee Transfers.     The Parties acknowledge and agree that, during the Initial Term, the employment of employees of either Group engaged in providing Services hereunder may be transferred to members of the other Group, which may result in a decrease in the level of Services required to be provided to the transferee of such employment. The Parties intend that any such transfers involving employees providing Corporate Services would occur on a "cost neutral" basis, and will discuss in good faith and agree on any appropriate resulting adjustments to the level or nature of the Corporate Services provided by the transferring Party hereunder and the Fees payable by the transferee under Section 3.1(a) in respect thereof.


        SECTION 3.4
    Invoice and Payment.     A Providing Party shall deliver to the Receiving Party a monthly invoice for Fees hereunder, as such Fees may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (or pursuant to any amendment to this Agreement); provided that during the Initial Term, a Providing Party shall have no obligation to deliver any invoices for the Fees for any Corporate Services in any month except for such months in which such Fees have been adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1(c), Section 2.4(b) , Section 2.10, Section 3.1(c) or Section 3.1(d) (and Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable, has not been updated to reflect such adjustment). Subject to the preceding sentence, each Providing Party shall invoice the Receiving Party on a monthly basis for (a) the Fees for the upcoming month for any Service identified by the Providing Party in writing as a "Fixed Price Service," and (b) the Fees for the prior month for any Service identified by the Providing Party in writing as a "Variable Price Service." The actual invoice date will be determined according to the Providing Party's regular business practices and systems capabilities. Subject to Section 3.6, the invoiced Fees of each Party shall, if practicable, be netted against one another and the Party owing the greater amount shall pay the other Party in arrears in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts designated by the other Party, the net of the invoiced Fees, netting such Fees owed to the other Party against the Fees invoiced by the Party owing the greater amount, within thirty (30) days of the date both invoices with respect to the applicable month have been provided (the "Payment Date"). With respect to the Initial Term, the "Payment Date" with respect to Corporate Services, unless adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1(c), Section 2.4(b), Section 2.10, Section 3.1(c) or Section 3.1(d), shall be the last Business Day of each applicable month in which a payment is due.


        SECTION 3.5
    Failure to Make Payment.     If payment in full in respect of any invoice is not received by the Providing Party from the Receiving Party by the Payment Date (except for any amount in good faith disputed as provided in Section 3.6), the Providing Party shall have the right, after giving forty-five (45) days' prior written notice thereof to the Receiving Party, to suspend all or any portion of the Services until such time as the Receiving Party has paid in full all amounts then overdue. After such payment in full is received, the Providing Party shall promptly resume providing, or causing to be provided, the Services to the Receiving Party until the termination of such Services or this Agreement in accordance with Article VIII, subject to (a) any further suspension in accordance with this Section 3.5 or (b) earlier termination thereof in accordance with Section 8.1.


        SECTION 3.6
    Disputes and Resolution.     The Receiving Party shall promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the applicable invoice or any audit performed in accordance with Section 3.7, or within thirty (30) days of the applicable month during the Initial Term if the Receiving Party determines that any Fees should have been adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1(c), Section 2.4(b), Section 2.10, Section 3.1(c) or Section 3.1(d)) notify the Providing Party in writing of any amounts billed to it (or required to be paid by it) that are in dispute and reasonably detail the basis therefor. Upon receipt of such notice, the Providing Party will research the items in question in a

12


reasonably prompt manner and cooperate with the Receiving Party to resolve any such dispute. The amount of Fees payable by the Receiving Party shall be reduced by the amount of any Fees disputed in accordance with this Section 3.6, which disputed Fees shall be paid to the Providing Party within fifteen (15) days (or by the applicable Payment Date, if such Payment Date has not yet passed) after settlement of such dispute to the extent owed to the Providing Party; provided that any undisputed portion of such amount shall be included in the calculation of the amount due and paid in accordance with Section 3.4. If any such Fees have already been paid by the Receiving Party to the Providing Party, the Providing Party shall promptly (and in any event within fifteen (15) days) refund to the Receiving Party the amount of such overpayment or, at the option of the Receiving Party, netted against future payments owed by the Receiving Party to the Providing Party pursuant to this Agreement.


        SECTION 3.7
    Audit Rights.     During the term of this Agreement and for a six (6) month period thereafter or such longer period as required by an applicable Contract or under any applicable Law (including any competition Law, investment Law or Law relating to data privacy and protection), and upon thirty (30) days' advance written notice, either Party may audit (including through an independent third-party auditor), during regular business hours, the books and records of the other Party pertaining to the Service in question. For any given Service, either Party shall have the right to audit such books and records of the Providing Party once for each twelve (12) month period during which payment obligations are due with respect to such Service. The Party requesting an audit pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall be responsible for all costs of conducting such audit, and shall reimburse the other Party for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such audit; provided, that if the audit of any Business Unit Services during the Initial Term or any Services following the Assessment Date reveals an overpayment by the Party requesting the audit in excess of ten percent (10%) of the applicable Fees being audited, the other Party shall reimburse such initial Party for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such audit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Initial Term, the audit rights set forth in this Section 3.7 shall not apply to any Fees for Corporate Services except to the extent such Fees have been adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1(c), Section 2.4(b), Section 2.10, Section 3.1(c) or Section 3.1(d).


        SECTION 3.8
    Records.     Each Providing Party shall maintain records of all receipts, invoices, license usage reports and other documents relating to the Services rendered under this Agreement, including the means of calculating the Fees billed to the Receiving Party hereunder, in accordance with its standard, commercially reasonable, accounting practices and procedures. Each Providing Party shall retain such accounting records and make them reasonably available to the Receiving Party and its auditors for a period of three (3) years from the close of each fiscal year of such Receiving Party during which Services were provided. Each Providing Party will cooperate with the applicable Receiving Party and its auditors, as reasonably requested by such Receiving Party, in connection with any such audit.


        SECTION 3.9
    Taxes.     

        (a)   The Receiving Party agrees to pay to the Providing Party, or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, directly to the relevant Governmental Authority, amounts equal to any sales, use, value-added or other similar Taxes, however designated or levied, that are reasonably invoiced by the Providing Party based upon any (i) Fees due under this Agreement, (ii) the provision of the Services or (iii) the provision or use of materials provided under this Agreement, as provided to the Receiving Party by the Providing Party (such Taxes, "Covered Taxes"). The Providing Party shall provide to the Receiving Party, on a timely basis, all statements, receipts and other customary documentation in connection therewith reflecting such Covered Taxes, required to be delivered to the Receiving Party under applicable Law. In addition, the Providing Party shall provide such other information reasonably requested by the Receiving Party that is necessary for the Receiving Party to report such Covered Taxes on its Tax returns (including for purposes of claiming Tax deductions or Tax refunds). To the extent any

13


such Covered Taxes are paid to the Providing Party, the Providing Party shall timely pay such Covered Taxes to the proper Governmental Authority and use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Receiving Party, at the Receiving Party's sole cost and expense, in its efforts to obtain a credit for such Covered Taxes upon the reasonable request of the Receiving Party. If additional Covered Taxes are determined to be due and payable as a result of an audit by a Tax jurisdiction, the Receiving Party agrees to reimburse the Providing Party for such Covered Taxes to the extent that the Covered Taxes for which the Providing Party seeks reimbursement are linked to specifically identified Services invoices that are subject to the imposition by such Tax jurisdiction of Covered Taxes. In the event the Providing Party receives any credit, reduction or refund of Covered Taxes (a "Tax Benefit"), the Providing Party shall promptly pay or credit the Receiving Party with an amount equal to such Tax Benefit to the extent the Receiving Party has previously paid to the Providing Party, or to the relevant Governmental Authority, any such Taxes that are linked to specifically identified Services invoices that are the subject of such Tax Benefit. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith in obtaining any lawful exemption, refund, return, rebate or the like of any Covered Taxes, including filing any necessary exemption or other similar forms, certificates or other similar documents to minimize or eliminate Covered Taxes to the extent permitted by applicable Law. The Parties further agree that, for the avoidance of doubt, Covered Taxes shall not include any franchise Taxes, Taxes imposed on or measured by the gross or net income of the other Party or personal or real property Taxes on property owned or leased by a Party.

        (b)   If any withholding or deduction from any payment under this Agreement by the Receiving Party in relation to any Service is required in respect of any Covered Taxes pursuant to any applicable Law, the Receiving Party shall (i) make any such required withholding or deduction from the amount payable to the Providing Party, (ii) timely pay the withheld or deducted amount to the relevant Governmental Authority and promptly forward to the Providing Party a withholding tax certificate or receipt evidencing that payment, and (iii) increase the amount payable such that the Providing Party receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such Covered Taxes (taking into account, for the avoidance of doubt, any additional taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.9(b)) been imposed, and the Receiving Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Providing Party with respect thereto.


ARTICLE IV

DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY


        SECTION 4.1
    Disclaimer of Warranties.     EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.5 AND SECTION 2.6(e) (OR, IF APPLICABLE, AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ANY APPLICABLE EXHIBIT HERETO), NO PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES OR LICENSES TO BE PROVIDED BY IT OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SERVICES, ARDAGH NAME AND ARDAGH LOGO ARE PROVIDED "AS IS," WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, THAT THE RECEIVING PARTY AND, WITH RESPECT TO THE ARDAGH NAME AND ARDAGH LOGO, AMPSA, ASSUMES ALL RISKS AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ITS AND ITS AFFILIATES' USE OF AND RELIANCE UPON THE SERVICES, THE ARDAGH NAME AND THE ARDAGH LOGO, AS APPLICABLE, AND THAT THE PROVIDING PARTY AND, WITH RESPECT TO THE ARDAGH NAME AND ARDAGH LOGO, AGSA, DOES NOT MAKE, AND (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES) HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, SUFFICIENCY, QUALITY, USEFULNESS, COMMERCIAL UTILITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND IMPLIED

14


WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT LIMIT EITHER PARTY'S EXPRESS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICE LEVEL STANDARDS AND EITHER PARTY'S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS.


        SECTION 4.2
    Limitation of Liability.     

        (a)   Except as may be otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement and except for any Party's fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct, no Party shall be liable for, or required to indemnify any other Person for, any consequential, special or punitive damages hereunder (except to the extent actually awarded to a third party by a court of competent jurisdiction) due to, resulting from or arising in connection with any of the Services or the performance of or failure to perform any of a Party's respective obligations under this Agreement, and no Party shall be liable to the other Party for an amount in excess of the amount paid for such Services, except in the case of death, bodily injury, or damage to tangible property arising from a Party's or its Affiliates' fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or intentional breach of this Agreement.

        (b)   A Receiving Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize its damages and those of any of its Affiliates, whether direct or indirect, due to, resulting from or arising in connection with, any failure by a Providing Party to comply fully with its obligations under this Agreement.

        (c)   The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Parties would be irreparably damaged if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached and that any non-performance or breach of this Agreement by any Party could not be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone and that the Parties would not have any adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in addition to any other right or remedy to which any Party may be entitled, at law or in equity (including monetary damages), such Party shall be entitled to seek to enforce any provision of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance and to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of any of the provisions of this Agreement without posting any bond or other undertaking. The Parties agree that they will not contest the appropriateness of specific performance as a remedy.


ARTICLE V

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

        SECTION 5.1    Intellectual Property.     

        (a)   Each Party shall retain all right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property, and all software, source and object code, specifications, designs, processes, techniques, concepts, improvements, discoveries and inventions (including any modifications, improvements, enhancements or derivative works of any of the foregoing), in each case, owned or controlled by such Party and created, developed or conceived prior to, or independently outside of performing any of the Services during, the term of this Agreement or any extension thereof ("Background Intellectual Property").

        (b)   With respect to all Intellectual Property rights in data and other Intellectual Property that is generated by the Providing Party in performing a Service ("Foreground Intellectual Property"), as between the Parties, (i) the Receiving Party shall own all such Foreground Intellectual Property to the extent it is exclusively used in and related to, in the case of AMPSA, the AMP Business or, in the case of AGSA, the AGSA Retained Business and (ii) the Providing Party shall own all other such Foreground Intellectual Property, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all improvements, modifications enhancements and derivative works created, developed or conceived by or on behalf of such Providing Party to such Service. To the extent any right, title or interest in or to any Foreground Intellectual Property designated to be owned by a Party pursuant to the foregoing sentence vests in the other Party or any of its Affiliates, such other Party, on behalf of itself and such Affiliates, hereby irrevocably assigns to such first Party all such right, title and interest in and to such Foreground Intellectual Property. Each Party shall take, and shall cause its Affiliates to take, all reasonable actions requested by the other Party, at such other Party's sole cost and expense, to effectuate or perfect such other Party's ownership of Foreground Intellectual Property as contemplated hereunder.

15


        (c)   Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Receiving Party hereby grants, under the Receiving Party's Background Intellectual Property rights, a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 9.6), non-sublicensable (except to service providers of the Providing Party solely for use for the benefit of the Providing Party) license to the Providing Party to use the Background Intellectual Property owned or licensable hereunder (without requiring consent of or payment to a Third Party) by the Receiving Party solely to the extent necessary to enable the Providing Party to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement during the term of the relevant Services hereunder. Without prejudice to the foregoing, but subject to Section 2.4 (Consents), the Providing Party hereby grants, under the Providing Party's Background Intellectual Property rights, a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except in accordance with Section 9.6), non-sublicensable (except to service providers of the Receiving Party solely for use for the benefit of the Receiving Party) license to the Receiving Party to use all Intellectual Property owned or licensable hereunder (without requiring consent of or payment to any Third Party) by the Providing Party to enable the Receiving Party to receive and use the Services and the Deliverables. Solely for purposes of the licenses granted in this Section 5.1(c), a Party's Background Intellectual Property includes such Party's Foreground Intellectual Property discussed in Section 5.1(b) . On expiry or termination of this Agreement, the foregoing licenses shall automatically terminate; provided that, notwithstanding such expiry or termination of this Agreement or such termination of the foregoing licenses, the Receiving Party shall continue to have the right, and the Providing Party shall not object to the Receiving Party continuing, even after such expiry or termination, to use any documents, data or other tangible materials delivered to the Receiving Party by the Providing Party in connection with any of the Services (including any information included in any of the foregoing) (the "Deliverables"), unless required to do so by any Third Party that has the right and authority to require such Providing Party to so object.


        SECTION 5.2
    Ardagh Name License.     

        (a)   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Exhibit D), effective as of the date hereof and lasting for the period set forth in Section 5.2(e), AGSA hereby grants to AMPSA and each of the other AMP Entities a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable (except as set forth in this Section 5.2) indivisible and revocable (pursuant to Article VIII) license (the "Ardagh Name License") to use the Ardagh Name (as that term is defined in Exhibit D) solely as a part of AMPSA's corporate name or the corporate name of any other AMP Entity, and such corporate name or names (including the Ardagh Name) may be used (i) as Internet domain names or as part of Internet domain names, (ii) on or in relation to any products and services supplied by any AMP Entity from time to time, or (iii) otherwise in the course of the conduct or operation of the AMP Business (including on, in connection with or in relation to any products and services of the AMP Business), subject in each such case to the terms of this Agreement. The Fees payable for Corporate Services during the Initial Term pursuant to Section 3.1 are inclusive of the entire consideration due in respect of the Ardagh Name License.

        (b)   The AMP Entities may grant sublicenses to their respective suppliers, vendors, distributors, sub-distributors, resellers, marketing representatives and agents (collectively, "Permitted Sublicensees") for their respective use of any of the AMP Entities' corporate names (including the Ardagh Name) and solely for the uses set forth in Section 5.2(a) in connection with the conduct or operation of the AMP Business. Any such sublicense shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

        (c)   None of the AMP Entities may assign the Ardagh Name License or grant any sublicense of its rights under it (other than as set forth in Section 5.2(b)) without the prior written consent of AGSA. Each of the AMP Entities shall be responsible hereunder for all actions of its sublicensees as if such actions were the actions of such AMP Entity.

        (d)   For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent AGSA from using, and sublicensing or otherwise permitting others to use, the Ardagh Name in any way whatsoever.

16


        (e)   Unless earlier terminated in accordance with Article VIII, the Ardagh Name License shall commence as of the date of this Agreement and shall remain in effect until the later of (i) the date that is the fourth (4th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement and (ii) (A) with respect to AMPSA, the date that AMPSA is no longer a Subsidiary of AGSA and (B) with respect to each Subsidiary of AMPSA, the date that is the earlier of (1) AMPSA no longer being a Subsidiary of AGSA or (2) such Subsidiary no longer being a Subsidiary of AMPSA.


        SECTION 5.3
    Transitional License.     Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Exhibit D) and without limiting the license or any rights granted to AMPSA and each of the other AMP Entities under Section 5.2 with respect to the Ardagh Name, effective as of the date hereof, AGSA hereby grants to AMPSA and each of the other AMP Entities a worldwide, non-sublicensable (except as set forth in this Section 5.3), indivisible license to, for a period of twelve (12) months after the date hereof unless an extension is agreed to by AGSA (and AGSA hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) its agreement to an extension shall not be unreasonably withheld and (ii) an extension for a period of twelve (12) months shall not be considered unreasonable), continue to use, and continue to permit its and their respective suppliers, vendors, distributors, sub-distributors, resellers, marketing representatives, agents and other Persons (the "Transitional Sublicensees") to use, the Ardagh Name and the following logo: GRAPHIC (the "Ardagh Logo") (including the Ardagh Name and the Ardagh Logo in combination) solely for uses generally consistent with the uses (including with respect to quality of goods and services and, with respect to the Transitional Sublicensees, solely for the benefit of the AMP Business and generally consistent with the current uses by such Persons), as applicable, of the Ardagh Name and Ardagh Logo (including in combination) in connection with the AMP Business as of the date of this Agreement (including uses on, in connection with or in relation to any products and services of the AMP Business) (the "Transitional License"). AMPSA shall, and shall cause the other AMP Entities and the Transitional Sublicensees, to use commercially reasonable efforts to transition the AMP Business reasonably promptly away from any uses by the AMP Business of the Ardagh Name and the Ardagh Logo (including in combination) that are not within the scope of the Ardagh Name License. The Fees payable for Corporate Services during the Initial Term pursuant to Section 3.1 are inclusive of the entire consideration due in respect of the Transitional License.


ARTICLE VI

CONFIDENTIALITY

        SECTION 6.1    Specified Confidentiality Matters.  The Parties acknowledge and agree that, with respect to any Services of a legal nature to be provided by employees of a Providing Party that are attorneys, the attorney-client privilege, attorney work-product protection and expectation of client confidence involving (a) general business matters of the Providing Party and arising prior to the provision of Services in accordance with Article II shall inure for the benefit of the Providing Party, and the Receiving Party and its Affiliates shall not have the right to assert any privilege or protection and no such privilege or protection may be waived by the Receiving Party and its Affiliates without the prior written consent of the Providing Party; provided that upon receipt of a disclosure request, the Receiving Party shall notify the Providing Party promptly in writing of the terms and circumstances surrounding the disclosure request so that the Providing Party may seek a protective order or other remedy, and (b) any general business matters relating to the Receiving Party and arising during or following the provision of Services in accordance with Article II shall be subject to the sole control of the Receiving Party, which shall be solely entitled to control the assertion or waiver of the privilege or protection, whether or not such information is in the possession or under the control of the Providing Party, the Receiving Party or any of their respective Affiliates. Each of the Parties agrees to waive, and to obtain a waiver from each of its Affiliates, any conflicts of interest between the Providing Party and

17


the Receiving Party that would otherwise give such Party or its Affiliates a basis on which to object to any Services of a legal nature to be provided hereunder.


ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

        SECTION 7.1    Indemnification by Receiving Party.  The Receiving Party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Providing Party, its Affiliates, their respective successors and permitted assigns and the Representatives of each of the foregoing (collectively, the "Provider Indemnitees"), from and against any and all direct costs incurred by the Provider Indemnitees due to (a) the Receiving Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct or (b) Third Party Claims arising out of, resulting from or incident to, directly or indirectly, the Providing Party providing Services hereunder, other than Third Party Claims arising out of, resulting from or incident to, directly or indirectly, (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Provider Indemnitee or any Third Party or independent contractor providing Services on behalf of the Providing Party hereunder, (ii) any breach of this Agreement by any Provider Indemnitee, (iii) any Provider Indemnitee's failure to timely remit amounts received from the Receiving Party to the Third Party that provided such Services hereunder or (iv) any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property of any Third Party by the Receiving Party as a result of the Receiving Party's or any member of its Group's receipt or use of any Services (including any Deliverables, but excluding the Ardagh Name License and the Transitional License (which are addressed in Section 7.3)) or of any information or materials provided or made available to or accessible by any Provider Indemnitee to the Receiving Party hereunder, except to the extent such infringement, misappropriation or other violation results from the use of any information or materials provided, or instructions or directions given, by or on behalf of the Receiving Party. Nothing in this Article VII regarding indemnification rights and obligations shall be deemed to override any obligations with respect to mitigation of losses existing under applicable Law.

        SECTION 7.2    Indemnification by the Providing Party.  The Providing Party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Receiving Party, its Affiliates, their respective successors and permitted assigns and the Representatives of each of the foregoing (collectively, the "Receiver Indemnitees") from and against any and all direct costs incurred by the Receiver Indemnitees due to (a) the Providing Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct, (b) Third Party Claims arising out of, resulting from or incident to, directly or indirectly, the material breach by the Providing Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Providing Party, (c) the Providing Party's failure to pay wages and benefits to personnel assigned to perform Services under this Agreement or (d) any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property of any Third Party by the Providing Party as a result of the Providing Party's provision of (or causing to provide) any Services (including any Deliverables, but excluding the Ardagh Name License and the Transitional License (which are addressed in Section 7.3)) to the Receiver Indemnitees hereunder or of any information or materials provided or made available to or accessible by the Providing Party to the Receiver Indemnitees hereunder, except to the extent such infringement, misappropriation or other violation results from the use of any information or materials provided, or instructions or directions given, by or on behalf of the Receiving Party. Nothing in this Article VII regarding indemnification rights and obligations shall be deemed to override any obligations with respect to mitigation of losses existing under applicable Law or Section 4.2(b).

        SECTION 7.3    Indemnification Regarding Ardagh Name and Ardagh Logo.  AMPSA shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the AGSA Entities, their respective successors and the Representatives of each of the foregoing (collectively, the "AGSA Indemnitees") from and against any and all direct costs incurred by the AGSA Indemnitees due to any claim or action resulting from the use of the Ardagh Name or Ardagh Logo by or on behalf of any AMP Entity, including such use on or in connection with the products or services supplied by any AMP Entity (including product liability

18


claims with respect to such products), excluding any claim or action to the extent alleging that the Ardagh Name or Ardagh Logo infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property of any Third Party. Nothing in this paragraph regarding indemnification rights and obligations shall be deemed to override any obligations with respect to mitigation of losses existing under applicable Law.


        SECTION 7.4
    Procedures for Indemnification.     

        (a)   Any Person seeking any indemnification under this Article VII (an "Indemnified Party"), acting through AGSA or AMPSA, as applicable, shall give the Party from which indemnification is being sought (an "Indemnifying Party") prompt notice (a "Claim Notice") of any matter which such Indemnified Party has determined has given or could give rise to a right of indemnification under this Article VII; provided, however, that if an Indemnified Party shall receive written notice of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party a Claim Notice within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of such notice. The Claim Notice shall (i) indicate whether the matter for which indemnification is sought (an "Indemnity Claim") results from or arises out of a Third Party claim (a "Third Party Claim") or a direct claim, (ii) describe with reasonable specificity the nature of the Indemnity Claim and (iii) state the amount of direct costs sought pursuant to such Indemnity Claim to the extent then known. The failure to deliver or timely deliver the Claim Notice shall not affect the rights of the Indemnified Party to indemnification under this Article VII, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such failure.

        (b)   Third Party Claims.

            (i)    The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the defense of a Third Party Claim, upon delivery of written notice to the Indemnified Party (the "Defense Notice") within twenty (20) days after the Indemnifying Party's receipt of the Claim Notice (or sooner if the nature of the Third Party Claim so requires); provided that the Defense Notice shall specify the counsel the Indemnifying Party will appoint to defend such Third Party Claim (such counsel to be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party). The Indemnified Party shall be entitled to be indemnified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for any period during which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense of any such Third Party Claim in accordance herewith. If the Indemnifying Party timely delivers a Defense Notice and thereby elects to conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim, (A) the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party apprised of all material developments with respect to such Third Party Claim and (B) the Indemnified Party will cooperate with and make available to the Indemnifying Party such assistance and materials as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request, all at the sole expense of the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnified Party shall have the right at its expense to participate in the defense assisted by counsel of its own choosing.

            (ii)   The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to control the defense of any Third Party Claim if (A) such Third Party Claim is with respect to a criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (B) it fails to actively and diligently conduct its defense of such Third Party Claim, (C) the Indemnified Party has been advised by counsel that a reasonable likelihood exists of a material conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim or (D) such Third Party Claim seeks an injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party. In the event of any of the foregoing circumstances and the Indemnified Party has nonetheless permitted the Indemnifying Party to control the defense of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnifying Party desires to so control such defense, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to retain its own counsel, and the Indemnifying Party shall pay

19


    the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) of the Indemnified Party.

            (iii)  The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, (A) settle or compromise a Third Party Claim or consent to the entry of any order which does not include an unconditional written release by the claimant or plaintiff of the Indemnified Party from all liability in respect of the Third Party Claim, (B) settle or compromise any Third Party Claim if the settlement imposes equitable or other non-monetary remedies or other obligations on the Indemnified Party or (C) settle or compromise any Third Party Claim if the result is to admit civil or criminal liability or culpability on the part of the Indemnified Party that gives rise to criminal liability with respect to the Indemnified Party. No Third Party Claim which is being defended by the Indemnifying Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be settled or compromised by the Indemnified Party without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed).


ARTICLE VIII

TERM AND TERMINATION

        SECTION 8.1    Term; Termination of Services.     

        (a)   As provided in Section 3.1(a), the Initial Term of this Agreement shall terminate on the Assessment Date. Thereafter, subject to the other provisions of this Section 8.1, this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms from such date unless (i) the Parties otherwise mutually agree in writing or (ii) a Party delivers a Termination Notice in accordance with Section 8.1(d), Section 8.1(e) or Section 8.1(f). Subject to Section 8.3, this Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date all Services have been terminated in accordance with this Section 8.1.

        (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if there is a Change of Control of AMPSA during the Initial Term, (i) AGSA may terminate all or any portion of this Agreement by providing not less than nine (9) months prior written notice to AMPSA and (ii) the date on which such Change of Control of AMPSA is consummated shall automatically be deemed to be the Assessment Date for purposes of Article III. As used herein, "Change of Control of AMPSA" means any of the following events: (A) the consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions (including a merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person or group of related Persons or Persons acting in concert with each other, other than one or more AGSA Entities, is, or as a result of such transaction becomes, the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50)% of the voting stock of AMPSA; (B) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of (including capital stock owned by) the AMP Entities, on a consolidated basis, to any Person or group of related Persons or Persons acting in concert with each other, other than the AGSA Entities; or (C) AMPSA is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution (other than in connection with any internal restructuring that does not change the ultimate beneficial ownership of AMPSA) or files any voluntary or involuntary petition under any bankruptcy Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, AGSA shall not have the right to terminate the Ardagh Name License pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) until the date that is the fourth (4th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

        (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if there is a Change of Control of AGSA during the Initial Term, (i) AMPSA may terminate all or any portion of this Agreement by providing not less than nine (9) months prior written notice to AGSA and (ii) the date on which such Change of Control of AGSA is consummated shall automatically be deemed to be the Assessment Date for purposes of Article III. As used herein, "Change of Control of AGSA" means any of the following events: (A) the consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions (including a merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person or group of related Persons or Persons acting

20


in concert with each other, other than one or more Permitted Holders, is, or as a result of such transaction becomes, the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50)% of the voting stock of AGSA; (B) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of (including capital stock owned by) the AGSA Entities, on a consolidated basis, to any Person or group of related Persons or Persons acting in concert with each other, other than the Permitted Holders; or (C) AGSA is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution (other than in connection with any internal restructuring that does not change the ultimate beneficial ownership of AGSA) or files any voluntary or involuntary petition under any bankruptcy Law.

        (d)   The Receiving Party may terminate its right to receive any particular Service with an effective Termination Date during the Initial Term, with the prior written consent of the Providing Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and on no less than nine (9) months prior written notice (or such longer notice as may be required by Law) (such notice, or any notice to terminate this Agreement as provided herein, the "Termination Notice"), setting forth in reasonable detail the Services to be terminated (the "Terminated Services") and the Termination Date for each Terminated Service; provided that in the event of any material increase of the Fees of any Corporate Service pursuant to Section 3.1(d), the Receiving Party may terminate the applicable Services pursuant to this Section 8.1(d) without the prior written consent of the Providing Party.

        (e)   Either Party may terminate this Agreement or its obligation to provide or receive any particular Service, for any or no reason, effective no earlier than the Assessment Date, by providing the other Party a Termination Notice not fewer than nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date, which notice will, if one or more Services are being terminated, set forth in reasonable detail the Terminated Services and the Termination Date for each Terminated Service. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, AGSA shall not have the right to terminate the Ardagh Name License pursuant to this Section 8.1(e).

        (f)    If a Party materially breaches any of its obligations under this Agreement, and, if such breach is curable, does not cure such breach within sixty (60) days after receiving written notice thereof from the non-breaching Party, then the non-breaching Party may, at its option, terminate any Service affected by such breach by providing a Termination Notice to the breaching Party effective as of the tenth (10th) day following the date of such notice; provided that if such breach is a material breach by AMPSA of any of its obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Ardagh Name or Ardagh Logo, the Ardagh Name License and Transitional License, as applicable, shall terminate effective as of the date of delivery of the Termination Notice therefor.

        (g)   This Agreement and any Service may be terminated by mutual consent of the Parties in writing at any time.

        (h)   From and after the Termination Date, the Receiving Party shall not be obligated to pay any Fees in connection with any validly Terminated Services other than (i) Fees owed for such Terminated Services rendered but not paid for prior to the Termination Date and (ii) any Third Party costs incurred by the Providing Party in connection with the termination of such Terminated Services, solely to the extent such Third Party costs would not have otherwise been incurred but for the requirement or request to provide Services to the Receiving Party. Upon the termination of any Services hereunder, the Parties will in good faith discuss and agree on an appropriate adjustment to the Fees to reflect that such Service is no longer being provided.


        SECTION 8.2
    Migration Plan; Transition Assistance.     

        (a)   Upon the termination of any Services by the Receiving Party, the Receiving Party shall, to the extent the Receiving Party desires to migrate such Terminated Services from the Providing Party to the Receiving Party's Group, develop a migration plan, which shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the

21


Providing Party, no later than ninety (90) days prior to the applicable Termination Date on a migration plan to facilitate an orderly and efficient transition of such Terminated Services (the "Migration Plan"). The Migration Plan shall set forth the responsibilities of each of the Parties in sufficient detail to provide each Party a clear transition roadmap at a functional level, and each Party shall appoint a migration manager to oversee the Migration Plan's development and execution.

        (b)   The Providing Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Receiving Party (including responding to any reasonable inquiries by the Receiving Party) to facilitate the transfer of responsibility for such Terminated Service from the Providing Party to the Receiving Party (or its designee) as of the applicable Termination Date. If requested by the Receiving Party, subject to applicable Law, the Providing Party will provide reasonable cooperation and use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Receiving Party in accomplishing an orderly transition, as of the applicable Termination Date, to the Receiving Party or an alternative provider of the applicable Terminated Services, including, to the extent reasonably necessary in connection therewith, providing, upon reasonable advance notice, reasonable access during normal business hours to the Providing Party's applicable books, records, systems, facilities and employees; provided that in the event the Providing Party determines in its reasonable discretion that affording any such access to the Receiving Party would be commercially detrimental in any material respect or violate any applicable Law or agreement to which the Providing Party or any of its Affiliates is a party, or waive or result in the waiver of any attorney-client privilege applicable to the Providing Party or any of its Affiliates, the Parties shall take such steps as are reasonably necessary to permit the Providing Party's compliance with such request in a manner that avoids any such detriment, harm or consequence.

        (c)   The Providing Party shall, upon the reasonable request of the Receiving Party, use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Receiving Party to support any transfer of data concerning the relevant Terminated Services to the Receiving Party; provided that the Providing Party shall bear the fees, costs and expenses associated with the extraction and transfer of such data to the Receiving Party, and the Receiving Party shall bear the fees, costs and expenses associated with the receipt and any transformation and remediation of such data (including any transformation or remediation requested by the Receiving Party prior to extraction and transfer). Subject to Article V and Article VI, if reasonably requested by the Receiving Party, the Providing Party shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Receiving Party, within such time periods as the Parties may reasonably agree, all records, data, files and other information received or generated for the primary benefit of the Receiving Party in connection with the provision of such Terminated Services; provided, however, that the Providing Party (i) shall not be obligated to deliver, or cause to be delivered, any information that is proprietary or privileged or subject to any restrictions on disclosure or use arising from any legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation of the Providing Party and (ii) may retain a copy of any such records, data, files or other information to the extent required by applicable Law, consistent with its existing record retention policies and related to its own business, assets or liabilities.

        SECTION 8.3    Survival.  Articles I (Definitions), III (Fees and Payment), IV (Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability), V (Intellectual Property), VI (Confidentiality), VII (Indemnification), VIII (Term and Termination) and IX (Miscellaneous) shall survive the expiration or any termination of this Agreement. Subject to applicable Law and the relevant statute of limitations, the indemnification obligations of the Parties set forth in Article VII (Indemnification) shall expire six (6) months after the termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any termination with respect to one or more, but less than all of the Services, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any Services not terminated hereby.

22



ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

        SECTION 9.1    Notices.  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made by delivery in person, by e-mail or other means of wire transmission, and by internationally recognized courier service, and shall become effective: (a) on delivery if given in person; (b) on the date of transmission if sent by email or other means of wire transmission (provided no "bounceback" or other notice of nondelivery is received); or (c) two (2) Business Days after delivery to the courier service. Notices shall be given to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9.1).

        If to AGSA, to:

    56, Rue Charles Martel
    L-2134 Luxembourg
    Luxembourg
    Attention:    Hermanus Troskie
                          Torsten Schoen
    Email:           herman.troskie@maitlandgroup.com
                          torsten.schoen@ardaghgroup.com

    If to AMPSA, to:

    56, Rue Charles Martel
    L-2134 Luxembourg
    Luxembourg
    Attention:    Oliver Graham
                          David Bourne
    Email:           oliver.graham@ardaghgroup.com
                          david.bourne@ardaghgroup.com

        SECTION 9.2    Interpretation.  The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. If an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Whenever the words "include", "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation." Words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise. Reference to any Law means such Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or re-enacted, in whole or in part, from time to time, including rules, regulations, enforcement procedures and any interpretations promulgated thereunder. Underscored references to Articles, Sections, clauses or Exhibits shall refer to those portions of this Agreement, and any underscored references to a clause shall, unless otherwise identified, refer to the appropriate clause within the same Section in which such reference occurs. The table of contents and headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the terms "hereunder", "hereof", "hereto" and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause of or Exhibit to this Agreement. The word "or" is not exclusive and is deemed to have the meaning "and/or" unless expressly indicated otherwise. Any reference to "days" means calendar days unless Business Days are expressly specified. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, and if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, the period shall end on the immediately following

23


Business Day. References to "writing", "written" and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns.

        SECTION 9.3    Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall thereby be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any Party may execute and deliver signed counterparts of this Agreement to the other Party by electronic mail or other electronic transmission in portable document format (.PDF).

        SECTION 9.4    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other agreements specifically referenced herein, when executed, and any other instrument delivered in connection herewith or therewith embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes any agreements, representations, warranties or understandings, oral or written, among the Parties entered into prior to the date hereof. Each Exhibit attached hereto or referenced herein is hereby incorporated into and shall form a part of this Agreement by reference; provided that the terms contained in any Exhibit shall only apply with respect to the Services provided under such Exhibit. In the event of a conflict between the terms contained in an individual Exhibit and the terms in the body of this Agreement, the terms in this Agreement shall control.

        SECTION 9.5    Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

        SECTION 9.6    Assignment.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by a Party (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party, and any attempt to make any purported assignment or other transfer without such consent shall be void and unenforceable. Except for Article VII which is intended to benefit, and to be enforceable by, the parties specified therein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party and, subject to the foregoing sentence, their respective permitted successors and assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 9.6 shall limit the right of any Party to provide, subject to the terms of this Agreement, any applicable Services through a Third Party pursuant to Section 2.3 or an independent contractor pursuant to Section 2.6(b).

        SECTION 9.7    Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated only by a written agreement executed by each of the Parties.

        SECTION 9.8    Waiver.  The failure of any Party to enforce any condition or part of this Agreement at any time shall not be construed as a waiver of that condition or part, nor shall it forfeit any rights to future enforcement thereof. Any waiver hereunder shall be effective only if delivered to the other Parties in writing by the Party making such waiver.

        SECTION 9.9    Governing Law.  This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. Any Action arising in connection with this Agreement shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the courts of Luxembourg City.

[Signature page follows]

24


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

    ARDAGH GROUP S.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:    
        Title:    

[Signature Page to Services Agreement]



Exhibit A

AGSA Services

Exhibit A-1



Exhibit B

AMPSA Services

Exhibit B-1



Exhibit C

Shared Space Leases

Exhibit C-1



Exhibit D

Ardagh Name License

Exhibit D-1



Exhibit E

Transfer Agreement


Execution Version



TRANSFER AGREEMENT



by and between
ARDAGH GROUP S.A.
and
ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.
Dated as of February 22, 2021



Table of Contents

 
   
  Page


ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS


 

2

SECTION 1.1

 

Certain Defined Terms

 
2

SECTION 1.2

 

Other Defined Terms

  5

SECTION 1.3

 

Interpretation and Rules of Construction

  5


ARTICLE II    AMP TRANSFER


 

6

SECTION 2.1

 

AMP Transfer

 
6

SECTION 2.2

 

Transfer of Assets and Liabilities; Delayed Transfers

  6

SECTION 2.3

 

Wrong Pockets

  8


ARTICLE III    INDEMNIFICATION


 

9

SECTION 3.1

 

Indemnification by AGSA

 
9

SECTION 3.2

 

Indemnification by AMPSA

  10

SECTION 3.3

 

Limitations on Indemnification

  10

SECTION 3.4

 

Procedures for Indemnification

  10

SECTION 3.5

 

Taxes

  11


ARTICLE IV    EMPLOYEE MATTERS


 

12

SECTION 4.1

 

Transfer of Employment or Engagement; Collective Bargaining Agreements

 
12

SECTION 4.2

 

Transfer of Plans

  12

SECTION 4.3

 

Transfer of Liabilities

  13

SECTION 4.4

 

Terms and Conditions of Employment

  13

SECTION 4.5

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Amendment

  13


ARTICLE V    CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS


 

14

SECTION 5.1

 

Access to Information

 
14

SECTION 5.2

 

Privileged Matters

  14

SECTION 5.3

 

EAPA and Cross-License Assignment and Assumption

  15

SECTION 5.4

 

Litigation Cooperation

  15

SECTION 5.5

 

Insurance Matters

  16

SECTION 5.6

 

Intercompany Accounts

  16

SECTION 5.7

 

Hedging Arrangements

  16

SECTION 5.8

 

Credit and Performance Support Obligations

  17

SECTION 5.9

 

Further Actions

  17

SECTION 5.10

 

Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation

  18

SECTION 5.11

 

No Right to Set-Off

  18


ARTICLE VI    DISCLAIMER


 

19

SECTION 6.1

 

Disclaimer

 
19

SECTION 6.2

 

Limitation of Liability

  19


ARTICLE VII    GENERAL PROVISIONS


 

19

SECTION 7.1

 

Expenses

 
19

SECTION 7.2

 

Notices

  19

SECTION 7.3

 

Severability

  20

SECTION 7.4

 

Entire Agreement

  20

SECTION 7.5

 

Assignment

  20

i


 
   
  Page

SECTION 7.6

 

Amendment

  20

SECTION 7.7

 

Waiver

  20

SECTION 7.8

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

  21

SECTION 7.9

 

Specific Performance

  21

SECTION 7.10

 

Governing Law

  21

SECTION 7.11

 

Termination

  21

SECTION 7.12

 

Counterparts

  21

EXHIBIT

 

 

 
 

A    AMP Entities

 

 

 
 

ii



TRANSFER AGREEMENT

        TRANSFER AGREEMENT, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and between Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B160804 ("AGSA"), and Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under registration number B251465 ("AMPSA").

        WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, AGSA, indirectly through the AMP Entities (other than AMPSA), is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling metal beverage cans and ends and providing related technical and customer services (the "AMP Business");

        WHEREAS, AMPSA is a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of AGSA;

        WHEREAS, AGSA, AMPSA, Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("GHV"), and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, have entered into a Business Combination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "BCA"), which, among other things, provides that, as a condition to GHV's obligations to close the transactions contemplated by the BCA, the AMP Transfer and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been completed;

        WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, AGSA and its Subsidiaries will effect the AMP Transfer through a series of transactions in accordance with the Steps Plan (as defined in the BCA), that will result in all of the AMP Equity Interests being directly or indirectly owned by AMPSA in exchange for aggregate consideration consisting of (a) $2,315,000,000, payable in cash (in USD or the EUR equivalent thereof (based on an exchange rate as of a date to be agreed by the parties hereto) or both) in a series of transactions, including contributions for shares and the repayment of intercompany payables, (b) 484,956,250 shares, each with a par value of EUR 0.01, of AMPSA to be issued against contributions in kind made by AGSA to AMPSA ("Shares"), (c) a promissory note issued by a Subsidiary of AMPSA in the amount of $1,085,000,000, and (d) if the transactions contemplated by the BCA are consummated, a contingent right to receive an additional 60,730,000 Shares in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.6 of the BCA or if the transactions contemplated by the BCA are not consummated, such other consideration in form and amount as agreed by the parties hereto (the consideration set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), the "AGSA Consideration"); and

        WHEREAS, in connection with the AMP Transfer, AGSA will cause (a) the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to transfer to one or more AMP Entities any assets and Liabilities held by the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries that are primarily related to the conduct of the AMP Business or that will be used by the AMP Entities to provide services to the AGSA Entities following the AMP Closing Date under the Services Agreement, and (b) the AMP Entities to transfer to one or more AGSA Retained Subsidiaries any assets and Liabilities held by the AMP Entities that are primarily related to the conduct of the AGSA Retained Business or that will be used by the AGSA Entities to provide services to the AMP Entities following the AMP Closing Date under the Services Agreement.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows.



ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

        SECTION 1.1    Certain Defined Terms.     Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below:

        "Action" means any action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, claim, demand, litigation, prosecution, contest, investigation, inquiry, hearing, inquest, audit, complaint, dispute or other legal recourse, in each case, by or before a Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal, whether civil, criminal, administrative, disciplinary or otherwise.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person; provided, that, for the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise.

        "Agreement" means this Transfer Agreement between the parties hereto and all amendments hereto made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.6.

        "AMP Employee" means each employee or service provider (who is a natural person) of any AMP Entity, other than any Specified Employee.

        "AMP Employee Liabilities" means all Liabilities of any AGSA Entity or AMP Entity with respect to any current or former AMP Employee and his or her dependents and beneficiaries deriving from the AMP Employee's employment with any AGSA Entity or AMP Entity, whether or not such Liabilities arose pursuant to a Plan, applicable Law or otherwise, including any such Liabilities under any AGSA Retained Plan or any Plan sponsored or maintained by any third parties.

        "AMP Entities" means the Persons set forth on Exhibit A and any other Subsidiaries of AMPSA, from time to time.

        "AMP Equity Interests" means all of the equity and other ownership interests in the Persons set forth on Exhibit A, other than AMPSA.

        "AMP Plan" means a Plan sponsored or maintained by an AMP Entity (and not sponsored or maintained by an AGSA Entity), other than any Specified Plan.

        "AGSA Entities" means, for purposes of this Agreement, AGSA and its Affiliates, other than any AMP Entity.

        "AGSA Retained Business" means the businesses of AGSA (other than the AMP Business).

        "AGSA Retained Employee" means (i) each employee or service provider (who is a natural person) of any AGSA Entity and (ii) each Specified Employee.

        "AGSA Retained Employee Liabilities" means all Liabilities of any AGSA Entity or AMP Entity with respect to any current or former AGSA Retained Employee and his or her dependents and beneficiaries deriving from the AGSA Retained Employee's employment with any AGSA Entity or AMP Entity, whether or not such Liabilities arose pursuant to a Plan, applicable Law or otherwise, including any such Liabilities under any AMP Plan or any Plan sponsored or maintained by any third parties.

        "AGSA Retained Plan" means (i) each Plan that is sponsored or maintained by any AGSA Entity and (ii) each Specified Plan.

        "AGSA Retained Subsidiaries" means the Subsidiaries of AGSA, other than the AMP Entities.

2


        "Applicable Transfer Regulations" means the European Communities (Protection of Employees on Transfer of Undertakings) Regulations 2003 of Ireland (or any similar legislation governing the automatic transfer of employment in other jurisdictions).

        "BCA Closing Date" shall have the meaning ascribed to "Closing Date" in the BCA.

        "Business Day" means a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) any other day on which banks located in Luxembourg City, Luxembourg are required or authorized by Law to be closed for business.

        "Collective Bargaining Agreement" means any written agreement with an Employee Representative Body impacting the terms, conditions or liabilities of, to or in connection with, the AMP Employees.

        "Contract" means any legally-binding contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan or credit agreement, instrument, lease, commitment, mortgage, deed of trust, license, power of attorney, guaranty or other arrangement or obligation, whether written or oral, in each case, as amended and supplemented from time to time and including all schedules, annexes and exhibits thereto.

        "Employee Representative Body" means any works' council, labor union, trade union or similar employee representative body in any jurisdiction.

        "Encumbrance" means any encumbrance, mortgage, fixed or floating charge, pledge, lien, restriction, guarantee, trust, right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption or first refusal, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, title retention, legal or equitable third party right or interest, including any assignment by way of security or trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security, encroachment, deed of trust or deed to secure debt, recorded or unrecorded easement, right of way, covenant, condition, license, reservation, subdivision and other defects of title of any kind or rights of others for rights of way, utilities and similar purposes that adversely affect real property, or, in any case, any agreement to create any of the foregoing.

        "ERISA" means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

        "Governmental Authority" means any national, federal, state, local, supranational, regional, or provincial government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative or regulatory agency, board, bureau, arbitrator, tribunal, or arbitral body or commission or other national, state, local, supranational, regional or provincial governmental authority or instrumentality entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power.

        "Governmental Order" means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award, in each case, entered by any Governmental Authority.

        "Group" means the AGSA Entities, on the one hand, or the AMP Entities, on the other hand, as the case may be.

        "Indemnified Party" means an AGSA Indemnified Party or an AMPSA Indemnified Party, as the case may be.

        "Indemnifying Party" means AGSA pursuant to Section 3.1 or AMPSA pursuant to Section 3.2, as the case may be.

        "Law" means any national, federal, state, provincial, local or supranational law (including common law), statute, code, Governmental Order, consent decree, doctrine, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty or other legal requirement of any Governmental Authority.

        "Liabilities" means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or unaccrued, fixed or variable, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or

3


determinable, including those arising under any Law, Action or Governmental Order and those arising under any contract, lease, agreement, arrangement, commitment or undertaking.

        "Local Conveyances" means the sale and purchase agreements, share transfer agreements, bills of sale, deeds, assignment and assumption agreements and other documents between AGSA (or the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and AMPSA (or its designated Subsidiary), on the other hand, pursuant to which the applicable AMP Equity Interests will be transferred to, or assumed by, AMPSA or its designated Subsidiary.

        "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, person, trust, association or entity or Governmental Authority or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

        "Plan" means each employment, compensation, benefits, severance or termination, consulting, bonus, deferred compensation, equity, phantom-equity, or equity-based award, retention, relocation, vacation, change in control, transaction bonus, salary continuation, hospitalization, medical, dental, vision, life insurance, disability or sick leave benefit, profit-sharing, pension or retirement or other fringe benefit or compensatory plan, program, agreement or arrangement, whether or not in writing and whether or not funded, including any "employee benefit plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA).

        "Services Agreement" means the Services Agreement to be entered into by AGSA and AMPSA on or prior to the AMP Closing Date pursuant to which the AGSA Entities and the AMP Entities will provide services to each other after the AMP Closing.

        "Specified Employee" means any employee or other service provider of an AMP Entity who is primarily employed or engaged in the conduct of the AGSA Retained Business and who is identified by the parties hereto as an employee or service provider whose employment or engagement, as applicable, will be transferred (or novated) to an AGSA Retained Subsidiary in connection with the AMP Transfer.

        "Specified Plan" means any Plan identified by the parties hereto as a Plan that will be transferred to an AGSA Retained Subsidiary in connection with the AMP Transfer.

        "Subsidiary" of any Person means another Person, of which at least a majority of the outstanding securities or ownership interests having, by their terms, ordinary voting power to elect (or direct the election of) a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such first Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries.

4



        SECTION 1.2
    Other Defined Terms.     The following terms have the meanings set forth in the Sections set forth below:

Defined Term
  Location of Definition

AGSA

  Preamble

AGSA Consideration

  Recitals

AGSA Hedging Arrangements

  § 5.7(a)

AGSA Indemnified Parties

  § 3.2

AGSA Retained Actions

  § 5.4(b)

AGSA US DB Plan

  § 4.2(c)(i)

AMP Actions

  § 5.4(a)

AMP Business

  Recitals

AMP Closing

  § 2.1(a)

AMP Closing Date

  § 2.1(a)

AMP Transfer

  § 2.1(a)

AMP US DB Plan

  § 4.2(c)

AMPSA

  Preamble

AMPSA Indemnified Parties

  § 3.1

AMP US DB Plan

  § 4.2(c)(i)

BCA

  Recitals

Claim Notice

  § 3.4

Cross-License

  § 5.3

Defense Notice

  § 3.4(b)(i)

Delayed Transfer Assets

  § 2.2(c)

EAPA

  § 5.3

Excluded Guarantees

  § 5.8(b)

GHV

  Recitals

Indemnity Claim

  § 3.4

Losses

  § 3.1

Non-Compete Period

  § 5.10(a)

Non-Solicit Period

  § 5.10(a)

Shares

  Recitals

Third Party Claim

  § 3.4(a)

Transferred Guarantees

  § 5.8(a)


        SECTION 1.3
    Interpretation and Rules of Construction.     In this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise provided or that the context otherwise requires:

            (a)   when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section or Exhibit, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit to, this Agreement;

            (b)   the table of contents and headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement;

            (c)   whenever the words "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation";

            (d)   the word "or" is not exclusive and is deemed to have the meaning "and/or";

            (e)   the words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

5


            (f)    all terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document delivered or made available pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein;

            (g)   where used with respect to information, the phrases "delivered" or "made available" shall mean that the information referred to has been physically or electronically delivered to the relevant parties or their respective Representatives;

            (h)   the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;

            (i)    references to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns; and

            (j)    references to sums of money are expressed in Euros or in U.S. Dollars, as applicable, and "EUR" or "€" refers to Euros, and "USD" or "$" refers to U.S. dollars.


ARTICLE II

AMP TRANSFER

        SECTION 2.1    AMP Transfer.     

            (a)    Transfer of AMP Equity Interests.    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the delivery of the reports contemplated by Section 2.1(c), on or prior to April 1, 2021, or such other date as is agreed by AGSA and AMPSA, AGSA shall, and shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries and AMP Entities to, take actions substantially as described in the Steps Plan to cause the AMP Equity Interests to be, and with the result that the AMP Equity Interests will be, owned, directly or indirectly, by AMPSA, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than those (i) incurred in connection with any debt financings of the AMP Entities or (ii) imposed by applicable securities Laws (such actions, the "AMP Transfer," the time at which all of the AMP Equity Interests become owned by AMPSA, the "AMP Closing" and such date, the "AMP Closing Date"). As consideration for the AMP Transfer, AMPSA shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to AGSA the AGSA Consideration.

            (b)    Local Conveyances.    In furtherance of the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the AMP Equity Interests, each of AGSA and AMPSA shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to execute and deliver Local Conveyances as and to the extent necessary to evidence the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of such equity interests to the applicable AMP Entity.

            (c)    AMPSA Auditor Report.    In connection with clause (b) of the definition of "AGSA Consideration," a Luxembourg independent statutory auditor (réviseur d'entreprises agréé) of AMPSA shall have issued a report on the contribution in kind relating to the Shares to be issued to AGSA on or before the AMP Closing Date in accordance with this Agreement, prepared in accordance with and at the times required under article 420-10 or article 1010-1 (2), 2° of the Luxembourg Law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended.


        SECTION 2.2
    Transfer of Assets and Liabilities; Delayed Transfers.     

            (a)    Transfer of Assets and Liabilities.    The parties hereto agree that prior to, on or as promptly as practicable following the AMP Closing (but in any event, prior to the BCA Closing Date, subject only to the terms of this Agreement), the AGSA Entities will hold the assets and Liabilities primarily related to or used in the conduct of the AGSA Retained Business, and the AMP Entities will hold the assets and Liabilities primarily related to or used in the conduct of the AMP Business, together with, in each case, the assets that the members of each Group will use to provide services to the members of the other Group pursuant to the Services Agreement. In

6


    furtherance of the foregoing, and subject to this Section 2.2(a) and Section 2.3, (i) AGSA hereby conveys, transfers, contributes and assigns, and shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to, effective as of the AMP Closing Date, convey, transfer, contribute and assign to the applicable AMP Entities (and shall cause such Persons to accept) all of AGSA's and the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries' respective rights, title and interest in, to and under all assets owned, held, leased or licensed by AGSA or any of the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries (as applicable) and used in or related to the conduct of the AMP Business or that will be used by any of the AMP Entities to provide any services to the AGSA Entities under the Services Agreement following the AMP Transfer, (ii) AGSA shall cause the applicable AMP Entities, effective as of the AMP Closing Date, to convey, transfer, contribute, and assign to the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries (and shall cause such Persons to accept), all of the AMP Entities' respective rights, title and interest in, to and under any assets owned, held, leased or licensed by any of the AMP Entities and used in or related to the conduct of the AGSA Retained Business or that will be used by any of the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to provide any services to the AMP Entities under the Services Agreement following the AMP Transfer, and (iii) in connection with the transfers described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), AGSA shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries and AMP Entities to assume the respective Liabilities related to or arising from such assets transferred to such AGSA Retained Subsidiaries or such AMP Entities, as the case may be. The assets transferred pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be transferred free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in the BCA) or those imposed, with respect to assets transferred to an AMP Entity, in connection with any indebtedness of any AMP Entity, and with respect to assets transferred to an AGSA Retained Subsidiary, in connection with any indebtedness of any AGSA Retained Subsidiary. In furtherance of the assignment, transfer, contribution, conveyance and delivery of the assets and Liabilities pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) , each of AGSA and AMPSA shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to execute and deliver Local Conveyances as and to the extent necessary to evidence the assignment, transfer, contribution, conveyance and delivery of such assets and Liabilities to the applicable transferee.

            (b)    Approvals and Consents.    Prior to the AMP Closing Date, AGSA shall, and shall cause the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries and AMP Entities to, use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly give all notices to, and obtain all consents, authorizations, approvals and waivers from, all third parties whose consent, authorization, approval or waiver is required in connection with the conveyance, transfer, contribution or assignment of any asset contemplated by Section 2.2(a) to be transferred to an AMP Entity or an AGSA Retained Subsidiary. To the extent not obtained prior to the AMP Closing Date, following the AMP Closing Date, AGSA shall, and shall cause the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to, and AMPSA shall, and shall cause the other AMP Entities to, use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly give all notices to, and obtain all consents, authorizations, approvals and waivers from, all third parties whose consent, authorization, approval or waiver is required in connection with the conveyance, transfer, contribution or assignment of any asset contemplated by Section 2.2(a) to be transferred to an AMP Entity or an AGSA Retained Subsidiary, as applicable. AGSA shall not, and shall cause the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries not to, and AMPSA shall not, and shall cause the other AMP Entities not to, intentionally take any action that will have the effect of delaying, impairing or impeding the receipt of any required consents, authorizations, approvals or waivers.

            (c)    Delayed Transfers.    In the event that any consent, authorization, approval or waiver or amendment is required from any unaffiliated third party in order to convey, transfer, contribute or assign (as the case may be) any asset contemplated by Section 2.2(a) to be transferred to an AMP Entity or to an AGSA Retained Subsidiary and such consent, approval, waiver or amendment is not obtained prior to the AMP Closing (such assets, "Delayed Transfer Assets"), then, following the AMP Closing, to the extent not specifically addressed in the Services Agreement, (i) AGSA shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to use their reasonable best efforts to

7


    (A) continue to hold in trust for the applicable AMP Entities, and to the extent required by the terms applicable to such Delayed Transfer Assets, operate such Delayed Transfer Assets in all material respects in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (subject to the terms of the Services Agreement) and (B) cooperate in any arrangement, reasonable and lawful as to the applicable Persons, designed to provide to the applicable AMP Entities the benefits arising under such Delayed Transfer Assets, and (ii) AMPSA shall cause the applicable AMP Entities to use their commercially reasonable efforts to (A) continue to hold in trust for the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries, and to the extent required by the terms applicable to such Delayed Transfer Assets, operate such Delayed Transfer Assets in all material respects in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (taking into account the terms of the Services Agreement) and (B) cooperate in any arrangement, reasonable and lawful as to the applicable Persons, designed to provide to the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries the benefits arising under such Delayed Transfer Assets. In furtherance of clause (i) of this Section 2.2(c), AGSA shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to, without further consideration therefor, pay and remit to AMPSA (or its designees) promptly all monies, rights and other consideration received by them, net of any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs payable to a third party, in respect of such performance, and in furtherance of clause (ii) of this Section 2.2(c), AMPSA shall cause the applicable AMP Entities to, without further consideration therefor, pay and remit to AGSA (or its designees) promptly all monies, rights and other consideration received by them, net of any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs payable to a third party, in respect of such performance.

            (d)    Shared Contracts.    If an AGSA Retained Subsidiary or an AMP Entity is a party to any Contract that is related to both the AGSA Retained Business and the AMP Business, AGSA and AMPSA shall cooperate with each other to determine the optimal treatment of such Contract, including whether such Contract should be (i) split so that the portion of such Contract that relates to the AGSA Retained Business is assigned to or retained by, as applicable, an AGSA Retained Subsidiary, and the portion of such Contract that relates to the AMP Business is assigned to retained by, as applicable, an AMP Entity, (ii) the subject of an agency, subcontracting or similar arrangement so that the applicable Person receives the benefits and bears the burden of the portion of such Contract applicable to its business, or (iii) addressed under the Services Agreement. AGSA and AMPSA shall, and shall cause their applicable Subsidiaries to use, their commercial reasonable efforts to cause the agreed upon treatment of such Contract to be implemented.


        SECTION 2.3
    Wrong Pockets.     

            (a)   If, following the AMP Closing (including following the completion of the conveyance, transfer, contribution or assignment of a Delayed Transfer Asset), any right, property, asset or Liability is found to have been transferred to an AMP Entity in error, AMPSA shall cause the applicable AMP Entity to transfer, at AGSA's cost, such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability as soon as reasonably practicable to the AGSA Retained Subsidiary designated by AGSA, and AGSA shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiary to accept such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability, as applicable. If, following the AMP Closing (including following the completion of the conveyance, transfer, contribution or assignment of a Delayed Transfer Asset), any right, property, asset or Liability is found to have been retained by any AGSA Retained Subsidiary in error, AGSA shall, or shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiary to, transfer, at AGSA's cost, such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability as soon as reasonably practicable to the AMP Entity designated by AMPSA, and AMPSA shall cause the applicable AMP Entity to accept such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability, as applicable. Each party hereto shall give prompt written notice to the other party hereto if any AGSA Retained Subsidiary, on the one hand, or any

8


    AMP Entity, on the other hand, discovers that any such right, property or Liability has been transferred to an AMP Entity in error or retained by an AGSA Retained Subsidiary in error.

            (b)   If, following the AMP Closing (including following the completion of the conveyance, transfer, contribution or assignment of a Delayed Transfer Asset), any right, property, asset or Liability is found to have been transferred to an AGSA Retained Subsidiary in error, AGSA shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiary to transfer, at AGSA's cost, such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability as soon as reasonably practicable to the AMP Entity designated by AMPSA, and AMPSA shall cause the applicable AMP Entity to accept such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability, as applicable. If, following the AMP Closing (including following the completion of the conveyance, transfer, contribution or assignment of a Delayed Transfer Asset), any right, property, asset or Liability is found to have been retained by any AMP Entity in error, AMPSA shall, or shall cause the applicable AMP Entity to, transfer, at AGSA's cost, such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability as soon as reasonably practicable to the AGSA Retained Subsidiary designated by AGSA, and AGSA shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiary to accept such right, property, asset (and any related Liability) or Liability, as applicable. Each party hereto shall give prompt written notice to the other party hereto if any AMP Entity, on the one hand, or any AGSA Retained Subsidiary, on the other hand, discovers that any such right, property or Liability has been transferred to an AGSA Entity in error or retained by an AMP Entity in error.

            (c)   Following the AMP Closing (including following the completion of the conveyance, transfer, contribution or assignment of a Delayed Transfer Asset), unless otherwise provided in the Services Agreement, each of AGSA and AMPSA shall cause the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries or the AMP Entities, respectively, to promptly pay or deliver to the other party hereto (or its designees) any monies, deposits, checks or other receivables that are received by such party (or the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries or AMP Entities, as applicable) to the extent they are (or represent the proceeds of) the AMP Business (to the extent received by an AGSA Retained Subsidiary) or the AGSA Retained Business (to the extent received by an AMP Entity).


ARTICLE III

INDEMNIFICATION

        SECTION 3.1    Indemnification by AGSA.     From and after the AMP Closing Date, AGSA shall indemnify and hold harmless each AMP Entity and each of their respective equityholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns (other than any AGSA Entity) (collectively, the "AMPSA Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all Liabilities, claims, losses, damages, costs, expenses, interest, awards, judgments and penalties (including reasonable attorneys' and consultants' fees and expenses) actually suffered or incurred by them (collectively, "Losses") (other than any Transaction Expenses (as defined in the BCA)) to the extent arising out of or resulting from (a) any of the AGSA Retained Business, the AGSA Retained Employees, the AGSA Retained Plans (except any AMP Employee Liabilities) or the AGSA Retained Employee Liabilities, whether arising before, on or following the AMP Closing Date, and including any Losses arising out of or resulting from any failure by AGSA, AMPSA or any AGSA Entity (including any AGSA Retained Subsidiary) or AMP Entity to comply with the requirements of the Applicable Transfer Regulations in relation to the transfer of the Specified Employees under Section 4.1(a) or (b) a Third Party Claim to the extent that the facts of such Action arise out of or are based upon the actions of any AGSA Entity with respect to the AGSA Retained Business, but, in each case, excluding any Losses to the extent arising out of or resulting from any action taken by any AMP Entity with respect to the AGSA Retained Business following the AMP Closing, other than pursuant to a Contract between an AMP Entity and any AGSA Entity or with the written consent of an AGSA Entity.

9



        SECTION 3.2
    Indemnification by AMPSA.     From and after the AMP Closing Date, AMPSA shall indemnify and hold harmless each AGSA Entity and each of their respective equityholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, successor and assigns (collectively, the "AGSA Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all Losses to the extent arising out of or resulting from (a) any of the AMP Business, the AMP Employees, the AMP Plans (except any AGSA Retained Employee Liabilities) or the AMP Employee Liabilities, whether arising before, on or following the AMP Closing Date, or (b) a Third Party Claim to the extent that the facts of such Action arise out of or are based upon the actions of any AMP Entity (including any of their predecessors) with respect to the AMP Business, but, in each case, excluding any Losses to the extent arising out of or resulting from any action taken by any AGSA Entity with respect to the AMP Business following the AMP Closing, other than pursuant to a Contract between an AGSA Entity and any AMP Entity or with the written consent of an AMP Entity.


        SECTION 3.3
    Limitations on Indemnification.     

            (a)   For all purposes of this Article III, "Losses" shall be net of (i) any recovery or benefit (including insurance and indemnification, but not including taxes) actually received by the Indemnified Party or any member of its Group, net of reasonable expenses incurred in obtaining such recovery or benefit, in connection with such Losses and, if the Indemnified Party or any member of its Group receives such recovery or benefit after receipt of payment from the Indemnifying Party, then the amount of such recovery or benefit, net of reasonable expenses incurred in obtaining such recovery or benefit, shall be promptly paid to the Indemnifying Party; and (ii) any tax benefit actually realized by the Indemnified Party or any member of its Group arising as a result of the accrual, incurrence or payment of any such Losses, reduced by any tax detriment resulting from the receipt or accrual of the related indemnification payment hereunder.

            (b)   Each party hereto shall, and shall cause any member of its Group that is an Indemnified Party to, take commercially reasonable steps to mitigate its Losses upon and after becoming aware of any event that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any Losses, and indemnification shall not be available with respect to any portion of any Loss to the extent such portion of such Loss is attributable to a failure by a party to take (or cause its Representatives to take) commercially reasonable steps to mitigate such Loss after becoming aware of such event that could reasonably be expected to give rise to such Loss. Neither party hereto shall be entitled to any payment, adjustment or indemnification more than once with respect to the same matter.

            (c)   The indemnification provisions in this Article III will not require any party hereto to indemnify the other for Losses arising out of or resulting from the performance (or non-performance) of any other Contract between an AGSA Entity, on the one hand and an AMP Entity, on the other, which matters will be addressed in the applicable Contract.


        SECTION 3.4
    Procedures for Indemnification.     

            (a)   Any Person seeking any indemnification under this Article III (an "Indemnified Party"), acting through AGSA or AMPSA, as applicable, shall give the Party from which indemnification is being sought (an "Indemnifying Party") prompt notice (a "Claim Notice") of any matter which such Indemnified Party has determined has given or could give rise to a right of indemnification under this Article III; provided, however, that if an Indemnified Party shall receive written notice of any third party claim (a "Third Party Claim"), the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party a Claim Notice within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of such notice. The Claim Notice shall (i) indicate whether the matter for which indemnification is sought (an "Indemnity Claim") results from or arises out of a Third Party Claim or a direct claim, (ii) describe with reasonable specificity the nature of the Indemnity Claim and (iii) state the amount of Losses sought pursuant to such Indemnity Claim to the extent then known. The failure to deliver or timely deliver the Claim Notice shall not affect the rights of the Indemnified Party to

10


    indemnification under this Article III, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such failure.

            (b)   Third Party Claims.

                (i)  The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the defense of a Third Party Claim, upon delivery of written notice to the Indemnified Party (the "Defense Notice") within twenty (20) days after the Indemnifying Party's receipt of the Claim Notice (or sooner if the nature of the Third Party Claim so requires); provided that the Defense Notice shall specify the counsel the Indemnifying Party will appoint to defend such Third Party Claim (such counsel to be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party). The Indemnified Party shall be entitled to be indemnified in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for any period during which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense of any such Third Party Claim in accordance herewith. If the Indemnifying Party timely delivers a Defense Notice and thereby elects to conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim, (A) the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party apprised of all material developments with respect to such Third Party Claim and (B) the Indemnified Party will cooperate with and make available to the Indemnifying Party such assistance and materials as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request, all at the sole expense of the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnified Party shall have the right at its expense to participate in the defense assisted by counsel of its own choosing.

               (ii)  The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to control the defense of any Third Party Claim if (A) such Third Party Claim is with respect to a criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (B) it fails to actively and diligently conduct its defense of such Third Party Claim, (C) the Indemnified Party has been advised by counsel that a reasonable likelihood exists of a material conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim or (D) such Third Party Claim seeks an injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party. In the event of any of the foregoing circumstances and the Indemnified Party has nonetheless permitted the Indemnifying Party to control the defense of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnifying Party desires to so control such defense, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to retain its own counsel, and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) of the Indemnified Party.

              (iii)  The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, (A) settle or compromise a Third Party Claim or consent to the entry of any order which does not include an unconditional written release by the claimant or plaintiff of the Indemnified Party from all liability in respect of the Third Party Claim, (B) settle or compromise any Third Party Claim if the settlement imposes equitable or other non-monetary remedies or other obligations on the Indemnified Party or (C) settle or compromise any Third Party Claim if the result is to admit civil or criminal liability or culpability on the part of the Indemnified Party that gives rise to criminal liability with respect to the Indemnified Party. No Third Party Claim which is being defended by the Indemnifying Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be settled or compromised by the Indemnified Party without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed).


        SECTION 3.5
    Taxes.     For the avoidance of doubt, this Article III does not apply to taxes, the indemnification for which shall be governed by the terms of the BCA.

11



ARTICLE IV

EMPLOYEE MATTERS


        SECTION 4.1
    Transfer of Employment or Engagement; Collective Bargaining Agreements.     

            (a)    Transfer of Employment or Engagement.    On or prior to the AMP Closing Date, AGSA and AMPSA will take all actions required to be taken by them to effect the transfer of the employment or novation of the engagement, as applicable (save for any Specified Employee who submits a valid objection to such transfer in accordance with and subject to the Applicable Transfer Regulations), of each Specified Employee to an AGSA Retained Subsidiary designated by AGSA.

            (b)    Collective Bargaining Agreements.    AGSA shall cause the AMP Entities to assume or retain, as the case may be, each Collective Bargaining Agreement and, to the extent applicable, recognize (to the extent not yet recognized) each Employee Representative Body covering AMP Employees.


        SECTION 4.2
    Transfer of Plans.     

            (a)    General.    Effective as of the AMP Closing, AGSA and AMPSA shall cause (i) the AMP Entities to, assume or retain, as the case may be, all obligations with respect to each AMP Plan and honor and discharge all obligations under each AMP Plan and (ii) the AGSA Entities to, assume or retain, as the case may be, all obligations with respect to each AGSA Retained Plan and honor and discharge all obligations under each AGSA Retained Plan.

            (b)    Certain Incentive Compensation.    AGSA's Annual Incentive Bonus Plan and the Long Term Incentive Plan (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is in effect prior to the date hereof and is not the Executive Long Term Incentive Plan) shall be AGSA Retained Plans; provided that (i) the amount of any payments due to current or former AMP Employees under the Annual Incentive Bonus Plan and the AGSA Long Term Incentive Plan shall be determined under the plans, and in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, and in consultation with AMPSA and (ii) the cost of any payments due to current or former AMP Employees under the Annual Incentive Bonus Plan and the AGSA Long Term Incentive Plan shall be borne by an AMP Entity.

            (c)    Defined Benefit Pension Plans.    

                (i)  In the event AGSA and AMPSA mutually determine or are otherwise required by applicable Law to separate the AGSA North America Retirement Plan (the "AGSA US DB Plan"), AMPSA and AGSA shall cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause their applicable Subsidiaries to transfer all of the AGSA US DB Plan assets and Liabilities, including any related funding obligations, related to current or former AMP Employees out of the AGSA US DB Plan into another appropriate arrangement established by an AMP Entity designated by AMPSA and separate from the AGSA US DB Plan (the "AMP US DB Plan"). Any transfer of assets and Liabilities from the AGSA US DB Plan to the AMP US DB Plan shall be in accordance with applicable accounting standards and ERISA and other applicable Law, and AGSA and AMPSA shall cooperate to make such transfer tax efficient, to the extent reasonably possible. To the extent any assets are transferred from the AGSA US DB Plan to the AMP US DB Plan in excess of assets contributed to the AGSA US DB Plan on behalf of current or former AMP Employees, AMPSA will or will cause an AMP Entity to promptly reimburse AGSA in an amount equal to such excess on a tax-effected basis (such that the excess will be reduced by any tax benefit in respect of contribution of such assets to the AGSA US DB Plan). The AMP US DB Plan, if established, shall be an AMP Plan. AMPSA or an AMP Entity shall make the required minimum funding contributions to the AMP US DB Plan in relation to the separation from the AGSA US DB Plan. The AGSA US DB Plan will be operated in good faith with respect to AMPSA. No

12


      AMP Employee shall accrue any additional benefits under the AGSA US DB Plan following the time of the separation of the AMP US DB Plan; instead, AMP Employees, if eligible, shall accrue benefits under the AMP US DB Plan to the extent provided in the AMP US DB Plan. AGSA and AMPSA, as applicable, shall timely provide notices, if any, required under Law to the affected AMP Employees, and to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. AGSA's actuary shall provide all certifications required for the transfers of assets and Liabilities contemplated under this Section 4.2(c).

               (ii)  Determinations under Section 4.2(c)(i) shall be made using reasonable assumptions that are consistent with past practice, to the extent applicable, and agreed upon by certified actuaries retained by each of AGSA and AMPSA. All calculations of assets and Liabilities, and methodologies related thereto, shall be proposed by AGSA's certified actuary and shall be subject to review and approval by AMPSA's certified actuary. In the event of a dispute regarding the calculation or allocation of assets and Liabilities or funding obligations, or the methodologies or assumptions used for such calculations or allocations, in each case under this Section 4.2(c), such dispute shall be exclusively and finally determined, at the request of either party, by an independent certified actuary at a nationally recognized actuarial or accounting firm. Such independent actuary shall be selected by mutual agreement of the parties, and all fees of such independent actuary shall be shared equally by AGSA and AMPSA. The parties agree to comply with any determination made by such independent actuary.


        SECTION 4.3
    Transfer of Liabilities.     Without limiting the generality of Section 3.2, effective as of the AMP Closing, AGSA and AMPSA shall cause (i) the AMP Entities to, assume or retain, as the case may be, and be responsible for all obligations with respect to (and indemnify, defend and hold harmless the AGSA Entities from and against) any and all AMP Employee Liabilities, whether arising before, on or after the AMP Closing, and (ii) the AGSA Entities to, assume or retain, as the case may be, and be responsible for all obligations with respect to (and indemnify, defend and hold harmless the AMP Entities from and against) any and all AGSA Retained Employee Liabilities, whether arising before, on or after AMP Closing. Upon request by AMPSA, AGSA shall promptly provide financial and other reasonable information regarding AMP Employee Liabilities to AMPSA.


        SECTION 4.4
    Terms and Conditions of Employment.     

            (a)   AMPSA will cause the other AMP Entities to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to (i) comply with any obligations or standards arising under applicable Laws governing the terms and conditions of the employment of AMP Employees and (ii) provide terms and conditions of employment in a manner that does not unreasonably result in any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any AGSA Entity to pay any severance, vacation payout, termination indemnity, termination related payment or other similar benefit (including such benefits required under applicable Laws) to any AMP Employee.

            (b)   AGSA will cause the other AGSA Entities to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to (i) comply with any obligations or standards arising under applicable Laws governing the terms and conditions of the employment of AGSA Retained Employees and (ii) provide terms and conditions of employment in a manner that does not unreasonably result in any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any AMP Entity to pay any severance, vacation payout, termination indemnity, termination related payment or other similar benefit (including such benefits required under applicable Laws) to any AGSA Retained Employee.


        SECTION 4.5
    No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Amendment.     Without limiting the generality of Section 7.8, all provisions contained in this Article IV are included for the sole benefit of the parties hereto, and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall create any third party beneficiary or other rights (a) in any other Person, including any employees, former employees, any

13


participant in any Plan or any dependent or beneficiary thereof (including any AMP Employee or AGSA Retained Employee), or (b) to continued employment with any AGSA Retained Subsidiary or any AMP Entity. Nothing contained herein, whether express or implied, shall be treated as an amendment or other modification or adoption of any Plan or Collective Bargaining Agreement, or shall limit the right of any AGSA Entity or any AMP Entity to amend, terminate or otherwise modify any Plan or Collective Bargaining Agreement following the AMP Closing in accordance with its terms. In the event that (i) a party other than the parties hereto makes a claim or takes other action to enforce any provision in this Agreement as an amendment to any Plan or Collective Bargaining Agreement, and (ii) such provision is deemed in any judicial proceeding to be an amendment to such Plan or Collective Bargaining Agreement even though not explicitly designated as such in this Agreement, then such provision, to the extent covered by such deemed amendment, shall lapse retroactively and shall have no amendatory effect.


ARTICLE V

CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

        SECTION 5.1    Access to Information.     

            (a)   In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made against, or incurred by, any AGSA Entity relating to the AMP Business and for purposes of compliance with securities, environmental, employment and other Laws, until the later of the seventh (7th) anniversary of the AMP Closing Date or the expiration of the relevant period of the applicable statute of limitations (including any extension thereof), AMPSA shall, and shall cause the other AMP Entities to (i) retain the books and records and financial and operational data relating to the AMP Business for periods prior to the AMP Closing Date (to the extent in AMPSA's or the other AMP Entities' possession); and (ii) upon reasonable advance notice, afford the Representatives of the AGSA Entities reasonable access (including the right to make, at AGSA's expense, copies), during normal business hours, to such books and records. After the expiration of such period, AMPSA shall offer to turn over possession of such books and records to AGSA at least sixty (60) days prior to disposing of or destroying any of such books and records.

            (b)   In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made against, or incurred by, any AMP Entity relating to the AMP Business and for purposes of compliance with securities, environmental, employment and other Laws, until the later of the seventh (7th) anniversary of the AMP Closing Date or the expiration of the relevant period of the applicable statute of limitations (including any extension thereof), AGSA shall, and shall cause the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to (i) retain the books and records and financial and operational data relating to the AMP Business for periods prior to the AMP Closing Date, to the extent such books, records and other data and information were in the possession or control of the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries prior to the AMP Closing and have not been delivered to the AMP Entities; and (ii) upon reasonable notice, afford the Representatives of the AMP Entities reasonable access (including the right to make, at AMPSA's expense, copies), during normal business hours, to such books and records. After the expiration of such period, AGSA shall offer to turn over possession of such books and records to AMPSA at least sixty (60) days prior to disposing of or destroying any of such books and records.


        SECTION 5.2
    Privileged Matters.     

            (a)   The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the AGSA Entities' and the AMP Entities' attorney-client privilege, attorney work-product protection and expectation of client confidence with respect to any communications concerning any proposed transfer of the AMP Business or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the BCA, the Services Agreement or any Local Conveyance document, and all information and documents covered by such privilege, protection or expectation shall be retained and controlled by AGSA, and may be

14


    waived only by AGSA. AGSA and AMPSA acknowledge and agree that (i) the foregoing attorney-client privilege, work product protection and expectation of client confidence shall not be controlled, owned, used, waived or claimed by the AMP Entities upon consummation of the AMP Closing; and (ii) in the event of a dispute between an AMP Entity, on the one hand, and a third party, on the other hand, or any other circumstance in which a third party requests or demands that an AMP Entity produce privileged materials or attorney work-product of AGSA or another AGSA Entity (including the privileged communications and attorney work-product covered by this Section 5.2(a)), AMPSA shall, and shall cause such AMP Entity to assert such attorney-client privilege on behalf of AGSA or the applicable AGSA Entity to prevent disclosure of privileged communications or attorney work-product to such third party.

            (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the attorney-client privilege, attorney work-product protection and expectation of client confidence with respect to any communications concerning general business matters related to the AMP Business and the AMP Entities and arising prior to the AMP Closing Date for the benefit of both the AGSA Entities and the AMP Entities shall be subject to a joint privilege and protection between AGSA, on the one hand, and AMPSA, on the other hand, and AGSA and AMPSA shall, on behalf of their applicable Group members, have equal right to assert such joint privilege and protection and no such joint privilege or protection may be waived by (i) any AGSA Entity without the prior written consent of AMPSA; or (ii) any AMP Entity without the prior written consent of AGSA; provided that any such privileged communications or attorney-work product, whether arising prior to, or after the AMP Closing Date, with respect to any matter for which a party hereto has an indemnification obligation hereunder, shall be subject to the sole control of such party with respect to such matter giving rise to such indemnification obligation, which shall be solely entitled to control the assertion or waiver of the privilege or protection in connection with such matter, whether or not such communications or work product is in the possession of or under the control of such party.


        SECTION 5.3
    EAPA and Cross-License Assignment and Assumption.     Effective as of the AMP Closing (a) AGSA hereby assigns and transfers to AMPSA, and AMPSA hereby accepts and assumes, all of AGSA's rights and obligations under (i) that certain Equity and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2016, by and among AGSA, Ball Corporation and Rexam PLC (the "EAPA") and (ii) that certain Intellectual Property Cross-License Agreement, dated October 31, 2019, by and between AGSA and Trivium Packaging B.V. (the "Cross-License"), in each case, without any representation, warranty, recourse or covenant of any kind or nature whatsoever, each of which is expressly disclaimed by each of the parties hereto, and (b) without limiting the generality of Section 3.2, AMPSA hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless AGSA and each other AGSA Entity from any and all Losses arising from the EAPA or the Cross-License, whether arising before, on or after the AMP Closing.


        SECTION 5.4
    Litigation Cooperation.     

            (a)   Effective as of the AMP Closing Date, the applicable AMP Entities shall assume and thereafter be responsible for all Liabilities that may result from any Actions to the extent related to the AMP Business (the "AMP Actions") and, subject to Section 3.4, all fees and costs relating to the defense of the AMP Actions, including attorneys,' accountants,' consultants' and other professionals' fees and expenses that have been incurred prior to the AMP Closing Date and are unpaid as of the AMP Closing Date, or that are incurred on or after the AMP Closing Date.

            (b)   Effective as of the AMP Closing Date, the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries shall assume and thereafter be responsible for all Liabilities that may result from any Actions to the extent related to the AGSA Retained Business (the "AGSA Retained Actions") and, subject to Section 3.4, all fees and costs relating to the defense of the AGSA Retained Actions, including

15


    attorneys,' accountants,' consultants' and other professionals' fees and expenses that have been incurred prior to the AMP Closing Date and are unpaid as of or after the AMP Closing Date, or that are incurred on or after the AMP Closing Date.

            (c)   The parties hereto agree that at all times from and after the AMP Closing Date, if an Action relates to the AMP Business and the AGSA Retained Business or is commenced by a third party naming an AMP Entity (with respect to any Action related to the AGSA Retained Business) or an AGSA Entity (with respect to any Action related to the AMP Business) as a defendant thereto, then the parties hereto shall cooperate and consult to the extent necessary or advisable with respect to the defense of such Action.

            (d)   Each party hereto shall use reasonable efforts to make available to the other party hereto and its attorneys, accountants, consultants and other designated representatives, upon written request, its directors, managers, officers, employees and representatives as witnesses, and shall otherwise cooperate with the other party hereto, to the extent reasonably requested in connection with any Action, the facts of which arise prior to the AMP Closing Date in which the requesting party hereto may from time to time be involved.


        SECTION 5.5
    Insurance Matters.     Unless otherwise agreed by the parties or provided in the Services Agreement the AMP Business shall, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Services Agreement, continue to be insured by insurance policies held by the AGSA Entities or by any of their self-insured programs.


        SECTION 5.6
    Intercompany Accounts.     All intercompany receivables, payables and loans between any AGSA Retained Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any AMP Entity, on the other hand, other than the AGSA Hedging Arrangements or receivables or payables in respect of ordinary course of business transactions on arms' length terms, shall, prior to the AMP Closing or as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, be settled, paid, capitalized, contributed to the capital of the applicable Person, distributed or otherwise terminated, in each case, as determined by AGSA, and AGSA and, if applicable, AMPSA, shall cause the applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiaries and AMP Entities to make all payments, capital contributions, transfers or distributions necessary or appropriate to effectuate such settlement, payment, capitalization, contribution, distribution or other termination of such intercompany receivables, payables and loans with the result that there shall not be any material intercompany receivables, payables and loans between any AGSA Retained Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any AMP Entity, on the other hand, after the AMP Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that certain payments in respect of intercompany payables arising in connection with the AMP Transfer will be made following the BCA Closing Date or, if applicable, at such other times contemplated by the Steps Plan.


        SECTION 5.7
    Hedging Arrangements.     

            (a)   From and after AMP Closing, AGSA shall cause each applicable AGSA Retained Subsidiary to maintain all currency and commodity hedging that such Person has entered into for the benefit of an AMP Entity for purposes of such AMP Entity receiving the economic benefits, and being subject to the economic risks, of such hedging arrangements (such arrangements the "AGSA Hedging Arrangements") at the direction of AMPSA pursuant to and in accordance with the Services Agreement, and AGSA and AMPSA shall implement arrangements reasonably acceptable to each of them to both (i) provide the applicable AMP Entity, to the fullest extent practicable, with all claims, rights and benefits under the AGSA Hedging Arrangements, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the mark-to-market position existing on the AMP Closing Date and (ii) cause the applicable AMP Entity to bear all Liabilities thereunder, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the mark-to-market position existing on the AMP Closing Date. Upon maturity of any AGSA Hedging Arrangements (or earlier crystallization of a hedge position), AGSA shall remit funds to AMPSA (or its designee) in respect of any such hedging arrangements that are

16


    in-the-money and AMPSA will remit funds to AGSA (or its designee) in respect of any such hedging arrangements that are out-of-the money, in each case, on the relevant date of settlement in accordance with market convention.

            (b)   Either AGSA or AMPSA may request cash collateral in respect of open trades where the net mark to market position across all open trades is greater than a $10,000,000 margin call tolerance limit. The amount of such cash collateral to be paid shall be any amount above the margin call tolerance limit. Any such cash collateral paid may be netted against future settlements of trades as agreed between AGSA and AMPSA.


        SECTION 5.8
    Credit and Performance Support Obligations.     

            (a)   AGSA and AMPSA shall cooperate and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause each AGSA Retained Subsidiary to be, prior to the AMP Closing Date, replaced or removed as a guarantor or obligor under, and released or relieved from any Liability arising out of, any letters of credit, performance bonds, corporate guarantees, statutory guarantees or obligations and other similar obligations outstanding in favor of a third party in connection with the AMP Business (together the "Transferred Guarantees"). Without limiting the generality of Section 3.3, from and after the AMP Closing, AMPSA shall indemnify each AGSA Entity against any Losses arising from or relating to any Transferred Guarantees. AGSA and AMPSA shall cooperate and use their commercially reasonable efforts after the AMP Transfer to relieve, remove, release or replace each AGSA Retained Subsidiary from any remaining Transferred Guarantees.

            (b)   AGSA shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each AMP Entity to be, prior to the AMP Closing Date, replaced or removed as a guarantor or obligor under, and released or relieved from any Liability arising out of, any letters of credit, performance bonds, corporate guarantees, statutory guarantees or obligations, collateral or security agreements or arrangements and other similar obligations in favor of a third party in connection with the AGSA Retained Business (together, the "Excluded Guarantees"); provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the AMP Closing Date, AGSA shall cause (i) each AMP Entity to be released from all guarantees of the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness (as defined in the BCA) and all other obligations and liabilities of the AMP Entities in respect of the Ardagh Existing Indebtedness, to be terminated and released and (ii) all Encumbrances granted by the AMP Entities, or otherwise existing with respect to the assets of the AMP Entities or the AMP Business, securing any Ardagh Existing Indebtedness or guarantees or other obligations or liabilities with respect to Ardagh Existing Indebtedness, to be released, in the case of each of the foregoing (i) and (ii), pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GHV as set forth in the BCA. Without limiting the generality of Section 3.1, from and after the AMP Transfer, AGSA shall indemnify and hold harmless each AMP Entity against any Losses arising from or relating to the Excluded Guarantees. AGSA and AMPSA shall use their commercially reasonable efforts after the AMP Transfer to relieve, remove, release or replace each AMP Entity from any remaining Excluded Guarantees.


        SECTION 5.9
    Further Actions.     From time to time after the AMP Closing, without additional consideration, each party hereto shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver such further instruments and take such other action as may be necessary or is reasonably requested by another party hereto to make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, reasonably promptly following the AMP Closing, AGSA shall, and shall cause the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries to, take all action necessary, including by filing all necessary documentation with the applicable Governmental Authority (or Internet domain name registrar, in the case of Internet domain names), to cause AMPSA or one of the other AMP Entities designated by AMPSA to be the legal, beneficial and record owner of each item of Registered Owned Intellectual

17


Property (as defined in the BCA) set forth or required to be set forth on Section 4.14(b) of the AGSA Disclosure Schedule, and AGSA shall reasonably promptly deliver evidence of the foregoing to GHV.


        SECTION 5.10
    Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.     

            (a)   For a period from the BCA Closing Date until the earlier of (i) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the BCA Closing Date or (ii) the date on which AGSA no longer, directly or indirectly, is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of AMPSA (such period, the "Non-Compete Period"), none of AGSA or its Subsidiaries (excluding any AMP Entity) shall, directly or indirectly, and except with respect to the AMP Entities, engage in the development, manufacture, marketing or sale of metal beverage cans and ends (excluding, in each case, kegs and aluminum bottles) or the provision of related technical and customer services, in each case, as developed, manufactured, marketed, sold or provided by the AMP Business on the date hereof. Except as otherwise contemplated by Section 3.3 of the Services Agreement, for a period from the BCA Closing Date until the earlier of (A) the second (2nd) anniversary of the BCA Closing Date, or (B) the date on which AGSA no longer, directly or indirectly, is the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of AMPSA (such period, the "Non-Solicit Period"), none of AGSA or its Subsidiaries (excluding any AMP Entity) shall, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or hire, or cause to be solicited or hired, any AMP Employee with an annual base salary or wages greater than €150,000; provided that this Agreement shall not prohibit any (1) advertisement, general solicitation or search firm engagement (or hiring as a result thereof) that is not specifically targeted at such persons or (2) direct solicitation of any AMP Employee whose employment by or term in office with any AMP Entity is terminated prior to the date of the applicable solicitation.

            (b)   For the duration of the Non-Compete Period, no AMP Entity shall, directly or indirectly (but excluding any services provided to the AGSA Entities pursuant to the Services Agreement), engage in the AGSA Retained Business as it is conducted by the AGSA Entities on the date hereof. Except for AMP Employees and except as otherwise contemplated by Section 3.3 of the Services Agreement, for the duration of the Non-Solicit Period, the AMP Entities shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or hire, or cause to be solicited or hired, any AGSA Retained Employee with an annual base salary or wages greater than €150,000, provided that this Agreement shall not prohibit any (i) advertisement, general solicitation or search firm engagement (or hiring as a result thereof) that is not specifically targeted at such persons or (ii) direct solicitation of any AGSA Retained Employee whose employment by or term in office with any AGSA Entity is terminated prior to the date of the applicable solicitation.

            (c)   The covenants and undertakings in this Section 5.10 relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of this Section 5.10 will cause irreparable injury to the AGSA Entities or the AMP Entities, as applicable, the amount of which will be impossible to estimate or determine and which cannot be adequately compensated. Accordingly, the remedy at law for any breach of this Section 5.10 will be inadequate. Therefore, AGSA and AMPSA, as applicable, will be entitled to seek a temporary and permanent injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of this Section 5.10 without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting any bond whatsoever. The rights and remedies provided by this Section 5.10(c) are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies which AGSA or AMPSA, as applicable, may have hereunder at law or in equity.


        SECTION 5.11
    No Right to Set-Off.     Neither party hereto shall have any right to set off any payments payable to the other party under this Agreement (including any payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Article III) against any payments to be made by such party pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties hereto and no party hereto may

18


withhold any such funds pursuant to this Agreement in the event there is a dispute regarding any other matter set forth in this Agreement or the Services Agreement.


ARTICLE VI

DISCLAIMER

        SECTION 6.1    Disclaimer.     EXCEPT AS MAY EXPRESSLY BE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE SERVICES AGREEMENT OR ANY LOCAL CONVEYANCE, ALL INTERESTS AND ASSETS ARE BEING TRANSFERRED ON AN "AS IS," "WHERE IS" BASIS.


        SECTION 6.2
    Limitation of Liability.     IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF FUTURE PROFITS, REVENUE OR INCOME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE OR LOSS OF BUSINESS REPUTATION OR OPPORTUNITY, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES WERE FORESEEABLE OR SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ACTUALLY AWARDED TO A THIRD PARTY BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION.


ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS.

        SECTION 7.1    Expenses.     Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, all costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial and other advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne by AMPSA. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.1 does not apply to taxes, the allocation of which shall be governed by the terms of the BCA.


        SECTION 7.2
    Notices.     All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made by delivery in person, by e-mail or other means of electronic transmission, and by internationally recognized courier service, and shall become effective: (a) on delivery if given in person; (b) on the date of transmission if sent by email, or other means of electronic transmission (provided that no "bounceback" or notice of non-delivery is received); or (c) two (2) Business Days after delivery to the courier service. Notices shall be given to the

19


respective parties hereto at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party hereto as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.2):

If to AGSA to:

56, Rue Charles Martel
L-2134 Luxembourg
Luxembourg

Attention:

 

Hermanus Troskie
Torsten Schoen
Email:   herman.troskie@maitlandgroup.com
torsten.schoen@ardaghgroup.com

If to AMPSA to:

56, Rue Charles Martel
L-2134 Luxembourg
Luxembourg
Attention:   Oliver Graham
David Bourne
Email:   oliver.graham@ardaghgroup.com
david.bourne@ardaghgroup.com


        SECTION 7.3
    Severability.     If any term or other provision of this Agreement is declared invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any Governmental Authority, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect for so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.


        SECTION 7.4
    Entire Agreement.     This Agreement, and, to the extent applicable hereto, the BCA, the Services Agreement and the Local Conveyances constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.


        SECTION 7.5
    Assignment.     This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by operation of Law or otherwise without the express written consent of AGSA and AMPSA, as the case may be (which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of AGSA or AMPSA, as applicable), and any attempted assignment that is not in accordance with this Section 7.5 shall be null and void.


        SECTION 7.6
    Amendment.     This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by, or on behalf of, each party hereto that expressly references the Section of this Agreement to be amended or by a waiver in accordance with Section 7.7.


        SECTION 7.7
    Waiver.     Either party to this Agreement may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party; (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other party contained herein or in any document delivered by the other party pursuant to this Agreement; or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements of the other party or conditions to such obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be

20


valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the parties to be bound thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure or delay by any party hereto in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or future exercise of any other right hereunder. Any waiver of any term or condition hereof shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or as a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement.


        SECTION 7.8
    No Third-Party Beneficiaries.     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, only the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to, or shall confer upon, any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, including any rights of employment for any specified period, under or by reason of this Agreement; provided, that the other AMP Entities and the AGSA Retained Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be intended third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Agreement applicable to such Persons.


        SECTION 7.9
    Specific Performance.     The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the parties hereto would be irreparably damaged if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached and that any non-performance or breach of this Agreement by either party hereto could not be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone and that the parties hereto would not have any adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in addition to any other right or remedy to which either party hereto may be entitled, at law or in equity (including monetary damages), such party shall be entitled to seek to enforce any provision of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance and to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of any of the provisions of this Agreement, without posting any bond or other undertaking. The parties hereto agree that they will not contest the appropriateness of specific performance as a remedy.


        SECTION 7.10
    Governing Law.     This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. Any Action arising in connection with this Agreement shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the courts of Luxembourg City.


        SECTION 7.11
    Termination.     This Agreement may be terminated at any time by the mutual written consent of AGSA and AMPSA.


        SECTION 7.12
    Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall thereby be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any party hereto may execute and deliver signed counterparts of this Agreement to the other parties hereto by electronic mail or other electronic transmission in portable document format (.PDF).

[Signature page follows]

21


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

    ARDAGH GROUP S.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ HERMANUS TROSKIE

        Name:   Hermanus Troskie
        Title:   Director

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ YVES ELSEN

        Name:   Yves Elsen
        Title:   Director

        [Signature Page to Transfer Agreement]


Exhibit A

AMP Entities



Exhibit F

Form of Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement



WARRANT ASSIGNMENT, ASSUMPTION AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

        This Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of [    ·    ], 2021, by and among Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés, Luxembourg) under number B251465 ("AMPSA"), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (the "Warrant Agent").


RECITALS

        WHEREAS, the Company and the Warrant Agent are parties to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2020, and filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2020 (the "Existing Warrant Agreement");

        WHEREAS, capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Existing Warrant Agreement;

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Warrant Agreement, the Company issued (a) 6,250,000 warrants to Gores Sponsor V LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor" and such warrants, collectively, the "Private Warrants"), to purchase shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.0001 per share ("Common Stock") simultaneously with the closing of the Company's initial public offering (the "Public Offering") (including the partial exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option), at a purchase price of $2.00 per Private Warrant, with each Private Warrant being exercisable for one share of Common Stock and with an exercise price of $11.50 per share, and (b) 10,500,000 warrants to public investors in the Public Offering (collectively, the "Public Warrants") to purchase shares of Common Stock, with each Public Warrant being exercisable for one share of Common Stock and with an exercise price of $11.50 per share;

        WHEREAS, all of the Warrants are governed by the Existing Warrant Agreement;

        WHEREAS, on February 22, 2021, a Business Combination Agreement (the "Business Combination Agreement") was entered into by and among the Company, AMPSA, Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of AMPSA ("MergeCo"), and Ardagh Group S.A. a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés, Luxembourg) under number B160804 ("Ardagh");

        WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, MergeCo will merge with and into the Company (the "Merger"), with the Company being the surviving corporation of the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of AMPSA, and, in the context of and in connection with such Merger, all shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), other than any Excluded Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), will be contributed to AMPSA in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, and the Private Warrants and Public Warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into warrants issued by AMPSA exercisable for shares of AMPSA;

        WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger, as provided in Section 4.4 of the Existing Warrant Agreement, each of the issued and outstanding Warrants will no longer be exercisable for shares of Common Stock but instead will be exercisable (subject to the terms and conditions of the Existing Warrant Agreement as amended hereby) for shares of AMPSA;


        WHEREAS, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will constitute a Business Combination (as defined in Section 3.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement);

        WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Company desires to assign all of its right, title and interest in the Existing Warrant Agreement to AMPSA and AMPSA wishes to accept such assignment; and

        WHEREAS, Section 9.8 of the Existing Warrant Agreement provides that the Company and the Warrant Agent may amend the Existing Warrant Agreement without the consent of any Registered Holders for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Existing Warrant Agreement as the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and the Warrant Agent deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Registered Holders.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

        1.    ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION; CONSENT.    


        1.1
    Assignment and Assumption.     The Company hereby assigns to AMPSA all of the Company's right, title and interest in and to the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) as of the Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement). AMPSA hereby assumes, and agrees to pay, perform, satisfy and discharge in full, as the same become due, all of the Company's liabilities and obligations under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) arising from and after the Effective Time.


        1.2
    Consent.     The Warrant Agent hereby consents to the assignment of the Existing Warrant Agreement by the Company to AMPSA pursuant to Section 1.1 effective as of the Effective Time, the assumption of the Existing Warrant Agreement by AMPSA from the Company pursuant to Section 1.1 effective as of the Effective Time, and to the continuation of the Existing Warrant Agreement in full force and effect from and after the Effective Time, subject at all times to the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) and to all of the provisions, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions of the Existing Warrant Agreement and this Agreement.


        
2.    AMENDMENT OF EXISTING WARRANT AGREEMENT.     The Company and the Warrant Agent hereby amend the Existing Warrant Agreement as provided in this Section 2, effective as of the Effective Time, and acknowledge and agree that the amendments to the Existing Warrant Agreement set forth in this Section 2 are necessary or desirable and that such amendments do not adversely affect the interests of the Registered Holders:


        2.1
    Preamble.     The preamble on page one of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended by deleting "Gores Holdings V, Inc., a Delaware corporation" and replacing it with "Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés, Luxembourg) under number B251465". As a result thereof, all references to the "Company" in the Existing Warrant Agreement shall be replaced with references to AMPSA.


        2.2
    Recitals.     The recitals on pages one and two of the Existing Warrant Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety as follows:

2


            "WHEREAS, on August 5, 2020, Gores Holdings V, Inc. ("GHV") entered into that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement with Gores Sponsor V LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor"), pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of 5,750,000 warrants (or up to 6,462,500 warrants if the Over-allotment Option (as defined below) in connection with the Offering (as defined below) is exercised in full) simultaneously with the closing of the Offering (and the closing of the Over-allotment Option, if applicable) bearing the legend set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the "Private Placement Warrants") at a purchase price of $2.00 per Private Placement Warrant (as defined below); and

            WHEREAS, GHV consummated an initial public offering (the "Offering") of units of GHV's equity securities, each such unit comprised of one share of Common Stock (as defined below) and one-fifth of one Public Warrant (as defined below) (the "Units") and, in connection therewith, issued and delivered up to 9,500,00 warrants (including up to 10,925,000 warrants subject to the Over-allotment Option) to public investors in the Offering (the "Public Warrants" and together with the Private Placement Warrants, the "GHV Warrants"). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock of GHV, par value $0.0001 per share ("Common Stock"), for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole warrants are exercisable; and

            WHEREAS, GHV has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") registration statements on Form S-1, File Nos. 333-239962 and 333-241145 (together, the "Registration Statements") and a prospectus (the "Prospectus"), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the Units, and the Public Warrants and the Common Stock included in the Units; and

            WHEREAS, GHV, AMPSA, and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MergeCo"), and Ardagh Group S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with its registered office at 56, Rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés, Luxembourg) under number B160804, entered into that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021 (the "Business Combination Agreement"), pursuant to which, among other things, MergeCo will merge with and into GHV (the "Merger") with GHV surviving such merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPSA, and, as a result of the Merger, all shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding will be contributed to AMPSA and the Private Placement Warrants and Public Warrants then issued and outstanding will be converted into Warrants (as defined below) exercisable for shares of AMPSA, par value of EUR 0.01 each (each, a "Share");

            WHEREAS, on [    ·    ], 2021, pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, AMPSA, GHV and the Warrant Agent entered into a Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement (the "Warrant Assumption Agreement"), pursuant to which GHV assigned its rights and obligations under this Agreement to AMPSA and AMPSA assumed GHV's right and obligations under this Agreement from GHV; and

            WHEREAS, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Warrant Assumption Agreement and Section 4.4 of this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), each of the issued and outstanding GHV Warrants were no longer exercisable for shares of Common Stock but instead became exercisable (subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement) for Shares (each a "Warrant" and collectively, the "Warrants"); and

            WHEREAS, AMPSA desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of AMPSA, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

3


            WHEREAS, AMPSA desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of AMPSA, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

            WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of AMPSA and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of AMPSA, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


        2.3
    References to Common Stock and Stockholders.     (a) All references to "Common Stock" in the Existing Warrant Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) other than references thereto in the recitals shall be amended to reference the Shares, and (b) all references to "stockholders" shall be amended to reference "shareholders."


        2.4
    Detachability of Warrants.     Section 2.4 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: "[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]"


        2.5
    Extraordinary Dividends.     Section 4.1.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended by adding the word "or" before clause (b) of such section and deleting clauses (c)-(e) of such section.


        2.6
    Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc.     The following phrase in clause (ii) of the proviso in Section 4.4 is hereby deleted: "(other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by the Company in connection with redemption rights held by stockholders of the Company as provided for in the Company's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as a result of the repurchase of shares of Common Stock by the Company if a proposed initial Business Combination is presented to the stockholders of the Company for approval)".


        2.7
    Notices.     Section 9.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended as follows (a) the phrase "an internationally recognized" shall be inserted in front of every reference to "private courier service", and (b) the delivery address of AMPSA shall be changed to the following:

      56, Rue Charles Martel
      L-2134 Luxembourg
      Luxembourg
      Attention:    Oliver Graham
                            David Bourne
      Email:           oliver.graham@ardaghgroup.com
                            david.bourne@ardaghgroup.com

      with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
      Shearman & Sterling, LLP
      599 Lexington Avenue
      New York, NY 10022-6069
      Attention:    Clare O'Brien
                            Alain Dermarkar
      Email:           cobrien@shearman.com
                            alain.dermarkar@shearman.com


        2.8
    Currency.     A new Section 9.10 is hereby inserted as follows:

            "Currency. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all references to currency, monetary values and dollars set forth herein shall mean U.S. dollars (USD) and all payments hereunder shall be made in U.S. dollars (USD)."

4



        2.9
    Business Day.     A new Section 9.11 is hereby inserted as follows:

            "Business Day. For purposes of this Agreement, "Business Day" means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in New York, NY, or Luxembourg City, Luxembourg are required or authorized by law to be closed for business."


        2.10
    Warrant Certificate.     Exhibit A to the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Exhibit A in its entirety and replacing it with a new Exhibit A attached hereto.


        2.11
    Legend.     The phrase "LETTER AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG GORES HOLDINGS V, INC. (THE "COMPANY"), GORES SPONSOR V LLC AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO" in Exhibit B to the Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENT, ENTERED INTO AS OF [    ·    ], 2021, BY AND AMONG ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A., A PUBLIC LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME) GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE GRAND DUCHY OF LUXEMBOURG WITH ITS REGISTERED OFFICE AT 56, RUE CHARLES MARTEL, L-2134 LUXEMBOURG, LUXEMBOURG ("AMPSA"), ARDAGH GROUP S.A., A PUBLIC LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME) GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE GRAND DUCHY OF LUXEMBOURG WITH ITS REGISTERED OFFICE AT 56, RUE CHARLES MARTEL, L-2134 LUXEMBOURG, LUXEMBOURG, GORES SPONSOR V LLC A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO".


        
3.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.    


        3.1
    Effectiveness of Warrant.     Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be expressly subject to the consummation of the Merger and shall automatically be terminated and shall be null and void if the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated for any reason.


        3.2
    Amendment and Waiver.     This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto at any time by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each party hereto.


        3.3
    Successors.     All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.


        3.4
    Severability.     This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.


        3.5
    Applicable Law.     The validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York (except to the extent mandatorily governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg), without giving effect to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties hereby agree that any action, proceeding or claim against a party arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. Each of the parties hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.


        3.6
    Persons Having Rights under this Agreement.     Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the Registered Holders any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant,

5


condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the Registered Holders.


        3.7
    Examination of the Warrant Agreement.     A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the Registered Holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such Registered Holder to submit his, her or its Warrant for inspection by the Warrant Agent.


        3.8
    Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall thereby be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any party hereto may execute and deliver signed counterparts of this Agreement to the other Parties by electronic mail or other electronic transmission in portable document format (.PDF) or any other electronic signature complying with the United States ESIGN Act of 2000 (including www.docusign.com), each of which shall be deemed an original.


        3.9
    Effect of Headings.     The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.


        3.10
    Notices.     Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by a party hereto shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement as amended by this Agreement (with any notices to the Company being made to AMPSA).


        3.11
    Reference to and Effect on Agreements; Entire Agreement.     

        (a)   Any references to "this Agreement" in the Existing Warrant Agreement will mean the Existing Warrant Agreement as amended by this Agreement. Except as specifically amended by this Agreement, the provisions of the Existing Warrant Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

        (b)   This Agreement and the Existing Warrant Agreement, as modified by this Agreement, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, arrangements, promises and commitments, whether written or oral, express or implied, relating to the subject matter hereof, and all such prior agreements, understandings, arrangements, promises and commitments are hereby canceled and terminated.

        [Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

6


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

    GORES HOLDINGS V, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING S.A.

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:    
        Title:    

 

 

CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, as Warrant Agent

 

 

By:

 

  

        Name:    
        Title:    

[Signature Page to Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement]



EXHIBIT A

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

See attached.



Exhibit G

Form of AMPSA Articles of Association


Articles of Association of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
Société anonyme
Siège social : 56, Rue Charles Martel L-2134, Luxembourg
R.C.S. Luxembourg section B numéro 251465

**************************************************

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF
[    
·    ] 2021

**************************************************

1



TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTERPRETATION   4
1.   Definitions   4

FORM, NAME, DURATION AND REGISTERED OFFICE

 

6
2.   Form and Name   6
3.   Duration   6
4.   Registered Office   6

CORPORATE OBJECTS

 

6
5.   Corporate Objects   6

SHARES

 

7
6.   Share Capital   7
7.   Power to Issue Shares   7
8.   Power of the Company to Purchase or otherwise Acquire its own Shares   8
9.   Suspension and/or Waiver of Voting Right; Voting by Incapacitated Holders   9
10.   Statements of Share Ownership   10

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

10
11.   Register of Shareholders   10
12.   Transfer of Shares   10
13.   Compulsory Transfer of Shares   11

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

13
14.   Power to Alter Capital   13

DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS AND LEGAL RESERVE

 

14
15.   Dividends and Other Distributions   14
16.   Legal Reserve   14

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

14
17.   General Meetings   14
18.   Record Date For Shareholder Notice; Voting   15
19.   Convening of General Meetings   15
20.   Participation by telephone or video conference   16
21.   Quorum at General Meetings   16
22.   Voting on Ordinary and Special Resolutions   16
23.   Instrument of Proxy   16
24.   Adjournment of General Meeting   17

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

17
25.   Number of Directors   17
26.   Election of Directors   17
27.   Classes of Directors   18
28.   Term of Office of Directors   18
29.   Removal of Directors   18
30.   Vacancy in the Office of Director   19
31.   Remuneration of Directors   19
32.   Directors to Manage Business   19
33.   Powers of the Board of Directors   19
34.   Interested Directors   20
35   .Competition and Corporate Opportunities   21
36.   Appointment of Chairman and Secretary   22

2


37.   Appointment, Duties and Remuneration of Officers   22
38.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers   23
39.   Binding Signatures   24

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

24
40.   Board Meetings   24
41.   Notice of Board Meetings   24
42.   Participation by telephone or video conference   24
43.   Quorum at Board Meetings   24
44.   Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy   24
45.   Written Resolutions   25
46.   Validity of Acts of Directors   25

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

25
47.   Minutes of the Meetings of the Shareholders   25
48.   Minutes of the Meetings of the Board   25
49.   Place Where Corporate Records Kept   25
50.   Service of Notices   25

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

26
51.   Financial Year   26

AUDITOR

 

27
52.   Appointment of Auditor   27

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

27
53.   Winding-Up   27

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

27
54.   Changes to Articles   27
55.   Governing Law   27

3


    INTERPRETATION

        1.     Definitions

        1.1   In these Articles, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

        Acquiror has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.1;

        Acquiror Expert has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.1;

        Acquiror Purchase Price has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.2;

        Act means the Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 pertaining to commercial companies, as amended from time to time;

        Affiliate means, with respect to a person, any person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such person;

        Articles means these articles, as amended from time to time in accordance with Article 54;

        Article 13 Notice has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.1;

        Auditor means one or more independent auditors (réviseurs d'enterprises) appointed in accordance with these Articles and includes an individual, company or partnership;

        Board means the board of directors appointed or elected from time to time pursuant to these Articles;

        Chairman means the chairman of the Board;

        Clear Days means, in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

        Company means the company for which these Articles are approved and confirmed;

        Compulsory Acquisition Notice has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.2;

        Control means, with respect to any person, the possession, directly or indirectly, by another person of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such first person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;

        Depository has the meaning ascribed in Article 11.4;

        Director means a director of the Company;

        EUR means the single currency of participating member states of the European Union and the lawful currency for the time being of Luxembourg;

        Fair Market Value has the meaning ascribed in Article 8.6;

        Indemnified Party has the meaning ascribed in Article 38.1;

        Luxembourg has the meaning ascribed in Article 4.1;

        New Shares has the meaning ascribed in Article 7.3;

        Notice means written notice as further provided in these Articles unless otherwise specifically stated;

        Notice of Objection has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.3;

        Notice to the Company means written notice addressed to the Secretary or another officer identified by the Company to Shareholders from time to time, delivered to the registered office of the

4


Company by hand or mail, or to the Company by facsimile or electronic mail (with customary proof of confirmation that such notice has been transmitted);

        Officer means any person appointed as an officer of the Company by the Board, with such title, powers and duties as designated by resolution of the Board in accordance with Article 37;

        Ordinary Resolution means a resolution adopted at an ordinary general meeting (including the annual general meeting) with the quorum set forth in Article 21.1 and the majority set forth in Article 22.1;

        Purchase Price has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.3;

        Register of Shareholders means the register of shareholders referred to in these Articles;

        Remaining Holder Expert has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.3;

        Remaining Holders has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.1;

        Remaining Shares has the meaning ascribed in Article 13.1;

        Secretary means the person appointed as secretary of the Company by the Board, including any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties set forth in Article 34.2 and specifically entrusted by resolution to the Secretary;

        Shares has the meaning ascribed in Article 6.1;

        Share Capital in Issue means the sum of the aggregate par value of the issued Shares, taking into account that the par value of each Share is EUR 0.01;

        Shareholder means any person registered in the Register of Shareholders as the holder of shares in the Company;

        Special Resolution means a resolution adopted at an extraordinary general meeting with the quorum set forth in Article 21.2 and the majority set forth in Article 22.2;

        Subsidiary means an incorporated or unincorporated entity in which another person (a) has a majority of the shareholders' or members' voting rights or (b) has the right to appoint or remove a majority of the members of the administrative, management or supervisory body and is at the same time a shareholder in or member of such entity; and

        Treasury Share means a Share that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held (or is treated as having been held) continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled.

        1.2   In these Articles, where not inconsistent with the context:

        (a)   words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

        (b)   words denoting the neuter gender include the masculine and feminine genders;

        (c)   the word:

      (i)
      "may" shall be construed as permissive;

      (ii)
      "shall" shall be construed as imperative; and

      (iii)
      "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation";

        (d)   a reference to statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof;

5


        (e)   if the numbering of the articles within the Act is subsequently changed, reference to a given article of the Act in these Articles shall be deemed to be replaced by the new number;

        (f)    the word "corporation" means a legal entity (personne morale); and

        (g)   the word "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other incorporated or unincorporated organisation or any other entity, including a governmental entity or authority; and

        (h)   unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions used in these Articles and defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Articles as in the Act.

        1.3   In these Articles expressions referring to writings shall, unless inconsistent with the context, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.

        1.4   Headings used in these Articles are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

    FORM, NAME, DURATION AND REGISTERED OFFICE

        2.     Form and Name

        The Company's legal name is "Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A." and it is a public limited liability company (société anonyme).

        3.     Duration

        The Company is incorporated for an unlimited duration.

        4.     Registered Office

        4.1   The registered office of the Company is established in the City of Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg ("Luxembourg"). It may be transferred within Luxembourg by a resolution of the Board, which may amend these Articles accordingly.

        4.2   If the Board determines that extraordinary political or military developments or events have occurred or are imminent and that these developments or events would interfere with the normal activities of the Company at its registered office, or with the ease of communication between such office and persons abroad, the registered office may be temporarily transferred abroad until the complete cessation of these extraordinary circumstances. Such temporary measures shall have no effect on the nationality of the Company which, notwithstanding the temporary transfer of its registered office, will remain a Luxembourg incorporated company. Such temporary measures will be taken by the Board and notified to the Shareholders.

    CORPORATE OBJECTS

        5.     Corporate Objects

        5.1   The corporate objects of the Company are to hold, directly or indirectly, equity or other interests in other persons, including its Subsidiaries, and take all actions as are necessary or useful to realise these objects.

        5.2   The Company has the power to carry out the following actions:

        (a)   the acquisition, holding, management and disposal, in any form, by any means, directly or indirectly, of participations, rights and interests in, and obligations of, Luxembourg and non-Luxembourg companies, partnerships or other incorporated or non-incorporated entities;

6


        (b)   the acquisition by purchase, subscription, assumption or in any other manner and the transfer by sale, exchange or in any other manner of equity securities, bonds, debentures, notes and other securities or financial instruments of any kind and contracts thereon or related thereto;

        (c)   the ownership, administration, development and management of a portfolio of assets, including real estate assets and the assets referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Article 5.2;

        (d)   the holding, acquisition, disposal, development, licensing or sublicensing, and management of, or the investment in, any patents or other intellectual property rights of any nature or origin as well as the rights deriving therefrom;

        (e)   the issuance of debt and equity securities in any currency and in any form including by way of:

      (i)
      the issue of shares, notes, bonds, debentures or any other form of debt or equity security and in any manner, whether by way of private placement, public offering or otherwise; and

      (ii)
      borrowing from any third party, including banks, financial institutions, or other person whether or not affiliated with the Company;

        (f)    to the extent permitted under Luxembourg law, the provision of any form of equity or debt funding or any other form of financial assistance in any currency and whether or not financed by any of the methods mentioned in paragraph (e) of this Article 5.2 and whether subordinated or unsubordinated, to any person including to the Company's Subsidiaries, Affiliates and/or any other persons that may or may not be Shareholders or Affiliates of the Company;

        (g)   the giving of guarantees (including up-stream and cross-stream) or the creation of any form of encumbrance or security over all or any of its assets to guarantee or secure its own obligations or those obligations and undertakings of any other companies or persons that may or may not be Shareholders or Affiliates, and, generally, for its own benefit and/or the benefit of any other persons that may or may not be Shareholders or Affiliates of the Company; and

        (h)   taking any actions designed or intended to protect the Company against credit, currency exchange, interest rate or other risks.

        5.3   The objects and powers described in this Article 5 are to be interpreted in their broadest sense and any transaction or agreement which is entered into by the Company that is not inconsistent with the foregoing objects or powers will be deemed to be within the scope of such objects or powers.

    SHARES

        6.     Share Capital

        6.1   The authorised share capital of the Company is set at one billion Euro and zero Cents (EUR 1,000,000,000), divided into one hundred billion (100,000,000,000) shares, with a par value of one Euro cent (EUR 0.01) each (the "Shares").

        6.2   The Share Capital in Issue of the Company amounts to thirty thousand Euro and zero Cents (EUR 30,000). The Company may issue additional shares in accordance with these Articles.

        7.     Power to Issue Shares

        7.1   Subject to the provisions of the Act, any Share may be issued either at par or at a premium and with such rights and/or restrictions, whether in respect of dividends, voting, return of capital, transferability or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time direct.

        7.2   Any share premium created upon the issue of shares pursuant to Article 7.1 shall be available for repayment to the Shareholders, the payment of which shall be within the absolute discretion of the

7


Board. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board is authorised to use any share premium for the purpose of making any share premium repayment to Shareholders or repurchasing Shares.

        7.3   (a) The Board is authorised for a period of five (5) years from [    ·    ] 2021 to increase the Share Capital in Issue, once or more, (i) by the issue of new shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each (the "New Shares"), (ii) by granting options to subscribe for New Shares, (iii) by issuing any other instruments convertible into or repayable by or exchangeable for New Shares (whether provided in the terms at issue or subsequently provided), (iv) by issuing bonds with warrants or other rights to subscribe for New Shares attached, or (v) through the issue of standalone warrants or any other instrument carrying an entitlement to, or the right to subscribe for, New Shares, up to a maximum of the authorised but as yet unissued share capital of the Company to such persons and on such terms as the Board determines in its absolute discretion. The Board may set the subscription price for the New Shares so issued, as well as determining the form of consideration to be paid for any such New Shares which may include (A) cash, including the setting off of claims against the Company that are certain, due and payable, (B) payment in kind, and (C) reallocation of the share premium, profit reserves or other reserves of the Company. The Board is also authorised to issue New Shares free of charge within the limitations of Article 420-26 (6) of the Act.

        (b)   The Board is authorised to withdraw or limit the Luxembourg statutory preemption provisions upon the issuance of the New Shares pursuant to the authority conferred by Article 7.3.

        7.4   The Board shall be authorised to appoint, in its absolute discretion, a representative, to appear before a public notary in Luxembourg for the purpose of recording each share capital increase by way of notarial deed and amending the Articles to reflect the changes resulting from such share capital increases to the Share Capital In Issue.

        8.     Power of the Company to Purchase or otherwise Acquire its own Shares

        8.1   The Company may purchase, acquire or receive its own Shares for cancellation or to hold them as Treasury Shares within the limits, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the Act and other applicable laws and regulations.

        8.2   Pursuant to and in conformity with the provisions of Article 430-15 of the Act, and in conformity with all other applicable laws and regulations (including any rules and regulations of any stock market, exchange or securities settlement system on which the Shares are traded, as may be applicable to the Company), the Company is authorised to purchase, acquire, receive and/or hold Shares, from time to time, provided that:

        (a)   the Shares hereby authorised to be purchased shall all be fully paid-up issued Shares;

        (b)   the maximum number of Shares purchased, acquired or received by the Company shall be such that the aggregate nominal value or the aggregate accounting par value of the Shares held by persons other than the Company does not fall below the minimum issued share capital prescribed by the Act;

        (c)   the maximum price which may be paid for each Share shall not exceed the Fair Market Value (as defined in Article 8.6);

        (d)   the minimum price which may be paid for each Share shall be the par value of the Share; and

        (e)   the acquisitions, including the Shares previously acquired by the Company and held by it, and Shares acquired by a person acting in its own name but on the Company's behalf, may not have the effect of reducing the net assets of the Company below the amount mentioned in paragraphs (1) and (2) of Article 461-2 of the Act.

        8.3   The authority set forth in this Article 8 (unless previously revoked, varied or renewed by the general meeting) is granted for a period of five (5) years from and commencing on [    ·    ] 2021.

8


        8.4   The authority set forth in this Article 8 relates only to:

        (a)   one or more market purchases (being a purchase of Shares by the Company of Shares offered for sale by any Shareholder on any stock exchange on which the Shares are traded), as the Board shall determine without such acquisition offer having to be made to all Shareholders; and

        (b)   purchases effected in circumstances other than those referred to in Article 8.4(a), where an offer on the same terms has been made by the Company to all Shareholders in a similar situation.

        8.5   The Board shall be authorised to appoint, in its absolute discretion, a representative, to appear before a public notary in Luxembourg for the purpose of amending these Articles to reflect the changes resulting from the cancellation of any Shares repurchased in accordance with the terms of this Article 8, if such election is made to cancel the Shares.

        8.6   For the purposes of this Article 8, "Fair Market Value" means, in respect of any Share:

        (a)   the actual price at which the Company effects a purchase of its own Shares pursuant to an announced open market repurchase program on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Company's Shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on such other securities exchange on which the Company's shares are then listed or traded; or

        (b)   in the case of any repurchase of Shares that is not effected pursuant to an announced open market repurchase program on the New York Stock Exchange or another securities exchange, the fair market value determined in good faith by an independent auditor (réviseur d'entreprises) appointed by the Board on the basis of such information and facts as available to, and deemed relevant by, the independent auditor.

        8.7   Voting rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Shares and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company for determining the quorum and majority requirements of any general meeting. The aforementioned restrictions on voting rights shall apply to Shares issued by the Company and held by direct and indirect subsidiaries, in accordance with Article 430-23 of the Act.

        9.     Suspension and/or Waiver of Voting Right; Voting by Incapacitated Holders

        9.1   The Board may suspend the right to vote of any Shareholder if such Shareholder does not fulfil its obligations under these Articles or any deed of subscription or deed of commitment entered into by such Shareholder.

        9.2   Any Shareholder may individually decide not to exercise, temporarily or definitively, such Shareholder's right to vote all or any of such Shareholder's shares. Any such Shareholder shall be bound by such waiver, which shall be enforceable by the Company from the date of the Company's receipt of Notice from such Shareholder of such waiver.

        9.3   If the voting rights of one or more Shareholders are suspended in accordance with this Article 9 or a Shareholder has temporarily or permanently waived such Shareholder's voting right in accordance with this Article 9, such Shareholders shall receive Notice of and may attend any general meeting of Shareholders but the Shares with respect to which such Shareholder does not have, or has waived, voting rights in accordance with this Article 9 shall not be taken into account for determining whether the quorum and majority vote requirements are satisfied.

        9.4   If an individual Shareholder is of unsound mind or an order has been made in respect of such Shareholder by any court having jurisdiction (whether in Luxembourg or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder, such Shareholder's committee, receiver, guardian or other person appointed by that court and any such committee, receiver, guardian or other person may vote such Shareholder's Shares, including by proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the Board of the authority of

9


the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be deposited at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as is specified in accordance with these Articles for the deposit of proxies, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is exercised, failing which the right to vote shall not be exercised.

        10.   Statements of Share Ownership

        At the request of a Shareholder, the Company shall issue a statement of share ownership evidencing the number of Shares registered in such Shareholder's name in the Register of Shareholders on the date of such statement.

    REGISTRATION OF SHARES

        11.   Register of Shareholders

        11.1 The Shares are and will remain in registered form (actions nominatives) and the Shareholders are not permitted to request the conversion of their shares into bearer form.

        11.2 The Board shall cause to be kept a Register of Shareholders and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

        11.3 The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any Share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such Share on the part of any other person.

        11.4 Where Shares are recorded in the Register of Shareholders on behalf of one or more persons in the name of a securities settlement system or the operator of such system, or in the name of a professional depository of securities, or any other depository (such system, professional or other depository, being referred to as "Depository") or of a sub-depository designated by one or more Depositories, the Company, subject to it having received from the Depository with which those Shares are kept in account satisfactory evidence of the underlying ownership of Shares by those persons and their authority to vote the Shares, will permit those persons to exercise the rights attaching to those Shares, including admission to and voting at general meetings. A Notice may be given by the Company to the holders of Shares held through a Depository by giving such Notice to the Depository the name of which is listed in the Register of Shareholders in respect of the Shares, and any such Notice shall be regarded as proper Notice to all underlying holders of Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall make payments, by way of dividends or otherwise, in cash, shares or other assets as permitted pursuant to these Articles, only to the Depository or sub-depository recorded in the Register of Shareholders or in accordance with its instructions, and such payment by the Company shall release the Company from any and all obligations in respect of such payment.

        11.5 In the case of joint holders of Shares, the Company shall treat the first named holder on the Register of Shareholders as having been appointed by the joint holders to receive all Notices and to give a binding receipt for any dividend(s) payable in respect of such Share(s) on behalf of all joint holders, without prejudice to the rights of the other holders to information as set out in the Act.

        12.   Transfer of Shares

        12.1 Any Shareholder may, subject to the provisions of the Act and the restrictions contained in these Articles, transfer all or any of such Shareholder's Shares by written instrument of transfer; provided that shares listed or admitted to trading on a stock exchange may be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

10


        13.   Compulsory Transfer of Shares

        13.1 If, at any time, a person is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the owner of seventy-five per cent (75%) or more of the number of Share Capital In Issue, such person (the "Acquiror") may require the holders of the remaining Share Capital In Issue (such holders, the "Remaining Holders" and such Shares, the "Remaining Shares") to sell such Remaining Shares to the Acquiror. The Acquiror shall exercise its right to acquire the Remaining Shares by giving Notice to the Company (an "Article 13 Notice") that specifies: (a) the identity and contact details of the Acquiror, (b) if then determined, the price that the Acquiror will pay for the Remaining Shares (being the fair market value thereof as determined in accordance with this Article 13) and the identity of the independent investment banking firm of international reputation (the "Acquiror Expert") engaged or that will be engaged by the Acquiror to determine the fair market value of the Remaining Shares; (c) the Acquiror's sources of payment of the purchase price for the Remaining Shares (which payment must be in the form of cash), and evidence that the Acquiror has secured funds sufficient to make such payment; and (d) subject to this Article 13, any other conditions governing the purchase of the the Remaining Shares.

        13.2 Promptly (but, in any event, within fourteen (14) days) following receipt by the Company of an Article 13 Notice, the Company shall serve Notice on all the Remaining Holders (the "Compulsory Acquisition Notice"), setting forth (a) that the Acquiror has served an Article 13 Notice and outlining the consequences of such Article 13 Notice pursuant to this Article 13, (b) the name of the Acquiror Expert retained or to be retained by the Acquiror to determine the fair market value of the Remaining Shares, and (c) if the Acquiror has so notified the Company, the price determined by the Acquiror Expert as the fair market value of the Remaining Shares (the "Acquiror Purchase Price"). If the Acquiror Purchase Price has not been determined by the Acquiror Expert on the date of the delivery by the Acquiror of the Article 13 Notice, the Acquiror shall cause the Acquiror Expert to determine the Acquiror Purchase Price within twenty-one (21) days of such date, and shall promptly (but in any event within three (3) days) following such determination, give Notice to the Company thereof. The Company shall promptly thereafter serve Notice on all the Remaining Holders setting forth the Acquiror Purchase Price.

        13.3 If Remaining Holders holding at least ten per cent 10% of the Remaining Shares object to the Acquiror Purchase Price, such Remaining Holders may provide Notice of such objection to the Acquiror (the "Notice of Objection"), with a copy to the Company, no later than ten (10) days after the date on which the Company notified the Remaining Holders of the Acquiror Purchase Price. If no Notice of Objection is provided to the Acquiror within such time period, the Acquiror Purchase Price shall be final and binding on the Acquiror and all the Remaining Holders and shall be the "Purchase Price" for purposes of this Article 13. The Acquiror and the objecting Remaining Holders may attempt to agree on the fair market value of the Remaining Shares, and any fair market value agreed by the Acquiror and Remaining Holders holding a majority of the Remaining Shares held by all objecting Remaining Holders shall be final and binding on the Acquiror and all the Remaining Holders and shall the "Purchase Price" for purposes of this Article 13. Failing agreement on such fair market value within fifteen (15) days of the date of the Notice of Objection, the objecting Remaining Holders may engage, at the expense of the Company, an investment banking firm of international reputation (the "Remaining Holder Expert") to determine the fair market value of the Remaining Shares. The Remaining Holder Expert shall determine such fair market value within thirty-five (35) days of the date of the Notice of Objection. If the difference between the fair market value determined by the Remaining Holder Expert and the Acquiror Purchase Price is not more than ten percent (10%) of the higher valuation, the purchase price for the Remaining Shares shall be the average of the Acquiror Purchase Price and the fair market value determined by the Remaining Holder Expert. If the difference between the fair market value determined by the Remaining Holder Expert and the Acquiror Purchase Price is greater than ten percent (10%) of the higher valuation, the Acquiror Expert and the

11


Remaining Holder Expert shall select and engage, at the expense of the Company, a third investment banking firm of international reputation to determine the fair market value of the Remaining Shares within sixty-five (65) days of the date of the Notice of Objection. The fair market value of the Remaining Shares shall be the average of the fair market value of the two (2) closest valuations of the three (3) investment banking firms, and such valuation shall be final and binding on the Acquiror and all the Remaining Holders (the fair market value as determined by the Acquiror Expert, as agreed by the Acquiror and the objecting Remaining Holders in accordance with the second sentence of this Article 13.3 or as determined by the investment banking firms in accordance with this Article 13.3, the "Purchase Price"). Subject to execution by the Acquiror Expert, the Remaining Holder Expert and the third investment banking firm of customary confidentiality agreements, the Company shall provide each of them with such financial and other information as they reasonably request to enable them to make their determinations under this Article 13; provided that all three (3) investment banking firms shall receive the same financial and other information. Promptly following the determination of the Purchase Price, the Company shall serve Notice on all the Remaining Holders setting forth the Purchase Price.

        13.4 Upon the service of the Compulsory Acquisition Notice, or, if later, the date on which the Remaining Holders are notified by the Company of the Purchase Price, subject to Article 13.5, each of the Remaining Holders shall be required to sell all of the Remaining Shares held by them to the Acquiror, and, subject to Article 13.4, Article 13.5 and the conditions set forth in the Article 13 Notice, the Acquiror shall be bound to acquire all of such Remaining Shares, for the Purchase Price, and, in furtherance thereof, pay to the Company at the closing of the sale and purchase of the Remaining Shares, for remittance to the Remaining Holders, the consideration to be paid by the Acquiror for all the Remaining Shares.

        13.5 In selling its Remaining Shares to the Acquiror and accepting the Purchase Price therefor, each Remaining Holder shall represent (or be deemed by virtue of Article 13.7 to represent) to the Acquiror that (a) it has full right, title and interest to such Remaining Holder's Remaining Shares, (b) has all necessary power and authority, and has taken all necessary actions to sell such Remaining Holder's Remaining Shares to the Acquiror, and (c) such Remaining Holder's Remaining Shares are free and clear of all liens or encumbrances except those imposed by applicable law or these Articles. Other than the foregoing representations, no Remaining Holder shall be required to (i) make any representations to the Acquiror in connection with the sale of its Remaining Shares under this Article 13, (ii) provide or otherwise grant any right to indemnification in favor of such Acquiror in connection with such sale or (iii) otherwise agree to be bound by any restrictive covenants in connection with such sale. If any Remaining Holder does not (or cannot) make any such representations, or the Acquiror determines before or after its acquisition of the Remaining Shares held by such Remaining Holder that such representations are incorrect, then the Acquiror may, at its option, determine not to acquire such Remaining Holder's Remaining Shares or, if it has already acquired such shares, pursue any remedies it has against such Remaining Holder for breach of such representations, as applicable.

        13.6 The closing of such sale and purchase shall occur as promptly as practicable after the service of the Compulsory Acquisition Notice or the determination of the Purchase Price (whichever is later); provided that no Remaining Holder shall be required to sell, and the Acquiror shall not be required to purchase, any Remaining Shares if such purchase or sale would violate any applicable law, regulation or order.

        13.7 Upon the service of the Compulsory Acquisition Notice, the Company shall be required to take all such actions as may reasonably be requested by the Acquiror to enable it to implement the acquisition by it, and registration in the Register of Shareholders in its name (and/or those of its designee(s)), of all of the Remaining Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 13.

12


        13.8 In furtherance (but not in limitation) of the provisions of this Article 13, the Chairman for the time being (or some other person appointed by the Company for this purpose) shall be deemed to have been appointed attorney of each of the Remaining Holders with full power (and obligation, if so requested by the Acquiror) to execute, complete and deliver, in the name and on behalf of each Remaining Holder (a) a transfer in favor of the Acquiror and/or its designee(s) of all of the Remaining Shares held by such Remaining Holder against delivery to the Company of the Purchase Price for such Remaining Holder's Remaining Shares and (b) subject to Article 13.4, such other closing documents and deliverables as the Acquiror may reasonably require so as to vest all rights and entitlements in or in respect of the shares held by such Remaining Holder in the Acquiror and/or its designee(s) (including a power of attorney in favor of the Acquiror and/or its designee(s) to vote and exercise all rights in respect of such shares pending the registration in the Register of Shareholders of the Acquiror and/or its designee(s) as the holder(s) of such shares).

        13.9 The Acquiror, on delivery to the Company of the consideration to which the Remaining Holders are entitled in accordance with this Article 13, shall be deemed to have obtained a good discharge for such consideration and, on delivery of such consideration and execution and delivery of the closing documents required to be executed by the Acquiror to effect its purchase of the Remaining Shares, the Acquiror shall be entitled to require the Company to register its name (or that of its designee) in the Register of Shareholders as the holder by transfer of each of the Remaining Shares.

        13.10  The Company shall, as soon as practicable after its receipt of the consideration for the Remaining Shares and the other closing documents and deliverables required to effect the transfer of such shares, deliver to each Remaining Holder the consideration to which such Remaining Holder is entitled in accordance with this Article 13 or, if in the opinion of the Board it is not reasonably practical to do so at such time, pay the same into a separate bank account, in the name of the Company and shall hold such consideration in trust for the applicable Remaining Holder until such time as the Board considers it appropriate to release such consideration.

        13.11  If, at the end of the one hundred and eightieth (180th) day after delivery by the Acquiror of the Article 13 Notice, the sale of all of the Remaining Shares has not been completed because of the failure of the Acquiror to take any action required to effect such sale within such time period, the Article 13 Notice shall be deemed null and void, the Acquiror shall no longer have the right (or obligation) to purchase the Remaining Shares under this Article 13, and each Remaining Holder and the Company shall be released from their obligations under this Article 13 in respect of the sale of the Remaining Shares.

    ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

        14.   Power to Alter Capital

        14.1 The Company may from time to time by Special Resolution and subject to any greater quorum or majority requirements as may be provided for in the Act, increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its Share Capital In Issue in any manner permitted by the Act or these Articles; provided, that nothing herein shall affect or diminish the authority granted to the Board under Article 7 or Article 8.

        14.2 If, following any alteration or reduction of the Share Capital In Issue, a Shareholder would receive a fraction of a Share, the Board may, subject to the Act, address such issue in such manner as it thinks fit, including by disregarding such fractional entitlement.

13


    DIVIDENDS, OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS AND LEGAL RESERVE

        15.   Dividends and Other Distributions

        15.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the general meeting may declare dividends by Ordinary Resolution, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board.

        15.2 The Board may, subject to these Articles and the terms and conditions provided for and under the Act, declare an interim dividend (acompte sur dividendes) if it determines that it is appropriate to pay such an interim dividend based on the amount of distributable reserves of the Company. Any such interim dividend will be paid to the Shareholders, in proportion to the number of Shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets. Any interim dividends declared by the Board and paid during a financial year will be put to the Shareholders at the following general meeting to be declared as final. The Company shall not be required to pay interest with respect to any dividend or distribution declared by the Company, regardless of when or if paid.

        15.3 Subject to applicable laws and regulations, in order for the Company to determine which Shareholders shall be entitled to receipt of any dividend, the Board may fix a record date, which record date will be the close of business (or such other time as the Board may determine) on the date determined by the Board. In the absence of a record date being fixed, the record date for determining Shareholders entitled to receipt of any dividend shall the close of business in Luxembourg on the day the dividend is declared.

        15.4 The Board may propose to the general meeting such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Shareholders as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company.

        15.5 Any dividend or other payment to any particular Shareholder or Shareholders may be paid in such currency or currencies as may from time to time be determined by the Board and any such payment shall be made in accordance with such rules and regulations (including in relation to the conversion rate or rates) as may be determined by the Board in relation thereto.

        15.6 Any dividend or other payment which has remained unclaimed for five (5) years from the date the dividend or other payment became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a Share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

        16.   Legal Reserve

        The Company shall be required to allocate a sum of at least five per cent (5%) of its annual net profit to a legal reserve, until such time as the legal reserve amounts to ten per cent (10%) of the Share Capital in Issue. If and to the extent that this legal reserve falls below such ten per cent (10%) amount, the Company shall allocate a sum of at least five per cent (5%) of its annual net profit to restore the legal reserve to the minimum amount required by law.

    MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

        17.   General Meetings

        17.1 An annual general meeting shall be held in each year (commencing in 2022) within six (6) months following the end of the financial year at the Company's registered office or at such other place in Luxembourg as may be specified in the convening Notice.

        17.2 For at least eight (8) days prior to the annual general meeting, each Shareholder may obtain a copy of the annual accounts of the Company for the preceding financial year at the registered office of the Company and inspect all documents of the Company required by the Act to be made available by the Company for their inspection.

14


        17.3 Other general meetings may be held at such place and time as may be specified in the respective convening Notices of the meeting whenever such a meeting is necessary.

        18.   Record Date For Shareholder Notice; Voting.

        18.1 In order for the Company to determine which Shareholders are entitled to Notice of or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board does not fix a record date, the record date for determining Shareholders entitled to Notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders shall be at the close of business in Luxembourg on the day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or Luxembourg public holiday next preceding the day on which Notice is given.

        18.2 A determination of Shareholders of record entitled to Notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may, acting in its sole discretion, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

        19.   Convening of General Meetings

        19.1 The Board may convene a general meeting whenever in its judgment such a meeting is necessary. The Board may delegate its authority to call the general meeting to the Chairman or any committee of the Board or to one or more board members by resolution. The convening notice for every general meeting shall contain the agenda, be communicated to Shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Act on at least eight (8) Clear Days' Notice, unless otherwise provided in the Act, and specify the time and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. The convening notice need not bear the signature of any Director or Officer of the Company.

        19.2 The Board shall convene a general meeting within a period of one (1) month upon Notice to the Company from Shareholders representing at least ten per cent (10%) of the Share Capital in Issue on the date of such Notice. In addition, one or more Shareholders that together hold at least ten per cent (10%) of the Share Capital in Issue on the date of the Notice to the Company may require that the Company include on the agenda of such general meeting one or more additional items. Such Notice to the Company shall be sent at least five (5) Clear Days prior to the holding of such general meeting. The rights of Shareholders under this Article 19.2 to require that a general meeting be convened or an item be included on the agenda for a general meeting shall be subject to compliance by such Shareholders with Article 19.3.

        19.3 To be in proper form for purposes of the actions to be taken pursuant to Article 19.2, the Notice to the Company given pursuant to Article 19.2 must set forth as to each Shareholder(s) requesting the general meeting or the addition of an item to the agenda for a general meeting: (a) a brief description of, as applicable, the purpose of the general meeting or the business desired to be brought before the general meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Articles, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the general meeting; (b) the name and record address of such Shareholder(s) and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on behalf of which the business is being proposed; (c) the class or series and number of Shares which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Shareholder(s) or beneficial owner (including any shares as to which such Shareholder(s) or beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (d) a description of all derivatives, swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Shareholder(s) or beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Shareholder(s) or beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of Shares; and (e) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Shareholder(s) or beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such Shareholder(s) and any material interest of such Shareholder(s) or beneficial owner in such business.

15


        19.4 No business may be transacted at a general meeting, other than business that is properly brought before the general meeting by or at the direction of the Board, including upon the request of any Shareholder or Shareholders in accordance with the Act or these Articles. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the general meeting at which the business proposed by a Shareholder is to be transacted shall have the power and duty to determine whether such Shareholder has complied with this Article 19 in proposing such business, and if any such proposal was not made in accordance with this Article 19, to declare that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

        20.   Participation by telephone or video conference

        The Board may organise participation of the Shareholders in general meetings by telephone or video conference and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. The participation in a meeting by these means is deemed equivalent to a participation in person at the general meeting.

        21.   Quorum at General Meetings

        21.1 At any ordinary general meeting (including the annual general meeting) the holders of in excess of one-third (1/3) of the Share Capital in Issue present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

        21.2 At any extraordinary general meeting the holders of in excess of one half (1/2) of the Share Capital in Issue present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

        22.   Voting on Ordinary and Special Resolutions

        22.1 Subject to the Act, any question proposed for the consideration of the Shareholders at any ordinary general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution by Shareholders entitled to vote in accordance with these Articles and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

        22.2 Subject to the Act, any question proposed for the consideration of the Shareholders at any extraordinary general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes validly cast on such resolution by Shareholders entitled to vote in accordance with these Articles.

        22.3 For the avoidance of doubt, votes validly cast shall not include votes attaching to Shares in respect of which the Shareholder has not taken part in the vote or has abstained or has returned a blank or invalid vote.

        23.   Instrument of Proxy

        23.1 A Shareholder may appoint a proxy by an instrument in writing in such form as the Board may approve from time to time and make available to Shareholders to represent such Shareholder at the general meetings of Shareholders.

        23.2 The Shareholders may vote in writing (by way of a voting form provided by the Company) on resolutions submitted to the general meeting, provided that the voting form includes (a) the name, first name, address and the signature of the relevant Shareholder, (b) the indication of the shares for which the Shareholder will exercise such right, (c) the agenda as set forth in the convening Notice and (d) the voting instructions (approval, refusal, abstention) for each point of the agenda.

        23.3 The appointment of a proxy or submission of a completed voting form must be received by the Company no later than forty-eight (48) hours prior to the scheduled meeting date (or such other time as may be determined by the Company and notified in writing to the Shareholders) at the registered office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the Notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy or voting form sent out by the Company in relation to the

16


meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote, and appointment of a proxy or the submission of a voting form which is not received in the manner so permitted shall be invalid.

        23.4 A Shareholder that is the holder of two (2) or more shares may appoint more than one (1) proxy to represent such Shareholder and vote on its behalf in respect of different shares.

        23.5 The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy or any voting form shall be final.

        24.   Adjournment of General Meeting

        24.1 The chairman of a general meeting is entitled, at the request or with the authorisation of the Board, to adjourn a general meeting, while in session, for four (4) weeks. The chairman shall so adjourn the meeting at the request of one or more Shareholders representing at least one tenth (1/10) of the Share Capital in Issue. No general meeting may be adjourned more than once. Any adjournment of a general meeting shall cancel any resolution passed at such meeting prior to such adjournment.

        24.2 Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, which date, place and time will be publicly announced by the Company, Notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the meeting in accordance with these Articles. No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place.

    DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

        25.   Number of Directors

        The Board shall consist of no fewer than three (3) Directors and no more than fifteen (15) Directors, with the number of Directors within that range being determined by the Board from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as the Company has one Shareholder, the Board may consist of one Director or such other number of Directors as determined by such Shareholder.

        26.   Election of Directors

        26.1 The Board or one or more Shareholders that together hold at least ten per cent (10%) of the Share Capital in Issue on the date of the Notice to the Company may nominate any person for election as a Director. Where any person, other than a person proposed for re-election or election as a Director by the Board, is to be nominated for election as a Director, Notice to the Company, complying with the requirements of this Article 26.1, must be given of the intention to nominate such person. Where a person is nominated for election as a Director other than by the Board:

        (a)   such Notice to the Company must set forth: (i) in respect of each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Director, (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of each such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of each such person, (C) the class or series and number of Shares owned beneficially or of record by each such person and (D) any other information relating to each such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors pursuant to applicable laws or regulations or that the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the eligibility of each such person to serve as a Director; (ii) the name and record address of each Shareholder giving the Notice and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on behalf of which the person is being nominated; and (iii) the class or series and number of Shares which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Shareholder or beneficial owner (including any shares as to which any such Shareholder or beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (iv) a description of all derivatives,

17


swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Shareholder or beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Shareholder or beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of Shares; and (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Shareholder or beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposed nomination by such Shareholder and any material relationship between such Shareholder or beneficial owner and the person proposed to be nominated for election; and

        (b)   such Notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Director to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected.

        26.2 Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the general meeting at which Directors are to be elected shall have the power and duty to determine whether a proposal to elect Directors made by a Shareholder was made in accordance with this Article 26, and if any such proposal was not made in accordance with this Article 26, to declare that such proposal shall be disregarded.

        26.3 Except in the case of a vacancy in the office of Director filled by the Board, as provided for in Article 30, the Company may elect Directors by Ordinary Resolution. In a contested election where the number of persons validly proposed for election or re-election to the Board exceeds the number of seats to be filled on the Board at the applicable general meeting, Directors shall be elected by the votes cast by Shareholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting, such that the persons receiving the most affirmative votes (up to the number of Directors to be elected) shall be elected as Directors at such general meeting, and the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by Shareholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall not be required to elect Directors in such circumstance. No Shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate its vote in such circumstance, but may only cast a vote for or against each candidate for each Share it owns.

        27.   Classes of Directors

        The Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board shall designate the Directors who will initially serve in each of Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one third (1/3) of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board.

        28.   Term of Office of Directors

        At the first general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Articles for the purpose of electing Directors, the Class I Directors shall be elected for an one (1) year term of office, the Class II Directors shall be elected for a two (2) year term of office and the Class III Directors shall be elected for a three (3) year term of office. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that annual general meeting shall be elected for a three (3) year term of office. If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as near to equal as possible, and any Director of any class elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other Directors of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any Director then in office. A Director shall hold office until the annual general meeting for the year in which his or her term expires, subject to his or her office being vacated pursuant to Article 30.

        29.   Removal of Directors

        29.1 The mandate of any Director may be terminated, at any time and with or without cause, by the general meeting of Shareholders by means of an Ordinary Resolution in favour of such termination.

18


        29.2 If a Director is removed from the Board under Article 29.1, the Shareholders may by means of an Ordinary Resolution fill the vacancy at the meeting at which such Director is removed, provided that any nominee for the vacancy who is proposed by Shareholders shall be proposed in accordance with Article 26.1.

        30.   Vacancy in the Office of Director

        30.1 The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

        (a)   is removed from office pursuant to these Articles or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

        (b)   is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors generally;

        (c)   is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or

        (d)   resigns his or her office by Notice to the Company.

        30.2 The Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring for any reason other than where the appointment of a Director to fill a vacancy has been made by the Shareholders in accordance with Article 29.2. A Director so appointed shall be appointed to the class of Directors that the Director he or she is replacing belonged to, provided that such Director shall hold office only until ratification by the Shareholders of his or her appointment at the next following general meeting and, if such general meeting does not ratify the appointment, such Director shall vacate his or her office at the conclusion thereof.

        31.   Remuneration of Directors

        The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Board subject to ratification by Shareholders at a general meeting of Shareholders. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. Any Director who holds an executive office (including for this purpose the office of Chairman) or who serves on any Board committee, or who otherwise performs services that in the opinion of the Board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director, may be paid such additional remuneration for such additional services as the Board may determine. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from Board meetings or general meetings, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

        32.   Directors to Manage Business

        The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by or under the direction of the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting.

        33.   Powers of the Board of Directors

        Without limiting the powers of the Board as described in Article 32, the Board shall represent and bind the Company vis-à-vis third parties and may:

        (a)   appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties;

        (b)   exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may authorise the issuance by the Company of debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party;

19


        (c)   appoint one or more persons to the office of chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the Control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company;

        (d)   appoint a person to act as manager of the Company's day-to-day business (délégué à la gestion journalière) and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the management and conduct of such daily management and affairs of the Company;

        (e)   by power of attorney, appoint any one or more persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney;

        (f)    delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to one or more committees of one or more persons appointed by the Board which may consist partly of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall consist of a majority of the Directors and shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them, and the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board;

        (g)   delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person(s) on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board);

        (h)   present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company, take any action, both as plaintiff and as defendant before any court, obtain any judgments, decrees, decisions, awards and proceed therewith to execution, acquiesce in settlement, compound and compromise any claim in any manner determined by the Board to be in the interest of the Company;

        (i)    in connection with the issue of any Share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law;

        (j)    subject to the provisions of Article 31, provide benefits, whether by way of pensions, gratuities or otherwise, for any Director, former Director or other officer or former officer of the Company or to any person who holds or has held any employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or associated companies or any predecessor of the Company or of any such Subsidiary or associated company and to any member of his or her family or any person who is or was dependent on him or her, and may set up, establish, support, alter, maintain and continue any scheme for providing all or any such benefits, and for such purposes any Director may be, become or remain a member of, or rejoin, any scheme and receive or retain for his or her own benefit all benefits to which such Director may be or become entitled thereunder, and the Board may authorise the payment out of the funds of the Company of any premiums, contributions or sums payable by the Company under the provisions of any such scheme in respect of any of the persons described in this Article 33(j); and

        (k)   authorise any person or persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

        34.   Interested Directors

        34.1 No contract or transaction between the Company and one or more of its Directors, or between the Company and any other person in which its Director has a direct or indirect financial

20


interest conflicting with that of the Company, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director is present at the meeting of the Board or Board committee that authorizes the contract or transaction so long as the provisions of this Article 34 are observed.

        34.2 If a Director has a direct or indirect financial interest in any contract or transaction to which the Company will be party, such interested Director shall advise the Board thereof, cause a record of his or her statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting, and may not take part in the deliberations of the Board or any Board committee with respect to such contract or transaction.

        34.3 If one or more Directors are prevented from participating in the deliberations of the Board or of a Board committee by reasons of a direct or indirect financial interest in a contract or transaction, the required quorum for the deliberations on the relevant item will be two (2) non-conflicted Directors present in person at the meeting and the required vote for decisions on such item to be approved by the Board or the Board committee will be the majority of the non-conflicted Directors or the majority of the non-conflicted members of the Board committee, in each case, present in person (or by representation in accordance with Article 40.2) at the meeting; provided that, if there are only two non-conflicted Directors, the affirmative vote of both will be required. To the extent the quorum cannot be reached at the level of a Board committee, the decision shall be referred by the Board committee to the Board. To the extent the quorum cannot be reached at the level of the Board, the Board may decide to refer the decision on such item to the general meeting of Shareholders to be approved by means of an Ordinary Resolution. If the Board consists of one Director in accordance with the provisions of Article 25, and such Director is a conflicted Director, the decision shall be referred by this Director to the general meeting of Shareholders to be approved by means of an Ordinary Resolution.

        34.4 The provisions of this Article 34 shall not apply to any contract or transaction that is within the ordinary course of business of the Company or its Subsidiaries and is entered into on an arms' length basis under market conditions.

        35.   Competition and Corporate Opportunities

        35.1 In recognition and anticipation that members of the Board who are not employees of the Company (the "Non-Employee Directors") and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Entities may engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, engages, the provisions of this Article 35 are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its Directors and Officers in connection therewith.

        35.2 For purposes of this Article 35 (a) "Affiliate" means, in respect of each (i) Non-Employee Director, any person that, directly or indirectly, is Controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Company and any entity that is Controlled by the Company), and (ii) in respect of the Company, any person that, directly or indirectly, is Controlled by the Company; and (b) "Affiliated Entity" means (i) any person of which a Non-Employee Director serves as an officer, director, employee, agent or other representative (other than the Company and any person that is Controlled by the Company), (ii) any direct or indirect partner, shareholder, member, manager or other representative of such person or (iii) any affiliate of any of the foregoing.

        35.3 No Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Company in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates or Affiliated Entities (such persons being referred to, collectively, as "Identified Persons" and, individually, as an "Identified Person") shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly

21


or indirectly (a) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (b) otherwise competing with the Company or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Company or its Shareholders or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities.

        35.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Company or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Article 35.5. Subject to Article 35.5, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Company or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Company or its Shareholders or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty as a shareholder, director or officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another person.

        35.5 The Company does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Company) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a Director or Officer of the Company, and the provisions of Article 35.4 shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

        35.6 In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 35, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Company or any of its Affiliates if it is a business opportunity that (a) the Company or its Affiliates are unable, financially or legally, or not contractually permitted to undertake, (b) from its nature, is not in the line of the Company's or its Affiliates' business or is of no practical advantage to the Company or its Affiliates or (c) is one in which the Company or its Affiliates has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

        35.7 To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any Shares shall be deemed to have Notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article 35.

        36.   Appointment of Chairman and Secretary

        36.1 A Chairman may be appointed by the Board from among its members from time to time for such term as the Board deems fit. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board and of the Shareholders. In the absence of the Chairman from any meeting of the Board or of the Shareholders, the Board shall designate an alternative person to serve as the chairman of such meeting.

        36.2 A Secretary may be appointed by the Board from time to time for such term as the Board deems fit. The Secretary need not be a Director and shall be responsible for (a) sending convening Notices of general meetings as per the instruction of the Board, (b) calling Board meetings as per the instruction of the Chairman, (c) keeping the minutes of the meetings of the Board and of the Shareholders and (d) any other duties entrusted from time to time to the Secretary by the Board.

        37.   Appointment, Duties and Remuneration of Officers

        37.1 The Board may appoint such Officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may determine for such terms as the Board deems fit.

22


        37.2 The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time.

        37.3 The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may determine.

        38.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        38.1 The Directors, Chairman, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board) acting in their capacities as such or, at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another person, including any Subsidiary of the Company, or as the liquidator or trustee (if any) for the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, and every one of them (whether for the time being or formerly), and their heirs, executors and administrators (each, an "Indemnified Party"), shall, to the extent possible under applicable law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which any of them incur or sustain by or by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by any Director, Chairman, Secretary or Officer in their capacities as such or in the other capacities described above, and, to the extent possible under applicable law, no Director, Chairman, Secretary or Officer shall be liable for the actions, omissions or defaults of any other Indemnified Party, or for the actions of any advisors to the Company or any other persons, including financial institutions, with which any moneys or assets belonging to the Company are lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security received by the Company in respect of any of its moneys or assets, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the course of their serving as a Director, Chairman, Secretary or Officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another person, including any Subsidiary of the Company, or as the liquidator or trustee (if any) for the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, or in connection therewith, provided that these indemnity and exculpation provisions shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty, gross negligence, wilful misconduct or action giving rise to criminal liability in relation to the Company which may attach to any of the indemnified parties. Each Shareholder agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Shareholder might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director, Chairman, Secretary or Officer on account of any action taken by such person, or the failure of such person to take any action in the performance of his or her duties with or for the Company or, at the request of the Company, any other person, provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty, gross negligence, wilful misconduct or action giving rise to criminal liability in relation to the Company which may attach to such person.

        38.2 The Company may, to the extent possible under applicable law, purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability (to the extent permitted by law) incurred by him or her under the Act in his or her capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him or her by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof.

        38.3 The Company may, to the extent possible under applicable law, advance moneys to an Indemnified Party for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against such person, on condition that such Indemnified Party shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company is proved against such person.

        38.4 The rights conferred on indemnified parties under this Article 38 are contract rights, and any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article 38 shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to these Articles after the occurrence of the act or omission with respect to which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

23


        38.5 The Company is authorised to enter into agreements with any Indemnified Party providing indemnification or advance of expenses rights to any such person, to the extent possible under applicable law.

        39.   Binding Signatures

        Towards third parties, the Company is in all circumstances committed either by the joint signatures of any two (2) Directors irrespective of their class or by the sole signature of the delegate of the Board acting within the limits of his or her powers.

    MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        40.   Board Meetings

        40.1 The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. Each Director shall have one (1) vote, and a resolution put to the vote at a Board meeting shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes, the resolution shall fail and the Chairman of the meeting shall not have a casting vote.

        40.2 Each Director present at a meeting of the Board shall, in addition to his or her own vote, be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each other Director not present at the meeting who shall have authorised such Director in respect of such meeting to vote for such other Director in the absence of such other Director.

        40.3 Any such authority may relate generally to all meetings of the Board or to any specified meeting or meetings and must be in writing and may be sent by mail, facsimile or electronic mail (with customary proof of confirmation that such Notice has been transmitted) or any other means of communication approved by the Board and may bear a printed or facsimile signature of the Director giving such authority. The authority must be delivered to the Company for filing prior to or must be produced at the meeting at which a vote is to be cast pursuant thereto.

        41.   Notice of Board Meetings

        A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time convene a Board meeting. Notice of a Board meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by mail or facsimile or electronic mail (with customary proof of confirmation that such Notice has been transmitted) at such Director's last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.

        42.   Participation by telephone or video conference

        Directors may participate in any meeting by video conference or by such telephonic or other communication facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

        43.   Quorum at Board Meetings

        The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a Board meeting shall be two (2) Directors present in person. If the Board consists of one Director in accordance with the provisions of Article 25, the quorum shall be one Director.

        44.   Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

        The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number, provided that, if the number of Directors is less than the number fixed by the Act as the minimum number of directors, the continuing

24


Director(s) shall, on behalf of the Board, summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing new Directors to fill the vacancies or for the purpose of adopting any measures within the competence of the general meeting.

        45.   Written Resolutions

        A resolution signed by all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a Board meeting duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the resolution is signed by the last Director.

        46.   Validity of Acts of Directors

        All actions taken at any meeting of the Board or by any Director, notwithstanding that it is subsequently discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of a Director or that a Director was disqualified from holding office or had vacated office, shall be as valid as if such Director had been duly appointed, was qualified or had continued to be a Director and had been entitled to take any such action.

    CORPORATE RECORDS

        47.   Minutes of the Meetings of the Shareholders

        47.1 The minutes of general meetings of Shareholders shall be drawn up and shall be signed by the Chairman of the general meeting.

        47.2 Copies of or extracts from the minutes of the general meeting of Shareholders may be certified by the Chairman or the Secretary.

        48.   Minutes of the Meetings of the Board

        The minutes of any meeting of the Board, or extracts thereof, shall be signed by the Chairman or any Director who participated in the meeting.

        49.   Place Where Corporate Records Kept

        Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Articles shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

        50.   Service of Notices

        50.1 A Notice (including a Notice convening a general meeting) or any other document to be served or delivered by the Company to Shareholders pursuant to these Articles may be served on or delivered to any Shareholder by the Company:

        (a)   by hand delivery to such Shareholder or its authorised agent (and in the case of a Notice convening a general meeting, only if such Shareholder has individually agreed to receive Notice in such manner);

        (b)   by mailing such Notice or document to such Shareholder at its address as recorded in the Register of Shareholders (and in the case of a Notice convening a general meeting, only if such Shareholder has individually agreed to receive Notice in such manner);

        (c)   by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which such Shareholder has individually consented in writing to receive Notices or documents from the Company (including a Notice convening a general meeting);

        (d)   by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which such Shareholder has individually consented in writing to receive Notice or documents from the Company (including a Notice convening a general meeting); or

25


        (e)   by registered letter to such Shareholder at its address as recorded in the Register of Shareholders in respect of a Notice convening a general meeting in circumstances where a Shareholder has not individually consented to receiving Notice by other means of communication.

        50.2 Where a Notice or document is served or delivered pursuant to Article 50.1(a), the service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been affected at the time such Notice or document was delivered to the Shareholder or its authorised agent.

        50.3 Where a Notice or document is served or delivered pursuant to Article 50.1(b), service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been affected at the expiration of forty-eight (48) hours after such Notice or document was mailed. In proving service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing such Notice or document was properly addressed, stamped and mailed.

        50.4 Where a Notice or document is served or delivered pursuant to Article 50.1(c) or Article 50.1(d), service or delivery thereof shall be deemed to be affected at the time the facsimile or electronic mail was sent, as evidenced by the records of the Company generated at such time and available to the recipient of such electronically transmitted Notice or document upon its request.

        50.5 Without prejudice to the provisions of Articles 50.1(b) and 50.3, if at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within Luxembourg, the Company is unable to convene a general meeting by Notices sent through the mail, a general meeting may be convened by a Notice advertised in at least one (1) leading national daily newspaper in Luxembourg, filed with the register of commerce and companies and published on the Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations at least fifteen (15) days before the affected general meeting. In such case, such Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on all Shareholders entitled thereto at noon on the day on which such advertisement shall appear. In any such case the Company shall send, from Luxembourg or elsewhere (as the Board in its opinion considers practical), confirmatory copies of the Notice convening the general meeting at least eight (8) days before the meeting by mail (or by facsimile or electronic mail in the case of Shareholders that have consented in writing to receive Notices by facsimile or electronic mail as described in Article 50.1(c) and Article 50.1(d)) to those Shareholders the registered addresses of which are outside Luxembourg or are in areas of Luxembourg unaffected by such suspension or curtailment of postal services. If at least eight (8) days prior to the time appointed for the holding of the general meeting, the mailing of Notices to Shareholders in Luxembourg, or any part thereof that was previously affected, has again (in the opinion of the Board) become practical, to the extent such Shareholders have not received Notices convening such meeting by facsimile or electronic mail, the Company shall send confirmatory copies of the Notice by mail to such Shareholders. The accidental omission to give any such confirmatory copy of a Notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of any such confirmatory copy by, any Shareholder (whether by mail or, if applicable, facsimile or electronic mail) shall not invalidate the proceedings at such general meeting, and no proof need be given that this formality has been complied with.

        50.6 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 50, the Company shall not be obliged to take account of or make any investigations as to the existence of any suspension or curtailment of postal services within or in relation to all or any part of any jurisdiction or other area other than Luxembourg.

    FINANCIAL YEAR

        51.   Financial Year

        The first full financial year of the Company shall begin on 1 January and all financial years of the Company shall end on 31 December in each year.

26


    AUDITOR

        52.   Appointment of Auditor

        52.1 The operations of the Company shall be supervised by one or several approved statutory auditors (réviseur(s) d'entreprises agréé) as applicable.

        52.2 Subject to the Act, the Shareholders shall appoint the auditor(s) selected by the audit committee of the Company to hold office for such term as the Shareholders deem fit but not exceeding six (6) years or until a successor is appointed. The auditor shall be eligible for re-appointment.

        52.3 The Auditor may be a Shareholder but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his or her continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

    VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

        53.   Winding-Up

        53.1 The Company may be dissolved at any time by the Shareholders by means of a Special Resolution. In the event of dissolution of the Company, liquidation shall be carried out by one or more liquidators, who may be natural or legal persons, appointed by the general meeting, which shall determine the powers and remuneration of such liquidators.

        53.2 If the Company shall be dissolved and the assets available for distribution among the Shareholders shall be insufficient to repay the total paid up share capital of the Shares, such assets shall be distributed to the Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares held by them, without regard to the par value of their Shares. If in a dissolution the assets available for distribution among the Shareholders shall be more than sufficient to repay the total paid up share capital of Shares at the commencement of the dissolution, the excess shall be distributed among the Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares held by them at the commencement of the dissolution, without regard to the par value of their Shares.

        53.3 The liquidator may, with the sanction of the Shareholders by means of an Ordinary Resolution, divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as the liquidator deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and, subject to these Articles and the rights attaching to each Share, may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Shareholders or different classes of Shareholders. The determinations of the liquidator in respect of the distributions described in Article 53.2 and this Article 53.3 shall be final.

    CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

        54.   Changes to Articles

        54.1 No Article may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article may be made save in accordance with the Act and until it has been approved by the Shareholders by means of a Special Resolution or approved by the Board in accordance with these Articles.

        55.   Governing Law

        55.1 All matters not governed by these Articles shall be determined in accordance with the laws of Luxembourg.

        55.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the provisions of these Articles are subject to any applicable law and legislation, including the Act, except where these Articles contain provisions which are stricter than those required pursuant to any applicable law and legislation, including the Act.

27


        55.3 Should any clause of these Articles be declared null and void, this shall not affect the validity of the other clauses of these Articles.

        55.4 In the case of any divergences between the English and the French text, the English text will prevail.

28


Table of Contents


Annex B

LOGO



Confidential   February 22, 2021

Gores Holdings V, Inc.
9800 Wilshire Boulevard
Beverly Hills, CA 90212

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Gores Holdings V, Inc. (the "Company") has engaged Duff & Phelps, LLC ("Duff & Phelps") to serve as an independent financial advisor to the Board of Directors (the "Board of Directors") of the Company (solely in their capacity as members of the Board of Directors) to provide an opinion (the "Opinion") as of the date hereof as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the Company of the consideration in the contemplated transaction described below (the "Proposed Transaction").

Description of the Proposed Transaction

        Duff & Phelps understands that the Proposed Transaction involves the acquisition of, or merger or other business combination with, certain subsidiaries of Ardagh Group S.A. that collectively hold the metal beverage packaging business (the "Target") of Ardagh Group S.A. by the Company. It is Duff & Phelps' further understanding that the Proposed Transaction will be funded by: (i) $525 million of cash currently held in the Company's trust account; (ii) $600 million of capital raised from private investors (the "PIPE"); (iii) $2,315 million of new net debt raised in connection with the Proposed Transaction; (iv) $4,850 million of Target rollover equity; and (v) up to 60.73 million shares of common stock, the issuance of which is subject to the attainment of certain stock price hurdles over a five year period from the 180th day following the closing of the Proposed Transaction.

Scope of Analysis

        In connection with this Opinion, Duff & Phelps has made such reviews, analyses and inquiries as it has deemed necessary and appropriate under the circumstances. Duff & Phelps also took into account its assessment of general economic, market and financial conditions, as well as its experience in securities and business valuation, in general, and with respect to similar transactions, in particular. Duff & Phelps' procedures, investigations, and financial analysis with respect to the preparation of its Opinion included, but were not limited to, the items summarized below:

1.
Reviewed the following documents:

a.
The Company's unaudited interim financial statements for period ended September 30, 2020 included in the Company's Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

b.
Unaudited financial information for the Target for the years ended December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2020, which the Company's management identified as being the most current financial statements available for the Target;



   

GRAPHIC

B-1


Table of Contents

    c.
    Other internal documents relating to the history, current operations, and probable future outlook of the Target, including financial projections for the years 2021 through 2024, prepared by the Target and provided to us by management of the Company (the "Financial Projections");

    d.
    The Project Berlin Investor Presentation dated February 11, 2021;

    e.
    A letter dated February 21, 2021 from the management of the Company which made certain representations as to historical financial statements, financial projections and the underlying assumptions, for the Target on a post-transaction basis;

    f.
    A draft of the form Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2021 (the "PIPE Agreement"); and

    g.
    A draft of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2021 (the "Business Combination Agreement", and together with the PIPE Agreement, the "Agreements");

    2.
    Discussed the information referred to above and the background and other elements of the Proposed Transaction with the management of the Company;

    3.
    Reviewed the historical trading price and trading volume of the Company's common stock and the publicly traded securities of certain other companies that Duff & Phelps deemed relevant;

    4.
    Performed certain valuation and comparative analyses using generally accepted valuation and analytical techniques including a discounted cash flow analysis, an analysis of selected public companies that Duff & Phelps deemed relevant, and an analysis of selected transactions that Duff & Phelps deemed relevant; and

    5.
    Conducted such other analyses and considered such other factors as Duff & Phelps deemed appropriate.

Assumptions, Qualifications and Limiting Conditions

        In performing its analyses and rendering this Opinion with respect to the Proposed Transaction, Duff & Phelps, with the Company's consent:

    1.
    Relied upon the accuracy, completeness, and fair presentation of all information, data, advice, opinions and representations obtained from public sources or provided to it from private sources, including Company management, and did not independently verify such information;

    2.
    Assumed that any estimates, evaluations, forecasts and projections furnished to Duff & Phelps were reasonably prepared and based upon the best currently available information and good faith judgment of the person furnishing the same, and Duff & Phelps expresses no opinion with respect to such projections or the underlying assumptions;

    3.
    Assumed that information supplied and representations made by Company management are substantially accurate regarding the Company, the Target, and the Proposed Transaction;

    4.
    Assumed that the representations and warranties made in the Agreements are substantially accurate;

    5.
    Assumed that the final versions of all documents reviewed by Duff & Phelps in draft form conform in all material respects to the drafts reviewed;

    6.
    Assumed that there has been no material change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, or prospects of the Company or the Target since the date of the most recent financial statements and other information made available to Duff & Phelps,

B-2


Table of Contents

      and that there is no information or facts that would make the information reviewed by Duff & Phelps incomplete or misleading;

    7.
    Assumed at the Company's direction that the trust account balance of the Company per share and recent trading prices of the Company's common stock provide a reasonable basis upon which to evaluate the Company's common stock in connection with the Proposed Transaction and the PIPE;

    8.
    Assumed that all of the conditions required to implement the Proposed Transaction will be satisfied and that the Proposed Transaction will be completed in accordance with the Agreements without any amendments thereto or any waivers of any terms or conditions thereof; and

    9.
    Assumed that all governmental, regulatory or other consents and approvals necessary for the consummation of the Proposed Transaction will be obtained without any adverse effect on the Company, the Target, or the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the Proposed Transaction.

        To the extent that any of the foregoing assumptions or any of the facts on which this Opinion is based prove to be untrue in any material respect, this Opinion cannot and should not be relied upon. Furthermore, in Duff & Phelps' analysis and in connection with the preparation of this Opinion, Duff & Phelps has made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, general business, market and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of any party involved in the Proposed Transaction.

        Duff & Phelps has prepared this Opinion effective as of the date hereof. This Opinion is necessarily based upon market, economic, financial and other conditions as they exist and can be evaluated as of the date hereof, and Duff & Phelps disclaims any undertaking or obligation to advise any person of any change in any fact or matter affecting this Opinion which may come or be brought to the attention of Duff & Phelps after the date hereof. As you are aware, the credit, financial and stock markets have been experiencing unusual volatility and we express no opinion or view as to any potential effects of such volatility on the Company, the Target, or the Proposed Transaction.

        Duff & Phelps did not evaluate the Company's or the Target's solvency or conduct an independent appraisal or physical inspection of any specific assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise). Duff & Phelps has not been requested to, and did not, (i) initiate any discussions with, or solicit any indications of interest from, third parties with respect to the Proposed Transaction, the assets, businesses or operations of the Company or the Target, or any alternatives to the Proposed Transaction, (ii) negotiate the terms of the Proposed Transaction, and therefore, Duff & Phelps has assumed that such terms are the most beneficial terms, from the Company's perspective, that could, under the circumstances, be negotiated among the parties to the Agreements and the Transaction, or (iii) advise the Board of Directors or any other party with respect to alternatives to the Proposed Transaction.

        Duff & Phelps is not expressing any opinion as to the market price or value of the Company's common stock (or anything else) after the announcement of the Proposed Transaction. This Opinion should not be construed as a valuation opinion, credit rating, solvency opinion, an analysis of the Company's, the Target's, or any other party's credit worthiness, as tax advice, or as accounting advice. Duff & Phelps has not made, and assumes no responsibility to make, any representation, or render any opinion, as to any legal matter.

        In rendering this Opinion, Duff & Phelps is not expressing any opinion with respect to the amount or nature of any compensation to any of the Company's or the Target's officers, directors, or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the Consideration in the Proposed Transaction, or with respect to the fairness of any such compensation.

B-3


Table of Contents

        This Opinion is furnished solely for the use and benefit of the Board of Directors in connection with its consideration of the Proposed Transaction and is not intended to, and does not, confer any rights or remedies upon any other person, and is not intended to be used, and may not be used, by any other person or for any other purpose, without Duff & Phelps' express consent or as otherwise permitted by the Engagement Letter (as defined below). This Opinion (i) does not address the merits of the underlying business decision to enter into the Proposed Transaction versus any alternative strategy or transaction; (ii) other than assuming the consummation thereof in accordance with the terms set forth in the Agreements, does not address any transaction related to the Proposed Transaction; (iii) is not a recommendation as to how the Board of Directors or any stockholder should vote or act with respect to any matters relating to the Proposed Transaction, or whether to proceed with the Proposed Transaction or any related transaction, and (iv) does not indicate that the consideration is the best possibly attainable under any circumstances; instead, it merely states whether the consideration in the Proposed Transaction is within a range suggested by certain financial analyses. The decision as to whether to proceed with the Proposed Transaction or any related transaction may depend on an assessment of factors unrelated to the financial analysis on which this Opinion is based. This letter should not be construed as creating any fiduciary duty on the part of Duff & Phelps to any party.

        This Opinion is solely that of Duff & Phelps, and Duff & Phelps' liability in connection with this letter shall be limited in accordance with the terms set forth in the engagement letter between Duff & Phelps and the Company dated February 2, 2021 (the "Engagement Letter"). This letter is confidential, and its use and disclosure is strictly limited in accordance with the terms set forth in the Engagement Letter.

Disclosure of Prior Relationships

        Duff & Phelps has acted as financial advisor to the Board of Directors and will receive a fee for its services. No portion of Duff & Phelps' fee is contingent upon the conclusion expressed in this Opinion. Pursuant to the terms of the Engagement Letter, a portion of Duff & Phelps' fee is payable upon delivery of this Opinion. Other than this engagement, during the two years preceding the date of this Opinion, Duff & Phelps has provided certain tax advisory services to certain subsidiaries of Ardagh Group S.A., the Target's parent company. For these prior engagements, Duff & Phelps has received aggregate fees of approximately $20,000 and customary expense reimbursement and indemnification.

Conclusion

        Based upon and subject to the foregoing, Duff & Phelps is of the opinion that as of the date hereof the Consideration in the Proposed Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Company.

        This Opinion has been approved by the Opinion Review Committee of Duff & Phelps.

Respectfully submitted,

/s/ Duff & Phelps, LLC

Duff & Phelps, LLC

B-4


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Article 441-8 of the 1915 Law provides that the directors shall not incur any personal obligation by reason of the commitments of the company.

        Article 441-9 of the 1915 Law provides that the directors, the members of the management committee and the managing executive officer shall be liable to the company in accordance with general law for the execution of the mandate given to them and for any misconduct in the management of the company's affairs. The directors and members of the management committee shall be jointly and severally liable towards either the company or any third parties for damages resulting from this violation of the 1915 Law or the company's articles of association. The directors and members of the management committee shall be discharged from such liability in the case of a violation to which they were not a party provided no misconduct is attributable to them and they have reported such violation, as regards members of the board of directors, to the first general meeting and, as regards members of the management committee, during the first meeting of the board of directors after they had acquired knowledge thereof.

        AMPSA's articles of association, which will become effective upon completion of the Business Combination, will provide that directors of AMPSA are not held personally liable for the indebtedness or other obligations of AMPSA. As agents of AMPSA, they are responsible for the performance of their duties. Subject to the exceptions and limitations listed in AMPSA's articles of association and mandatory provisions of law, every person who is, or has been, a director or officer of AMPSA (and his or her heirs, executors and administrators) shall be indemnified by AMPSA to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such person in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been a director or officer of AMPSA, or, at the request of AMPSA, of any other company of which AMPSA is a shareholder or creditor and by which he is not entitled to be indemnified, and against amounts paid or incurred by him or her in the settlement thereof. The words "claim", "action", "suit" or "proceeding" shall apply to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal or otherwise including appeals) actual or threatened and the words "liability" and "expenses" shall include without limitation attorneys' fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement and other liabilities. However, no indemnification shall be provided to any director, officer or shareholder of AMPSA (i) against any liability by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office (ii) with respect to any matter as to which he or she shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in the interest of AMPSA or (iii) in the event of a settlement, unless the settlement has been approved by a court of competent jurisdiction or by the board of directors of AMPSA.

        AMPSA's articles of association will provide that the right of indemnification provided by such articles of association shall be severable, shall not affect any other rights to which any director or officer may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained in such articles of association shall affect or limit any rights to indemnification to which corporate personnel, including directors and officers, may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law. AMPSA shall specifically be entitled to provide contractual indemnification to and may purchase and maintain insurance for any corporate personnel, including directors and officers of AMPSA, as AMPSA may decide upon from time to time.

II-1


Table of Contents

        In connection with the Business Combination, AMPSA will enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. These agreements will provide that AMPSA will indemnify each of its directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and its charter and its bylaws.

        AMPSA will also maintain a general liability insurance policy, which will cover certain liabilities of directors and officers of AMPSA arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

Item 21.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  2.1 *# Business Combination Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and among Gores Holdings V, Inc., Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Ardagh Group S.A. and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc.

 

3.1

*

Form of Articles of Association of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

4.1

**

Specimen Share Certificate of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

4.2

**

Specimen Warrant Certificate of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

4.3

***

Senior Secured Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2021, by and among Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Citibank, N.A., London Branch, and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG.

 

4.4

***

Senior Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2021, by and among Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Citibank,  N.A., London Branch, and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG.

 

5.1

**

Legal Opinion of Elvinger Hoss Prussen.

 

5.2

**

Legal Opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP, as to warrants.

 

8.1

**

Tax Opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP.

 

8.2

**

Tax Opinion of KPMG LLP.

 

10.1

*

Form of Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and among Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Gores Holdings V and certain investors.

 

10.2

*

Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement to be entered into by and among Ardagh Group S.A., Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Gores Holdings V Sponsor LLC and certain persons associated with Gores Holdings V Sponsor LLC.

 

10.3

*

Form of Shareholders Agreement, to be entered into by and between Ardagh Group S.A., and Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

10.4

*#

Form of Services Agreement, to be entered into by and between Ardagh Group S.A., and Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

10.5

*#

Transfer Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, by and between Ardagh Group S.A., and Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

10.6

*

Form of Warrant Assignment, Assumption and Amendment Agreement to be entered into by and among Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., Gores Holdings V, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation.

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.7 * Warrant Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2020, by and between Gores Holdings V, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

21.1

*

List of Subsidiaries of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

23.1

***

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers.

 

23.2

***

Consent of KPMG LLP.

 

23.3

**

Consent of Elvinger Hoss Prussen (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

23.4

**

Consent of Shearman & Sterling LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).

 

23.5

**

Consent of Shearman & Sterling LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).

 

23.6

**

Consent of KPMG LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2).

 

24.1

*

Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to the initial filing of the Registration Statement).

 

99.1

**

Form of Proxy Card for Gores Holdings V, Inc.'s Special Meeting of Stockholders (included as Annex to the proxy statement/prospectus).

*
Previously filed.

**
To be filed by amendment.

***
Filed herewith.

#
Certain schedules, annexes and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K, but will be furnished supplementally to the SEC upon request.

Item 22.    Undertakings

        A.    AMPSA hereby undertakes:

    (1)
    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

               (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

              (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

II-3


Table of Contents

    (2)
    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (3)
    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

    (4)
    To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.

    (5)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        B.    AMPSA hereby undertakes:

    (1)
    that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

    (2)
    That every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        C.    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        D.    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes (i) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed

II-4


Table of Contents

subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

        E.    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-5


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in London, United Kingdom on April 9, 2021.

    Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ OLIVER GRAHAM

        Name:   Oliver Graham
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ OLIVER GRAHAM

Oliver Graham
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   April 9, 2021

*

David Bourne

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

April 9, 2021

*

Paul Coulson

 

Chairman

 

April 9, 2021

*

Shaun Murphy

 

Vice-Chairman

 

April 9, 2021

*

David Matthews

 

Director

 

April 9, 2021

*

Abigail Blunt

 

Non-Executive Director

 

April 9, 2021

*

Yves Elsen

 

Non-Executive Director

 

April 9, 2021

II-6


Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

The Rt. Hon. the Lord Hammond of Runnymede
  Non-Executive Director   April 9, 2021

*

Hermanus Troskie

 

Non-Executive Director

 

April 9, 2021

*

Edward White

 

Non-Executive Director

 

April 9, 2021

*By:

 

/s/ OLIVER GRAHAM

Oliver Graham
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

II-7


AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 6(a) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form F-4/A has been signed on behalf of the registrant by the undersigned, solely in his capacity as the duly authorized representative of the registrant in the United States, on April 9, 2021.


 

 

By:

 

/s/ DONALD J. PUGLISI

        Name:   Donald J. Puglisi

II-8




Exhibit 4.3

 

Execution Version

 

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC,
as the US Issuer

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc,
as the Irish Issuer

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.,
as the Company

 

and

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch,
as Trustee and Security Agent

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch,
as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

and

 

Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG,
as Registrar

 


 

SENIOR SECURED INDENTURE

 

Dated as of March 12, 2021

 

3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 


 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITION

 

1

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

50

Section 1.03

Rules of Construction

51

Section 1.04

Financial Calculations

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

52

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Form and Dating

52

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

54

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

54

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money

54

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

55

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

55

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

62

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

62

Section 2.09

Acts by Holders

63

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

63

Section 2.11

Cancellation

63

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

63

Section 2.13

ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code Number

64

Section 2.14

Deposit of Moneys

64

Section 2.15

Agents

64

Section 2.16

Issuance of Additional Notes

65

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

66

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

66

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

66

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

66

Section 3.04

Notice of Redemption Subject to Conditions Precedent

68

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

68

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

68

Section 3.07

Mandatory Redemption

68

Section 3.08

Special Mandatory Redemption

69

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

69

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

69

Section 4.02

Reports

70

Section 4.03

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults

72

Section 4.04

Limitation on Restricted Payments

72

Section 4.05

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

78

Section 4.06

Limitation on Indebtedness

80

Section 4.07

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

86

Section 4.08

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

89

 

i


 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 4.09

Limitation on Liens

92

Section 4.10

Impairment of Security Interest

93

Section 4.11

Repurchase Upon Change of Control

94

Section 4.12

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

94

Section 4.13

Additional Guarantees

95

Section 4.14

Post-Completion Guarantors and Collateral

96

Section 4.15

Withholding Taxes

96

Section 4.16

Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status

98

Section 4.17

Deposit into Escrow Account

99

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

100

 

 

 

Section 5.01

The Company

100

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

101

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Events of Default

101

Section 6.02

Acceleration

103

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

103

Section 6.04

Waiver of Past Defaults

103

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

104

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

104

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

104

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

105

Section 6.09

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

105

Section 6.10

Priorities

105

Section 6.11

Undertaking for Costs

106

Section 6.12

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

106

Section 6.13

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

106

Section 6.14

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

106

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

106

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

106

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent

107

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent

110

Section 7.04

Trustee’s and Security Agent’s Disclaimer

110

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

110

Section 7.06

[Reserved.]

111

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

111

Section 7.08

Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee

111

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

112

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

112

Section 7.11

Resignation of Agents

113

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

113

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

113

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance

113

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

114

Section 8.04

Survival of Certain Obligations

114

 

ii


 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 8.05

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

114

Section 8.06

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

115

Section 8.07

Repayment to Issuers

115

Section 8.08

Reinstatement

115

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

116

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

116

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

117

Section 9.03

Revocation and Effect of Consents

118

Section 9.04

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

118

Section 9.05

Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.

119

Section 9.06

Additional Intercreditor Agreements

119

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

120

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Security Documents

120

Section 10.02

Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents

121

Section 10.03

Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents

121

Section 10.04

Release of Liens

121

Section 10.05

Security Agent

122

Section 10.06

Escrow Charge and Escrow Agreement

123

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

NOTES GUARANTEES

123

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Notes Guarantee

123

Section 11.02

Limitation on Liability

124

Section 11.03

[Reserved.]

125

Section 11.04

Execution and Delivery of Notes Guarantee

125

Section 11.05

Releases

125

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

126

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Satisfaction and Discharge

126

Section 12.02

Application of Trust Money

126

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

127

 

 

 

Section 13.01

Notices

127

Section 13.02

[Reserved.]

129

Section 13.03

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

129

Section 13.04

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

129

Section 13.05

Rules by Trustee and Agents

129

Section 13.06

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

129

Section 13.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

130

Section 13.08

Governing Law

130

Section 13.09

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

130

Section 13.10

Successors

130

Section 13.11

Severability

130

 

iii


 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 13.12

Counterpart Originals

130

Section 13.13

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

131

Section 13.14

Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Restrictions

131

Section 13.15

Prescription

131

Section 13.16

Additional Information

131

Section 13.17

Legal Holidays

131

Section 13.18

USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program

132

Section 13.19

Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

132

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule I-A

POST-TRANSFER COMPLETION DATE GUARANTORS

 

Schedule I-B

COLLATERAL

 

Schedule II

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

FORM OF EURO SENIOR SECURED NOTE

 

Exhibit A-2

FORM OF DOLLAR SENIOR SECURED NOTE

 

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES

 

Exhibit C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR NOTES

 

Exhibit D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

 

iv


 

SENIOR SECURED INDENTURE dated as of March 12, 2021 (this “Indenture”), among Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”), each, following the Transfer Completion Date (as defined below), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L 2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 251465 (the “Company”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Security Agent, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent (each as defined below) and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, as Registrar (as defined below).

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture, the parties hereto agree that the Company is not a party hereto on the date of execution hereof and no agreements hereunder are or will be made by or on behalf of the Company, and the Company will have not rights, duties or obligations hereunder, until the Company accedes to this Indenture by execution of a supplemental indenture thereto.

 

The parties hereto agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Issuers’ (i) 2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Senior Secured Euro Notes”) and (ii) 3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Senior Secured Dollar Notes”):

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITION

 

Section 1.01                             Definitions.

 

“ABL Cash Management Arrangements” means the Cash Management Services secured under the ABL Documents.

 

ABL Collateral” means all of the assets that secure the ABL Obligations on a first priority basis including, in any event but subject to limited exceptions, (i) all accounts (including accounts receivable), inventory, payment intangibles and instruments, (ii) all general intangibles, documents, chattel paper, letter of credit rights, supporting obligations, and commercial tort claims evidencing, governing, securing, providing credit support for, arising from or substituted for any of the foregoing, (iii) all deposit accounts, securities accounts, and commodity accounts, (iv) certain related assets, and (v) all proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds) of any of the foregoing.

 

ABL Credit Agreement” means the asset-based multicurrency revolving credit agreement to be entered into on or after the Transfer Completion Date, by and among, inter alios, the administrative agent, the lenders party thereto, the Company and certain other subsidiaries of the Company, related to the ABL Facility, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions).

 

ABL Documents” means the ABL Security Documents, the ABL Credit Agreement, the agreements related to the ABL Cash Management Arrangements, the ABL Hedge Agreements and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto or in connection therewith.

 

ABL Facility” means an asset based lending facility to be entered into on or after the Transfer Completion Date.

 

ABL Hedge Agreements” means the Hedging Obligations secured under the ABL Documents.

 

ABL Obligationsmeans all present and future liabilities and obligations at any time of any Debtor under the ABL Documents, both actual and contingent and whether direct or indirect, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, incurred solely or jointly or as principal or surety or in any other capacity, together with any of the following matters relating to or arising in respect of those liabilities and obligations: (a) any refinancing, novation, deferral or extension, (b) any claim for breach of representation, warranty or undertaking

 


 

or on an event of default or under any indemnity given under or in connection with any document or agreement evidencing or constituting any other liability or obligation falling within this definition, (c) any claim for damages or restitution, (d) any claim as a result of any recovery by any Debtor of a payment on the grounds of preference or otherwise and (e) any amounts accruing or that would have accrued or become due which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, nonprovability, unenforceability or non-allowance of those amounts in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings and irrespective of whether a claim for all or any portion of such amounts is allowable or allowed in such insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding, and in the case of all of the foregoing, including all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorneys’ fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, obligations with respect to loans and letters of credit, obligations in respect of ABL Hedge Agreements, obligations in respect of ABL Cash Management Arrangements, obligations to provide cash collateral or other collateral in respect of letters of credit, obligations in respect of ABL Hedge Agreements or obligations in respect of ABL Cash Management Arrangements or indemnities in respect thereof, any other indemnities or guarantees, and all other amounts payable under or secured by any ABL Document.

 

ABL Security Agent” means the security agent under the ABL Facility.

 

ABL Security Documents” means any agreement, document, or instrument pursuant to which a lien is granted (or purported to be granted) securing any ABL Obligation or under which rights or remedies with respect to such liens are governed.

 

Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition; or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.  Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

 

Additional Assets” means:

 

(1)                                 any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

 

(2)                                 the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(3)                                 Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes (except for the issue price and the issue amount) that may be issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.16, 4.06 and 4.09 hereof.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  With respect to any natural Person, Affiliates will include any Immediate Family Members. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling,” “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

2


 

Agents” means each Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar and “Agent” means any one of them.

 

Agreed Security Principles” means the agreed security principles set forth in Schedule II hereto.

 

AMP Transfer” means the transfer of the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business to the Company or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries and the release of the Company and its Subsidiaries of all of their obligations under the Existing Ardagh Notes.

 

Applicable Law” means any law or regulation.

 

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note the greater of:

 

(1)                                 1% of the principal amount of such Senior Secured Dollar Note or Senior Secured Euro Note (as applicable); and

 

(2)                                 the excess (to the extent positive) of:

 

(a)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of such Senior Secured Note at May 15, 2024 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table in paragraph 5(e) of such Senior Secured Note (excluding accrued and unpaid interest)), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Senior Secured Note to and including May 15, 2024 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to (i) the Treasury Rate (in the case of a Senior Secured Dollar Note) or (ii) the Bund Rate (in the case of a Senior Secured Euro Note) at the date of such notice date plus, in the case of either (i) or (ii), 50 basis points; over

 

(b)                                 the outstanding principal amount of such Senior Secured Note,

 

as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Person as the Issuers shall designate. For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be an obligation of the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

 

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Ardagh Group S.A.” or “Ardagh Group” means Ardagh Group S.A., the public parent company of the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business on the date hereof, a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 53248.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Business” means the metal beverage can business of Ardagh Group S.A. constituting the equity, assets and liabilities of the Ardagh Group S.A.’s subsidiaries that are engaged in the metal beverage can business that will become wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, which include Lux Holdco, Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Sarl, Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, Ardagh Metal Packaging Treasury Limited, Ardagh Packaging Holdings Limited, Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Limited, Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc., Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Serbia d.o.o., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Brazil Ltda., Latas Industria de Embalagens de Aluminio do Brasil Ltda., Ardagh Indústria de Embalagens Metálicas do Brasil Ltda., Ardagh Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Europe GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings UK Ltd, Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Ltd, Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Ltd, Recan UK Ltd (in liquidation), Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading

 

3


 

France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Germany GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Germany GmbH, Recan GmbH (in liquidation), SARIO Grundstücks-Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Objekt Elfi KG (in liquidation), Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Germany GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Austria GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Manufacturing Austria GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Poland Sp. z.o.o, Ardagh Metal Beverage Poland Sp. z o.o, Recan Organizacja Odzysku Opakowan S.A. and Ardagh Metal Beverage Associations GmbH.

 

Asset Disposition” means:

 

(1)                                 the voluntary sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

(2)                                 the issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.06, or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

 

in each case, other than:

 

(a)                                 a disposition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                 a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(c)                                  a disposition of inventory or other assets (including Settlement Assets) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business, including any disposition of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

 

(d)                                 a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged or surplus property, equipment or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including by ceasing to enforce, allowing the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of or discontinuing the use or maintenance of or putting into the public domain any intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, or in respect of which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary determines in its reasonable judgment that such action or inaction is desirable);

 

(e)                                  transactions permitted under Article 5 or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

(f)                                   an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(g)                                  any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of less than the greater of (a) $40.0 million and (b) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(h)                                 any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 4.07(c),

 

4


 

asset sales, the proceeds of which are used within 450 days of receipt of such proceeds to make such Restricted Payments, Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments;

 

(i)                                     dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens and sales of assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien granted in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(j)                                    dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(k)                                 conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses or other dispositions of intellectual property, software or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case (x), in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to such agreement receives a license in the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement or (y) to the extent that such license does not prohibit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from using the technologies licensed (other than pursuant to exclusivity or non-competition arrangements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis) or require the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay any fees for any such use;

 

(l)                                     the lease, assignment, license, sublease or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                             foreclosure, condemnation, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

(n)                                 the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

 

(o)                                 any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture or any other disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, Permitted Joint Venture or an Immaterial Subsidiary;

 

(p)                                 any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

(q)                                 dispositions of property to the extent (i) that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased; (ii) that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); or (iii) allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or any similar provision under applicable tax law) and constituting any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(r)                                    any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(s)                                   any disposition pursuant to a financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or

 

5


 

development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture;

 

(t)                                    dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(u)                                 any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind; and

 

(v)                                 the unwinding of any Cash Management Services or Hedging Obligations.

 

In the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Disposition and would also be a Permitted Investment or an Investment permitted under Section 4.04, the Company, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Disposition and/or one or more of the types of Permitted Investments or Investments permitted under Section 4.04.

 

Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Bankruptcy Code of 1978, or any similar United States federal or state law or relevant law in any jurisdiction or organization or similar foreign law (including, without limitation, the laws of Luxembourg relating to the capability of a debtor to pay its debts, the debtor’s over-indebtedness or lack of assets to cover a debtor’s outstanding debt or relating to moratorium, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding-up, examinership, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors) or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

 

Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner, as applicable, of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; (iii) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any duly authorized controlling committee thereof; and (iv) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function.  Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).  Unless the context requires otherwise, Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, the sum of (a) 85.0% of the book value of the accounts receivable plus (b) the lesser of (1) 75.0% of the cost of inventory and (2) 85.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of inventory, in each case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Borrowing Base shall be adjusted to reflect such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

Bund Rate” as selected by the Company, means the greater of (x) the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such relevant date where:

 

(1)                                 Comparable German Bund Issue” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption notice date to May 15, 2024,  and that would be used, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a

 

6


 

principal amount approximately equal to the then-outstanding principal amount of the Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal May 15, 2024; provided, however, that, if the period from the date of such redemption notice to May 15, 2024  is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

 

(2)                                 Comparable German Bund Price” means, with respect to any relevant date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or, if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

 

(3)                                 Reference German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Company or a direct or indirect parent of the Company in good faith; and

 

(4)                                 Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any relevant date, the average as determined by the Company of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to Company by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany time on the third Business Day preceding the relevant date,

 

and (y) zero.

 

Business Combination Completion Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Business Combination Agreement” means, the business combination agreement dated as of February 22, 2021, as amended on March 5, 2021 and as may be amended from time to time, by and among Gores Holdings V, Inc., Ardagh Group S.A., the Company and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., together with all of its exhibits, schedules, annexes and other related documents.

 

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in (i) Luxembourg, (ii) London, United Kingdom, (iii) Dublin, Ireland; (iv) New York, New York, United States or (v) Delaware, United States, are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Business Successor” means (i) any former Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Person that, after the Issue Date, has acquired, merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary of the Company (that results in such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company), or acquired (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of a Subsidiary or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase or acquire, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of, or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as the case may be and subject to (as applicable) the Election Option, in relation to any determination, an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as either (i) a finance lease or a capital lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of IAS 17 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP), or (ii) lease liabilities on the balance sheet in accordance with IFRS 16 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP).  The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of either IAS 17 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP) or IFRS 16 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP) as the case may be and always subject (as applicable) to the Election Option; and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

 

7


 

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)                                 (a) Euro, Canadian dollars, Swiss Francs, United Kingdom pounds, Japanese Yen, U.S. Dollars, Australian dollars or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)                                 securities or other direct obligations, issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the government of Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the United Kingdom or the United States of America, the European Union or any member state of the European Union on the Issue Date or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)                                 certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million;

 

(4)                                 repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (7) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(5)                                 securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Person referenced in clause (3) above;

 

(6)                                 commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above (or by the Parent Entity thereof) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof or any commercial paper and variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a corporation rated at least “A-1” or higher by S&P or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

 

(7)                                 interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in clauses (1) through (6) above;

 

(8)                                 for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date; and

 

(9)                                 any investments classified as cash equivalents under IFRS.

 

Cash Management Services” means any products, services or facilities relating to the following:  automated clearing house transactions, treasury, depository, disbursement, credit or debit card, purchasing card, stored value card, merchant card, electronic fund transfer services, daylight or overnight draft facilities and/or cash management services, including controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit, operating, collections, payroll, trust disbursement and other accounts, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services and merchant services or other cash management arrangements, banking products or banking services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice.

 

Change of Control” means:

 

(1)                                 the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related

 

8


 

persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the Subsidiary of a Parent Entity so long as no Person or group, as noted above, other than a Permitted Holder, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity;

 

(2)                                 the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or one or more Permitted Holders; or

 

(3)                                 the Company ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of either Issuer, other than director’s qualifying shares and other shares required to be issued by law or Voting Stock issued pursuant to any employment or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement or other compensation arrangements.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Company becoming a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company if (A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no Person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company and (b) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

 

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A., or any successor thereof.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral” means the Fixed Assets Collateral and ABL Collateral and any and all other assets from time to time in which a Security Interest has been or will be granted pursuant to any Security Document to secure the obligations under this Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes and/or any Senior Secured Notes Guarantee (other than the Escrow Collateral).

 

“Combination” has the meaning assigned to the term “Business Combination” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Common Depositary” means Citibank Europe plc, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

Completion Date” means the Business Combination Completion Date. If the Business Combination Completion Date does not occur prior to September 30, 2021, references to the Completion Date will be deemed to refer to the Transfer Completion Date.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization or write-off of (i) intangibles and non-cash organization costs, (ii) deferred financing fees or costs and (iii) capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities, of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with IFRS and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet.

 

9


 

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

 

(1)                                 increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)                                 provision for taxes based on income or profits, including federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, foreign, unitary, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any examinations in respect of any such taxes (including any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)                                 Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (r) through (z) in clause (1) thereof), in each case, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)                                  Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)                                 any (x) Transaction Expenses and (y) any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transactions costs associated with becoming a public company), Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), in each case, including (i) such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees and related expenses) related to the offering of the Notes, the ABL Facility, any other Credit Facility, any Receivables Facility, any Securitization Facility, any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture or any Equity Offering and any amendment, waiver or other modification of any of the foregoing, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)                                  (i) the amount of any restructuring charge, accrual or reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves), integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs Incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Issue Date, including those related to any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), systems development and establishment costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening and closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees Incurred with any of the foregoing and (ii) fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus

 

(f)                                   any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting; provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period then the cash payment in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA when paid or other items classified by the Company as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing

 

10


 

Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

 

(g)                                  the amount of board of director fees, management, monitoring, advisory, consulting, refinancing, subsequent transaction, advisory and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to any member of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate of a Permitted Holder to the extent permitted under Section 4.08; plus

 

(h)                                 the “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies that are expected (in good faith) to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken after the date of any acquisition, disposition, divestiture, restructuring or the implementation of a cost savings or other similar initiative, as applicable (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (i) such actions are expected to be taken after the consummation of the acquisition, disposition, restructuring or the implementation of an initiative, as applicable, which is expected to result in cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies, and (ii) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies shall be added pursuant to this defined term to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

 

(i)                                     the “run rate” expected cost savings, operating expense reductions including costs and expenses related to information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies related to the Transactions projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected to be, taken (in the good faith determination of the Company), calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, and which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”; plus

 

(j)                                    the amount of loss or discount on sale of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; plus

 

(k)                                 any costs or expense Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company solely to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(III); plus

 

(l)                                     cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

(m)                             any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests; plus

 

11


 

(n)                                 realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

 

(o)                                 net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives; plus

 

(p)                                 the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary, and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto; plus

 

(q)                                 with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(r)                                    earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; plus

 

(s)                                   any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost), and any other items of a similar nature; plus

 

(t)                                    the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of the Company or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such Person or its Parent Entities, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture; plus

 

(u)                                 to the extent not already otherwise included herein, adjustments and add-backs similar to the adjustments and add-backs made in calculating “Adjusted EBITDA” for the year ended December 31, 2020, included in the Offering Memorandum; plus

 

(v)                                 earn out obligations Incurred in connection with any permitted acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Indenture and paid or accrued during such period; plus

 

(w)                               losses, charges and expenses related to the pre-opening and opening of new facilities, and start-up period prior to opening, that are operated, or to be operated, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                                 decreased (without duplication) by non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)                                 consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in each case, determined on the basis of IFRS, but including for the avoidance of doubt, any consolidated interest expense related to Indebtedness of any Parent Entity which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries guarantees), to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from

 

12


 

the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to IFRS), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) Securitization Fees, (s) penalties and interest relating to taxes (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Additional Amounts paid with respect to the Notes or the Notes Guarantees), (t) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (w) amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated Hedging Obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and original issue discount with respect to Indebtedness and, adjusted to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) subject (as applicable) to the Election Option, any interest component of any operating lease and (z) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under IFRS; plus

 

(2)                                 consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including for the avoidance of doubt, any consolidated capitalized interest related to Indebtedness of any Parent Entity which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries guarantees (but excluding any interest capitalized, accrued, accreted or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding); less

 

(3)                                 interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a lease (including any Capitalized Lease Obligation) shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such lease in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of IFRS after any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)                                 any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any net income (loss) from Investments recorded in such Person under the equity method of accounting), except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that (as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company) could have been distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); provided that, for the purposes of Section 4.04(a)(III), such dividend, other distribution or return on investment does not reduce the amount of Investments outstanding under the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

 

(2)                                 solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(III), any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to an Issuer or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s articles, charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to any ABL Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes or this Indenture and (c) restrictions specified in Section 4.05(b)(13)(a) except that the Company’s

 

13


 

equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

 

(3)                                 any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or disposed or discontinued operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

(4)                                 any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense, including Transaction Expenses or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or relocation costs, one-time compensation charges, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements (including related to new product introductions), systems development and establishment costs, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), contract terminations and professional and consulting fees Incurred with any of the foregoing;

 

(5)                                 the cumulative effect of a change in law, regulation or accounting principles, including any impact resulting from an election by the Company to apply GAAP at any time following the Issue Date;

 

(6)                                 any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-valuation of any benefit plan obligation and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

 

(7)                                 all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses Incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

(8)                                 any unrealized gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(9)                                 any fees and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) Incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, disposition of assets or securities, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs Incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful;

 

(10)                          any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, and any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

14


 

(11)                          any unrealized or realized gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with IFRS;

 

(12)                          any recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting effects, including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by IFRS and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition (including the Transactions), or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

(13)                          any impairment charge, write-off or write-down, including impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, goodwill, investments in debt or equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to IFRS;

 

(14)                          any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

 

(15)                          accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted (including any adjustment of estimated pay-outs on existing earn-outs) that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with IFRS, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(16)                          any costs associated with the Transactions;

 

(17)                          any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;

 

(18)                          any (i) payments to third parties in respect of research and development, including amounts paid upon signing, success, completion and other milestones and other progress payments, to the extent expensed and (ii) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates);

 

(19)                          any net gain (or loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of disposed, discontinued or abandoned operations; and

 

(20)                          the impact of capitalized, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable payor in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days) and (ii) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

 

15


 

Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the sum of (a) Senior Secured Indebtedness as of such date and (b) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Senior Secured Indebtedness, less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to (y) LTM EBITDA; provided, however, that, solely for the purpose of Section 4.06, the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to (i) any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b) or (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)), or (ii) the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness using proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b) and (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)).

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money but excluding any Indebtedness under or with respect to Cash Management Services, intercompany Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, Hedging Obligations, Receivables Facilities or Securitization Facilities.

 

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date and (b) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Indebtedness, less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to (y) LTM EBITDA; provided, however, that, solely for the purpose of Section 4.06, the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to (i) any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) or (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)), or (ii) the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness using proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) and (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)).

 

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease (subject, as applicable, to the Election Option), dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1)                                 to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

(2)                                 to advance or supply funds:

 

(x)                                 for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

(y)                                 to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

(3)                                 to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

 

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Company and/or other companies.

 

16


 

Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the ABL Facility or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original ABL Facility or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

Debtors” means the Company and the Subsidiaries party to the ABL Documents.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Registered Note” means, with respect to the Notes, a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.  A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 4.07.

 

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or a Parent Entity (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or such Subsidiary) and that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company at or prior to the issuance thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(III)(C).

 

Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction.  A member of the Board of Directors shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Affiliates or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

 

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

17


 

(1)                                 matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

(2)                                 is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 4.04; provided further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof) or any other plan for the benefit of current, former or future employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory, contractual or regulatory obligations.

 

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor, analogous replacement or alternative securities clearing agency (including Euroclear and/or Clearstream), in each case, or any successor thereto.

 

Equity Contribution” means any subscription for shares issued by, any capital contributions (including by way of premium and/or contribution to the capital reserves) to, the Company (but excluding any such amounts funded from the proceeds of any Indebtedness of any Parent Entity (x) which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) in respect of which dividends or distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock are permitted to be paid from cash by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(1)(C) and excluding the issuance of any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions).

 

Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions), or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by any Person, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Parent Entity in any form other than Indebtedness, or the Excluded Contributions.

 

Escrow Accounts” means the Senior Secured Dollar Escrow Account together with the Senior Secured Euro Escrow Account.

 

Escrow Agent” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch as escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Agreement” means the agreement dated March 12, 2021, between, amongst others, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent relating to the Escrow Accounts into which the gross proceeds of the Notes will be deposited pending consummation of the Combination.

 

Escrow Charge” means the charge over the Escrow Account, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Issuers and the Trustee.

 

Escrow Collateral” means the Escrowed Property securing the Notes which is deposited in the Escrow Accounts on the Issue Date.

 

18


 

Escrow Contribution Agreement” means the agreement by AGSA dated as of March 12, 2021 in relation to the provision of certain amounts to the Issuers in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

Escrow Longstop Date” means the Business Day following September 30, 2021.

 

Escrow Release” means the release of Escrowed Property from the Escrow Accounts in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering or incurrence of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into one or more escrow accounts with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow accounts upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events.  The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

 

Escrowed Property” means the initial funds deposited in the Escrow Accounts and all other funds, securities, interest, dividends, distributions and other property and payments credited to such Escrow Account (less any property and/or funds paid in accordance with the Escrow Agreement).

 

Euro” or “” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on the European Union.

 

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV or any successor thereof.

 

European Government Obligations” means any security denominated in Euro that is (1) a direct obligation of any country that is a member of the European Monetary Union and whose long-term debt is rated “A-1” or higher by Moody’s or “A+” or higher by S&P or the equivalent rating category of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization on the date of this Indenture, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (2) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (1) or (2), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

 

European Union” means the European Union as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Exchange” means Euronext Dublin.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company after the Transfer Completion Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

 

Existing Ardagh Notes” means the Existing Ardagh Secured Notes and the Existing Ardagh Senior Notes

 

Existing Ardagh Secured Notes” means the existing (i) $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on August 12, 2019, (ii) $715,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 4, 2020; (iii) €439,150,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on August 12, 2019, (iv) $500,000,000 aggregate

 

19


 

principal amount of 5.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on April 8, 2020, (v) $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on April 9, 2020 and (vi) the €790,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 10, 2020.

 

Existing Ardagh Senior Notes” means the existing (i) $799,997,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.000% Senior Notes due 2025 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on January 30, 2017, (ii) £400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.750% Senior Notes due 2027 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 12, 2017, (iii) $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2027 that were issued on August 12, 2019 and (iv) $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2027 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 2, 2020.

 

fair market value” wherever such term is used in this Indenture (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture), may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

 

FATCA Withholding” means any withholding or deduction required pursuant to an agreement described in section 1471(b) of the Code, or otherwise imposed pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any regulations or agreements thereunder, any official interpretations thereof, or any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto.

 

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

Fixed Assets Collateral” means all assets (other than the ABL Collateral) that secure the Obligations under the Notes, the Notes Guarantees and this Indenture.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of LTM EBITDA to the Fixed Charges of such Person for the Relevant Testing Period.  In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires, extinguishes or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or has caused any Reserved Indebtedness Amount to be deemed to be Incurred during such Relevant Testing Period or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the Relevant Testing Period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, deemed Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement, extinguishment or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Relevant Testing Period; provided that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to:  (i) any Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) and(5)(A)(b) of Section 4.06(b)) or (ii) Fixed Charges attributable to any Indebtedness discharged on such determination date to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness discharged on such determination date using proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) and (5)(A)(b) of Section 4.06(b)).

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, during the Relevant Testing Period or subsequent to the Relevant Testing Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in LTM EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Relevant Testing Period.  If since the beginning of

 

20


 

such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or amalgamated with or into the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the Relevant Testing Period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, expense reductions and synergies reasonably expected to occur within 24 months from the date of completion of such action or transaction (or, if later, the last day of the Relevant Testing Period), including from the result of a disposition or ceased or discontinued operations, as though such cost savings, expense reduction and synergies had been achieved on the first day of the Relevant Testing Period.  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated, at the Company’s option, either (x) as if the rate in effect on the determination date had been the applicable rate for the entire Relevant Testing Period or (y) using the average rate in effect over the Relevant Testing Period, in each case taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness.  As determined in accordance with the Election Option (as applicable), interest on a lease (including any Capitalized Lease Obligations) shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such lease in accordance with IFRS.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the Relevant Testing Period except to the extent such revolving credit facility has been permanently repaid and the commitments thereunder cancelled.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

 

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)                                 Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)                                 all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and

 

(3)                                 all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(3) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes” means each of the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes (each individually, a “Global Note”).

 

Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)                                 to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

21


 

(2)                                 entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part),

 

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include (x) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (y) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business, and provided, further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (ii) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.  The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantor” means the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes, until such Notes Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be Cede & Co., as the nominee of DTC, and the nominee of the Common Depositary for Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable.

 

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply, as in effect on the Issue Date or, with respect to Section 4.02, as in effect from time to time.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS (or, as applicable, GAAP) contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Issue Date (or, as applicable, GAAP as in effect at the date specified by the Company in its election to adopt GAAP in accordance with the fourth sentence of this definition).  At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to implement any new measures or other changes to IFRS (or, as applicable, GAAP) in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable.  At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply GAAP accounting principles in lieu of IFRS and, upon any such election, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean GAAP (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of IFRS for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply GAAP shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, further again, that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Company.  The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, (i) in relation to the making of any determination or calculation under this Indenture, the Company shall be required to elect (the “Election Option”), from time to time and each time, either (A) to apply IFRS 16 (Leases) or (B) to apply IAS 17 (Leases) (or, in each case, the equivalent measure under GAAP) to the making of such determination or calculation, provided that, if such determination or calculation involves more than one element (including for the calculation of a financial ratio), such selected accounting standard shall be consistently applied to each element of such determination or calculation (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to Section 4.02; and (ii) any adverse impact directly or indirectly relating to or resulting from the implementation of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under GAAP) shall be disregarded with respect to all ratios, calculations and determinations based upon IFRS to be calculated or made, as the case may be, pursuant to this Indenture (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to Section 4.02).

 

22


 

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (the Capital Stock of each of which is being disposed of concurrently) that would not be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date of the Company, measured, as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available or for the four fiscal quarters ended most recently for which financial statements are available, as the case may be.

 

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

 

Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder, subject to the definition of “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” and related provisions.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)                                 the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)                                 the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)                                 all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

(4)                                 the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables or similar obligation, including accrued expenses owed, to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

(5)                                 Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(6)                                 the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

(7)                                 the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

(8)                                 Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (9) of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

 

23


 

(9)                                 to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement),

 

with respect to clauses (1), (2), (4) and (5) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                 Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, other than Guarantees or other assumptions of Indebtedness;

 

(b)                                 Cash Management Services;

 

(c)                                  any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would, in accordance with the Election Option, be considered an operating lease or any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(d)                                 obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(e)                                  in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;

 

(f)                                   for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes;

 

(g)                                  obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financings or Receivables Facilities;

 

(h)                                 Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push down accounting under IFRS;

 

(i)                                     Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(j)                                    amounts owed to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Article 5;

 

(k)                                 Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

 

24


 

(l)                                     any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax purposes or similar purposes or any analogous arrangement.

 

Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of an Issuer.

 

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Dollar Notes” means the $600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 issued on the Issue Date.

 

Initial Euro Notes” means the €450,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 issued on the Issue Date.

 

Initial Investors” means individually or collectively, (x) Ardagh Group S.A., and/or its Affiliates or direct or indirect Subsidiaries or (y)(a) Yeoman Capital S.A., (b) any of Paul Coulson, Brendan Dowling, Houghton Fry, Edward Kilty, John Riordan or Niall Wall, and any trust created for the benefit of one or more of the foregoing or their respective natural person Affiliates, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof, and (c) any of their respective Affiliates.

 

Initial Public Offering” means an Equity Offering of common stock or other common equity interests of any Parent Entity or any successor of the Company or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) following which there is a public market and, as a result of which, the shares of common stock or other common equity interests of the IPO Entity in such offering are listed on an internationally recognized exchange or traded on an internationally recognized market.

 

Initial Notes” means the Initial Euro Notes and the Initial Dollar Notes.

 

Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement to be entered into on or about the Transfer Completion Date, by and among, inter alios, Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the trustee for the Senior Secured Notes, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as the trustee for the Senior Notes, the ABL Security Agent and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the security agent, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of IFRS; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice will not be deemed to be an Investment.  If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

 

For purposes of Section 4.04 and Section 4.12:

 

(1)                                 Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted

 

25


 

Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a re-designation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by the Company) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                                 any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Company.

 

Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)                                 securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(2)                                 securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the European Union or a member state of the European Union, Australia, Japan, Norway, Switzerland or the United Kingdom or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(3)                                 debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

(4)                                 Investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

 

Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:

 

(1)                                 a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

 

(2)                                 a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; or

 

(3)                                 a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch,

 

or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

 

Issue Date” means March 12, 2021.

 

Liability” means any liability of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG to the Issuers or any Guarantor arising under or in connection with this Indenture.

 

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, hypothecation or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease (subject, as applicable, to the Election Option) be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

LTM EBITDA” means Consolidated EBITDA of the Company measured for the Relevant Testing Period ending prior to the date of such determination, in each case with such pro forma adjustments giving effect to such Indebtedness, acquisition or Investment, as applicable, since the start of such Relevant Testing Period and as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

26


 

Lux Holdco” means Ardagh Metal Packaging Group SARL, a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L 2134 Luxembourg.

 

Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to any management equity plan, stock option plan, any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan or any trust, partnership or other entity of, established for the benefit of, or the beneficial owner of which (directly or indirectly) is, any of the foregoing:

 

(1)                                 (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase (or the purchase by any management equity plan) of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding (or similar obligations) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(2)                                 in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

 

(3)                                 not exceeding the greater of (i) $40.0 million and (ii) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding at the time of Incurrence.

 

Management Stockholders” means the members of management of the Company (or any Parent Entity) or its Subsidiaries who are holders of Capital Stock of the Company or of any Parent Entity on the Issue Date or will become holders of such Capital Stock in connection with the Transactions.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

 

Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

(1)                                 all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under IFRS (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Company and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, including distributions for Related Taxes;

 

(2)                                 all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

(3)                                 all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

 

27


 

(4)                                 the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of IFRS, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and

 

(5)                                 any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition.

 

Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Company and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes).

 

Non-Core Assets” means any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and designated in good faith as “non-core” to the material business activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered by the Company to the Trustee.

 

Non Guarantor Debt Cap” means an amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the first paragraph and clauses (1)(b), (1)(c), (5)(x) and (13) of Section 4.06(b), in each case by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, which shall not in aggregate exceed the greater of (x) $250.0 million and (y) 45.0% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding.

 

Notes” means (i) the Initial Notes and (ii) any Additional Notes that are subsequently issued subject to the conditions and in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Notes Documents” means the Notes (including any Additional Notes), the Escrow Agreement, Escrow Charge, this Indenture (including the Notes Guarantees), the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

 

Notes Guarantee” means the joint and several guarantee of the obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on a senior basis by each Guarantor.

 

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including Post-Petition Interest and fees accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to an Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for Post-Petition Interest or fees is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated as of February 26, 2021, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Managing Director, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel that is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

28


 

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case including any successors or assigns of such entity.

 

Parent Entity Expenses” means:

 

(1)                                 costs (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to the Notes, the Notes Guarantees or any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed or delivered with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(2)                                 customary indemnification obligations of any Parent Entity owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its articles, charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or other organizational documents or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)                                 obligations of any Parent Entity in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)                                 any (x) general corporate overhead expenses, including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses and (y) other operational expenses of any Parent Entity related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)                                 expenses Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with (i) any offering, sale, conversion or exchange of Subordinated Shareholder Funding, Capital Stock or Indebtedness and (ii) any related compensation paid to officers, directors and employees of such Parent Entity; and

 

(6)                                 amounts to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant Section 4.04 if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture and such consideration or other payment is included as a Restricted Payment under this Indenture, (D) any property received by the Company shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III) or be an Excluded Contribution or be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10) and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.04 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (a) of an Issuer which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or (b) of any Guarantor which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

Participant” means, with respect to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with, DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively.

 

Paying Agent” means any Person, including the Principal Paying Agent, authorized by the Issuers to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Senior Secured Note on behalf of the Issuers.

 

29


 

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 4.07.

 

Permitted Collateral Liens” means Liens on the Collateral:

 

(1)                                 that are described in one or more of clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (12), (15), (17), (18), (24), (26), (34) or (41) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and Liens arising by operation of law that would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Agent to enforce the Security Interests in the Collateral; and

 

(2)                                 to secure all obligations (including paid-in-kind interest) in respect of:

 

(a)                                 the Notes (other than Additional Notes), including related Notes Guarantees;

 

(b)                                 Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(1)(a) (including Liens on cash collateral pursuant to the ABL Documents); provided that (x) Indebtedness under any asset based loan facility may have priority lien status in respect of the ABL Collateral in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (y) Hedging Obligations may have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Fixed Assets Collateral and certain distressed disposals of assets in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (z) Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, may have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Fixed Assets Collateral and certain distressed disposals of assets, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; provided, further, that with respect to this clause (z), the maximum commitments under such revolving credit facility that may have such super senior priority status may not exceed (i) $500.0 million less (ii) the amount of commitments under the ABL Facility (measured at the time of the of entry into such revolving credit facility);

 

(c)                                  Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(1)(b);

 

(d)                                 Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(2) (to the extent such guarantee is in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be secured and specified in this definition of “Permitted Collateral Liens”);

 

(e)                                  Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(5);

 

(f)                                   Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(6); provided that obligations under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks entered into with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 4.06, may have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Collateral and certain distressed disposals of assets;

 

(g)                                  Indebtedness under clauses (4)(a), (4)(b)(i), (4)(c)(to the extent such Indebtedness being Refinanced was permitted to be secured by a Permitted Collateral Lien), (7) (other than with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations), (13) or (18) of Section 4.06(b);

 

(h)                                 Indebtedness under Section 4.06(a) or clause (1)(c), clause (5) or clause (10) of Section 4.06(b); provided that with respect to liens securing Senior Secured Indebtedness, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00;

 

30


 

(i)                                     Liens on the Collateral that secure Indebtedness on a basis junior to the Notes and any guarantees thereof; and

 

(j)                                    any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness set forth in the foregoing clauses (a) to (i); provided that any Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have the same priority, relative to the Lien on such Collateral securing the Notes, as the Lien securing the original Indebtedness refinanced by such Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

provided that for purposes of determining compliance with this definition, in the event that a Permitted Collateral Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Collateral Liens described in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, the Company will be permitted to classify such Permitted Collateral Lien on the date of its incurrence and reclassify such Permitted Collateral Lien at any time and in any manner that complies with this definition.

 

Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (i) the Initial Investors, (ii) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture, (iii) the Management Stockholders, (iv) any Person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity or the Company, acting in such capacity, and (v) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Persons referred to in subclauses (i) through (iv), collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by such group.

 

Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries):

 

(1)                                 Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                                 Investments in another Person and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                 Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(4)                                 Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(5)                                 Investments in payroll, travel, relocation, entertainment and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(6)                                 Management Advances;

 

(7)                                 Investments in Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(8)                                 Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;

 

31


 

(9)                                 Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise not prohibited under this Indenture;

 

(10)                          Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.06;

 

(11)                          pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 4.09;

 

(12)                          any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;

 

(13)                          any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.08(c) (except those described in clauses (1), (3), (6), (7), (8), (9), (12) and (14) of that paragraph);

 

(14)                          Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices, and in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(15)                          any (a) Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 4.06 and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (b) performance guarantees and contingent obligations with respect to obligations that are not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(16)                          Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(17)                          Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into the Company or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(18)                          Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

(19)                          contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

 

(20)                          Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $165.0 million and (b) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.04, of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that (x) if any Investment pursuant to this clause (20) is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person

 

32


 

becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20) for so long as such Person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) no Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made pursuant to this clause (20) shall be made for the purpose of making an indirect dividend or distribution from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock that would be permitted under clause (14) of Section 4.04(b) or that would otherwise be prohibited under Section 4.04;

 

(21)                          additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $165.0 million and (b) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.04 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (21) is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (21) so long as such Person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(22)                          any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $165.0 million and (b) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.04 of any amounts applied pursuant Section 4.04(a)(III)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (22) is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (22) for so long as such Person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(23)                          Investments (a) arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and (b) constituting distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

(24)                          Investments in connection with the Transactions;

 

(25)                          Investments (including repurchases) in Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(26)                          Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 4.12;

 

(27)                          guaranty and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

 

(28)                          Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

 

33


 

(29)                          Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(30)                          Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(31)                          transactions entered into in order to consummate a Permitted Tax Restructuring;

 

(32)                          Investments made in the ordinary course of business, the fair market value of which in the aggregate does not exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 3.0% of LTM EBITDA in any transaction or series of related transactions;

 

(33)                          Investments in a Person to the extent that the consideration therefor consists of the issue and sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding or the net proceeds thereof (other than any Excluded Contribution or to the extent any of the proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10)); provided that the net proceeds of such sale have been excluded from, and shall not have been included in, the calculation of the amount determined under Section 4.04(a)(III)(B);

 

(34)                          Investments resulting from the acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition held instruments constituting Investments that were not acquired in contemplation of the acquisition of such Person;

 

(35)                          loans or advances to (i) directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay for the purchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof pursuant to management equity plans or similar management or employee benefit arrangement or (ii) stock option plans, trust and similar asset pools to pay for the purchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 3.0% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

 

(36)                          any Investments received in comprise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

 

(37)                          advances, loans, rebates and extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) to suppliers, customers and vendors, and advance payment made and deferred consideration and performance guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(38)                          any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(39)                          so long as no Default has occurred or is continuing, additional Investments; provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect such Investment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than 4.50 to 1.00.

 

Permitted Joint Venture” means any joint venture or similar combinations or other transaction pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary enters into, acquires or subscribes for any shares, stock, securities or other interest in or transfers any assets to any joint venture; provided, however, that the primary business of such joint venture is a Similar Business.

 

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)                                 Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

34


 

(2)                                 pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, old-age-part-time arrangements, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or pension related liabilities and obligations, or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts, return-of-money bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or consistent with past practice;

 

(3)                                 Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(4)                                 Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to IFRS (or other applicable accounting principles) have been made in respect thereof;

 

(5)                                 encumbrances, charges, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, by-law, regulation, zoning restrictions or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties, including servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements, which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(6)                                 Liens (a) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Indenture; (b) that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens arising under the general terms and conditions of banks or saving banks) or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and Cash Management Services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred under clauses (8)(d) or (8)(e) of Section 4.06(b) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; (e) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection; (f) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and/or (g) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(7)                                 leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

35


 

(8)                                 Liens securing or otherwise arising out of judgments, decrees, attachments, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as (a) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated, (b) the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired or (c) no more than 60 days have passed after (i) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (ii) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired;

 

(9)                                 Liens (i) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations, or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing Indebtedness or other Obligations Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and (b) any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating lease;

 

(10)                          Liens perfected or evidenced by UCC financing statement filings, including precautionary UCC financing statements (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases (subject, as applicable, to the Election Option) entered into by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)                          Liens existing on, or provided for or required to be granted under written agreements existing on, the Issue Date;

 

(12)                          Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

(13)                          Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(14)                          Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that were previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness or other Obligations being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(15)                          Liens constituting (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

 

(16)                          any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

36


 

(17)                          Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

 

(18)                          Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)                          Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under clauses (3), (11) or (18) of Section 4.06(b) (provided that, in the case of Section 4.06(b)(11), such Liens cover only the assets of such Subsidiary);

 

(20)                          Permitted Collateral Liens (other than pursuant to clause 2(i) of such definition);

 

(21)                          Liens (a) on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture and (b) then existing with respect to assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 4.12;

 

(22)                          any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (8) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

 

(23)                          Liens on (a) goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments and (b) specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(24)                          Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(25)                          Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

 

(26)                          Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

 

(27)                          Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

 

(28)                          Liens (a) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (b) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under Section 4.07, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

(29)                          Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $180.0 million and (b) 33.3% of LTM EBITDA at the time Incurred;

 

(30)                          Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted by Section 4.06 provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

37


 

(31)                          Liens arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

 

(32)                          Settlement Liens;

 

(33)                          rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any government, statutory or regulatory authority;

 

(34)                          the rights reserved to or vested in any Person or government, statutory or regulatory authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

(35)                          restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put;

 

(36)                          Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(37)                          Liens arising in connection with any Permitted Tax Restructuring;

 

(38)                          Liens on Escrowed Proceeds or Liens for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement, including in each case any interest or premium thereon;

 

(39)                          Liens arising in connection with any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax or similar purposes or any analogous arrangement;

 

(40)                          Liens on any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets securing the Notes or any Notes Guarantees; and

 

(41)                          any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Permitted Lien; provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets.

 

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this Indenture and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified.

 

Permitted Reorganization” means any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding-up or corporate reconstruction, directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions involving the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Reorganization”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that:

 

(1) any payments or assets distributed in connection with such Reorganization remain within the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

38


 

(2) if any shares or other assets form part of the Collateral, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the Collateral,

 

provided, further that no Permitted Reorganization may override the provisions of Article 5 and, for the avoidance of doubt, the term “Permitted Reorganization” shall include the closure of bank accounts and the conversion of debt instruments into Capital Stock or other equity instruments.

 

Permitted Tax Distribution” means:

 

(1)                                 for any taxable year (or portion thereof) ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is a member of a fiscal unity (whether resulting from a domination and profit or loss pooling agreement or otherwise) or a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent Entity for federal, state, provincial, territorial, and/or local income Tax purposes, any dividends, intercompany loans, other intercompany balances or other distributions to such Parent Entity to fund any such income Taxes of such Parent Entity that are attributable to the taxable income of the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries, in an amount not to exceed the amount of any such Taxes that the Company (and its applicable Subsidiaries) would have been required to pay if it had been a separate stand-alone company (or a separate consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary group consisting only of the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries) for all applicable taxable periods after the Issue Date; and

 

(2)                                 for any taxable year (or portion thereof) ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is treated as a disregarded entity, partnership, or other flow-through entity for federal, state, provincial, territorial, and/or local income Tax purposes, any dividends or other distributions to the Company’s direct owner(s) to fund such income Tax liability of such owner(s) (or, if a direct owner is a pass-through entity, of the indirect owner(s)) for such taxable year (or portion thereof) attributable to the taxable income of the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not the exceed the product of (x) the highest combined applicable marginal federal and state, provincial, territorial, and/or local statutory income Tax rate (for purposes of such tax) (after taking into account any deductibility of U.S. state and local income Tax for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and the character of the income in question) and (y) the taxable income of the Company (for purposes of such tax) for such taxable year (or portion thereof), reduced by all taxable losses of the Company (for purposes of such tax) with respect to any prior taxable year ending after the Issue Date to the extent such losses were not previously taken into account for purposes of computing Permitted Tax Distributions pursuant to this clause (2) and such losses would be deductible against such income of the Company for such taxable year (or portion thereof) if in all relevant taxable years the applicable Parent Entity had no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than allocations to such Parent Entity of such items by the Company; provided that Permitted Tax Distributions pursuant to this clause (2) shall be reduced by the amount of any such Taxes paid or payable by the Company or any Subsidiary directly to taxing authorities on behalf of any such owner(s).

 

Permitted Tax Restructuring” means any reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganization entered into prior to, on or after the date hereof so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not materially adverse to the Holders (as determined by the Company in good faith).

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

Post-Transfer Completion Date Guarantors” means each of the entities list on Schedule I-A.

 

39


 

Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

Principal Paying Agent” means, initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor thereof.

 

pro forma” means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, a calculation made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company; provided that any such calculation shall (x) give effect to any realized or expected synergies, cost efficiencies and cost savings relating to, or directly or indirectly resulting from, or associated with, any Asset Disposition, Investment, acquisition, reorganization, restructuring or operational improvement initiative that has occurred during the period included in the calculation or any prior period or would reasonably be expected to occur in connection with an acquisition or other transaction in relation to which “pro forma” effect is given, as if such synergies, cost efficiencies or cost savings had been effective throughout the period included in the calculation and (y) eliminate any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring loss, expense or charge (including severance, relocation, plant closure, operational improvement or restructuring costs or reserves therefor) relating to, or directly or indirectly resulting from, or Incurred in connection with, any Asset Disposition, Investment, acquisition, reorganization, restructuring or operational improvement initiative, or offering of debt or equity securities.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Promissory Note” means the promissory note to be issued by the Company to Ardagh Group S.A. on or about the Transfer Completion Date as described in the Offering Memorandum under the heading “The Transactions—The AMP Transfer—The Transfer Agreement.”

 

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (i) a public offering registered under the Securities Act and/or (ii) a private placement to institutional and other investors, in each case, that are not Affiliates of the Company, in accordance with Rule 144A and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.

 

Public Offering” means any offering, including an Initial Public Offering, of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

 

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

 

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions:  (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made for fair consideration (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be fair and reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

 

40


 

Receivables Assets” means (a) any accounts receivable owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) in a transaction or series of transactions in connection with a Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and a counterparty pursuant to which (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto, (b) the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.

 

Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

 

(1)                                 (a) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and (b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Notes and/or the Notes Guarantees (as applicable) on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(2)                                 Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)                                 Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or a Guarantor; or

 

(b)                                 Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

(3)                                 such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus fees and expenses, including premiums, accrued and unpaid interest and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

 

41


 

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Related Taxes” means any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes and other fees and expenses (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:

 

(1)                                 being incorporated, organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintain its existence or good standing under applicable law;

 

(2)                                 being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

(3)                                 issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

(4)                                 receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company; or

 

(5)                                 having made any (i) payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 4.04 or (ii) Permitted Tax Distribution.

 

Relevant Authority” means any competent regulatory, prosecuting, Tax or governmental authority in any jurisdiction.

 

Relevant Testing Period” means, for purposes of the calculation of any applicable financial covenant, test, basket or ratio (including those based on LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and/or Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio), the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter (or fiscal year, if later) for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 or, at the option of the Company, the most recently completed twelve consecutive months ending on the last day of a calendar month for which the Company has, in its sole determination, sufficient available information to be able to determine any applicable financial covenant, test, basket or ratio.

 

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any director, associate director or assistant secretary within the debt and agency services department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers or, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Resolution Authority” means the German Federal Agency for Financial Markets Stabilisation (Bundesanstalt für Finanzmarktstabilisierung), or any other body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Reversion Date” means, after the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status, the date, if any, that such Notes shall cease to have such Investment Grade Status.

 

42


 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

Securitization Asset” means (a) any accounts receivable, mortgage receivables, inventory, loan receivables, royalty, patent or other revenue streams and other rights to payment or related assets and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted) together with accounts or assets in connection with a securitization, factoring or receivable sale transaction.

 

Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization, financing, factoring or sales transactions, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells, transfers, pledges or otherwise conveys any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person.

 

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility.

 

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another Person formed for this purpose.

 

Security Agent” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch  until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and thereafter means the successor thereof.

 

Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, and any other instrument and document executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise or any of the foregoing,

 

43


 

as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the Security Interests in the Collateral (other than the Escrow Charge).

 

Security Interest” means any security interest in the Collateral that is created by the Security Documents and, as applicable, any security interest in the Escrow Collateral.

 

Senior Notes” means the Issuers’ $1,050.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2029 and €500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2029, issued on the Issue Date.

 

Senior Notes Indenture” means the indenture with respect to the Senior Notes to be entered into on or about the Issue Date, by and among, inter alios, the Company, the Issuers and the Senior Notes trustee.

 

Senior Notes Guarantees” means the guarantees of the Senior Notes.

 

Senior Secured Notes” means the Senior Secured Euro Notes and the Senior Secured Dollar Notes.

 

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the type referred to in the definition of “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral (other than any lien that is contractually subordinated to the Liens securing the Notes or ranks behind the Notes) and not contractually subordinated to obligations under the Notes or the Notes Guarantees as of such date and that (x) is Incurred under Section 4.06(a) or clauses (1)(b), (4), (5), (7), (10), (11), (13) or (18) of the Section 4.06(b), (y) is a Guarantee of any Indebtedness set forth in clause (x) that has been Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary where such Guarantee is not contractually subordinated to the obligations under the Notes or the Notes Guarantees, or (z) is Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in all cases without double-counting; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness under the ABL Facility as entered into on or before the Completion Date shall constitute Senior Secured Indebtedness.

 

Senior Secured Dollar Escrow Account” means the U.S Dollar-denominated escrow account of the Issuers into which the Initial Purchasers (as defined in the Offering Memorandum) will deposit the gross proceeds of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes on the Issue Date, to be controlled by the Escrow Agent and charged in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Senior Secured Euro Escrow Account” means the Euro-denominated escrow account of the Issuers into which the Initial Purchasers (as defined in the Offering Memorandum) will deposit the gross proceeds of the Senior Secured Euro Notes on the Issue Date, to be controlled by the Escrow Agent and charged in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Services Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Settlement” means the transfer of cash or other property with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, transfer, or charge transaction for which a Person acts as a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business.

 

Settlement Asset” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to a Person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person or an Affiliate of such Person.

 

Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment.

 

Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens).

 

44


 

Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a Settlement.

 

Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a Person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person.

 

“Shareholders Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (each of which is subject to the same event or determination for which the determination of a group of Restricted Subsidiaries is required) that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date, tested by reference to (a) the most recent annual financial statements delivered in accordance with Section 4.02(a)(1); or (b) prior to the delivery of the first set of annual financial statements in accordance with Section 4.02(a)(1) such other financial statements of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business for the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of determination, for which the Company has sufficient available information to be able to determine whether a Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries shall constitute a Significant Subsidiary).

 

Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date, (b) any business that, in the good faith business judgment of the Company, constitutes a reasonable diversification of business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries and (c) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.

 

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any Contingent Obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Notes Guarantees pursuant to a written agreement.

 

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by any of the foregoing Persons, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided, however, that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

 

(1)                                 does not mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition) or the making of any such payment

 

45


 

prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement;

 

(2)                                 does not require, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(3)                                 contains no change of control, asset sale or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision or the exercise of any rights or enforcement action, in each case, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(4)                                 does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(5)                                 pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Notes and any Notes Guarantee pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or are no less favorable in any material respect to Holders than those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the Completion Date;

 

(6)                                 is not Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(7)                                 contains restrictions on transfer to a Person who is not a Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity, any holder of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or any Affiliate of a Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof; provided that any transfer of Subordinated Shareholder Funding to any of the foregoing Persons shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Holders; and

 

(8)                                 does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Notes or any Notes Guarantee or compliance by the Issuers or any Guarantor with its obligations under the Notes, any Notes Guarantee or this Indenture.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)                                 any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

 

(2)                                 any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

 

(a)                                 more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

 

(b)                                 such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

46


 

Subsidiary Guarantors” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes (including the Lux HoldCo) until such Notes Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest and penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

 

Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

 

(1)                                 any Investment in:

 

(a)                                 direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (i) the United States of America or Canada, (ii) any European Union member state, (iii) the United Kingdom, (iv) Australia, Japan, Norway or Switzerland, (v) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (vi) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

 

(b)                                 direct obligations of any country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

(2)                                 overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

 

(a)                                 any lender under the ABL Facility;

 

(b)                                 any institution authorized to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in subclause (1)(a) above; or (c) any bank or trust company organized under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

(3)                                 repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) or (2) above entered into with a Person meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;

 

(4)                                 Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

(5)                                 Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway.  Switzerland, the United Kingdom or any European Union member state or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state, and rated at least “BBB-” by S&P or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of

 

47


 

such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

(6)                                 bills of exchange issued in the United States of America, Australia, Canada, a member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Norway or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

 

(7)                                 any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

(8)                                 Investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (1) through (7) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment or distribution); and

 

(9)                                 investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses Incurred or paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including any fees, costs and expenses associated with settling any claims or action arising from a dissenting stockholder exercising its appraisal rights.

 

Transaction Documents” means (i) the Business Combination Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, (ii) the registration rights and lock-up agreement, the subscription agreements and the warrant assignment, assumption and amendment agreement,  entered into in connection with the Combination or the foregoing and (iii) all other agreements, certificates and instruments executed and delivered by the parties in connection with the Transactions.

 

Transactions” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Transfer Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Transfer Completion Date” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “AMP Transfer Completion Date” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Treasury Rate” means, as selected by the Company, the greater of (x) the yield to maturity as of the date of the relevant redemption notice of the most recently issued United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or is obtainable from the Federal Reserve System’s Data Download Program as of the date of such H.15) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the date of such redemption notice, to May 15, 2024; provided, however, that if the period from such date to May 15, 2024 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used and (y) zero.

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

48


 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of a collateral agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)                                 any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company in the manner provided below); and

 

(2)                                 any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company other than the Issuers (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

(1)                                 such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                                 such designation and the Investment, if any, of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.04.

 

U.S. Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.), as it has been, or may be, amended, from time to time.

 

U.S. Dollars” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers(s) thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                 the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)                                 the sum of all such payments.

 

49


 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

 

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means any write-down, conversion, transfer, modification or suspension power existing from time to time under, and exercised in compliance with, any laws, regulations, rules or requirements in effect in Germany, relating to the transposition of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms as amended from time to time, including but not limited to the German Recovery and Resolution Act (Sanerungs-und Abwicklungsgesetz) as amended from time to time, and the instruments, rules and standards created thereunder, pursuant to which:

 

(a)                                 any obligation of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG (or other affiliate of such entity) can be reduced, cancelled, modified or converted into shares, other securities or other obligations of such entity or any other person (or suspended for a temporary period); and

 

(b)                                 any right in a contract governing an obligation of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG  may be deemed to have been exercised.

 

Section 1.02                             Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in Section

Additional Amounts

 

4.15(a)

Additional Intercreditor Agreement

 

9.06(a)

Additional Senior Secured Dollar Notes

 

2.16

Additional Senior Secured Euro Notes

 

2.16

Affiliate Transaction

 

4.08(a)

Annual Financial Statements

 

4.02(a)(1)

Asset Disposition Offer

 

4.07(c)

Authenticating Agent

 

2.02

Authentication Order

 

2.02

Authorized Agent

 

13.06

Book-Entry Interests

 

2.06(a)

Change in Tax Law

 

6(a)(2) of the Note

Change of Control Offer

 

4.11(a)

Company

 

Preamble

Covenant Defeasance

 

8.03

cross acceleration provision

 

6.01(a)(4)(B)

Escrow Contribution Amount

 

3.08(c)

Event of Default

 

6.01(a)

Excess Proceeds

 

4.07(c)

Indenture

 

Preamble

Initial Agreement

 

4.05(b)(15)

Initial Default

 

6.03(d)

Initial Lien

 

4.09(a)

Interest Payment Date

 

1 of the Note

IPO Entity

 

1.01

Issuers

 

Preamble

Irish Issuer

 

Preamble

judgment default provision

 

6.01(a)(6)

Legal Defeasance

 

8.02

“Other Currency”

 

13.14(a)

payment default

 

6.01(a)(4)(A)

Payor

 

4.15(a)

Permitted Payments

 

4.04(b)

primary obligations

 

1.01

 

50


 

Term

 

Defined in Section

primary obligor

 

1.01

Quarterly Financial Statements

 

4.02(a)(2)

Registrar

 

2.03

Regulated Market

 

4.02(h)

“Regulation S Dollar Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Regulation S Euro Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Regulation S Senior Secured Euro Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Regulation S Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”

 

4.15(a)(2)

“Required Currency”

 

13.14(a)

Reserved Indebtedness Amount

 

4.06

“Rule 144A Dollar Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Rule 144A Euro Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Rule 144A Senior Secured Euro Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Rule 144A Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

Restricted Payment

 

4.04(a)

Special Mandatory Redemption

 

3.08(a)

Special Mandatory Redemption Date

 

3.08(b)

Special Mandatory Redemption Price

 

3.08(a)

Special Termination Date

 

3.08(a)

Suspension Period

 

4.16(b)

Tax Redemption Date

 

6(a) of the Note

Transfer Agent

 

2.03

US Issuer

 

Preamble

 

Section 1.03                             Rules of Construction.

 

(a)                                 Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                 a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)                                 an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;

 

(3)                                 “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)                                 “including” means including without limitation;

 

(5)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(6)                                 “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(7)                                 provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(8)                                 references to Sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor Sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

 

(9)                                 references to the “Notes” are to the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

 

51


 

Section 1.04                             Financial Calculations.

 

In the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (w) Incurs Indebtedness to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of assets) or other transaction or (x) assumes Indebtedness of Persons that are, or secured by assets that are, acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or (y) commits to an acquisition or transaction pursuant to which it may Incur Acquired Indebtedness or (z) is subject to a Change of Control, the date of determination of LTM EBITDA, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, shall, at the option of the Company, be (a) the date that a definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement for such acquisition, transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or Change of Control is entered into and the LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, Change of Control and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) consistent with the definitions of “LTM EBITDA”, “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and “pro forma”, as applicable, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (A) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant acquisition or Change of Control, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether such acquisition and any related transactions are permitted hereunder and (B) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such acquisition, transaction, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; provided that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement, (i) any such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement is entered into and to be outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the earlier of the date of consummation of such acquisition or the date such agreement is terminated or expires without consummation of such acquisition and (ii) to the extent any covenant baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized until the earlier of the date of consummation of such acquisition or the date such agreement is terminated or expires without consummation of such acquisition, but any calculation of LTM EBITDA or Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of other Incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such acquisition) shall not reflect such acquisition until it has been consummated unless such other Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens is conditional or contingent on the occurrence of such acquisition or Change of Control or (b) the date such Indebtedness is borrowed or assumed or such Change of Control occurs;

 

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01                             Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                 General.  The Senior Secured Euro Notes and the Trustee’s (or the Authenticating Agent’s) certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Senior Secured Dollar Notes and the Trustee’s (or the Authenticating Agent’s) certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  The Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon.  Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the parties hereto, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)                                 Global Notes.  The Senior Secured Euro Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Rule 144A Euro Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Secured Euro Notes represented

 

52


 

thereby with the Common Depositary, and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Euro Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Rule 144A Euro Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

The Senior Secured Euro Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Regulation S Euro Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Secured Euro Notes represented thereby with a Common Depositary, and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Euro Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Regulation S Euro Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

The Senior Secured Dollar Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-2 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Rule 144A Dollar Global Note” and, together with the Rule 144A Euro Global Notes, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes represented thereby with a custodian for DTC, and registered in the name Cede & Co., duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Dollar Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Rule 144A Dollar Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

The Senior Secured Dollar Notes offered and sold offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-2 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Regulation S Dollar Global Note” and, together with the Regulation S Euro Global Notes, the “Regulation S Global Notes”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes represented thereby with a custodian for DTC, and registered in the name Cede & Co., duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Dollar Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Regulation S Dollar Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

(c)                                  Definitive Registered Notes.  Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Notes issued in definitive registered form will be, as applicable, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” in the form of the Schedule attached thereto), except as provided for in Article 9.

 

(d)                                 Book-Entry Provisions.  The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream as applicable.

 

(e)                                  Denomination.  The Senior Secured Euro Notes shall be issued only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of €100,000 in principal amount and any integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. The Senior Secured Dollar Notes shall be issued only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $200,000 in principal amount and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

53


 

Section 2.02                             Execution and Authentication.

 

At least one Officer of each of the Issuers must sign the Notes for such Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer of any Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuers, the Issuers shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided for in Section 2.11.

 

Pursuant hereto, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers signed by at least one Officer of each Issuer and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate, or cause the relevant Authenticating Agent to authenticate, (i) the Notes in the form of Global Notes; or (ii) the Definitive Registered Notes from time to time issued in exchange for a like aggregate amount of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including, in each case, any Additional Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuers pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents (each, an “Authenticating Agent”) acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes.  An Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or  Affiliates of the Issuers.

 

Section 2.03                             Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Issuers will maintain one or more Paying Agents for the Notes.  The initial Principal Paying Agent will be Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

 

The Issuers will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Registrar”) and one or more transfer agents (each, the “Transfer Agent”).  The initial Registrar will be Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG and the initial Transfer Agent will be Citibank, N.A., London Branch.  The Registrar and Transfer Agent will maintain a register reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time, if any, and together with the Transfer Agent, will facilitate transfers of Definitive Registered Notes on behalf of the Issuers. Each such Agent hereby accepts such appointment; provided that the liability of each Agent hereunder shall be several.

 

The Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for the Notes without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes.  The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of the Notes.  For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and admitted for trading on the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change of Principal Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

Section 2.04                             Paying Agent to Hold Money.

 

The Issuers will require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) not a party to this Indenture to agree in writing that such Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium or Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuers in making any such payment.  While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or one

 

54


 

of their Subsidiaries) will have no further liability for the money.  If the Issuers or one of their Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to any Issuer or such Subsidiary (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the Paying Agent will serve as an agent of the Trustee.  The Issuers shall, before 10:00 a.m. London time on the day on which the appropriate Paying Agent is to receive payment, procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the appropriate Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to be made by such Paying Agent and Trustee (i) for which payment instructions are not made or that are not otherwise deposited by the respective times set forth in this Section 2.04; and (ii) until they have confirmed receipt of funds sufficient to make the relevant payment.

 

Section 2.05                             Holder Lists.

 

The Registrar(s) will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders.  Following the exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes for Definitive Registered Notes, the Issuers will furnish to the Trustee and each Paying Agent at least two Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably request in writing, the names and addresses of Holders of such Definitive Registered Notes. In case of inconsistency between the register of Notes kept by the Registrar and the one kept by the Issuers at its registered office, the register kept by the Registrar shall prevail.

 

Section 2.06                             Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  Ownership of interests in the Global Notes (“Book-Entry Interests”) will be limited to Persons that have accounts with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or Persons that may hold interests through such participants.  Ownership of interests in the Book-Entry Interests and transfers thereof will be subject to the restrictions on transfer and certification requirements set forth herein.  In addition, transfers of Book-Entry Interests between Participants will be effected by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in each case pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.

 

Owners of the Book-Entry Interests will receive Definitive Registered Notes only in the following circumstances:

 

(1)                                 if DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as depositary or has ceased to be a clearing agency required under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 120 days; or

 

(2)                                 if any Holder of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, following an Event of Default under this Indenture.

 

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in clauses (1) or (2) above, the Issuers shall, at their own cost, issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, shall instruct the Registrar or Transfer Agent, and such Definitive Registered Notes will bear the Private Placement Legend to the extent required under Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof, unless that legend is not required thereby or by applicable law.

 

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a).  Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c).  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.

 

55


 

(b)                                 General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.

 

In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) must receive:  (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable.

 

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) must receive:  (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to above.

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such Notes shall present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) must receive a written order directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes of the same series contained in this Indenture, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) of the same series with any increase or decrease and instruct DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to reflect such increase or decrease in its systems.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent are not required to register the transfer or exchange of any Definitive Registered Notes:

 

(1)                                 for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the applicable series of Notes;

 

(2)                                 for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of the applicable series of Notes to be redeemed in part;

 

(3)                                 for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date; or

 

(4)                                 which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer of an Asset Disposition Offer.

 

Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the U.S. Securities Act.  Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-

 

56


 

Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either clause (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well as clause (b)(3) below, if applicable:

 

(1)                                 Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note.  Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee to effect transfers of Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note for Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note.

 

(2)                                 All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes.  A Holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes of the same series in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above only if the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) receives either:

 

(A)                               both:

 

(i)                                a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)                                instructions given by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(B)                               both:

 

(i)                                a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)                                instructions given by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to the relevant Registrar containing information specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange, the principal amount of such securities and the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code, as applicable, or other similar number identifying the Notes,

 

provided that any such transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note of the same series to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note shall be made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.

 

(3)                                 Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Global Note.  A Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note of the same series may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the relevant Registrar, Transfer Agent or Trustee receives the following:

 

(A)                               if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

57


 

(B)                               if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(c)                                  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Registered Notes.  If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note of the same series or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note of the same series, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the relevant Registrar of the following documentation:

 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note of the same series, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b) above;

 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series in reliance on Regulation S, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series in reliance on Rule 144, the Trustee shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; or

 

in the case of an exchange by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest for its own account without transfer, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

the Principal Paying Agent and/or the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note of the same series to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) below, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the relevant Registrar through instructions from DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The relevant Registrar or Paying Agent shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(B) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the exchange of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global to such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or a transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(d)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series or to transfer such Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the relevant Registrar of the following documentation:

 

58


 

if the Holder of such Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series for its own account without transfer, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof, as applicable; and

 

the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will cancel the Definitive Registered Note, and the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the Global Note of the same series, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable Rule 144A Global Note of the same series, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note of the same series. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposing to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or to transfer such Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(e)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, which registration the Issuers will be informed of by such Transfer Agent or such Registrar (as the case may be).  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or such Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing.  In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuers (who have been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts.  In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

Any Definitive Registered Note of the same series may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note if the relevant Registrar receives the following:

 

if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a transfer and exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(f)                                   Legends.  The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(1)                                 Private Placement Legend.  Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

59


 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE WHEN THE SECURITIES WERE FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND THE DATE OF THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION] ONLY (A) TO AN ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO EACH ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS THAT IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.]

 

60


 

(2)                                 ERISA Legend for the Notes.  Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN), THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED THAT (A) IT IS NOT AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT BE (I) AN ‘‘EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (‘‘ERISA’’), THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A ‘‘PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘CODE’’), (III) AN ENTITY OR ACCOUNT WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO ERISA OR OTHER PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (IV) A NON-U.S., GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (‘‘SIMILAR LAW’’) (EACH OF (I), (II), (III) AND (IV), A ‘‘PLAN’’), (B) NO ASSETS OF A PLAN HAVE BEEN USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) OR (C) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH AN EXEMPTION IS NOT AVAILABLE OR VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW, AND NONE OF THE ISSUERS, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ITS FIDUCIARY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE.

 

(3)                                 Global Note Legend for the Notes.  Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY [THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE](1) [THE CUSTODIAN FOR THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY](2) IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

(g)                                  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all Book-Entry Interests in a particular Global Note of the same series have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note of the same series has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the relevant Paying Agent or Registrar, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same

 


(1)  With respect to Senior Secured Euro Notes.

 

(2)  With respect Senior Secured Dollar Notes.

 

61


 

series, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the relevant Registrar or Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(h)                                 General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers will execute and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

No service charge will be made by the Issuers or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.07 and 4.11 hereof).

 

No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer or exchange of any definitive registered Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuers, the Trustee or the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered as soon as practicable thereafter to the Trustee.

 

Section 2.07                             Replacement Notes.

 

If Definitive Registered Notes are issued and a holder thereof claims that such a Definitive Registered Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, or if such Definitive Registered Note is mutilated and is surrendered to a Registrar or at the office of a Paying Agent, the Issuers will issue and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate a replacement Definitive Registered Note if the Trustee’s and the Issuers’ requirements are met.  The Issuers or the Trustee may require a holder requesting replacement of a Definitive Registered Note to furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of both to protect themselves, the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent appointed pursuant to this Indenture from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Definitive Registered Note is replaced.  The Issuers and the Trustee may charge for any expenses incurred by it in replacing a Definitive Registered Note.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Definitive Registered Note has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be redeemed or purchased by the Issuers pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers, in their discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Definitive Registered Note, pay, redeem or purchase such Definitive Registered Note, as the case may be.

 

Section 2.08                             Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee, or the Authenticating Agent, except for those canceled by it or the relevant Registrar or Paying Agent, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Paying Agent or the relevant Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09

 

62


 

hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Note; provided, however that the Notes held by the Issuers or a Subsidiary of an Issuer shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09 hereof and paragraph 5(c) of the Notes.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the relevant Registrar receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount and premium, if any, of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuers, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of an Issuer) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09                             Acts by Holders.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of the Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, any Notes owned by an Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, an Issuer will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding.

 

Section 2.10                             Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate, or cause an Authenticating Agent to authenticate, temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of Definitive Registered Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers will prepare and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Definitive Registered Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11                             Cancellation.

 

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  Each Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the relevant Registrar or Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary of an Issuer) and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy such canceled Notes.  Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Issuers, on request.  The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12                             Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Issuers will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Issuers will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) will deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuers pay the defaulted interest prior to the date that is 30 days after the date of default in

 

63


 

payment of interest, no special record date will be set and payment will be made to the Holders as of the original record date.

 

Section 2.13                             ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code Number.

 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use an “ISIN”, “CUSIP” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code number.

 

Section 2.14                             Deposit of Moneys.

 

No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the due date of the principal of, interest and premium (if any) on any Note and the Stated Maturity date of the Notes, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee or relevant Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be.  Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.14 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall make payments on the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.  The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee and each Paying Agent of their failure to so act.

 

Section 2.15                             Agents.

 

(a)                                 Actions of Agents.  The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

 

(b)                                 Agents of Trustee.  The Issuers and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.  Prior to receiving such written notice from the Trustee, the Agents shall be the agents of the Issuers and need have no concern for the interests of the Holders.

 

(c)                                  Funds held by Agents.  The Agents will hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money will not be held in accordance with the rules established by the Financial Conduct Authority in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money.

 

(d)                                 Publication of Notices.  Any obligation the Agents may have to publish a notice to Holders of Global Notes on behalf of the Issuers will be met upon delivery of the notice to DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream as applicable.

 

(e)                                  Relationship with third parties.  The Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuers and shall have no fiduciary or other obligation towards, or have any relationship of agency or trust, for or with any Persons other than the Issuers, except as expressly stated elsewhere in this Indenture.

 

(f)                                   Instructions.  An Agent shall be entitled to do nothing, without liability, if it receives conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions or if it is necessary in order to comply with any Applicable Law.

 

(g)                                  Mechanical Nature.  The roles, duties and functions of the Agents are of a mechanical nature and each Agent shall only perform those acts and duties as specifically set out in this Indenture and no other acts, covenants, obligations or duties shall be implied or read into this Indenture against any of the Agents.

 

64


 

(h)                                 No Payment.  No Agent shall be required to make any payment under this Indenture unless and until it has received the full amount to be paid in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.  To the extent that an Agent has made a payment which it did not receive the full amount, the Issuers will reimburse the Agent the full amount of any shortfall.

 

(i)                                     Mutual Undertaking Regarding Information Reporting and Collection Obligations.  Each party to this Indenture shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a written request by another party to this Indenture, supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to it, its operations, or the Notes as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party’s compliance with Applicable Law and shall notify the relevant other party reasonably promptly in the event that it becomes aware that any of the forms, documentation or other information provided by such party is (or becomes) inaccurate in any material respect; provided, however, that no party to this Indenture shall be required to provide any forms, documentation or other information pursuant to this Section 2.15(i) to the extent that: (i) any such form, documentation or other information (or the information required to be provided on such form or documentation) is not reasonably available to such party and cannot be obtained by such party using reasonable efforts; or (ii) doing so would or might in the reasonable opinion of such party constitute a breach of any: (1) Applicable Law; (2) fiduciary duty; or (3) duty of confidentiality.  For purposes of this Section 2.15, “Applicable Law” shall be deemed to include (i) any rule or practice of any Relevant Authority by which any party is bound or with which it is accustomed to comply; (ii) any agreement between any Relevant Authorities; and (iii) any agreement between any Relevant Authority and any party to this Indenture that is customarily entered into by institutions of a similar nature.

 

(j)                                    Notice of Possible Withholding Under FATCA.  The Issuers shall notify each Agent in the event that they determine that any payment to be made by an Agent under any Notes is a payment which could be subject to FATCA Withholding if such payment were made to a recipient that is generally unable to receive payments free from FATCA Withholding, and the extent to which the relevant payment is so treated, provided, however, that the Issuers’ obligation under this Section 2.15(j) shall apply only to the extent that such payments are so treated by virtue of characteristics of the Issuers, such Notes, or both.

 

(k)                                 Agent Right to Withhold.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, each Agent shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under any Notes for or on account of any Taxes, if and only to the extent so required by Applicable Law, in which event the Agent shall make such payment after such deduction or withholding has been made and shall account to the Relevant Authority within the time allowed for the amount so deducted or withheld or, at its option, shall reasonably promptly after making such payment return to the Issuers the amount so deducted or withheld, in which case, the Issuers shall so account to the Relevant Authority for such amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA Withholding is a deduction or withholding which shall be deemed to be required by Applicable Law for the purposes of this Section 2.15(k).

 

(l)                                     Issuers Right to Redirect. In the event that the Issuers determine in their sole discretion that any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes will be required by Applicable Law in connection with any payment due to any of the Agents on any Notes, then the Issuers will be entitled to redirect or reorganize any such payment in any way that they see fit in order that the payment may be made without such deduction or withholding; provided that any such redirected or reorganized payment is made through a recognized institution of international standing and otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture.  The Issuers will promptly notify the Agents and the Trustee of any such redirection or reorganization. For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA Withholding is a deduction or withholding which shall be deemed to be required by Applicable Law for the purposes of this Section 2.15(l).

 

Section 2.16                             Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

This Indenture is unlimited in aggregate principal amount.  The Issuers shall be entitled, subject to their compliance with Sections 2.02, 4.06 and 4.09, to issue an unlimited principal amount of additional Senior Secured Euro Notes (the “Additional Senior Secured Euro Notes”) and additional Senior Secured Dollar Notes (the “Additional Senior Secured Dollar Notes”); provided that if any of the Additional Senior Secured Euro Notes or the Additional Senior Secured Dollar Notes are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the respective Senior Secured Euro Notes or the Senior Secured Dollar Notes, as applicable, such Additional Senior Secured Euro Notes or Additional Senior Secured Dollar Notes will be issued with a separate ISIN code, CUSIP and/or Common Code, as applicable from the respective Notes originally issued. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as

 

65


 

a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, with respect to waivers, amendments, redemptions, and offers to purchase and all other matters, except as otherwise provided for in this Indenture.  Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture, references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.  The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be deemed to form one class of securities and references to the “Notes” shall be deemed to refer to the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date as well as any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

 

ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01                             Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of paragraph 5 or 6 of the Notes, the Issuers must furnish to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (in each case, subject to Section 3.04):

 

(1)                                 the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(2)                                 the redemption date and the record date;

 

(3)                                 the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

 

(4)                                 the redemption price; and

 

(5)                                 the ISIN, CUSIP and/or Common Code numbers, as applicable.

 

Section 3.02                             Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

(a)                                 If fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, Euroclear and Clearstream (for the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or DTC (in the case of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) will credit their participants’ accounts on a pro rata pass-through distribution of principal basis (with adjustments to prevent fractions). No book-entry interest of less than €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) principal amount may be redeemed in part and only in multiples of €1,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or $1,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes). If the Notes are not held through Euroclear and Clearstream (for the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or DTC (in the case of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes), or Euroclear and Clearstream (for the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or DTC (in the case of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) prescribe no method of selection the Notes will be selected, on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after such redemption. The Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and the Registrar shall not be liable for selections made under this Section 3.02(a).

 

(b)                                 Notices of purchase or redemption will be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 14.01.

 

(c)                                  In relation to Definitive Registered Notes, a new Definitive Registered Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Definitive Registered Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Definitive Registered Note.  In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.  On or after any purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof tendered for purchase or called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03                             Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)                                 At least 10 days but not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or mail or, at the expense of the Issuers, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 and as provided below to each Holder

 

66


 

of Notes to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.  Notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.  If and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any such notice to the Holders of the Notes and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change in the principal amount of the Notes outstanding.

 

(b)                                 The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state (in each case, subject to Section 3.04):

 

(1)                                 the redemption date and the record date;

 

(2)                                 the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and if calculable at the time of the notice of redemption, the Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid;

 

(3)                                 the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

(4)                                 if applicable, that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the relevant Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(5)                                 that interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(6)                                 the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(7)                                 that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN, CUSIP and/or Common Code numbers, as applicable, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

(c)                                  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.  Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption (as delayed from time to time pursuant to such notice).  On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions of the Notes called for redemption.

 

(d)                                 At the Issuers’ request, the Principal Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ names and at the Issuers’ expense.  In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Principal Paying Agent with an Officer’s Certificate requesting that a notice of redemption be given together with a form of such notice at least three Business Days prior to the publication of the notice of redemption (or such shorter period as agreed by the Issuers and the Principal Paying Agent).

 

(e)                                  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent will be liable for selection made as contemplated in this Section 3.03.  For the Notes which are represented by Global Notes held on behalf of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

 

67


 

Section 3.04                             Notice of Redemption Subject to Conditions Precedent.

 

Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including, but not limited to, an Equity Offering, an Incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction.

 

If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but not more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.  In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

Section 3.05                             Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

(a)                                 No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes, or 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes, on each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Principal Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

(b)                                 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06                             Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, provided that any Note shall be in a principal amount of (a) €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or (b) $200,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes).

 

Section 3.07                             Mandatory Redemption.

 

Other than in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Sections 4.07 and 4.11.

 

68


 

Section 3.08                             Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

(a)                                 In the event that (a) the Transfer Completion Date does not take place on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (b) the Issuers notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent that in their reasonable judgment the AMP Transfer will not be completed by the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (c) the Initial Investors cease to beneficially own and control a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or (d) a Default or Event of Default arises with respect to either Issuer under Section 6.01(a)(5) on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuers will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(b)                                 Written notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuers, no later than one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Escrow Agent and the Holders and each tranche of the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the fifth Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”).  No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay, on behalf of the Issuers, to the Principal Paying Agent for payment to each Holder the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such Holder’s Notes and, concurrently with the payment to such Holders, deliver any excess Escrowed Property (if any) to the Issuers.

 

(c)                                  The Issuers and the Company acknowledge to the Trustee and agree that in the event that the Special Mandatory Redemption Price payable upon such Special Mandatory Redemption, including accrued interest and Additional Amounts (if any) due with respect to the Notes from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, exceeds the Escrowed Property (such excess, the “Escrow Contribution Amount”), Ardagh Group S.A. will be required under the terms of the Escrow Contribution Agreement to fund the Escrow Contribution Amount to the Issuers.

 

(d)                                 Receipt by the Trustee from the Company of either an Officer’s Certificate for the Escrow Release or a notice of Special Mandatory Redemption shall constitute deemed consent by the Trustee for the release of the Escrowed Property from the Escrow Charge.

 

(e)                                  If at the time of such Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange that the Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01                             Payment of Notes.

 

The Issuers shall promptly pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m. (London time) with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes, or 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes, on such date the Principal Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due and the Principal Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.  The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on

 

69


 

overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02                             Reports.

 

(a)                                 So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers will furnish to the Trustee the following reports following the Issue Date:

 

(1)                                 within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, annual reports (the “Annual Financial Statements”) containing:  (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of the most recent two fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the most recent two fiscal years, including appropriate footnotes to such financial statements, for and as at the end of such fiscal years and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Company; (iii) unaudited pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (other than the Combination) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to clause (2) or (3) below); provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense or burden, in which case the Company will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials; and (iv) a brief description of the business, management and shareholders of the Company, all material affiliate transactions and a description of all material debt instruments; provided that the information described in clause (iv) may be provided in the footnotes to the audited financial statements;

 

(2)                                 within 60 days following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the first such fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021, quarterly year-to-date financial statements (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”) containing the following information:  (i) the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed statements of income and cash flow for the most recent quarter year to date period ending on the unaudited condensed balance sheet date and the comparable prior period (other than any comparable period falling prior to the Issue Date or that would require the creation of new consolidated financial statements), together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii) unaudited pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (not including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Combination) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense or burden, in which case the Company will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Company; and

 

(3)                                 promptly after the occurrence of a material event that the Company announces publicly or any acquisition, disposition or restructuring, merger or similar transaction that is material to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or a change in a senior executive officer of the Company or a change in auditors of the Company, a report containing a description of such event.

 

(b)                                 In addition, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such parties, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act for so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Exchange Act by persons who are not “affiliates” under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                  All financial statement information (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the calculations made under any incurrence covenant, which shall be prepared in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) shall be

 

70


 

prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect, including, to the extent adopted at such time, the application of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and IFRS 16 (Leases) and any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under GAAP), on the date of such report or financial statement (or otherwise on the basis of IFRS as then in effect) and on a consistent basis for the periods presented, except as may otherwise be described in such information; provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.02(a) may, in the event of a change in IFRS, present earlier periods on a basis that applied to such periods.  No report need include separate financial statements for any Subsidiaries of the Company or any disclosure with respect to the results of operations or any other financial or statistical disclosure not of a type included in the Offering Memorandum.  In addition, the reports set forth above will not be required to contain any reconciliation to GAAP.

 

(d)                                 For purposes of this Section 4.02, an acquisition or disposition shall be deemed to be material if the entity or business acquired or disposed of represents greater than 20.0% of the Company’s LTM EBITDA (calculated (i) in the case of an acquisition, including any pro forma adjustments in respect of such acquisition and (ii) in the case of a disposal, excluding any pro forma adjustments in respect of such disposal) for the most recent four quarters for which annual or quarterly financial reports have been delivered to the Trustee.

 

(e)                                  At any time that any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, constitutes a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Statements will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(f)                                   In the event that (i) the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or elects to comply with such provisions, for so long as it continues to file the reports required by Section 13(a) with the SEC or (ii) the Company elects to provide to the Trustee reports which, if filed with the SEC, would satisfy (in the good faith judgment of the Company) the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the provision of GAAP information, certifications, exhibits or information as to internal controls and procedures), for so long as it elects, the Company will make available to the Trustee such annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is, or would be, required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d).

 

(g)                                  All reports provided pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be in English, or with a certified English translation.

 

(h)                                 Subject to compliance with Section 4.02(i), in the event that, and for so long as, the equity securities of the Company, or any Parent Entity (into which the financial results of the Company are consolidated) or IPO Entity are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (or one or more of the equivalent regulated markets of Euronext, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Stockholm Stock Exchange, Euronext Dublin, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Swiss Stock Exchange the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange or NASDAQ) (each a “Regulated Market”) and the Company or such Parent Entity or IPO Entity is subject to the admission and disclosure standards applicable to issuers of equity securities admitted to trading on a Regulated Market, for so long as it elects, the Company will make available to the Trustee such annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company, or such Parent Entity or such IPO Entity is, or would be, required to file with the applicable Regulated Market and within the deadlines specified by such Regulated Market pursuant to such admission and disclosure standards.  Upon complying with the foregoing requirements, and provided that such requirements require the Company, or any Parent Entity or IPO Entity to prepare and file annual reports, information, documents and other reports with the applicable Regulated Market, the Company will be deemed to have complied with the provisions contained in the preceding clauses of this Section 4.02.

 

(i)                                     The Company may comply with any requirement to provide reports or financial statements under this Section 4.02 by providing any report or financial statements of a direct or indirect Parent Entity (into which the financial results of the Company are consolidated) so long as such reports (if an annual, half yearly or quarterly report) (a) meet the requirements (including as to content and time of delivery) of this Section 4.02 as if references to the Company therein were references to such Parent Entity and (b) are accompanied by condensed consolidated financial information together with separate columns for:  (i) such Parent Entity; (ii) the Company and the Restricted

 

71


 

Subsidiaries on a combined basis; (iii) any other Subsidiaries of any applicable Parent Entity that are not the Company or Subsidiaries of the Company on a combined basis; (iv) consolidating adjustments; and (v) the total consolidated amounts, none of which shall be required to be audited.  Upon complying with the foregoing requirement, the Company will be deemed to have complied with the provisions contained in the preceding clauses of this Section 4.02.  For the avoidance of doubt, only Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be taken into account when making any calculations required under this Indenture.

 

Section 4.03                             Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

Section 4.04                             Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

(1)                                 declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

 

(a)                                 dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

(b)                                 dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); and

 

(c)                                  dividends or distributions payable to any Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (provided that (x) any net proceeds from such Indebtedness are contributed to the equity of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any form or otherwise received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (y) any net proceeds described in subclause (x) above shall be excluded for purposes of increasing the amount available for distribution pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III) and shall not be Excluded Contributions and shall not be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10); and (z) in the case that any net proceeds described in subclause (x) above are contributed to or received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of Indebtedness, there shall be no double-counting of interest paid on such Indebtedness and any dividends or distributions payable to the relevant Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity);

 

(2)                                 purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                 purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated

 

72


 

Indebtedness (other than (a) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(3));

 

(4)                                 make any payment (whether of principal, interest or other amounts) on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding (other than any payment of interest thereon in the form of additional Subordinated Shareholder Funding); or

 

(5)                                 make any Restricted Investment,

 

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (5) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

 

(I)                              a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would immediately thereafter result therefrom);

 

(II)                         the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) immediately after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

 

(III)                    the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded and excluding all Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)                                 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Transfer Completion Date occurs, to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (if positive); plus

 

(b)                                 100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another Person subsequent to the Transfer Completion Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company subsequent to the Transfer Completion Date (other than (u) any amounts used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10), (v) Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock sold to a Subsidiary of the Company, (w) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) cash or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Section 4.04(b)(6), and (y) Excluded Contributions); plus

 

(c)                                  100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than (y) Subordinated Shareholder Funding or (z) Capital Stock sold to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Transfer

 

73


 

Completion Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; plus;

 

(d)                                 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:  (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Transfer Completion Date; or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend from a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary after the Transfer Completion Date (in each case, other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 4.04(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 4.04(b)(17), as the case may be); plus

 

(e)                                  in the case of the re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Transfer Completion Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith by the Company at the time of the re-designation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged, amalgamated or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 4.04(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 4.04(b)(17), as the case may be; plus

 

(f)                                   the greater of (x) $135.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA.

 

(b)                                 Section 4.04(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

 

(1)                                 the payment of any dividend or distribution within 180 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture, or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

 

(2)                                 (a) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company; provided that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or

 

74


 

fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 4.04(a)(III) and shall not be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10), and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.04(b)(13), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of a Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)                                 any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06;

 

(4)                                 any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06;

 

(5)                                 any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding) or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a)                                 from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.07, but only if (and to the extent required) the Company shall have first complied with the terms of Section 4.07 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

(b)                                 to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of (i) a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”) or (ii) an Asset Disposition (or other similar event described therein as an “asset disposition” or “asset sale”), but only if (and to the extent required) the Company shall have first complied with Sections 4.07 and 4.11, as applicable, and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)                                  consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);

 

(6)                                 a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director, contractor or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director, contractor or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (6) do not exceed the greater of (i) $40.0 million and (ii) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried forward to the next succeeding fiscal year and amounts that will not be used in the subsequent fiscal year being carried back to the immediately preceding fiscal year); provided, further that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

75


 

(a)                                 the cash proceeds from the issuance or sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, or Excluded Contributions) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, or an Excluded Contribution), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Transfer Completion Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.04(a)(III) or used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10); plus

 

(b)                                 the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Transfer Completion Date,

 

provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, employees, contractors or consultants of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(7)                                 the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 4.06;

 

(8)                                 purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding or similar taxes in respect thereof and payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;

 

(9)                                 dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

 

(a)                                 the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes; and

 

(b)                                 amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in clauses (2), (3), (5), (11), (12), (13), (17)(a) (but only in respect of the parenthetical thereto) and (27) of Section 4.08(c), provided that any such dividends, loans, advances or distributions to make payments in respect of annual management fees specified in Section 4.08(c)(11)(a) and made pursuant to this Section 4.04(b)(9)(B) shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 3.0% of LTM EBITDA per fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried forward to the next succeeding fiscal year and amounts that will not be used in the subsequent fiscal year being carried back to the immediately preceding fiscal year) and shall not be made as long as any Default has occurred and is continuing unless it is funded with the proceeds of an Equity Contribution;

 

(10)                          the declaration and payment by the Company of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to pay, dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or in respect of any Parent Entity that has had an Initial Public Offering, in an amount not to exceed in any fiscal year, $100.0 million; provided that such dividends shall be declared and paid no later than 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company;

 

(11)                          payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance,

 

76


 

dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 4.04 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

(12)                          Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions;

 

(13)                          the declaration and payment of dividends (i) on Designated Preferred Stock of the Company issued after the Transfer Completion Date; (ii) to a Parent Entity in an amount sufficient to allow the Parent Entity to pay dividends to holders of its Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Transfer Completion Date; and (iii) on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (13), the amount of all dividends declared or paid to a Person pursuant to such clauses shall not exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or the aggregate amount contributed as Subordinated Shareholder Funding or in cash to the equity of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, or an Excluded Contribution or to the extent that any of the proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10)), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; provided, further, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this clause (13), that for the Relevant Testing Period immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or declaration of such dividends on such Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 4.06(a);

 

(14)                          distributions, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock, of equity interests in, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents) or proceeds thereof;

 

(15)                          distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

(16)                          any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest and principal on any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with the Transactions and any payments contemplated by the Transaction Documents), and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates in connection with the Transactions (including dividends to any Parent Entity to permit payment by such Parent Entity of such amounts);

 

(17)                          so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing (i) any Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed the greater of (x) $135.0 million and (y) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA or (ii) any Restricted Payments so long as, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the Incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 4.50 to 1.00;

 

(18)                          mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;

 

(19)                          payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Article 5;

 

77


 

(20)                          Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 4.04 if made by the Company; provided that (a) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (b) such Parent Entity shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (i) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the Article 5) to consummate such Investment, (c) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture, (d) any property received by the Company shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III), clauses (2) or (6) of Section 4.04(b) or be deemed to be an Excluded Contribution or be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10); and (e) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 4.04 (other than pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(12)) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment” (other than pursuant to clause (12) thereof);

 

(21)                          any Restricted Payment made with Net Available Cash from any Asset Disposition and permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(3); and

 

(22)                          Permitted Tax Distributions.

 

(c)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.04, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in clauses (1) through (22) of Section 4.04(b), and/or is permitted pursuant to the Section 4.04(a) and/or constitutes a Permitted Investment, the Company will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.04, including as a Permitted Investment.

 

(d)                                 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Company acting in good faith.

 

Section 4.05                             Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)                                 pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                                 make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(3)                                 sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

 

78


 

(b)                                 Section 4.05(a) will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facility (including the ABL Facility), (b) the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (c) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

 

(2)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) this Indenture, the Notes, the Notes Guarantees or the Security Documents and (b) the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes or the Senior Notes Guarantees;

 

(3)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(4)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company (as defined below), any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

 

(5)                                 any encumbrance, restriction or condition:

 

(a)                                 that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement;

 

(b)                                 contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements;

 

(c)                                  contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(d)                                 pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(6)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

 

(7)                                 any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Company

 

79


 

or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

(8)                                 customary provisions in leases, licenses, shareholder agreements, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements, organizational documents and instruments;

 

(9)                                 encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation, licensing requirement or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

 

(10)                          any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(11)                          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)                          restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility;

 

(13)                          any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06, if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders (taken as a whole) than (i) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in (A) the ABL Documents, together with the security documents associated therewith, and (B) the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as in effect on the Transfer Completion Date or (ii) as is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and where, in the case of this sub-clause (ii), either (x) the Company determines at the time of entry into such agreement or instrument that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such agreement or instrument, or (b) constituting an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(14)                          any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 4.09; or

 

(15)                          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (14) of this Section 4.05 or this clause (15) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (14) of this Section 4.05 or this clause (15); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders (taken as a whole) than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Company).

 

Section 4.06                             Limitation on Indebtedness.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue Preferred Stock; provided, however, (i) that the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company may issue Disqualified Stock and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Preferred Stock, if on the date of such determination and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to clause (i) above shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded.

 

80


 

(b)                                 Section 4.06(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(1)                                 the Incurrence by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit, guarantees and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of:

 

(a)                                 the aggregate of the greater of (x) $500.0 million and (y) the Borrowing Base; plus

 

(b)                                 the maximum amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness such that after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries do not exceed 4.00 to 1.00 (with any Indebtedness Incurred under clause (a) above on the date of determination of the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio not being included in the calculation of Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio under this subclause (b) on such date of determination but not, for the avoidance of doubt, excluded from any such calculation made on any such subsequent date); plus;

 

(c)                                  the maximum amount of Indebtedness that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the date of determination, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed 5.00 to 1.00 (with any Indebtedness Incurred under clause (a) above on the date of determination of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio not being included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio under this clause (c) on such date of determination but not, for the avoidance of doubt, excluded from any such calculation made on any such subsequent date),

 

provided that (i) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (1) may be refinanced at any time if such refinancing does not exceed the greater of (I) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this clause (1) on the date of determination for such refinancing and (II) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced at such time (together with an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing) and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to clauses (1)(b) and (1)(c) shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded;

 

(2)                                 Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture;

 

(3)                                 Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)                                 Indebtedness represented by (a)(x) Indebtedness, and any Guarantees thereof, in each case of the Company, the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business, outstanding on the Completion Date (or Incurred under a facility committed and as in effect as of the Completion Date), after giving pro forma effect to the AMP Transfer and the application of the proceeds therefrom (as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum) and (y) Indebtedness and any Guarantees thereof Incurred in connection with the AMP Transfer (including the Promissory Note), (b)(i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Notes Guarantee, (ii) the Senior Notes (other than any Additional Senior Notes as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture), including any Senior Notes Guarantees and (iii) any loans pursuant to which proceeds of any Indebtedness of a Parent Entity that are lent to the Company, to the extent that such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and such Guarantees or the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, as the case may be, as are not prohibited by this Indenture, (c) Refinancing Indebtedness (including with respect to the Notes and any Guarantee thereof) Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) and

 

81


 

clause (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b) or Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(a), and (d) other Indebtedness Incurred to finance Management Advances;

 

(5)                                 Indebtedness (x) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets) or other transaction or (y) of Persons that are, or secured by any assets that are, acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that (A) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (5) is in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) the greater of (i) $55.0 million and (ii) 10.0% of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, plus (b) unlimited additional Indebtedness to the extent that after giving effect to such acquisition, transaction, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and without giving effect to any Indebtedness Incurred or issued pursuant to subclause (5)(A)(a) above on the date of determination, either:  (i) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) and if such Indebtedness is Senior Secured Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Senior Secured Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(b), or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower and, if such Indebtedness is Senior Secured Indebtedness, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be higher, in each case, than it was immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (B) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to subclause (x) of this clause (5) shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded;

 

(6)                                 Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

(7)                                 Indebtedness (a) represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, Purchase Money Obligations or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in a Similar Business or Indebtedness otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness exists on the date of such purchase, lease, rental, construction, design, installation or improvement or is created within 180 days thereafter), and any Indebtedness which refinances, replaces or refunds such Indebtedness, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7)(a) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) 65.0% of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof or (b) arising out of Sale and Leaseback Transactions;

 

(8)                                 Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, old-age-part-time arrangements, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance (including premiums related thereto), other types of social security, pension obligations, vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits, customer guarantees performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment (including progress premiums), customs, value added or similar tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (c) customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and manufacturer, vendor financing, customer and supply arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (e) the financing of insurance premiums, take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, credit

 

82


 

or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (f) Indebtedness representing (i) deferred compensation to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers and consultants of any Parent Entity, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (ii) deferred compensation or other similar arrangements in connection with any Investment or acquisition permitted hereby; and (g) Settlement Indebtedness;

 

(9)                                 Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(10)                          Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10) and then outstanding, will not exceed 200% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, or an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have been applied to make Restricted Payments;

 

(11)                          Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of joint ventures, in each case, which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(12)                          Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, present or former employee, director, contractor or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director, contractor or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity that is permitted by Section 4.04;

 

(13)                          Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (13) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $275.0 million and (b) 50.0% of LTM EBITDA; provided that the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (13) shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded;

 

(14)                          Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to factoring financings, securitizations (including with respect to inventory), receivables financings or similar arrangements, in each case, that are either:  (a) not recourse to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except to the extent customary in the good faith determination of the Company for such type of arrangement and except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); or (b) not in excess of the greater of (x) $135.0 million and (y) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding;

 

83


 

(15)                          any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a Person extending credit to customers of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the Person extending such credit;

 

(16)                          Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that the terms of such Indebtedness are consistent with those entered into with respect to similar Indebtedness prior to the Issue Date, including that (a) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific volume of goods and (b) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity;

 

(17)                          Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising pursuant to any Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

 

(18)                          Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit, overdraft facilities or local working capital facilities in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (18) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA.

 

(c)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.06:

 

(1)                                 subject to clause (3) below, in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant Section 4.06(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.06, the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in Section 4.06(a) or one of the clauses of Section 4.06(b), and Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.06 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.06 permitting such Indebtedness;

 

(2)                                 with respect to clauses (5)(a), (7), (11), (13) or (18) of Section 4.06(b), if at any time that the Company would be entitled to have Incurred any then outstanding item of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) or pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(b) or Section 4.06(b)(1)(c), such item of Indebtedness shall (unless otherwise elected by the Company) be automatically reclassified into an item of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(a) or pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(b) or Section 4.06(b)(1)(c), as applicable;

 

(3)                                 all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility Incurred as of the Transfer Completion Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(a), and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness;

 

(4)                                 for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.06, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred under a Credit Facility, re-borrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to “cash sweep” or “clean down” provisions or any similar provisions under a Credit Facility that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to be repaid periodically shall only be deemed for the purposes of this Section 4.06 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent re-borrowing thereof;

 

(5)                                 in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, when measuring the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, such amount shall not include any amounts necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

84


 

(6)                                 Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

(7)                                 if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to any clause of Section 4.06(a) or Section 4.06(b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

(8)                                 the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

(9)                                 in the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility, enters into any commitment to Incur or issue Indebtedness or commits to Incur any Lien pursuant to clause (29) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Incurrence or issuance thereof for all purposes under this Indenture, including for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, or usage of clauses (1) through (18) of Section 4.06(b) (if any) for borrowings and re-borrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will, at the Company’s option, either (a) be determined (i) on the date of such revolving credit facility or such entry into or increase in commitments (assuming that the full amount thereof (or, at the option of the Company, a portion thereof) has been borrowed as of such date) or other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (in each case, pursuant to any letter, agreement or instrument, which may be conditional, including as to documentation) and/or (ii) on the date on which such facility or commitments become available, and, if such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, test or other provision of this Indenture is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or re-borrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this Section 4.06 irrespective of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, or other provision of this Indenture at the time of any borrowing or re-borrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this clause (a) shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, and, to the extent of the usage of clauses (1) through (18) of Section 4.06(b) (if any), shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding under such clauses) or (b) be determined on the date such amount is borrowed pursuant to any such facility or increased commitment, and in each case, the Company may revoke such determination at any time and from time to time;

 

(10)                          notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.06 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred in reliance on a clause of Section 4.06(b) measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, if such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance, costs and fees in connection with such refinancing; and

 

(11)                          the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of IFRS.

 

(d)                                 Accrual and/or capitalization of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the

 

85


 

payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in IFRS, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.06; provided that the amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any outstanding Indebtedness may (in the Company’s sole discretion) be increased by the amount of all such accrued and/or capitalized interest, accreted value, original issue discount and/or additional Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such increased amount will not be deemed to be Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating any basket, permission or threshold under which such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred.

 

(e)                                  If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.06, the Company shall be in default of this Section 4.06).

 

(f)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar equivalent); provided that for the purpose of the Incurrence of any other Indebtedness, the Company may elect to account for any such Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the determination date for the Incurrence of such other Indebtedness; provided further, that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing

 

(g)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.06, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.06 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.  The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

Section 4.07                             Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

 

(1)                                 the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

 

(2)                                 in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap or relates to Non-Core Assets), with a purchase price in excess of the greater of (a) $40.0 million and (b) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments; and

 

(3)                                 an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied:

 

86


 

(a)                                 to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), within 450 days from the later of (1) the date of such Asset Disposition and (2) the receipt of such Net Available Cash, (A) to prepay, repay, purchase or redeem Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (including the ABL Facility) (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) or (B) prepay, repay, purchase or redeem any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor or any Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on assets which do not constitute Collateral (in each case other than Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor or Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment, purchase or redemption of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (a), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced (including by a reduction in borrowing base or similar term in conjunction with such Asset Disposition or otherwise) in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, purchased or redeemed; provided further that to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has elected to prepay, repay or purchase any amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness at a price not less than par and has extended such offer to the Holders on at least a pro rata basis, to the extent the creditors in respect of such Senior Secured Indebtedness (including any Holders) elect not to tender their Senior Secured Indebtedness for such prepayment, repayment, purchase or redemption, the Company will be deemed to have applied an amount of Net Available Cash equal to such amount not tendered under this paragraph (a), and such amount shall not increase the amount of Excess Proceeds; or

 

(b)                                 to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary equal to the amount of Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition and (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that a binding agreement shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment with the good faith expectation that an amount equal to Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such amount is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds,

 

provided further that, pending the final application of the amount of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or (b) above, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding Section 4.07(a), to the extent that (x) a distribution of any or all of the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this Section 4.07) is prohibited or delayed by applicable local law (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors) or (y) a distribution of any or all of the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this Section 4.07) could result in material adverse Tax consequences, as reasonably determined by the Company in its sole discretion, the portion of such Net Available Cash so affected will not be required to be applied in compliance with this Section 4.07.

 

(c)                                  The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.07(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture; provided that, if at the time of any definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement in respect of any Asset Disposition or (at the option of the Company) the date on which Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition is received, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00, 50.0% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition shall be deemed not to constitute Excess Proceeds and may be used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture.  On the 451st day (or such longer period permitted by Section

 

87


 

4.07(a)(3)(B)) after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Indenture exceeds the greater of $135.0 million and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA, the Company shall make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) within 10 Business Days to all Holders under this Indenture and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to repay, prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be repaid, prepaid or purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and, in the case of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repayment, prepayment or purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) and in integral multiples of €1,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or $1,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) in excess thereof.  The Company will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream or DTC, as applicable, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.  The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period as provided in Section 4.07(a)) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds.

 

(d)                                 To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall allocate the Excess Proceeds among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be repaid, prepaid or purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness provided that the Company shall not be required to select and purchase Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness in an unauthorized denomination.  Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

(e)                                  To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars or Euro, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. Dollars or Euro that is actually received by the Company upon converting such portion into U.S. Dollars or Euro.

 

(f)                                   For the purposes of Section 4.07(a)(2), the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(1)                                 the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;

 

(2)                                 securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

 

(3)                                 Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

 

88


 

(4)                                 consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(5)                                 any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.07 during the same fiscal year, not to exceed the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

(g)                                  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws, rules and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(h)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture to the contrary, the provisions of this Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Disposition may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

Section 4.08                             Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (any such transaction or series of related transactions being an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of the greater of (i) $55.0 million and (ii) 10.0% of LTM EBITDA unless:

 

(1)                                 the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

 

(2)                                 in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(a)(2) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, if any.

 

(c)                                  Section 4.08(a) will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                 any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04 or any Permitted Investment;

 

(2)                                 any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements)

 

89


 

or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(3)                                 any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

 

(4)                                 any (a) transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) merger, amalgamation or consolidation with any Parent Entity, provided that such Parent Entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

(5)                                 the payment of compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees of the Company, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Controlled Investment Affiliate of such directors, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees);

 

(6)                                 the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 4.08 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect;

 

(7)                                 any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, any disposition or repurchase of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

(8)                                 transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers, contractors, distributors or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(9)                                 any transaction in the ordinary course of business between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company or an Associate or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely (i) because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity or (ii) due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Company (provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person);

 

(10)                          any (a) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding and the granting of registration and other customary rights (and the performance of the related obligations) in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (b) amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding, as amended or otherwise modified, will continue to satisfy the requirements described in the definition of “Subordinated Shareholder Funding”;

 

90


 

(11)                          (a) any payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of annual management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, transaction, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and reasonable expenses and indemnities in connection therewith and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event) and (b) any customary payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which are in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 

(12)                          payment to any Permitted Holder of all out of pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(13)                          (i) the Transactions and the payment of all costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transactions or any payment as contemplated by the Transaction Documents and (ii) any transactions or services pursuant to the Transaction Documents and any services or transactions that are similar or incidental to the services or transactions contemplated therein provided on an arm’s length basis;

 

(14)                          transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.08(a)(1);

 

(15)                          the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including the Transaction Documents and any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Completion Date, and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Completion Date will only be permitted under this clause (15) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

(16)                          any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates;

 

(17)                          any (a) Investments by Affiliates in securities of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms; (b) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing clause (17)(a) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities; and (c) payments by any Parent Entity, the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(18)                          payments, Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its

 

91


 

Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith;

 

(19)                          employment and severance arrangements between the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, contractors, consultants, distributors and employees in the ordinary course of business or entered into in connection with or as a result of the Transactions;

 

(20)                          any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangement entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.07 or entered into with any Business Successor, in each case, that the Company determines in good faith is either fair to the Company or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;

 

(21)                          transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 4.12 and pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(22)                          any lease entered into between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(23)                          intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(24)                          payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (including any cash management activities related thereto);

 

(25)                          the payment of costs and expenses related to registration rights and customary indemnities provided to shareholders under any shareholder agreement;

 

(26)                          any Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

 

(27)                          any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the Company and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries file a consolidated tax return or with which the Issuers are part of a consolidated group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation, provided, however, that any such payments do not exceed the amounts of such tax that would have been payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are relieved thereby.

 

Section 4.09                             Limitation on Liens.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, (1) Permitted Liens or (2) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if the Notes, the Notes Guarantees and this Indenture are directly secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness, the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien

 

92


 

for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured, and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

 

(b)                                 Any such Lien created in favor of the Notes, the Notes Guarantees and this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.09(a)(i)(2) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, and (ii) otherwise as set forth under Section 10.04, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or under the relevant Security Documents.

 

(c)                                  With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness.  The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

 

Section 4.10                             Impairment of Security Interest.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action that would have the result of materially impairing the Security Interest with respect to the Collateral or the Escrow Collateral (it being understood, subject to the proviso below, that the Incurrence of Permitted Collateral Liens shall under no circumstances be deemed to materially impair the Security Interest with respect to the Collateral) for the benefit of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Holders, and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, grant to any Person other than the Security Agent or the ABL Security Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Holders and the other beneficiaries described in the Security Documents, the Escrow Charge and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be, any interest whatsoever in any of the Collateral or the Escrow Collateral except that (i) the Company, and the Restricted Subsidiaries may amend, extend, renew, restate, supplement, release or otherwise modify or replace any Security Documents for the purposes of Incurring Permitted Collateral Liens, (ii) the Company, and the Restricted Subsidiaries may amend, extend, renew, restate, supplement, release or otherwise modify or replace any Security Documents for the purposes of undertaking a Permitted Reorganization, (iii) the Collateral may be discharged and released in accordance with this Indenture, the applicable Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (iv) the applicable Security Documents may be amended from time to time to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect, error or inconsistency therein and (v) the Company, and the Restricted Subsidiaries may amend the Security Interests in any manner that does not adversely affect Holders in any material respect; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (v) above, the Security Documents may not be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, released or otherwise modified or replaced, unless contemporaneously with any such action, the Company delivers to the Trustee, either (1) a solvency opinion, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee from an Independent Financial Advisor confirming the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, release, modification or replacement, (2) a certificate from the Board of Directors of the relevant Person, which confirms the solvency of the Person granting such Security Interest, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, release, modification or replacement, or (3) an Opinion of Counsel, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming that, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, release, modification or replacement, the Lien or Liens created under the Security Documents, so amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, released, modified or replaced are valid Liens not otherwise subject to any limitation, imperfection or new hardening period, in equity or at law, that such Lien or Liens were not otherwise subject to immediately prior to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, release, modification or replacement.

 

(b)                                 In the event that the Company, or an applicable Restricted Subsidiary complies with the requirements of this Section 4.10, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall (subject to customary protections and indemnifications) consent to any amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, release or other modification or replacement requested in accordance with this Section 4.10 without the need for instructions from any Holder.

 

93


 

Section 4.11                             Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a change of control offer as described herein or (ii) the Issuers have previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under paragraph 5 of the Notes, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (equal to €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) in principal amount or in integral multiples of €1,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or $1,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) in excess thereof; provided that Notes of €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes) or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below.

 

(b)                                 To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws, rules or regulations, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.  The Issuers may rely on any no action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

 

(c)                                  The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.11 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described under paragraph 5 of the Notes, unless and until there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable redemption date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control.

 

(d)                                 The provisions under this Indenture relating to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

(e)                                  If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent that the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any Change of Control Offer.

 

Section 4.12                             Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                 The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 or under one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted Investment”, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

94


 

(b)                                 If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under Section 4.06, the Company will be in default of Section 4.06.

 

(c)                                  If an Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, that designation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.06 (including pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(5), treating such designation as an acquisition for the purpose of such clause), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the Relevant Testing Period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.  Any such designation by the Company or the re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary as contemplated hereby shall be evidenced to the Trustee on the date of such designation or re-designation by filing with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation or re-designation complies with the preceding conditions.

 

Section 4.13                             Additional Guarantees.

 

(a)                                 No Restricted Subsidiary shall Guarantee the Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL Facility, any other Credit Facility or any Public Debt (including the Senior Notes), in each case of either Issuer or a Guarantor, unless such Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a Guarantor on the date on which the Guarantee of such other Indebtedness is Incurred and, if applicable, executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will provide a Notes Guarantee, which Notes Guarantee will be senior to or pari passu in right of payment with, as applicable, such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness; provided, however, that such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be obligated to become a Guarantor to the extent and for so long as the Incurrence of such Notes Guarantee is contrary to the Agreed Security Principles or could give rise to or result in:  (1) any breach or violation of statutory limitations, corporate benefit, financial assistance, fraudulent preference, thin capitalization rules, capital maintenance rules, guidance and coordination rules or the laws, rules or regulations (or analogous restriction) of any applicable jurisdiction; (2) any risk or liability for the officers, directors or (except in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a partnership) shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a partnership, directors or shareholders of the partners of such partnership); or (3) any cost, expense, liability or obligation (including with respect to any Taxes) other than reasonable out of pocket expenses.

 

(b)                                 At the option of the Company, any Notes Guarantee may contain limitations on Guarantor liability to the extent reasonably necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

 

(c)                                  Section 4.13(a) will not be applicable to any guarantees of any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(i) existing on the Transfer Completion Date, guaranteeing Indebtedness under Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(a) or Section 4.06(b)(14) or guaranteeing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount that is less than the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 20.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(ii) that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary if the guarantee was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(iii) given to a bank or trust company having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than €500,000,000, whose debt has a rating, at the time such guarantee was given, of at least BBB+ or the equivalent thereof by S&P and at least Baa1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, in connection with the operation of cash management programs established for the Company’s benefit or that of any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

95


 

(d)                                 Future Notes Guarantees granted pursuant to this provision shall be released as set forth under Section 11.05.  The Trustee and the Security Agent shall each take all necessary actions, including the granting of releases or waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, reasonably requested by, and at the cost of, the Company to effectuate any release of a Notes Guarantee in accordance with these provisions, subject to customary protections and indemnifications.

 

Section 4.14                             Post-Completion Guarantors and Collateral.

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, on the Transfer Completion Date, the Company shall ensure that it and the Lux Holdco shall become a Guarantors and, in connection therewith, to deliver such agreements, instruments, certificates and opinions of counsel as may be required to evidence the respective guarantee of the Notes.

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Intercreditor Agreement and the occurrence of the Transfer Completion Date, on or prior to the earlier of (x) 90 days from the Transfer Completion Date or, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that in the good faith determination of the Issuers the outbreak of COVID-19 and means to prevent its spread have made it impossible to provide such guarantees within 90 days following the Transfer Completion Date, 120 days following the Transfer Completion Date or (y) the date on which the Subsidiary Guarantors guarantee the obligations under the ABL Facility, the Company shall ensure that each of the Post-Transfer Completion Date Guarantors shall become a Guarantor and, in connection therewith, cause such Subsidiary to deliver such agreements, instruments, certificates and opinions of counsel as may be required to evidence it respective guarantee of the Notes.

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, on the Transfer Completion Date, the Company shall enter into one or more security documents granting a first-priority Lien over the equity interests of Lux Holdco in favor of the Security Agent (on behalf of itself, the Trustee and the Holders).

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Intercreditor Agreement and the occurrence of the Transfer Completion Date, on or prior to the earlier of (x) 90 days from the Transfer Completion Date or, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that in the good faith determination of the Issuers the outbreak of COVID-19 and means to prevent its spread have made it impossible to incur and perfect such security interests within 90 days from the Transfer Completion Date, 120 days following the Transfer Completion Date or (y) the date on which equivalent security is provided in respect of the obligations under the ABL Facility, the Company shall ensure that it and each of its applicable Post-Transfer Completion Date Guarantors enters into one or more security documents under which Liens on the assets identified on Schedule I-B are granted in favor of the Security Agent (on behalf of itself, the Trustee and the Holders), as applicable.

 

Section 4.15                             Withholding Taxes.

 

(a)                                 All payments made by or on behalf of an Issuer or any Guarantor (including any successor entity) (each, a “Payor”) in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Notes Guarantee, as applicable, will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law or by the relevant taxing authority’s interpretation or administration thereof.  If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of:

 

(1)                                 any jurisdiction (other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) from or through which payment on any such Note or Notes Guarantee is made (including by Paying Agent) or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or

 

(2)                                 any other jurisdiction in which a Payor is organized, resident, or doing business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”),

 

will at any time be required by law to be made from any payments made by or on behalf of the Payor with respect to any Note or any Notes Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be

 

96


 

necessary in order that the net amounts received by each Holder in respect of such payments, after such withholding or deduction (including any such withholding or deduction in respect of such Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts which would have been received by each Holder in respect of such payments on any such Note or Notes Guarantee in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of:

 

(1)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt, ownership, holding or disposition of such Note or the receipt of any payment or the exercise or enforcement of rights under such Note, this Indenture or a Notes Guarantee);

 

(2)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Note to comply with a reasonable written request of the Payor addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner, after reasonable notice, to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters, whether required by a law, statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Tax, but in each case, only to the extent the Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so;

 

(3)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes are imposed as a result of the presentation of the Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the later of the applicable payment date or the date the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the holder (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

(4)                                 any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from a payment made under or with respect to the Notes or to any Notes Guarantee;

 

(5)                                 any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Tax;

 

(6)                                 any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder, or other official administrative interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to current section 1471(b) of the Code, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version described above), and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any intergovernmental agreement (and any law, regulation or practice implementing any such intergovernmental agreement) in respect of the foregoing; or

 

(7)                                 any combination of the items (1) through (6) above.

 

(b)                                 In addition, no Additional Amounts shall be paid with respect to any payment to a holder who is a fiduciary or a partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that the beneficiary or settler with respect to such fiduciary, the member of such partnership or the beneficial owner would not have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settler, member or beneficial owner held such Notes directly.

 

(c)                                  In addition, the Payor will pay, and reimburse each applicable Holder for, any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary taxes, or similar charges or levies (including any related interest, penalties or other similar liabilities with respect thereto) or any other excise, property or similar taxes or similar charges or levies (including any related interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto) that arise in a

 

97


 

Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from (i) the execution, issuance, delivery or registration of the Notes, any Notes Guarantee, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument in relation thereto, or (ii) the receipt of any payments under or with respect to, or enforcement of, the Notes or any Notes Guarantee (limited, solely in the case of any such taxes attributable to the receipt of payments, to any such taxes that are not excluded under clauses (1) through (3), (5), or (6) above).

 

(d)                                 The Payor, if it is the applicable withholding agent, will (i) make any required withholding or deduction, (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant tax authority in accordance with applicable law and (iii) upon written request, provide certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes, or if such tax receipts are not available, certified copies of other reasonable evidence of such payments as soon as reasonably practicable to the Trustee (with a copy to the Principal Paying Agent).  Such copies shall be made available to the Holders upon reasonable request and will be made available at the offices of the Principal Paying Agent.

 

(e)                                  If any Payor is obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment made on any Note or any Notes Guarantee, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Principal Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor may deliver such Officer’s Certificate as promptly as practicable thereafter).  The Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

(f)                                   Wherever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context:

 

(1)                                 the payment of principal;

 

(2)                                 redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of the Notes;

 

(3)                                 interest; or

 

(4)                                 any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Notes Guarantee,

 

such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(g)                                  The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture, any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner, and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction (other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) in which any successor to a Payor is organized, resident, or doing business for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction from or through which any payment under, or with respect to the Notes (or any Notes Guarantee) is made by or on behalf of such Payor, or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

 

Section 4.16                             Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status.

 

(a)                                 Following the first day that:

 

(1)                                 the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status; and

 

(2)                                 no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

 

then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following Sections of this Indenture (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”):  4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.13 and the provisions of Section 5.01(a)(3), and, in each case,

 

98


 

any related default provision of this Indenture will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                 If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and will be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under the Notes Documents with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability with respect to such Suspended Covenants for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.  The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.”

 

(c)                                  On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period (other than any Indebtedness incurred under the ABL Facility) will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.06(b)(4)(a).  On and after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens pursuant to clause (11) of such definition.  Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though the covenants described under Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.  Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04.  On the Reversion Date, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.08(c)(6). Any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to take any action described in Section 4.05(a) that becomes effective during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have existed on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.05(b)(1). On and after each Reversion Date, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate the transactions contemplated by any contract entered into during the Suspension Period, so long as such contract and such consummation would have been permitted during such Suspension Period.

 

(d)                                 In addition, any future obligation to grant further Notes Guarantees shall be released.  All such further obligation to grant Notes Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

 

(e)                                  There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Status.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the ratings of the Notes, shall not be deemed to have any knowledge of the ratings of the Notes and shall have no duty to notify Holders if the Notes achieve Investment Grade Status or upon the occurrence of the Reversion Date.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee that the conditions under this Section 4.16 have been satisfied, although such notification shall not be a condition for suspension of the applicable covenants to be effective.

 

Section 4.17                             Deposit into Escrow Account.

 

(a)                                 Concurrently with the closing of the offering of the Notes on the Issue Date, the Issuers will enter into the Escrow Agreement with, inter alios, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, pursuant to which the Initial Purchasers will deposit (i) the gross proceeds of the Senior Secured Euro Notes sold on the Issue Date into the Senior Secured Euro Escrow Account and (ii) the gross proceeds of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes sold on the Issue Date into the Senior Secured Dollar Escrow Account ((i) and (ii) together, the “Escrow Accounts”), in each case, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

99


 

ARTICLE 5
MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

 

Section 5.01                             The Company.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, unless:

 

(1)                                 the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be (x) a Person organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales,  Germany, any member state of the European Union or the European Economic Area, or the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland or Australia or Bermuda and (y) the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and all obligations of the Company under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, as applicable;

 

(2)                                 immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(3)                                 immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (a) the Company or the applicable Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

 

(4)                                 any Guarantor (other than the Company), unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Notes Guarantee will apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;

 

(5)                                 the Company or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (in the case of a Successor Company) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (in the case of a Successor Company) is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 5.01; and

 

(6)                                 the Holders (or the Security Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods) guarantees and security (if any) over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the Company or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the Company cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

 

(b)                                 The Successor Company will succeed to, and be the substitute for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Senior Secured Notes and the Indenture.

 

(c)                                  This Article 5 shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transactions will be permitted without compliance with this Section.

 

100


 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01                             Events of Default.

 

(a)                                 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)                                 default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

(2)                                 default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(3)                                 failure by either Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in this Indenture (in each case, other than those set out in clauses (1) or (2) of this Section 6.01(a));

 

(4)                                 the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed which is Incurred or Guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which:

 

(a)                                 is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

 

(b)                                 results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”),

 

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been accelerated, is in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(5)                                 any of the following occurs:

 

(a)                                 a decree or order for relief in respect of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

(b)                                 a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

 

(i)                                adjudging that either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)                                other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of any Issuer, the Company or that Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iii)                                 other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) for any substantial part of their respective properties; or

 

101


 

(iv) other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the affairs of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,

 

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(c)                                  either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary:

 

(i)                                consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(ii)                             consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)                          consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iv)                         other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for any substantial part of their respective properties;

 

(v)                            other than on a solvent basis, makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

(vi)                         admits it is insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

 

which, in each case, is sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional;

 

(6)                                 failure by the Company, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days (after receipt of notice as described in Section 6.01(b)) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

 

(7)                                 any Security Interest under the Security Documents or the Escrow Charge having a fair market value in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture) for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture or the release of any such Security Interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents or the Escrow Charge or any such Security Interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall assert in writing that any such Security Interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such Default continues for 30 days;

 

(8)                                 except as permitted under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (including with respect to any limitations), any Notes Guarantee of one or more Guarantors that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a “Significant Guarantor”) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or is denied or disaffirmed by such Significant Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of it; and

 

102


 

(9)                                 failure by the Issuers to consummate a Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date as required under Section 3.08.

 

(b)                                 However, a Default under Section 6.01(a)(4) or Section 6.01(a)(6) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and, with respect to Section 6.01(a)(4) and Section 6.01(a)(6), the Company does not cure such Default within 60 days after receipt of such notice.

 

Section 6.02                             Acceleration.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(4) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(4) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                 If an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5) with respect to an Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

Section 6.03                             Other Remedies.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

(c)                                  Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and may not enforce the Security Documents except as provided in such Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(d)                                 (i) if a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (an “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action and (ii) any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.02 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

 

Section 6.04                             Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

(a)                                 Subject to Section 6.07 and Section 9.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes under this Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with

 

103


 

respect to nonpayment of principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder, which may only be waived with the consent of Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences (including the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                 Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05                             Control by Majority.

 

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.  Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

Section 6.06                             Limitation on Suits.

 

The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense.  Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                 such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                 Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                 such Holders have offered in writing, and if requested, provided to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                 the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the security and/or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                 the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

Section 6.07                             Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of Holders of not less than 90% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes affected.

 

104


 

Section 6.08                             Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07.

 

If the Issuers fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding in its own name for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuers or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuers or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

Section 6.09                             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to an Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10                             Priorities.

 

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable, if the Trustee or the Security Agent collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 or from the enforcement of any Security Document, it shall pay out (or in the case of the Security Agent, it shall pay to the Trustee to pay out) the money in the following order:

 

First:  to the Trustee, the Security Agent, the Agents and their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, disbursements, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents (as the case may be) and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Issuers, to a relevant Guarantor or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

105


 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11                             Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as the Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

Section 6.12                             Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.13                             Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.14                             Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01                             Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it hereunder and use the same degree of care that a prudent Person would use in conducting its own affairs.

 

(b)                                 Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01(a):

 

(1)                                 the duties of the Trustee and the Security Agent will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee and the Security Agent need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and no others, and no implied covenants, duties or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee and the Security Agent; and

 

106


 

(2)                                 in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee and the Security Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and the Security Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions expressly required under this Indenture to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)                                  The Trustee and the Security Agent may not be relieved from liabilities for their own respective grossly negligent action, their own respective grossly negligent failure to act, their own respective willful misconduct, or their own respective fraud, except that:

 

(1)                                 this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

 

(2)                                 the Trustee and the Security Agent will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee or the Security Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                 the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

 

(d)                                 Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement that in any way relates to the Trustee or the Security Agent is subject to Sections 7.01(a), (b) and (c).

 

(e)                                  No provision of the Notes Documents will require the Trustee or the Security Agent to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee and the Security Agent may refrain from taking any action if such action will result in the incurrence of a cost to the Trustee or the Security Agent and the Trustee or Security Agent has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it (unless the Trustee and the Security Agent have been offered security and indemnity satisfactory to them against any such expense).  Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be under any obligation to exercise any of their respective rights and powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee and the Security Agent security and indemnity (including by way of pre-funding) satisfactory to them against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee and the Security Agent will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and the Security Agent may agree in writing with the Issuers.  Money held whether in trust or otherwise by the Trustee and the Security Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)                                  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust and agency department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuers or this Indenture.

 

Section 7.02                             Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent.

 

(a)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee and the Security Agent need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)                                 Before the Trustee or the Security Agent acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee and the Security Agent may consult with counsel or other professional advisors at the expense of the Issuers and the written

 

107


 

advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by them hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                  The Trustee and the Security Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                 Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by the Notes Documents; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

 

(e)                                  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of an Issuer.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee and the Security Agent will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Notes Documents at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee and the Security Agent indemnity and/or security (including by way of pre-funding) satisfactory to them against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by them in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                  The Trustee and the Security Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries.  In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except:  (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) (provided that it is acting as Principal Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification.  Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

(h)                                 The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes.

 

(i)                                     The rights, privileges, indemnities, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured (including by way of pre-funding) to its satisfaction, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and the applicable Notes Documents, the Security Agent and by each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder and the applicable Notes Documents.  Absent willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence, the Trustee, the Security Agent and each Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party.

 

(j)                                    In the event the Trustee and the Security Agent receive inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee and the Security Agent, in their sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for their failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in their reasonable opinion, resolved.

 

(k)                                 In no event shall the Trustee or the Security Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including, but not limited to, natural disasters, acts of God, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or

 

108


 

communication facility), it being understood that the Trustee or the Security Agent shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

(l)                                     Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent is required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes.

 

(m)                             The permissive right of the Trustee and the Security Agent to take the actions permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

 

(n)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent will not be liable to any Person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

 

(o)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent shall not under any circumstances be liable for any consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) or punitive damages of the Issuers, any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto) which arises out of or in connection with this Indenture, even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

 

(p)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee and the Security Agent, in their discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as they may see fit, and, if the Trustee and the Security Agent shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, they shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(q)                                 The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(r)                                    Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Trustee, the Security Agent and any Agent may refrain without liability from doing anything that would or might in its opinion be contrary to any law of any state or jurisdiction (including but not limited to the European Union, the United States of America, in each case, or any jurisdiction forming a part of it and England & Wales) or any directive or regulation of any agency of any such state or jurisdiction and may without liability do anything which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

 

(s)                                   The Trustee and the Security Agent may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would be, in their opinion, based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

 

(t)                                    The Trustee and the Security Agent may retain counsel and professional advisors to assist them in performing their duties under this Indenture.  The Trustee and the Security Agent may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by them hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or professional advisors.

 

(u)                                 At any time that the security granted pursuant to the Security Documents has become enforceable and the Holders have given a direction to the Trustee to enforce such Collateral, the Trustee is not required to give

 

109


 

any direction to the Security Agent with respect thereto unless it has been indemnified and secured in accordance with Section 7.01(e).  In any event, in connection with any enforcement of such security, the Trustee is not responsible for:

 

(1)                                 any failure of the Security Agent to enforce such security within a reasonable time or at all;

 

(2)                                 any failure of the Security Agent to pay over the proceeds of enforcement of the Collateral;

 

(3)                                 any failure of the Security Agent to realize such security for the best price obtainable;

 

(4)                                 monitoring the activities of the Security Agent in relation to such enforcement;

 

(5)                                 taking any enforcement action itself in relation to such Collateral;

 

(6)                                 agreeing to any proposed course of action by the Security Agent which could result in the Trustee incurring any liability for its own account; or

 

(7)                                 paying any fees, costs or expenses of the Security Agent.

 

(v)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge that the Issuers are duly complying with their obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

 

(w)                               The duties and obligations of the Trustee and the Security Agent shall be subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.03                             Individual Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent.

 

The Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents in their respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of an Issuer with the same rights they would have if they were not Trustee and Security Agent.  However, in the event that the Trustee has actual knowledge that is has acquired any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof.

 

Section 7.04                             Trustee’s and Security Agent’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee and Security Agent will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, they shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, they will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and they will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05                             Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee is informed in writing of such occurrence by the Issuers, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuers.  Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

110


 

Section 7.06                             [Reserved.]

 

Section 7.07                             Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)                                 The Issuers, failing which the Guarantors, shall pay to the Trustee and the Security Agent such compensation for their acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed in writing from time to time.  The Trustee’s and the Security Agent’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuers will reimburse the Trustee and the Security Agent promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Security Agent’s agents and counsel.

 

(b)                                 The Issuers, failing which the Guarantors, shall indemnify the Trustee and the Security Agent and their officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by them arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of their duties under this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending themselves against any claim, whether asserted by the Issuers, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person, or liability in connection with the execution and performance of any of their powers and duties hereunder), except to the extent any loss, liability or expense may be attributable to their gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct.  The Trustee and the Security Agent will notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which they may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee and the Security Agent to so notify the Issuers will not relieve the Issuers or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder.  Except where the interests of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee and the Security Agent, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Issuers or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee and the Security Agent will provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s expense in the defense.  The Trustee and the Security Agent may have separate counsel of their own choosing and the Issuers will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel.  Neither Issuer nor any Guarantor needs pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)                                  The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, any termination of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the Agents.

 

(d)                                 To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes.  Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(e)                                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(5) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Bankruptcy Law.

 

(f)                                   The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee and the Security Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

 

Section 7.08                             Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

111


 

(b)                                 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee.  The Issuers shall remove the Trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for not less than six months may petition any court for removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, if:

 

(1)                                 the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(2)                                 the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(3)                                 a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

 

(4)                                 the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder; or

 

(5)                                 the Trustee has or acquires a conflict of interest not eliminated in accordance with Section 7.03.

 

(c)                                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

 

(d)                                 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Issuers), the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office.

 

(e)                                  If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)                                   A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee will deliver a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09                             Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

 

In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

Section 7.10                             Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is an entity established or registered under the laws of England and Wales, the United States of America or of any state thereof, or a European Union member state or a political subdivision thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, and which is

 

112


 

generally recognized as an entity which customarily performs such corporate trustee roles and provides such corporate trustee services in transactions similar in nature to the Offering of the Notes as described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Section 7.11                             Resignation of Agents.

 

Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuers.  The Trustee or Issuers may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent.  Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuers, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee.  Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice.  If the Issuers are unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may appoint a successor Agent (provided that such Agent shall be satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee) and may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief.  The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuers.  Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent.  Upon its resignation and delivery of any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07.

 

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01                             Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuers may at any time, at the option of their respective Boards of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02                             Legal Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Notes Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Notes Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.06 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Notes Guarantees and the Notes Documents (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)                                 the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 hereof;

 

(2)                                 the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 hereof;

 

(3)                                 the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)                                 this Article 8.

 

113


 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Security Documents and the rights of the Trustee and the Holders under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, in effect at such time will terminate (other than with respect to the trust referred to in Section 8.05).

 

Section 8.03                             Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, (a) be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.02, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 5.01 and 5.02 (other than with respect to clauses (1), (2) and (5) of Section 5.01(a)) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and (b) be released from the operation of Sections 6.01(a)(3) (other than with respect to clauses (1), (2) and (5) of Section 5.01(a)), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5) (other than with respect to the Issuers and Significant Subsidiaries (or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of an Issuer), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7) and 6.01(a)(8), in each case, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of the Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Notes Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Notes Guarantees will be unaffected thereby.

 

Section 8.04                             Survival of Certain Obligations.

 

Notwithstanding Sections 8.02 and 8.03, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 7.07, 7.08 and under this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full.  Thereafter, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 and 8.08 shall survive.

 

Section 8.05                             Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, the Issuers must irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee cash in Euro, European Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of the Senior Secured Euro Notes) or cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Senior Secured Dollar Notes),for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must deliver to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                 an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, to the effect that beneficial owners of Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes);

 

114


 

(2)                                 an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Company; and

 

(3)                                 an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.06                             Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.07 hereof, cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof and including the proceeds thereof, deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.06, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof deposited pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof held by it as provided in Section 8.05 hereof which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.

 

Section 8.07                             Repayment to Issuers.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by an Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Principal Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.08                             Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Notes Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Principal Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

115


 

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01                             Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend or supplement any Notes Documents to:

 

(1)                                 cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                 provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuers or a Guarantor under any Notes Document;

 

(3)                                 add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)                                 make any change that would provide additional rights or benefits to the Trustee or the Holders or make any change (including changing the ISIN, CUSIP or other identifying number on any Notes) that does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee or any Holder in any material respect;

 

(5)                                 make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a member of senior management of the Company) for the issuance of Additional Notes that may be issued in compliance with this Indenture;

 

(6)                                 provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.06 or Section 4.13, to add Notes Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Notes Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(7)                                 to conform the text of this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes;

 

(8)                                 evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Notes Document;

 

(9)                                 in the case of the Security Documents, to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a Security Interest in favor of the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders or lenders under the ABL Facility, in any property which is required by the Security Documents or the ABL Facility (as in effect on the Transfer Completion Date) to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Security Interest is required to be granted to the Security Agent, or to the extent necessary to grant a Security Interest in the Collateral for the benefit of any Person; provided that the granting of such Security Interest is not prohibited by this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and Section 4.10 is complied with;

 

(10)                          make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes in any material respect;

 

116


 

(11)                          facilitate any transaction that complies with (a) the definition of “Permitted Reorganization” or (b) the covenants described in Section 4.07 and Article 5 relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

(12)                          as provided in Section 9.06;

 

(13)                          to amend, supplement or otherwise modify the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge in ways that would not be adverse to the Holders of Notes in any material respect.

 

In formulating its decisions on such matters, the Trustee (and the Security Agent, as applicable) shall be entitled to require and rely absolutely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel.

 

Section 9.02                             With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Notes Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified with the consent of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).  However, without the consent of Holders holding not less than 90% (or, in the case of clause (9) below, 75%) of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)                                 reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Change of Control and Asset Dispositions);

 

(2)                                 reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note (other than provisions relating to Change of Control and Asset Dispositions);

 

(3)                                 reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as described under paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Notes;

 

(4)                                 make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

 

(5)                                 impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of, or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor;

 

(6)                                 make any change in Section 4.15 that adversely affects the right of any Holder of such Notes in any material respect or amends the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the applicable Payor agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof;

 

(7)                                 release all or substantially all Security Interests granted for the benefit of the Holders in the Collateral (taken as a whole) or the Escrow Collateral other than in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge, the Intercreditor Agreement, any applicable  Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice Section 4.10 the release of less than all or substantially all Security Interests granted for the benefit of the Holders in the Collateral (taken as a whole) shall only require the consent of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority

 

117


 

in principal amount of the Notes the outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes;

 

(8)                                 waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest or Additional Amounts, if any (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

 

(9)                                 release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Notes Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(10)                          reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to any amendment, waiver or modification or make any other change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent pursuant to this Section 9.02.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, no amendment to, or deletion of, or actions taken in compliance with, Article 4 of this Indenture shall be deemed to impair or affect any rights of Holders to receive payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) any amendment, waiver or other modification affects the rights of the Senior Secured Euro Notes and the rights of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes, the consent of a majority of 90% or 75%, as the case may be, in aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall be required to consent thereto and (b) any amendment, waiver or other modification affects only the rights of the Senior Secured Euro Notes or only the rights of the Senior Secured Dollar Notes, the consent of a majority or 90% or 75%, as the case may be, in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Euro Notes or Senior Secured Dollar Notes, as applicable, shall be required to consent thereto (and in such case, the consent of a majority of 90% or 75%, as the case may be, in aggregate principal amount of the unaffected series of Notes shall not be required to consent thereto).

 

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment of any Notes Document.  It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.  A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

 

Section 9.03                             Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.04                             Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

118


 

Section 9.05                             Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee, the Issuers and, if applicable, the Security Agent shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or, if applicable, the Security Agent or adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or, if applicable, the Security Agent under the Notes Documents, as applicable.  If it does, the Trustee and, if applicable, the Security Agent may, but need not, sign it.  In signing such amendment the Trustee and the Security Agent, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive an indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment complies with this Indenture and the other Notes Documents, as applicable, that such amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors (if any) enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions.

 

Section 9.06                             Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

 

(a)                                 At the request of the Company, in connection with the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of (x) any Indebtedness secured on Collateral or as otherwise required herein and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clause (x), the Company, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall enter into with the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modification of the existing Intercreditor Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Holders (taken as a whole)), including substantially the same terms with respect to release of Notes Guarantees and priority and release of the Security Interests; provided that (1) such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or Security Agent or, in the opinion of the Trustee or Security Agent, as applicable, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Trustee or Security Agent under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (2) if more than one such intercreditor agreement is outstanding at any time, the correlative terms of such intercreditor agreements must not conflict.

 

(b)                                 At the direction of the Company and without the consent of Holders, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to:  (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, manifest error or inconsistency of any such agreement, (2) increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by any such agreement that may be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to any such agreement (including with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the addition of provisions relating to new Indebtedness ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes), (3) add Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (4) further secure the obligations under the ABL Facility or Notes (including any Additional Notes), (5) make provision for equal and ratable pledges of the Collateral to secure Additional Notes, (6) implement any Permitted Collateral Liens, (7) amend the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, (8) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect or (9) make all necessary provisions to ensure that the Notes are secured by the relevant Liens over the Collateral.  The Company shall not otherwise direct the Trustee or the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, except as otherwise permitted under this Article 9, and the Company may only direct the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or Security Agent or, in the opinion of the Trustee or Security Agent, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)                                  In relation to the Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee (and Security Agent, if applicable) shall consent on behalf of the Holders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby; provided, however, that such transaction would comply with Section 4.04.

 

119


 

(d)                                 Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.06) and to have directed the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into such Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(e)                                  A copy of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall be made available for inspection during normal business hours on any Business Day upon prior written request at the office of the Issuers.

 

ARTICLE 10
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

 

Section 10.01                      Security Documents.

 

(a)                                 The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and the Notes Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any (to the extent permitted by law), on the Notes and the Notes Guarantees and performance of all other obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee and the Security Agent (as applicable) under this Indenture, the Notes and the Notes Guarantees according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured by security interests, as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, granted in the Collateral.  Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note consents and agrees to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Liens and authorizing the Security Agent to enter into any Security Document on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Security Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.  Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and the Issuers and the Guarantors will, and the Issuers will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Trustee that the Security Agent holds, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and the Guarantees secured thereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.  Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuers and the Guarantors will take, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the obligations of the Issuers hereunder, a valid and enforceable first priority Lien in and on all the Collateral ranking in right and priority of payment as set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and subject to no other Liens other than as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any property securing the Notes, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Lien, or for any defect or deficiency as to any such matters, or for any failure to demand, collect, foreclose or realize upon or otherwise enforce any of the Liens or Security Documents or any delay in doing so.

 

(b)                                 Each of the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders agree that the Security Agent shall be the joint creditor (together with the Holders) of each and every obligation of the parties hereto under the Notes and this Indenture, and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Issuers of those obligations, except that such demand shall only be made with the prior written notice of the Trustee or as otherwise permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  However, any discharge of such obligation to the Security Agent, on the one hand, or to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, on the other hand, shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.

 

120


 

(c)                                  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed (i) to have authorized the Security Agent to enter into the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement entered into in compliance with Article 9 and (ii) to be bound thereby.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, (1) appoints the Security Agent to act as its agent and as security agent under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the other relevant documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Security Documents); and (2) authorizes the Security Agent to (A) perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or other documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Security Documents), together with any other incidental rights, power and discretions; and (B) execute each document, waiver, modification, amendment, renewal or replacement expressed to be executed by the Security Agent on its behalf; and (3) accepts the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  The Trustee hereby acknowledges that the Security Agent is authorized to act under the Security Documents on behalf of the Trustee, with the full authority and powers of the Trustee thereunder.  The Security Agent is hereby authorized to exercise such rights, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to it by the terms of the Security Documents, including the power to enter into the Security Documents, as trustee on behalf of the Holders and the Trustee, together with all rights, powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto or necessary to give effect to the trusts created thereunder.

 

Section 10.02                      Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Security Agent to, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

(1)                                 enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(2)                                 collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor hereunder.

 

Subject to the provisions hereof, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee will have power to institute and maintain, or direct the Security Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee).

 

Section 10.03                      Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.

 

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Section 10.04                      Release of Liens.

 

(a)                                 The Security Agent will take any action required to effectuate any release of Collateral required by a Security Document under any one or more of the following circumstances:

 

(1)                                 in connection with any sale or other disposition of Collateral to (a) a Person that is not the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5), if such sale or other

 

121


 

disposition does not violate Section 4.07 and is otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture or (b) any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that this clause 1(b) shall not be relied upon in the case of a transfer of Capital Stock or of accounts receivable (including intercompany loan receivables and hedging receivables) to a Restricted Subsidiary (except to a Securitization Subsidiary) unless the relevant property and assets remain subject to, or otherwise become subject to, a Lien in favor of the Notes following such sale or disposal;

 

(2)                                 in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Notes Guarantee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Guarantor;

 

(3)                                 pursuant to Article 9;

 

(4)                                 upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes or legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes, as provided in accordance with Article 8 or Article 12;

 

(5)                                 automatically without any action by the Trustee, if the Lien granted in favor of the Indebtedness that gave rise to the obligation to grant the Lien over such Collateral is released;

 

(6)                                 in a transaction that complies with Article 5; provided that in such a transaction where the Company or any Guarantor ceases to exist, the Lien on the Capital Stock of the Company or such Guarantor will be released and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the Intercreditor Agreement, will reattach (or a new Lien will be created) over the Capital Stock of the successor entity pursuant to a new share pledge (on terms substantially equivalent to the existing Lien on the Capital Stock of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable) granted by the holder of such Capital Stock;

 

(7)                                 in connection with a Permitted Reorganization;

 

(8)                                 if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)                                 as otherwise permitted in accordance with this Indenture; or

 

(10)                          pursuant to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Escrow Collateral shall only be released upon the release of the Escrowed Property from the Escrow Accounts in connection with the Escrow Release or the Special Mandatory Redemption, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

(c)                                  Each of these releases shall be effected by the Security Agent and, to the extent it is necessary, the Trustee without the consent of the Holders.

 

(d)                                 Upon request of the Issuers, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture in respect of such release have been satisfied, the Security Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release to evidence the release of Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture, the Notes Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents.  At the request and cost of the Issuers, the Security Agent shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.

 

Section 10.05                      Security Agent.

 

(a)                                 The Security Documents and the Collateral will be administered by the Security Agent, in each case pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of all Holders of secured obligations.  The enforcement of the

 

122


 

Security Documents will be subject to agreed procedures laid out in the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Any resignation or replacement of the Security Agent shall be made in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or, following entry into the Intercreditor Agreement,  the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Section 10.06                      Escrow Charge and Escrow Agreement.

 

Subject to the provisions of Article 7 hereof, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

(1)                                 enforce any of the terms of the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, respectively; and

 

(2)                                 collect and receive any and all amounts payable thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, respectively.

 

Subject to the provisions hereof, the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee shall have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent or remedy any impairment of the security interest in the Escrow Collateral under the Escrow Charge by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Escrow Charge, the Escrow Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Escrow Charge (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Escrow Charge or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee).

 

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Without limiting the Trustee’s rights to act in preservation of the security interest in the Escrow Collateral under the Escrow Charge, the Trustee agrees that it will hold the security interests in the Escrow Collateral created under the Escrow Charge as contemplated by this Indenture, and any and all proceeds thereof, for the benefit of, among others, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

ARTICLE 11
NOTES GUARANTEES

 

Section 11.01                      Notes Guarantee.

 

(a)                                 Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee (or the Authenticating Agent) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder (such Guarantee, a “Notes Guarantee”), that:

 

(1)                                 the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee and the Security Agent hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

123


 

(2)                                 in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)                                 Subject to this Article 11, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Notes Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(c)                                  If any Holder, the Trustee or the Security Agent is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or the Security Agent or such Holder, this Notes Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(d)                                 Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Notes Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Notes Guarantee.  The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Notes Guarantee.

 

Section 11.02                      Limitation on Liability.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Notes Guarantee shall be limited under the relevant laws applicable to such Guarantor and the granting of such Notes Guarantees (including laws relating to corporate benefit, capital preservation, financial assistance, fraudulent conveyances and transfers, voidable preferences or transactions under value), provided that, with respect to each jurisdiction described below, such obligations shall be limited in the manner described below or in any supplemental indenture.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited (i) to the maximum amount that would, after giving notice to the Trustee of such maximum amount and giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law or corporate benefit, financial assistance and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, (ii) as provided under the Agreed Security Principles and, (iii) with respect to each jurisdiction described below, in the manner described below or in any supplemental indenture.

 

124


 

Section 11.03                      [Reserved].

 

Section 11.04                      Execution and Delivery of Notes Guarantee.

 

(a)                                 Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Notes Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

 

(b)                                 Each Guarantor agrees that its Notes Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Notes Guarantee.

 

(c)                                  Each Subsidiary which is required to become or intends to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached to this Indenture as Exhibit D pursuant to which such Subsidiary will become a Guarantor under this Article 11.

 

Section 11.05                      Releases.

 

(a)                                 The Notes Guarantee of a Guarantor will automatically terminate and be released:

 

(1)                                 upon a sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (including by way of consolidation, merger, or amalgamation) of any Capital Stock of the relevant Guarantor (whether by direct sale or sale of a holding company of such Guarantor) as a result of which such Guarantor would no longer be a Restricted Subsidiary, or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), in each case if such sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition does not violate this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(2)                                 upon the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                 upon legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes in accordance with this Indenture, as provided in Article 8 and Article 12, respectively;

 

(4)                                 upon the release of the Guarantor’s Guarantee of any Indebtedness that triggered such Guarantor’s obligation to guarantee the Notes under Section 4.13; provided that no other Indebtedness is at that time Guaranteed by the Guarantor that would result in the requirement that the Guarantor provide a Notes Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.13;

 

(5)                                 pursuant to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(6)                                 as described under Article 9;

 

(7)                                 in connection with a Permitted Reorganization; provided that the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is or becomes a Guarantor substantially concurrently with such Permitted Reorganization;

 

(8)                                 upon payment in full of principal and interest and all other obligations on the Notes; or

 

(9)                                 as a result of a transaction permitted by Article 5.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall, subject to receipt of an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to this Indenture, take all necessary actions at the reasonable request and cost of the Company, including the granting of releases or waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to effectuate any release of a Notes Guarantee in accordance with these provisions, subject to customary protections and indemnifications.  Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected by the Trustee without the consent of the Holders and will not require any other action or consent on the part of the Trustee.  Neither the Trustee nor the Company will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any such release, termination or discharge.

 

125


 

ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 12.01                      Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Indenture, and the rights of the Trustee and the Holders under the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of transfer or exchange of the Notes and rights of the Trustee, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all Notes of a series issued thereunder when (1) either (a) all the Notes of that series previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuers) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Notes of that series not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers; (2) the Issuers have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, money in Euro, European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof (in the case of Senior Secured Euro Notes) or money in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Senior Secured Dollar Notes), as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of that series not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; (3) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; (4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes of that series at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and (5) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under this Section 12.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3)).  If requested in writing by the Issuers, the Trustee may distribute any amounts deposited to the Holders prior to Stated Maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Holders shall have received at least three Business Days’ notice from the Issuers of such earlier repayment date (which may be included in the notice of redemption).  For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution and payment to Holders prior to the maturity or redemption date as set forth above will not include any negative interest, present value adjustment, break costs or any other premium on such amounts.

 

Section 12.02                      Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.07, all money deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated (or appointed as Agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent (or such entity designated (or appointed as agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) is unable to apply any Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof or in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent.

 

126


 

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01                      Notices.

 

(a)                                 Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Security Agent or any Agent to the others is duly given if in writing (in English, or accompanied by a certified translation) and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), email or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Issuers, the Company and/or any Guarantor:

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
Attention: Hermanus Troskie (herman.troskie@maitlandgroup.com)
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

with a copy to:

 

David Bourne (David.Bourne@ardaghgroup.com)

 

with a copy to:
Shearman & Sterling (London) LLP
Attention: Trevor Ingram (Trevor.Ingram@Shearman.com)
9 Appold Street
London EC2A 2AP
United Kingdom

 

If to the Trustee or Security Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Attention
: The Directors, Agency & Trust (emea.at.debt@citi.com)
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

If to the Principal Paying Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Attention: PPA Desk (ppapayments@citi.com; issueroperationscsu@citi.com) 
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

127


 

If to the Transfer Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Attention
: Transfer Agent (dtc.transfers@citi.com)
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

If to the Registrar:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG
Attention: Agency and Trust (Frankfurt.agencyandtrust@citi.com)
5th Floor
Reuterweg 16
60323 Frankfurt
Germany

 

The Issuers, the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Security Agent or any Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by email; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

All notices and communications shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified as being a true and accurate translation.  In the event of any discrepancies between the English and other than English versions of such notices or communications, the English version of such notice or communication shall prevail.

 

(b)                                 All notices to Holders of Notes will be validly given if electronically delivered or mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders, if any, maintained by the Registrar.  Alternatively, all notices to Holders of Notes will be validly given if disseminated through the newswire service of Bloomberg (or if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency) or published in a leading English language daily newspaper published in London or, if such publication is not reasonably practicable, in such other English language daily newspaper with general circulation in Europe.  It is expected that any such publication will normally be made in the Financial Times.  For so long as any of the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange shall so require, the Issuers shall procure that notices with respect to the Notes will be posted on the official website of the Exchange.  For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes will be delivered to Euroclear and Clearstream, and/or DTC, as applicable, which will give such notices to the Holders of Book-Entry Interests in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream and/or DTC, as applicable, delivery of which shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Section 13.01(b).

 

(c)                                  Such notices may also be published on the website of the Exchange, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the rules of the Exchange.

 

(d)                                 Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed.  Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so mailed within the time prescribed.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the

 

128


 

addressee receives it.  If a notice or communication is given in via DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, it is duly given on the day the notice is given to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

(e)                                  If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

(f)                                   If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders or deliver a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, they will deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 13.02                      [Reserved.]

 

Section 13.03                      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                 an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(2)                                 an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 13.04                      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)                                 a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)                                 a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)                                 a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(4)                                 a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 13.05                      Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or any Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 13.06                      Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Notes Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan in the United States of America; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any

 

129


 

such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  The Issuers have appointed and each of the Guarantors (if any) will appoint Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., 801 2nd Avenue, Suite 403, New York, NY 10017 as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “Authorized Agent”).  Each Issuer and each of the Guarantors (if any) expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury.  Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  The Issuers represents and warrants and each of the Guarantors will represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and each Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid.  Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuers shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuers and any Guarantor.

 

Section 13.07                      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of  either Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

Section 13.08                      Governing Law.

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 13.09                      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of an Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 13.10                      Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.07 hereof.

 

Section 13.11                      Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 13.12                      Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

130


 

Section 13.13                      Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 13.14                      Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Restrictions.

 

(a)                                 Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in U.S. Dollars, with respect to the Senior Secured Dollar Notes, and Euro, with respect to the Senior Secured Euro Notes (each a “Required Currency”) which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “Other Currency”) whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of any of the Issuers, Company or any other Guarantor shall constitute a discharge of the Issuers’, Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligation under this Indenture, the Notes or, the Notes Guarantees, as the case may be, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency which such Holder or the Trustee could purchase in the New York foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Other Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in New York, are generally open for business following receipt of the payment first referred to above. If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, the Issuers, Company or such other Guarantor, as the case may be, shall indemnify and save harmless such Holder or the Trustee, as applicable from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ other obligations contained in this Indenture, the Notes or the Notes Guarantees, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of a Note or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

(b)                                 Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction herein, the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-U.S. Dollar currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-U.S. Dollar amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be.

 

Section 13.15                      Prescription.

 

Claims against either Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof.  Claims against either  Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed six years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

 

Section 13.16                      Additional Information.

 

Upon written request by any Holder or a holder of a Book-Entry Interest to the Issuers at the address set forth in Section 13.01, the Issuers will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, to such Holder or holder (at the expense of the Issuers) a copy of this Indenture or any other Notes Document.

 

Section 13.17                      Legal Holidays.

 

If the due date for any payment in respect of any Notes is not a Business Day, the Holder thereof will not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day, and will not be entitled to any further interest or other payment as a result of any such delay.  If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

 

131


 

Section 13.18                      USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT ACT) which require all financial institutions to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide to any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in the United States such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for such Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar in the United States to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

 

Section 13.19                      Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

 

The Issuers acknowledges and accepts that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties:

 

(a)                                 any Liability may be subject to the exercise of Write-down and Conversion Powers by the Resolution Authority;

 

(b)                                 the Issuers will be bound by the effect of any application of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and in particular (but without limitation) by:

 

(1)                                 any reduction in the principal amount, in full or in part, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) due in respect of any Liability; and

 

(2)                                 any conversion of all or part of any Liability into ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG or any other Person; that may result from any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability;

 

(c)                                  the terms of this Indenture and the rights of the Issuers hereunder may be varied, to the extent necessary, to give effect to any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and the Issuers will be bound by any such variation;

 

(d)                                 ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG or any other Person may be issued to or conferred on Issuers as a result of any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

132


 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC,

 

as the US Issuer

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cindy Cooper

 

 

Name: Cindy Cooper

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC,

 

as the Irish Issuer

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cindy Cooper

 

 

Name: Cindy Cooper

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

 

as Trustee and Security Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Justin Ng

 

 

Name: Justin Ng

 

 

Title: Director

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Indenture]

 


 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS EUROPE AG,

 

as Registrar

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gabriele Fisch

 

 

Name: Gabriele Fisch

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS EUROPE AG,

 

as Registrar

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Streicher

 

 

Name: Robert Streicher

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

 

as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Justin Ng

 

 

Name: Justin Ng

 

 

Title: Director

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

 

Schedule I-A

 

Post-Transfer Completion Date Guarantors

 

 

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction

1.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Germany GmbH

 

Germany

2.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Germany GmbH

 

Germany

3.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Germany GmbH

 

Germany

4.

 

Ardagh Packaging Holdings Limited

 

Ireland

5.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Treasury Limited

 

Ireland

6.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Sarl

 

Luxembourg

7.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Netherlands B.V.

 

Netherlands

8.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Netherlands B.V.

 

Netherlands

9.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Netherlands B.V.

 

Netherlands

10.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Europe GmbH

 

Switzerland

11.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings UK Limited

 

England & Wales

12.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Limited

 

England & Wales

13.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Limited

 

England & Wales

14.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Limited

 

England & Wales

15.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc.

 

United States (Delaware)

16.

 

Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc.

 

United States (Delaware)

 

Schedule I-A - 1


 

Schedule 1-B

 

Collateral

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Intercreditor Agreement and certain perfection requirements, (i) with respect to the Lux HoldCo on the Transfer Completion Date and (ii) with respect to all other Guarantors on or prior to the earlier of (x) 90 days from the Transfer Completion Date or, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that in the good faith determination of the Issuers the outbreak of COVID-19 and means to prevent its spread have made it impossible to provide such guarantees within 90 days following the Transfer Completion Date, 120 days following the Transfer Completion Date or (y) the date on which equivalent security is provided in respect of the obligations under the ABL Facility, the Notes will be secured, by security interests and pledges granted on:

 

(i)                                     an equal and ratable first-ranking/first-priority basis over the following property, rights and assets:

 

(a)                                 all assets (other than real property and the ABL Collateral) of Subsidiary Guarantors incorporated in each of England & Wales and the United States; and

 

(b)                                 certain shares of Subsidiary Guarantors incorporated in each of England & Wales, Germany, Ireland, the United States and The Netherlands; and

 

(ii)                                  a junior basis over all of the assets that secure, the obligations under the ABL Facility on a first-ranking/first priority basis, including in any event but subject to limited exceptions.

 

(a)                                 all accounts (including accounts receivable), inventory, payment intangibles, and instruments;

 

(b)                                 all general intangibles, documents, chattel paper, letter of credit rights, supporting obligations, and commercial tort claims evidencing, governing, securing, providing credit support for, arising from or substituted for any of the foregoing;

 

(c)                                  all deposit accounts, securities accounts, and commodity accounts;

 

(d)                                 certain related assets; and

 

(e)                                  all proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds) of any of the foregoing, of the Subsidiary Guarantors in each of England & Wales, Germany, the Netherlands and the United States,

 

Schedule I-B - 1


 

Schedule II

 

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

The guarantees and security to be provided under and in connection with this Indenture will be given in accordance with the security and guarantee principles set out in this Schedule II.

 

1.                                      GENERAL PRINCIPLES

 

1.1                               The Agreed Security Principles embody a recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective guarantees and security from the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (collectively, the “Group”) in certain jurisdictions. In particular:

 

(a)                                 mandatory law provisions, general legal, statutory and constitutional documents’ limitations, capital maintenance, the prohibition of an intervention threatening the existence of a German member of the Group (Verstoß gegen das Verbot des existenzvernichtenden Eingriffs), financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules, “transfer pricing”, retention of title claims, exchange control restrictions, employee consultation or approval requirements, regulatory restrictions and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security or may require that the guarantee and/or security be limited by an amount or otherwise. If any such limit applies, the guarantees and security provided will be limited to the maximum amount which the relevant member of the Group may provide having regard to applicable law;

 

(b)                                 a factor in determining whether or not security shall be taken is the applicable cost which shall not be disproportionate to the benefit to the Holders (or any other beneficiary of the security) of obtaining such security. For these purposes “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income or corporate tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any security, notary costs, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or affiliates;

 

(c)                                  unless each consent required by law, statute, the terms of any applicable contract, instrument or constitutional document or otherwise from the minority shareholders in, or any relevant corporate body of, any member of the Group which is not wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by another member of the Group is obtained, such Group member shall not be required to grant guarantees and security; provided that the relevant company and the Company have used reasonable efforts to obtain such consent;

 

(d)                                 guarantees should not be granted and security shall not be created or perfected to the extent that it would result in a risk to the directors or officers of the relevant grantor of such guarantee and security of contravention of any statutory duty in such capacity or their fiduciary duties and/or which could reasonably be expected to result in personal, civil or criminal liability on the part of any such director or officer;

 

(e)                                  any assets subject to third-party arrangements (including shareholder agreements or joint venture agreements) which would prevent or prohibit those assets from being subject to legal, valid, binding and enforceable security will be excluded from the security created by any relevant security document; provided that the relevant member of the Group has used reasonable efforts to obtain any necessary consent or waiver if the asset is material, it being acknowledged that reasonable efforts will not require the payment by the Company or the relevant company of any monetary consideration (other than nominal amounts or expenses) to obtain any such consent or waiver;

 

(f)                                   the maximum guaranteed or secured amount may be limited to minimize stamp duty, notarization, registration or other applicable fees, taxes and duties where the benefit of increasing the guaranteed or secured amount is disproportionate to the level of such fee, taxes and duties;

 

Schedule II - 1


 

(g)                                  where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only;

 

(h)                                 the giving of a guarantee, the granting of security or the perfection of the security granted will not be required if:

 

(i)                  it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Indenture; or

 

(ii)               it would have a material adverse effect on the tax arrangements of the Group or any member of the Group,

 

provided that, in each case, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable efforts to overcome such obstacle. The secured and guaranteed obligations will be limited where necessary to prevent any material additional tax liability of any member of the Group;

 

(i)                                     save for security granted by a guarantor organized under the laws of England & Wales, or any state of the United States of America, security shall only be granted over the Capital Stock of each Guarantor;

 

(j)                                    no fixed security shall be required to be given over bank accounts, inventory, receivables or intellectual property rights where satisfactory floating security (or equivalent in the relevant jurisdiction) can be taken over such assets; and

 

(k)                                 no perfection action will be required in jurisdictions in which a Guarantor is not located.

 

2.                                      GUARANTEES AND SECURITY

 

2.1                               Where a member of the Group requires prior consideration of or consultation with any corporate body and/or any body representing employees of such a member of the Group before granting guarantees and/or security, such guarantees and security shall not be granted until any procedure that must be followed under applicable law in respect of that consideration or consultation has been completed.

 

2.2                               In the case of guarantees and security to be granted by a Guarantor incorporated in The Netherlands or France, if the relevant Guarantor has at least 50 employees, and/or in the case of any security over any Dutch or French assets, if the relevant entity granting such pledge has at least 50 employees, or in the case of any other jurisdictions or assets requiring receipt of advice from a works council, such guarantees and security shall not be granted until neutral or positive advice is received from any relevant works council and such work council shall be allowed to assist to the relevant board meeting of such Guarantor or relevant entity granting such pledge.

 

2.3                               Each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee and each guarantee and security will be for all liabilities of the relevant members of the Group under the Indenture in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction.

 

2.4                               In the case of guarantees and security to be granted by a Guarantor incorporated in The Netherlands or France and/or over any or French or Dutch assets, or any other jurisdictions or assets requiring receipt of advice from a works council, such guarantees and security shall not be granted until neutral or positive advice is received from any relevant works council.

 

2.5                               No subsidiary of the Company that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (as defined in the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) (or that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax

 

Schedule II-2


 

purposes owned by any such Controlled Foreign Corporation) shall be required to give a guarantee or pledge any of its assets (including shares in a subsidiary) as security for an obligation of a United States Person (as defined in the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended). Furthermore, not more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares entitled to vote of any such subsidiary may be pledged directly or indirectly as security for an obligation of a United States Person. These principles also apply with respect to any entity that becomes a United States Person and/or a Controlled Foreign Corporation following any guarantee or pledge of assets or shares..

 

3.                                      TERMS OF SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

3.1                               Security shall (to the extent legally possible, subject to the general principles above) be created in favor of the Security Agent, the Trustee and the Holders or the Security Agent on behalf of or as trustee for the Trustee and the Holders (as considered appropriate by counsel to the Security Agent), to secure all of the obligations of the party giving the relevant security as well as all liabilities under the Indenture and the Notes (to the extent permitted by local law).

 

3.2                               The security documents should only operate to create security rather than to impose new commercial obligations. Accordingly, representations shall not be included and undertakings (such as in respect of insurance, maintenance of assets, information or the payment of costs) shall be strictly limited to those necessary for the creation or perfection of the security, will not unreasonably interfere with the normal running of the business and shall not be included to the extent the subject matter thereof is the same as a corresponding undertaking in the Indenture and shall not operate so as to prevent transactions which are otherwise permitted under the Indenture or to require additional consents or authorizations or to impose commercial obligations.

 

3.3                               The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken as part of this transaction:

 

(a)                                 security will not be enforceable in respect of the Notes until an Event of Default has occurred in respect of which the Notes are being accelerated (a “Declared Default”);

 

(b)                                 information, such as lists of assets, will be provided if, in the opinion of counsel to the Security Agent, these are required by local law to be provided to perfect or register the security or to ensure the security can be enforced and, unless in the opinion of counsel to the Security Agent required to be provided by local law more frequently, be provided annually or, following an Event of Default which is continuing, on the Security Agent’s reasonable request; and

 

(c)                                  each of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Holders should only be able to exercise any power of attorney granted to it under the security documents following a Declared Default.

 

4.                                      BANK ACCOUNTS

 

4.1                               If a member of the Group grants security over its bank accounts it shall be free to deal with those accounts in the ordinary course of its business until a Declared Default has occurred.  No control agreements will be required in respect of any account located in the United States of America.

 

4.2                               If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the account bank within 10 Business Days of the security being granted and the relevant member of the Group shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 20 business days of service. If the relevant member of the Group has used its reasonable efforts but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 20 Business Day period. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection, if the service of notice would prevent the relevant member of the Group from using a bank account in the ordinary course of its

 

Schedule II-3


 

business no notice of security shall be served until a Declared Default has occurred. There will be no restriction on the closure of any bank accounts which are no longer required by the Group.

 

4.3                               Any security over bank accounts shall be subject to any prior security interests in favor of the account bank which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank. The notice of security may request these are waived or subordinated by the account bank but the Guarantor shall not be required to change its banking arrangements if these security interests are not waived or subordinated or only partially waived or subordinated.

 

4.4                               If required under local law, security over bank accounts will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles.

 

5.                                      REAL ESTATE

 

5.1                               No security will be given over real property.

 

6.                                      FIXED ASSETS

 

6.1                               If a member of the Group grants security over its fixed assets it shall be free to deal with those assets in the ordinary course of its business until a Declared Default has occurred.

 

6.2                               If required under local law, security over fixed assets will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles.

 

7.                                      INSURANCE POLICIES

 

7.1                               If required by local law to perfect the security or to exclude the possibility that the debtor pays to the relevant member of the Group with discharging effect, notice of the security will be served on the insurance provider within 10 Business Days of the security being granted and the relevant member of the Group shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 20 Business Days of service. If the relevant member of the Group has used its reasonable efforts but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 20 Business Day period.

 

7.2                               No loss payee or other endorsement shall be made on the insurance policy.

 

8.                                      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

8.1                               If a member of the Group grants security over its intellectual property it shall be free to deal with those assets in the ordinary course of its business (including, without limitation, allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business and if permitted by the Indenture) until a Declared Default has occurred.

 

8.2                               No security shall be granted over any intellectual property which cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant licensing agreement. No notice shall be prepared or given to any third party from whom intellectual property is licensed until a Declared Default has occurred.

 

8.3                               The security documents may provide for the applications of registration as may be required under local law for the applicable registration of the security over intellectual property to be provided by the relevant member of the Group in its jurisdiction of incorporation and any central registry only and subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles; provided that no registration of the transfer of the relevant intellectual property to the Holders, the Trustee or the Security Agent shall be required under the relevant security documents.

 

Schedule II-4


 

9.                                      INTERCOMPANY RECEIVABLES

 

9.1                               If a member of the Group grants security over its intercompany receivables it shall be free to deal with those receivables in the ordinary course of its business until a Declared Default has occurred.

 

9.2                               If required by local law to perfect the security or to exclude the possibility that the debtor pays to the relevant member of the Group with discharging effect, notice of the security will be served on the relevant lender within 10 Business Days of the security being granted.

 

9.3                               If required under local law security over intercompany receivables will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles.

 

10.                               TRADE RECEIVABLES AND INVENTORY

 

10.1                        If a member of the Group grants security over its trade receivables and/or its inventory it shall be free to deal with those receivables and/or inventory in the ordinary course of its business until a Declared Default has occurred.

 

10.2                        No notice of security may be prepared or served until the occurrence of a Declared Default.

 

10.3                        No security will be granted over any trade receivables which cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant contract.

 

10.4                        If required under local law, security over trade receivables and inventory will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles.

 

10.5                        Any list of trade receivables required shall not include details of the underlying contracts to the extent not required to perfect the security transfer and make the receivables identifiable (bestimmbar) or to ensure the security can be enforced.

 

11.                               SHARES / PARTNERSHIP INTEREST

 

11.1                        The security document will be governed by the laws of the person whose shares or partnership interests are being secured and not by the law of the country of the person granting the security.

 

11.2                        Until a Declared Default has occurred, the securing person will be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights to any shares or partnership interests pledged by it in a manner which does not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the security or cause an Event of Default to occur and the company whose shares or partnership interests have been pledged will, subject to the terms of the Indenture, be permitted to pay dividends.

 

11.3                        Where customary, as soon as reasonably practicable following execution of the share pledge, the share certificate and (where available and customary) a stock transfer form executed in blank will be provided to the Security Agent and where required by law the share certificate or shareholders register will be endorsed or written up and the endorsed share certificate or a copy of the written up register provided to the Security Agent.

 

12.                               RELEASE OF SECURITY

 

12.1                        Unless required by local law the circumstances in which the security shall be released should not be dealt with in individual security documents but, if so required, shall, except to the extent required by local law, be the same as those set out in the Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and not require any further consent by the Security Agent, the Trustee or any Holder.

 

Schedule II-5


 

13.                               JURISDICTIONS

 

13.1                        The guarantees and security to be provided under and in connection with the Notes and the Indenture will only be granted by members of the Group organized under the laws of the following jurisdictions:

 

(i)                  England & Wales;

 

(ii)               Germany;

 

(iii)            Ireland;

 

(iv)           Luxembourg;

 

(v)              the Netherlands; and

 

(vi)           The United States of America.

 

Schedule II-6


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

[Form of Face of Note]

 

2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE WHEN THE SECURITIES WERE FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND THE DATE OF THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION] ONLY (A) TO AN ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO EACH ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS THAT IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.]

 

BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN), THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED THAT (A) IT IS NOT AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT BE (I) AN ‘‘EMPLOYEE

 

A-1-1


 

BENEFIT PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (‘‘ERISA’’), THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A ‘‘PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘CODE’’), (III) AN ENTITY OR ACCOUNT WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO ERISA OR OTHER PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (IV) A NON-U.S., GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (‘‘SIMILAR LAW’’) (EACH OF (I), (II), (III) AND (IV), A ‘‘PLAN’’), (B) NO ASSETS OF A PLAN HAVE BEEN USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) OR (C) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH AN EXEMPTION IS NOT AVAILABLE OR VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW, AND NONE OF THE ISSUERS, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ITS FIDUCIARY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE.

 

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.](1)

 


(1)              Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-2


 

 

[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]

 

Common Code

                           

 

ISIN

                           

 

2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

No.            

€              

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, each promise to pay to Citivic Nominees Limited, acting as nominee for the common depositary on behalf of Clearstream Banking S.A. and Euroclear Bank SA/NV, or their registered assigns, upon surrender hereof, the principal sum of €[·][, subject to any adjustments as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note](2) on September 1, 2028.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  November 15 and May 15 of each year, commencing ([·]).

 

Record dates:  the Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 


(2)              Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-1-4


 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch,
as Trustee

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:  [·]

 

A-1-5


 

[Back of Notes]

 

2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)           INTEREST.  Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”), each promise to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 2.00% per annum.  The Issuers will pay interest in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•].  The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)           METHOD OF PAYMENT.  For so long as the Notes are Global Notes, the Issuers will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Principal Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed by the Issuers to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts payable in cash, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Principal Paying Agent.  Such payments shall be made in euro.

 

(3)           PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT.  Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, will act as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG will act as Registrar.  Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

(4)           INDENTURE.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an indenture dated as of March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Security Agent, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.  The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are general senior obligations of the Issuers.

 

(5)           OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

(a)           Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 of this Note, the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuers.

 

(b)           At any time prior to  May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

A-1-6


 

(c)           At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2024, the Issuers may, at their option, during each calendar year redeem up to 10% of the original principal amount of the Notes (including the original principal amount of any Additional Notes), upon giving notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the redemption date.

 

(d)           At any time and from time to time prior to  May 15, 2024, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem Notes, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 102.000% of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes); provided that:

 

(1)           in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

(2)           not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

 

(e)           At any time and from time to time on or after  May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount of the Notes so redeemed set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2024

 

101.000

%

2025

 

100.500

%

2026 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(f)            Unless the Issuers defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

(g)           Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including, but not limited to, an Equity Offering, an Incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction.  If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but not more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.  In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(h)           If the Issuers effect an optional redemption of the Notes, it will, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and admitted for trading on the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, inform the Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

 

(i)            Subject to compliance with the covenants contained herein, and provided that no Default is triggered thereby, the Issuers and their respective Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes.  Any such purchases may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as well as with such consideration as the Issuers or any such Affiliates may determine.

 

A-1-7


 

(j)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such tender offer expiration date, to redeem the Notes that remain outstanding in whole, but not in part, following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee)in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, such redemption date.

 

(6)           REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

 

(a)           The Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.15 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Issuers determines in good faith that, as a result of:

 

(1)           any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in the Indenture) affecting taxation which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date); or

 

(2)           any change in, or amendment to, the official application, administration or written interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

a Payor (as defined in Section 4.15(a) of the Indenture) is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuers or a Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Payor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable).  The foregoing provisions shall apply (a) to a Guarantor only after such time as such Guarantor is obliged to make at least one payment on the Notes and (b) mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture.  Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture and paragraph 8 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.  Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the relevant Payor taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) a written opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) to the effect that the Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.  The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without liability or further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

A-1-8


 

(7)          SINKING FUND.  Except in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Issuers will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 4.07 and 4.11 of the Indenture.

 

(8)           NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

 

(a)           At least 10 days but not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or mail, or at the expense of the Issuers, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 of the Indenture and as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture.  Notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear and Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

 

(b)           If and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any such notice to the Holders of the Notes and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change in the principal amount of the Notes outstanding.

 

(c)           Notes in denominations larger than €100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of €1,000; provided, however, that, after giving effect to such redemption, the applicable Note shall have a denomination of no less than €100,000.

 

(d)           No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Principal Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.  If the Issuers comply with the provisions of this paragraph 8(d) and the provisions of Section 3.05(a) of the Indenture, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

(9)           REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER; SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION

 

(a)           If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a change of control offer as described herein or (ii) the Issuers have previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under paragraph 5 of this Note, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (equal to €100,000 in principal amount or in integral multiples of €1,000  in excess thereof; provided that the Notes of €100,000  or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below.

 

A-1-9


 

(b)           The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.07(a) of the Indenture within the applicable time period will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under the Indenture; provided that, if at the time of any definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement in respect of any Asset Disposition or (at the option of the Company) the date on which Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition is received, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00, 50.0% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition shall be deemed not to constitute Excess Proceeds and may be used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. On the 451st day (or such longer period permitted by Section 4.07(a)(3)(b) of the Indenture) after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under the Indenture exceeds the greater of $135.0 million and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA, the Company will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) within 10 Business Days to all Holders under the Indenture and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to repay, prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be repaid, prepaid or purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and, in the case of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repayment, prepayment or purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period as provided above) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)           In the event that (a) the Transfer Completion Date does not take place on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (b) the Issuers notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent that in their reasonable judgment the AMP Transfer will not be completed by the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (c) the Initial Investors cease to beneficially own and control a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or (d) a Default or Event of Default arises with respect to either Issuer under clause (5) of the paragraph 13(a) on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuers will redeem all of the Senior Secured Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the Senior Secured Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(10)         DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(11)         PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(12)         AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Notes Documents may be amended as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-1-10


 

(13)         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

 

(a)           Each of the following is an “Event of Default” under the Indenture:

 

(1)           default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

(2)           default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(3)           failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in the Indenture (in each case, other than those set out in clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph 13(a));

 

(4)           the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed which is Incurred or Guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which:

 

(a)           is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

 

(b)           results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”),

 

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been accelerated, is in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(5)           any of the following occurs:

 

(a)           a decree or order for relief in respect of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

(b)           a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

 

(i)          adjudging that either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)         other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of any Issuer, the Company or that Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iii)        other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) for any substantial part of their respective properties; or

 

(iv)        other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the affairs of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,

 

A-1-11


 

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(c)           either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary:

 

(i)          consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(ii)         consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)        consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iv)        other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for any substantial part of their respective properties;

 

(v)         other than on a solvent basis, makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

(vi)        admits it is insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

 

which, in each case, is sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional;

 

(6)          failure by the Company, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $170.0 million and (y) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days (after receipt of notice as described in clause (b) below) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

 

(7)           any Security Interest under the Security Documents or the Escrow Charge having a fair market value in excess of the greater of (x) $70.0 million and (y) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Indenture) for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the Indenture or the release of any such Security Interest in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents or the Escrow Charge or any such Security Interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall assert in writing that any such Security Interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such Default continues for 30 days;

 

(8)           except as permitted under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (including with respect to any limitations), any Notes Guarantee of one or more Guarantors that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a “Significant Guarantor”) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or is denied or disaffirmed by such Significant Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of it; and

 

A-1-12


 

(9)           failure by the Issuers to consummate a Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date as required under Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

 

(b)           However, a Default under clauses (4) or (6) of paragraph 13(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and, with respect to clauses (4) and (6) of paragraph 13(a), the Company does not cure such Default within 60 days after receipt of such notice.

 

(c)           If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section clause of (4) of paragraph 13(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) of paragraph 13(a) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)           If an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a) with respect to the Issuers occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

(e)           Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and may not enforce the Security Documents except as provided in such Security Documents and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(f)            Except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.  Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

(14)         AUTHENTICATION.  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

 

(15)         ABBREVIATIONS.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(16)         ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  Any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

A-1-13


 

(17)         GOVERNING LAW.  THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of Note, the Security Documents, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

A-1-14


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 


*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-15


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o Section 4.07

o Section 4.11

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof):

 

               

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

                

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-16


 

SCHEDULE A

 

EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE(3)

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decrease
in principal amount
of
this Global Note

 

Amount of increase
in principal amount
of
this Global Note

 

Principal amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease
(or increase)

 

Signature of
authorized officer of
Registrar or Paying
Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(3)              Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-17


 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

[Form of Face of Note]

 

3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE WHEN THE SECURITIES WERE FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND THE DATE OF THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION] ONLY (A) TO AN ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO EACH ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS THAT IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.]

 

BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN), THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED THAT (A) IT IS NOT AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT BE (I) AN ‘‘EMPLOYEE

 

A-2-1


 

BENEFIT PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (‘‘ERISA’’), THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A ‘‘PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘CODE’’), (III) AN ENTITY OR ACCOUNT WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO ERISA OR OTHER PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (IV) A NON-U.S., GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (‘‘SIMILAR LAW’’) (EACH OF (I), (II), (III) AND (IV), A ‘‘PLAN’’), (B) NO ASSETS OF A PLAN HAVE BEEN USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) OR (C) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH AN EXEMPTION IS NOT AVAILABLE OR VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW, AND NONE OF THE ISSUERS, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ITS FIDUCIARY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE.

 

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE CUSTODIAN FOR THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.](1)

 


(1)              Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-2


 

 

[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]

 

CUSIP

 

ISIN

 

3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

No.

$

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, each promise to pay to Cede & Co. acting as nominee on behalf of The Depository Trust Company, or its registered assigns, upon surrender hereof, the principal sum of $[·](2) [, subject to any adjustments as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note] on September 1, 2028.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  November 15 and May 15 of each year, commencing ([·]).

 

Record dates:  the Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 


(2)              Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-2-4


 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Dated:  [·]

 

A-2-5


 

[Back of Notes]

 

3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                                 INTEREST.  Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”), each promise to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 3.25% per annum.  The Issuers will pay interest in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [•].  The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)                                 METHOD OF PAYMENT.  For so long as the Notes are Global Notes, the Issuers will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Principal Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed by the Issuers to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts payable in cash, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Principal Paying Agent.  Such payments shall be made in dollars.

 

(3)                                 PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT.  Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, will act as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG will act as Registrar.  Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

(4)                                 INDENTURE.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an indenture dated as of March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Security Agent, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.  The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are general senior obligations of the Issuers.

 

(5)                                 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

(a)                                 Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 of this Note, the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuers.

 

(b)                                 At any time prior to May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

A-2-6


 

(c)                                  At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2024, the Issuers may, at their option, during each calendar year redeem up to 10% of the original principal amount of the Notes (including the original principal amount of any Additional Notes), upon giving notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the redemption date.

 

(d)                                 At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2024, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem Notes, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 103.250% of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes); provided that:

 

(1)                                 in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

(2)                                 not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

 

(e)                                  At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount of the Notes so redeemed set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year 

 

Percentage

 

2024

 

101.625

%

2025

 

100.813

%

2026 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(f)                                   Unless the Issuers defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

(g)                                  Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including, but not limited to, an Equity Offering, an Incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction.  If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but not more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.  In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(h)                                 If the Issuers effect an optional redemption of the Notes, it will, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and admitted for trading on the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, inform the Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

 

(i)                                     Subject to compliance with the covenants contained herein, and provided that no Default is triggered thereby, the Issuers and their respective Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes.  Any such purchases may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as well as with such consideration as the Issuers or any such Affiliates may determine.

 

A-2-7


 

(j)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such tender offer expiration date, to redeem the Notes that remain outstanding in whole, but not in part, following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee)in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, such redemption date.

 

(6)                                 REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

 

(a)                                 The Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.15 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Issuers determines in good faith that, as a result of:

 

(1)                                 any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in the Indenture) affecting taxation which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date); or

 

(2)                                 any change in, or amendment to, the official application, administration or written interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

a Payor (as defined in Section 4.15(a) of the Indenture) is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuers or a Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Payor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable).  The foregoing provisions shall apply (a) to a Guarantor only after such time as such Guarantor is obliged to make at least one payment on the Notes and (b) mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture.  Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture and paragraph 8 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.  Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the relevant Payor taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) a written opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) to the effect that the Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.  The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without liability or further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

A-2-8


 

(7)                                 SINKING FUND.  Except in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Issuers will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 4.07 and 4.11 of the Indenture.

 

(8)                                 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

 

(a)                                 At least 10 days but not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or mail, or at the expense of the Issuers, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 of the Indenture and as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture.  Notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to DTC for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

 

(b)                                 If and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any such notice to the Holders of the Notes and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change in the principal amount of the Notes outstanding.

 

(c)                                  Notes in denominations larger than $200,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000; provided, however, that, after giving effect to such redemption, the applicable Note shall have a denomination of no less than $200,000.

 

(d)                                 No later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Principal Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.  If the Issuers comply with the provisions of this paragraph 8(d) and the provisions of Section 3.05(a) of the Indenture, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

(9)                                 REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER; SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a change of control offer as described herein or (ii) the Issuers have previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under paragraph 5 of this Note, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (equal to $200,000 in principal amount or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the Notes of $200,000  or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below.

 

(b)                                 The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.07(a) of the Indenture within the applicable time period

 

A-2-9


 

will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under the Indenture; provided that, if at the time of any definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement in respect of any Asset Disposition or (at the option of the Company) the date on which Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition is received, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00, 50.0% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition shall be deemed not to constitute Excess Proceeds and may be used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. On the 451st day (or such longer period permitted by Section 4.07(a)(3)(b) of the Indenture) after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under the Indenture exceeds the greater of $135.0 million and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA, the Company will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) within 10 Business Days to all Holders under the Indenture and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to repay, prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be repaid, prepaid or purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and, in the case of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repayment, prepayment or purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $200,000 and in integral multiples of 41,000 in excess thereof. The Company will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period as provided above) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)                                  In the event that (a) the Transfer Completion Date does not take place on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (b) the Issuers notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent that in their reasonable judgment the AMP Transfer will not be completed by the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (c) the Initial Investors cease to beneficially own and control a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or (d) a Default or Event of Default arises with respect to either Issuer under clause (5) of the paragraph 13(a) on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuers will redeem all of the Senior Secured Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the Senior Secured Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(10)                       DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of $200,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(11)                          PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(12)                          AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Notes Documents may be amended as set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-2-10


 

(13)                          DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

 

(a)                                 Each of the following is an “Event of Default” under the Indenture:

 

(1)                                 default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

(2)                                 default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(3)                                 failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in the Indenture (in each case, other than those set out in clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph 13(a));

 

(4)                                 the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed which is Incurred or Guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which:

 

(a)                                 is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

 

(b)                                 results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”),

 

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been accelerated, is in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(5)                                 any of the following occurs:

 

(a)                                 a decree or order for relief in respect of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

(b)                                 a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

 

(i)                                adjudging that either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)                             other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of any Issuer, the Company or that Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iii)                          other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) for any substantial part of their respective properties; or

 

(iv)                         other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the affairs of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,

 

A-2-11


 

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(c)                                  either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary:

 

(i)                                consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(ii)                             consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)                          consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iv)                         other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for any substantial part of their respective properties;

 

(v)                            other than on a solvent basis, makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

(vi)                         admits it is insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

 

which, in each case, is sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional;

 

(6)                              failure by the Company, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $170.0 million and (y) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days (after receipt of notice as described in clause (b) below) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

 

(7)                                 any Security Interest under the Security Documents or the Escrow Charge having a fair market value in excess of the greater of (x) $70.0 million and (y) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Indenture) for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the Indenture or the release of any such Security Interest in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents or the Escrow Charge or any such Security Interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall assert in writing that any such Security Interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such Default continues for 30 days;

 

(8)                                 except as permitted under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (including with respect to any limitations), any Notes Guarantee of one or more Guarantors that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a “Significant Guarantor”) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or is denied or disaffirmed by such Significant Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of it; and

 

A-2-12


 

(9)                                 failure by the Issuers to consummate a Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date as required under Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

 

(b)                                 However, a Default under clauses (4) or (6) of paragraph 13(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and, with respect to clauses (4) and (6) of paragraph 13(a), the Company does not cure such Default within 60 days after receipt of such notice.

 

(c)                                  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section clause of (4) of paragraph 13(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) of paragraph 13(a) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                 If an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a) with respect to the Issuers occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

(e)                                  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and may not enforce the Security Documents except as provided in such Security Documents and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(f)                                   Except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.  Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

(14)                          AUTHENTICATION.  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

 

(15)                          ABBREVIATIONS.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(16)                          ISIN AND CUSIP NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers has caused ISIN and CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  Any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

A-2-13


 

(17)                          GOVERNING LAW.  THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of Note, the Security Documents, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

 

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

 

56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134

 

Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

A-2-14


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

and irrevocably appoint

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                     

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:    

 


*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-15


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o Section 4.07

o Section 4.11

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of $200,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof):

 

$                                          

 

Date:                                   

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                      :

 


*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-16


 

SCHEDULE A

 

EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE(3)

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decrease 
in principal amount 
of
 this Global Note

 

Amount of increase 
in principal amount 
of 
this Global Note

 

Principal amount
 of this Global Note 
following such 
decrease 
(or increase)

 

Signature of
 authorized officer of 
Registrar or Paying
 Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(3)              Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-17


 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC
Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc
c/o Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

Re:  [3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028] [2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Security Agent, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of [€][$]              in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                          (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.                                                                                      Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor or any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state or territory of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

2.                                      o                                    Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  Upon consummation of such proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will not be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend.

 

B-1


 

3.                                      o                                    Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected:

 

(a)                                 pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States;

 

OR

 

(b)                                 to the Issuers, a Guarantor or a subsidiary thereof;

 

OR

 

(c)                                  pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

[[TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE IN THE CASE OF A TRANSFER UNDER 3(a) OR 3(b) ABOVE] The restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend.]

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

A-3-2


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.                                      The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note             ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note          ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

2.                                      After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note             ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note         ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

A-3-3


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR THE NOTES

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC
Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc

c/o Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

Re:  [3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028] [2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028]

 

(ISIN              ; [Common Code             ])

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of  March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch  as Trustee and Security Agent, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of [€][$]               in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                      o                                    Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  The Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.                                      o                                    Check if Exchange is from Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

C-1


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR THE NOTES

 

1.                                      The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note                ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note            ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

2.                                      After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note                ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note            ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

C-2


 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , among                    , a company organized and existing under the laws of                         (the “Guarantor”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuers has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of March 12, 2021, providing for the issuance of (i) 2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Senior Secured Euro Notes”) and (ii) 3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Senior Secured Dollar Notes” and, together with the Senior Secured Euro Notes, the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Notes Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 and Section 11.04 of the Indenture, the Issuers and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1.                                      CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.                                      AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE.  The Guarantor hereby agrees to provide a Notes Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to the provisions of Article 11 thereof, as applicable.

 

3.                                      [LIMITATIONS ON OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR.  [In addition, the obligations of the Guarantor and the granting of its Notes Guarantee shall be limited as follows:  [ ]].](1)

 

4.                                      EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.

 

(a)                                 The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Notes Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

 

(b)                                 If an Officer or a duly authorized signatory pursuant to a board resolution or power of attorney whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Notes Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee procures the authentication of the Note on which a Notes Guarantee is endorsed, the Notes Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 


(1)                                 Guarantee limitation language to be included in brackets for relevant jurisdiction(s).

 

D-1


 

(c)                                  Upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the delivery of any Note by the Trustee shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

5.                                      RELEASES.  Each Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged in accordance with Section 11.05 of the Indenture.

 

6.                                      NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

7.                                      THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.                                      COUNTERPARTS.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

9.                                      EFFECT OF HEADINGS.  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

10.                               THE TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guarantor and the Issuers.

 

D-2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

[GUARANTOR]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC,

 

as the US Issuer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC,

 

as the Irish Issuer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

D-3




Exhibit 4.4

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC,
as the US Issuer

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc,
as the Irish Issuer

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.,
as the Company

 

and

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch,
as Trustee

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch,
as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

and

 

Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG,
as Registrar

 


 

SENIOR INDENTURE

 

Dated as of March 12, 2021

 

4.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 

3.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 


 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITION

1

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

49

Section 1.03

Rules of Construction

50

Section 1.04

Financial Calculations

50

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

51

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Form and Dating

51

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

52

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

53

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money

53

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

53

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

54

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

61

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

61

Section 2.09

Acts by Holders

61

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

62

Section 2.11

Cancellation

62

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

62

Section 2.13

ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code Number

62

Section 2.14

Deposit of Moneys

62

Section 2.15

Agents

63

Section 2.16

Issuance of Additional Notes

64

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

64

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

64

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

65

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

65

Section 3.04

Notice of Redemption Subject to Conditions Precedent

66

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

66

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

67

Section 3.07

Mandatory Redemption

67

Section 3.08

Special Mandatory Redemption

67

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

68

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

68

Section 4.02

Reports

68

Section 4.03

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults

70

Section 4.04

Limitation on Restricted Payments

70

Section 4.05

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

77

Section 4.06

Limitation on Indebtedness

79

Section 4.07

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

85

Section 4.08

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

87

 

i


 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 4.09

Limitation on Liens

91

Section 4.10

Limitation on Layered Debt

91

Section 4.11

Repurchase Upon Change of Control

92

Section 4.12

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

92

Section 4.13

Additional Guarantees

93

Section 4.14

Post-Completion Guarantors

94

Section 4.15

Withholding Taxes

94

Section 4.16

Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status

96

Section 4.17

Deposit into Escrow Account

97

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

97

 

 

 

Section 5.01

The Company

97

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

98

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Events of Default

98

Section 6.02

Acceleration

101

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

101

Section 6.04

Waiver of Past Defaults

101

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

102

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

102

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

102

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

102

Section 6.09

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

103

Section 6.10

Priorities

103

Section 6.11

Undertaking for Costs

103

Section 6.12

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

104

Section 6.13

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

104

Section 6.14

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

104

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

104

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

104

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee

105

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee

107

Section 7.04

Trustee’s Disclaimer

107

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

108

Section 7.06

[Reserved.]

108

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

108

Section 7.08

Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee

109

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

109

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

110

Section 7.11

Resignation of Agents

110

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

110

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

110

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance

110

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

111

Section 8.04

Survival of Certain Obligations

111

 

ii


 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 8.05

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

111

Section 8.06

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

112

Section 8.07

Repayment to Issuers

112

Section 8.08

Reinstatement

112

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

113

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

113

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

114

Section 9.03

Revocation and Effect of Consents

115

Section 9.04

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

115

Section 9.05

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

115

Section 9.06

Additional Intercreditor Agreements

115

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

ESCROW CHARGE AND ESCROW AGREEMENT

116

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

 

NOTES GUARANTEES

117

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Notes Guarantee

117

Section 11.02

Limitation on Liability

118

Section 11.03

[Reserved]

118

Section 11.04

Execution and Delivery of Notes Guarantee

118

Section 11.05

Releases

118

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

119

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

119

Section 12.02

Application of Trust Money

 

120

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13

 

MISCELLANEOUS

120

 

 

 

Section 13.01

Notices

120

Section 13.02

[Reserved.]

122

Section 13.03

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

122

Section 13.04

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

122

Section 13.05

Rules by Trustee and Agents

123

Section 13.06

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

123

Section 13.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

123

Section 13.08

Governing Law

123

Section 13.09

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

124

Section 13.10

Successors

124

Section 13.11

Severability

124

Section 13.12

Counterpart Originals

124

Section 13.13

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

124

Section 13.14

Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Restrictions

124

Section 13.15

Prescription

125

Section 13.16

Additional Information

125

Section 13.17

Legal Holidays

125

Section 13.18

USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program

125

 

iii


 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 13.19

Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

125

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

Schedule I

POST-TRANSFER COMPLETION DATE GUARANTORS

Schedule II

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

FORM OF EURO SENIOR NOTE

Exhibit A-2

FORM OF DOLLAR SENIOR NOTE

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES

Exhibit C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR NOTES

Exhibit D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

iv


 

SENIOR INDENTURE dated as of March 12, 2021 (this “Indenture”), among Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”), each, following the Transfer Completion Date (as defined below), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A., a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L 2134 Luxembourg, Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 251465 (the “Company”), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent (each as defined below) and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG, as Registrar (as defined below).

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture, the parties hereto agree that the Company is not a party hereto on the date of execution hereof and no agreements hereunder are or will be made by or on behalf of the Company, and the Company will have not rights, duties or obligations hereunder, until the Company accedes to this Indenture by execution of a supplemental indenture thereto.

 

The parties hereto agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Issuers’ (i) 3.00% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Senior Euro Notes”) and (ii) 4.00% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Senior Dollar Notes”):

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITION

 

Section 1.01                             Definitions.

 

“ABL Cash Management Arrangements” means the Cash Management Services secured under the ABL Documents.

 

ABL Credit Agreement” means the asset-based multicurrency revolving credit agreement to be entered into on or after the Transfer Completion Date, by and among, inter alios, the administrative agent, the lenders party thereto, the Company and certain other subsidiaries of the Company, related to the ABL Facility, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions).

 

ABL Documents” means the ABL Security Documents, the ABL Credit Agreement, the agreements related to the ABL Cash Management Arrangements, the ABL Hedge Agreements and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto or in connection therewith.

 

ABL Facility” means an asset based lending facility to be entered into on or after the Transfer Completion Date.

 

ABL Hedge Agreements” means the Hedging Obligations secured under the ABL Documents.

 

ABL Obligationsmeans all present and future liabilities and obligations at any time of any Debtor under the ABL Documents, both actual and contingent and whether direct or indirect, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, incurred solely or jointly or as principal or surety or in any other capacity, together with any of the following matters relating to or arising in respect of those liabilities and obligations: (a) any refinancing, novation, deferral or extension, (b) any claim for breach of representation, warranty or undertaking or on an event of default or under any indemnity given under or in connection with any document or agreement evidencing or constituting any other liability or obligation falling within this definition, (c) any claim for damages or restitution, (d) any claim as a result of any recovery by any Debtor of a payment on the grounds of preference or otherwise and (e) any amounts accruing or that would have accrued or become due which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, nonprovability, unenforceability or non-allowance of those amounts in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings and irrespective of whether a claim for all or any portion of such amounts is allowable or allowed in such insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding, and in the

 


 

case of all of the foregoing, including all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorneys’ fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, obligations with respect to loans and letters of credit, obligations in respect of ABL Hedge Agreements, obligations in respect of ABL Cash Management Arrangements, obligations to provide cash collateral or other collateral in respect of letters of credit, obligations in respect of ABL Hedge Agreements or obligations in respect of ABL Cash Management Arrangements or indemnities in respect thereof, any other indemnities or guarantees, and all other amounts payable under or secured by any ABL Document.

 

ABL Security Agent” means the security agent under the ABL Facility.

 

ABL Security Documents” means any agreement, document, or instrument pursuant to which a lien is granted (or purported to be granted) securing any ABL Obligation or under which rights or remedies with respect to such liens are governed.

 

Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition; or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.  Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

 

Additional Assets” means:

 

(1)                                 any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

 

(2)                                 the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(3)                                 Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes (except for the issue price and the issue amount) that may be issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.16, 4.06 and 4.09 hereof.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  With respect to any natural Person, Affiliates will include any Immediate Family Members. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling,” “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agents” means each Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar and “Agent” means any one of them.

 

Agreed Security Principles” means the agreed security principles set forth in Schedule II hereto.

 

2


 

AMP Transfer” means the transfer of the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business to the Company or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries and the release of the Company and its Subsidiaries of all of their obligations under the Existing Ardagh Notes.

 

Applicable Law” means any law or regulation.

 

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note the greater of:

 

(1)                                 1% of the principal amount of such Senior Dollar Note or Senior Euro Note (as applicable); and

 

(2)                                 the excess (to the extent positive) of:

 

(a)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at May 15, 2024 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table in paragraph 5(e) of such Note (excluding accrued and unpaid interest)), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including May 15, 2024 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to (i) the Treasury Rate (in the case of a Senior Dollar Note) or (ii) the Bund Rate (in the case of a Senior Euro Note) at the date of such notice date plus, in the case of either (i) or (ii), 50 basis points; over

 

(b)                                 the outstanding principal amount of such Note,

 

as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Person as the Issuers shall designate. For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be an obligation of the Trustee or any Paying Agent.

 

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Ardagh Group S.A.” or “Ardagh Group” means Ardagh Group S.A., the public parent company of the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business on the date hereof, a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 53248.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Business” means the metal beverage can business of Ardagh Group S.A. constituting the equity, assets and liabilities of the Ardagh Group S.A.’s subsidiaries that are engaged in the metal beverage can business that will become wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, which include Lux Holdco, Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Sarl, Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, Ardagh Metal Packaging Treasury Limited, Ardagh Packaging Holdings Limited, Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Limited, Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc., Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Netherlands B.V., Ardagh Metal Beverage Serbia d.o.o., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Brazil Ltda., Latas Industria de Embalagens de Aluminio do Brasil Ltda., Ardagh Indústria de Embalagens Metálicas do Brasil Ltda., Ardagh Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Spain S.L., Ardagh Metal Beverage Europe GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings UK Ltd, Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Ltd, Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Ltd, Recan UK Ltd (in liquidation), Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage France S.A.S., Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Germany GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Germany GmbH, Recan GmbH (in liquidation), SARIO Grundstücks-Vermietungsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Objekt Elfi KG (in liquidation), Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Germany GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Austria GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Manufacturing Austria GmbH, Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Poland Sp. z.o.o, Ardagh Metal Beverage Poland Sp. z o.o, Recan Organizacja Odzysku Opakowan S.A. and Ardagh Metal Beverage Associations GmbH.

 

3


 

Asset Disposition” means:

 

(1)                                 the voluntary sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

(2)                                 the issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.06, or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

 

in each case, other than:

 

(a)                                 a disposition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                 a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(c)                                  a disposition of inventory or other assets (including Settlement Assets) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business, including any disposition of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

 

(d)                                 a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged or surplus property, equipment or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including by ceasing to enforce, allowing the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of or discontinuing the use or maintenance of or putting into the public domain any intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, or in respect of which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary determines in its reasonable judgment that such action or inaction is desirable);

 

(e)                                  transactions permitted under Article 5 or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

(f)                                   an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(g)                                  any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of less than the greater of (a) $40.0 million and (b) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(h)                                 any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 4.07(c), asset sales, the proceeds of which are used within 450 days of receipt of such proceeds to make such Restricted Payments, Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments;

 

(i)                                     dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens and sales of assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien granted in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

4


 

(j)                                    dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(k)                                 conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses or other dispositions of intellectual property, software or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case (x), in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to such agreement receives a license in the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement or (y) to the extent that such license does not prohibit the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from using the technologies licensed (other than pursuant to exclusivity or non-competition arrangements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis) or require the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay any fees for any such use;

 

(l)                                     the lease, assignment, license, sublease or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                             foreclosure, condemnation, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

(n)                                 the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

 

(o)                                 any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture or any other disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, Permitted Joint Venture or an Immaterial Subsidiary;

 

(p)                                 any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

(q)                                 dispositions of property to the extent (i) that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased; (ii) that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); or (iii) allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or any similar provision under applicable tax law) and constituting any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(r)                                    any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(s)                                   any disposition pursuant to a financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture;

 

(t)                                    dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

5


 

(u)                                 any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind; and

 

(v)                                 the unwinding of any Cash Management Services or Hedging Obligations.

 

In the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Disposition and would also be a Permitted Investment or an Investment permitted under Section 4.04, the Company, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Disposition and/or one or more of the types of Permitted Investments or Investments permitted under Section 4.04.

 

Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Bankruptcy Code of 1978, or any similar United States federal or state law or relevant law in any jurisdiction or organization or similar foreign law (including, without limitation, the laws of Luxembourg relating to the capability of a debtor to pay its debts, the debtor’s over-indebtedness or lack of assets to cover a debtor’s outstanding debt or relating to moratorium, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding-up, examinership, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors) or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

 

Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner, as applicable, of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; (iii) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any duly authorized controlling committee thereof; and (iv) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function.  Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).  Unless the context requires otherwise, Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, the sum of (a) 85.0% of the book value of the accounts receivable plus (b) the lesser of (1) 75.0% of the cost of inventory and (2) 85.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of inventory, in each case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Borrowing Base shall be adjusted to reflect such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

Bund Rate” as selected by the Company, means the greater of (x) the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such relevant date where:

 

(1)                                 Comparable German Bund Issue” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption notice date to May 15, 2024,  and that would be used, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then-outstanding principal amount of the Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal May 15, 2024; provided, however, that, if the period from the date of such redemption notice to May 15, 2024  is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

 

(2)                                 Comparable German Bund Price” means, with respect to any relevant date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer

 

6


 

Quotations, or, if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

 

(3)                                 Reference German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Company or a direct or indirect parent of the Company in good faith; and

 

(4)                                 Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any relevant date, the average as determined by the Company of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to Company by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany time on the third Business Day preceding the relevant date,

 

and (y) zero.

 

Business Combination Completion Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Business Combination Agreement” means, the business combination agreement dated as of February 22, 2021, as amended on March 5, 2021 and as may be amended from time to time, by and among Gores Holdings V, Inc., Ardagh Group S.A., the Company and Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc., together with all of its exhibits, schedules, annexes and other related documents.

 

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in (i) Luxembourg, (ii) London, United Kingdom, (iii) Dublin, Ireland; (iv) New York, New York, United States or (v) Delaware, United States, are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Business Successor” means (i) any former Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Person that, after the Issue Date, has acquired, merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary of the Company (that results in such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company), or acquired (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of a Subsidiary or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase or acquire, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of, or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as the case may be and subject to (as applicable) the Election Option, in relation to any determination, an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as either (i) a finance lease or a capital lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of IAS 17 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP), or (ii) lease liabilities on the balance sheet in accordance with IFRS 16 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP).  The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of either IAS 17 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP) or IFRS 16 (Leases) (or any equivalent measure under GAAP) as the case may be and always subject (as applicable) to the Election Option; and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

 

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)                                 (a) Euro, Canadian dollars, Swiss Francs, United Kingdom pounds, Japanese Yen, U.S. Dollars, Australian dollars or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

7


 

(2)                                 securities or other direct obligations, issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the government of Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the United Kingdom or the United States of America, the European Union or any member state of the European Union on the Issue Date or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)                                 certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million;

 

(4)                                 repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (7) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(5)                                 securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Person referenced in clause (3) above;

 

(6)                                 commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above (or by the Parent Entity thereof) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof or any commercial paper and variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a corporation rated at least “A-1” or higher by S&P or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

 

(7)                                 interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in clauses (1) through (6) above;

 

(8)                                 for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date; and

 

(9)                                 any investments classified as cash equivalents under IFRS.

 

Cash Management Services” means any products, services or facilities relating to the following:  automated clearing house transactions, treasury, depository, disbursement, credit or debit card, purchasing card, stored value card, merchant card, electronic fund transfer services, daylight or overnight draft facilities and/or cash management services, including controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit, operating, collections, payroll, trust disbursement and other accounts, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services and merchant services or other cash management arrangements, banking products or banking services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice.

 

Change of Control” means:

 

(1)                                 the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the Subsidiary of a Parent Entity so long as no Person or group, as noted above, other than a Permitted Holder, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity;

 

8


 

(2)                                 the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or one or more Permitted Holders; or

 

(3)                                 the Company ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of either Issuer, other than director’s qualifying shares and other shares required to be issued by law or Voting Stock issued pursuant to any employment or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement or other compensation arrangements.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Company becoming a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company if (A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no Person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company and (b) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

 

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A., or any successor thereof.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Combination” has the meaning assigned to the term “Business Combination” in the Offering Memorandum

 

Common Depositary” means Citibank Europe plc, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

Completion Date” means the Business Combination Completion Date. If the Business Combination Completion Date does not occur prior to September 30, 2021, references to the Completion Date will be deemed to refer to the Transfer Completion Date.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization or write-off of (i) intangibles and non-cash organization costs, (ii) deferred financing fees or costs and (iii) capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities, of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with IFRS and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

 

(1)                                 increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)                                 provision for taxes based on income or profits, including federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, foreign, unitary, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any examinations in respect of any such taxes (including any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

9


 

(b)                                 Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (r) through (z) in clause (1) thereof), in each case, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)                                  Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)                                 any (x) Transaction Expenses and (y) any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transactions costs associated with becoming a public company), Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), in each case, including (i) such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees and related expenses) related to the offering of the Notes, the ABL Facility, any other Credit Facility, any Receivables Facility, any Securitization Facility, any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture or any Equity Offering and any amendment, waiver or other modification of any of the foregoing, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)                                  (i) the amount of any restructuring charge, accrual or reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves), integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs Incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Issue Date, including those related to any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), systems development and establishment costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening and closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees Incurred with any of the foregoing and (ii) fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus

 

(f)                                   any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting; provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period then the cash payment in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA when paid or other items classified by the Company as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

 

(g)                                  the amount of board of director fees, management, monitoring, advisory, consulting, refinancing, subsequent transaction, advisory and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to any member of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate of a Permitted Holder to the extent permitted under Section 4.08; plus

 

(h)                                 the “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies that are expected (in good faith) to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken after the date of any acquisition, disposition, divestiture, restructuring or the implementation of a cost savings or other similar initiative, as applicable (calculated on a pro

 

10


 

forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (i) such actions are expected to be taken after the consummation of the acquisition, disposition, restructuring or the implementation of an initiative, as applicable, which is expected to result in cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies, and (ii) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies shall be added pursuant to this defined term to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

 

(i)            the “run rate” expected cost savings, operating expense reductions including costs and expenses related to information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies related to the Transactions projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected to be, taken (in the good faith determination of the Company), calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, and which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”; plus

 

(j)            the amount of loss or discount on sale of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; plus

 

(k)           any costs or expense Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company solely to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(III); plus

 

(l)            cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

(m)          any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests; plus

 

(n)           realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

 

(o)           net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives; plus

 

(p)           the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary, and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto; plus

 

11


 

(q)           with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(r)            earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; plus

 

(s)            any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost), and any other items of a similar nature; plus

 

(t)            the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of the Company or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such Person or its Parent Entities, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture; plus

 

(u)           to the extent not already otherwise included herein, adjustments and add-backs similar to the adjustments and add-backs made in calculating “Adjusted EBITDA” for the year ended December 31, 2020, included in the Offering Memorandum; plus

 

(v)           earn out obligations Incurred in connection with any permitted acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Indenture and paid or accrued during such period; plus

 

(w)          losses, charges and expenses related to the pre-opening and opening of new facilities, and start-up period prior to opening, that are operated, or to be operated, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)           decreased (without duplication) by non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)           consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in each case, determined on the basis of IFRS, but including for the avoidance of doubt, any consolidated interest expense related to Indebtedness of any Parent Entity which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries guarantees), to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to IFRS), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) Securitization Fees, (s) penalties and interest relating to taxes (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Additional Amounts paid with respect to the Notes or the Notes Guarantees), (t) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (w) amortization or write-off of deferred financing

 

12


 

fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated Hedging Obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and original issue discount with respect to Indebtedness and, adjusted to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) subject (as applicable) to the Election Option, any interest component of any operating lease and (z) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under IFRS; plus

 

(2)           consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including for the avoidance of doubt, any consolidated capitalized interest related to Indebtedness of any Parent Entity which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries guarantees (but excluding any interest capitalized, accrued, accreted or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding); less

 

(3)           interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a lease (including any Capitalized Lease Obligation) shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such lease in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of IFRS after any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)           any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any net income (loss) from Investments recorded in such Person under the equity method of accounting), except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that (as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company) could have been distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); provided that, for the purposes of Section 4.04(a)(III), such dividend, other distribution or return on investment does not reduce the amount of Investments outstanding under the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

 

(2)           solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(III), any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to an Issuer or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s articles, charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to any ABL Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes or this Indenture and (c) restrictions specified in Section 4.05(b)(13)(a) except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

 

(3)           any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or disposed or discontinued operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

13


 

(4)           any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense, including Transaction Expenses or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or relocation costs, one-time compensation charges, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements (including related to new product introductions), systems development and establishment costs, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), contract terminations and professional and consulting fees Incurred with any of the foregoing;

 

(5)           the cumulative effect of a change in law, regulation or accounting principles, including any impact resulting from an election by the Company to apply GAAP at any time following the Issue Date;

 

(6)           any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-valuation of any benefit plan obligation and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

 

(7)           all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses Incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

(8)           any unrealized gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(9)           any fees and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) Incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, disposition of assets or securities, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs Incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful;

 

(10)         any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, and any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

(11)         any unrealized or realized gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with IFRS;

 

(12)         any recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting effects, including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by IFRS and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition (including the Transactions), or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

(13)         any impairment charge, write-off or write-down, including impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, goodwill, investments in debt or equity

 

14


 

securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to IFRS;

 

(14)         any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

 

(15)         accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted (including any adjustment of estimated pay-outs on existing earn-outs) that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with IFRS, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(16)         any costs associated with the Transactions;

 

(17)         any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;

 

(18)         any (i) payments to third parties in respect of research and development, including amounts paid upon signing, success, completion and other milestones and other progress payments, to the extent expensed and (ii) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates);

 

(19)         any net gain (or loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of disposed, discontinued or abandoned operations; and

 

(20)         the impact of capitalized, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable payor in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days) and (ii) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

 

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the sum of (a) Secured Indebtedness as of such date and (b) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Secured Indebtedness, less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to (y) LTM EBITDA; provided, however, that, solely for the purpose of Section 4.06, the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to (i) any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b) or (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)), or (ii) the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness using proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b) and (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)).

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money but excluding any Indebtedness under or with respect to Cash Management

 

15


 

Services, intercompany Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, Hedging Obligations, Receivables Facilities or Securitization Facilities.

 

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date and (b) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Indebtedness, less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to (y) LTM EBITDA; provided, however, that, solely for the purpose of Section 4.06, the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to (i) any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) or (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)), or (ii) the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness using proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) and (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b)).

 

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease (subject, as applicable, to the Election Option), dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1)           to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

(2)           to advance or supply funds:

 

(x)           for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

(y)           to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

(3)           to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

 

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Company and/or other companies.

 

Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the ABL Facility or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original ABL Facility or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness

 

16


 

Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

Debtors” means the Company and the Subsidiaries party to the ABL Documents.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Registered Note” means, with respect to the Notes, a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.  A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 4.07.

 

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or a Parent Entity (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or such Subsidiary) and that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company at or prior to the issuance thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(III)(C).

 

Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction.  A member of the Board of Directors shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Affiliates or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

 

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(1)           matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

(2)           is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified

 

17


 

Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 4.04; provided further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof) or any other plan for the benefit of current, former or future employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory, contractual or regulatory obligations.

 

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor, analogous replacement or alternative securities clearing agency (including Euroclear and/or Clearstream), in each case, or any successor thereto.

 

Equity Contribution” means any subscription for shares issued by, any capital contributions (including by way of premium and/or contribution to the capital reserves) to, the Company (but excluding any such amounts funded from the proceeds of any Indebtedness of any Parent Entity (x) which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) in respect of which dividends or distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock are permitted to be paid from cash by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(1)(C) and excluding the issuance of any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions).

 

Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions), or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by any Person, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Parent Entity in any form other than Indebtedness, or the Excluded Contributions.

 

Escrow Accounts” means the Senior Dollar Escrow Account together with the Senior Euro Escrow Account.

 

Escrow Agent” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch as escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Agreement” means the agreement dated March 12, 2021, between, amongst others, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent relating to the Escrow Accounts into which the gross proceeds of the Notes will be deposited pending consummation of the Combination.

 

Escrow Charge” means the charge over the Escrow Account, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Issuers and the Trustee.

 

Escrow Collateral” means the Escrowed Property securing the Notes which is deposited in the Escrow Accounts on the Issue Date.

 

Escrow Contribution Agreement” means the agreement by AGSA dated as of March 12, 2021 in relation to the provision of certain amounts to the Issuers in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

Escrow Longstop Date” means the Business Day following September 30, 2021.

 

Escrow Release” means the release of Escrowed Property from the Escrow Accounts in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering or incurrence of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into one or more escrow accounts with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow accounts upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events.  The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

 

18


 

Escrowed Property” means the initial funds deposited in the Escrow Accounts and all other funds, securities, interest, dividends, distributions and other property and payments credited to such Escrow Account(less any property and/or funds paid in accordance with the Escrow Agreement).

 

Euro” or “” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on the European Union.

 

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV or any successor thereof.

 

European Government Obligations” means any security denominated in Euro that is (1) a direct obligation of any country that is a member of the European Monetary Union and whose long-term debt is rated “A-1” or higher by Moody’s or “A+” or higher by S&P or the equivalent rating category of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization on the date of this Indenture, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (2) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (1) or (2), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

 

European Union” means the European Union as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Exchange” means Euronext Dublin.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company after the Transfer Completion Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

 

Existing Ardagh Notes” means the Existing Ardagh Secured Notes and the Existing Ardagh Senior Notes

 

Existing Ardagh Secured Notes” means the existing (i) $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on August 12, 2019, (ii) $715,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 4, 2020; (iii) €439,150,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on August 12, 2019, (iv) $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on April 8, 2020, (v) $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on April 9, 2020 and (vi) the €790,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 10, 2020.

 

Existing Ardagh Senior Notes” means the existing (i) $799,997,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.000% Senior Notes due 2025 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on January 30, 2017, (ii) £400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.750% Senior Notes due 2027 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 12, 2017, (iii) $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2027 that were issued on August 12, 2019 and (iv) $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Notes due 2027 that were jointly issued by Ardagh Packaging Finance plc and Ardagh Holdings USA Inc. on June 2, 2020.

 

19


 

fair market value” wherever such term is used in this Indenture (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture), may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

 

FATCA Withholding” means any withholding or deduction required pursuant to an agreement described in section 1471(b) of the Code, or otherwise imposed pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any regulations or agreements thereunder, any official interpretations thereof, or any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto.

 

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of LTM EBITDA to the Fixed Charges of such Person for the Relevant Testing Period.  In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires, extinguishes or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or has caused any Reserved Indebtedness Amount to be deemed to be Incurred during such Relevant Testing Period or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the Relevant Testing Period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, deemed Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement, extinguishment or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Relevant Testing Period; provided that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to:  (i) any Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) and(5)(A)(b) of Section 4.06(b)) or (ii) Fixed Charges attributable to any Indebtedness discharged on such determination date to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b) (other than Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness discharged on such determination date using proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(b), (1)(c) and (5)(A)(b) of Section 4.06(b)).

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, during the Relevant Testing Period or subsequent to the Relevant Testing Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in LTM EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Relevant Testing Period.  If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or amalgamated with or into the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the Relevant Testing Period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company (and may include cost savings, expense reductions and synergies reasonably expected to occur within 24 months from the date of completion of such action or transaction (or, if later, the last day of the Relevant Testing Period), including from the result of a disposition or ceased or discontinued operations, as though such cost savings, expense reduction and synergies had been achieved on the first day of the Relevant Testing Period.  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated, at the Company’s option, either (x) as if the rate in effect on the determination date had been the applicable rate for the entire Relevant Testing Period or (y) using the average rate in effect over the Relevant Testing Period, in each case taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness.  As determined in accordance with the Election

 

20


 

Option (as applicable), interest on a lease (including any Capitalized Lease Obligations) shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such lease in accordance with IFRS.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the Relevant Testing Period except to the extent such revolving credit facility has been permanently repaid and the commitments thereunder cancelled.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

 

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)                                 Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)                                 all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and

 

(3)                                 all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(3) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes” means each of the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes (each individually, a “Global Note”).

 

Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)                                 to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(2)                                 entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part),

 

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include (x) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (y) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business, and provided, further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (ii) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.  The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantor” means the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes, until such Notes Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

21


 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be Cede & Co., as the nominee of DTC, and the nominee of the Common Depositary for Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable.

 

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply, as in effect on the Issue Date or, with respect to Section 4.02, as in effect from time to time.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS (or, as applicable, GAAP) contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Issue Date (or, as applicable, GAAP as in effect at the date specified by the Company in its election to adopt GAAP in accordance with the fourth sentence of this definition).  At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to implement any new measures or other changes to IFRS (or, as applicable, GAAP) in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable.  At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply GAAP accounting principles in lieu of IFRS and, upon any such election, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean GAAP (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of IFRS for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply GAAP shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, further again, that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Company.  The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, (i) in relation to the making of any determination or calculation under this Indenture, the Company shall be required to elect (the “Election Option”), from time to time and each time, either (A) to apply IFRS 16 (Leases) or (B) to apply IAS 17 (Leases) (or, in each case, the equivalent measure under GAAP) to the making of such determination or calculation, provided that, if such determination or calculation involves more than one element (including for the calculation of a financial ratio), such selected accounting standard shall be consistently applied to each element of such determination or calculation (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to Section 4.02; and (ii) any adverse impact directly or indirectly relating to or resulting from the implementation of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under GAAP) shall be disregarded with respect to all ratios, calculations and determinations based upon IFRS to be calculated or made, as the case may be, pursuant to this Indenture (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to Section 4.02).

 

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (the Capital Stock of each of which is being disposed of concurrently) that would not be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date of the Company, measured, as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available or for the four fiscal quarters ended most recently for which financial statements are available, as the case may be.

 

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

 

Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed

 

22


 

to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder, subject to the definition of “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” and related provisions.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)                                 the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)                                 the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)                                 all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

(4)                                 the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables or similar obligation, including accrued expenses owed, to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

(5)                                 Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(6)                                 the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

(7)                                 the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

(8)                                 Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (9) of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

 

(9)                                 to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement),

 

with respect to clauses (1), (2), (4) and (5) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                 Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, other than Guarantees or other assumptions of Indebtedness;

 

23


 

(b)                                 Cash Management Services;

 

(c)                                  any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would, in accordance with the Election Option, be considered an operating lease or any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(d)                                 obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(e)                                  in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;

 

(f)                                   for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes;

 

(g)                                  obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financings or Receivables Facilities;

 

(h)                                 Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push down accounting under IFRS;

 

(i)                                     Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(j)                                    amounts owed to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Article 5;

 

(k)                                 Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

 

(l)                                     any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax purposes or similar purposes or any analogous arrangement.

 

Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of an Issuer.

 

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Dollar Notes” means the $1,050,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 4.00% Senior Notes due 2029 issued on the Issue Date.

 

Initial Euro Notes” means the €500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 3.00% Senior Notes due 2029 issued on the Issue Date.

 

24


 

Initial Investors” means individually or collectively, (x) Ardagh Group S.A., and/or its Affiliates or direct or indirect Subsidiaries or (y)(a) Yeoman Capital S.A., (b) any of Paul Coulson, Brendan Dowling, Houghton Fry, Edward Kilty, John Riordan or Niall Wall, and any trust created for the benefit of one or more of the foregoing or their respective natural person Affiliates, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof, and (c) any of their respective Affiliates.

 

Initial Public Offering” means an Equity Offering of common stock or other common equity interests of any Parent Entity or any successor of the Company or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) following which there is a public market and, as a result of which, the shares of common stock or other common equity interests of the IPO Entity in such offering are listed on an internationally recognized exchange or traded on an internationally recognized market.

 

Initial Notes” means the Initial Euro Notes and the Initial Dollar Notes.

 

Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement to be entered into on or about the Transfer Completion Date, by and among, inter alios, Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the trustee for the Senior Secured Notes, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as the trustee for the Notes, the ABL Security Agent and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the security agent, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of IFRS; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice will not be deemed to be an Investment.  If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

 

For purposes of Section 4.04 and Section 4.12:

 

(1)                                 Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a re-designation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by the Company) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                                 any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Company.

 

Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)                                 securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

25


 

(2)                                 securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the European Union or a member state of the European Union, Australia, Japan, Norway, Switzerland or the United Kingdom or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(3)                                 debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

(4)                                 Investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

 

Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:

 

(1)                                 a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

 

(2)                                 a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; or

 

(3)                                 a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch,

 

or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

 

Issue Date” means March 12, 2021.

 

Liability” means any liability of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG to the Issuers or any Guarantor arising under or in connection with this Indenture.

 

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, hypothecation or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease (subject, as applicable, to the Election Option) be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

LTM EBITDA” means Consolidated EBITDA of the Company measured for the Relevant Testing Period ending prior to the date of such determination, in each case with such pro forma adjustments giving effect to such Indebtedness, acquisition or Investment, as applicable, since the start of such Relevant Testing Period and as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

Lux Holdco” means Ardagh Metal Packaging Group SARL, a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 56, rue Charles Martel, L 2134 Luxembourg.

 

Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to any management equity plan, stock option plan, any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan or any trust, partnership or other entity of, established for the benefit of, or the beneficial owner of which (directly or indirectly) is, any of the foregoing:

 

(1)                                 (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase (or the purchase by any management equity plan) of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding (or similar obligations) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

26


 

(2)                                 in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

 

(3)                                 not exceeding the greater of (i) $40.0 million and (ii) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding at the time of Incurrence.

 

Management Stockholders” means the members of management of the Company (or any Parent Entity) or its Subsidiaries who are holders of Capital Stock of the Company or of any Parent Entity on the Issue Date or will become holders of such Capital Stock in connection with the Transactions.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

 

Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

(1)                                 all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under IFRS (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Company and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, including distributions for Related Taxes;

 

(2)                                 all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

(3)                                 all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

 

(4)                                 the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of IFRS, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and

 

(5)                                 any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition.

 

Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Company and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes).

 

27


 

Non-Core Assets” means any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and designated in good faith as “non-core” to the material business activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered by the Company to the Trustee.

 

Non Guarantor Debt Cap” means an amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the first paragraph and clauses (1)(b), (1)(c), (5)(x) and (13) of Section 4.06(b), in each case by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, which shall not in aggregate exceed the greater of (x) $250.0 million and (y) 45.0% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding.

 

Notes” means (i) the Initial Notes and (ii) any Additional Notes that are subsequently issued subject to the conditions and in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Notes Documents” means the Notes (including any Additional Notes), the Escrow Agreement, Escrow Charge, this Indenture (including the Notes Guarantees), the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

 

Notes Guarantee” means the joint and several guarantee of the obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on a senior basis by each Guarantor.

 

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including Post-Petition Interest and fees accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to an Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for Post-Petition Interest or fees is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated as of February 26, 2021, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Managing Director, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel that is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case including any successors or assigns of such entity.

 

Parent Entity Expenses” means:

 

(1)                                 costs (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to the Notes, the Notes Guarantees or any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed or delivered with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(2)                                 customary indemnification obligations of any Parent Entity owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its articles, charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or other organizational

 

28


 

documents or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)                                 obligations of any Parent Entity in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)                                 any (x) general corporate overhead expenses, including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses and (y) other operational expenses of any Parent Entity related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)                                 expenses Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with (i) any offering, sale, conversion or exchange of Subordinated Shareholder Funding, Capital Stock or Indebtedness and (ii) any related compensation paid to officers, directors and employees of such Parent Entity; and

 

(6)                                 amounts to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant Section 4.04 if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture and such consideration or other payment is included as a Restricted Payment under this Indenture, (D) any property received by the Company shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III) or be an Excluded Contribution or be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10) and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.04 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (a) of an Issuer which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or (b) of any Guarantor which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

Participant” means, with respect to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with, DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively.

 

Paying Agent” means any Person, including the Principal Paying Agent, authorized by the Issuers to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Senior Secured Note on behalf of the Issuers.

 

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 4.07.

 

Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (i) the Initial Investors, (ii) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture, (iii) the Management Stockholders, (iv) any Person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity or the Company, acting in such capacity, and (v) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Persons referred to in subclauses (i) through (iv), collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by such group.

 

29


 

Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries):

 

(1)                                 Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                                 Investments in another Person and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                 Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(4)                                 Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(5)                                 Investments in payroll, travel, relocation, entertainment and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(6)                                 Management Advances;

 

(7)                                 Investments in Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(8)                                 Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;

 

(9)                                 Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise not prohibited under this Indenture;

 

(10)                          Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.06;

 

(11)                          pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 4.09;

 

(12)                          any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;

 

(13)                          any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.08(c) (except those described in clauses (1), (3), (6), (7), (8), (9), (12) and (14) of that paragraph);

 

30


 

(14)                          Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices, and in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(15)                          any (a) Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 4.06 and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (b) performance guarantees and contingent obligations with respect to obligations that are not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(16)                          Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(17)                          Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into the Company or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(18)                          Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

(19)                          contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

 

(20)                          Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $165.0 million and (b) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.04, of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that (x) if any Investment pursuant to this clause (20) is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20) for so long as such Person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) no Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made pursuant to this clause (20) shall be made for the purpose of making an indirect dividend or distribution from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock that would be permitted under clause (14) of Section 4.04(b) or that would otherwise be prohibited under Section 4.04;

 

(21)                          additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $165.0 million and (b) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.04 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (21) is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (21) so long as such Person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

31


 

(22)                          any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $165.0 million and (b) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.04 of any amounts applied pursuant Section 4.04(a)(III)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (22) is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (22) for so long as such Person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(23)                          Investments (a) arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and (b) constituting distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

(24)                          Investments in connection with the Transactions;

 

(25)                          Investments (including repurchases) in Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(26)                          Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 4.12;

 

(27)                          guaranty and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

 

(28)                          Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

 

(29)                          Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(30)                          Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(31)                          transactions entered into in order to consummate a Permitted Tax Restructuring;

 

(32)                          Investments made in the ordinary course of business, the fair market value of which in the aggregate does not exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 3.0% of LTM EBITDA in any transaction or series of related transactions;

 

(33)                          Investments in a Person to the extent that the consideration therefor consists of the issue and sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding or the net proceeds thereof (other than any Excluded Contribution or to the extent any of the proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10)); provided that the net proceeds of such sale have been excluded from, and shall not have been included in, the calculation of the amount determined under Section 4.04(a)(III)(B);

 

32


 

(34)                          Investments resulting from the acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition held instruments constituting Investments that were not acquired in contemplation of the acquisition of such Person;

 

(35)                          loans or advances to (i) directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay for the purchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof pursuant to management equity plans or similar management or employee benefit arrangement or (ii) stock option plans, trust and similar asset pools to pay for the purchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 3.0% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

 

(36)                          any Investments received in comprise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

 

(37)                          advances, loans, rebates and extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) to suppliers, customers and vendors, and advance payment made and deferred consideration and performance guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(38)                          any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(39)                          so long as no Default has occurred or is continuing, additional Investments; provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect such Investment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than 4.50 to 1.00.

 

Permitted Joint Venture” means any joint venture or similar combinations or other transaction pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary enters into, acquires or subscribes for any shares, stock, securities or other interest in or transfers any assets to any joint venture; provided, however, that the primary business of such joint venture is a Similar Business.

 

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)                                 Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

(2)                                 pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, old-age-part-time arrangements, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or pension related liabilities and obligations, or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts, return-of-money bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or consistent with past practice;

 

(3)                                 Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(4)                                 Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that

 

33


 

appropriate reserves required pursuant to IFRS (or other applicable accounting principles) have been made in respect thereof;

 

(5)                                 encumbrances, charges, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, by-law, regulation, zoning restrictions or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties, including servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements, which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(6)                                 Liens (a) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Indenture; (b) that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens arising under the general terms and conditions of banks or saving banks) or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and Cash Management Services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred under clauses (8)(d) or (8)(e) of Section 4.06(b) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts Incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; (e) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection; (f) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and/or (g) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(7)                                 leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)                                 Liens securing or otherwise arising out of judgments, decrees, attachments, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as (a) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated, (b) the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired or (c) no more than 60 days have passed after (i) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (ii) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired;

 

(9)                                 Liens (i) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations, or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing Indebtedness or other Obligations Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and (b) any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating lease;

 

34


 

(10)                          Liens perfected or evidenced by UCC financing statement filings, including precautionary UCC financing statements (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases (subject, as applicable, to the Election Option) entered into by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)                          Liens existing on, or provided for or required to be granted under written agreements existing on, the Issue Date;

 

(12)                          Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

(13)                          Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(14)                          Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that were previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness or other Obligations being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(15)                          Liens constituting (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

 

(16)                          any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(17)                          Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

 

(18)                          Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)                          Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under clauses (3), (11) or (18) of Section 4.06(b) (provided that, in the case of Section 4.06(b)(11), such Liens cover only the assets of such Subsidiary);

 

(20)                          [reserved];

 

(21)                          Liens (a) on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Permitted Joint Venture and (b) then existing with respect to assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 4.12;

 

35


 

(22)                          any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (8) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

 

(23)                          Liens on (a) goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments and (b) specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(24)                          Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(25)                          Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

 

(26)                          Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

 

(27)                          Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

 

(28)                          Liens (a) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (b) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under Section 4.07, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

(29)                          Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $180.0 million and (b) 33.3% of LTM EBITDA at the time Incurred;

 

(30)                          Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted by Section 4.06 provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(31)                          Liens arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

 

(32)                          Settlement Liens;

 

(33)                          rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any government, statutory or regulatory authority;

 

(34)                          the rights reserved to or vested in any Person or government, statutory or regulatory authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

(35)                          restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put;

 

36


 

(36)                          Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(37)                          Liens arising in connection with any Permitted Tax Restructuring;

 

(38)                          Liens on Escrowed Proceeds or Liens for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement, including in each case any interest or premium thereon;

 

(39)                          Liens arising in connection with any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax or similar purposes or any analogous arrangement;

 

(40)                          Liens securing any Indebtedness (including the ABL Facility and the Senior Secured Notes (including any Additional Senior Secured Notes (as defined in the Senior Secured Indenture))) permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (1)(a), (1)(b) and (5) of Section 4.06 (b);

 

(41)                          Liens on any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets securing the Notes or any Notes Guarantees; and

 

(42)                          any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Permitted Lien; provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets.

 

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this Indenture and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified.

 

Permitted Reorganization” means any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding-up or corporate reconstruction, directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions involving the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Reorganization”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that:

 

(1)                     any payments or assets distributed in connection with such Reorganization remain within the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(2)                     if any shares or other assets form part of the collateral securing the Notes, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the collateral securing the Notes,

 

provided, further that no Permitted Reorganization may override the provisions of Article 5 and, for the avoidance of doubt, the term “Permitted Reorganization” shall include the closure of bank accounts and the conversion of debt instruments into Capital Stock or other equity instruments.

 

Permitted Tax Distribution” means:

 

(1)                                 for any taxable year (or portion thereof) ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is a member of a fiscal unity (whether resulting from a domination and profit or loss pooling agreement or otherwise) or a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent Entity for

 

37


 

federal, state, provincial, territorial, and/or local income Tax purposes, any dividends, intercompany loans, other intercompany balances or other distributions to such Parent Entity to fund any such income Taxes of such Parent Entity that are attributable to the taxable income of the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries, in an amount not to exceed the amount of any such Taxes that the Company (and its applicable Subsidiaries) would have been required to pay if it had been a separate stand-alone company (or a separate consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary group consisting only of the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries) for all applicable taxable periods after the Issue Date; and

 

(2)                                 for any taxable year (or portion thereof) ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is treated as a disregarded entity, partnership, or other flow-through entity for federal, state, provincial, territorial, and/or local income Tax purposes, any dividends or other distributions to the Company’s direct owner(s) to fund such income Tax liability of such owner(s) (or, if a direct owner is a pass-through entity, of the indirect owner(s)) for such taxable year (or portion thereof) attributable to the taxable income of the Company and its applicable Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not the exceed the product of (x) the highest combined applicable marginal federal and state, provincial, territorial, and/or local statutory income Tax rate (for purposes of such tax) (after taking into account any deductibility of U.S. state and local income Tax for U.S. federal income Tax purposes and the character of the income in question) and (y) the taxable income of the Company (for purposes of such tax) for such taxable year (or portion thereof), reduced by all taxable losses of the Company (for purposes of such tax) with respect to any prior taxable year ending after the Issue Date to the extent such losses were not previously taken into account for purposes of computing Permitted Tax Distributions pursuant to this clause (2) and such losses would be deductible against such income of the Company for such taxable year (or portion thereof) if in all relevant taxable years the applicable Parent Entity had no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than allocations to such Parent Entity of such items by the Company; provided that Permitted Tax Distributions pursuant to this clause (2) shall be reduced by the amount of any such Taxes paid or payable by the Company or any Subsidiary directly to taxing authorities on behalf of any such owner(s).

 

Permitted Tax Restructuring” means any reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganization entered into prior to, on or after the date hereof so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not materially adverse to the Holders (as determined by the Company in good faith).

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

Post-Transfer Completion Date Guarantors” means each of the entities list on Schedule I.

 

Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

Principal Paying Agent” means, initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor thereof.

 

pro forma” means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, a calculation made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company; provided that any such calculation shall (x) give effect to any realized or expected synergies, cost efficiencies and cost savings relating to, or directly or indirectly resulting from, or associated with, any Asset Disposition, Investment, acquisition, reorganization, restructuring or operational improvement initiative that has occurred during the period included in the

 

38


 

calculation or any prior period or would reasonably be expected to occur in connection with an acquisition or other transaction in relation to which “pro forma” effect is given, as if such synergies, cost efficiencies or cost savings had been effective throughout the period included in the calculation and (y) eliminate any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring loss, expense or charge (including severance, relocation, plant closure, operational improvement or restructuring costs or reserves therefor) relating to, or directly or indirectly resulting from, or Incurred in connection with, any Asset Disposition, Investment, acquisition, reorganization, restructuring or operational improvement initiative, or offering of debt or equity securities.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Promissory Note” means the promissory note to be issued by the Company to Ardagh Group S.A. on or about the Transfer Completion Date as described in the Offering Memorandum under the heading “The Transactions—The AMP Transfer—The Transfer Agreement.”

 

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (i) a public offering registered under the Securities Act and/or (ii) a private placement to institutional and other investors, in each case, that are not Affiliates of the Company, in accordance with Rule 144A and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.

 

Public Offering” means any offering, including an Initial Public Offering, of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

 

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

 

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions:  (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made for fair consideration (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be fair and reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

 

Receivables Assets” means (a) any accounts receivable owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) in a transaction or series of transactions in connection with a Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and a counterparty pursuant to which (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto, (b) the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by

 

39


 

the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.

 

Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

 

(1)                                 (a) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and (b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Notes and/or the Notes Guarantees (as applicable) on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(2)                                 Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)                                 Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or a Guarantor; or

 

(b)                                 Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

(3)                                 such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus fees and expenses, including premiums, accrued and unpaid interest and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

Related Taxes” means any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes and other fees and expenses (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:

 

(1)                                 being incorporated, organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintain its existence or good standing under applicable law;

 

40


 

(2)                                 being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

(3)                                 issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

(4)                                 receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company; or

 

(5)                                 having made any (i) payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 4.04 or (ii) Permitted Tax Distribution.

 

Relevant Authority” means any competent regulatory, prosecuting, Tax or governmental authority in any jurisdiction.

 

Relevant Testing Period” means, for purposes of the calculation of any applicable financial covenant, test, basket or ratio (including those based on LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and/or Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio), the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter (or fiscal year, if later) for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 or, at the option of the Company, the most recently completed twelve consecutive months ending on the last day of a calendar month for which the Company has, in its sole determination, sufficient available information to be able to determine any applicable financial covenant, test, basket or ratio.

 

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any director, associate director or assistant secretary within the debt and agency services department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers or, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Resolution Authority” means the German Federal Agency for Financial Markets Stabilisation (Bundesanstalt für Finanzmarktstabilisierung), or any other body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Reversion Date” means, after the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status, the date, if any, that such Notes shall cease to have such Investment Grade Status.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

41


 

Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the type referred to in the definition of “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” that is secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and not contractually subordinated to obligations under the Notes or the Notes Guarantees as of such date and that (x) is Incurred under section 4.06(a) or clauses (1)(a), (1)(b), (4), (5), (7), (10), (11), (13) or (18) of Section 4.06(b), (y) is a Guarantee of any Indebtedness set forth in clause (x) that has been Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary where such Guarantee is not contractually subordinated to the obligations under the Notes or the Notes Guarantees, or (z) is Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in all cases without double-counting.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

Securitization Asset” means (a) any accounts receivable, mortgage receivables, inventory, loan receivables, royalty, patent or other revenue streams and other rights to payment or related assets and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted) together with accounts or assets in connection with a securitization, factoring or receivable sale transaction.

 

Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization, financing, factoring or sales transactions, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells, transfers, pledges or otherwise conveys any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person.

 

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility.

 

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another Person formed for this purpose.

 

Senior Indebtedness” means, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, all amounts payable by, under or in respect of all other Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, including premia and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Restricted Subsidiary at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and fees relating thereto; provided that Senior Indebtedness will not include:

 

(1)                     any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture;

 

(2)                     any obligation of any Guarantor to any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                     any liability for taxes owed or owing by any Guarantor;

 

(4)                     Pari Passu Indebtedness, any Indebtedness expressly junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding, any Subordinated Indebtedness and any Capital Stock; or

 

42


 

(5)                     any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditor arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities).

 

Senior Secured Indenture” means the indenture with respect to the Senior Secured Notes to be entered into on or about the Issue Date, by and among, inter alios, the Issuers and the trustee of the Senior Secured Notes.

 

Senior Secured Notes” means the Issuers’ $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 and €450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2028, issued on the Issue Date.

 

Senior Dollar Escrow Account” means the U.S Dollar-denominated escrow account of the Issuers into which the Initial Purchasers (as defined in the Offering Memorandum) will deposit the gross proceeds of the Senior Dollar Notes on the Issue Date, to be controlled by the Escrow Agent and charged in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Senior Euro Escrow Account” means the Euro-denominated escrow account of the Issuers into which the Initial Purchasers (as defined in the Offering Memorandum) will deposit the gross proceeds of the Senior Euro Notes on the Issue Date, to be controlled by the Escrow Agent and charged in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Services Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Settlement” means the transfer of cash or other property with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, transfer, or charge transaction for which a Person acts as a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business.

 

Settlement Asset” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to a Person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person or an Affiliate of such Person.

 

Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment.

 

Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens).

 

Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a Settlement.

 

Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a Person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such Person.

 

“Shareholders Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (each of which is subject to the same event or determination for which the determination of a group of Restricted Subsidiaries is required) that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date, tested by reference to (a) the most recent annual financial statements delivered in accordance with Section 4.02(a)(1); or (b) prior to the delivery of the first set of annual financial statements in accordance with Section 4.02(a)(1) such other financial statements of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business for the most recently completed

 

43


 

four consecutive fiscal quarters prior to the date of determination, for which the Company has sufficient available information to be able to determine whether a Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries shall constitute a Significant Subsidiary).

 

Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date, (b) any business that, in the good faith business judgment of the Company, constitutes a reasonable diversification of business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries and (c) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.

 

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any Contingent Obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Notes Guarantees pursuant to a written agreement.

 

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by any of the foregoing Persons, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided, however, that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

 

(1)                                 does not mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition) or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement;

 

(2)                                 does not require, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(3)                                 contains no change of control, asset sale or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision or the exercise of any rights or enforcement action, in each case, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(4)                                 does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

44


 

(5)                                 pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Notes and any Notes Guarantee pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or are no less favorable in any material respect to Holders than those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the Completion Date;

 

(6)                                 is not Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(7)                                 contains restrictions on transfer to a Person who is not a Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity, any holder of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or any Affiliate of a Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof; provided that any transfer of Subordinated Shareholder Funding to any of the foregoing Persons shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Holders; and

 

(8)                                 does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Notes or any Notes Guarantee or compliance by the Issuers or any Guarantor with its obligations under the Notes, any Notes Guarantee or this Indenture.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)                                 any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

 

(2)                                 any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

 

(a)                                 more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

 

(b)                                 such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes (including the Lux HoldCo) until such Notes Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest and penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

 

Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

 

(1)                                 any Investment in:

 

(a)                                 direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (i) the United States of America or Canada, (ii) any European Union member state, (iii) the United Kingdom, (iv) Australia, Japan, Norway or Switzerland, (v) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (vi) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

 

45


 

(b)                                 direct obligations of any country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

(2)                                 overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

 

(a)                                 any lender under the ABL Facility;

 

(b)                                 any institution authorized to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in subclause (1)(a) above; or (c) any bank or trust company organized under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

(3)                                 repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) or (2) above entered into with a Person meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;

 

(4)                                 Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

(5)                                 Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway.  Switzerland, the United Kingdom or any European Union member state or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state, and rated at least “BBB-” by S&P or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

(6)                                 bills of exchange issued in the United States of America, Australia, Canada, a member state of the European Union, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Norway or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

 

(7)                                 any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

(8)                                 Investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (1) through (7) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment or distribution); and

 

46


 

(9)                                 investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses Incurred or paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including any fees, costs and expenses associated with settling any claims or action arising from a dissenting stockholder exercising its appraisal rights.

 

Transaction Documents” means (i) the Business Combination Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, (ii) the registration rights and lock-up agreement, the subscription agreements and the warrant assignment, assumption and amendment agreement,  entered into in connection with the Combination or the foregoing and (iii) all other agreements, certificates and instruments executed and delivered by the parties in connection with the Transactions.

 

Transactions” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Transfer Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Transfer Completion Date” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “AMP Transfer Completion Date” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Treasury Rate” means, as selected by the Company, the greater of (x) the yield to maturity as of the date of the relevant redemption notice of the most recently issued United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or is obtainable from the Federal Reserve System’s Data Download Program as of the date of such H.15) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the date of such redemption notice, to May 15, 2024; provided, however, that if the period from such date to May 15, 2024 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used and (y) zero.

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Trustee” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of a collateral agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the collateral securing the Notes is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)                                 any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company in the manner provided below); and

 

(2)                                 any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company other than the Issuers (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

47


 

(1)                                 such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                                 such designation and the Investment, if any, of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.04.

 

U.S. Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.), as it has been, or may be, amended, from time to time.

 

U.S. Dollars” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers(s) thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                 the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)                                 the sum of all such payments.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

 

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means any write-down, conversion, transfer, modification or suspension power existing from time to time under, and exercised in compliance with, any laws, regulations, rules or requirements in effect in Germany, relating to the transposition of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms as amended from time to time, including but not limited to the German Recovery and Resolution Act (Sanerungs-und Abwicklungsgesetz) as amended from time to time, and the instruments, rules and standards created thereunder, pursuant to which:

 

(a)                                 any obligation of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG (or other affiliate of such entity) can be reduced, cancelled, modified or converted into shares, other securities or other obligations of such entity or any other person (or suspended for a temporary period); and

 

(b)                                 any right in a contract governing an obligation of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG  may be deemed to have been exercised.

 

48


 

Section 1.02                             Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in Section

Additional Amounts

 

4.15(a)

Additional Intercreditor Agreement

 

9.06(a)

Additional Senior Dollar Notes

 

2.16

Additional Senior Euro Notes

 

2.16

Affiliate Transaction

 

4.08(a)

Annual Financial Statements

 

4.02(a)(1)

Asset Disposition Offer

 

4.07(c)

Authenticating Agent

 

2.02

Authentication Order

 

2.02

Authorized Agent

 

13.06

Book-Entry Interests

 

2.06(a)

Change in Tax Law

 

6(a)(2) of the Note

Change of Control Offer

 

4.11(a)

Company

 

Preamble

Covenant Defeasance

 

8.03

cross acceleration provision

 

6.01(a)(4)(B)

Escrow Contribution Amount

 

3.08(c)

Event of Default

 

6.01(a)

Excess Proceeds

 

4.07(c)

Indenture

 

Preamble

Initial Agreement

 

4.05(b)(15)

Initial Default

 

6.03(d)

Initial Lien

 

4.09(a)

Interest Payment Date

 

1 of the Note

IPO Entity

 

1.01

Issuers

 

Preamble

Irish Issuer

 

Preamble

judgment default provision

 

6.01(a)(6)

Legal Defeasance

 

8.02

“Other Currency”

 

13.14(a)

payment default

 

6.01(a)(4)(A)

Payor

 

4.15(a)

Permitted Payments

 

4.04(b)

primary obligations

 

1.01

primary obligor

 

1.01

Quarterly Financial Statements

 

4.02(a)(2)

Registrar

 

2.03

Regulated Market

 

4.02(h)

“Regulation S Dollar Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Regulation S Euro Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Regulation S Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”

 

4.15(a)(2)

“Required Currency”

 

13.14(a)

Reserved Indebtedness Amount

 

4.06

“Rule 144A Dollar Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Rule 144A Euro Global Note”

 

2.01(b)

“Rule 144A Global Notes”

 

2.01(b)

Restricted Payment

 

4.04(a)

Special Mandatory Redemption

 

3.08(a)

Special Mandatory Redemption Date

 

3.08(b)

Special Mandatory Redemption Price

 

3.08(a)

Special Termination Date

 

3.08(a)

 

49


 

Term

 

Defined in Section

Suspension Period

 

4.16(b)

Tax Redemption Date

 

6(a) of the Note

Transfer Agent

 

2.03

US Issuer

 

Preamble

 

Section 1.03                             Rules of Construction.

 

(a)                                 Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                 a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)                                 an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;

 

(3)                                 “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)                                 “including” means including without limitation;

 

(5)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(6)                                 “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(7)                                 provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(8)                                 references to Sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor Sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

 

(9)                                 references to the “Notes” are to the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

 

Section 1.04                             Financial Calculations.

 

In the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (w) Incurs Indebtedness to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of assets) or other transaction or (x) assumes Indebtedness of Persons that are, or secured by assets that are, acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or (y) commits to an acquisition or transaction pursuant to which it may Incur Acquired Indebtedness or (z) is subject to a Change of Control, the date of determination of LTM EBITDA, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, shall, at the option of the Company, be (a) the date that a definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement for such acquisition, transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or Change of Control is entered into and the LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, Change of Control and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) consistent with the definitions of “LTM EBITDA”, “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and “pro forma”, as applicable, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (A) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant acquisition or Change of Control, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether such acquisition and any related transactions are permitted hereunder and (B) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such acquisition, transaction, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; provided that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement, (i) any such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement is entered

 

50


 

into and to be outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the earlier of the date of consummation of such acquisition or the date such agreement is terminated or expires without consummation of such acquisition and (ii) to the extent any covenant baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized until the earlier of the date of consummation of such acquisition or the date such agreement is terminated or expires without consummation of such acquisition, but any calculation of LTM EBITDA or Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of other Incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such acquisition) shall not reflect such acquisition until it has been consummated unless such other Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens is conditional or contingent on the occurrence of such acquisition or Change of Control or (b) the date such Indebtedness is borrowed or assumed or such Change of Control occurs;

 

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01                             Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                 General.  The Senior Euro Notes and the Trustee’s (or the Authenticating Agent’s) certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Senior Dollar Notes and the Trustee’s (or the Authenticating Agent’s) certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  The Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon.  Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the parties hereto, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)                                 Global Notes.  The Senior Euro Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Rule 144A Euro Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Euro Notes represented thereby with the Common Depositary, and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Euro Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Rule 144A Euro Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

The Senior Euro Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Regulation S Euro Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Euro Notes represented thereby with a Common Depositary, and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Euro Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Regulation S Euro Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

The Senior Dollar Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-2 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Rule 144A Dollar Global Note” and, together with the Rule 144A Euro Global Notes, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Dollar Notes represented thereby with a custodian for DTC, and registered in the name Cede & Co., duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Dollar Global Note may from time

 

51


 

to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Rule 144A Dollar Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

The Senior Dollar Notes offered and sold offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-2 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Regulation S Dollar Global Note” and, together with the Regulation S Euro Global Notes, the “Regulation S Global Notes”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Senior Dollar Notes represented thereby with a custodian for DTC, and registered in the name Cede & Co., duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee (or its agent in accordance with Section 2.02) as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Dollar Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Registrar on Schedule A to the Regulation S Dollar Global Note and recorded in the security register, as hereinafter provided.

 

(c)                                  Definitive Registered Notes.  Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Notes issued in definitive registered form will be, as applicable, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” in the form of the Schedule attached thereto), except as provided for in Article 9.

 

(d)                                 Book-Entry Provisions.  The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream as applicable.

 

(e)                                  Denomination.  The Senior Euro Notes shall be issued only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of €100,000 in principal amount and any integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. The Senior Dollar Notes shall be issued only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $200,000 in principal amount and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Section 2.02                             Execution and Authentication.

 

At least one Officer of each of the Issuers must sign the Notes for such Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer of any Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuers, the Issuers shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided for in Section 2.11.

 

Pursuant hereto, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers signed by at least one Officer of each Issuer and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate, or cause the relevant Authenticating Agent to authenticate, (i) the Notes in the form of Global Notes; or (ii) the Definitive Registered Notes from time to time issued in exchange for a like aggregate amount of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including, in each case, any Additional Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuers pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents (each, an “Authenticating Agent”) acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes.  An Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do

 

52


 

so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or Affiliates of the Issuers.

 

Section 2.03                             Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Issuers will maintain one or more Paying Agents for the Notes.  The initial Principal Paying Agent will be Citibank, N.A., London Branch.

 

The Issuers will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Registrar”) and one or more transfer agents (each, the “Transfer Agent”).  The initial Registrar will be Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG and the initial Transfer Agent will be Citibank, N.A., London Branch.  The Registrar and Transfer Agent will maintain a register reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time, if any, and together with the Transfer Agent, will facilitate transfers of Definitive Registered Notes on behalf of the Issuers. Each such Agent hereby accepts such appointment; provided that the liability of each Agent hereunder shall be several.

 

The Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for the Notes without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes.  The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of the Notes.  For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and admitted for trading on the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change of Principal Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

Section 2.04                             Paying Agent to Hold Money.

 

The Issuers will require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee) not a party to this Indenture to agree in writing that such Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium or Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuers in making any such payment.  While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or one of their Subsidiaries) will have no further liability for the money.  If the Issuers or one of their Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to any Issuer or such Subsidiary (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the Paying Agent will serve as an agent of the Trustee.  The Issuers shall, before 10:00 a.m. London time on the day on which the appropriate Paying Agent is to receive payment, procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the appropriate Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be held harmless and have no liability with respect to payments or disbursements to be made by such Paying Agent and Trustee (i) for which payment instructions are not made or that are not otherwise deposited by the respective times set forth in this Section 2.04; and (ii) until they have confirmed receipt of funds sufficient to make the relevant payment.

 

Section 2.05                             Holder Lists.

 

The Registrar(s) will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders.  Following the exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes for Definitive Registered Notes, the Issuers will furnish to the Trustee and each Paying Agent at least two Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably request in writing, the names and addresses of Holders of such Definitive Registered Notes. In case of inconsistency between the register of Notes kept by the Registrar and the one kept by the Issuers at its registered office, the register kept by the Registrar shall prevail.

 

53


 

Section 2.06                             Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  Ownership of interests in the Global Notes (“Book-Entry Interests”) will be limited to Persons that have accounts with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or Persons that may hold interests through such participants.  Ownership of interests in the Book-Entry Interests and transfers thereof will be subject to the restrictions on transfer and certification requirements set forth herein.  In addition, transfers of Book-Entry Interests between Participants will be effected by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in each case pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.

 

Owners of the Book-Entry Interests will receive Definitive Registered Notes only in the following circumstances:

 

(1)                                 if DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as depositary or has ceased to be a clearing agency required under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 120 days; or

 

(2)                                 if any Holder of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, following an Event of Default under this Indenture.

 

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in clauses (1) or (2) above, the Issuers shall, at their own cost, issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, shall instruct the Registrar or Transfer Agent, and such Definitive Registered Notes will bear the Private Placement Legend to the extent required under Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof, unless that legend is not required thereby or by applicable law.

 

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a).  Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c).  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.

 

(b)                                 General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.

 

In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) must receive:  (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable.

 

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) must receive:  (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book Entry Interest

 

54


 

to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to above.

 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such Notes shall present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) must receive a written order directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged.

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes of the same series contained in this Indenture, the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) of the same series with any increase or decrease and instruct DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to reflect such increase or decrease in its systems.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent are not required to register the transfer or exchange of any Definitive Registered Notes:

 

(1)                                 for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the applicable series of Notes;

 

(2)                                 for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of the applicable series of Notes to be redeemed in part;

 

(3)                                 for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date; or

 

(4)                                 which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer of an Asset Disposition Offer.

 

Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the U.S. Securities Act.  Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either clause (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well as clause (b)(3) below, if applicable:

 

(1)                                 Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note.  Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee to effect transfers of Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note for Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note.

 

(2)                                 All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes.  A Holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes of the same series in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above only if the Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar) receives either:

 

(A)                               both:

 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

55


 

(ii) instructions given by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(B)                               both:

 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii) instructions given by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to the relevant Registrar containing information specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange, the principal amount of such securities and the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code, as applicable, or other similar number identifying the Notes,

 

provided that any such transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note of the same series to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note shall be made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend.

 

(3)                                 Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Global Note.  A Book-Entry Interest in any Global Note of the same series may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the relevant Registrar, Transfer Agent or Trustee receives the following:

 

(A)                               if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)                               if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(c)                                  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Registered Notes.  If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note of the same series or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note of the same series, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the relevant Registrar of the following documentation:

 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note of the same series, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b) above;

 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series in reliance on Regulation S, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

56


 

in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series in reliance on Rule 144, the Trustee shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; or

 

in the case of an exchange by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest for its own account without transfer, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

the Principal Paying Agent and/or the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note of the same series to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) below, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the relevant Registrar through instructions from DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The relevant Registrar or Paying Agent shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(B) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the exchange of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global to such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or a transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(d)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series or to transfer such Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the relevant Registrar of the following documentation:

 

if the Holder of such Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series for its own account without transfer, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof, as applicable; and

 

the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will cancel the Definitive Registered Note, and the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the Global Note of the same series, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable Rule 144A Global Note of the same series, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note of the same series. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposing to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or to transfer such Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(e)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, which registration the Issuers will be informed of by such Transfer Agent or such Registrar (as the case may be).  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written

 

57


 

instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or such Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing.  In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuers (who have been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts.  In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

Any Definitive Registered Note of the same series may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note if the relevant Registrar receives the following:

 

if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a transfer and exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes shall be applicable only to Notes of the same series.

 

(f)                                   Legends.  The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(1)                                 Private Placement Legend.  Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE WHEN THE SECURITIES WERE FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND THE DATE OF THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION] ONLY (A) TO AN ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG

 

58


 

AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO EACH ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS THAT IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.]

 

(2)                                 ERISA Legend for the Notes.  Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN), THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED THAT (A) IT IS NOT AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT BE (I) AN ‘‘EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (‘‘ERISA’’), THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A ‘‘PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘CODE’’), (III) AN ENTITY OR ACCOUNT WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO ERISA OR OTHER PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (IV) A NON-U.S., GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (‘‘SIMILAR LAW’’) (EACH OF (I), (II), (III) AND (IV), A ‘‘PLAN’’), (B) NO ASSETS OF A PLAN HAVE BEEN USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) OR (C) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH AN EXEMPTION IS NOT AVAILABLE OR VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW, AND NONE OF THE ISSUERS, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ITS FIDUCIARY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE.

 

59


 

(3)                                 Global Note Legend for the Notes.  Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY [THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE](1) [THE CUSTODIAN FOR THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY](2) IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.

 

(g)                                  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all Book-Entry Interests in a particular Global Note of the same series have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note of the same series has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note of the same series is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the relevant Paying Agent or Registrar, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note of the same series, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the relevant Registrar or Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(h)                                 General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers will execute and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

No service charge will be made by the Issuers or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.07 and 4.11 hereof).

 

No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer or exchange of any definitive registered Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 


(1)  With respect to Senior Euro Notes.

(2)  With respect Senior Dollar Notes.

 

60


 

The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuers, the Trustee or the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered as soon as practicable thereafter to the Trustee.

 

Section 2.07                             Replacement Notes.

 

If Definitive Registered Notes are issued and a holder thereof claims that such a Definitive Registered Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, or if such Definitive Registered Note is mutilated and is surrendered to a Registrar or at the office of a Paying Agent, the Issuers will issue and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will authenticate a replacement Definitive Registered Note if the Trustee’s and the Issuers’ requirements are met.  The Issuers or the Trustee may require a holder requesting replacement of a Definitive Registered Note to furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of both to protect themselves, the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent appointed pursuant to this Indenture from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Definitive Registered Note is replaced.  The Issuers and the Trustee may charge for any expenses incurred by it in replacing a Definitive Registered Note.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Definitive Registered Note has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be redeemed or purchased by the Issuers pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers, in their discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Definitive Registered Note, pay, redeem or purchase such Definitive Registered Note, as the case may be.

 

Section 2.08                             Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee, or the Authenticating Agent, except for those canceled by it or the relevant Registrar or Paying Agent, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Paying Agent or the relevant Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Note; provided, however that the Notes held by the Issuers or a Subsidiary of an Issuer shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09 hereof and paragraph 5(c) of the Notes.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the relevant Registrar receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount and premium, if any, of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuers, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of an Issuer) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09                             Acts by Holders.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of the Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, any Notes owned by an Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, an Issuer will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding.

 

61


 

Section 2.10                             Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate, or cause an Authenticating Agent to authenticate, temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of Definitive Registered Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers will prepare and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Definitive Registered Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11                             Cancellation.

 

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  Each Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the relevant Registrar or Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary of an Issuer) and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy such canceled Notes.  Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Issuers, on request.  The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12                             Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Issuers will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Issuers will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) will deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuers pay the defaulted interest prior to the date that is 30 days after the date of default in payment of interest, no special record date will be set and payment will be made to the Holders as of the original record date.

 

Section 2.13                             ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code Number.

 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use an “ISIN”, “CUSIP” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code number.

 

Section 2.14                             Deposit of Moneys.

 

No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the due date of the principal of, interest and premium (if any) on any Note and the Stated Maturity date of the Notes, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee or relevant Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be.  Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.14 by the designated

 

62


 

Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall make payments on the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.  The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee and each Paying Agent of their failure to so act.

 

Section 2.15                             Agents.

 

(a)                                 Actions of Agents.  The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

 

(b)                                 Agents of Trustee.  The Issuers and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.  Prior to receiving such written notice from the Trustee, the Agents shall be the agents of the Issuers and need have no concern for the interests of the Holders.

 

(c)                                  Funds held by Agents.  The Agents will hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money will not be held in accordance with the rules established by the Financial Conduct Authority in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money.

 

(d)                                 Publication of Notices.  Any obligation the Agents may have to publish a notice to Holders of Global Notes on behalf of the Issuers will be met upon delivery of the notice to DTC, Euroclear and/or Clearstream as applicable.

 

(e)                                  Relationship with third parties.  The Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuers and shall have no fiduciary or other obligation towards, or have any relationship of agency or trust, for or with any Persons other than the Issuers, except as expressly stated elsewhere in this Indenture.

 

(f)                                   Instructions.  An Agent shall be entitled to do nothing, without liability, if it receives conflicting, unclear or equivocal instructions or if it is necessary in order to comply with any Applicable Law.

 

(g)                                  Mechanical Nature.  The roles, duties and functions of the Agents are of a mechanical nature and each Agent shall only perform those acts and duties as specifically set out in this Indenture and no other acts, covenants, obligations or duties shall be implied or read into this Indenture against any of the Agents.

 

(h)                                 No Payment.  No Agent shall be required to make any payment under this Indenture unless and until it has received the full amount to be paid in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.  To the extent that an Agent has made a payment which it did not receive the full amount, the Issuers will reimburse the Agent the full amount of any shortfall.

 

(i)                                     Mutual Undertaking Regarding Information Reporting and Collection Obligations.  Each party to this Indenture shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a written request by another party to this Indenture, supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to it, its operations, or the Notes as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party’s compliance with Applicable Law and shall notify the relevant other party reasonably promptly in the event that it becomes aware that any of the forms, documentation or other information provided by such party is (or becomes) inaccurate in any material respect; provided, however, that no party to this Indenture shall be required to provide any forms, documentation or other information pursuant to this Section 2.15(i) to the extent that: (i) any such form, documentation or other information (or the information required to be provided on such form or documentation) is not reasonably available to such party and cannot be obtained by such party using reasonable efforts; or (ii) doing so would or might in the reasonable opinion of such party constitute a breach of any: (1) Applicable Law; (2) fiduciary duty; or (3) duty of confidentiality.  For purposes of this Section 2.15, “Applicable Law” shall be deemed to include (i) any rule or practice of any Relevant Authority by which any party is bound or with which it is accustomed to comply; (ii) any agreement between any Relevant Authorities; and (iii) any agreement between any Relevant Authority and any party to this Indenture that is customarily entered into by institutions of a similar nature.

 

63


 

(j)                                    Notice of Possible Withholding Under FATCA.  The Issuers shall notify each Agent in the event that they determine that any payment to be made by an Agent under any Notes is a payment which could be subject to FATCA Withholding if such payment were made to a recipient that is generally unable to receive payments free from FATCA Withholding, and the extent to which the relevant payment is so treated, provided, however, that the Issuers’ obligation under this Section 2.15(j) shall apply only to the extent that such payments are so treated by virtue of characteristics of the Issuers, such Notes, or both.

 

(k)                                 Agent Right to Withhold.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, each Agent shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under any Notes for or on account of any Taxes, if and only to the extent so required by Applicable Law, in which event the Agent shall make such payment after such deduction or withholding has been made and shall account to the Relevant Authority within the time allowed for the amount so deducted or withheld or, at its option, shall reasonably promptly after making such payment return to the Issuers the amount so deducted or withheld, in which case, the Issuers shall so account to the Relevant Authority for such amount.  For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA Withholding is a deduction or withholding which shall be deemed to be required by Applicable Law for the purposes of this Section 2.15(k).

 

(l)                                     Issuers Right to Redirect. In the event that the Issuers determine in their sole discretion that any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes will be required by Applicable Law in connection with any payment due to any of the Agents on any Notes, then the Issuers will be entitled to redirect or reorganize any such payment in any way that they see fit in order that the payment may be made without such deduction or withholding; provided that any such redirected or reorganized payment is made through a recognized institution of international standing and otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture.  The Issuers will promptly notify the Agents and the Trustee of any such redirection or reorganization. For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA Withholding is a deduction or withholding which shall be deemed to be required by Applicable Law for the purposes of this Section 2.15(l).

 

Section 2.16                             Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

This Indenture is unlimited in aggregate principal amount.  The Issuers shall be entitled, subject to their compliance with Sections 2.02, 4.06 and 4.09, to issue an unlimited principal amount of additional Senior Euro Notes (the “Additional Senior Euro Notes”) and additional Senior Dollar Notes (the “Additional Senior Dollar Notes”); provided that if any of the Additional Senior Euro Notes or the Additional Senior Dollar Notes are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the respective Senior Euro Notes or the Senior Dollar Notes, as applicable, such Additional Senior Euro Notes or Additional Senior Dollar Notes will be issued with a separate ISIN code, CUSIP and/or Common Code, as applicable from the respective Notes originally issued. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, with respect to waivers, amendments, redemptions, and offers to purchase and all other matters, except as otherwise provided for in this Indenture.  Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture, references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.  The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be deemed to form one class of securities and references to the “Notes” shall be deemed to refer to the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date as well as any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

 

ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01                             Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of paragraph 5 or 6 of the Notes, the Issuers must furnish to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (in each case, subject to Section 3.04):

 

(1)                                 the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(2)                                 the redemption date and the record date;

 

(3)                                 the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

 

64


 

(4)                                 the redemption price; and

 

(5)                                 the ISIN, CUSIP and/or Common Code numbers, as applicable.

 

Section 3.02                             Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

(a)                                 If fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, Euroclear and Clearstream (for the Senior Euro Notes) or DTC (in the case of the Senior Dollar Notes) will credit their participants’ accounts on a pro rata pass-through distribution of principal basis (with adjustments to prevent fractions). No book-entry interest of less than €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes) principal amount may be redeemed in part and only in multiples of €1,000 (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or $1,000 (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes). If the Notes are not held through Euroclear and Clearstream (for the Senior Euro Notes) or DTC (in the case of the Senior Dollar Notes), or Euroclear and Clearstream (for the Senior Euro Notes) or DTC (in the case of the Senior Dollar Notes) prescribe no method of selection the Notes will be selected, on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after such redemption. The Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and the Registrar shall not be liable for selections made under this Section 3.02(a).

 

(b)                                 Notices of purchase or redemption will be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 14.01.

 

(c)                                  In relation to Definitive Registered Notes, a new Definitive Registered Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Definitive Registered Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Definitive Registered Note.  In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.  On or after any purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof tendered for purchase or called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03                             Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)                                 At least 10 days but not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or mail or, at the expense of the Issuers, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 and as provided below to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 hereof.  Notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.  If and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any such notice to the Holders of the Notes and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change in the principal amount of the Notes outstanding.

 

(b)                                 The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state (in each case, subject to Section 3.04):

 

(1)                                 the redemption date and the record date;

 

(2)                                 the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and if calculable at the time of the notice of redemption, the Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid;

 

(3)                                 the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

65


 

(4)                                 if applicable, that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the relevant Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(5)                                 that interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(6)                                 the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(7)                                 that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN, CUSIP and/or Common Code numbers, as applicable, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

(c)                                  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.  Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption (as delayed from time to time pursuant to such notice).  On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions of the Notes called for redemption.

 

(d)                                 At the Issuers’ request, the Principal Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ names and at the Issuers’ expense.  In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Principal Paying Agent with an Officer’s Certificate requesting that a notice of redemption be given together with a form of such notice at least three Business Days prior to the publication of the notice of redemption (or such shorter period as agreed by the Issuers and the Principal Paying Agent).

 

(e)                                  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent will be liable for selection made as contemplated in this Section 3.03.  For the Notes which are represented by Global Notes held on behalf of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

 

Section 3.04                             Notice of Redemption Subject to Conditions Precedent.

 

Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including, but not limited to, an Equity Offering, an Incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction.

 

If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but not more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.  In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

Section 3.05                             Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

(a)                                 No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) with respect to the Senior Euro Notes, or 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes, on each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Principal Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or

 

66


 

purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

(b)                                 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06                             Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, provided that any Note shall be in a principal amount of (a) €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or (b) $200,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes).

 

Section 3.07                             Mandatory Redemption.

 

Other than in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 3.08, the Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Sections 4.07 and 4.11.

 

Section 3.08                             Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

(a)                                 In the event that (a) the Transfer Completion Date does not take place on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (b) the Issuers notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent that in their reasonable judgment the AMP Transfer will not be completed by the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (c) the Initial Investors cease to beneficially own and control a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or (d) a Default or Event of Default arises with respect to either Issuer under Section 6.01(a)(5) on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuers will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(b)                                 Written notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuers, no later than one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Escrow Agent and the Holders and each tranche of the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the fifth Business Day after such notice is given by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”).  No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay, on behalf of the Issuers, to the Principal Paying Agent for payment to each Holder the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such Holder’s Notes and, concurrently with the payment to such Holders, deliver any excess Escrowed Property (if any) to the Issuers.

 

(c)                                  The Issuers and the Company acknowledge to the Trustee and agree that in the event that the Special Mandatory Redemption Price payable upon such Special Mandatory Redemption, including accrued interest

 

67


 

and Additional Amounts (if any) due with respect to the Notes from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, exceeds the Escrowed Property (such excess, the “Escrow Contribution Amount”), Ardagh Group S.A. will be required under the terms of the Escrow Contribution Agreement to fund the Escrow Contribution Amount to the Issuers.

 

(d)                                 Receipt by the Trustee from the Company of either an Officer’s Certificate for the Escrow Release or a notice of Special Mandatory Redemption shall constitute deemed consent by the Trustee for the release of the Escrowed Property from the Escrow Charge.

 

(e)                                  If at the time of such Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange that the Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01                             Payment of Notes.

 

The Issuers shall promptly pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m. (London time) with respect to the Senior Euro Notes, or 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes, on such date the Principal Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due and the Principal Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or applicable law.

 

The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.  The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02                             Reports.

 

(a)                                 So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers will furnish to the Trustee the following reports following the Issue Date:

 

(1)                                 within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, annual reports (the “Annual Financial Statements”) containing:  (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of the most recent two fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the most recent two fiscal years, including appropriate footnotes to such financial statements, for and as at the end of such fiscal years and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Company; (iii) unaudited pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (other than the Combination) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to clause (2) or (3) below); provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense or burden, in which case the Company will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials; and (iv) a brief description of the business, management and shareholders of the Company, all material affiliate transactions and a description of all

 

68


 

material debt instruments; provided that the information described in clause (iv) may be provided in the footnotes to the audited financial statements;

 

(2)                                 within 60 days following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the first such fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021, quarterly year-to-date financial statements (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”) containing the following information:  (i) the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed statements of income and cash flow for the most recent quarter year to date period ending on the unaudited condensed balance sheet date and the comparable prior period (other than any comparable period falling prior to the Issue Date or that would require the creation of new consolidated financial statements), together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii) unaudited pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (not including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Combination) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense or burden, in which case the Company will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Company; and

 

(3)                                 promptly after the occurrence of a material event that the Company announces publicly or any acquisition, disposition or restructuring, merger or similar transaction that is material to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or a change in a senior executive officer of the Company or a change in auditors of the Company, a report containing a description of such event.

 

(b)                                 In addition, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such parties, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act for so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Exchange Act by persons who are not “affiliates” under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                  All financial statement information (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the calculations made under any incurrence covenant, which shall be prepared in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect, including, to the extent adopted at such time, the application of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and IFRS 16 (Leases) and any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under GAAP), on the date of such report or financial statement (or otherwise on the basis of IFRS as then in effect) and on a consistent basis for the periods presented, except as may otherwise be described in such information; provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.02(a) may, in the event of a change in IFRS, present earlier periods on a basis that applied to such periods.  No report need include separate financial statements for any Subsidiaries of the Company or any disclosure with respect to the results of operations or any other financial or statistical disclosure not of a type included in the Offering Memorandum.  In addition, the reports set forth above will not be required to contain any reconciliation to GAAP.

 

(d)                                 For purposes of this Section 4.02, an acquisition or disposition shall be deemed to be material if the entity or business acquired or disposed of represents greater than 20.0% of the Company’s LTM EBITDA (calculated (i) in the case of an acquisition, including any pro forma adjustments in respect of such acquisition and (ii) in the case of a disposal, excluding any pro forma adjustments in respect of such disposal) for the most recent four quarters for which annual or quarterly financial reports have been delivered to the Trustee.

 

(e)                                  At any time that any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, constitutes a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Statements will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

69


 

(f)                                   In the event that (i) the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or elects to comply with such provisions, for so long as it continues to file the reports required by Section 13(a) with the SEC or (ii) the Company elects to provide to the Trustee reports which, if filed with the SEC, would satisfy (in the good faith judgment of the Company) the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the provision of GAAP information, certifications, exhibits or information as to internal controls and procedures), for so long as it elects, the Company will make available to the Trustee such annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is, or would be, required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d).

 

(g)                                  All reports provided pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be in English, or with a certified English translation.

 

(h)                                 Subject to compliance with Section 4.02(i), in the event that, and for so long as, the equity securities of the Company, or any Parent Entity (into which the financial results of the Company are consolidated) or IPO Entity are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (or one or more of the equivalent regulated markets of Euronext, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Stockholm Stock Exchange, Euronext Dublin, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Swiss Stock Exchange the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange or NASDAQ) (each a “Regulated Market”) and the Company or such Parent Entity or IPO Entity is subject to the admission and disclosure standards applicable to issuers of equity securities admitted to trading on a Regulated Market, for so long as it elects, the Company will make available to the Trustee such annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company, or such Parent Entity or such IPO Entity is, or would be, required to file with the applicable Regulated Market and within the deadlines specified by such Regulated Market pursuant to such admission and disclosure standards.  Upon complying with the foregoing requirements, and provided that such requirements require the Company, or any Parent Entity or IPO Entity to prepare and file annual reports, information, documents and other reports with the applicable Regulated Market, the Company will be deemed to have complied with the provisions contained in the preceding clauses of this Section 4.02.

 

(i)                                     The Company may comply with any requirement to provide reports or financial statements under this Section 4.02 by providing any report or financial statements of a direct or indirect Parent Entity (into which the financial results of the Company are consolidated) so long as such reports (if an annual, half yearly or quarterly report) (a) meet the requirements (including as to content and time of delivery) of this Section 4.02 as if references to the Company therein were references to such Parent Entity and (b) are accompanied by condensed consolidated financial information together with separate columns for:  (i) such Parent Entity; (ii) the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a combined basis; (iii) any other Subsidiaries of any applicable Parent Entity that are not the Company or Subsidiaries of the Company on a combined basis; (iv) consolidating adjustments; and (v) the total consolidated amounts, none of which shall be required to be audited.  Upon complying with the foregoing requirement, the Company will be deemed to have complied with the provisions contained in the preceding clauses of this Section 4.02.  For the avoidance of doubt, only Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be taken into account when making any calculations required under this Indenture.

 

Section 4.03                             Compliance Certificate; Notice of Defaults.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

Section 4.04                             Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

70


 

(1)                                 declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

 

(a)                                 dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

(b)                                 dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); and

 

(c)                                  dividends or distributions payable to any Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (provided that (x) any net proceeds from such Indebtedness are contributed to the equity of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any form or otherwise received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (y) any net proceeds described in subclause (x) above shall be excluded for purposes of increasing the amount available for distribution pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III) and shall not be Excluded Contributions and shall not be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10); and (z) in the case that any net proceeds described in subclause (x) above are contributed to or received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of Indebtedness, there shall be no double-counting of interest paid on such Indebtedness and any dividends or distributions payable to the relevant Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity);

 

(2)                                 purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                 purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (a) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(3));

 

(4)                                 make any payment (whether of principal, interest or other amounts) on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding (other than any payment of interest thereon in the form of additional Subordinated Shareholder Funding); or

 

(5)                                 make any Restricted Investment,

 

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (5) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

 

(I)                              a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would immediately thereafter result therefrom);

 

(II)                              the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) immediately after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

 

71


 

(III)                             the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded and excluding all Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)                                 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Transfer Completion Date occurs, to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (if positive); plus

 

(b)                                 100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another Person subsequent to the Transfer Completion Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company subsequent to the Transfer Completion Date (other than (u) any amounts used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10), (v) Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock sold to a Subsidiary of the Company, (w) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) cash or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Section 4.04(b)(6), and (y) Excluded Contributions); plus

 

(c)                                  100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than (y) Subordinated Shareholder Funding or (z) Capital Stock sold to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Transfer Completion Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; plus;

 

(d)                                 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of:  (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Transfer Completion Date; or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend from a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary after the Transfer Completion Date (in each case, other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 4.04(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 4.04(b)(17), as the case may be); plus

 

72


 

(e)                                  in the case of the re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Transfer Completion Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith by the Company at the time of the re-designation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged, amalgamated or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 4.04(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 4.04(b)(17), as the case may be; plus

 

(f)                                   the greater of (x) $135.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA.

 

(b)                                 Section 4.04(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

 

(1)                                 the payment of any dividend or distribution within 180 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture, or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

 

(2)                                 (a) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company; provided that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 4.04(a)(III) and shall not be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10), and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.04(b)(13), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of a Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)                                 any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06;

 

(4)                                 any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06;

 

(5)                                 any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding) or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

 

73


 

(a)                                 from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.07, but only if (and to the extent required) the Company shall have first complied with the terms of Section 4.07 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

(b)                                 to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of (i) a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”) or (ii) an Asset Disposition (or other similar event described therein as an “asset disposition” or “asset sale”), but only if (and to the extent required) the Company shall have first complied with Sections 4.07 and 4.11, as applicable, and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)                                  consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);

 

(6)                                 a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director, contractor or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director, contractor or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (6) do not exceed the greater of (i) $40.0 million and (ii) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried forward to the next succeeding fiscal year and amounts that will not be used in the subsequent fiscal year being carried back to the immediately preceding fiscal year); provided, further that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)                                 the cash proceeds from the issuance or sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, or Excluded Contributions) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, or an Excluded Contribution), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Transfer Completion Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.04(a)(III) or used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10); plus

 

(b)                                 the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Transfer Completion Date,

 

provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, employees, contractors or consultants of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(7)                                 the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 4.06;

 

74


 

(8)                                 purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding or similar taxes in respect thereof and payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;

 

(9)                                 dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

 

(a)                                 the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes; and

 

(b)                                 amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in clauses (2), (3), (5), (11), (12), (13), (17)(a) (but only in respect of the parenthetical thereto) and (27) of Section 4.08(c), provided that any such dividends, loans, advances or distributions to make payments in respect of annual management fees specified in Section 4.08(c)(11)(a) and made pursuant to this Section 4.04(b)(9)(B) shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 3.0% of LTM EBITDA per fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried forward to the next succeeding fiscal year and amounts that will not be used in the subsequent fiscal year being carried back to the immediately preceding fiscal year) and shall not be made as long as any Default has occurred and is continuing unless it is funded with the proceeds of an Equity Contribution;

 

(10)                          the declaration and payment by the Company of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to pay, dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or in respect of any Parent Entity that has had an Initial Public Offering, in an amount not to exceed in any fiscal year, $100.0 million; provided that such dividends shall be declared and paid no later than 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company;

 

(11)                          payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 4.04 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

(12)                          Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions;

 

(13)                          the declaration and payment of dividends (i) on Designated Preferred Stock of the Company issued after the Transfer Completion Date; (ii) to a Parent Entity in an amount sufficient to allow the Parent Entity to pay dividends to holders of its Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Transfer Completion Date; and (iii) on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (13), the amount of all dividends declared or paid to a Person pursuant to such clauses shall not exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or the aggregate amount contributed as Subordinated Shareholder Funding or in cash to the equity of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, or an Excluded Contribution or to the extent that any of the proceeds are used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10)), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; provided, further, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this clause (13), that for the Relevant Testing Period immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or declaration of such dividends on such Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 4.06(a);

 

(14)                          distributions, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock, of equity interests in, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted

 

75


 

Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents) or proceeds thereof;

 

(15)                          distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

(16)                          any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest and principal on any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with the Transactions and any payments contemplated by the Transaction Documents), and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates in connection with the Transactions (including dividends to any Parent Entity to permit payment by such Parent Entity of such amounts);

 

(17)                          so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing (i) any Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed the greater of (x) $135.0 million and (y) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA or (ii) any Restricted Payments so long as, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the Incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 4.50 to 1.00;

 

(18)                          mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;

 

(19)                          payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Article 5;

 

(20)                          Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 4.04 if made by the Company; provided that (a) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (b) such Parent Entity shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (i) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the Article 5) to consummate such Investment, (c) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture, (d) any property received by the Company shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(III), clauses (2) or (6) of Section 4.04(b) or be deemed to be an Excluded Contribution or be used to Incur Indebtedness under Section 4.06(b)(10); and (e) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 4.04 (other than pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(12)) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment” (other than pursuant to clause (12) thereof);

 

(21)                          any Restricted Payment made with Net Available Cash from any Asset Disposition and permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(3); and

 

(22)                          Permitted Tax Distributions.

 

(c)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.04, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in

 

76


 

clauses (1) through (22) of Section 4.04(b), and/or is permitted pursuant to the Section 4.04(a) and/or constitutes a Permitted Investment, the Company will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.04, including as a Permitted Investment.

 

(d)                                 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Company acting in good faith.

 

Section 4.05                             Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)                                 pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                                 make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(3)                                 sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

 

(b)                                 Section 4.05(a) will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facility (including the ABL Facility), (b) the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (c) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

 

(2)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) this Indenture, the Notes or the Notes Guarantees and (b) the Senior Secured Indenture, the Senior Secured Notes, the Security Documents (as defined in the Senior Secured Indenture) or related Guarantees thereof;

 

(3)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(4)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company (as defined below), any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or

 

77


 

instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

 

(5)                                 any encumbrance, restriction or condition:

 

(a)                                 that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement;

 

(b)                                 contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements;

 

(c)                                  contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(d)                                 pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(6)                                 any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

 

(7)                                 any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

(8)                                 customary provisions in leases, licenses, shareholder agreements, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements, organizational documents and instruments;

 

(9)                                 encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation, licensing requirement or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

 

(10)                          any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(11)                          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)                          restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility;

 

(13)                          any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06, if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders (taken as a whole) than (i) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in (A) the ABL Documents, together with the security documents associated therewith,

 

78


 

and (B) the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as in effect on the Transfer Completion Date or (ii) as is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and where, in the case of this sub-clause (ii), either (x) the Company determines at the time of entry into such agreement or instrument that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such agreement or instrument, or (b) constituting an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(14)                          any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 4.09; or

 

(15)                          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (14) of this Section 4.05 or this clause (15) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (14) of this Section 4.05 or this clause (15); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders (taken as a whole) than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Company).

 

Section 4.06                             Limitation on Indebtedness.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue Preferred Stock; provided, however, (i) that the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company may issue Disqualified Stock and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Preferred Stock, if on the date of such determination and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to clause (i) above shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded.

 

(b)                                 Section 4.06(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(1)                                 the Incurrence by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit, guarantees and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of:

 

(a)                                 the aggregate of the greater of (x) $500.0 million and (y) the Borrowing Base; plus

 

(b)                                 the maximum amount of Secured Indebtedness such that after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries do not exceed 4.50 to 1.00 (with any Indebtedness Incurred under clause (a) above on the date of determination of the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio not being included in the calculation of Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio under this subclause (b) on such date of determination but not, for the avoidance of doubt, excluded from any such calculation made on any such subsequent date); plus;

 

(c)                                  the maximum amount of Indebtedness that is not Secured Indebtedness such that, on the date of determination, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed 5.00 to 1.00 (with any Indebtedness Incurred under clause (a) above on the date of determination of the

 

79


 

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio not being included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio under this clause (c) on such date of determination but not, for the avoidance of doubt, excluded from any such calculation made on any such subsequent date),

 

provided that (i) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (1) may be refinanced at any time if such refinancing does not exceed the greater of (I) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this clause (1) on the date of determination for such refinancing and (II) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced at such time (together with an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing) and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to clauses (1)(b) and (1)(c) shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded;

 

(2)                                 Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture;

 

(3)                                 Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)                                 Indebtedness represented by (a)(x) Indebtedness, and any Guarantees thereof, in each case of the Company, the Ardagh Metal Packaging Business, outstanding on the Completion Date (or Incurred under a facility committed and as in effect as of the Completion Date), after giving pro forma effect to the AMP Transfer and the application of the proceeds therefrom (as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum) and (y) Indebtedness and any Guarantees thereof Incurred in connection with the AMP Transfer (including the Promissory Note), (b)(i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Notes Guarantee, (ii) the Senior Secured Notes (other than any Additional Notes as defined in the Senior Secured Indenture), including any related Guarantees and (iii) any loans pursuant to which proceeds of any Indebtedness of a Parent Entity that are lent to the Company, to the extent that such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and such Guarantees or the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, as the case may be, as are not prohibited by this Indenture, (c) Refinancing Indebtedness (including with respect to the Notes and any Guarantee thereof) Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) and clause (5)(b) of Section 4.06(b) or Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(a), and (d) other Indebtedness Incurred to finance Management Advances;

 

(5)                                 Indebtedness (x) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets) or other transaction or (y) of Persons that are, or secured by any assets that are, acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that (A) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (5) is in an aggregate amount not to exceed (a) the greater of (i) $55.0 million and (ii) 10.0% of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, plus (b) unlimited additional Indebtedness to the extent that after giving effect to such acquisition, transaction, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and without giving effect to any Indebtedness Incurred or issued pursuant to subclause (5)(A)(a) above on the date of determination, either:  (i) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) and if such Indebtedness is Secured Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Secured Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(b), or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower and, if such Indebtedness is Secured Indebtedness, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be higher, in each case, than it was immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (B) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to subclause (x) of this clause (5) shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded;

 

(6)                                 Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

80


 

(7)                                 Indebtedness (a) represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, Purchase Money Obligations or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in a Similar Business or Indebtedness otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets (provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness exists on the date of such purchase, lease, rental, construction, design, installation or improvement or is created within 180 days thereafter), and any Indebtedness which refinances, replaces or refunds such Indebtedness, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7)(a) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) 65.0% of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof or (b) arising out of Sale and Leaseback Transactions;

 

(8)                                 Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, old-age-part-time arrangements, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance (including premiums related thereto), other types of social security, pension obligations, vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits, customer guarantees performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment (including progress premiums), customs, value added or similar tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (c) customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and manufacturer, vendor financing, customer and supply arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (e) the financing of insurance premiums, take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (f) Indebtedness representing (i) deferred compensation to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers and consultants of any Parent Entity, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (ii) deferred compensation or other similar arrangements in connection with any Investment or acquisition permitted hereby; and (g) Settlement Indebtedness;

 

(9)                                 Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(10)                          Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10) and then outstanding, will not exceed 200% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated

 

81


 

Preferred Stock, or an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have been applied to make Restricted Payments;

 

(11)                          Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of joint ventures, in each case, which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(12)                          Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, present or former employee, director, contractor or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director, contractor or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity that is permitted by Section 4.04;

 

(13)                          Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (13) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $275.0 million and (b) 50.0% of LTM EBITDA; provided that the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (13) shall not cause the Non Guarantor Debt Cap to be exceeded;

 

(14)                          Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to factoring financings, securitizations (including with respect to inventory), receivables financings or similar arrangements, in each case, that are either:  (a) not recourse to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except to the extent customary in the good faith determination of the Company for such type of arrangement and except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); or (b) not in excess of the greater of (x) $135.0 million and (y) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding;

 

(15)                          any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a Person extending credit to customers of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the Person extending such credit;

 

(16)                          Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that the terms of such Indebtedness are consistent with those entered into with respect to similar Indebtedness prior to the Issue Date, including that (a) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific volume of goods and (b) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity;

 

(17)                          Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising pursuant to any Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

 

(18)                          Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit, overdraft facilities or local working capital facilities in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (18) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA.

 

(c)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.06:

 

82


 

(1)                                 subject to clause (3) below, in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant Section 4.06(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.06, the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in Section 4.06(a) or one of the clauses of Section 4.06(b), and Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.06 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.06 permitting such Indebtedness;

 

(2)                                 with respect to clauses (5)(a), (7), (11), (13) or (18) of Section 4.06(b), if at any time that the Company would be entitled to have Incurred any then outstanding item of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) or pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(b) or Section 4.06(b)(1)(c), such item of Indebtedness shall (unless otherwise elected by the Company) be automatically reclassified into an item of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(a) or pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(b) or Section 4.06(b)(1)(c), as applicable;

 

(3)                                 all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility Incurred as of the Transfer Completion Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(a), and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness;

 

(4)                                 for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.06, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred under a Credit Facility, re-borrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to “cash sweep” or “clean down” provisions or any similar provisions under a Credit Facility that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to be repaid periodically shall only be deemed for the purposes of this Section 4.06 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent re-borrowing thereof;

 

(5)                                 in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, when measuring the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, such amount shall not include any amounts necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

(6)                                 Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

(7)                                 if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to any clause of Section 4.06(a) or Section 4.06(b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

(8)                                 the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

(9)                                 in the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility, enters into any commitment to Incur or issue Indebtedness or commits to Incur any Lien pursuant to clause (29) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Incurrence or issuance thereof for all purposes under this Indenture, including for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, or usage of clauses (1) through (18) of Section 4.06(b) (if any) for borrowings and re-borrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will, at the Company’s option, either (a) be determined (i) on the date of such revolving credit facility or such entry into or increase in commitments (assuming that the full amount thereof (or, at the option

 

83


 

of the Company, a portion thereof) has been borrowed as of such date) or other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (in each case, pursuant to any letter, agreement or instrument, which may be conditional, including as to documentation) and/or (ii) on the date on which such facility or commitments become available, and, if such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, test or other provision of this Indenture is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or re-borrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this Section 4.06 irrespective of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, or other provision of this Indenture at the time of any borrowing or re-borrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this clause (a) shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio, or the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, and, to the extent of the usage of clauses (1) through (18) of Section 4.06(b) (if any), shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding under such clauses) or (b) be determined on the date such amount is borrowed pursuant to any such facility or increased commitment, and in each case, the Company may revoke such determination at any time and from time to time;

 

(10)                          notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.06 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred in reliance on a clause of Section 4.06(b) measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, if such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance, costs and fees in connection with such refinancing; and

 

(11)                          the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of IFRS.

 

(d)                                 Accrual and/or capitalization of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in IFRS, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.06; provided that the amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any outstanding Indebtedness may (in the Company’s sole discretion) be increased by the amount of all such accrued and/or capitalized interest, accreted value, original issue discount and/or additional Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such increased amount will not be deemed to be Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating any basket, permission or threshold under which such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred.

 

(e)                                  If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.06, the Company shall be in default of this Section 4.06).

 

(f)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar equivalent); provided that for the purpose of the Incurrence of any other Indebtedness, the Company may elect to account for any such Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the determination date for the Incurrence of such other Indebtedness; provided further, that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount

 

84


 

of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing

 

(g)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.06, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.06 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.  The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

Section 4.07                             Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

 

(1)                                 the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

 

(2)                                 in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap or relates to Non-Core Assets), with a purchase price in excess of the greater of (a) $40.0 million and (b) 7.5% of LTM EBITDA, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Temporary Cash Investments; and

 

(3)                                 an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied:

 

(a)                                 to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), within 450 days from the later of (1) the date of such Asset Disposition and (2) the receipt of such Net Available Cash, (A) to prepay, repay, purchase or redeem Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary secured by a Lien or (B) prepay, repay, purchase or redeem any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment, purchase or redemption of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (a), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced (including by a reduction in borrowing base or similar term in conjunction with such Asset Disposition or otherwise) in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, purchased or redeemed; or (C) to repay, prepay, purchase or redeem Pari Passu Indebtedness or (D) to redeem or purchase Notes; or

 

(b)                                 to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary equal to the amount of Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition and (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that a binding agreement shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment with the good faith expectation that an amount equal to Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for

 

85


 

any reason before such amount is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds,

 

provided further that, pending the final application of the amount of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or (b) above, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding Section 4.07(a), to the extent that (x) a distribution of any or all of the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this Section 4.07) is prohibited or delayed by applicable local law (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors) or (y) a distribution of any or all of the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this Section 4.07) could result in material adverse Tax consequences, as reasonably determined by the Company in its sole discretion, the portion of such Net Available Cash so affected will not be required to be applied in compliance with this Section 4.07.

 

(c)                                  The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.07(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture; provided that, if at the time of any definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement in respect of any Asset Disposition or (at the option of the Company) the date on which Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition is received, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00, 50.0% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition shall be deemed not to constitute Excess Proceeds and may be used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture.  On the 451st day (or such longer period permitted by Section 4.07(a)(3)(B)) after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Indenture exceeds the greater of $135.0 million and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA, the Company shall make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) within 10 Business Days to all Holders under this Indenture and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to repay, prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be repaid, prepaid or purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and, in the case of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repayment, prepayment or purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes) and in integral multiples of €1,000 (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or $1,000 (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes) in excess thereof; provided that if such Excess Proceeds are required to be offered first to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes or the holders of any other Secured Indebtedness under the terms thereof, the Company shall only be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer following the closing of the offer period in relation to the ABL Facility, the Senior Secured Notes or such other Secured Indebtedness.  The Company will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream or DTC, as applicable, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.  The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period as provided in Section 4.07(a)) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds.

 

(d)                                 To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the

 

86


 

Company shall allocate the Excess Proceeds among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be repaid, prepaid or purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness provided that the Company shall not be required to select and purchase Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness in an unauthorized denomination.  Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

(e)                                  To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars or Euro, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. Dollars or Euro that is actually received by the Company upon converting such portion into U.S. Dollars or Euro.

 

(f)                                   For the purposes of Section 4.07(a)(2), the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(1)                                 the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;

 

(2)                                 securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

 

(3)                                 Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

 

(4)                                 consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(5)                                 any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.07 during the same fiscal year, not to exceed the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b) 25.0% of LTM EBITDA (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

(g)                                  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws, rules and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(h)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture to the contrary, the provisions of this Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Disposition may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

Section 4.08                             Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (any such transaction or series of related transactions being an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of the greater of (i) $55.0 million and (ii) 10.0% of LTM EBITDA unless:

 

87


 

(1)                                 the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

 

(2)                                 in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(a)(2) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, if any.

 

(c)                                  Section 4.08(a) will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                 any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04 or any Permitted Investment;

 

(2)                                 any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(3)                                 any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

 

(4)                                 any (a) transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) merger, amalgamation or consolidation with any Parent Entity, provided that such Parent Entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

(5)                                 the payment of compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees of the Company, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Controlled Investment Affiliate of such directors, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees);

 

(6)                                 the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 4.08 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect;

 

(7)                                 any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, any disposition or repurchase of Securitization Assets,

 

88


 

Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

(8)                                 transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers, contractors, distributors or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(9)                                 any transaction in the ordinary course of business between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company or an Associate or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely (i) because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity or (ii) due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Company (provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person);

 

(10)                          any (a) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding and the granting of registration and other customary rights (and the performance of the related obligations) in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (b) amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding, as amended or otherwise modified, will continue to satisfy the requirements described in the definition of “Subordinated Shareholder Funding”;

 

(11)                          (a) any payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of annual management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, transaction, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and reasonable expenses and indemnities in connection therewith and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event) and (b) any customary payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which are in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 

(12)                          payment to any Permitted Holder of all out of pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(13)                          (i) the Transactions and the payment of all costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transactions or any payment as contemplated by the Transaction Documents and (ii) any transactions or services pursuant to the Transaction Documents and any services or transactions that are similar or incidental to the services or transactions contemplated therein provided on an arm’s length basis;

 

(14)                          transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.08(a)(1);

 

(15)                          the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including the Transaction Documents and any

 

89


 

registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Completion Date, and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Completion Date will only be permitted under this clause (15) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

(16)                          any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates;

 

(17)                          any (a) Investments by Affiliates in securities of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms; (b) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing clause (17)(a) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities; and (c) payments by any Parent Entity, the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(18)                          payments, Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith;

 

(19)                          employment and severance arrangements between the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, contractors, consultants, distributors and employees in the ordinary course of business or entered into in connection with or as a result of the Transactions;

 

(20)                          any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangement entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.07 or entered into with any Business Successor, in each case, that the Company determines in good faith is either fair to the Company or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;

 

(21)                          transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 4.12 and pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(22)                          any lease entered into between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(23)                          intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

90


 

(24)                          payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (including any cash management activities related thereto);

 

(25)                          the payment of costs and expenses related to registration rights and customary indemnities provided to shareholders under any shareholder agreement;

 

(26)                          any Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

 

(27)                          any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the Company and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries file a consolidated tax return or with which the Issuers are part of a consolidated group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation, provided, however, that any such payments do not exceed the amounts of such tax that would have been payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are relieved thereby.

 

Section 4.09                             Limitation on Liens.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except (1) Permitted Liens or (2) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if the Notes, the Notes Guarantees and this Indenture are directly secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness, or equal with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Pari Passu Indebtedness the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

 

(b)                                 Any such Lien created in favor of the Notes, the Notes Guarantees and this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.09(a)(i)(2) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, and (ii) otherwise as set forth under Section 10.04, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or under the relevant security documents.

 

(c)                                  With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness.  The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

 

Section 4.10                             Limitation on Layered Debt.

 

(a)                                 The Issuers will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is or purports by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuers unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms.

 

(b)                                 The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, and no Guarantor will, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is or purports by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and senior in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. No such Indebtedness will be considered to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis or by virtue of the

 

91


 

application of waterfall or other payment ordering provisions affecting different tranches of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities.

 

Section 4.11                             Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a change of control offer as described herein or (ii) the Issuers have previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under paragraph 5 of the Notes, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (equal to €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes) in principal amount or in integral multiples of €1,000 (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or $1,000 (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes) in excess thereof; provided that Notes of €100,000 (with respect to the Senior Euro Notes) or $200,000 (with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes) or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below.

 

(b)                                 To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws, rules or regulations, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.  The Issuers may rely on any no action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

 

(c)                                  The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.11 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described under paragraph 5 of the Notes, unless and until there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable redemption date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control.

 

(d)                                 The provisions under this Indenture relating to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

(e)                                  If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent that the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any Change of Control Offer.

 

Section 4.12                             Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                 The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 or under one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted

 

92


 

Investment”, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                 If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under Section 4.06, the Company will be in default of Section 4.06.

 

(c)                                  If an Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, that designation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.06 (including pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(5), treating such designation as an acquisition for the purpose of such clause), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the Relevant Testing Period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.  Any such designation by the Company or the re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary as contemplated hereby shall be evidenced to the Trustee on the date of such designation or re-designation by filing with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation or re-designation complies with the preceding conditions.

 

Section 4.13                             Additional Guarantees.

 

(a)                                 No Restricted Subsidiary shall Guarantee the Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL Facility, any other Credit Facility or any Public Debt (including the Senior Secured Notes), in each case of either Issuer or a Guarantor, unless such Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a Guarantor on the date on which the Guarantee of such other Indebtedness is Incurred and, if applicable, executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will provide a Notes Guarantee, which Notes Guarantee will be pari passu in right of payment with (in the case such Guarantee of such other Indebtedness constitutes Pari Passu Indebtedness) or senior to (in the case such Guarantee of such other Indebtedness constitutions Subordinated Indebtedness) , as applicable, such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness; provided, however, that such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be obligated to become a Guarantor to the extent and for so long as the Incurrence of such Notes Guarantee is contrary to the Agreed Security Principles or could give rise to or result in:  (1) any breach or violation of statutory limitations, corporate benefit, financial assistance, fraudulent preference, thin capitalization rules, capital maintenance rules, guidance and coordination rules or the laws, rules or regulations (or analogous restriction) of any applicable jurisdiction; (2) any risk or liability for the officers, directors or (except in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a partnership) shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a partnership, directors or shareholders of the partners of such partnership); or (3) any cost, expense, liability or obligation (including with respect to any Taxes) other than reasonable out of pocket expenses.

 

(b)                                 At the option of the Company, any Notes Guarantee may contain limitations on Guarantor liability to the extent reasonably necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

 

(c)                                  Section 4.13(a) will not be applicable to any guarantees of any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(i) existing on the Transfer Completion Date, guaranteeing Indebtedness under Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1)(a) or Section 4.06(b)(14) or guaranteeing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount that is less than the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 20.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(ii) that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary if the guarantee was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

93


 

(iii) given to a bank or trust company having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than €500,000,000, whose debt has a rating, at the time such guarantee was given, of at least BBB+ or the equivalent thereof by S&P and at least Baa1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, in connection with the operation of cash management programs established for the Company’s benefit or that of any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(d)                                 Future Notes Guarantees granted pursuant to this provision shall be released as set forth under Section 11.05.  The Trustee shall each take all necessary actions, including the granting of releases or waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, reasonably requested by, and at the cost of, the Company to effectuate any release of a Notes Guarantee in accordance with these provisions, subject to customary protections and indemnifications.

 

Section 4.14                             Post-Completion Guarantors.

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, on the Transfer Completion Date, the Company shall ensure that it and the Lux Holdco shall become a Guarantors and, in connection therewith, to deliver such agreements, instruments, certificates and opinions of counsel as may be required to evidence the respective guarantee of the Notes.

 

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Intercreditor Agreement and the occurrence of the Transfer Completion Date, on or prior to the earlier of (x) 90 days from the Transfer Completion Date or, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that in the good faith determination of the Issuers the outbreak of COVID-19 and means to prevent its spread have made it impossible to provide such guarantees within 90 days following the Transfer Completion Date, 120 days following the Transfer Completion Date or (y) the date on which the Subsidiary Guarantors guarantee the obligations under the ABL Facility, the Company shall ensure that each of the Post-Transfer Completion Date Guarantors shall become a Guarantor and, in connection therewith, cause such Subsidiary to deliver such agreements, instruments, certificates and opinions of counsel as may be required to evidence it respective guarantee of the Notes.

 

Section 4.15                             Withholding Taxes.

 

(a)                                 All payments made by or on behalf of an Issuer or any Guarantor (including any successor entity) (each, a “Payor”) in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Notes Guarantee, as applicable, will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law or by the relevant taxing authority’s interpretation or administration thereof.  If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of:

 

(1)                                 any jurisdiction (other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) from or through which payment on any such Note or Notes Guarantee is made (including by Paying Agent) or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or

 

(2)                                 any other jurisdiction in which a Payor is organized, resident, or doing business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”),

 

will at any time be required by law to be made from any payments made by or on behalf of the Payor with respect to any Note or any Notes Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received by each Holder in respect of such payments, after such withholding or deduction (including any such withholding or deduction in respect of such Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts which would have been received by each Holder in respect of such payments on any such Note or Notes Guarantee in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of:

 

(1)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary,

 

94


 

member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt, ownership, holding or disposition of such Note or the receipt of any payment or the exercise or enforcement of rights under such Note, this Indenture or a Notes Guarantee);

 

(2)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Note to comply with a reasonable written request of the Payor addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner, after reasonable notice, to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters, whether required by a law, statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Tax, but in each case, only to the extent the Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so;

 

(3)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes are imposed as a result of the presentation of the Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the later of the applicable payment date or the date the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the holder (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

(4)                                 any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from a payment made under or with respect to the Notes or to any Notes Guarantee;

 

(5)                                 any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Tax;

 

(6)                                 any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder, or other official administrative interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to current section 1471(b) of the Code, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version described above), and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any intergovernmental agreement (and any law, regulation or practice implementing any such intergovernmental agreement) in respect of the foregoing; or

 

(7)                                 any combination of the items (1) through (6) above.

 

(b)                                 In addition, no Additional Amounts shall be paid with respect to any payment to a holder who is a fiduciary or a partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that the beneficiary or settler with respect to such fiduciary, the member of such partnership or the beneficial owner would not have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settler, member or beneficial owner held such Notes directly.

 

(c)                                  In addition, the Payor will pay, and reimburse each applicable Holder for, any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary taxes, or similar charges or levies (including any related interest, penalties or other similar liabilities with respect thereto) or any other excise, property or similar taxes or similar charges or levies (including any related interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto) that arise in a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from (i) the execution, issuance, delivery or registration of the Notes, any Notes Guarantee, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument in relation thereto, or (ii) the receipt of any payments under or with respect to, or enforcement of, the Notes or any Notes Guarantee (limited, solely in the case of any such taxes attributable to the receipt of payments, to any such taxes that are not excluded under clauses (1) through (3), (5), or (6) above).

 

(d)                                 The Payor, if it is the applicable withholding agent, will (i) make any required withholding or deduction, (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant tax authority in accordance with applicable law and (iii) upon written request, provide certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so

 

95


 

deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes, or if such tax receipts are not available, certified copies of other reasonable evidence of such payments as soon as reasonably practicable to the Trustee (with a copy to the Principal Paying Agent).  Such copies shall be made available to the Holders upon reasonable request and will be made available at the offices of the Principal Paying Agent.

 

(e)                                  If any Payor is obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment made on any Note or any Notes Guarantee, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Principal Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor may deliver such Officer’s Certificate as promptly as practicable thereafter).  The Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

(f)                                   Wherever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context:

 

(1)                                 the payment of principal;

 

(2)                                 redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of the Notes;

 

(3)                                 interest; or

 

(4)                                 any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Notes Guarantee,

 

such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(g)                                  The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture, any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner, and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction (other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) in which any successor to a Payor is organized, resident, or doing business for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction from or through which any payment under, or with respect to the Notes (or any Notes Guarantee) is made by or on behalf of such Payor, or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

 

Section 4.16                             Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status.

 

(a)                                 Following the first day that:

 

(1)                                 the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status; and

 

(2)                                 no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

 

then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following Sections of this Indenture (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”):  4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.13 and the provisions of Section 5.01(a)(3), and, in each case, any related default provision of this Indenture will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                 If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and will be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any

 

96


 

kind shall be deemed to exist under the Notes Documents with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability with respect to such Suspended Covenants for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.  The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.”

 

(c)                                  On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period (other than any Indebtedness incurred under the ABL Facility) will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.06(b)(4)(a).  On and after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens pursuant to clause (11) of such definition.  Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though the covenants described under Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.  Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04.  On the Reversion Date, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.08(c)(6). Any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to take any action described in Section 4.05(a) that becomes effective during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have existed on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.05(b)(1). On and after each Reversion Date, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate the transactions contemplated by any contract entered into during the Suspension Period, so long as such contract and such consummation would have been permitted during such Suspension Period.

 

(d)                                 In addition, any future obligation to grant further Notes Guarantees shall be released.  All such further obligation to grant Notes Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

 

(e)                                  There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Status.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the ratings of the Notes, shall not be deemed to have any knowledge of the ratings of the Notes and shall have no duty to notify Holders if the Notes achieve Investment Grade Status or upon the occurrence of the Reversion Date.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee that the conditions under this Section 4.16 have been satisfied, although such notification shall not be a condition for suspension of the applicable covenants to be effective.

 

Section 4.17                             Deposit into Escrow Account.

 

(a)                                 Concurrently with the closing of the offering of the Notes on the Issue Date, the Issuers will enter into the Escrow Agreement with, inter alios, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, pursuant to which the Initial Purchasers will deposit (i) the gross proceeds of the Senior Euro Notes sold on the Issue Date into the Senior Euro Escrow Account and (ii) the gross proceeds of the Senior Dollar Notes sold on the Issue Date into the Senior Dollar Escrow Account ((i) and (ii) together, the “Escrow Accounts”), in each case, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 5
MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

 

Section 5.01                             The Company.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, unless:

 

97


 

(1)                                 the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be (x) a Person organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales,  Germany, any member state of the European Union or the European Economic Area, or the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province of Canada, Norway or Switzerland or Australia or Bermuda and (y) the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and all obligations of the Company under the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable;

 

(2)                                 immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(3)                                 immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (a) the Company or the applicable Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a) or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

 

(4)                                 any Guarantor (other than the Company), unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Notes Guarantee will apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;

 

(5)                                 the Company or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (in the case of a Successor Company) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (in the case of a Successor Company) is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 5.01; and

 

(6)                                 the Holders (or the security agent in respect of the Notes (if applicable) on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods) guarantees and security (if any) over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the Company or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the Company cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

 

(b)                                 The Successor Company will succeed to, and be the substitute for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Notes and the Indenture.

 

(c)                                  This Article 5 shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transactions will be permitted without compliance with this Section.

 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01                             Events of Default.

 

(a)                                 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)                                 default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

98


 

(2)                                 default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(3)                                 failure by either Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in this Indenture (in each case, other than those set out in clauses (1) or (2) of this Section 6.01(a));

 

(4)                                 the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed which is Incurred or Guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which:

 

(a)                                 is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

 

(b)                                 results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”),

 

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been accelerated, is in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(5)                                 any of the following occurs:

 

(a)                                 a decree or order for relief in respect of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

(b)                                 a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

 

(i)                                adjudging that either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)                             other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of any Issuer, the Company or that Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iii)                          other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) for any substantial part of their respective properties; or

 

(iv)                         other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the affairs of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,

 

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(c)                                  either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary:

 

99


 

(i)                                consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(ii)                             consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)                          consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iv)                         other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for any substantial part of their respective properties;

 

(v)                            other than on a solvent basis, makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

(vi)                         admits it is insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

 

which, in each case, is sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional;

 

(6)                                 failure by the Company, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days (after receipt of notice as described in Section 6.01(b)) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

 

(7)                                 the Escrow Charge shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of  the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture) for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture or the release of any such security interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Escrow Charge or any such security interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall assert in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such Default continues for 30 days;

 

(8)                                 except as permitted under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (including with respect to any limitations), any Notes Guarantee of one or more Guarantors that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a “Significant Guarantor”) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or is denied or disaffirmed by such Significant Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of it; and

 

(9)                                 failure by the Issuers to consummate a Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date as required under Section 3.08.

 

(b)                                 However, a Default under Section 6.01(a)(4) or Section 6.01(a)(6) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and, with respect to Section 6.01(a)(4) and Section 6.01(a)(6), the Company does not cure such Default within 60 days after receipt of such notice.

 

100


 

Section 6.02                             Acceleration.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(4) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(4) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                 If an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(5) with respect to an Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

Section 6.03                             Other Remedies.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

(c)                                  Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.

 

(d)                                 (i) if a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (an “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action and (ii) any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.02 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

 

Section 6.04                             Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

(a)                                 Subject to Section 6.07 and Section 9.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes under this Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder, which may only be waived with the consent of Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences (including the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                 Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

101


 

Section 6.05                             Control by Majority.

 

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.  Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

Section 6.06                             Limitation on Suits.

 

The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense.  Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                 such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                 Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                 such Holders have offered in writing, and if requested, provided to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                 the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the security and/or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                 the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

Section 6.07                             Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of Holders of not less than 90% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes affected.

 

Section 6.08                             Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07.

 

102


 

If the Issuers fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding in its own name for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuers or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuers or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

Section 6.09                             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to an Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10                             Priorities.

 

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First:  to the Trustee the Agents and their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, disbursements, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Agents (as the case may be) and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Issuers, to a relevant Guarantor or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11                             Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as the Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

103


 

Section 6.12                             Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.13                             Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.14                             Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01                             Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it hereunder and use the same degree of care that a prudent Person would use in conducting its own affairs.

 

(b)                                 Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01(a):

 

(1)                                 the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and no others, and no implied covenants, duties or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                 in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions expressly required under this Indenture to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own respective grossly negligent action, its own respective grossly negligent failure to act, its own respective willful misconduct, or its own fraud, except that:

 

(1)                                 this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

 

104


 

(2)                                 the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                 the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

 

(d)                                 Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.01(a), (b) and (c).

 

(e)                                  No provision of the Notes Documents will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee may refrain from taking any action if such action will result in the incurrence of a cost to the Trustee and the Trustee has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it (unless the Trustee has been offered security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any such expense).  The Trustee will not be under any obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity (including by way of pre-funding) satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.  Money held whether in trust or otherwise by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)                                  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust and agency department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuers or this Indenture.

 

Section 7.02                             Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)                                 Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel or other professional advisors at the expense of the Issuers and the written advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by them hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may act through their attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by the Notes Documents; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence.

 

(e)                                  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of an Issuer.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Notes Documents at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee

 

105


 

indemnity and/or security (including by way of pre-funding) satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                  The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries.  In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except:  (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) (provided that it is acting as Principal Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification.  Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

(h)                                 The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes.

 

(i)                                     The rights, privileges, indemnities, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured (including by way of pre-funding) to its satisfaction, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and the applicable Notes Documents and by each agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder and the applicable Notes Documents.  Absent willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence, the Trustee and each Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party.

 

(j)                                    In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in its reasonable opinion, resolved.

 

(k)                                 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including, but not limited to, natural disasters, acts of God, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility), it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

(l)                                     The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes.

 

(m)                             The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

 

(n)                                 The Trustee will not be liable to any Person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under the Notes Documents by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

 

(o)                                 The Trustee shall not under any circumstances be liable for any consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) or punitive damages of the Issuers, any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto) which arises out of or in connection with this Indenture, even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

 

106


 

(p)                                 The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as they may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, they shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(q)                                 The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(r)                                    Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Trustee and any Agent may refrain without liability from doing anything that would or might in its opinion be contrary to any law of any state or jurisdiction (including but not limited to the European Union, the United States of America, in each case, or any jurisdiction forming a part of it and England & Wales) or any directive or regulation of any agency of any such state or jurisdiction and may without liability do anything which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

 

(s)                                   The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would be, in their opinion, based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

 

(t)                                    The Trustee may retain counsel and professional advisors to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture.  The Trustee may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by them hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or professional advisors.

 

(u)                                 [Reserved.]

 

(v)                                 The Trustee may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge that the Issuers are duly complying with their obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

 

(w)                               The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.03                             Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee and the Agents in their respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of an Issuer with the same rights they would have if they were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee has actual knowledge that is has acquired any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof.

 

Section 7.04                             Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, they will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement other than its certificate of authentication.

 

107


 

Section 7.05                             Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee is informed in writing of such occurrence by the Issuers, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuers.  Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

Section 7.06                             [Reserved.]

 

Section 7.07                             Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)                                 The Issuers, failing which the Guarantors, shall pay to the Trustee and the Agents such compensation for their acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed in writing from time to time.  The Trustee’s and any Agent’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuers will reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Agent’s agents and counsel.

 

(b)                                 The Issuers, failing which the Guarantors, shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by them arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of their duties under this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and Additional Intercreditor Agreement against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending themselves against any claim, whether asserted by the Issuers, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person, or liability in connection with the execution and performance of any of their powers and duties hereunder), except to the extent any loss, liability or expense may be attributable to their gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct.  The Trustee will notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which they may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers will not relieve the Issuers or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder.  Except where the interests of the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Issuers or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s expense in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel of its own choosing and the Issuers will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel.  Neither Issuer nor any Guarantor needs pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)                                  The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, any termination of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the Agents.

 

(d)                                 To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes.  Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(e)                                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(5) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Bankruptcy Law.

 

(f)                                   The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

 

108


 

Section 7.08                             Removal, Resignation and Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee.  The Issuers shall remove the Trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for not less than six months may petition any court for removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, if:

 

(1)                                 the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(2)                                 the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(3)                                 a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

 

(4)                                 the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder; or

 

(5)                                 the Trustee has or acquires a conflict of interest not eliminated in accordance with Section 7.03.

 

(c)                                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

 

(d)                                 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Issuers), the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office.

 

(e)                                  If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)                                   A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee will deliver a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09                             Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

 

In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

109


 

Section 7.10          Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is an entity established or registered under the laws of England and Wales, the United States of America or of any state thereof, or a European Union member state or a political subdivision thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, and which is generally recognized as an entity which customarily performs such corporate trustee roles and provides such corporate trustee services in transactions similar in nature to the Offering of the Notes as described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Section 7.11          Resignation of Agents.

 

Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuers.  The Trustee or Issuers may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent.  Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuers, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee.  Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice.  If the Issuers are unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may appoint a successor Agent (provided that such Agent shall be satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee) and may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief.  The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuers.  Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent.  Upon its resignation and delivery of any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07.

 

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01          Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuers may at any time, at the option of their respective Boards of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02          Legal Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Notes Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Notes Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.06 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Notes Guarantees and the Notes Documents (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)           the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 hereof;

 

(2)           the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 hereof;

 

110


 

(3)           the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)           this Article 8.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the rights of the Trustee and the Holders under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, in effect at such time will terminate (other than with respect to the trust referred to in Section 8.05).

 

Section 8.03          Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, (a) be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.02, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 5.01 and 5.02 (other than with respect to clauses (1), (2) and (5) of Section 5.01(a)) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and (b) be released from the operation of Sections 6.01(a)(3) (other than with respect to clauses (1), (2) and (5) of Section 5.01(a)), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5) (other than with respect to the Issuers and Significant Subsidiaries (or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of an Issuer), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7) and 6.01(a)(8), in each case, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of the Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Notes Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Notes Guarantees will be unaffected thereby.

 

Section 8.04          Survival of Certain Obligations.

 

Notwithstanding Sections 8.02 and 8.03, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 7.07, 7.08 and under this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full.  Thereafter, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 and 8.08 shall survive.

 

Section 8.05          Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, the Issuers must irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee cash in Euro, European Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of the Senior Euro Notes) or cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Senior Dollar Notes),for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must deliver to the Trustee:

 

(1)           an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, to the effect that beneficial owners of Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance

 

111


 

had not occurred (and in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes);

 

(2)           an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Company; and

 

(3)           an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.06          Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.07 hereof, cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof and including the proceeds thereof, deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.06, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof deposited pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof held by it as provided in Section 8.05 hereof which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance.

 

Section 8.07          Repayment to Issuers.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by an Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Principal Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.08          Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Notes Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Principal Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

112


 

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01          Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend or supplement any Notes Documents to:

 

(1)           cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency;

 

(2)           provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuers or a Guarantor under any Notes Document;

 

(3)           add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)           make any change that would provide additional rights or benefits to the Trustee or the Holders or make any change (including changing the ISIN, CUSIP or other identifying number on any Notes) that does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee or any Holder in any material respect;

 

(5)           make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a member of senior management of the Company) for the issuance of Additional Notes that may be issued in compliance with this Indenture;

 

(6)           provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.06 or Section 4.13, to add Notes Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Notes Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(7)           to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(8)           evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Notes Document;

 

(9)           make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes in any material respect;

 

(10)         facilitate any transaction that complies with (a) the definition of “Permitted Reorganization” or (b) the covenants described in Section 4.07 and Article 5 relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

(11)         as provided in Section 9.06;

 

(12)         to amend, supplement or otherwise modify the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge in ways that would not be adverse to the Holders of Notes in any material respect.

 

113


 

In formulating its decisions on such matters, the Trustee shall be entitled to require and rely absolutely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel.

 

Section 9.02          With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Notes Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified with the consent of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).  However, without the consent of Holders holding not less than 90% (or, in the case of clause (9) below, 75%) of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)           reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Change of Control and Asset Dispositions);

 

(2)           reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note (other than provisions relating to Change of Control and Asset Dispositions);

 

(3)           reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as described under paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Notes;

 

(4)           make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

 

(5)           impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of, or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor;

 

(6)           make any change in Section 4.15 that adversely affects the right of any Holder of such Notes in any material respect or amends the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the applicable Payor agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof;

 

(7)           release all or substantially all security interests granted for the benefit of the Holders in the Escrow Collateral other than in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge and this Indenture;

 

(8)           waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest or Additional Amounts, if any (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

 

(9)           release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Notes Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(10)         reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to any amendment, waiver or modification or make any other change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent pursuant to this Section 9.02.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, no amendment to, or deletion of, or actions taken in compliance with, Article 4 of this Indenture shall be deemed to impair or affect any rights of Holders to receive payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes.

 

114


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) any amendment, waiver or other modification affects the rights of the Notes, the consent of a majority of 90% or 75%, as the case may be, in aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall be required to consent thereto and (b) any amendment, waiver or other modification affects only the rights of the Senior Euro Notes or only the rights of the Senior Dollar Notes, the consent of a majority or 90% or 75%, as the case may be, in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Euro Notes or Senior Dollar Notes, as applicable, shall be required to consent thereto (and in such case, the consent of a majority of 90% or 75%, as the case may be, in aggregate principal amount of the unaffected series of Notes shall not be required to consent thereto).

 

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment of any Notes Document.  It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.  A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

 

Section 9.03          Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.04          Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.05          Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee and the Issuers shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes Documents, as applicable.  If it does, the Trustee and may, but need not, sign it.  In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment complies with this Indenture and the other Notes Documents, as applicable, that such amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors (if any) enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions.

 

Section 9.06          Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

 

(a)           At the request of the Company, in connection with the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of (x) any Indebtedness secured on collateral securing the ABL Facility or the Senior Secured Notes or as otherwise required herein and (y) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clause (x), the Company, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries and the Trustee shall enter into with the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modification of the existing Intercreditor Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Holders (taken as a whole)), including substantially the same terms with respect to release of Notes Guarantees; provided that (1) such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Trustee under this

 

115


 

Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (2) if more than one such intercreditor agreement is outstanding at any time, the correlative terms of such intercreditor agreements must not conflict.

 

(b)           At the direction of the Company and without the consent of Holders, the Trustee shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to:  (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, manifest error or inconsistency of any such agreement, (2) increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by any such agreement that may be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to any such agreement (including with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the addition of provisions relating to new Indebtedness ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes), (3) add Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (4) secure the Notes (including any Additional Notes) or further secured the ABL Facility or Senior Secured Notes (including any Additional Notes (as defined in the Senior Secured Indenture)), (5) amend the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof or (6) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect.  The Company shall not otherwise direct the Trustee to enter into any amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, except as otherwise permitted under this Article 9, and the Company may only direct the Trustee to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)           In relation to the Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee  shall consent on behalf of the Holders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby; provided, however, that such transaction would comply with Section 4.04.

 

(d)           Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.06) and to have directed the Trustee to enter into such Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(e)           A copy of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement shall be made available for inspection during normal business hours on any Business Day upon prior written request at the office of the Issuers.

 

ARTICLE 10
ESCROW CHARGE AND ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

Subject to the provisions of Article 7 hereof, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

(1)           enforce any of the terms of the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, respectively; and

 

(2)           collect and receive any and all amounts payable thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, respectively.

 

Subject to the provisions hereof, the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee shall have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent or remedy any impairment of the security interest in the Escrow Collateral under the Escrow Charge by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Escrow Charge, the Escrow Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Escrow Charge (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative

 

116


 

or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Escrow Charge or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee).

 

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Escrow Charge and the Escrow Agreement, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Without limiting the Trustee’s rights to act in preservation of the security interest in the Escrow Collateral under the Escrow Charge, the Trustee agrees that it will hold the security interests in the Escrow Collateral created under the Escrow Charge as contemplated by this Indenture, and any and all proceeds thereof, for the benefit of, among others, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

ARTICLE 11
NOTES GUARANTEES

 

Section 11.01       Notes Guarantee.

 

(a)           Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee (or the Authenticating Agent) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder (such Guarantee, a “Notes Guarantee”), that:

 

(1)           the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(2)           in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)           Subject to this Article 11, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Notes Guarantee will not

 

(c)           be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(d)           If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Notes Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

117


 

(e)           Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Notes Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Notes Guarantee.  The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Notes Guarantee.

 

Section 11.02       Limitation on Liability.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Notes Guarantee shall be limited under the relevant laws applicable to such Guarantor and the granting of such Notes Guarantees (including laws relating to corporate benefit, capital preservation, financial assistance, fraudulent conveyances and transfers, voidable preferences or transactions under value), provided that, with respect to each jurisdiction described below, such obligations shall be limited in the manner described below or in any supplemental indenture.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited (i) to the maximum amount that would, after giving notice to the Trustee of such maximum amount and giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law or corporate benefit, financial assistance and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, (ii) as provided under the Agreed Security Principles and, (iii) with respect to each jurisdiction described below, in the manner described below or in any supplemental indenture.

 

Section 11.03       [Reserved].

 

Section 11.04       Execution and Delivery of Notes Guarantee.

 

(a)           Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Notes Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

 

(b)           Each Guarantor agrees that its Notes Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Notes Guarantee.

 

(c)           Each Subsidiary which is required to become or intends to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached to this Indenture as Exhibit D pursuant to which such Subsidiary will become a Guarantor under this Article 11.

 

Section 11.05       Releases.

 

(a)           The Notes Guarantee of a Guarantor will automatically terminate and be released:

 

(1)           upon a sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (including by way of consolidation, merger, or amalgamation) of any Capital Stock of the relevant Guarantor (whether by direct sale or sale of a holding company of such Guarantor) as a result of which such Guarantor would no longer be a Restricted Subsidiary, or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), in each case if such sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition does not violate this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

118


 

(2)           upon the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)           upon legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes in accordance with this Indenture, as provided in Article 8 and Article 12, respectively;

 

(4)           upon the release of the Guarantor’s Guarantee of any Indebtedness that triggered such Guarantor’s obligation to guarantee the Notes under Section 4.13; provided that no other Indebtedness is at that time Guaranteed by the Guarantor that would result in the requirement that the Guarantor provide a Notes Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.13;

 

(5)           pursuant to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(6)           as described under Article 9;

 

(7)           in connection with a Permitted Reorganization; provided that the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is or becomes a Guarantor substantially concurrently with such Permitted Reorganization;

 

(8)           upon payment in full of principal and interest and all other obligations on the Notes; or

 

(9)           as a result of a transaction permitted by Article 5.

 

(b)           The Trustee shall, subject to receipt of an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to this Indenture, take all necessary actions at the reasonable request and cost of the Company, including the granting of releases or waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to effectuate any release of a Notes Guarantee in accordance with these provisions, subject to customary protections and indemnifications.  Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected by the Trustee without the consent of the Holders and will not require any other action or consent on the part of the Trustee.  Neither the Trustee nor the Company will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any such release, termination or discharge.

 

ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 12.01       Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Indenture, and the rights of the Trustee and the Holders under the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of transfer or exchange of the Notes and rights of the Trustee, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all Notes of a series issued thereunder when (1) either (a) all the Notes of that series previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuers) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Notes of that series not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers; (2) the Issuers have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, money in Euro, European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof (in the case of Senior Euro Notes) or money in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Senior Dollar Notes), as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of that series not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; (3) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; (4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes of that series at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and (5) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions

 

119


 

precedent under this Section 12.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3)).  If requested in writing by the Issuers, the Trustee may distribute any amounts deposited to the Holders prior to Stated Maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Holders shall have received at least three Business Days’ notice from the Issuers of such earlier repayment date (which may be included in the notice of redemption).  For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution and payment to Holders prior to the maturity or redemption date as set forth above will not include any negative interest, present value adjustment, break costs or any other premium on such amounts.

 

Section 12.02       Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.07, all money deposited with the Trustee (or such entity designated (or appointed as Agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent (or such entity designated (or appointed as agent of the Trustee) by the Trustee for this purpose) is unable to apply any Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof or in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the Euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01       Notices.

 

(a)           Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any Agent to the others is duly given if in writing (in English, or accompanied by a certified translation) and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), email or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Issuers, the Company and/or any Guarantor:

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
Attention: Hermanus Troskie (herman.troskie@maitlandgroup.com)
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

with a copy to:

 

David Bourne (David.Bourne@ardaghgroup.com)

 

120


 

with a copy to:
Shearman & Sterling (London) LLP
Attention: Trevor Ingram (Trevor.Ingram@Shearman.com)
9 Appold Street
London EC2A 2AP
United Kingdom

 

If to the Trustee:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Attention
: The Directors, Agency & Trust (emea.at.debt@citi.com)
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

If to the Principal Paying Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Attention: PPA Desk (ppapayments@citi.com; issueroperationscsu@citi.com) 
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

If to the Transfer Agent:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Attention
: Transfer Agent (dtc.transfers@citi.com)
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

If to the Registrar:

 

Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG
Attention: Agency and Trust (Frankfurt.agencyandtrust@citi.com)
5th Floor
Reuterweg 16
60323 Frankfurt
Germany

 

The Issuers, the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or any Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by email; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

All notices and communications shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified as being a true and accurate translation.  In the event of any discrepancies between the English and other than

 

121


 

English versions of such notices or communications, the English version of such notice or communication shall prevail.

 

(b)           All notices to Holders of Notes will be validly given if electronically delivered or mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders, if any, maintained by the Registrar.  Alternatively, all notices to Holders of Notes will be validly given if disseminated through the newswire service of Bloomberg (or if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency) or published in a leading English language daily newspaper published in London or, if such publication is not reasonably practicable, in such other English language daily newspaper with general circulation in Europe.  It is expected that any such publication will normally be made in the Financial Times.  For so long as any of the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange shall so require, the Issuers shall procure that notices with respect to the Notes will be posted on the official website of the Exchange.  For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes will be delivered to Euroclear and Clearstream, and/or DTC, as applicable, which will give such notices to the Holders of Book-Entry Interests in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream and/or DTC, as applicable, delivery of which shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Section 13.01(b).

 

(c)           Such notices may also be published on the website of the Exchange, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the rules of the Exchange.

 

(d)           Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed.  Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so mailed within the time prescribed.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.  If a notice or communication is given in via DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, it is duly given on the day the notice is given to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

(e)           If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

(f)            If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders or deliver a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, they will deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 13.02       [Reserved.]

 

Section 13.03       Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)           an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(2)           an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 13.04       Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

122


 

(1)           a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)           a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(4)           a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 13.05       Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or any Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 13.06       Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Notes Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan in the United States of America; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  The Issuers have appointed and each of the Guarantors (if any) will appoint Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., 801 2nd Avenue, Suite 403, New York, NY 10017 as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “Authorized Agent”).  Each Issuer and each of the Guarantors (if any) expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury.  Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  The Issuers represents and warrants and each of the Guarantors will represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and each Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid.  Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuers shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuers and any Guarantor.

 

Section 13.07       No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of  either Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

Section 13.08       Governing Law.

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

123


 

Section 13.09       No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of an Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 13.10       Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.07 hereof.

 

Section 13.11       Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 13.12       Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 13.13       Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 13.14       Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Restrictions.

 

(a)           Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in U.S. Dollars, with respect to the Senior Dollar Notes, and Euro, with respect to the Senior Euro Notes (each a “Required Currency”) which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “Other Currency”) whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of any of the Issuers, Company or any other Guarantor shall constitute a discharge of the Issuers’, Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligation under this Indenture, the Notes or, the Notes Guarantees, as the case may be, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency which such Holder or the Trustee could purchase in the New York foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Other Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in New York, are generally open for business following receipt of the payment first referred to above. If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, the Issuers, Company or such other Guarantor, as the case may be, shall indemnify and save harmless such Holder or the Trustee, as applicable from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ other obligations contained in this Indenture, the Notes or the Notes Guarantees, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of a Note or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction herein, the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-U.S. Dollar currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-U.S. Dollar amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be.

 

124


 

Section 13.15       Prescription.

 

Claims against either Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof.  Claims against either  Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed six years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

 

Section 13.16       Additional Information.

 

Upon written request by any Holder or a holder of a Book-Entry Interest to the Issuers at the address set forth in Section 13.01, the Issuers will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, to such Holder or holder (at the expense of the Issuers) a copy of this Indenture or any other Notes Document.

 

Section 13.17       Legal Holidays.

 

If the due date for any payment in respect of any Notes is not a Business Day, the Holder thereof will not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day, and will not be entitled to any further interest or other payment as a result of any such delay.  If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

 

Section 13.18       USA PATRIOT Act Section 326 Customer Identification Program.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT ACT) which require all financial institutions to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide to any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in the United States such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for such Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar in the United States to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

 

Section 13.19       Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

 

The Issuers acknowledges and accepts that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties:

 

(a)           any Liability may be subject to the exercise of Write-down and Conversion Powers by the Resolution Authority;

 

(b)           the Issuers will be bound by the effect of any application of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and in particular (but without limitation) by:

 

(1)           any reduction in the principal amount, in full or in part, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) due in respect of any Liability; and

 

(2)           any conversion of all or part of any Liability into ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG or any other Person; that may result from any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability;

 

(c)           the terms of this Indenture and the rights of the Issuers hereunder may be varied, to the extent necessary, to give effect to any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability and the Issuers will be bound by any such variation;

 

125


 

(d)           ordinary shares or other instruments of ownership of Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG or any other Person may be issued to or conferred on Issuers as a result of any exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers in relation to any Liability.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

126


 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC,

 

as the US Issuer

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cindy Cooper

 

 

Name: Cindy Cooper

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC,

 

as the Irish Issuer

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cindy Cooper

 

 

Name: Cindy Cooper

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Justin Ng

 

 

Name: Justin Ng

 

 

Title: Director

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Indenture]

 


 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS EUROPE AG,

 

as Registrar

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gabriele Fisch

 

 

Name: Gabriele Fisch

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS EUROPE AG,

 

as Registrar

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Streicher

 

 

Name: Robert Streicher

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

 

as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Justin Ng

 

 

Name: Justin Ng

 

 

Title: Director

 

[Berlin - Signature page to Secured Indenture]

 


 

Schedule I

 

Post-Transfer Completion Date Guarantors

 

 

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction

1.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Germany GmbH

 

Germany

2.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Germany GmbH

 

Germany

3.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Germany GmbH

 

Germany

4.

 

Ardagh Packaging Holdings Limited

 

Ireland

5.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Treasury Limited

 

Ireland

6.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Sarl

 

Luxembourg

7.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings Netherlands B.V.

 

Netherlands

8.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Netherlands B.V.

 

Netherlands

9.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading Netherlands B.V.

 

Netherlands

10.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Europe GmbH

 

Switzerland

11.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Holdings UK Limited

 

England & Wales

12.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage Trading UK Limited

 

England & Wales

13.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage UK Limited

 

England & Wales

14.

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Holdings Limited

 

England & Wales

15.

 

Ardagh Metal Beverage USA Inc.

 

United States (Delaware)

16.

 

Ardagh MP MergeCo Inc.

 

United States (Delaware)

 

Schedule I - 1


 

Schedule II

 

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

The guarantees to be provided under and in connection with this Indenture will be given in accordance with the guarantee principles set out in this Schedule II.

 

1.                                      GENERAL PRINCIPLES

 

1.1                               The Agreed Security Principles embody a recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective guarantees from the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (collectively, the “Group”) in certain jurisdictions. In particular:

 

(a)           mandatory law provisions, general legal, statutory and constitutional documents’ limitations, capital maintenance, the prohibition of an intervention threatening the existence of a German member of the Group (Verstoß gegen das Verbot des existenzvernichtenden Eingriffs), financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalization” rules, “transfer pricing”, retention of title claims, exchange control restrictions, employee consultation or approval requirements, regulatory restrictions and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or may require that the guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise. If any such limit applies, the guarantees provided will be limited to the maximum amount which the relevant member of the Group may provide having regard to applicable law;

 

(b)           a factor in determining whether or not a guarantee shall be taken is the applicable cost which shall not be disproportionate to the benefit to the Holders (or any other beneficiary of the guarantee) of obtaining such security. For these purposes “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income or corporate tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any security, notary costs, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or affiliates;

 

(c)           unless each consent required by law, statute, the terms of any applicable contract, instrument or constitutional document or otherwise from the minority shareholders in, or any relevant corporate body of, any member of the Group which is not wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by another member of the Group is obtained, such Group member shall not be required to grant guarantees; provided that the relevant company and the Company have used reasonable efforts to obtain such consent;

 

(d)           guarantees should not be granted to the extent that it would result in a risk to the directors or officers of the relevant grantor of such guarantee of contravention of any statutory duty in such capacity or their fiduciary duties and/or which could reasonably be expected to result in personal, civil or criminal liability on the part of any such director or officer;

 

(e)           the maximum guaranteed amount may be limited to minimize stamp duty, notarization, registration or other applicable fees, taxes and duties where the benefit of increasing the guaranteed amount is disproportionate to the level of such fee, taxes and duties; and

 

(f)            the giving of a guarantee will not be required if:

 

(i)      it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Indenture; or

 

Schedule II - 1


 

(ii)     it would have a material adverse effect on the tax arrangements of the Group or any member of the Group,

 

provided that, in each case, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable efforts to overcome such obstacle. The guaranteed obligations will be limited where necessary to prevent any material additional tax liability of any member of the Group.

 

2.                                      GUARANTEES

 

2.1                               Where a member of the Group requires prior consideration of or consultation with any corporate body and/or any body representing employees of such a member of the Group before granting guarantees, such guarantees shall not be granted until any procedure that must be followed under applicable law in respect of that consideration or consultation has been completed.

 

2.2                               In the case of guarantees to be granted by a Guarantor incorporated in The Netherlands or France, if the relevant Guarantor has at least 50 employees, and in the case of any other jurisdictions requiring receipt of advice from a works council, such guarantees shall not be granted until neutral or positive advice is received from any relevant works council and such work council shall be allowed to assist to the relevant board meeting of such Guarantor.

 

2.3                               Each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee and each guarantee will be for all liabilities of the relevant members of the Group under the Indenture in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction.

 

2.4                               In the case of guarantees to be granted by a Guarantor incorporated in The Netherlands or France, or any other jurisdictions requiring receipt of advice from a works council, such guarantees shall not be granted until neutral or positive advice is received from any relevant works council.

 

2.5                               No subsidiary of the Company that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (as defined in the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) (or that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owned by any such Controlled Foreign Corporation) shall be required to give a guarantee These principles also apply with respect to any entity that becomes a United States Person and/or a Controlled Foreign Corporation following any guarantee.

 

3.                                      JURISDICTIONS

 

3.1                               The guarantees to be provided under and in connection with the Notes and the Indenture will only be granted by members of the Group organized under the laws of the following jurisdictions:

 

(i)      England & Wales;

(ii)     Germany;

(iii)    Ireland;

(iv)    Luxembourg;

(v)     the Netherlands; and

(vi)    The United States of America.

 

Schedule II-2


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

[Form of Face of Note]

 

3.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE WHEN THE SECURITIES WERE FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND THE DATE OF THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION] ONLY (A) TO AN ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO EACH ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS THAT IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.]

 

BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN), THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED THAT (A) IT IS NOT AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT BE (I) AN ‘‘EMPLOYEE

 

A-1-1


 

BENEFIT PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (‘‘ERISA’’), THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A ‘‘PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘CODE’’), (III) AN ENTITY OR ACCOUNT WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO ERISA OR OTHER PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (IV) A NON-U.S., GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (‘‘SIMILAR LAW’’) (EACH OF (I), (II), (III) AND (IV), A ‘‘PLAN’’), (B) NO ASSETS OF A PLAN HAVE BEEN USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) OR (C) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH AN EXEMPTION IS NOT AVAILABLE OR VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW, AND NONE OF THE ISSUERS, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ITS FIDUCIARY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE.

 

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.](1)

 


(1)              Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-2


 

 

[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]

 

Common Code

                                    

 

ISIN

                                    

 

3.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 

No.             

€                         

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, each promise to pay to Citivic Nominees Limited, acting as nominee for the common depositary on behalf of Clearstream Banking S.A. and Euroclear Bank SA/NV, or their registered assigns, upon surrender hereof, the principal sum of €[·][, subject to any adjustments as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note](2) on September 1, 2029.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  November 15 and May 15 of each year, commencing ([·]).

 

Record dates:  the Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 


(2)              Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-1-4


 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch,
as Trustee

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:  [·]

 

A-1-5


 

[Back of Notes]

 

3.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)           INTEREST.  Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”), each promise to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 3.00% per annum.  The Issuers will pay interest in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [·].  The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)           METHOD OF PAYMENT.  For so long as the Notes are Global Notes, the Issuers will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Principal Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed by the Issuers to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts payable in cash, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Principal Paying Agent.  Such payments shall be made in euro.

 

(3)           PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT.  Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, will act as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG will act as Registrar.  Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

(4)           INDENTURE.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an indenture dated as of March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.  The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are general senior obligations of the Issuers.

 

(5)           OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

(a)           Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 of this Note, the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuers.

 

(b)           At any time prior to  May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

(c)           [Reserved.]

 

A-1-6


 

(d)           At any time and from time to time prior to  May 15, 2024, the Issuers may, at its option, redeem Notes, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes); provided that:

 

(1)           in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

(2)           not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

 

(e)           At any time and from time to time on or after  May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount of the Notes so redeemed set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2024

 

101.500

%

2025

 

100.750

%

2026 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(f)            Unless the Issuers defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

(g)           Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including, but not limited to, an Equity Offering, an Incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction.  If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but not more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.  In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(h)           If the Issuers effect an optional redemption of the Notes, it will, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and admitted for trading on the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, inform the Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

 

(i)            Subject to compliance with the covenants contained herein, and provided that no Default is triggered thereby, the Issuers and their respective Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes.  Any such purchases may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as well as with such consideration as the Issuers or any such Affiliates may determine.

 

(j)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60

 

A-1-7


 

days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such tender offer expiration date, to redeem the Notes that remain outstanding in whole, but not in part, following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee)in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, such redemption date.

 

(6)           REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

 

(a)           The Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.15 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Issuers determines in good faith that, as a result of:

 

(1)           any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in the Indenture) affecting taxation which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date); or

 

(2)           any change in, or amendment to, the official application, administration or written interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

a Payor (as defined in Section 4.15(a) of the Indenture) is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuers or a Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Payor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable).  The foregoing provisions shall apply (a) to a Guarantor only after such time as such Guarantor is obliged to make at least one payment on the Notes and (b) mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture.  Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture and paragraph 8 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.  Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the relevant Payor taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) a written opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) to the effect that the Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.  The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without liability or further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

(7)          SINKING FUND.  Except in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Issuers will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 4.07 and 4.11 of the Indenture.

 

A-1-8


 

(8)           NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

 

(a)           At least 10 days but not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or mail, or at the expense of the Issuers, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 of the Indenture and as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture.  Notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear and Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

 

(b)           If and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any such notice to the Holders of the Notes and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change in the principal amount of the Notes outstanding.

 

(c)           Notes in denominations larger than €100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of €1,000; provided, however, that, after giving effect to such redemption, the applicable Note shall have a denomination of no less than €100,000.

 

(d)           No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Principal Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.  If the Issuers comply with the provisions of this paragraph 8(d) and the provisions of Section 3.05(a) of the Indenture, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

(9)           REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER; SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION

 

(a)           If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a change of control offer as described herein or (ii) the Issuers have previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under paragraph 5 of this Note, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (equal to €100,000 in principal amount or in integral multiples of €1,000  in excess thereof; provided that the Notes of €100,000  or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below.

 

(b)           The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.07(a) of the Indenture within the applicable time period will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under the Indenture; provided that, if at the time of any definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement in respect of any Asset Disposition or (at the option of the Company) the date on which Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition is received, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage

 

A-1-9


 

Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00, 50.0% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition shall be deemed not to constitute Excess Proceeds and may be used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. Within 10 Business Days after the expiration of the applicable time period, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under the Indenture exceeds the greater of $135.0 million and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA, the Company will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders issued under the Indenture and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to repay, prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be repaid, prepaid or purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and, in the case of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repayment, prepayment or purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if such Excess Proceeds are required to be offered first to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes or the holders of any other Secured Indebtedness under the terms thereof, the Company shall only be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer following the closing of the offer period in relation to the ABL Facility, the Senior Secured Notes or such other Secured Indebtedness. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the applicable time period referred to above) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)           In the event that (a) the Transfer Completion Date does not take place on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (b) the Issuers notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent that in their reasonable judgment the AMP Transfer will not be completed by the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (c) the Initial Investors cease to beneficially own and control a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or (d) a Default or Event of Default arises with respect to either Issuer under clause (5) of the paragraph 13(a) on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuers will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(10)         DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(11)         PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(12)         AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Notes Documents may be amended as set forth in the Indenture.

 

(13)         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

 

(a)           Each of the following is an “Event of Default” under the Indenture:

 

(1)           default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

A-1-10


 

(2)           default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(3)           failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in the Indenture (in each case, other than those set out in clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph 13(a));

 

(4)           the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed which is Incurred or Guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which:

 

(a)           is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

 

(b)           results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”),

 

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been accelerated, is in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(5) any of the following occurs:

 

(a)           a decree or order for relief in respect of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

(b)           a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

 

(i)          adjudging that either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)          other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of any Issuer, the Company or that Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iii)          other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) for any substantial part of their respective properties; or

 

(iv)          other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the affairs of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,

 

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(c)           either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary:

 

A-1-11


 

(i)          consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(ii)         consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)        consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iv)        other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for any substantial part of their respective properties;

 

(v)         other than on a solvent basis, makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

(vi)        admits it is insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

 

which, in each case, is sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional;

 

(6)          failure by the Company, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $170.0 million and (y) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days (after receipt of notice as described in clause (b) below) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

 

(7)           the Escrow Charge shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge and the Indenture) for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the Indenture or the release of any such security interest in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the Escrow Charge or any such security interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall assert in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such Default continues for 30 days;

 

(8)           except as permitted under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (including with respect to any limitations), any Notes Guarantee of one or more Guarantors that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a “Significant Guarantor”) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or is denied or disaffirmed by such Significant Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of it; and

 

(9)           failure by the Issuers to consummate a Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date as required under Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

 

(b)           However, a Default under clauses (4) or (6) of paragraph 13(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and, with respect to clauses (4) and (6) of paragraph 13(a), the Company does not cure such Default within 60 days after receipt of such notice.

 

A-1-12


 

(c)           If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section clause of (4) of paragraph 13(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) of paragraph 13(a) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)           If an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a) with respect to the Issuers occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

(e)           Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(f)            Except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.  Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

(14)         AUTHENTICATION.  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

 

(15)         ABBREVIATIONS.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(16)         ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  Any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

(17)         GOVERNING LAW.  THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of Note, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

 

A-1-13


 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

A-1-14


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint  

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-15


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o  Section 4.07                                                    o  Section 4.11

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof):

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                               :

 

 


*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-16


 

SCHEDULE A

 

EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE(3)

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decrease
in principal amount
of

this Global Note

 

Amount of increase
in principal amount
of

this Global Note

 

Principal amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease

(or increase)

 

Signature of
authorized officer of
Registrar or Paying

Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(3)              Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-1-17


 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

[Form of Face of Note]

 

4.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE WHEN THE SECURITIES WERE FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND THE DATE OF THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION] ONLY (A) TO AN ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO EACH ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS THAT IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.]

 

BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN), THE PURCHASER OR HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND AGREED THAT (A) IT IS NOT AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT BE (I) AN ‘‘EMPLOYEE

 

A-2-1


 

BENEFIT PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (‘‘ERISA’’), THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) A ‘‘PLAN’’ AS DEFINED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘CODE’’), (III) AN ENTITY OR ACCOUNT WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE ASSETS OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO ERISA OR OTHER PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (IV) A NON-U.S., GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAW THAT IS SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (‘‘SIMILAR LAW’’) (EACH OF (I), (II), (III) AND (IV), A ‘‘PLAN’’), (B) NO ASSETS OF A PLAN HAVE BEEN USED BY IT TO ACQUIRE THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) OR (C) ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH AN EXEMPTION IS NOT AVAILABLE OR VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW, AND NONE OF THE ISSUERS, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES IS ITS FIDUCIARY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE.

 

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE CUSTODIAN FOR THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.](1)

 


(1)              Use the Global Note legend if the Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-2


 

 

 

[Regulation S]/[Rule 144A]

 

 

CUSIP

 

 

ISIN

 

4.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 

No.                                                                                          $      

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, each promise to pay to Cede & Co. acting as nominee on behalf of The Depository Trust Company, or its registered assigns, upon surrender hereof, the principal sum of $[·](2) [, subject to any adjustments as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note] on September 1, 2029.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  November 15 and May 15 of each year, commencing ([·]).

 

Record dates:  the Business Day immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 


(2)           Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officers referred to below.

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-2-4


 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:  [·]

 

A-2-5


 

[Back of Notes]

 

4.00% Senior Notes due 2029

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)                                 INTEREST.  Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”), each promise to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 4.00% per annum.  The Issuers will pay interest in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the Interest Payment Date for which interest was most recently paid; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [·].  The Issuers will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)                                 METHOD OF PAYMENT.  For so long as the Notes are Global Notes, the Issuers will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Principal Paying Agent as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed by the Issuers to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts payable in cash, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Principal Paying Agent.  Such payments shall be made in dollars.

 

(3)                                 PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT.  Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, will act as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG will act as Registrar.  Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

(4)                                 INDENTURE.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an indenture dated as of March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.  The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are general senior obligations of the Issuers.

 

(5)                                 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

(a)                                 Except as set forth in this paragraph 5 and paragraph 6 of this Note, the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuers.

 

(b)                                 At any time prior to May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

(c)                                  [Reserved.]

 

A-2-6


 

(d)                                 At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2024, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem Notes, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 104.000% of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes); provided that:

 

(1)                                 in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

(2)                                 not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

 

(e)                                  At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Article 3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount of the Notes so redeemed set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date and Additional Amounts, if any, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2024

 

102.000

%

2025

 

101.000

%

2026 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(f)                                   Unless the Issuers defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

(g)                                  Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including, but not limited to, an Equity Offering, an Incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction.  If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (but not more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.  In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

(h)                                 If the Issuers effect an optional redemption of the Notes, it will, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and admitted for trading on the Exchange and the rules of the Exchange so require, inform the Exchange of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

 

(i)                                     Subject to compliance with the covenants contained herein, and provided that no Default is triggered thereby, the Issuers and their respective Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes.  Any such purchases may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as well as with such consideration as the Issuers or any such Affiliates may determine.

 

(j)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60

 

A-2-7


 

days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such tender offer expiration date, to redeem the Notes that remain outstanding in whole, but not in part, following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee)in such tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, such redemption date.

 

(6)                                 REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS.

 

(a)                                 The Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts as set forth in Section 4.15 of the Indenture, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Issuers determines in good faith that, as a result of:

 

(1)                                 any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in the Indenture) affecting taxation which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date); or

 

(2)                                 any change in, or amendment to, the official application, administration or written interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which is announced and becomes effective after the Issue Date (or, where such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction becomes a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction at a later date, after such later date) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

 

a Payor (as defined in Section 4.15(a) of the Indenture) is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuers or a Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Payor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable).  The foregoing provisions shall apply (a) to a Guarantor only after such time as such Guarantor is obliged to make at least one payment on the Notes and (b) mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture.  Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture and paragraph 8 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.  Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the relevant Payor taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) a written opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) to the effect that the Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.  The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without liability or further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

(7)                                 SINKING FUND.  Except in the event of a Special Mandatory Redemption pursuant to Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Issuers will not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 4.07 and 4.11 of the Indenture.

 

A-2-8


 

(8)                                 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

 

(a)                                 At least 10 days but not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or mail, or at the expense of the Issuers, cause to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) or otherwise transmit, any notice of redemption in accordance with Section 13.01 of the Indenture and as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed or otherwise transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture.  Notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to DTC for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

 

(b)                                 If and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any such notice to the Holders of the Notes and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuers will notify the Exchange of any change in the principal amount of the Notes outstanding.

 

(c)                                  Notes in denominations larger than $200,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000; provided, however, that, after giving effect to such redemption, the applicable Note shall have a denomination of no less than $200,000.

 

(d)                                 No later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each date of redemption or purchase, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Principal Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, the Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.  If the Issuers comply with the provisions of this paragraph 8(d) and the provisions of Section 3.05(a) of the Indenture, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

(9)                                 REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER; SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a change of control offer as described herein or (ii) the Issuers have previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under paragraph 5 of this Note, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (equal to $200,000 in principal amount or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that the Notes of $200,000  or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described below.

 

(b)                                 The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.07(a) of the Indenture within the applicable time period will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under the Indenture; provided that, if at the time of any definitive agreement, put option or similar arrangement in respect of any Asset Disposition or (at the option of the Company) the date on which Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition is received, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00, 50.0% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition shall be deemed not to constitute Excess Proceeds and may be used by the Company or

 

A-2-9


 

any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. Within 10 Business Days after the expiration of the applicable time period, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under the Indenture exceeds the greater of $135.0 million and 25.0% of LTM EBITDA, the Company will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders issued under the Indenture and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to repay, prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be repaid, prepaid or purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and, in the case of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, an offer price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repayment, prepayment or purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $200,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if such Excess Proceeds are required to be offered first to the holders of the Senior Secured Notes or the holders of any other Secured Indebtedness under the terms thereof, the Company shall only be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer following the closing of the offer period in relation to the ABL Facility, the Senior Secured Notes or such other Secured Indebtedness. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the applicable time period referred to above) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)                                  In the event that (a) the Transfer Completion Date does not take place on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (b) the Issuers notify the Trustee and the Escrow Agent that in their reasonable judgment the AMP Transfer will not be completed by the Business Day immediately following the Escrow Longstop Date, (c) the Initial Investors cease to beneficially own and control a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or (d) a Default or Event of Default arises with respect to either Issuer under clause (5) of the paragraph 13(a) on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuers will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the aggregate issue price of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(10)                       DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons attached in denominations of $200,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(11)                          PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

(12)                          AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Notes Documents may be amended as set forth in the Indenture.

 

(13)                          DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

 

(a)                                 Each of the following is an “Event of Default” under the Indenture:

 

(1)                                 default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

(2)                                 default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

A-2-10


 

(3)                                 failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in the Indenture (in each case, other than those set out in clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph 13(a));

 

(4)                                 the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed which is Incurred or Guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which:

 

(a)                                 is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

 

(b)                                 results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”),

 

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default of principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or the maturity of which has been accelerated, is in excess of the greater of (x) $165.0 million and (y) 30.0% of LTM EBITDA;

 

(5)                                 any of the following occurs:

 

(a)                                 a decree or order for relief in respect of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

(b)                                 a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

 

(i)                                adjudging that either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)                             other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of any Issuer, the Company or that Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iii)                          other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) for any substantial part of their respective properties; or

 

(iv)                         other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the affairs of either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,

 

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(c)                                  either Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary:

 

(i)                                consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(ii)                             consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

A-2-11


 

(iii)                          consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iv)                         other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for any substantial part of their respective properties;

 

(v)                            other than on a solvent basis, makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

(vi)                         admits it is insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

 

which, in each case, is sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional;

 

(6)                              failure by the Company, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) $170.0 million and (y) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days (after receipt of notice as described in clause (b) below) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

 

(7)                                 The Escrow Charge shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Indenture) for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under the Indenture or the release of any such security interest in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Escrow Charge or any such security interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall assert in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such Default continues for 30 days;

 

(8)                                 except as permitted under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (including with respect to any limitations), any Notes Guarantee of one or more Guarantors that together constitute a Significant Subsidiary (a “Significant Guarantor”) is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or is denied or disaffirmed by such Significant Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of it; and

 

(9)                                 failure by the Issuers to consummate a Special Mandatory Redemption on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date as required under Section 3.08 of the Indenture.

 

(b)                                 However, a Default under clauses (4) or (6) of paragraph 13(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and, with respect to clauses (4) and (6) of paragraph 13(a), the Company does not cure such Default within 60 days after receipt of such notice.

 

(c)                                  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an

 

A-2-12


 

Event of Default described in Section clause of (4) of paragraph 13(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) of paragraph 13(a) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                 If an Event of Default described in clause (5) of paragraph 13(a) with respect to the Issuers occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

(e)                                  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(f)                                   Except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  In the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.  Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

(14)                          AUTHENTICATION.  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

 

(15)                          ABBREVIATIONS.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(16)                          ISIN AND CUSIP NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers has caused ISIN and CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  Any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

(17)                          GOVERNING LAW.  THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of Note, the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Charge and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.

56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134

Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

A-2-13


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint  

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-14


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o  Section 4.07

o  Section 4.11

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of $200,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof):

 

$

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:                 :

 

 

*           Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-15


 

SCHEDULE A

 

EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE(3)

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decrease
in principal amount
of

this Global Note

 

Amount of increase
in principal amount
of

this Global Note

 

Principal amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease

(or increase)

 

Signature of
authorized officer of
Registrar or Paying

Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(3)                                 Use the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests language if Note is in Global Form.

 

A-2-16


 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR NOTES

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC
Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc
c/o Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

Re:  [4.00% Senior Notes due 2029] [3.00% Senior Notes due 2029]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of [€][$]              in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                          (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.                                                                                      Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor or any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state or territory of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

2.                                      o                                    Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  Upon consummation of such proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will not be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend.

 

B-1


 

3.                                      o                                    Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected:

 

(a)                                 pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States;

 

OR

 

(b)                                 to the Issuers, a Guarantor or a subsidiary thereof;

 

OR

 

(c)                                  pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

[[TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE IN THE CASE OF A TRANSFER UNDER 3(a) OR 3(b) ABOVE] The restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend.]

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

A-3-2


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.                                      The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note               ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note            ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

2.                                      After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note               ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note            ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

A-3-3


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR THE NOTES

 

Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC
Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc

c/o Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A.
56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch
Citigroup Centre
25 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom

 

Re:  [4.00% Senior Notes due 2029] [3.00% Senior Notes due 2029]

 

(ISIN              ; [Common Code             ])

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of  March 12, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, the Issuers, Citibank, N.A., London Branch  as Trustee, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG as Registrar.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of [€][$]               in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                      ¨                                    Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  The Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

2.                                      ¨                                    Check if Exchange is from Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

C-1


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR THE NOTES

 

1.                                      The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note               ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note           ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

 

2.                                      After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o                                    a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC/Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.              in the:

 

(i)                                      o                                    Rule 144A Global Note               ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(ii)                                   o                                    Regulation S Global Note           ([ISIN]/[Common Code]/[CUSIP])          ),

 

(b)                                  o                                    a Rule 144A Definitive Registered Note: or

 

(c)                                   o                                    a Regulation S Definitive Registered Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

C-2


 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , among                    , a company organized and existing under the laws of                         (the “Guarantor”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “US Issuer”), Ardagh Metal Packaging Finance plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Irish Issuer” and together with the US Issuer, the “Issuers”) and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuers has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of March 12, 2021, providing for the issuance of (i) 3.00% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Senior Euro Notes”) and (ii) 4.00% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Senior Dollar Notes” and, together with the Senior Euro Notes, the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Notes Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 and Section 11.04 of the Indenture, the Issuers and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1.                                      CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.                                      AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE.  The Guarantor hereby agrees to provide a Notes Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to the provisions of Article 11 thereof, as applicable.

 

3.                                      [LIMITATIONS ON OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR.  [In addition, the obligations of the Guarantor and the granting of its Notes Guarantee shall be limited as follows:  [ ]].](1)

 

4.                                      EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.

 

(a)                                 The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Notes Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

 

(b)                                 If an Officer or a duly authorized signatory pursuant to a board resolution or power of attorney whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Notes Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee procures the authentication of the Note on which a Notes Guarantee is endorsed, the Notes Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 


(1)              Guarantee limitation language to be included in brackets for relevant jurisdiction(s).

 

D-1


 

(c)                                  Upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the delivery of any Note by the Trustee shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

5.                                      RELEASES.  Each Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged in accordance with Section 11.05 of the Indenture.

 

6.                                      NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

7.                                      THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTES GUARANTEES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.                                      COUNTERPARTS.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

9.                                      EFFECT OF HEADINGS.  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

10.                               THE TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guarantor and the Issuers.

 

D-2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

[GUARANTOR]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE USA LLC,

 

as the US Issuer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ARDAGH METAL PACKAGING FINANCE PLC,

 

as the Irish Issuer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

D-3




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this registration statement on Form F-4/A of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A. of our report dated February 24, 2021 relating to the combined financial statements of Ardagh Metal Packaging (the “AMP Business”), which appears in this registration statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such registration statement.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Dublin, Ireland

April 9, 2021

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors
Gores Holdings V, Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our report dated February 26, 2021, with respect to the balance sheet of Gores Holdings V, Inc. as of December 31, 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from June 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado
April 9, 2021